Use these links to rapidly review the document
TABLE OF CONTENTS

Table of Contents

 

UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, DC 20549



FORM 8-K

CURRENT REPORT
Pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934

Date of Report (Date of earliest event reported): December 4, 2015



Senseonics Holdings, Inc.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

Delaware
(State or other jurisdiction
of incorporation)
  52-2000730
(IRS Employer
Identification No.)

20451 Seneca Meadows Parkway
Germantown, MD 20876-7005

(Address of principal executive offices, including zip code)

(301) 515-7260
(Registrant's telephone number, including area code)

ASN Technologies, Inc.
10291 South 1300 East, #118
Sandy, UT 84094

(Former name or former address, if changed since last report)

Check the appropriate box below if the Form 8-K filing is intended to simultaneously satisfy the filing obligation of the registrant under any of the following provisions:

o
Written communications pursuant to Rule 425 under the Securities Act (17 CFR 230.425)

o
Soliciting material pursuant to Rule 14a-12 under the Exchange Act (17 CFR 240.14a-12)

o
Pre-commencement communications pursuant to Rule 14d-2(b) under the Exchange Act (17 CFR 240.14d-2(b))

o
Pre-commencement communications pursuant to Rule 13e-4(c) under the Exchange Act (17 CFR 240.13e-4(c))

   


Table of Contents


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 
  Page  

EXPLANATORY NOTE

    3  

CAUTIONARY STATEMENT CONCERNING FORWARD-LOOKING INFORMATION. 

   
4
 

ITEM 1.01 ENTRY INTO A MATERIAL DEFINITIVE AGREEMENT. 

    5  

ITEM 2.01 COMPLETION OF ACQUISITION OR DISPOSITION OF ASSETS. 

    5  

FORM 10 INFORMATION

    8  

THE BUSINESS

    8  

RISK FACTORS

    36  

SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

    76  

MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

    78  

PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS

    95  

MANAGEMENT

    98  

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

    106  

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

    118  

LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

    122  

MARKET PRICE OF AND DIVIDENDS ON COMMON EQUITY AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

    123  

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

    125  

INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS

    128  

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

    129  

ITEM 3.02 UNREGISTERED SALES OF EQUITY SECURITIES. 

    130  

ITEM 4.01 CHANGES IN ACCOUNTANTS. 

    131  

ITEM 5.01 CHANGES IN CONTROL OF REGISTRANT. 

    132  

ITEM 5.02 DEPARTURE OF DIRECTORS OR PRINCIPAL OFFICERS; ELECTION OF DIRECTORS; APPOINTMENT OF CERTAIN OFFICERS; COMPENSATORY ARRANGEMENTS OF CERTAIN OFFICERS. 

    132  

ITEM 5.03 AMENDMENTS TO CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION OR BYLAWS; CHANGE IN FISCAL YEAR. 

    133  

ITEM 5.06 CHANGE IN SHELL COMPANY STATUS. 

    133  

ITEM 9.01 FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND EXHIBITS. 

    133  

2


Table of Contents


EXPLANATORY NOTE

        Upon the completion of the transactions contemplated by the Agreement and Plan of Merger and Reorganization, or the Merger Agreement, Senseonics Holdings, Inc. became the Parent Company of Senseonics, Incorporated, as more fully described below.

        We were originally incorporated as ASN Technologies, Inc. in Nevada on June 26, 2014. Prior to the Acquisition, we were in the business of designing and developing a location-based mobile application to allow users to share information about nearby social and other events.

        On December 4, 2015, pursuant to the Merger Agreement and the transactions contemplated thereby, we reincorporated in Delaware and changed our name to Senseonics Holdings, Inc. Upon the closing of the Acquisition, all of the outstanding capital stock, options and warrants of to purchase shares of Senseonics, Incorporated were converted into 57,739,953 shares of our common stock, options to purchase 9,251,164 shares of our common stock and warrants to purchase 5,090,661 shares of our common stock, hereafter referred to as the "Acquisition." Accordingly, Senseonics, Incorporated became our wholly-owned subsidiary.

        At the same time we entered into the Merger Agreement, we entered into a Spin-Out Agreement, pursuant to which in connection with the closing of the Acquisition, the assets of our former business were transferred to Daniel Davis, our former president and director, in exchange for $9,000 and the assumption by Mr. Davis of all liabilities related to our former business (as described elsewhere herein).

        As a result of the Acquisition, we acquired the business of Senseonics, Incorporated, a medical technology company focused on the design, development and commercialization of glucose monitoring systems to improve the lives of people with diabetes by enhancing their ability to manage their disease with relative ease and accuracy.

        Unless otherwise indicated in this Current Report on Form 8-K, or this Report, all references herein to "we," "us," "our Company," "our," "Senseonics," the "Company," or the "Registrant" refers to Senseonics Holdings, Inc. and the business of Senseonics, Incorporated, after giving effect to the Acquisition. Unless otherwise indicated in this Report, all references in this Report to our board of directors refer to our board of directors as reconstituted upon the closing of the Acquisition. Our business following the Acquisition consists solely of that of our subsidiary, Senseonics, Incorporated.

        This Report contains summaries of material terms of various agreements executed in connection with the transactions described herein. The summaries of these agreements are subject to, and are qualified in their entirety by reference to these agreements, which are filed as exhibits hereto and incorporated herein by reference.

3


Table of Contents


CAUTIONARY STATEMENT CONCERNING FORWARD-LOOKING INFORMATION

        This Report contains forward-looking statements that involve substantial risks and uncertainties. The forward-looking statements are contained principally in the sections entitled "Risk Factors," "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and "Business," but are also contained elsewhere in this Report. In some cases, you can identify forward-looking statements by the words "may," "might," "will," "could," "would," "should," "expect," "intend," "plan," "objective," "anticipate," "believe," "estimate," "predict," "project," "potential," "target," "seek," "contemplate," "continue" and "ongoing," or the negative of these terms, or other comparable terminology intended to identify statements about the future. These statements involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors that may cause our actual results, levels of activity, performance or achievements to be materially different from the information expressed or implied by these forward-looking statements. Although we believe that we have a reasonable basis for each forward-looking statement contained in this Report, we caution you that these statements are based on a combination of facts and factors currently known by us and our expectations of the future, about which we cannot be certain. Forward-looking statements include statements about:

        Forward-looking statements are based on management's current expectations, estimates, forecasts and projections about our business and the industry in which we operate, and management's beliefs and assumptions are not guarantees of future performance or development and involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors that are in some cases beyond our control. You should refer to the "Risk Factors" section of this Report for a discussion of important factors that may cause our actual results to differ materially from those expressed or implied by our forward-looking statements. As a result of these factors, we cannot assure you that the forward-looking statements in this Report will prove to be accurate. Furthermore, if our forward-looking statements prove to be inaccurate, the inaccuracy may be material. In light of the significant uncertainties in these forward-looking statements, you should not regard these statements as a representation or warranty by us or any other person that we will achieve our objectives and plans in any specified time frame, or at all.

4


Table of Contents

These forward-looking statements speak only as of the date of this Report. Except as required by law, we assume no obligation to update or revise these forward-looking statements for any reason, even if new information becomes available in the future. You should, however, review the factors and risks and other information we describe in the reports we will file from time to time with the SEC after the date of this Report.

Item 1.01    Entry into a Material Definitive Agreement.

        The information contained in Item 2.01 below relating to the various agreements described therein is incorporated herein by reference.

Item 2.01    Completion of Acquisition or Disposition of Assets.

Merger with Senseonics, Incorporated

        On December 4, 2015, we entered into the Merger Agreement with Senseonics, Incorporated and SMSI Merger Sub, Inc. to acquire Senseonics, Incorporated. The transactions contemplated by the Merger Agreement were consummated on December 7, 2015, or the Closing, and pursuant to the terms of the Merger Agreement, (i) all outstanding shares of common stock of Senseonics, Incorporated, $0.01 par value per share, or the Senseonics Shares, were exchanged for shares of our common stock, $0.001 par value per share, or the Company Shares, and (ii) all outstanding options and warrants to purchase Senseonics Shares, or the Senseonics Options and Senseonics Warrants, respectively, were each exchanged or replaced with options and warrants to acquire shares of our common stock, or the Company Options and Company Warrants, respectively. We refer herein to the transactions described in clauses (i) and (ii), collectively, as the Acquisition. Accordingly, Senseonics, Incorporated became our wholly-owned subsidiary. Immediately prior to the closing of the Acquisition, all issued and outstanding shares of Senseonics, Incorporated's preferred stock were converted into shares of Senseonics, Incorporated common stock. The Merger Agreement is filed as an exhibit to this Report and is incorporated herein by reference.

Issuance and Exchange of Company Shares for Senseonics Shares

        At the Closing, each Senseonics Share outstanding immediately prior to the Closing was converted into the right to receive 2.0975 Company Shares, or the Exchange Ratio, with all fractional shares rounded down to the nearest whole share. Accordingly, we issued an aggregate of 57,739,953 Company Shares for all of the then-outstanding Senseonics Shares.

Issuance and Exchange of Company Options and Company Warrants for Senseonics Options and Senseonics Warrants

        At the Closing, we issued Company Options in exchange for Senseonics Options. The Company Options cover a number of Company Shares equal to the product (rounded down to the next whole number of Company Shares) of the number of Senseonics Shares underlying each Senseonics Option immediately prior to the Closing multiplied by the Exchange Ratio, and have an exercise price per Company Share equal to the per share exercise price of such Senseonics Option immediately prior to the Closing divided by the Exchange Ratio. The Company Options continue to vest and become exercisable on the same vesting schedule. We similarly issued Company Warrants in exchange for Senseonics Warrants. Accordingly, we reserved 9,251,164 and 5,090,661 Company Shares for issuance upon the exercise of Company Options and Company Warrants, respectively, or the Reserved Shares.

        The Senseonics Options had been issued pursuant to either the Senseonics, Incorporated 1997 Stock Option Plan, as amended, or the 1997 plan, or the Senseonics, Incorporated 2015 Equity Incentive Plan, or the 2015 plan. Pursuant to the Merger Agreement, we assumed the 1997 plan and the 2015 plan upon the Closing.

5


Table of Contents

Repurchase of Outstanding Company Shares

        At the same time we entered into the Merger Agreement, we and Laura Magrone, one of our former stockholders, entered into a Repurchase Agreement pursuant to which she sold an aggregate of 119,979,892 shares of our common stock, or the Repurchase Shares, to us at $0.0001 per share, for an aggregate consideration of $11,998 in connection with the Closing. The Repurchase Shares were immediately canceled and returned to our authorized but unissued shares. The Repurchase Agreement is filed as an exhibit to this Report and is incorporated herein by reference.

Spin-Out of the Company's Former Operating Business

        At the same time we entered into the Merger Agreement, we and Daniel Davis executed a Spin-Out Agreement pursuant to which, in connection with the Closing, our former business was transferred to Mr. Davis in exchange for $9,000 and the assumption by Mr. Davis of all liabilities related to our former business. Pursuant to the Spin-Out Agreement, the Company transferred to Mr. Davis the assets of our former business, including (i) the name "ASN Technologies, Inc.", (ii) the website http://death-valley.asnti.com and (iii) our former business operations as they existed on December 4, 2015, including any operations on the above-listed website. Immediately after the Acquisition, the business of Senseonics, Incorporated became our sole focus. The Spin-Out Agreement is filed as an exhibit to this Report and is incorporated herein by reference.

Reincorporation and Name Change

        In connection with the Acquisition, we reincorporated in Delaware and changed our name to "Senseonics Holdings, Inc." Our Certificate of Incorporation is filed as an exhibit to this Report and is incorporated herein by reference.

Change in Directors and Officers of the Company

        In connection with the Acquisition, our former sole director appointed the persons designated by Senseonics, Incorporated to our board of directors and, thereafter, resigned. Our newly elected board of directors immediately appointed the officers designated by Senseonics, Incorporated. Identification of our directors and officers, including biographical information for each of them, is included elsewhere in the "Management" section of this Report.

Registration Rights Agreement

        Immediately following the Closing, we entered into a Registration Rights Agreement with the former Senseonics, Incorporated preferred stockholders in order to grant such stockholders certain registration rights. Under the Registration Rights Agreement, the stockholders were granted demand, piggyback and Form S-3 registration rights. See "Description of Capital Stock—Registration Rights." The Registration Rights Agreement is filed as an exhibit to this Report and is incorporated herein by reference.

Energy Capital, LLC Borrowing Facility

        In connection with the Acquisition, we entered into a Note Purchase Agreement with Energy Capital, LLC pursuant to which Energy Capital may lend us an aggregate principal amount of up to $10.0 million, subject to specified conditions. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Indebtedness." The Note Purchase Agreement is filed as an exhibit to this Report and is incorporated herein by reference.

6


Table of Contents

Amendment to Oxford Finance LLC Borrowing Facility

        In December 2015, we amended our Loan and Security Agreement with Oxford Finance LLC, or Oxford, to allow us to borrow up to an additional $5.0 million following our receipt of the CE mark for Eversense. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Indebtedness." The Consent and First Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement is filed as an exhibit to this Report and is incorporated herein by reference.

Aggregate Beneficial Ownership of our Common Stock After the Acquisition

        Prior to the Closing, the former Senseonics, Incorporated stockholders owned no shares of our common stock and there were no material relationships between the management of Senseonics, Incorporated and our management. After the Closing, and after giving effect to the issuance of the Company Shares and the reservation of the Reserved Shares, the number of shares of our common stock issued and outstanding was 75,760,061 and an additional 14,341,825 shares of common stock were reserved for issuance upon the exercise of options and warrants. Of the total 90,101,886 shares of common stock outstanding and issuable upon exercise of outstanding options and warrants, the aggregate ownership of our common stock on a fully diluted basis is as follows:

    the former holders of Senseonics Shares, Senseonics Options and Senseonics Warrants held an aggregate ownership of approximately 80% of our common stock on a fully diluted basis; and

    our stockholders owning all of our common stock immediately prior to the Closing held an aggregate ownership of approximately 20% of our common stock on a fully diluted basis.

        The foregoing description is a summary of the material terms of the Acquisition and is not intended to modify or supplement any factual disclosures about us or Senseonics, Incorporated in any public reports filed by us with the Securities and Exchange Commission, or the SEC. The representations, warranties, and covenants contained in the Merger Agreement were made only for purposes of the Merger Agreement as of the specified dates set forth therein, were solely for the benefit of the parties to the Merger Agreement, and are subject to limitations agreed upon by the parties to the Merger Agreement, including being qualified by disclosure schedules. These disclosure schedules contain information that modifies, qualifies and creates exceptions to the representations and warranties set forth in the Merger Agreement. Moreover, certain representations and warranties in the Merger Agreement have been made for the purposes of allocating risk between the parties to the Merger Agreement instead of establishing matters of fact. Accordingly, the representations and warranties in the Merger Agreement may not constitute the actual state of facts about us or Senseonics, Incorporated. The representations and warranties set forth in the Merger Agreement may also be subject to a contractual standard of materiality different from the actual state of facts. Moreover, information concerning the subject matter of the representations and warranties may change after the date of the Merger Agreement, which subsequent information may or may not be fully reflected in our public filings with the SEC.

7


Table of Contents


FORM 10 INFORMATION

THE BUSINESS

Corporate Overview of Senseonics Holdings, Inc.

        We were originally incorporated as ASN Technologies, Inc. in Nevada on June 26, 2014. On December 4, 2015, we were reincorporated in Delaware and changed our name to Senseonics Holdings, Inc. On December 7, 2015, we closed the Acquisition and acquired Senseonics, Incorporated. Immediately following the Closing, the business of Senseonics, Incorporated became our sole focus. Unless otherwise stated or unless the context otherwise requires, the description of our business set forth below is provided on a combined basis, taking into account our subsidiary, Senseonics, Incorporated.

Corporate Overview and History of Senseonics, Incorporated

        Senseonics, Incorporated was incorporated under the laws of the State of Delaware on October 31, 1996 and is headquartered in Germantown, Maryland. The members of our management team have held senior leadership positions at a number of medical technology and biopharmaceutical companies, including Abbott Diabetes Care, TheraSense, LifeCell and Medtronic. Members of our team have contributed to the development, regulatory approval and commercialization of several glucose monitoring systems and insulin pumps. The principal investors of Senseonics, Incorporated include New Enterprise Associates, Delphi Ventures, HealthCare Ventures and Roche Finance Ltd.

        We are a medical technology company focused on the design, development and commercialization of glucose monitoring systems to improve the lives of people with diabetes by enhancing their ability to manage their disease with relative ease and accuracy. Our first generation continuous glucose monitoring, or CGM, system, Eversense, is designed to be a reliable, long-term, implantable CGM system to continually and accurately measure glucose levels in people with diabetes for a period of up to 90 days, as compared to five to seven days for currently available CGM systems. We believe Eversense will provide people with diabetes with a more convenient method to monitor their glucose levels in comparison to the traditional method of self-monitoring of blood glucose, or SMBG, as well as currently available CGM systems. In our European pivotal clinical trial, we observed that Eversense measured glucose levels over 90 days with a degree of accuracy comparable or superior to that of other currently available CGM systems. In July 2015, we applied for a CE mark and, subject to regulatory approval, we expect to begin marketing Eversense in select European markets by early 2016. We have also received approval from the U.S. Food and Drug Administration, or FDA, of an investigational device exemption, or IDE, application to initiate clinical trials of Eversense in the United States. We plan to initiate a single pivotal clinical trial in the United States in the first quarter of 2016, and, if the results of the trial are favorable, we intend to apply for marketing approval in the United States as promptly as possible thereafter.

        Diabetes is a chronic, life-threatening disease for which there is no known cure. The disease is caused by the body's inability to produce or effectively utilize the hormone insulin, which prevents the body from adequately regulating blood glucose levels. If diabetes is not managed properly, it can lead to serious health conditions and complications, including heart disease, limb amputations, loss of kidney function, blindness, seizures, coma and even death. According to the International Diabetes Federation, or IDF, an estimated 387 million people worldwide had diabetes in 2014. The number of people with diabetes worldwide is estimated to grow to 592 million by 2035 due to various reasons, including changes in dietary trends, an aging population and increased prevalence of the disease in younger people. Diabetes is typically classified into two primary types. Type 1 diabetes is an autoimmune disorder that usually develops during childhood and is characterized by the inability of the body to produce insulin, resulting from destruction of the insulin producing beta cells of the pancreas. Type 2 diabetes is a metabolic disorder that results when the body is unable to produce sufficient amounts of

8


Table of Contents

insulin or becomes insulin resistant. People with Type 1 diabetes must administer insulin, either by injection or insulin pump, to survive. People with Type 2 diabetes may require diet and nutrition management, exercise, oral medications or the administration of insulin to regulate blood glucose levels.

        In an attempt to maintain blood glucose levels within the normal range, many people with diabetes seek to actively monitor their blood glucose levels. The traditional SMBG method of glucose monitoring requires lancing the fingertips, commonly referred to as fingersticks, multiple times per day and night to obtain a blood drop to be applied to a test strip inside a blood glucose meter. This method of monitoring glucose levels is inconvenient and can be painful and, because each measurement represents a single blood glucose value at a single point in time, it provides limited information regarding trends in blood glucose levels. In contrast, CGM systems are generally less painful and involve the insertion of sensors into the body to measure glucose levels in the interstitial fluid throughout the day and night, providing real-time data that shows trends in glucose measurements. However, currently available CGM systems are often inconvenient, requiring frequent sensor replacement and an extra device, called a receiver, to monitor glucose readings, and have limited safety features.

        We have designed Eversense to continually and accurately measure glucose levels under the skin for up to 90 days, as compared to five to seven days for currently available CGM systems. Eversense also includes additional safety features that warn the user before the occurrence of adverse events and provide distinct on-body vibrations in a number of situations, such as when low or high glucose levels are reached. We believe that Eversense will provide a more convenient method of continuous glucose monitoring, with longer duration and equal or superior accuracy, compared to other currently available CGM systems.

        According to estimates by Close Concerns, Inc., an independent diabetes information company, or Close Concerns, global sales for CGM systems and insulin pumps for people with intensively managed diabetes were $2.7 billion in 2014, of which $523 million represented sales of CGM systems, a 31% increase from 2013. United States sales for CGM systems and insulin pumps for people with intensively managed diabetes were $1.7 billion in 2014, of which $381 million represented sales of CGM systems, a 33% increase compared to 2013. In comparison, global SMBG sales were $6.7 billion in 2014, a decline of 7% compared to 2013, driven largely by downward pricing pressure. We estimate that the global sales of CGM systems will grow at a compound annual growth rate, or CAGR, of 26%, reaching approximately $2 billion by 2020. We also estimate that by 2020 global sales for insulin pumps will increase to $3.5 billion, while global sales for SMBG will decline to $5.8 billion. We expect the growth in sales of CGM systems to be driven primarily by increased penetration of CGM in the Type 1 diabetic population, as it potentially becomes a standard of care, reaching at least 25% penetration of the Type 1 diabetic population in the United States by 2020, compared to 8% in 2014. We believe that the increased penetration of CGM will be driven by higher awareness of the clinical benefits of CGM by people with diabetes, healthcare providers and third-party payors, insulin pump integration, an improving coverage and reimbursement environment and additional product innovation, including increased convenience, accuracy and sensor duration.

        We have recently completed the 180 day observation period for our European pivotal clinical trial, in which we enrolled 81 subjects in Germany, the United Kingdom and the Netherlands to evaluate the accuracy of Eversense, based on the mean absolute relative difference, or MARD, when compared with reference standard measurements over successive periods of 30 days through 180 days. We have received 90-day accuracy and safety data for the first 44 subjects in this trial, which we used as the basis for our CE mark application. Based on this 90-day data, we observed an average MARD of 11.4%, with no device- related or procedure-related serious adverse events. In total, including our ongoing and completed clinical trials involving the current and prior configurations of Eversense, we have enrolled more than 300 subjects and tested over 600 sensors as of December 7, 2015. To date, we

9


Table of Contents

have observed no device- related or procedure-related serious adverse events in any of our trials, although we have limited clinical experience with repeated use of our system in the same patient or the same insertion site, and it is possible that there could be unforeseen complications from long-term use. We expect to report final 180-day accuracy and safety data for all subjects in the European pivotal trial in the first quarter of 2016.

Diabetes Overview

        Diabetes is a chronic, life-threatening disease for which there is no known cure and arises as a result of the body's inability to produce or effectively utilize the hormone insulin. Insulin regulates blood glucose levels and allows cells to utilize glucose, the primary source of energy for cells. Glucose must be maintained at certain concentrations in the blood in order to permit optimal cell function and health. For people with diabetes, the inability to produce sufficient levels of insulin, or the failure to utilize insulin effectively, causes blood glucose levels to rise above the optimal range. If diabetes is not managed properly, it can lead to serious health conditions and complications, including heart disease, limb amputations, loss of kidney function, blindness, seizures, coma and even death. According to the most recent information available from the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, or CDC, diabetes was the seventh leading cause of death in the United States in 2010, directly resulting in approximately 69,000 deaths and complications from diabetes contributed to approximately 234,000 deaths in the same year.

        According to the IDF, an estimated 387 million people worldwide had diabetes in 2014. The number of people with diabetes worldwide is estimated to grow to 592 million by 2035 due to a number of reasons including changes in dietary trends, an aging population and increased prevalence of the disease in younger people. Based on estimates by the IDF, diabetes is among the costliest chronic diseases and the total global economic cost of diagnosed diabetes in 2014 was approximately $612 billion.

        Diabetes is typically classified into two primary types:

    Type 1 diabetes is an autoimmune disorder that usually develops during childhood or adolescence and is characterized by the inability of the body to produce insulin, resulting from destruction of the hormone producing beta cells in the pancreas. People with Type 1 diabetes must administer insulin, either by injection or insulin pump, to survive. There is no known way to prevent Type 1 diabetes. Based on the most recent information available from the CDC, there were in excess of 1.25 million people with Type 1 diagnosed diabetes in the United States in 2012. Based on the most recent information available from the IDF and the CDC, we estimate that there were in excess of 1.7 million people with Type 1 diagnosed diabetes in Europe in 2014.

    Type 2 diabetes is a metabolic disorder which generally develops in adults and results when the body is unable to produce sufficient amounts of insulin or becomes insulin resistant. Although it is not precisely known how Type 2 diabetes develops, genetics, family history and environmental factors, such as excess weight and physical inactivity, are viewed as contributing factors. As Type 2 diabetes progresses, individuals may require diet and nutrition management, exercise, oral medications or the administration of insulin to regulate blood glucose levels. Based on the most recent information from the CDC, we estimate there were approximately 20 million people with Type 2 diagnosed diabetes in the United States in 2012. We estimate that there were approximately 33 million people with Type 2 diagnosed diabetes in Europe in 2014. Of these people with Type 2 diagnosed diabetes, we estimate that approximately 5.7 million people in the United States utilize insulin, either by injection or insulin pump, to manage their diabetes.

10


Table of Contents

Importance of Glucose Monitoring

        If people with diabetes can maintain their blood glucose levels within normal limits, they can significantly mitigate the negative effects of diabetes. In the December 2005 edition of the New England Journal of Medicine , the authors of a peer-reviewed study concluded that intensive diabetes therapy, which included the use of multiple daily injections, or MDI, or an insulin pump, in combination with SMBG at least four times per day, with the goal of maintaining blood glucose levels within normal limits, has long-term beneficial effects on lowering the risk of cardiovascular disease in people with Type 1 diabetes. In the study, this intensive diabetes therapy reduced the risk of any cardiovascular disease event by 42% and the risk of non-fatal heart attack, stroke or death from cardiovascular disease by 57%, as compared to less intensive diabetes therapy. Earlier studies also demonstrated benefits of intensive diabetes therapy in lowering the long-term risks of other complications of diabetes, including vision loss, kidney damage and nerve damage.

        Despite the clinically demonstrated benefits of maintaining blood glucose levels within the normal range, doing so can be challenging and inconvenient for people with diabetes. Blood glucose levels are affected by many factors, including the carbohydrate and fat content of meals, exercise, stress, illness or impending illness, hormonal releases, variability in insulin absorption rates and changes in the effects of insulin on the body. As a result, people with diabetes often experience unpredictable and significant fluctuations in their glucose levels above the normal range, which is referred to as hyperglycemia, or below the normal range, which is referred to as hypoglycemia.

    Hyperglycemia occurs when blood glucose levels rise above the normal range, which generally occurs when the body does not produce sufficient levels of insulin or fails to effectively utilize insulin. If not effectively managed, hyperglycemia often results in chronic long-term complications, such as heart disease, limb amputations, loss of kidney function, blindness, seizures, coma and even death.

    Hypoglycemia occurs when blood glucose levels fall below the normal range, which can be caused by a number of factors including excess insulin administration. In cases of severe hypoglycemia, people with diabetes risk acute complications, such as loss of consciousness, coma or death.

        In an attempt to maintain blood glucose levels within the normal range, people with diabetes must first accurately measure their blood glucose levels and, if necessary, make therapeutic and dietary adjustments. When blood glucose levels are high, people with diabetes often administer insulin in an effort to decrease blood glucose levels. In contrast, when blood glucose levels are low, people with diabetes often ingest carbohydrates in an effort to raise blood glucose levels. As these adjustments are made, additional blood glucose measurements may be necessary to gauge the individual's response to the adjustments. People with diabetes frequently overcorrect and fluctuate between hyperglycemic and hypoglycemic states, often multiple times during the same day. As a result, many people with diabetes are routinely outside the normal blood glucose range, and many are often unaware that their glucose levels are either too high or too low. The inability to effectively control and monitor blood glucose levels and the associated potential for serious complications from hyperglycemia and hypoglycemia can be frustrating, overwhelming and, at times, dangerous.

Methods of Glucose Measurement

        The most accurate method of measuring blood glucose levels is through laboratory testing. Outside of laboratory testing, there are three primary methods to measure blood glucose levels:

    Real-time in-hospital testing of blood glucose levels is performed by healthcare providers at the point of care, using in vitro analyzers, such as the YSI Inc., or YSI, glucose analyzer. Outside of laboratory testing, in-hospital testing is the most accurate method of measuring blood glucose

11


Table of Contents

      levels. However, measurement of blood glucose through in-hospital testing is not a practical solution for the daily monitoring of glucose levels by people with diabetes.

    Self-monitoring of blood glucose , or SMBG, is the traditional method that people with diabetes use to monitor their blood glucose levels. Although less accurate than in-hospital testing, SMBG systems are the prevalent method for the daily monitoring of glucose levels. SMBG requires people with diabetes to lance their fingertips to obtain a blood drop that is applied to a test strip inserted into a blood glucose meter. SMBG testing is generally done multiple times per day.

    Continuous glucose monitoring , or CGM, is a way for people with diabetes to monitor glucose levels in real-time throughout the day or night. CGM systems involve the implantation of sensors into the body to measure glucose levels in the interstitial fluid, which is the fluid that surrounds tissues in the body, and typically relay the data, through a transmitter, to an external receiver every five minutes. While each individual CGM measurement is slightly less accurate than that of SMBG, the frequent, automatic measurements provided by CGM help people with diabetes reduce the risk of hypoglycemic and hyperglycemic events by providing them with real-time glucose readings, glucose trend information and alerts.

Benefits of Continuous Glucose Monitoring

        More frequent and accurate testing of blood glucose levels provides people with diabetes with a greater ability to maintain their blood glucose levels within normal limits allowing them to more effectively manage their diabetes. The ADA recommends that people with intensively managed diabetes test their blood glucose levels after eating, at bedtime, before exercise or critical tasks and after treating for low blood glucose. Significantly more frequent testing may be required to reach optimal blood glucose levels safely without falling into hypoglycemia. We use the term "intensively managed diabetes" to refer to people with Type 1 diabetes and those people with Type 2 diabetes who require insulin to be administered through an insulin pump or MDI.

        The ability of people with diabetes to realize the benefits of more frequent glucose testing using SMBG is inherently limited and inconvenient. SMBG generally requires people with diabetes to draw multiple blood samples over the course of a day and night. Lancing and interchange of the fingers or alternate sites, in order to draw blood samples, can sometimes be painful and is particularly difficult for children. Moreover, even if a person tests glucose levels with SMBG several times each day, each measurement represents a single blood glucose value at a single point in time, which limits the ability to detect trends in glucose levels. In contrast, CGM, due to its continuous and automatic monitoring, can provide significant data on trends in glucose levels. The ability to detect rising or falling glucose levels, and the rate at which such levels are rising or falling, is critical for people with diabetes, and their healthcare providers, to actively manage this condition. For instance, the risk of hypoglycemia is greatest when individuals are sleeping. CGM systems continue reading glucose levels during sleep, and even provide alerts, in contrast to SMBG, which does not allow for testing during sleep.

        The beneficial effects of CGM have been validated in multiple clinical trials. According to a study published in the November 2009 edition of Diabetes Care , people who intensively managed their diabetes consistently with CGM over a six-month period had lower A1C levels, a measure of the three-month average of glucose in the blood, than those who did not. More recently, two studies published in the April 2011 and January 2012 editions of Diabetes Care , showed improved glycemic control in people with Type 1 and Type 2 diabetes who use CGM systems, compared to people who use SMBG, further supporting the benefits of CGM in helping people with diabetes stay within a healthy glycemic range.

        In addition to the health benefits of continuous and automatic blood glucose measurements provided by CGM, CGM is generally considered to be more convenient than SMBG. People who intensively manage their diabetes will typically measure their blood glucose levels three to ten times per

12


Table of Contents

day, including during the night. For children with diabetes, this may necessitate a parent or caretaker waking the child multiple times during the night to take these measurements. People who use SMBG must carry a fully supplied kit that may include a spring-loaded needle, or lancet, disposable test strips, cleansing wipes, and the glucose meter, and then safely dispose of the used supplies, which can be inconvenient. In addition, at times, SMBG may require multiple finger pricks to obtain a sufficient blood sample for such tests, which can be further compounded by the fact that people with diabetes often experience decreased feeling in their fingers.

The Market for CGM

        We estimate that, of the approximately 39 million people diagnosed with diabetes in the United States, Canada, Australia and the other select regions that we intend to target with Eversense (which include Scandinavia, Germany, the United Kingdom, Italy, Switzerland, the Netherlands, Israel, Finland and Slovenia), 35%, or approximately 13 million people, are insulin users. We believe that, of those 13 million insulin users, approximately 46%, or six million people, intensively manage their diabetes. According to estimates by Close Concerns, global sales for CGM systems and insulin pumps for people with intensively managed diabetes were $2.7 billion in 2014, of which $523 million represented sales of CGM systems, a 31% increase compared to 2013. United States sales for CGM systems and insulin pumps for people with intensively managed diabetes were $1.7 billion in 2014, of which $381 million represented sales of CGM systems, a 33% increase compared to 2013. In comparison, global SMBG sales were $6.7 billion in 2014, a decline of 7% compared to 2013, driven largely by downward pricing pressure.

        We estimate that global sales of CGM systems will grow at a CAGR of 26%, reaching approximately $2 billion by 2020. We also estimate that by 2020 global sales for insulin pumps will increase to $3.5 billion, while global sales for SMBG will decline to $5.8 billion. We expect the growth in sales of CGM systems to be driven primarily by increased penetration of CGM in the Type 1 diabetic population, as it potentially becomes a standard of care, reaching at least 25% penetration of the Type 1 diabetic population in the United States by 2020, compared to 8% in 2014. We believe that the increased penetration of CGM will be driven by higher awareness of the clinical benefits of CGM by people with diabetes, healthcare providers and third-party payors, insulin pump integration, an improving coverage and reimbursement environment and additional product innovation, including increased convenience, accuracy and sensor duration.

Limitations of Currently Available CGM Systems

        There are a limited number of currently available CGM systems for people with diabetes to monitor their glucose levels. Although these CGM systems provide significant advantages to people with diabetes who are intensively managing their diabetes as compared to SMBG, they have certain inherent limitations and shortcomings that we believe limit their rate of user adoption and often lead to noncompliance and discontinuation. These limitations include:

    Short sensor life and accuracy limitations:   Currently available CGM systems generally rely on sensors that are labeled for use for between five and seven days, after which the sensor must be removed and a replacement sensor inserted. The accuracy of the CGM system may vary from sensor to sensor and over time, and generally declines when used beyond the labeled five or seven day time period. As a result, users who seek to avoid the inconvenience or the expense of changing the sensor regularly during such a short time interval may experience a decline in system performance unless a replacement sensor is inserted.

13


Table of Contents

    Inconvenience:   Currently available CGM systems generally require the user to wear or carry an extra device to receive and view the glucose readings. This could be particularly inconvenient for people using an insulin pump as it adds to the number of devices they are required to carry. Additionally, because the sensors used in currently available CGM systems may not be reinserted once removed, users are often forced to choose between incurring the costly and inconvenient premature removal of a sensor and limiting certain physical activities, which increases the risks of non-compliance.

    Limited safety features:   Although most currently available CGM systems audibly alert the user when hypoglycemic or hyperglycemic events occur, only some systems provide predictive warnings before such events occur. In addition, no currently available CGM system provides vibratory alerts. We believe that the limited safety features of existing CGM systems leave an unmet need in connection with providing peace of mind for users, specifically when the receiver is off-line or out of range.

    Painful and frequent insertion process:   All currently available CGM systems include a sensor that must be manually inserted transcutaneously by the user or, in the case of children, by a parent or other caregiver, generally into the abdomen, through a painful and inconvenient procedure. Because of the nature of the self-insertion process, the use of CGM systems requires significant education of the user and, in the case of children, a parent or other caregiver. These systems require people with diabetes to remove and reinsert a new sensor between 50 and 70 times per year. This frequency of required application can lead to a lack of compliance, as the user seeks to avoid the burden, pain and cost associated with replacing sensors.

Our Solution

        As a result of the inherent limitations and inconvenience of existing SMBG and CGM systems, we believe that there is a significant unmet need among people with diabetes for an accurate, reliable, long-term, implantable CGM system. Consequently, we have focused our efforts on developing and designing a CGM system that we believe will provide people with diabetes a more convenient and discrete method of CGM, with significantly greater sensor duration, and equal or superior accuracy, than other currently available CGM systems. We believe that Eversense will allow people with diabetes to comply more effectively with their disease management therapies while living their lives with more freedom and greater peace of mind. Eversense is designed to be the first CGM system to continually and accurately measure glucose levels initially for up to 90 days and, in the future, for potentially up to 180 days.

        Eversense consists of three components:

    a small smart sensor inserted subcutaneously in the upper arm by a healthcare provider;

    an external removable smart transmitter that receives, assesses and relays the data from the sensor and also provides vibratory alerts; and

    mobile app that receives data from the transmitter and provides real-time glucose readings, alerts and other data on the user's mobile device, such as a smartphone, Apple Watch or tablet.

        In comparison to currently available CGM systems, we believe Eversense will provide the following important advantages:

    Best-in-class sensor duration and long-term accuracy —Eversense achieves continuous glucose readings for up to 90 days with an accuracy equal or superior to that of other currently available CGM systems and it will require less than four sensors per year. Currently available CGM sensors are labeled for use for five to seven days, requiring between 50 and 70 sensor insertions per year. We believe that the long term accuracy and convenience of quarterly insertion and

14


Table of Contents

      removal will significantly reduce the burden of glucose monitoring for people with diabetes using our system.

    Enhanced convenience —The ability of Eversense to display glucose readings on mobile devices will allow people with diabetes to seamlessly blend the monitoring of their glucose levels with other uses of their mobile devices. People with diabetes will not need to carry a separate handheld receiver to display glucose readings, which is required by currently available CGM systems. In addition, our easily removable smart transmitter will allow people with diabetes to conveniently remove and reapply the transmitter at will without having to also remove the sensor. We believe these convenient features will greatly improve the quality of life and peace of mind for people with diabetes by enhancing their ability to effectively manage their condition across a wide range of activities, from sleeping to higher intensity activities, including sports.

    Essential safety features —Eversense is designed to continuously and accurately monitor glucose levels and provide predictive warnings using a proprietary algorithm, based on the user's personalized alarm settings, before the occurrence of hypoglycemic or hyperglycemic events. The personalized alarm will allow the user to intervene and potentially avoid these events entirely. Additionally, our smart transmitter will provide distinct on-body vibrations in a number of alarm situations, including when low or high-glucose related readings are reached or when the transmitter is unable to communicate with the receiver. Unlike other currently available CGM systems, this vibration alert enables our system to warn users of a hypoglycemic or hyperglycemic event even when the user's mobile device is not available or nearby.

    Quick and easy sensor insertion and removal —Our sensor is designed to be inserted and removed by a simple, relatively painless and straightforward five-minute in-office procedure performed by a trained healthcare provider. In a survey of 45 physicians and over 400 people with diabetes conducted by a prominent global strategy consulting firm that we commissioned in 2015, on average, people with diabetes rated the sensor insertion process as neutral to attractive, while a majority of physicians considered the insertion to be fairly simple or feasible. We believe that the long-term implantable nature of the sensor will also contribute to greater user compliance.

Our Strategy

        Our goal is to be the global leader in providing long-term, accurate and reliable implantable glucose monitoring systems. The key elements of our strategy include:

    Obtain marketing approval of Eversense in Europe, followed by the United States.   We have filed for regulatory approval for Eversense in Europe. In July 2015, we applied for a CE mark and, subject to regulatory approval, we expect to begin commercializing Eversense in select European markets, including Scandinavia, by early 2016 pursuant to an exclusive distribution agreement with Rubin Medical, or Rubin. We also intend to initiate a single pivotal clinical trial in the United States in the first quarter of 2016, and, if the results of the trial are favorable, we intend to apply for regulatory approval in the United States. We also intend to seek to commercialize our system in other international markets, including Canada, Australia and Israel.

    Commercialize our products in Europe and other international markets through a third-party distributor network and in the United States through our own direct sales and marketing organization.   In order to ensure broad access to our products for people with diabetes and healthcare providers, we intend to establish a strong third-party distributor network in Europe and other international markets, benefiting from distributors' local market knowledge and taking advantage of local resources while minimizing our infrastructure and capital requirements. For commercialization in the United States, we intend to establish our own trained, targeted sales force and marketing organization to reach as broad a section of the diabetes population as

15


Table of Contents

      possible in the most efficient manner. We believe this strategy will ensure broader access to our products for people with diabetes and healthcare providers.

    Educate and train healthcare providers and people with diabetes on the benefits of CGM and Eversense.   We intend to communicate with and educate healthcare providers, including physicians, certified diabetes educators and nurses, and people with diabetes about the benefits of Eversense and how it can help improve the health and lives of people with diabetes. We have developed an insertion kit that is similar to that used in existing procedures that many healthcare providers are accustomed to performing, and we also intend to develop training programs to help them become comfortable and competent performing the sensor insertion and removal procedures. Finally, we intend to continuously communicate with people with diabetes and their healthcare providers so that we can continue to understand their needs and demands, which will help us to serve them better.

    Continuously innovate to introduce enhanced product offerings and pursue expanded indications to meet the needs of people with diabetes .  Following our first approved version of Eversense, we intend to continue to expand our Eversense line of product offerings to benefit both people with diabetes and healthcare providers, including system modifications and next generation enhancements, with the goal of increasing the convenience and functionality of the Eversense system. Our planned initiatives include: extending the approved sensor life up to 180 days; providing on-demand, swipe measurement technology that would permit people with Type 1 diabetes to perform real-time, single glucose readings by swiping their smartphone over our sensor; integrating with insulin pumps; reducing transmitter size, and improving accuracy leading to reduced, or eliminated, calibration. We intend to conduct clinical trials for pediatric indications and will seek approval to market to this part of the population. Additionally, we intend to pursue an on-demand, swipe measurement device targeted to people with Type 2 diabetes.

    Establish reimbursement programs for coverage of Eversense to achieve the broadest possible acceptance of our products.   Currently available CGM systems are generally broadly reimbursed by third-party payors. In addition, we will seek to establish a reimbursement program specific to Eversense insertion and removal in order to achieve reimbursement for these in-office sensor procedures. We believe that establishing such reimbursement will be important in achieving the broadest possible acceptance of our system by healthcare providers.

    Focus on low cost manufacturing structure to enhance our profitability.   We intend to continue focusing on product design and development, as opposed to investing in manufacturing facilities by utilizing third-party manufacturers. We intend to reduce our product costs and drive operational efficiencies by employing this scalable, flexible manufacturing approach.

Clinical Development and Regulatory Pathway

Overview

        In support of our regulatory submissions, we have expended considerable resources designing, developing and refining a glucose monitoring system. Our clinical trials to date have consisted of 12 completed and two ongoing feasibility studies, in which we have tested multiple configurations of our CGM system, as well as our recently completed European pivotal clinical trial. In addition, we plan to initiate a pivotal trial in the United States in the first quarter of 2016. Set forth below is a discussion of our completed, ongoing and planned clinical trials involving the current configuration of Eversense for which we are seeking regulatory approval.

16


Table of Contents

European Pivotal Trial

        We recently completed the 180 day observation period of a prospective, single-arm, multicenter European pivotal clinical trial, in which we enrolled 81 subjects across three sites in Germany, three sites in the United Kingdom and one site in the Netherlands. We began enrolling subjects in this clinical trial in May 2014. The trial was suspended in June 2014, after initially enrolling nine subjects, to allow for a configuration change in the way the sensor was being manufactured. We filed an amendment to the clinical trial design in October 2014 and recommenced enrollment of the clinical trial, with the revised sensor configuration, in December 2014. We have received 90-day accuracy and safety data for the first 44 subjects using the revised sensor configuration. Although all subjects in the trial have been assessed through 180 days, we based our CE mark application on the 90-day data from these 44 subjects, who we refer to as the 44 CE mark subjects. We expect to report final 180-day accuracy and safety data for all subjects in the European pivotal trial in the first quarter of 2016.

        The 81 subject clinical trial population consists of subjects at least 18 years of age who have a clinically confirmed diagnosis of diabetes and use insulin therapy to intensively manage their diabetes. Subjects who had a history of severe hypoglycemia, defined as hypoglycemia resulting in loss of consciousness or seizure, or diabetic ketoacidosis in the six months prior to trial were excluded from participation in the clinical trial. The evaluation period consists of 180 days after treatment. At the initial visit, our sensor was inserted and initial accuracy measurements were taken. Additional accuracy measurements are taken at 14 days and 30 days post-insertion, and on a monthly basis thereafter. These sensor measurements are continued through the earlier of the failure of the sensor or 180 days post-insertion.

        The purpose of this clinical trial is to evaluate the accuracy of Eversense measurements, measured by the MARD, when compared with in vitro blood glucose measurements obtained using the YSI glucose analyzer over successive periods of 30 days through 180 days, as well as to assess the safety of Eversense. YSI in vitro analyzers are bed-side instruments used in hospitals and clinics to accurately measure blood glucose levels and are commonly used as comparators of glucose monitoring systems in clinical trials. MARD is a statistical calculation that measures the average absolute value of the differences, expressed as a percentage, between glucose measurements taken from interstitial fluid based on our CGM system and blood glucose measurements from YSI. The lower the MARD of a glucose monitoring system, the more accurate the system and, therefore, the more reliable the system's readings. A MARD of less than or equal to 20% is generally considered to be a threshold for regulatory approval of a CGM system, although currently available CGM systems generally report an average MARD of approximately 13%.

        Of the 44 CE mark subjects, 39 subjects, representing 89% of all devices, reached 90 days without experiencing a sensor failure. The five sensors that failed prior to day 90 reached days 69 to 85 and these sensors were factored into the MARD calculation described below only through their respective last measurements prior to sensor failure, which in all five instances was at day 60. Based on the 90-day data of the 44 CE mark subjects, we observed an average MARD of 11.4%, and we generally observed that the MARD was relatively consistent over the course of the 90-day observation period beginning with the second measurement. For the first measurement, which occurs on day 1, the MARD is higher due to the process of tissue regeneration shortly after insertion, which temporarily affects the sensor's accuracy.

17


Table of Contents

GRAPHIC

        We also assessed the accuracy of Eversense among the 44 CE mark subjects using a Clarke Error-Grid. A Clarke Error-Grid is a graphical scatter-plot that is commonly used for assessing the clinical accuracy of blood glucose measurements, as compared to a reference value, such as those measures obtained using YSI glucose analyzers. A Clarke Error-Grid is categorized into five areas denoted A, B, C, D and E, with A and B being the most clinically desirable and D and E being the least clinically desirable:

    Zone A reflects measurements within 20% of the reference and are considered to be accurate;

    Zone B reflects measurements that are outside of 20%, but would not lead to inappropriate treatment;

    Zone C reflects measurements that may lead to an overcorrection of therapy;

    Zone D reflects measurements that could potentially delay treatment for hypoglycemia or hyperglycemia; and

    Zone E reflects measurements that are errors and could lead to inappropriate treatment of hypoglycemia or hyperglycemia.

        The Clarke Error-Grid plot below reflects the accuracy of the 90-day measurements of the 44 CE mark subjects.

18


Table of Contents

GRAPHIC

Accuracy Measures: Eversense compared to YSI (measurements over 90 days in 44 patients)

 
  Clarke Error Clarke    
 
 
  Error Grid
A&B%
  Grid
D&E%
  MARD%  

Eversense

    99.1 %   <0.01 %   11.4 %

        In addition, we also assessed, as secondary endpoints in the clinical trial, reductions in A1C levels and the amount of time per day the patients wore the smart transmitter. For the 44 CE mark subjects, we observed an average reduction in A1C levels of 0.5% over the 90 day period. Additionally, on average, the 44 CE mark subjects wore the transmitter for 23.5 hours per day.

Other Completed and Ongoing Clinical Trials

        To date, we have completed 12 feasibility studies to assess the accuracy and safety of various configurations of Eversense, two of which involved the current configuration of Eversense. In addition, we are conducting two ongoing feasibility studies in which we have evaluated the current configuration of Eversense, among other configurations. In the four feasibility studies evaluating the current configuration of Eversense, conducted in Romania, India and South Africa in 2014, we evaluated the current configuration of Eversense in an aggregate of 51 subjects. In each case, these studies involved the testing of Eversense over a 90-day measurement period with 90-day MARD results comparable to the results from our European clinical trial described above.

        In total, including our ongoing and completed clinical trials involving the current and prior configurations of Eversense, we have enrolled more than 300 subjects and tested over 600 sensors as of December 7, 2015. To date, we have observed no device-related or procedure-related serious adverse events in any of our trials. The most common adverse events observed have been minor skin rashes related to the adhesive patch and minor infections related to the insertion procedure.

19


Table of Contents

Planned United States Pivotal Trial

        In July 2015, we applied for an IDE from the FDA, which was approved in November 2015, to initiate a single pivotal clinical trial in the United States. We intend to initiate a pivotal trial in the United States in the first quarter of 2016. We anticipate that this trial will be conducted at seven to ten sites in the United States and enroll approximately 90 subjects. We expect the 90 subject clinical trial population will consist of adult subjects at least 18 years of age who have a clinically confirmed diagnosis of diabetes for more than one year. We plan to exclude subjects from the clinical trial who have a history of severe hypoglycemia or diabetic ketoacidosis in the six months prior to the trial.

        In the trial, we intend to measure the accuracy of Eversense measurements through 90 days after insertion. We will also assess safety through 90 days after insertion or sensor removal and measure the incidence of device-related and procedure-related serious adverse events. If the results of the trial are favorable, we intend to apply for regulatory approval as promptly as possible thereafter, which we anticipate could be as early as the third quarter of 2016, to market our product in the United States. We expect that the pre-market approval, or PMA, process could take between six and 18 months.

Our Technology

        Eversense consists of three primary components: a small smart sensor inserted subcutaneously under the skin by a healthcare provider; an external removable smart transmitter that receives, assesses and relays data from the sensor and provides vibratory alerts; and a mobile app that receives data from the transmitter and provides real-time glucose readings, alerts and other data on the person's mobile device. All of these components work together to provide sensor glucose values, trends and alerts to a user's mobile device within 20 milliseconds. We have designed this reliable, long-term and implantable CGM system to continually and accurately measure a person's glucose levels for up to 180 days. As with currently available CGM systems, Eversense will initially require twice daily fingerstick calibrations.

GRAPHIC

Smart Sensor

        The smart sensor is designed to be inserted under the skin, either in the back of the upper arm or in the abdomen, and measures the glucose in the interstitial fluid. These glucose levels are then communicated wirelessly to the smart transmitter. We have designed the sensor to last up to 180 days, as compared to other currently available CGM sensors labeled for use for between five and seven days.

        The sensor consists of an optical system, known as a micro-fluorometer, encased in a rigid, translucent polymer capsule, which is 3.3 mm in diameter and 15 mm in length. The capsule is coated with a glucose-indicating hydrogel that is bound to the surface of the capsule through polymerization. This hydrogel is energized, or excited, by a light-emitting diode, or LED, contained in the optical system of the sensor, causing the hydrogel to fluoresce, or glow. Two photodiodes within the optical

20


Table of Contents

system of the sensor measure the degree of fluorescence of the hydrogel, which is proportional to the level of glucose present in the interstitial fluid. The sensor then communicates the amount of fluorescence via a near field communication, or NFC, interface to the transmitter. NFC is a high frequency wireless communication technology that enables the exchange of data and energy between devices over a short range. The entire capsule is coated by a glucose-permeable membrane for biocompatibility.

        The sensor does not contain a battery or other stored power source. Instead, it is remotely and discretely powered, as needed, by an inductive NFC link between the sensor and the transmitter. On power-up, the LED source is energized for approximately five milliseconds to excite the hydrogel. Between readings every five minutes, the sensor remains electrically dormant and fully powered down.

Smart Transmitter

        The removable smart transmitter is a rechargeable, external device that is worn over the sensor implantation site using a daily adhesive patch or band, such as an armband or waistband. The transmitter supplies wireless power to the sensor through an inductive NFC link, which activates a measurement sequence every five minutes. The transmitter then receives data from the sensor and calculates glucose concentrations and trends. Based on these calculations and on the user's individual settings for glucose levels, the transmitter determines if an alert condition exists, in which case the transmitter communicates the condition to the user through on-body vibration. The information from the transmitter is also transmitted for display to the user's mobile device via Bluetooth. Our transmitter is functional for at least 72 hours without recharging and can be fully charged in ten minutes.

Mobile App

        Our mobile app is a software application that runs on both iOS mobile devices, including iPhones, iPads and Apple Watches, and Android mobile devices. The mobile app receives information from the transmitter via Bluetooth and displays that information discreetly to the user. This user-friendly, intuitive app provides real-time glucose readings, trends, graphs and alarms. Within the mobile app, users can set alarms based on, among other things, glucose levels. The mobile app also allows for cloud-based storage.

Future Product Development

        Following our first generation Eversense, we intend to continue to expand our line of product offerings to benefit both people with diabetes and healthcare providers. We expect these product development initiatives to include system modifications and next generation enhancements that we

21


Table of Contents

believe will further increase the convenience and appeal of our products to people with diabetes and healthcare providers. Our ongoing and planned development initiatives include:

Advances
  Stage of Development

First Generation

 

180-day observation period of European pivotal clinical trial completed, with data expected in the first quarter of 2016

 

CE mark expected in fourth quarter of 2015

 

Initiate U.S. pivotal clinical trial in first quarter of 2016

 

Planned commercial launch in Europe by early 2016

 

Subject to successful completion of U.S. pivotal clinical trial, intend to submit PMA application in third quarter of 2016

180-day sensor life

 

Subject to 180-day accuracy and safety data from European pivotal clinical trial, planned amendment to CE mark application in 2016

Reduced transmitter size

 

In development—intend to initiate clinical trial in 2016

Pediatric use

 

In development—intend to initiate clinical trial in 2016

Insulin pump integration

 

Intend to identify insulin pump partners in 2016

On demand monitoring (smartphone "swipe") for people with Type 1 diabetes

 

In development—intend to initiate clinical trial in 2017

Improved accuracy

 

In development—intend to initiate clinical trial in 2017

No fingerstick calibration required

 

In development—intend to initiate clinical trial in 2017

On demand monitoring (smartphone "swipe" technology) without separate required transmitter—for people with Type 2 diabetes

 

In development—intend to initiate clinical trial in 2018

Sales and Marketing

        Our initial focus will be to commercialize our product in select European markets through third-party distributors. We plan to initially target markets where there is already an understanding and market acceptance of CGM, such as Sweden, Norway, Denmark and Germany. We plan to work with third-party distributors in Europe who are experienced or familiar with the regulatory requirements in each jurisdiction and with selling, marketing and supporting diabetes devices for the intensively-managed diabetic population. To date, we have entered into one European distribution agreement with Rubin to market, sell and distribute Eversense in Sweden, Norway and Denmark.

        Based on the size and maturity of the U.S. market, our plan is to invest in developing a direct sales force and infrastructure to support the launch of the product in the United States and target what

22


Table of Contents

we estimate to be approximately 2,100 endocrinologists in the United States who are clinically active and diabetes-focused.

        As people with diabetes often consult with their healthcare providers about treatment options, we believe that educating healthcare providers regarding the benefits of Eversense compared to SMBG and other currently available CGM systems is an important step in promoting its use in people with diabetes. In a survey of 45 physicians and over 400 people with diabetes conducted by a prominent global strategy consulting firm that we commissioned in 2015, healthcare providers highly valued the accuracy and sensor duration of our system and the majority of physicians surveyed considered the insertion process to be fairly simple or feasible. Three out of four physicians preferred Eversense for their patients with intensively managed diabetes. In addition, four out of five patients, regardless of patient segment, preferred Eversense over other currently available CGM systems. We intend to educate healthcare providers and people with diabetes on the advantages of Eversense compared to SMBG and other currently available CGM systems. We also intend to establish a customer care center to provide ongoing support to people with diabetes and healthcare providers.

Rubin Medical

        In September 2015, we entered into a distribution agreement with Rubin, pursuant to which we granted Rubin the exclusive right to market, sell and distribute Eversense in Sweden, Norway and Denmark. Pursuant to the agreement, Rubin is obligated to purchase from us specified minimum volumes of Eversense components at pre-determined prices, which are subject to amendment upon the occurrence of specified events. Rubin is responsible for the promotion, sale and distribution of Eversense in Sweden, Norway and Denmark at such prices as Rubin determines in its sole discretion, subject to specified exceptions.

        The distribution agreement has an initial term of five years and is subject to renewal for up to two additional five year periods if, at least 180 days prior to the expiration of a term, we and Rubin agree to minimum purchase requirements for the additional term and we do not increase the purchase price of Eversense components that are subject to existing publicly procured contracts unless Rubin can pass through the price increase to the customer.

        The distribution agreement is terminable by us upon 30 days' notice under a number of circumstances, including if Rubin fails to make required payments, Rubin competes with us or Rubin seeks to distribute Eversense outside of Sweden, Norway or Denmark. The agreement is terminable by Rubin upon 30 days' notice under a number of circumstances, including if we breach the warranties of the agreement, fail to obtain marketing approval or fail to satisfy our supply obligations. The agreement is terminable by either party if the other party fails to comply with marketing laws, violates the confidentiality or intellectual property protection provisions of the agreement, becomes insolvent, or becomes subject to specified convictions, injections or enforcement actions. The termination rights contained in the agreement generally are subject to an opportunity to cure. Further, we may terminate the agreement upon a change of control of our company that occurs after December 31, 2017, subject to us providing 180 days written notice and paying a specified termination fee to Rubin.

Reimbursement

Coverage in the United States

        Reimbursement from private third-party healthcare payors and, to a lesser extent, Medicare will be an important element of our success. Although the Centers for Medicare and Medicaid, or CMS, released 2008 Alpha-Numeric Healthcare Common Procedure Coding System codes that will be applicable to each of the components of Eversense, to date, Medicare has not adopted a national coverage decision with respect to CGM systems. It is not known when, if ever, Medicare will adopt such a national coverage decision and, until any such coverage decision is adopted by Medicare,

23


Table of Contents

reimbursement of our products will generally be limited to those customers covered by third-party payors that have adopted coverage policies for CGM devices. As of December 7, 2015, several of the largest private third-party payors, in terms of the number of covered lives, have issued coverage policies for the category of CGM devices. Many of these coverage policies reimburse for CGM systems under durable medical equipment benefits, which are restrictive in nature and require the patient to comply with extensive documentation and other requirements to demonstrate medical necessity under the policy. We will seek to have Eversense covered as a medical benefit, which would avoid some of these restrictions, although we may not be successful in doing so. In addition, customers who are insured by payors that do not offer coverage for our devices will have to bear the financial cost of the products.

        Although we believe that our products will generally be covered by most third-party payors described above, there currently are no codes for the insertion or removal procedures that will be required for Eversense. Therefore, we plan to pursue new Category III CPT codes for the insertion and removal procedures. We have applied for these codes and will seek to secure these codes in advance of the U.S. launch, with the goal that healthcare providers and third-party payors will be able to use these codes to cover the insertion and removal of Eversense immediately upon our product launch. However, we cannot guarantee that we will be successful in obtaining these codes.

        We have employed a reimbursement consultant to assist us in securing reimbursement agreements with third-party payors and to assist in developing the optimal strategy for pursuing new reimbursement code approval. In addition, we intend to commence negotiations with third-party payors by the first quarter of 2017. However, unless third-party and government payors provide adequate coverage and reimbursement for Eversense and the related insertion and removal procedures, people with diabetes may not use our products on a widespread basis.

        Medicare, Medicaid, health maintenance organizations and other third-party payors are increasingly attempting to contain healthcare costs by limiting both coverage and the level of reimbursement of new medical devices, and, as a result, their coverage policies may be restrictive, or they may not cover or provide adequate payment for our products. In order to obtain reimbursement arrangements, we may have to agree to a net sales price lower than the net sales price we might charge in other sales channels. Our revenue may be limited by the continuing efforts of government and third-party payors to contain or reduce the costs of healthcare through various increasingly sophisticated means, such as requiring prospective reimbursement and second opinions, purchasing in groups, or redesigning benefits. Our future dependence on the commercial success of Eversense makes us particularly susceptible to any cost containment or reduction efforts. Accordingly, unless government and other third-party payors provide adequate coverage and reimbursement for our products and the related insertion and removal procedures, our financial performance may be limited.

Coverage Outside the United States

        In countries outside the United States, coverage for CGM systems is obtained from various sources, including governmental authorities, private health insurance plans, and labor unions. Coverage systems in international markets vary significantly by country and, within some countries, by region. Coverage approvals must be obtained on a country-by-country, region-by-region or, in some instances, a case-by case basis.

Manufacturing and Quality Assurance

        We currently outsource the manufacture of all components of our system. We plan to continue with an outsourced manufacturing arrangement for the foreseeable future. Our contract manufacturers are all recognized in their field for their competency to manufacture the respective portions of our system and have quality systems established that meet FDA requirements. We believe the manufacturers we currently utilize have sufficient capacity to meet our launch requirements and are

24


Table of Contents

able to scale up their capacity relatively quickly with minimal capital investment. We believe that, as we increase our demand in the future, our per unit costs will decrease materially.

        We have received certification from TÜV SÜD, our Notified Body to the International Standards Organization, or ISO, for our quality system. This ISO 13485 certification includes design control requirements. As a medical device manufacturer, the facilities of our sterilization and other critical suppliers are subject to periodic inspection by the FDA and corresponding state and foreign agencies. We believe that our quality systems and those of our suppliers are robust and achieve high product quality.

        Our suppliers are managed through our supplier management program that is focused on reducing supply chain risk. Key aspects of this program include managing component inventory at the supplier, contractual requirements for last time buy opportunities and second sourcing approaches for specific suppliers. Typically, our outside vendors produce the components to our specifications and in many instances to our designs. Our suppliers are audited periodically by our quality department to ensure conformity with the specifications, policies and procedures for our devices. We believe that, if necessary, alternative sources of supply would be available in a relatively short period of time and on commercially reasonable terms.

Research and Development

        Our research and development team includes employees who specialize in chemistry, software engineering, electrical engineering, mechanical engineering and graphical user interface design, many of whom have considerable experience in diabetes-related medical devices. Our research and development team focuses on the products currently under development, including our clinical trials, as well as feasibility studies in which we are evaluating different design configurations to enhance product functionality for future generations of Eversense. Our research and development expenses were $13.8 million and $12.9 million for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2014, respectively, and $9.4 million and $13.5 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2014 and 2015, respectively.

Competition

        The market for CGM systems is developing and competitive, subject to rapid change and significantly affected by new product introductions. We expect to compete with well-capitalized companies, some of which are publicly-traded, that manufacture CGM systems including Dexcom, Medtronic and Abbott. Each of these three companies has received approval from the FDA to market their respective CGM system. Dexcom's Bluetooth-enabled CGM system is designed to be integrated with smartphones.

        As the industry evolves, we anticipate encountering increasing competition from companies that integrate CGM with insulin pumps. We are aware of three companies, Johnson & Johnson, Medtronic and Tandem Diabetes Care, Inc., which have received FDA approval for CGM-integrated insulin pumps. Johnson & Johnson's system integrates Dexcom's CGM sensor technology and smartphone compatibility.

        In addition to CGM providers, we will also compete with providers of traditional SMBG systems. Four companies currently account for substantially all of the worldwide sales of SMBG systems: Roche Diabetes Care, a division of Roche Diagnostics; LifeScan, Inc., a division of Johnson & Johnson; Abbott; and Bayer Diabetes Care, which has agreed to merge with Panasonic Healthcare Holdings.

        We may also compete with companies, including Roche Diagnostics and Abbott, developing next generation real-time CGM or sensing devices and technologies, as well as several other companies that are evaluating non-invasive CGM products to measure a user's blood glucose level. For example, Abbott is developing its FreeStyle Libre Flash Glucose Monitoring System, which has received the CE

25


Table of Contents

mark in Europe and eliminates the need for routine fingersticks by reading glucose levels through a transcutaneous sensor that can be worn for up to 14 days. There are also a number of academic and other institutions involved in various phases of our industry's technology development.

        Although we will face potential competition from many different sources, we believe that our technology, knowledge, experience and scientific resources will provide us with competitive advantages. The key competitive factors affecting the success of Eversense, if approved, are likely to be: the accuracy, sensor duration, safety, convenience and price of treatment; the availability of coverage and reimbursement from government and other third-party payors; effective sales, marketing and distribution; brand awareness and acceptance by healthcare providers and people with diabetes; customer service and support and comprehensive education for people with diabetes and their healthcare providers; and rapid product innovation, including insulin pump integration.

        Many of the companies against which we may compete in the future have significantly greater financial resources and expertise in research and development, manufacturing, preclinical testing, conducting clinical trials, obtaining regulatory approvals and marketing approved products than we do. Mergers and acquisitions in the pharmaceutical, biotechnology and diagnostic industries may result in even more resources being concentrated among a smaller number of our competitors. Smaller or early stage companies may also prove to be significant competitors, particularly through collaborative arrangements with large and established companies. These competitors also compete with us in recruiting and retaining qualified scientific and management personnel and establishing clinical trial sites and subject registration for clinical trials, as well as in acquiring technologies complementary to, or necessary for, our development.

Intellectual Property

        Protection of our intellectual property is a strategic priority for our business. We rely on a combination of patents, trademarks, copyrights, trade secrets as well as nondisclosure and assignment of invention agreements, material transfer agreements, confidentiality agreements and other measures to protect our intellectual property and other proprietary rights.

Patents

        As of December 7, 2015, we held a total of approximately 349 issued patents and pending patent applications that relate to our CGM system. Our intellectual property portfolio includes 37 issued United States patents, 200 patents issued in countries outside the United States and 112 pending patent applications worldwide. Our patents expire between 2015 and 2030, subject to any patent extensions that may be available for such patents. If patents are issued on our pending patent applications, the resulting patents are projected to expire on dates ranging from 2020 to 2035.

        Our patents and patent applications cover certain aspects of our core sensor technologies and our product concepts for CGM systems. However, our patent applications may not result in issued patents, and any patents that have been issued or may be issued in the future may not protect the commercially important aspects of our technology. Furthermore, the validity and enforceability of our issued patents may be challenged by third parties and our patents could be invalidated or modified by the issuing governmental authority. Third parties may independently develop technology that is not covered by our patents that is similar to or competes with our technology. In addition, our intellectual property may be infringed or misappropriated by third parties, particularly in foreign countries where the laws and governmental authorities may not protect our proprietary rights as effectively as those in the United States.

        The medical device industry in general, and the glucose testing sector of this industry in particular, are characterized by the existence of a large number of patents and frequent litigation based on assertions of patent infringement. We are aware of numerous patents issued to third parties that may

26


Table of Contents

relate to the technology used in our business, including the design and manufacture of CGM sensors and CGM systems, as well as methods for continuous glucose monitoring. Each of these patents contains multiple claims, any one of which may be independently asserted against us. The owners of these patents may assert that the manufacture, use, sale or offer for sale of our CGM sensors or CGM systems infringes one or more claims of their patents. Furthermore, there may be additional patents issued to third parties of which we are presently unaware that may relate to aspects of our technology that such third parties could assert against us and materially and adversely affect our business. In addition, because patent applications can take many years to issue, there may be patent applications that are currently pending and unknown to us, which may later result in issued patents that third parties could assert against us and materially and adversely affect our business.

        Any adverse determination in litigations, post grant trial proceedings, including interference proceedings, at the Patent Office relating to intellectual property to which we are or may become a party could subject us to significant liabilities to third parties or require us to seek licenses from third parties, and result in the cancellation and/or invalidation of our intellectual property. Furthermore, if a court finds that we have willfully infringed a third party's intellectual property, we could be required to pay treble damages and/or attorney fees for the prevailing party, in addition to other penalties. Although intellectual property disputes in the medical device area are often settled through licensing or similar arrangements, costs associated with such arrangements can be substantial and often require ongoing royalty payments. We may be unable to obtain necessary licenses on satisfactory terms, if at all. If we do not obtain necessary licenses, we may not be able to redesign our products to avoid infringement; if we are able to redesign our products to avoid infringement, we may not receive FDA approval in a timely manner. Adverse determinations in a judicial or administrative proceeding or failure to obtain necessary licenses could prevent us from manufacturing and selling our products, which could have a significant adverse impact on our business.

Trademarks

        We have 12 pending U.S. trademark applications, including applications for the "Eversense" trademark, and eight pending foreign trademark applications, as well as four foreign trademark registrations.

Trade Secrets

        We also rely on trade secrets, technical know-how and continuing innovation to develop and maintain our competitive position. We seek to protect such intellectual property and proprietary information by generally requiring our employees, consultants, contractors, scientific collaborators and other advisors to execute non-disclosure and assignment of invention agreements upon the commencement of their employment or engagement as the case may be. Our agreements with our employees prohibit them from providing us with any intellectual property or proprietary information of third parties. We also generally require confidentiality agreements or material transfer agreements with third parties that receive or have access to our confidential information, data or other materials. Notwithstanding the foregoing, there can be no assurance that our employees and third parties that have access to our confidential proprietary information will abide by the terms of their agreements. Despite the measures that we take to protect our intellectual property and confidential information, unauthorized third parties may copy aspects of our products or obtain and use our proprietary information.

27


Table of Contents

Government Regulation

        Eversense is a medical device subject to extensive and ongoing regulation by the FDA, the U.S. Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services, or CMS, the European Commission, and regulatory bodies in other countries. Regulations cover virtually every critical aspect of a medical device company's business operations, including research activities, product development, contracting, reimbursement, medical communications, and sales and marketing. In the United States, the Federal Food, Drug and Cosmetic Act, or FDCA, and the implementing regulations of the FDA govern product design and development, pre-clinical and clinical testing, premarket clearance or approval, product manufacturing, import and export, product labeling, product storage, recalls and field safety corrective actions, advertising and promotion, product sales and distribution, and post-market clinical surveillance. Our business is subject to federal, state, local, and foreign regulations, such as ISO 13485, ISO 14971, FDA's Quality System Regulation, or QSR, contained in 21 CFR Part 820, and the European Commission's Directive 93/42/EEC concerning medical devices and its amendments.

Regulation by the FDA

        The FDA classifies medical devices into one of three classes. Devices requiring fewer controls because they are deemed to pose lower risk are placed in Class I or II. Class I devices are subject to general controls such as labeling, pre-market notification and adherence to the FDA's QSR, which cover manufacturers' methods and documentation of the design, testing, production, control quality assurance, labeling, packaging, sterilization, storage and shipping of products, but are usually exempt from premarket notification requirements. Class II devices are subject to the same general controls, may be subject to special controls such as performance standards, post-market surveillance, FDA guidelines, or particularized labeling, and may also require clinical testing prior to clearance or approval. Class III devices are those for which insufficient information exists to assure safety and effectiveness solely through general or special controls, including devices that support or sustain human life, are of substantial importance in preventing impairment of human health, or which present a potential, unreasonable risk of illness or injury.

        Some Class I and Class II devices are exempted by regulation from the pre-market notification requirement under Section 510(k) of the FDCA, also referred to as a 510(k) clearance, and the requirement of compliance with substantially all of the QSR. However, a pre-market approval, or PMA application, is required for devices deemed by the FDA to pose the greatest risk, such as life-sustaining, life-supporting or certain implantable devices, or those that are "not substantially equivalent" either to a device previously cleared through the 510(k) process or to a "preamendment" Class III device in commercial distribution before May 28, 1976 when PMA applications were not required. The PMA approval process is more comprehensive than the 510(k) clearance process and typically takes several years to complete. Eversense is likely to be considered a Class III device, which is how other currently available CGM systems are also classified by the FDA. Unless an exemption applies, each new or significantly modified CGM system we seek to commercially distribute in the United States will require either 510(k) clearance or approval from the FDA through the PMA process. Both the 510(k) clearance and PMA processes can be expensive, lengthy and require payment of significant user fees.

        We held discussions with the FDA in the second quarter of 2015 regarding the appropriate regulatory requirements for obtaining approval and accordingly, we currently intend to file a PMA submission for this device. A PMA application must be supported by valid scientific evidence that typically includes extensive technical, pre-clinical, clinical, manufacturing and labeling data, to demonstrate to the FDA's satisfaction the safety and efficacy of the device. A PMA application also must include a complete description of the device and its components, a detailed description of the methods, facilities and controls used to manufacture the device, and proposed labeling. After a PMA application is submitted and found to be sufficiently complete, the FDA begins an in-depth review of the submitted information. During this review period, the FDA may request additional information or

28


Table of Contents

clarification of information already provided. Also during the review period, an advisory panel of experts from outside the FDA may be convened to review and evaluate the application and provide recommendations to the FDA. In addition, the FDA generally will conduct a pre-approval inspection of the manufacturing facility to evaluate compliance with QSR, which requires manufacturers to implement and follow design, testing, control, documentation and other quality assurance procedures.

        FDA review of a PMA application generally takes between one and three years, but may take significantly longer. The FDA can delay, limit or deny approval of a PMA application for many reasons, including:

    the device may not be safe, effective, reliable or accurate to the FDA's satisfaction;

    the data from pre-clinical studies and clinical trials may be insufficient to support approval;

    the manufacturing process or facilities may not meet applicable requirements; and

    changes in FDA approval policies or adoption of new regulations may require additional data.

        If an FDA evaluation of a PMA application is favorable, the FDA will either issue an approval letter, or approvable letter, which usually contains a number of conditions that must be met in order to secure final approval of the PMA. When and if those conditions have been fulfilled to the satisfaction of the FDA, the agency will issue a PMA approval letter authorizing commercial marketing of a device, subject to the conditions of approval and the limitations established in the approval letter. If the FDA's evaluation of a PMA application or manufacturing facilities is not favorable, the FDA will deny approval of the PMA or issue a not approvable letter. The FDA also may determine that additional tests or clinical trials are necessary, in which case the PMA approval may be delayed for several months or years while the trials are conducted and data is submitted in an amendment to the PMA. The PMA process can be expensive, uncertain and lengthy and a number of devices for which FDA approval has been sought by other companies have never been approved by the FDA for marketing.

        New PMA applications or PMA supplements may be required for modifications to the manufacturing process, labeling, device specifications, materials or design of a device that has been approved through the PMA process. PMA supplements often require submission of the same type of information as an initial PMA application, except that the supplement is limited to information needed to support any changes from the device covered by the approved PMA application and may or may not require as extensive technical or clinical data or the convening of an advisory panel.

        Clinical trials are typically required to support a PMA application and are sometimes required for a 510(k) clearance. These trials generally require submission of an application for an IDE, to the FDA. The IDE application must be supported by appropriate data, such as animal and laboratory testing results, showing that it is safe to test the device in humans and that the testing protocol is scientifically sound. The IDE application must be approved in advance by the FDA for a specified number of patients, unless the product is deemed a non-significant risk device and eligible for abbreviated IDE requirements. Generally, clinical trials for a significant risk device may begin once the IDE application is approved by the FDA and the study protocol and informed consent are approved by appropriate institutional review boards at the clinical trial sites. The FDA's approval of an IDE allows clinical testing to go forward, but it does not bind the FDA to accept the results of the trial as sufficient to prove the product's safety and efficacy, even if the trial meets its intended success criteria. All clinical trials must be conducted in accordance with the FDA's IDE regulations that govern investigational device labeling, prohibit promotion, and specify an array of recordkeeping, reporting and monitoring responsibilities of study sponsors and study investigators. Clinical trials must further comply with the FDA's regulations for institutional review board approval and for informed consent and other human subject protections. Required records and reports are subject to inspection by the FDA. The results of clinical testing may be unfavorable or, even if the intended safety and efficacy success criteria are achieved, may not be considered sufficient for the FDA to grant approval or clearance of a product.

29


Table of Contents

The commencement or completion of any clinical trial may be delayed or halted, or be inadequate to support approval of a PMA application, for numerous reasons, including, but not limited to, the following:

    the FDA or other regulatory authorities do not approve a clinical trial protocol or a clinical trial, or place a clinical trial on hold;

    patients do not enroll in clinical trials at the rate expected;

    patients do not comply with trial protocols;

    patient follow-up is not at the rate expected;

    patients experience adverse side effects;

    patients die during a clinical trial, even though their death may not be related to the products that are part of our trial;

    institutional review boards and third-party clinical investigators may delay or reject the trial protocol;

    third-party clinical investigators decline to participate in a trial or do not perform a trial on the anticipated schedule or consistent with the clinical trial protocol, good clinical practices or other FDA requirements;

    we or third-party organizations do not perform data collection, monitoring and analysis in a timely or accurate manner or consistent with the clinical trial protocol or investigational or statistical plans;

    third-party clinical investigators have significant financial interests related to us or our study that the FDA deems to make the study results unreliable, or the company or investigators fail to disclose such interests;

    regulatory inspections of our clinical trials or manufacturing facilities, which may, among other things, require us to undertake corrective action or suspend or terminate our clinical trials;

    changes in governmental regulations or administrative actions;

    the interim or final results of the clinical trial are inconclusive or unfavorable as to safety or efficacy; and

    the FDA concludes that our trial design is inadequate to demonstrate safety and efficacy.

International Regulation

        International sales of medical devices are subject to local government regulations, which may vary substantially from country to country. The time required to obtain approval in another country may be longer or shorter than that required for FDA approval, and the requirements may differ. There is a trend towards harmonization of quality system standards among the European Union, United States, Canada and various other industrialized countries.

        The primary regulatory body in Europe is that of the European Union, the European Commission, which includes most of the major countries in Europe. Other countries, such as Switzerland, have voluntarily adopted laws and regulations that mirror those of the European Union with respect to medical devices. The European Union has adopted numerous directives and standards regulating the design, manufacture, clinical trials, labeling and adverse event reporting for medical devices. Devices that comply with the requirements of a relevant directive will be entitled to bear the CE conformity marking, indicating that the device conforms to the essential requirements of the applicable directives and, accordingly, can be commercially distributed throughout Europe. The method of assessing

30


Table of Contents

conformity varies depending on the class of the product, but normally involves a combination of self-assessment by the manufacturer and a third party assessment by a "Notified Body." This third-party assessment may consist of an audit of the manufacturer's quality system and specific testing of the manufacturer's product. An assessment by a Notified Body of one country within the European Union is required in order for a manufacturer to commercially distribute the product throughout the European Union. Additional local requirements may apply on a country-by-country basis. Outside of the European Union, regulatory approval would need to be sought on a country-by-country basis in order for us to market our products.

Other Regulatory Requirements

        Even after a device receives clearance or approval and is placed in commercial distribution, numerous regulatory requirements apply. These include:

    establishment registration and device listing;

    QSR, which requires manufacturers, including third party manufacturers, to follow stringent design, testing, production, control, supplier/contractor selection, complaint handling, documentation and other quality assurance procedures during all aspects of the manufacturing process;

    labeling regulations that prohibit the promotion of products for uncleared, unapproved or "off-label" uses, and impose other restrictions on labeling, advertising and promotion;

    MDR regulations, which require that manufacturers report to the FDA if their device may have caused or contributed to a death or serious injury or malfunctioned in a way that would likely cause or contribute to a death or serious injury if the malfunction were to recur;

    voluntary and mandatory device recalls to address problems when a device is defective and could be a risk to health; and

    corrections and removals reporting regulations, which require that manufacturers report to the FDA field corrections and product recalls or removals if undertaken to reduce a risk to health posed by the device or to remedy a violation of the FDCA that may present a risk to health.

        Also, the FDA may require us to conduct post-market surveillance studies or establish and maintain a system for tracking our products through the chain of distribution to the patient level. The FDA and the Food and Drug Branch of the California Department of Health Services enforce regulatory requirements by conducting periodic, unannounced inspections and market surveillance. Inspections may include the manufacturing facilities of our subcontractors.

        Failure to comply with applicable regulatory requirements can result in enforcement actions by the FDA and other regulatory agencies. These may include any of the following sanctions or consequences:

    warning letters or untitled letters that require corrective action;

    fines and civil penalties;

    unanticipated expenditures;

    delays in approving or refusal to approve future products;

    FDA refusal to issue certificates to foreign governments needed to export products for sale in other countries;

    suspension or withdrawal of FDA clearance or approval;

    product recall or seizure;

31


Table of Contents

    interruption of production;

    operating restrictions;

    injunctions; and

    criminal prosecution.

        Our contract manufacturers, specification developers and some suppliers of components or device accessories, also are required to manufacture our products in compliance with current good manufacturing practice requirements set forth in the QSR. The QSR requires a quality system for the design, manufacture, packaging, labeling, storage, installation and servicing of marketed devices, and it includes extensive requirements with respect to quality management and organization, device design, buildings, equipment, purchase and handling of components or services, production and process controls, packaging and labeling controls, device evaluation, distribution, installation, complaint handling, servicing, and record keeping. The FDA evaluates compliance with the QSR through periodic unannounced inspections that may include the manufacturing facilities of our subcontractors. If the FDA believes that any of our contract manufacturers or regulated suppliers are not in compliance with these requirements, it can shut down such manufacturing operations, require recall of our products, refuse to approve new marketing applications, institute legal proceedings to detain or seize products, enjoin future violations or assess civil and criminal penalties against us or our officers or other employees.

Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996 and Similar Foreign and State Laws and Regulations Affecting the Transmission, Security and Privacy of Health Information

        We may also be subject to data privacy and security regulation by both the federal government and the states in which we conduct our business. HIPAA, as amended by the Health Information Technology for Economic and Clinical Health Act, or HITECH, and their respective implementing regulations, imposes specified requirements relating to the privacy, security and transmission of individually identifiable health information. Among other things, HITECH makes HIPAA's security standards directly applicable to business associates, defined as service providers of covered entities that create, receive, maintain or transmit protected health information in connection with providing a service for or on behalf of a covered entity. HITECH also created four new tiers of civil monetary penalties and gave state attorneys general new authority to file civil actions for damages or injunctions in federal courts to enforce the federal HIPAA laws and seek attorneys' fees and costs associated with pursuing federal civil actions. In addition, many state laws govern the privacy and security of health information in certain circumstances, many of which differ from HIPAA and each other in significant ways and may not have the same effect.

        Foreign data privacy regulations, such as the EU Data Protection Directive (Directive 95/46/EC), and the country-specific regulations that implement Directive 95/46/EC, also govern the processing of personally identifiable data, and may be stricter than U.S. laws.

Fraud and Abuse Laws

        In addition to FDA restrictions, there are numerous U.S. federal and state laws pertaining to healthcare fraud and abuse, including anti-kickback laws and physician self-referral laws. Our relationships with healthcare providers and other third parties are subject to scrutiny under these laws. Violations of these laws are punishable by criminal and civil sanctions, including, in some instances, imprisonment and exclusion from participation in federal and state healthcare programs, including the Medicare, Medicaid and Veterans Administration health programs.

32


Table of Contents

Federal Anti-Kickback and Self-Referral Laws

        The federal Anti-Kickback Statute prohibits persons from knowingly and willfully soliciting, receiving, offering or providing remuneration (including any kickback, bribe or rebate), directly or indirectly, overtly or covertly, to induce either the referral of an individual, or the furnishing, recommending, or arranging of a good or service, for which payment may be made under a federal healthcare program such as Medicare and Medicaid or other federal healthcare programs. The term "remuneration" has been broadly interpreted to include anything of value, including such items as gifts, discounts, the furnishing of supplies or equipment, credit arrangements, waiver of payments and providing anything at less than its fair market value. Although there are a number of statutory exceptions and regulatory safe harbors protecting some common activities from prosecution, the exceptions and safe harbors are drawn narrowly. Practices that involve remuneration that may be alleged to be intended to induce prescribing, purchases or recommendations may be subject to scrutiny if they do not qualify for an exception or safe harbor. Failure to meet all of the requirements of a particular applicable statutory exception or regulatory safe harbor does not make the conduct per se illegal under the Anti-Kickback Statute. Instead, the legality of the arrangement will be evaluated on a case-by-case basis based on a review of all its relevant facts and circumstances. Several courts have interpreted the statute's intent requirement to mean that if any one purpose of an arrangement involving remuneration is to induce referrals of (or purchases, or recommendations related to) federal healthcare covered business, the Anti-Kickback Statute has been implicated and potentially violated.

        The penalties for violating the federal Anti-Kickback Statute include imprisonment for up to five years, fines of up to $25,000 per violation and possible exclusion from federal healthcare programs such as Medicare and Medicaid. Many states have adopted prohibitions similar to the federal Anti-Kickback Statute, some of which do not have the same exceptions and apply to the referral of patients for healthcare services reimbursed by any source, not only by the Medicare and Medicaid programs. Further, the Anti-Kickback Statute was amended by the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act, or PPACA. Specifically, as noted above, under the Anti-Kickback Statute, the government must prove the defendant acted "knowingly" to prove a violation occurred. The PPACA added a provision to clarify that with respect to violations of the Anti-Kickback Statute, "a person need not have actual knowledge" of the statute or specific intent to commit a violation of the statute. This change effectively overturns case law interpretations that set a higher standard under which prosecutors had to prove the specific intent to violate the law. In addition, the PPACA codified case law that a claim including items or services resulting from a violation of the federal Anti-Kickback Statute constitutes a false or fraudulent claim for purposes of the federal civil False Claims Act.

        We plan to provide the initial training to patients necessary for appropriate use of our products either through our own diabetes educators or by contracting with outside diabetes educators that have completed an appropriate training course. Outside diabetes educators are reimbursed for their services at fair market value.

        Noncompliance with the federal anti-kickback legislation could result in our exclusion from Medicare, Medicaid or other governmental programs, restrictions on our ability to operate in certain jurisdictions, and civil and criminal penalties.

        Federal law also includes a provision commonly known as the "Stark Law," which prohibits a physician from referring Medicare or Medicaid patients to an entity providing "designated health services," including a company that furnishes durable medical equipment, in which the physician has an ownership or investment interest or with which the physician has entered into a compensation arrangement. Violation of the Stark Law could result in denial of payment, disgorgement of reimbursements received under a noncompliant arrangement, civil penalties, and exclusion from Medicare, Medicaid or other governmental programs. We believe that we have structured our provider arrangements to comply with current Stark Law requirements.

33


Table of Contents

        Nevertheless, a determination of liability under such laws could result in fines and penalties and restrictions on our ability to operate in these jurisdictions.

        Additionally, as some of these laws are still evolving, we lack definitive guidance as to the application of certain key aspects of these laws as they relate to our arrangements with providers with respect to patient training. We cannot predict the final form that these regulations will take or the effect that the final regulations will have on us. As a result, our provider and training arrangements may ultimately be found to be not in compliance with applicable federal law.

Federal False Claims Act

        The Federal False Claims Act provides, in part, that the federal government may bring a lawsuit against any person whom it believes has knowingly presented, or caused to be presented, a false or fraudulent request for payment from the federal government, or who has made a false statement or used a false record to get a claim approved. In addition, amendments in 1986 to the Federal False Claims Act have made it easier for private parties to bring "qui tam" whistleblower lawsuits against companies under the Federal False Claims Act. Penalties include fines ranging from $5,500 to $11,000 for each false claim, plus three times the amount of damages that the federal government sustained because of the act of that person. Qui tam actions have increased significantly in recent years, causing greater numbers of healthcare companies to have to defend a false claim action, pay fines or be excluded from Medicare, Medicaid or other federal or state healthcare programs as a result of an investigation arising out of such action.

        There are other federal anti-fraud laws that that prohibit, among other actions, knowingly and willfully executing, or attempting to execute, a scheme to defraud any healthcare benefit program, including private third-party payors, knowingly and willfully embezzling or stealing from a healthcare benefit program, willfully obstructing a criminal investigation of a healthcare offense, and knowingly and willfully falsifying, concealing or covering up a material fact or making any materially false, fictitious or fraudulent statement in connection with the delivery of or payment for healthcare benefits, items or services.

        Additionally, HIPAA established two federal crimes in the healthcare fraud and false statements relating to healthcare matters. The healthcare fraud statute prohibits knowingly and willfully executing a scheme to defraud any healthcare benefit program, including private payors. A violation of this statute is a felony and may result in fines, imprisonment or exclusion from government sponsored programs. The false statements statute prohibits knowingly and willfully falsifying, concealing or covering up a material fact or making any materially false, fictitious or fraudulent statement in connection with the delivery of or payment for healthcare benefits, items or services. A violation of this statute is a felony and may result in fines or imprisonment.

Civil Monetary Penalties Law

        In addition to the Anti-Kickback Statute and the civil and criminal False Claims Acts, the federal government has the authority to seek civil monetary penalties, or CMPs, assessments, and exclusion against an individual or entity based on a wide variety of prohibited conduct. For example, the Civil Monetary Penalties Law authorizes the imposition of substantial CMPs against an entity that engages in activities including, but not limited to: (1) knowingly presenting or causing to be presented, a claim for services not provided as claimed or which is otherwise false or fraudulent in any way; (2) knowingly giving or causing to be given false or misleading information reasonably expected to influence the decision to discharge a patient; (3) offering or giving remuneration to any beneficiary of a federal health care program likely to influence the receipt of reimbursable items or services; (4) arranging for reimbursable services with an entity which is excluded from participation from a federal health care program; (5) knowingly or willfully soliciting or receiving remuneration for a referral of a federal health

34


Table of Contents

care program beneficiary; or (6) using a payment intended for a federal health care program beneficiary for another use. Noncompliance can result in civil money penalties of up to $10,000 for each wrongful act, assessment of three times the amount claimed for each item or service and exclusion from the federal healthcare programs.

State Fraud and Abuse Provisions

        Many states have also adopted some form of anti-kickback and anti-referral laws and a false claims act. We believe that we are in conformance to such laws. Nevertheless, a determination of liability under such laws could result in fines and penalties and restrictions on our ability to operate in these jurisdictions.

Physician Payment Sunshine Act

        Transparency laws regarding payments or other items of value provided to healthcare providers and teaching hospitals may also impact our business practices. The federal Physician Payment Sunshine Act requires most medical device manufacturers to report annually to the Secretary of Human Health Services financial arrangements, payments, or other transfers of value made by that entity to physicians and teaching hospitals. The payment information is made publicly available in a searchable format on a CMS website. Over the next several years, we will need to dedicate significant resources to establish and maintain systems and processes in order to comply with these regulations. Failure to comply with the reporting requirements can result in significant civil monetary penalties. Similar laws have been enacted or are under consideration in foreign jurisdictions.

U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act

        The U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, or FCPA, prohibits U.S. corporations and their representatives from offering, promising, authorizing or making corrupt payments, gifts or transfers to any foreign government official, government staff member, political party or political candidate in an attempt to obtain or retain business abroad. The FCPA also obligates companies whose securities are listed in the United States to comply with accounting provisions requiring the company to maintain books and records that accurately and fairly reflect all transactions of the corporation, including international subsidiaries, and to devise and maintain an adequate system of internal accounting controls for international operations. Activities that violate the FCPA, even if they occur wholly outside the United States, can result in criminal and civil fines, imprisonment, disgorgement, oversight, and debarment from government contracts.

Employees

        As of December 7, 2015, we had 40 employees, all of whom are located in the United States. None of our employees is represented by a labor union or covered by a collective bargaining agreement. We consider our relationship with our employees to be good.

Facilities

        Our principal offices occupy approximately 20,000 square feet of leased office space in Germantown, Maryland pursuant to a lease agreement that expires in 2018. We believe that our current facilities are suitable and adequate to meet our current needs. We intend to add new facilities or expand existing facilities as we add employees, and we believe that suitable additional or substitute space will be available as needed to accommodate any such expansion of our operations.

35


Table of Contents


RISK FACTORS

         Investing in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. Before you invest in our common stock, you should carefully consider the following risks, as well as general economic and business risks, and all of the other information contained in this Report. Any of the following risks could harm our business, operating results and financial condition and cause the trading price of our common stock to decline, which would cause you to lose all or part of your investment. When determining whether to invest, you should also refer to the other information contained in this Report including our financial statements and the related notes thereto.

Risks Relating to our Business and our Industry

We have incurred significant operating losses since inception and cannot assure you that we will ever achieve or sustain profitability.

        Since our inception, we have incurred significant net losses, including net losses of $18.8 million and $18.9 million for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2014, respectively, and $21.5 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2015. As of September 30, 2015, we had an accumulated deficit of $152.4 million. To date, we have financed our operations primarily through sales of our equity securities and debt financings. We have devoted substantially all of our resources to the research and development of our products, including conducting clinical trials.

        To implement our business strategy we need to, among other things, complete our clinical trials in Europe and the United States, gain regulatory approval in Europe and the United States and other regions where we intend to sell our products, establish additional distribution relationships in Europe to enable our commercial launch, establish our sales and marketing infrastructure to initiate sales of our products in the United States and develop future generations of Eversense. We have never been profitable and do not expect to be profitable in the foreseeable future. We expect our expenses to increase significantly as we pursue these objectives. The extent of our future operating losses and the timing of profitability are highly uncertain, and we expect to continue incurring significant expenses and operating losses over the next several years. Any additional operating losses may have an adverse effect on our stockholders' equity, and we cannot assure you that we will ever be able to achieve profitability. Even if we achieve profitability, we may not be able to sustain or increase profitability on a quarterly or annual basis. Our failure to become and remain profitable would depress the value of our company and could impair our ability to raise capital, expand our business, maintain our development efforts, obtain regulatory approvals, diversify our product offerings or continue our operations.

We have no products that are approved for commercial sale. If we are unable to successfully develop, receive regulatory approval for and commercialize Eversense, or if we experience significant delays in doing so, our business will be harmed.

        We have no products that are approved for commercial sale. We have invested substantially all of our efforts and financial resources to the development of Eversense. Our ability to generate revenue from our products will depend heavily on their successful development, regulatory approval and eventual commercialization. The success of any products that we develop will depend on several factors, including:

    successful completion of our clinical trials, including our planned U.S. pivotal trial for Eversense;

    receipt of timely marketing approvals from applicable regulatory authorities;

    our ability to procure and maintain suppliers and manufacturers of the components of Eversense and future versions of Eversense;

    launching commercial sales of Eversense, if approved for marketing;

36


Table of Contents

    market acceptance of Eversense, if approved, by people with diabetes, the medical community and third-party payors;

    our ability to obtain extensive coverage and reimbursement for Eversense and the related insertion and removal procedures;

    our success in educating healthcare providers and people with diabetes about the benefits, administration and use of Eversense and future versions of Eversense;

    the prevalence and severity of adverse events experienced with Eversense and future versions of Eversense;

    the perceived advantages, cost, safety, convenience and accuracy of alternative diabetes management therapies;

    obtaining and maintaining patent, trademark and trade secret protection and regulatory exclusivity for Eversense and otherwise protecting our rights in our intellectual property portfolio;

    maintaining compliance with regulatory requirements, including current good manufacturing practices; and

    maintaining a continued acceptable accuracy, safety, duration and convenience profile of Eversense following approval.

        Whether regulatory approval will be granted is unpredictable and depends upon numerous factors, including the substantial discretion of the regulatory authorities. Eversense's success in clinical trials will not guarantee regulatory approval. The FDA, the corresponding Notified Body in the European Union and the European Economic Area, or EEA, or other comparable foreign regulatory authorities may require that we conduct additional clinical trials, provide additional data, take additional manufacturing steps, or require other conditions before they will grant us approval. If the FDA, the corresponding Notified Body in the European Union and the EEA, or other comparable foreign regulatory authorities require additional clinical trials or data, we would incur increased costs and delays in the marketing approval process, which may require us to expend more resources than we have available. In addition, the FDA, the corresponding Notified Body in the European Union and the EEA, or other comparable foreign regulatory authorities may not consider sufficient any additional required clinical trials, data or information that we perform and complete or generate.

        In cases where we are successful in obtaining regulatory approval to market one or more of our products, our revenue will be dependent, in part, upon the size of the markets in the territories for which we gain regulatory approval, the accepted price for the product, the ability to obtain coverage and reimbursement, and whether we own the commercial rights for that territory. If the number of people with diabetes we target is not as significant as we estimate or the treatment population is narrowed by competition, physician choice or treatment guidelines, we may not generate significant revenue from sales of such products, even if approved.

        Approval or clearance in the United States by the FDA or by a regulatory agency in another country does not guarantee approval by the regulatory authorities in other countries or jurisdictions or ensure approval for the same conditions of use. In addition, clinical trials conducted in one country may not be accepted by regulatory authorities in other countries. Approval processes vary among countries and can involve additional product testing and validation and additional administrative review periods. It is possible that Eversense will never obtain regulatory approval in Europe or the United States, even if we expend substantial time and resources seeking such approval. If we do not achieve one or more of these approvals in a timely manner or at all, we could experience significant delays or an inability to fully commercialize Eversense and achieve profitability.

37


Table of Contents

        Both before and after a product is commercially released, we will have ongoing responsibilities under U.S. and EU regulations. We will also be subject to periodic inspections by the FDA, the corresponding Notified Body in the European Union and EEA and comparable foreign authorities to determine compliance with regulatory requirements, such as the Quality System Regulation, or QSR, of the FDA, medical device reporting regulations, vigilance in reporting of adverse events and regulations regarding notification, corrections, and recalls. These inspections can result in observations or reports, warning letters or other similar notices or forms of enforcement action. If the FDA, the corresponding Notified Body in the European Union and EEA or any comparable foreign authority concludes that we are not in compliance with applicable laws or regulations, or that any of our products are ineffective or pose an unreasonable health risk, such authority could ban these products, suspend or cancel our marketing authorizations, impose "stop-sale" and "stop-import" orders, refuse to issue export certificates, detain or seize adulterated or misbranded products, order a recall, repair, replacement, correction or refund of such products, or require us to notify health providers and others that the products present unreasonable risks of substantial harm to the public health. Discovery of previously unknown problems with our product's design or manufacture may result in restrictions on the use of Eversense, restrictions placed on us or our suppliers, or withdrawal of an existing regulatory clearance for Eversense. The FDA, the corresponding Notified Body in the European Union and EEA or comparable foreign authorities may also impose operating restrictions, enjoin and restrain certain violations of applicable law pertaining to medical devices, assess civil or criminal penalties against our officers, employees or us, or recommend criminal prosecution of our company. Adverse regulatory action may restrict us from effectively marketing and selling our products. In addition, negative publicity and product liability claims resulting from any adverse regulatory action could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and operating results.

        Foreign governmental regulations have become increasingly stringent and more extensive, and we may become subject to even more rigorous regulation by foreign governmental authorities in the future. Penalties for a company's noncompliance with foreign governmental regulation could be severe, including revocation or suspension of a company's business license and civil or criminal sanctions. In some jurisdictions, such as Germany, any violation of a law related to medical devices is also considered to be a violation of unfair competition law. In such cases, governmental authorities, our competitors and business or consumer associations may then file lawsuits to prohibit us from commercializing Eversense in such jurisdictions. Our competitors may also sue us for damages. Any domestic or foreign governmental law or regulation imposed in the future may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and operating results.

Our success depends on our ability to continue to develop, commercialize and gain market acceptance for our products.

        Our current business strategy is highly dependent on commercially launching Eversense and achieving and maintaining market acceptance. In order for us to sell Eversense to people with intensively managed diabetes, we must convince them, their caregivers and healthcare providers that Eversense is an attractive alternative to competitive products for the monitoring of glucose levels, including SMBG, as well as other competitive CGM systems and alternatives to CGM methodologies. Market acceptance and adoption of Eversense depends on educating people with diabetes, as well as their caregivers and healthcare providers, as to the distinct features, ease-of-use, positive lifestyle impact, and other perceived benefits of Eversense as compared to competitive products.

        Achieving and maintaining market acceptance of Eversense could be negatively impacted by many factors, including:

    the failure of Eversense to achieve wide acceptance among people with intensively managed diabetes, their caregivers, healthcare providers, third-party payors and key opinion leaders in the diabetes treatment community;

38


Table of Contents

    lack of evidence supporting the accuracy, duration, safety, ease-of-use or other perceived benefits of Eversense over competitive products or other currently available diabetes management therapies;

    perceived risks associated with the use of Eversense or similar products or technologies generally;

    the introduction of competitive products and the rate of acceptance of those products as compared to Eversense;

    adverse results of clinical trials relating to Eversense or similar competitive products; and

    loss of regulatory approval for Eversense, adverse publicity or other adverse events including any product liability lawsuits.

        In addition, Eversense may be perceived by people with intensively managed diabetes, their caregivers or healthcare providers to be more complicated or less effective than traditional monitoring methodologies, including SMBG, and people may be unwilling to change their current regimens.

        Moreover, we believe that healthcare providers tend to be slow to change their medical treatment practices because of perceived liability risks arising from the use of new products and the uncertainty of third-party reimbursement. Accordingly, healthcare providers may not recommend Eversense until, if ever, there is sufficient evidence to convince them to alter the treatment methods they typically recommend, such as receiving recommendations from prominent healthcare providers or other key opinion leaders in the diabetes treatment community.

        If we are not successful in convincing people with diabetes of the benefits of Eversense, or if we are unable to achieve the support of caregivers and healthcare providers or widespread market acceptance for Eversense, then our sales potential, strategic objectives and profitability could be negatively impacted, which would adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results.

If we do not enhance our product offerings through our research and development efforts, we may fail to effectively compete or become profitable.

        In order to capture and grow market share in the intensively managed diabetes market, we will need to enhance and broaden our product offerings in response to the evolving demands of people with intensively managed diabetes and healthcare providers, as well as competitive pressures and technologies. We may not be successful in developing, obtaining regulatory approval for, or marketing Eversense or future versions of Eversense. In addition, notwithstanding our market research efforts, our future products may not be accepted by people with diabetes, their caregivers, healthcare providers or third-party payors who reimburse people with diabetes for Eversense and healthcare providers for their services. The success of Eversense or future versions of Eversense will depend on numerous factors, including our ability to:

    identify the product features that people with intensively managed diabetes, their caregivers and healthcare providers are seeking in a CGM system and successfully incorporate those features into our products;

    develop and introduce future generations of Eversense in a timely manner;

    offer products at a price that is competitive with other products then available;

    adequately protect our intellectual property and avoid infringing upon the intellectual property rights of third-parties;

    demonstrate the accuracy and safety of Eversense or future versions of Eversense;

39


Table of Contents

    obtain extensive coverage and reimbursement for Eversense or future versions of Eversense and the related insertion and removal procedures; and

    obtain the necessary regulatory approvals for Eversense and future versions of Eversense. For example, a future product enhancement involves on-demand, swipe measurement technology that would permit people with Type 1 diabetes to perform real-time, single glucose readings by swiping their smartphone over our sensor. We do not believe that such technology would require cGMP-compliant manufacturing for smartphones used for these real-time readings. However, if regulatory authorities were to disagree, this would adversely impact our ability to commercialize that product enhancement.

        If we fail to generate demand by developing products that incorporate features requested by people with diabetes, their caregivers or healthcare providers, or if we do not obtain regulatory clearance or approval for Eversense or future versions of Eversense in time to meet market demand, we may fail to generate sales sufficient to achieve or maintain profitability. We have in the past experienced, and we may in the future experience, delays in various phases of product development and commercial launch, including during research and development, manufacturing, limited release testing, marketing and customer education efforts. Any delays in our anticipated product launches may significantly impede our ability to successfully compete in our markets. In particular, such delays could cause customers to delay or forego purchases of our products, or to purchase our competitors' products. Even if we are able to successfully develop Eversense or future versions of Eversense when anticipated, these products may not produce sales in excess of the costs of development, and they may be quickly rendered obsolete by the changing preferences of people with diabetes or the introduction by our competitors of products embodying new technologies or features.

Failure to secure or retain coverage or adequate reimbursement for Eversense or future versions of Eversense systems, including the related insertion and removal procedures, by third-party payors could adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results.

        We plan to derive nearly all of our revenue from sales of Eversense, if approved, in Europe and the United States and expect to do so for the next several years. We anticipate a substantial portion of the purchase price of Eversense will be paid for by third-party payors, including private insurance companies, preferred provider organizations and other managed care providers. Patients who receive treatment for their medical conditions and their healthcare providers generally rely on third-party payors to reimburse all or part of the costs associated with their medical treatment, including healthcare providers' services. Coverage and adequate reimbursement from third-party payors, including governmental healthcare programs, such as Medicare and Medicaid, and commercial payors, is critical to new product acceptance. Future sales of Eversense will be limited unless people with diabetes can rely on third-party payors to pay for all or part of the cost to purchase Eversense. Access to adequate coverage and reimbursement for Eversense by third-party payors is essential to the acceptance of our products by people with diabetes.

        In the United States, a third-party payor's decision to provide coverage for our products does not imply that an adequate reimbursement rate will be obtained. Further, one third-party payor's decision to cover our products does not assure that other payors will also provide coverage for the products or will provide coverage at an adequate reimbursement rate. Healthcare providers may choose not to order a product unless third-party payors pay a substantial portion of the product. Within and outside the United States, reimbursement is obtained from a variety of sources, including government-sponsored and private health insurance plans. These third-party payors determine whether to provide coverage and reimbursement for specific products and procedures. Coverage determinations and reimbursement levels of both our products and the healthcare provider's performance of the insertion and removal procedures are critical to the commercial success of our product, and if we are not able to

40


Table of Contents

secure positive coverage determinations and reimbursement levels for our products or the insertion and removal procedures, our business would be materially adversely affected.

        In addition, there may be significant delays in obtaining reimbursement, and coverage may be more limited than the purposes for which the product is cleared by the FDA, the corresponding Notified Body in the European Union and EEA or other foreign regulatory authorities. Moreover, eligibility for reimbursement does not imply that any product will be paid for in all cases or at a rate that covers our costs, including research, development, manufacture, sale and distribution. Payment rates may vary according to the use of the product and the clinical setting in which it is used, may be based on payments allowed for lower cost products that are already reimbursed, and may be incorporated into existing payments for other services. Net prices for products may be reduced by mandatory discounts or rebates required by government healthcare programs or third-party payors and by any future relaxation of laws that presently restrict imports of products from countries where they may be sold at lower prices than in the United States.

        In the United States, many third-party payors use coverage decisions and payment amounts determined by the Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services, or CMS, which administers the Medicare and Medicaid programs, as guidelines in setting their coverage and reimbursement policies. Medicare has recently begun to review its reimbursement practices for certain diabetes-related products. At this time CMS does not cover CGM-related products. As a result, there is uncertainty as to the future Medicare reimbursement rate for our products or whether CMS will ever cover CGM-related products at all. In addition, those third-party payors that do not follow the CMS guidelines may adopt different coverage and reimbursement policies for our products, which could also diminish payments for Eversense. It is possible that some third-party payors will not offer any coverage for our products.

        We plan to form contracts establishing reimbursement for Eversense and specific reimbursement codes for the insertion and removal procedures with national and regional third-party payors in the United States. While we anticipate entering into contracts with third-party payors, we cannot guarantee that we will succeed in doing so or that the reimbursement contracts and codes that we are able to negotiate will enable us to sell our products on a profitable basis. In addition, contracts with third-party payors generally can be modified or terminated by the third-party payor without cause and with little or no notice to us. Moreover, compliance with the administrative procedures or requirements of third-party payors may result in delays in processing approvals by those third-party payors for people with diabetes to obtain coverage for Eversense. Failure to secure or retain adequate coverage or reimbursement for Eversense by third-party payors, or delays in processing approvals by those payors, could result in the loss of sales, which could negatively affect our business, financial condition and operating results.

        Third-party payors, whether foreign or domestic, or governmental or commercial, are developing increasingly sophisticated methods of controlling healthcare costs by imposing lower payment rates and negotiating reduced contract rates, among others. As such, we believe that future coverage and reimbursement may be subject to increased restrictions, such as additional preauthorization requirements, both in the United States and in international markets. If third-party coverage and reimbursement of products for which we may receive regulatory approval is not available or adequate in either the United States or international markets, or if our production costs increase faster than increases in reimbursement levels, we may be unable to sell Eversense or future versions of Eversense profitably and our business would be adversely impacted.

41


Table of Contents

If important assumptions we have made about what people with intensively managed diabetes are seeking in a CGM system are inaccurate, our business and operating results may be adversely affected.

        Our business strategy was developed based on a number of important assumptions about the diabetes industry in general, and the intensively managed diabetes market in particular, any one or more of which may prove to be inaccurate. For example, we believe that the benefits of CGM will continue to drive increased rates of market acceptance for products in this space. However, this trend is uncertain and limited sources exist to obtain reliable market data.

        Another key element of our business strategy is utilizing market research to understand how people with diabetes are seeking to improve their diabetes therapy management. This strategy underlies our entire product design, marketing and customer support approach and is the basis on which we developed Eversense. However, our market research is based on interviews, focus groups and online surveys involving people with intensively managed diabetes, their caregivers and healthcare providers that represent only a small percentage of the overall intensively managed diabetes market. As a result, the responses we received may not be reflective of the broader market and may not provide us accurate insight into the desires of people with intensively managed diabetes. In addition, understanding the meaning and significance of the responses received during our market research necessarily requires that analysis be conducted and conclusions be drawn. We may not be able perform an analysis that yields meaningful results, or the conclusions we draw from the analysis could be misleading. Moreover, even if our market research has allowed us to better understand the features people with diabetes are seeking in a CGM system to improve the management of their diabetes, there can be no assurance that people with diabetes will actually purchase our products. As such, our strategy of focusing on the intensively managed diabetes market may limit our ability to increase sales or achieve profitability.

We operate in a very competitive industry and if we fail to compete successfully against our existing or potential competitors, many of whom have greater resources than we have, our sales and operating results may be negatively affected.

        The market for CGM systems is developing and competitive, subject to rapid change and significantly affected by new product introductions. We believe competitors have historically dedicated and will continue to dedicate significant resources to promote their products or develop new products or methods to manage diabetes. We expect to compete with well-capitalized companies, some of which are publicly-traded, that manufacture CGM systems including Medtronic, Inc., or Medtronic, Dexcom, Inc., or Dexcom, and Abbott Diabetes Care, a division of Abbott Laboratories, or Abbott. Each of these three companies has received approval from the FDA to market CGM systems. Dexcom's Bluetooth-enabled CGM system is designed to be integrated with smart phones.

        As the industry evolves, we anticipate encountering increasing competition from companies that integrate CGM with insulin pumps. We are aware of three companies, Johnson & Johnson, Medtronic and Tandem Diabetes Care, Inc., which have received FDA approval for CGM-integrated insulin pumps. Johnson & Johnson's system integrates Dexcom's CGM sensor technology and smartphone compatibility.

        In addition to CGM providers, we will also compete with providers of traditional SMBG systems. Four companies currently account for substantially all of the worldwide sales of SMBG systems: Roche Diabetes Care, a division of Roche Diagnostics; LifeScan, Inc., a division of Johnson & Johnson; Abbott; and Bayer Diabetes Care, which has agreed to merge with Panasonic Healthcare Holdings. We may also compete with companies, including Roche Diagnostics and Abbott, developing next generation real-time CGM or sensing devices and technologies, as well as several other companies that are evaluating non-invasive CGM products to measure a user's blood glucose level. For example, Abbott is developing its FreeStyle Libre Flash Glucose Monitoring System, which has received the CE mark in Europe and eliminates the need for routine fingersticks by reading glucose levels through a

42


Table of Contents

transcutaneous sensor that can be worn for up to 14 days. There are also a number of academic and other institutions involved in various phases of our industry's technology development.

        Many of these competitors enjoy several advantages over us, including:

    greater financial and human resources for sales and marketing, and product development;

    established relationships with healthcare providers and third-party payors;

    established reputation and name recognition among healthcare providers and other key opinion leaders in the diabetes industry;

    in some cases, an established base of long-time customers;

    products supported by long-term clinical data;

    larger and more established sales, marketing and distribution networks;

    greater ability to cross-sell products or provide incentives to healthcare providers to use their products; and

    more experience in conducting research and development, manufacturing, clinical trials, and obtaining regulatory approval or clearance.

        In addition, mergers and acquisitions in the diabetes industry may result in even more resources being concentrated among a smaller number of our competitors. Smaller or early-stage companies may also prove to be significant competitors, particularly through collaborative arrangements with large and established companies. These competitors also compete with us in recruiting and retaining qualified scientific and management personnel and establishing clinical trial sites and subject registration for clinical trials, as well as in acquiring technologies complementary to, or that may be necessary for, our programs.

        If we are unable to effectively compete with our competitors, we may fail to meet our strategic objectives, and our business, financial condition and operating results could be harmed.

Competitive products or other technological innovations for the monitoring, treatment or prevention of diabetes may render our products less competitive or obsolete.

        Our ability to achieve our strategic objectives will depend, among other things, on our ability to develop and commercialize products for the monitoring and management of diabetes that offer distinct features, have a longer duration than available alternatives, are easy-to-use, receive adequate coverage and reimbursement from third-party payors, include essential safety features and are more appealing than available alternatives. Our primary competitors, as well as a number of other companies, medical researchers and existing medical device companies are pursuing new delivery devices, delivery technologies, sensing technologies, procedures, drugs and other therapies for the monitoring, treatment and prevention of diabetes. Any technological breakthroughs in diabetes monitoring, treatment or prevention could reduce the potential market for Eversense or render Eversense less competitive or obsolete altogether, which would significantly reduce our potential sales.

        Because of the size of the intensively managed diabetes market, we anticipate that companies will continue to dedicate significant resources to developing competitive products. The frequent introduction by competitors of products that are, or claim to be, superior to our products may create market confusion that may make it difficult to differentiate the benefits of our products over competitive products. In addition, the entry of multiple new products may lead some of our competitors to employ pricing strategies that could adversely affect the pricing of our products. If a competitor develops a product that competes with or is perceived to be superior to Eversense, or if a competitor employs strategies that place downward pressure on pricing within our industry, our sales

43


Table of Contents

may decline significantly or may not increase in line with our expectations, either of which would harm our business, financial condition and operating results.

The size and future growth in the market for CGM systems and CGM-related products has not been established with precision and may be smaller than we estimate, possibly materially. If our estimates and projections overestimate the size of this market, our sales growth may be adversely affected.

        Our estimates of the size and future growth in the market for CGM systems and CGM-related products, including the number of people currently intensively managing their diabetes who may benefit from and be amenable to using Eversense, is based on a number of internal and third-party studies, reports and estimates. In addition, our internal estimates are based in large part on current treatment patterns by healthcare providers using CGM systems and our belief that the incidence of diabetes in the United States and worldwide is increasing. While we believe these factors have historically provided and may continue to provide us with effective tools in estimating the total market for CGM systems and CGM related products and our products, these estimates may not be correct and the conditions supporting our estimates may change at any time, thereby reducing the predictive accuracy of these underlying factors. The actual incidence of diabetes, and the actual demand for our products or competitive products, could differ materially from our projections if our assumptions are incorrect. As a result, our estimates of the size and future growth in the market for our CGM systems may prove to be incorrect. If the actual number of people with diabetes who would benefit from Eversense and the size and future growth in the market for Eversense is smaller than we have estimated, it may impair our projected sales growth and have an adverse impact on our business.

Our distribution agreement with Rubin to market Eversense in Sweden, Norway and Denmark may not be successful.

        Although we have entered into a distribution agreement with Rubin to market Eversense in Sweden, Norway and Denmark, because we have yet to receive regulatory approval to commercialize Eversense in Europe, Rubin is currently not marketing, selling or distributing Eversense. Under the agreement, following regulatory approval, Rubin will generally be responsible for the promotion, sale and distribution of Eversense in Sweden, Norway and Denmark at such prices as Rubin determines in its sole discretion. Additionally, although Rubin has the exclusive right to distribute Eversense in the covered countries, the agreement does not require Rubin to sell our products exclusively, and therefore, Rubin is free to sell products of our competitors. Because we have not yet received regulatory approval, we are not yet able to assess Rubin's performance in distributing Eversense in the covered countries, and it may take an extended period of time for us to accurately assess their performance under the agreement. Additionally, because the agreement with Rubin is exclusive and has an initial five year term, we will have limited ability to terminate the agreement with Rubin or to contract with any other distributor for Sweden, Norway and Denmark. If Rubin fails to perform satisfactorily under the agreement, our ability to commercialize in these countries, and potentially throughout Europe, could be adversely affected.

44


Table of Contents

If we are unable to establish additional distribution arrangements, we may have to alter our development and commercialization plans in Europe and our sales in Europe may be negatively affected.

        To commercialize Eversense in Europe, we plan to establish arrangements with third-party distributors. Aside from our agreement with Rubin with respect to Sweden, Norway and Denmark, we have not entered into any distribution arrangements to date. We may face significant competition in seeking appropriate distribution arrangements. Whether we reach a definitive distribution agreement will depend, among other things, upon our assessment of the distributor's resources and expertise, the terms and conditions of the proposed agreement and the proposed distributor's evaluation of a number of factors. The distributor may also consider alternative CGM systems or technologies that may be available if such an arrangement could be more attractive than the one with us for Eversense. We expect that none of our third-party distributors will be required to sell our products exclusively and each of them may freely sell the products of our competitors.

        Distribution arrangements are complex and time-consuming to negotiate and document. We may not be able to negotiate distribution arrangements on a timely basis, on acceptable terms, or at all. If we are unable to do so, we may have to curtail the development of Eversense, delay its potential commercialization in Europe or reduce the scope of any sales or marketing activities, or increase our expenditures and undertake development or commercialization activities at our own expense. If we elect to increase our expenditures to fund development or commercialization activities on our own, we may need to obtain additional capital, which may not be available to us on acceptable terms or at all. If we do not have sufficient funds, we may not be able to further develop our products or bring them to market and generate revenue.

        In addition, if a third-party distributor does not effectively sell our products, or if it engages in certain activities or ceases to distribute our products, we may not be able to maintain or increase our revenues or enter into new countries and our sales would be adversely affected. In such a situation, we may need to seek alternative third-party distributors or increase our reliance on our other third-party distributors, which may harm our sales. Additionally, to the extent that we enter into additional arrangements with third-party distributors to perform sales, marketing, or distribution services, the terms of the arrangements could cause our product margins to be lower than if we directly marketed and sold our products.

If we are unable to establish a sales and marketing infrastructure, we may not be successful in commercializing Eversense in the United States, even if we receive regulatory approval.

        We have not yet commercialized Eversense and we do not have experience marketing and selling our products or training healthcare providers and people with diabetes on the use of Eversense. To achieve commercial success in the United States for Eversense, we will need to establish and expand our sales and marketing infrastructure to drive adoption of our products, which will include a team of diabetes educators that will train healthcare providers and people with diabetes on the use of Eversense. There is significant competition for sales personnel experienced in relevant medical device sales. We expect that we will face significant challenges as we recruit and subsequently grow our sales and marketing infrastructure. If we are unable to attract and retain sufficient, and skilled, sales and marketing representatives, our sales could be adversely affected. If one of our sales or marketing representatives were to depart and be retained by one of our competitors, they could help competitors solicit business from our existing customers, which could further harm our sales. In addition, if our sales and marketing representatives or diabetes educators fail to achieve their objectives or if we are not able to recruit and retain a network of diabetes educators, we may not be able to successfully train healthcare providers and people with diabetes on the use of Eversense, which could delay new sales and harm our reputation.

45


Table of Contents

        As we increase our sales and marketing expenditures with respect to Eversense or future versions of Eversense, we will need to hire, train, retain and motivate skilled sales and marketing representatives with significant industry-specific knowledge in various areas, such as diabetes treatment techniques and technologies. Our success will depend largely on the competitive landscape for our products and the ability of our sales personnel to obtain access to healthcare providers and persuade those healthcare providers to recommend Eversense to people who intensively manage their diabetes. Recently hired sales representatives require training and take time to achieve full productivity. If we fail to train new hires adequately, or if we experience high turnover in our sales force in the future, we cannot be certain that new hires will become as productive as may be necessary to maintain or increase our sales. In addition, the expansion of our sales and marketing personnel will place significant burdens on our management team.

        We anticipate that we will derive nearly all of our U.S. revenue from the sales of Eversense or future versions of Eversense and that this will continue for the next several years. As a result, our financial condition and operating results will be highly dependent on the ability of our sales representatives to adequately promote, market and sell Eversense and the ability of our diabetes educators to train healthcare providers and people with diabetes on the use of Eversense. If we are unable to establish and expand our sales and marketing capabilities, we may not be able to effectively commercialize our existing or planned products, or enhance the strength of our brand, either of which could impair our projected sales growth and have an adverse impact on our business.

Our ability to maintain and grow our revenue will depend on establishing a customer base and retaining a high percentage of our customer base.

        A key to maintaining and growing our revenue will be establishing a customer base and retaining a high percentage of our customers due to the potentially significant revenue generated from ongoing purchases of disposable sensors. We intend to develop programs to help with retention aimed at customers, their caregivers and healthcare providers, which include training specific to Eversense, ongoing support by sales and clinical employees and 24/7 technical support and customer service. If demand for our products fluctuates as a result of the introduction of competitive products, changes in reimbursement policies, manufacturing problems, perceived safety issues with our or our competitors' products, the failure to secure regulatory clearance or approvals, or for other reasons, our ability to attract and retain customers could be harmed. The failure to retain a high percentage of our customers would negatively impact our business, financial condition and operating results.

We have no operating history as a commercial-stage company and may face difficulties encountered by companies early in their commercialization in competitive and rapidly evolving markets.

        To date, we have not commercialized any products. If approved, we plan to launch Eversense in Europe by early 2016. Accordingly, we have no operating history as a commercial-stage company upon which to evaluate our business, future sales expectations and operating results. In assessing our business prospects, you should consider the various risks and difficulties frequently encountered by companies early in their commercialization in competitive and rapidly evolving markets, particularly companies that develop and sell medical devices. These risks include our ability to:

    obtain regulatory clearance or approval to commercialize our products;

    perform clinical trials with respect to Eversense or future versions of Eversense;

    implement and execute our business strategy;

    expand and improve the productivity of our sales and marketing infrastructure to grow sales of Eversense or future versions of Eversense;

46


Table of Contents

    increase awareness of our brand and Eversense and build loyalty among people with intensively managed diabetes, their caregivers and healthcare providers;

    manage expanding operations;

    expand the capabilities and capacities of our third-party manufacturers, including increasing production of current products efficiently and having our vendors adapt their manufacturing facilities to the production of new products;

    respond effectively to competitive pressures and developments;

    enhance Eversense and develop future versions of Eversense; and

    attract, retain and motivate qualified personnel in various areas of our business.

        Due to our lack of operating history as a commercial-stage company, we may not have the institutional knowledge or experience to be able to effectively address these and other risks that may face our business. In addition, we may not be able to develop insights into trends that could emerge and negatively affect our business and may fail to respond effectively to those trends. As a result of these or other risks, we may not be able to execute key components of our business strategy, and our business, financial condition and operating results may suffer.

We contract with third parties for the manufacture of Eversense for clinical testing and expect to continue to do so for commercialization. Risks associated with the manufacturing of our products could reduce our gross margins and negatively affect our operating results.

        We do not have any manufacturing facilities or direct manufacturing personnel. We currently rely, and expect to continue to rely, on third parties for the manufacture of Eversense for clinical testing, as well as for commercial manufacture if Eversense receives regulatory approval. Therefore, our business strategy depends on our third-party manufacturers' ability to manufacture Eversense and future generations of Eversense in sufficient quantities and on a timely basis so as to meet consumer demand, while adhering to product quality standards, complying with regulatory requirements and managing manufacturing costs. We are subject to numerous risks relating to the manufacturing capabilities of our third-party manufacturers, including:

    quality or reliability defects in Eversense;

    inability to secure product components in a timely manner, in sufficient quantities or on commercially reasonable terms;

    failure to increase production of Eversense to meet demand;

    inability to modify production lines to enable us to efficiently produce future products or implement changes in current products in response to regulatory requirements;

    difficulty identifying and qualifying alternative manufacturers in a timely manner;

    inability to establish agreements with future third-party manufacturers or to do so on acceptable terms; or

    potential damage to or destruction of our manufacturers' equipment or facilities.

        These risks are likely to be exacerbated by our limited experience with Eversense and its manufacturing process. As demand for our products increases, our third-party suppliers will need to invest additional resources to purchase components, hire and train employees, and enhance their manufacturing processes. If our manufacturers fail to increase production capacity efficiently, our sales may not increase in line with our expectations and our operating margins could fluctuate or decline. In addition, although we expect some of our future versions of Eversense to share product features and

47


Table of Contents

components with our first generation Eversense, manufacturing these future versions of Eversense may require the modification of production lines, the identification of new manufacturers for specific components, or the development of new manufacturing technologies. It may not be possible for us to manufacture these products at a cost or in quantities sufficient to make these future versions of Eversense commercially viable.

We depend on a limited number of third-party suppliers for the components of Eversense and the loss of any of these suppliers, or their inability to provide us with an adequate supply of materials, could harm our business.

        We rely on third-party suppliers to supply and manufacture the components of our Eversense system. For our business strategy to be successful, our suppliers must be able to provide us with components and Eversense systems in sufficient quantities, in compliance with regulatory requirements and quality control standards, in accordance with agreed upon specifications, at acceptable costs and on a timely basis. Future increases in sales of Eversense, if approved, whether expected or unanticipated, could strain the ability of our suppliers to deliver an increasingly large supply of components and Eversense systems in a manner that meets these various requirements.

        We generally use a small number of suppliers of components for our products. Depending on a limited number of suppliers exposes us to risks, including limited control over pricing, availability, quality and delivery schedules. Generally, we do not have long-term supply agreements with our suppliers and, in many cases, we make our purchases on a purchase order basis. Under most of our supply and manufacturing agreements, we have no obligation to buy any given quantity of products, and our suppliers have no obligation to sell us or to manufacture for us any given quantity of components or products. As a result, our ability to purchase adequate quantities of components or our products may be limited and we may not be able to convince suppliers to make components and products available to us. Additionally, our suppliers may encounter problems that limit their ability to supply components or manufacture products for us, including financial difficulties, damage to their manufacturing equipment or facilities, or product discontinuations. As a result, there is a risk that certain components could be discontinued and no longer available to us. We may be required to make significant "last time" purchases of component inventory that is being discontinued by the supplier to ensure supply continuity. If we fail to obtain sufficient quantities of high quality components to meet demand for our products in a timely manner or on terms acceptable to us, we would have to seek alternative sources of supply. Because of factors such as the proprietary nature of our products, our quality control standards and regulatory requirements, we may not be able to quickly engage additional or replacement suppliers for some of our critical components. Failure of any of our suppliers to deliver components at the level our business requires could disrupt the manufacturing of our products and limit our ability to meet our sales commitments, which could harm our reputation and adversely affect our business.

        We may also have difficulty obtaining similar components from other suppliers that are acceptable to the FDA or other regulatory agencies, and the failure of our suppliers to comply with strictly enforced regulatory requirements could expose us to regulatory action including warning letters, product recalls, and termination of distribution, product seizures or civil penalties. It could also require us to cease using the components, seek alternative components or technologies and modify our products to incorporate alternative components or technologies, which could result in a requirement to seek additional regulatory approvals. Any disruption of this nature or increased expenses could harm our commercialization efforts and adversely affect our operating results.

48


Table of Contents

Our third-party suppliers operate primarily at facilities in a single location, and any disruption to these facilities could adversely affect our business and operating results.

        Each of our third-party suppliers operates at a facility in a single location and substantially all of our inventory of component supplies and finished goods is held at these locations. We, and our suppliers, take precautions to safeguard facilities, including acquiring insurance, employing back-up generators, adopting health and safety protocols and utilizing off-site storage of computer data. However, vandalism, terrorism or a natural or other disaster, such as an earthquake, fire or flood, could damage or destroy equipment or our inventory of component supplies or finished products, cause substantial delays in our operations, result in the loss of key information, and cause us to incur additional expenses. Our insurance may not cover our losses in any particular case. In addition, regardless of the level of insurance coverage, damage to our or our suppliers' facilities could harm our business, financial condition and operating results.

Various factors outside our direct control may adversely affect manufacturing, sterilization and distribution of our products.

        The manufacture, sterilization and distribution of our products is challenging. Changes that our suppliers may make outside the purview of our direct control can have an impact on our processes, quality of our products and the successful delivery of products to our customers. Mistakes and mishandling are not uncommon and can affect supply and delivery. Some of these risks include:

    failure to complete sterilization on time or in compliance with the required regulatory standards;

    transportation and import and export risk, particularly given the international nature of our supply and distribution chains;

    delays in analytical results or failure of analytical techniques that we will depend on for quality control and release of products;

    natural disasters, labor disputes, financial distress, raw material availability, issues with facilities and equipment or other forms of disruption to business operations affecting our manufacturers or suppliers; and

    latent defects that may become apparent after products have been released and that may result in a recall of such products.

        If any of these risks were to materialize, our ability to provide our products to customers on a timely basis would be adversely impacted.

Potential complications from Eversense or future versions of Eversense may not be revealed by our clinical experience.

        Based on our experience, complications from use of Eversense may include sensor errors, sensor failures, broken sensors, lodged sensors or skin irritation under the adhesive dressing of the transmitter. Inflammation or redness, swelling, minor infection, and minor bleeding at the sensor insertion site are also possible risks with an individual's use of the device. However, if unanticipated side-effects result from the use of Eversense or future versions of Eversense, we could be subject to liability and our systems would not be widely adopted. Additionally, we have limited clinical experience with repeated use of our CGM system in the same patient or the same insertion site. We cannot assure you that long-term use would not result in unanticipated complications, even after the device is removed.

49


Table of Contents

Undetected errors or defects in Eversense or future versions of Eversense could harm our reputation, decrease the market acceptance of Eversense or expose us to product liability claims.

        Eversense or future versions of Eversense may contain undetected errors or defects. Disruptions or other performance problems with Eversense or future versions of Eversense may harm our reputation. If that occurs, we may incur significant costs, the attention of our key personnel could be diverted or other significant customer relations problems may arise. We may also be subject to warranty and liability claims for damages related to errors or defects in Eversense or future versions of Eversense. A material liability claim or other occurrence that harms our reputation or decreases market acceptance of Eversense could harm our business and operating results. This risk exists even if a device is cleared or approved for commercial sale and manufactured in facilities licensed and regulated by the FDA or an applicable foreign regulatory authority. Our products are designed to affect, and any future products will be designed to affect, important bodily functions and processes. Any side effects, manufacturing defects, misuse or abuse associated with Eversense or future versions of Eversense systems could result in patient injury or death. The medical device industry has historically been subject to extensive litigation over product liability claims, and we cannot offer any assurance that we will not face product liability lawsuits.

        The sale and use of Eversense or future versions of Eversense could lead to the filing of product liability claims if someone were to allege that Eversense or one of our products contained a design or manufacturing defect. A product liability claim could result in substantial damages and be costly and time consuming to defend, either of which could materially harm our business or financial condition. Product liability claims may be brought against us by people with diabetes, healthcare providers or others selling or otherwise coming into contact with our products, among others. If we cannot successfully defend ourselves against product liability claims, we will incur substantial liabilities and reputational harm. In addition, regardless of merit or eventual outcome, product liability claims may result in:

    costs of litigation;

    distraction of management's attention from our primary business;

    the inability to commercialize Eversense or future versions of Eversense;

    decreased demand for Eversense;

    damage to our business reputation;

    product recalls or withdrawals from the market;

    withdrawal of clinical trial participants;

    substantial monetary awards to patients or other claimants; or

    loss of revenue.

        While we currently maintain product liability insurance covering claims up to $5.0 million per incident and intend to increase our coverage in connection with our commercial launch, we cannot assure you that such insurance would adequately protect our assets from the financial impact of defending a product liability claim. Any product liability claim brought against us, with or without merit, could increase our product liability insurance rates or prevent us from securing such insurance coverage in the future.

50


Table of Contents

If there are significant disruptions in our information technology systems, our business, financial condition and operating results could be adversely affected.

        The efficient operation of our business depends on our information technology systems. We rely on our information technology systems to effectively manage marketing data, accounting and financial functions, inventory management, product development tasks, research and development data, and technical support functions. Our information technology systems are vulnerable to damage or interruption from earthquakes, fires, floods and other natural disasters, terrorist attacks, attacks by computer viruses or hackers, power losses, and computer system or data network failures. In addition, our data management application and a variety of our software systems, including the software in our smart transmitter, are hosted by third-party service providers whose security and information technology systems are subject to similar risks, which could be subject to computer viruses or hacker attacks or other failures. If our or our third-party service provider's security systems are breached or fail, unauthorized persons may be able to obtain access to sensitive data. If we or our third-party service providers were to experience a breach compromising sensitive data, our brand and reputation could be adversely affected and the use of our products could decrease.

        The failure of our or our service providers' information technology systems or our transmitter's software to perform as we anticipate or our failure to effectively implement new information technology systems could disrupt our entire operation or adversely affect our products and could result in decreased sales, increased overhead costs, and product shortages, all of which could negatively affect our reputation, business, financial condition and operating results.

We may enter into collaborations, in-licensing arrangements, joint ventures, strategic alliances or partnerships with third-parties that may not result in the development of commercially viable products or the generation of significant future revenues.

        In the ordinary course of our business, we may enter into collaborations, in-licensing arrangements, joint ventures, strategic alliances, partnerships or other arrangements to develop products and to pursue new markets. Proposing, negotiating and implementing collaborations, in-licensing arrangements, joint ventures, strategic alliances or partnerships may be a lengthy and complex process. Other companies, including those with substantially greater financial, marketing, sales, technology or other business resources, may compete with us for these opportunities or arrangements. We may not identify, secure, or complete any such transactions or arrangements in a timely manner, on a cost-effective basis, on acceptable terms or at all. We have limited institutional knowledge and experience with respect to these business development activities, and we may also not realize the anticipated benefits of any such transaction or arrangement. In particular, these collaborations may not result in the development of products that achieve commercial success or result in significant revenues and could be terminated prior to developing any products.

        Additionally, we may not be in a position to exercise sole decision making authority regarding the transaction or arrangement, which could create the potential risk of creating impasses on decisions, and our future collaborators may have economic or business interests or goals that are, or that may become, inconsistent with our business interests or goals. It is possible that conflicts may arise with our collaborators, such as conflicts concerning the achievement of performance milestones, or the interpretation of significant terms under any agreement, such as those related to financial obligations or the ownership or control of intellectual property developed during the collaboration. If any conflicts arise with any future collaborators, they may act in their self-interest, which may be adverse to our best interest, and they may breach their obligations to us. In addition, we may have limited control over the amount and timing of resources that any future collaborators devote to our or their future products. Disputes between us and our collaborators may result in litigation or arbitration which would increase our expenses and divert the attention of our management. Further, these transactions and arrangements will be contractual in nature and will generally be terminable under the terms of the applicable

51


Table of Contents

agreements and, in such event, we may not continue to have rights to the products relating to such transaction or arrangement or may need to purchase such rights at a premium.

        If we enter into in-bound intellectual property license agreements, we may not be able to fully protect the licensed intellectual property rights or maintain those licenses. Future licensors could retain the right to prosecute and defend the intellectual property rights licensed to us, in which case we would depend on the ability of our licensors to obtain, maintain and enforce intellectual property protection for the licensed intellectual property. These licensors may determine not to pursue litigation against other companies or may pursue such litigation less aggressively than we would. Further, entering into such license agreements could impose various diligence, commercialization, royalty or other obligations on us. Future licensors may allege that we have breached our license agreement with them, and accordingly seek to terminate our license, which could adversely affect our competitive business position and harm our business prospects.

We may seek to grow our business through acquisitions of complementary products or technologies, and the failure to manage acquisitions, or the failure to integrate them with our existing business, could harm our business, financial condition and operating results.

        From time to time, we may consider opportunities to acquire other companies, products or technologies that may enhance our product platform or technology, expand the breadth of our markets or customer base, or advance our business strategies. Potential acquisitions involve numerous risks, including:

    problems assimilating the acquired products or technologies;

    issues maintaining uniform standards, procedures, controls and policies;

    unanticipated costs associated with acquisitions;

    diversion of management's attention from our existing business;

    risks associated with entering new markets in which we have limited or no experience;

    increased legal and accounting costs relating to the acquisitions or compliance with regulatory matters; and

    unanticipated or undisclosed liabilities of any target.

        We have no current commitments with respect to any acquisition. We do not know if we will be able to identify acquisitions we deem suitable, whether we will be able to successfully complete any such acquisitions on favorable terms or at all, or whether we will be able to successfully integrate any acquired products or technologies. Our potential inability to integrate any acquired products or technologies effectively may adversely affect our business, operating results and financial condition.

Risks Related to our Financial Results and Need for Financing

We will need to generate significant sales to achieve profitable operations.

        We intend to increase our operating expenses substantially in connection with the planned launch of Eversense, establishment of our sales and marketing infrastructure, our ongoing research and development activities, and the commensurate development of our management and administrative functions. We will need to generate significant sales to achieve profitability, and we might not be able to do so. Even if we do generate significant sales, we might not be able to achieve, sustain or increase profitability on a quarterly or annual basis in the future. If our sales grow more slowly than we expect, or if our operating expenses exceed our expectations, our financial performance and operating results will be adversely affected.

52


Table of Contents

Our future capital needs are uncertain and we may need to raise substantial additional funds in the future, and these funds may not be available on acceptable terms or at all. A failure to obtain this necessary capital when needed could force us to delay, limit, scale back or cease some or all operations.

        At December 7, 2015, we had approximately $7.0 million in cash and cash equivalents. We believe our existing cash and cash equivalents will be sufficient to fund our operating expenses only into early 2016. Under our credit facility with Oxford Finance LLC, or Oxford, we may borrow an additional $5.0 million following our receipt of the CE mark for Eversense, which we believe would extend our ability to fund our operations into the second quarter of 2016. Although we have a credit facility with Energy Capital, LLC to provide up to an additional $10 million of additional borrowing beginning in March 2016 if we have not yet completed a public offering of at least $20 million by such date, such funding would likely extend only until July 2016. Therefore, we will need to secure additional funding in the near future. The continued growth of our business, including the establishment of our sales and marketing infrastructure, and research and development activities will significantly increase our expenses. In addition, the amount of our future product sales is difficult to predict and actual sales may not be in line with our expectations. As a result, we may be required to seek substantial additional funds in the future. Our future capital requirements will depend on many factors, including:

    the cost of obtaining and maintaining regulatory clearance or approval for Eversense or future versions of Eversense;

    the costs associated with developing and commercializing our products;

    any change in our development priorities regarding our future versions of Eversense;

    the revenue generated by sales of Eversense or future versions of Eversense;

    the costs associated with expanding our sales and marketing infrastructure;

    any change in our plans regarding the manner in which we choose to commercialize our products in the United States;

    the cost of ongoing compliance with regulatory requirements;

    expenses we incur in connection with potential litigation or governmental investigations;

    anticipated or unanticipated capital expenditures; and

    unanticipated general and administrative expenses.

        As a result of these and other factors, we do not know whether and the extent to which we may be required to raise additional capital. We may in the future seek additional capital from public or private offerings of our capital stock, borrowings under credit lines or other sources. If we issue equity or debt securities to raise additional funds, our existing stockholders may experience dilution, and the new equity or debt securities may have rights, preferences and privileges senior to those of our existing stockholders. In addition, if we raise additional funds through collaborations, licensing, joint ventures, strategic alliances, partnership arrangements or other similar arrangements, it may be necessary to relinquish valuable rights to our potential future products or proprietary technologies, or grant licenses on terms that are not favorable to us.

        If we are unable to raise additional capital, we may not be able to establish and expand our sales and marketing infrastructure, enhance Eversense or future versions of Eversense, take advantage of future opportunities, or respond to competitive pressures, changes in supplier relationships, or unanticipated changes in customer demand. Any of these events could adversely affect our ability to achieve our strategic objectives, which could negatively effect on our business, financial condition and operating results.

53


Table of Contents

Our operating results may fluctuate significantly from quarter to quarter or year to year.

        We plan to begin commercial sales of Eversense, if approved, in Europe by early 2016. We have no operating history as a commercial-stage company and we anticipate that there will be meaningful variability in our operating results among years and quarters, as well as within each year and quarter. Our operating results, and the variability of these operating results, will be affected by numerous factors, including:

    regulatory clearance or approvals affecting our products or those of our competitors;

    our ability to increase sales of Eversense and to commercialize and sell our future products, and the number of our products sold in each quarter;

    our ability to establish and grow an effective sales and marketing infrastructure and third-party distribution network;

    acceptance of our products by people with intensively managed diabetes, their caregivers, healthcare providers and third-party payors;

    the pricing of our products and competitive products, and the effect of third-party coverage and reimbursement policies;

    the amount of, and the timing of the payment for, insurance deductibles required to be paid by our customers and potential customers under their existing insurance plans;

    interruption in the manufacturing or distribution of our products;

    seasonality and other factors affecting the timing of purchases of Eversense;

    timing of new product offerings, acquisitions, licenses or other significant events by us or our competitors;

    results of clinical research and trials on our products in development;

    the ability of our suppliers to timely provide us with an adequate supply of components and CGM systems that meet our requirements; and

    the timing of revenue recognition associated with our product sales pursuant to applicable accounting standards.

        As a result of our lack of operating history as a commercial-stage company, and due to the complexities of the industry and regulatory framework in which we operate, it will be difficult for us to forecast demand for our future products and to forecast our sales with any degree of certainty. For example, many of the products we will seek to develop and introduce in the future will require regulatory approval or clearance and import licenses before we can sell such products and given that the timing of such approvals, clearances or licenses may be uncertain, it will be difficult for us to predict sales projections for these products with any degree of certainty before such approvals, clearances or licenses are obtained. In addition, we will be significantly increasing our operating expenses as we expand our business. Accordingly, we may experience substantial variability in our operating results from year to year and quarter to quarter. If our quarterly or annual operating results fall below the expectations of investors or securities analysts, the price of our common stock could decline substantially. Furthermore, any quarterly or annual fluctuations in our operating results may, in turn, cause the price of our common stock to fluctuate substantially. We believe that quarterly comparisons of our financial results are not necessarily meaningful and should not be relied upon as an indication of our future performance.

54


Table of Contents

We may not be able to generate sufficient cash to service our indebtedness, which currently consists of our term loans with Oxford. In addition, although we have a borrowing facility with Energy Capital, LLC, we may be unable to borrow under such agreement or to generate sufficient cash to service any such indebtedness that we do incur.

        We have issued secured notes to Oxford in a private placement for gross proceeds of $10.0 million, pursuant to term loans under a Loan and Security Agreement that matures July 1, 2019, or the Loan and Security Agreement, and subject to the terms of the Loan and Security Agreement, we may increase the borrowings under the Loan and Security Agreement by an additional $5.0 million following our receipt of the CE mark for Eversense. Our obligations under the Loan and Security Agreement are secured by a first priority security interest in substantially all of our assets, other than our intellectual property. Our Loan and Security Agreement with Oxford also contains certain restrictive covenants that limit our ability to incur additional indebtedness and liens, merge with other companies or consummate certain changes of control, acquire other companies, engage in new lines of business, make certain investments, pay dividends, transfer or dispose of assets, amend certain material agreements or enter into various specified transactions, as well as financial reporting requirements. We were in compliance with the affirmative and restrictive covenants as of December 31, 2014 and September 30, 2015. We may also enter into other debt agreements in the future which may contain similar or more restrictive terms.

        In addition, on December 7, 2015, we entered into a Note Purchase Agreement, or the Purchase Agreement, with Energy Capital, LLC, or Energy Capital, pursuant to which Energy Capital may lend an aggregate principal amount of up to $10.0 million, or the Energy Capital note, subject to the conditions specified in the Purchase Agreement. Under the terms of the Energy Capital note, if we have not received at least $20.0 million from the sale of our capital stock in an offering of our equity securities (excluding any security granted, issued and/or sold by us to any employee or consultant in such capacity) prior to February 29, 2016, or the Triggering Event, then Energy Capital is obligated to disburse funds on or after March 15, 2016, provided however that if the Triggering Event has occurred and we provide documentation to Energy Capital that our available cash is lower than $500,000, then Energy Capital is obligated to disburse funds any time after March 1, 2016. If the Triggering Event has not occurred, under the terms of the Energy Capital note, we will be unable to borrow under the Purchase Agreement. If after the Triggering Event has occurred and if our cash on hand is higher than $500,000, under the terms of the Note, we will be unable to borrow under the Purchase Agreement until March 15, 2016.

        In the event that the Triggering Event occurs and we are able to incur indebtedness under the terms of the Energy Capital note, we are obligated to repay the aggregate principal and accrued interest thereon if we issue and sell shares of our equity securities in an underwritten public offering with total proceeds to us exceeding $45.0 million (excluding the Energy Capital note) within ten business days after the closing of such public offering. In the event that we are unable to repay such amounts, we will be in default under the terms of the Energy Capital note, which may also trigger an event of default under the Loan and Security Agreement.

        Our ability to make scheduled monthly payments or to refinance our debt obligations depends on numerous factors, including the amount of our cash reserves and our actual and projected financial and operating performance. These amounts and our performance are subject to certain financial and business factors, as well as prevailing economic and competitive conditions, some of which may be beyond our control. We cannot assure you that we will maintain a level of cash reserves or cash flows from operating activities sufficient to permit us to pay the principal, premium, if any, and interest on our existing or future indebtedness. If our cash flows and capital resources are insufficient to fund our debt service obligations, we may be forced to reduce or delay capital expenditures, sell assets or operations, seek additional capital or restructure or refinance our indebtedness. We cannot assure you that we would be able to take any of these actions, or that these actions would permit us to meet our

55


Table of Contents

scheduled debt service obligations. Failure to comply with the conditions of the Loan and Security Agreement and/or the Energy Capital note could result in an event of default, which could result in an acceleration of amounts due under the Loan and Security Agreement and/or the Energy Capital note. We may not have sufficient funds or may be unable to arrange for additional financing to repay our indebtedness or to make any accelerated payments, and Oxford could seek to enforce security interests in the collateral securing such indebtedness, which would have a material adverse effect on our business.

Prolonged negative economic conditions could adversely affect us, our customers and third-party suppliers, which could harm our financial condition.

        We are subject to the risks arising from adverse changes in general economic and market conditions. Uncertainty about future economic conditions could negatively impact our existing and potential customers, adversely affect the financial ability of health insurers to pay claims, adversely impact our expenses and ability to obtain financing of our operations, and cause delays or other problems with key suppliers.

        Healthcare spending in Europe and the United States has been, and is expected to continue to be, under significant pressure and there are many initiatives to reduce healthcare costs. As a result, we believe that some insurers are scrutinizing insurance claims more rigorously and delaying or denying coverage and reimbursement more often. Because the sale of Eversense will generally depend on the availability of third-party coverage and reimbursement, any delay or decline in coverage and reimbursement will adversely affect our sales.

Risks Related to Development of our Products

Medical device development involves a lengthy and expensive process, with an uncertain outcome. We may incur additional costs or experience delays in completing, or ultimately be unable to complete, the development and commercialization of our products.

        Before obtaining marketing approval from regulatory authorities for the sale of Eversense in Europe and the United States, we must complete the required European and U.S. pivotal clinical trials and demonstrate the accuracy and safety of Eversense. Clinical testing is expensive, difficult to design and implement, can take many years to complete and is inherently uncertain as to outcome. A failure of one or more clinical trials can occur at any stage of testing. For example, in our recently completed European pivotal clinical trial, we had to suspend the trial due to a prior configuration of our sensor failing to reach the targeted duration. Further, the outcomes of our earlier clinical trials may not be predictive of the success of later clinical trials, and interim results of a clinical trial do not necessarily predict final results. Moreover, clinical data is often susceptible to varying interpretations and analyses, and many companies that have believed their products performed satisfactorily in clinical trials have nonetheless failed to obtain marketing approval.

        We may experience numerous unforeseen events during or as a result of clinical trials that could delay or prevent our ability to receive marketing approval or commercialize our products, including:

    regulators may not authorize us or our investigators to commence a clinical trial or conduct a clinical trial at a prospective trial site;

    we may experience delays in reaching, or fail to reach, agreement on acceptable clinical trial contracts with third parties or clinical trial protocols with prospective trial sites, the terms of which can be subject to extensive negotiation and may vary significantly among different trial sites;

56


Table of Contents

    clinical trials of Eversense may produce negative or inconclusive results, including failure to demonstrate statistical significance, and we may decide, or regulators may require us, to conduct additional clinical trials or abandon our development programs;

    the number of people with diabetes required for clinical trials of Eversense may be larger than we anticipate, enrollment in these clinical trials may be slower than we anticipate or people with diabetes may drop out of these clinical trials or fail to return for post-treatment follow-up at a higher rate than we anticipate;

    our products may have undesirable side effects or other unexpected characteristics, causing us or our investigators, regulators or institutional review boards to suspend or terminate the trials;

    our third-party contractors conducting the clinical trials may fail to comply with regulatory requirements or meet their contractual obligations to us in a timely manner, or at all;

    regulators may require that we or our investigators suspend or terminate clinical development for various reasons, including noncompliance with regulatory requirements or a finding that the participants are being exposed to unacceptable health risks;

    the cost of clinical trials of our products may be greater than we anticipate; and

    the supply or quality of our products or other materials necessary to conduct clinical trials of our products may be insufficient or inadequate.

        If we are required to conduct additional clinical trials or other testing of Eversense beyond those that we currently contemplate, if we are unable to successfully complete clinical trials of Eversense or other testing, if the results of these trials or tests are not favorable or if there are safety concerns, we may:

    not obtain marketing approval at all;

    be delayed in obtaining marketing approval for Eversense in Europe, the United States or elsewhere;

    be subject to additional post-marketing testing requirements; or

    have Eversense removed from the market after obtaining marketing approval.

        Our development costs will also increase if we experience delays in testing or marketing approvals. We do not know whether any of our clinical trials will begin as planned, will need to be restructured or will be completed on schedule, or at all. Significant clinical trial delays also could allow our competitors to bring innovative products to market before we do and impair our ability to successfully commercialize our products.

Changes in the configuration of Eversense may result in additional costs or delay.

        As products are developed through clinical trials towards approval and commercialization, it is common that various aspects of the development program, such as manufacturing methods and configuration, are altered along the way in an effort to optimize processes and results. For example, we have already modified the configuration of Eversense several times in an effort to maximize the duration of our sensor, and we may need to make future configuration modifications prior to or after commencing sales. Most recently, in 2014, we suspended our European pivotal trial in order to allow for a configuration change in the way the sensor was being manufactured, which resulted in a delay in our trial and slowed our development efforts. Any changes we make carry the risk that they will not achieve the intended objectives. Any of these changes could cause our products to perform differently and affect the results of planned clinical trials or other future clinical trials conducted with the altered device. Such changes may also require additional testing, regulatory notification or regulatory approval.

57


Table of Contents

This could delay completion of clinical trials, increase costs, delay approval of our future products and jeopardize our ability to commence sales and generate revenue.

Risks Related to Employee Matters and Managing our Growth

Our future success depends on our ability to retain key executives and to attract, retain and motivate qualified personnel.

        We are highly dependent on the management, research and development, clinical, financial and business development expertise of Tim Goodnow, our Chief Executive Officer, R. Don Elsey, our Chief Financial Officer, Mukul Jain, our Vice President, Operations, Quality and Regulatory, and Mirasol Panlilio, our Vice President, Global Sales and Marketing, as well as the other members of our scientific and clinical teams. Although we have employment agreements with our executive officers, each of them may terminate their employment with us at any time and will continue to be able to do so. We do not maintain "key person" insurance for any of our executives or employees.

        Recruiting and retaining qualified scientific and clinical personnel and, as we progress the development of our product pipeline toward scaling up for commercialization, manufacturing and sales and marketing personnel, will also be critical to our success. The loss of the services of our executive officers or other key employees could impede the achievement of our research, development and commercialization objectives and seriously harm our ability to successfully implement our business strategy. Furthermore, replacing executive officers and key employees may be difficult and may take an extended period of time because of the limited number of individuals in our industry with the breadth of skills and experience required to successfully develop, gain regulatory approval of and commercialize our products. Competition to hire from this limited pool is intense, and we may be unable to hire, train, retain or motivate these key personnel on acceptable terms given the competition among numerous medical device companies for similar personnel, many of which have greater financial and other resources dedicated to attracting and retaining personnel. We also experience competition for the hiring of scientific and clinical personnel from universities and research institutions. In addition, we rely on consultants and advisors, including scientific and clinical advisors, to assist us in formulating our research and development and commercialization strategy. Our consultants and advisors may be employed by employers other than us and may have commitments under consulting or advisory contracts with other entities that may limit their availability to us. If we are unable to continue to attract and retain high quality personnel, our ability to pursue our growth strategy will be limited.

        Although it will be subject to restrictions on trading, a portion of the equity of our management team will not contain other contractual transfer restrictions. This liquidity may represent material wealth to such individuals and impact retention and focus of existing key members of management.

The implementation of a new enterprise resource planning system could cause disruption to our business and operations.

        We are in the process of implementing a new enterprise resource planning system, or an ERP system. This system will integrate our operations, including supply-chain, order entry, manufacturing, inventory and financial reporting, among others. ERP system implementations are complex projects that require significant investment of capital and human resources, the reengineering of many business processes and the attention of many employees who would otherwise be focused on other aspects of our business. Any disruptions, delays or deficiencies in the design and implementation of the improvements to our ERP system may result in potentially much higher costs than anticipated and may adversely affect our ability to develop and launch solutions, fulfill contractual obligations, file reports with the SEC in a timely manner or otherwise operate our business and our controls environment. Moreover, despite our security measures, our information technology systems, including the ERP system, are vulnerable to damage or interruption from fires, floods and other natural disasters, terrorist

58


Table of Contents

attacks, computer viruses or hackers, power losses and computer system or data network failures, which could result in significant data losses or theft of sensitive or proprietary information. Any of these consequences may harm our business.

We expect to expand our development and regulatory capabilities and potentially implement sales, marketing and distribution capabilities, and as a result, we may encounter difficulties in managing our growth, which could disrupt our operations.

        As of December 7, 2015, we had 40 employees. As our development progresses, we expect to experience significant growth in the number of our employees and the scope of our operations, particularly in the areas of research, product development, regulatory affairs and, if Eversense receives regulatory approval, sales, marketing and distribution. To manage our anticipated future growth, we must continue to implement and improve our managerial, operational and financial systems, expand our facilities and continue to recruit and train additional qualified personnel. Due to our limited financial resources and the limited experience of our management team in managing a company with such anticipated growth, we may not be able to effectively manage the expansion of our operations or recruit and train additional qualified personnel. The expansion of our operations may lead to significant costs and may divert our management and business development resources. Any inability to manage growth could delay the execution of our business plans or disrupt our operations.

Our employees, independent contractors, consultants, manufacturers and distributors may engage in misconduct or other improper activities, including non-compliance with regulatory standards and requirements.

        We are exposed to the risk that our employees, independent contractors, consultants, manufacturers and distributors may engage in fraudulent conduct or other illegal activity. Misconduct by these parties could include intentional, reckless or negligent conduct or disclosure of unauthorized activities to us that violates FDA regulations, including those laws requiring the reporting of true, complete and accurate information to the FDA, manufacturing standards, federal and state healthcare laws and regulations, and laws that require the true, complete and accurate reporting of financial information or data. In particular, sales, marketing and business arrangements in the healthcare industry are subject to extensive laws and regulations intended to prevent fraud, kickbacks, self-dealing and other abusive practices. These laws and regulations may restrict or prohibit a wide range of pricing, discounting, marketing and promotion, sales commission, customer incentive programs and other business arrangements. Misconduct by these parties could also involve the improper use of individually identifiable information, including, without limitation, information obtained in the course of clinical trials, which could result in regulatory sanctions and serious harm to our reputation. We have adopted a code of business conduct and ethics, but it is not always possible to identify and deter misconduct, and the precautions we take to detect and prevent this activity may not be effective in controlling unknown or unmanaged risks or losses or in protecting us from governmental investigations or other actions or lawsuits stemming from a failure to be in compliance with such laws or regulations. If any such actions are instituted against us, and we are not successful in defending ourselves or asserting our rights, those actions could have a significant impact on our business, including the imposition of significant civil, criminal and administrative penalties, including, without limitation, damages, fines, disgorgement of profits, imprisonment, exclusion from participation in government healthcare programs, such as Medicare and Medicaid, and the curtailment or restructuring of our operations.

We may incur product liability losses, and insurance coverage may be inadequate or unavailable to cover these losses.

        Our business exposes us to potential product liability claims that are inherent in the design, manufacture, testing and sale of medical devices. We could become the subject of product liability

59


Table of Contents

lawsuits alleging that component failures, manufacturing flaws, design defects or inadequate disclosure of product-related risks or product-related information resulted in an unsafe condition, injury or death to customers. In addition, the misuse of our products or the failure of customers to adhere to operating guidelines could cause significant harm to customers, including death, which could result in product liability claims. Product liability lawsuits and claims, safety alerts or product recalls, with or without merit, could cause us to incur substantial costs, and could place a significant strain on our financial resources, divert the attention of management from our core business, harm our reputation and adversely affect our ability to attract and retain customers, any of which could harm our business, financial condition and operating results.

        Although we maintain third-party product liability insurance coverage, it is possible that claims against us may exceed the coverage limits of our insurance policies. Even if any product liability loss is covered by an insurance policy, these policies typically have substantial deductibles for which we are responsible. Product liability claims in excess of applicable insurance coverage would negatively impact our business, financial condition and operating results. In addition, any product liability claim brought against us, with or without merit, could result in an increase of our product liability insurance premiums. Insurance coverage varies in cost and can be difficult to obtain, and we cannot guarantee that we will be able to obtain insurance coverage in the future on terms acceptable to us or at all.

Risks Related to our Intellectual Property

Our ability to protect our intellectual property and proprietary technology is uncertain.

        We rely primarily on patent, trademark and trade secret laws, as well as confidentiality and non-disclosure agreements, to protect our proprietary technologies. As of December 7, 2015, we held a total of approximately 349 issued patents and pending patent applications that relate to our CGM system. Our intellectual property portfolio includes 37 issued United States patents, 200 patents issued in countries outside the United States, and 112 pending patent applications worldwide. Our patents expire between 2015 and 2030, subject to any patent extensions that may be available for such patents. If patents are issued on our pending patent applications, the resulting patents are projected to expire on dates ranging from 2020 to 2035. We are also seeking patent protection for our proprietary technology in Europe, Japan, China, Canada, Israel, Australia and other countries and regions throughout the world. We also have 12 pending U.S. trademark applications and eight pending foreign trademark applications, as well as four foreign trademark registrations.

        We have applied for patent protection relating to certain existing and proposed products and processes. Currently, several of our issued U.S. patents as well as various pending U.S. and foreign patent applications relate to the structure and operation of our CGM sensor and CGM systems and are therefore important to the functionality of our products. If we fail to timely file a patent application in any jurisdiction, we may be precluded from doing so at a later date. Furthermore, we cannot assure you that any of our patent applications will be approved in a timely manner or at all. The rights granted to us under our patents, and the rights we are seeking to have granted in our pending patent applications, may not be meaningful or provide us with any commercial advantage. In addition, those rights could be opposed, contested or circumvented by our competitors, or be declared invalid or unenforceable in judicial or administrative proceedings. The failure of our patents to adequately protect our technology might make it easier for our competitors to offer the same or similar products or technologies. Even if we are successful in receiving patent protection for certain products and processes, our competitors may be able to design around our patents or develop products that provide outcomes which are comparable to ours without infringing on our intellectual property rights. Due to differences between foreign and U.S. patent laws, our patented intellectual property rights may not receive the same degree of protection in foreign countries as they would in the United States. Even if patents are granted outside the United States, effective enforcement in those countries may not be available.

60


Table of Contents

        We rely on our trademarks and trade names to distinguish our products from the products of our competitors, and have registered or applied to register many of these trademarks. For example, we have two pending applications in the United States for the "Eversense" trademark. We cannot assure you that our trademark applications will be approved in a timely manner or at all. Third-parties also may oppose our trademark applications, or otherwise challenge our use of the trademarks. In the event that our trademarks are successfully challenged, we could be forced to rebrand our products, which could result in loss of brand recognition, and could require us to devote additional resources to marketing new brands. Further, we cannot assure you that competitors will not infringe upon our trademarks, or that we will have adequate resources to enforce our trademarks.

        We also rely on trade secrets, know-how and technology, which are not protectable by patents, to maintain our competitive position. We try to protect this information by entering into confidentiality agreements and intellectual property assignment agreements with our officers, employees, temporary employees and consultants regarding our intellectual property and proprietary technology. In the event of unauthorized use or disclosure or other breaches of those agreements, we may not be provided with meaningful protection for our trade secrets or other proprietary information. In addition, our trade secrets may otherwise become known or be independently discovered by competitors. To the extent that our commercial partners, collaborators, employees and consultants use intellectual property owned by others in their work for us, disputes may arise as to the rights in the related or resulting know-how and inventions. If any of our trade secrets, know-how or other technologies not protected by a patent were to be disclosed to or independently developed by a competitor, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be materially adversely affected.

        If a competitor infringes upon one of our patents, trademarks or other intellectual property rights, enforcing those patents, trademarks and other rights may be difficult and time consuming. Patent law relating to the scope of claims in the industry in which we operate is subject to rapid change and constant evolution and, consequently, patent positions in our industry can be uncertain. Even if successful, litigation to defend our patents and trademarks against challenges or to enforce our intellectual property rights could be expensive and time consuming and could divert management's attention from managing our business. Moreover, we may not have sufficient resources or desire to defend our patents or trademarks against challenges or to enforce our intellectual property rights. Litigation also puts our patents at risk of being invalidated or interpreted narrowly and our patent applications at risk of not issuing. Additionally, we may provoke third-parties to assert claims against us. We may not prevail in any lawsuits that we initiate and the damages or other remedies awarded, if any, may not be commercially valuable. The occurrence of any of these events may harm our business, financial condition and operating results.

The medical device industry is characterized by patent litigation, and we could become subject to litigation that could be costly, result in the diversion of management's time and efforts, stop our development and commercialization measures or require us to pay damages.

        Our success will depend in part on not infringing the patents or violating the other proprietary rights of third-parties. Significant litigation regarding patent rights exists in our industry. Our competitors in both the United States and abroad, many of which have substantially greater resources and have made substantial investments in competing technologies, may have applied for or obtained or may in the future apply for and obtain, patents that will prevent, limit or otherwise interfere with our ability to make and sell our products. The large number of patents, the rapid rate of new patent issuances, and the complexities of the technology involved increase the risk of patent litigation.

61


Table of Contents

        In the future, we could receive communications from various industry participants alleging our infringement of their intellectual property rights. Any potential intellectual property litigation could force us to do one or more of the following:

    stop selling our products or using technology that contains the allegedly infringing intellectual property;

    incur significant legal expenses;

    pay substantial damages to the party whose intellectual property rights we are allegedly infringing;

    redesign those products that contain the allegedly infringing intellectual property; or

    attempt to obtain a license to the relevant intellectual property from third-parties, which may not be available on reasonable terms or at all, and if available, may be non-exclusive, thereby giving our competitors access to the same technology.

        Patent litigation can involve complex factual and legal questions, and its outcome is uncertain. Any litigation or claim against us, even those without merit, may cause us to incur substantial costs, and could place a significant strain on our financial resources, divert the attention of management from our core business and harm our reputation. Further, as the number of participants in the diabetes market increases, the possibility of intellectual property infringement claims against us increases.

We may be subject to damages resulting from claims that we, or our employees, have wrongfully used or disclosed alleged trade secrets of our competitors or are in breach of non-competition or non-solicitation agreements with our competitors.

        Many of our employees were previously employed at other medical device companies, including those that are our direct competitors or could potentially be our direct competitors. In some cases, those employees joined our company recently. We may be subject to claims that we, or our employees, have inadvertently or otherwise used or disclosed trade secrets or other proprietary information of these former employers or competitors. In addition, we have been and may in the future be subject to allegations that we caused an employee to breach the terms of his or her non-competition or non-solicitation agreement. Litigation may be necessary to defend against these claims. Even if we successfully defend against these claims, litigation could cause us to incur substantial costs, and could place a significant strain on our financial resources, divert the attention of management from our core business and harm our reputation. If our defense to those claims fails, in addition to paying monetary damages, we may lose valuable intellectual property rights or personnel. There can be no assurance that this type of litigation will not occur, and any future litigation or the threat thereof may adversely affect our ability to hire additional direct sales representatives. A loss of key personnel or their work product could hamper or prevent our ability to commercialize Eversense or future versions of Eversense, which could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition and operating results.

We are subject to the patent laws of countries other than the United States, which may not offer the same level of patent protection and whose rules could seriously affect how we draft, file, prosecute and maintain patents, trademarks and patent and trademark applications.

        Many countries, including certain countries in Europe, have compulsory licensing laws under which a patent owner may be compelled to grant licenses to third parties (for example, the patent owner has failed to "work" the invention in that country, or the third party has patented improvements). In addition, many countries limit the enforceability of patents against government agencies or government contractors. In these countries, the patent owner may have limited remedies, which could materially diminish the value of the patent. Moreover, the legal systems of certain countries, particularly certain

62


Table of Contents

developing countries, do not favor the aggressive enforcement of patent and other intellectual property protection which makes it difficult to stop infringement.

        We cannot be certain that the patent or trademark offices of countries outside the United States will not implement new rules that increase costs for drafting, filing, prosecuting and maintaining patents, trademarks and patent and trademark applications or that any such new rules will not restrict our ability to file for patent protection. For example, we may elect not to seek patent protection in some jurisdictions in order to save costs. We may be forced to abandon or return the rights to specific patents due to a lack of financial resources.

Intellectual property rights do not necessarily address all potential threats to our competitive advantage.

        The degree of future protection afforded by our intellectual property rights is uncertain because intellectual property rights have limitations, and may not adequately protect our business, or permit us to maintain our competitive advantage. The following examples are illustrative:

    others may be able to make devices that are the same as or similar to Eversense but that are not covered by the claims of the patents that we own;

    we or any collaborators might not have been the first to make the inventions covered by the issued patents or pending patent applications that we own;

    we might not have been the first to file patent applications covering certain of our inventions;

    others may independently develop similar or alternative technologies or duplicate any of our technologies without infringing our intellectual property rights;

    it is possible that our pending patent applications will not lead to issued patents;

    issued patents that we own may not provide us with any competitive advantages, or may be held invalid or unenforceable as a result of legal challenges;

    our competitors might conduct research and development activities in the United States and other countries that provide a safe harbor from patent infringement claims for certain research and development activities, as well as in countries where we do not have patent rights, and then use the information learned from such activities to develop competitive products for sale in our major commercial markets; and

    we may not develop additional proprietary technologies that are patentable.

Risks Related to our Legal and Regulatory Environment

Our products and operations are subject to extensive governmental regulation, and failure to comply with applicable requirements could cause our business to suffer.

        The medical device industry is regulated extensively by governmental authorities, principally the FDA and corresponding state regulatory agencies in the United States and the European Commission and corresponding Notified Body in the European Union and the EEA. The regulations are very complex and are subject to rapid change and varying interpretations. Regulatory restrictions or changes could limit our ability to carry on or expand our operations or result in higher than anticipated costs or lower than anticipated sales. These governmental authorities enforce laws and regulations that are meant to assure product safety and effectiveness, including the regulation of, among other things:

    product design and development;

    pre-clinical studies and clinical trials;

    product safety;

63


Table of Contents

    establishment registration and product listing;

    labeling and storage;

    marketing, manufacturing, sales and distribution;

    pre-market clearance or approval;

    servicing and post-market surveillance;

    advertising and promotion; and

    recalls and field safety corrective actions.

        The regulations to which we are subject are complex and have tended to become more stringent over time. Regulatory changes could result in restrictions on our ability to carry on or expand our operations, higher than anticipated costs or lower than anticipated revenues.

        Failure to comply with applicable regulations could jeopardize our ability to sell our products and result in enforcement actions such as fines, civil penalties, injunctions, warning letters, recalls of products, delays in the introduction of products into the market, refusal of the regulatory agency or other regulators to grant future clearances or approvals, and the suspension or withdrawal of existing approvals by such regulatory agencies. Any of these sanctions could result in higher than anticipated costs or lower than anticipated sales and harm our reputation, business, financial condition and operating results.

The FDA regulatory clearance process is expensive, time-consuming and uncertain, and the failure to obtain and maintain required regulatory clearances and approvals could prevent us from commercializing Eversense and future versions of Eversense.

        Before we can market or sell a new regulated product or a significant modification to an existing product in the United States, we must obtain either clearance under Section 510(k) of the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act or approval of a pre-market approval, or PMA, application from the FDA, unless an exemption from pre-market review applies. In the 510(k) clearance process, the FDA must determine that a proposed device is "substantially equivalent" to a device legally on the market, known as a "predicate" device, with respect to intended use, technology and accuracy and safety, in order to clear the proposed device for marketing. Clinical data is sometimes required to support substantial equivalence. The PMA pathway requires an applicant to demonstrate the accuracy and safety of the device based on extensive data. The PMA process is typically required for devices that are deemed to pose the greatest risk, such as life-sustaining, life-supporting or implantable devices. Products that are approved through a PMA application generally need FDA approval before they can be modified. Similarly, some modifications made to products cleared through a 510(k) may require a new 510(k). The process of obtaining regulatory clearances or approvals to market a medical device can be costly and time-consuming, and we may not be able to obtain these clearances or approvals on a timely basis, or at all for our products.

        If the FDA requires us to go through a more rigorous examination for future products or modifications to existing products than we had expected, our product introductions or modifications could be delayed or canceled, which could cause our sales to decline or to not increase in line with our expectations. In addition, the FDA may determine that future products will require the more costly, lengthy and uncertain PMA process.

        The FDA can delay, limit or deny clearance or approval of a device for many reasons, including:

    we may not be able to demonstrate that our products are safe and effective for their intended users;

64


Table of Contents

    the data from our clinical trials may be insufficient to support clearance or approval; and

    the manufacturing process or facilities we use may not meet applicable requirements.

        In addition, the FDA may change its clearance and approval policies, adopt additional regulations or revise existing regulations, or take other actions which may prevent or delay approval or clearance of our products under development or impact our ability to modify our currently cleared or approved products on a timely basis.

        Any delay in, or failure to receive or maintain, clearance or approval for our products under development could prevent us from generating revenue from these products or achieving profitability. Additionally, the FDA and other regulatory authorities have broad enforcement powers. Regulatory enforcement or inquiries, or other increased scrutiny on us, could dissuade some people with diabetes from using our products and adversely affect our reputation and the perceived accuracy and safety of our products.

If we or our third-party suppliers fail to comply with the FDA's good manufacturing practice regulations, this could impair our ability to market our products in a cost-effective and timely manner.

        We and our third-party suppliers are required to comply with the FDA's QSR, which covers the methods and documentation of the design, testing, production, control, quality assurance, labeling, packaging, sterilization, storage and shipping of our products. The FDA audits compliance with the QSR through periodic announced and unannounced inspections of manufacturing and other facilities. The FDA may impose inspections or audits at any time. If we or our suppliers have significant non-compliance issues or if any corrective action plan that we or our suppliers propose in response to observed deficiencies is not sufficient, the FDA could take enforcement action against us. Any of the foregoing actions could impair our reputation, business, financial condition and operating results.

A recall of our products, or the discovery of serious safety issues with our products, could have a significant negative impact on us.

        The FDA has the authority to require the recall of commercialized products in the event of material deficiencies or defects in design or manufacture or in the event that a product poses an unacceptable risk to health. Our third-party suppliers may, under their own initiative, recall a product if any material deficiency in a device is found. A government-mandated or voluntary recall by us or one of our third-party distributors could occur as a result of an unacceptable risk to health, component failures, manufacturing errors, design or labeling defects or other deficiencies and issues. Recalls of any of our products would divert managerial and financial resources and have an adverse effect on our reputation, financial condition and operating results, which could impair our ability to produce our products in a cost-effective and timely manner.

        Further, under the FDA's medical device reporting regulations, we are required to report to the FDA any incident in which our product may have caused or contributed to a death or serious injury or in which our product malfunctioned and, if the malfunction were to recur, would likely cause or contribute to death or serious injury. Repeated product malfunctions may result in a voluntary or involuntary product recall, which could divert managerial and financial resources, impair our ability to manufacture our products in a cost-effective and timely manner and have an adverse effect on our reputation, financial condition and operating results.

        Any adverse event involving our products could result in future voluntary corrective actions, such as recalls or customer notifications, or regulatory agency action, which could include inspection, mandatory recall or other enforcement action. Any corrective action, whether voluntary or involuntary, will require the dedication of our time and capital, distract management from operating our business and may harm our reputation and financial results.

65


Table of Contents

We will be subject to the U.K. Bribery Act, the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act and other anti-corruption and anti-money-laundering laws, as well as export control laws, customs laws, sanctions laws and other laws governing our future global operations. If we fail to comply with these laws, we could be subject to civil or criminal penalties, other remedial measures and legal expenses, which could adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.

        Our future global operations will expose us to trade and economic sanctions and other restrictions imposed by the United States, the European Union and other governments and organizations. The U.S. Departments of Justice, Commerce, State and Treasury and other federal agencies and authorities have a broad range of civil and criminal penalties they may seek to impose against corporations and individuals for violations of economic sanctions laws, export control laws, the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, or the FCPA, and other federal statutes and regulations, including those established by the Office of Foreign Assets Control, or OFAC. In addition, the U.K. Bribery Act of 2010, or the Bribery Act, prohibits both domestic and international bribery, as well as bribery across both private and public sectors. An organization that "fails to prevent bribery" by anyone associated with the organization can be charged under the Bribery Act unless the organization can establish the defense of having implemented "adequate procedures" to prevent bribery. Under these laws and regulations, as well as other anti-corruption laws, anti-money-laundering laws, export control laws, customs laws, sanctions laws and other laws governing our operations, various government agencies may require export licenses, may seek to impose modifications to business practices, including cessation of business activities in sanctioned countries or with sanctioned persons or entities and modifications to compliance programs, which may increase compliance costs, and may subject us to fines, penalties and other sanctions. A violation of these laws or regulations could adversely impact our business, results of operations and financial condition.

        We will implement and maintain policies and procedures designed to ensure compliance by us, and our directors, officers, employees, representatives, third-party distributors, consultants and agents with the FCPA, OFAC restrictions, the Bribery Act and other export control, anticorruption, anti-money-laundering and anti-terrorism laws and regulations. We cannot assure you, however, that our policies and procedures will be sufficient or that directors, officers, employees, representatives, third-party distributors, consultants and agents have not engaged and will not engage in conduct for which we may be held responsible, nor can we assure you that our business partners have not engaged and will not engage in conduct that could materially affect their ability to perform their contractual obligations to us or even result in our being held liable for such conduct. Violations of the FCPA, OFAC restrictions, the Bribery Act or other export control, anti-corruption, anti-money-laundering and anti-terrorism laws or regulations may result in severe criminal or civil sanctions, and we may be subject to other liabilities, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations.

We are subject to additional federal, state and foreign laws and regulations relating to our healthcare business; our failure to comply with those laws could have an adverse impact on our business.

        Although we will not provide healthcare services, submit claims for third-party reimbursement, or receive payments directly from government health insurance programs or other third-party payors for Eversense, we are subject to healthcare fraud and abuse regulation and enforcement by federal, state and foreign governments, which could adversely impact our business. Healthcare fraud and abuse and health information privacy and security laws potentially applicable to our operations include:

    the federal Anti-Kickback Statute, which will apply to our marketing practices, educational programs, pricing policies and relationships with healthcare providers, by prohibiting, among other things, soliciting, receiving, offering or providing remuneration intended to induce the purchase or recommendation of an item or service reimbursable under a federal healthcare

66


Table of Contents

      program, such as the Medicare or Medicaid programs. A person or entity does not need to have actual knowledge of this statute or specific intent to violate it to have committed a violation;

    federal civil and criminal false claims laws and civil monetary penalty laws, including civil whistleblower or qui tam actions that prohibit, among other things, knowingly presenting, or causing to be presented, claims for payment or approval to the federal government that are false or fraudulent, knowingly making a false statement material to an obligation to pay or transmit money or property to the federal government or knowingly concealing or knowingly and improperly avoiding or decreasing an obligation to pay or transmit money or property to the federal government. The government may assert that a claim including items or services resulting from a violation of the federal Anti-Kickback Statute constitutes a false or fraudulent claim for purposes of the false claims statutes;

    the federal Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996, or HIPAA, and its implementing regulations, which created federal criminal laws that prohibit, among other things, executing a scheme to defraud any healthcare benefit program or making false statements relating to healthcare matters;

    HIPAA, as amended by the Health Information Technology for Economic and Clinical Health Act also imposes certain regulatory and contractual requirements regarding the privacy, security and transmission of individually identifiable health information;

    federal "sunshine" requirements imposed by the PPACA on device manufacturers regarding any "transfer of value" made or distributed to physicians and teaching hospitals. Failure to submit required information may result in civil monetary penalties of up to an aggregate of $150,000 per year (or up to an aggregate of $1 million per year for "knowing failures"), for all payments, transfers of value or ownership or investment interests that are not timely, accurately, and completely reported in an annual submission. The period between August 1, 2013 and December 31, 2013 was the first reporting period, and manufacturers were required to report aggregate payment data by March 31, 2014, and to report detailed payment data and submit legal attestation to the accuracy of such data by June 30, 2014. Thereafter, manufacturers must submit reports by the 90th day of each subsequent calendar year;

    federal consumer protection and unfair competition laws, which broadly regulate marketplace activities and activities that potentially harm consumers;

    state law equivalents of each of the above federal laws, such as anti-kickback and false claims laws that may apply to items or services reimbursed by any third-party payor, including commercial insurers; state laws that require device companies to comply with the industry's voluntary compliance guidelines and the relevant compliance guidance promulgated by the federal government or otherwise restrict payments that may be made to healthcare providers; state laws that require device manufacturers to report information related to payments and other transfers of value to physicians and other healthcare providers or marketing expenditures; and state laws governing the privacy and security of certain health information, many of which differ from each other in significant ways and often are not preempted by HIPAA; and

    foreign data privacy regulations, such as the EU Data Protection Directive (Directive 95/46/EC), and the country-specific regulations that implement Directive 95/46/EC, which impose strict obligations and restrictions on the ability to collect, analyze and transfer personal data, including health data from clinical trials and adverse event reporting, and may be stricter than U.S. laws.

        The risk of our being found in violation of these laws and regulations is increased by the fact that the scope and enforcement of these laws is uncertain, many of them have not been fully interpreted by the regulatory authorities or the courts, their provisions are open to a variety of interpretations, or they vary country by country. We are unable to predict what additional federal, state or foreign legislation or

67


Table of Contents

regulatory initiatives may be enacted in the future regarding our business or the healthcare industry in general, or what effect such legislation or regulations may have on us. Federal, state or foreign governments may (i) impose additional restrictions or adopt interpretations of existing laws that could have a material adverse effect on us or (ii) challenge our current or future activities under these laws. Any of these challenges could impact our reputation, business, financial condition and operating results.

        If our operations are found to be in violation of any of the laws described above or any other governmental regulations that apply to us now or in the future, we may be subject to penalties, including civil and criminal penalties, damages, fines, disgorgement of profits, exclusion from governmental health care programs, and the curtailment or restructuring of our operations, any of which could adversely affect our ability to operate our business and our financial results. Any federal, state or foreign regulatory review to which we may become subject, regardless of the outcome, would be costly and time-consuming.

        For example, to enforce compliance with the federal laws, the U.S. Department of Justice, or DOJ, has recently increased its scrutiny of interactions between healthcare companies and healthcare providers, which has led to a number of investigations, prosecutions, convictions and settlements in the healthcare industry. Dealing with investigations can be time and resource consuming and can divert management's attention from our core business. Additionally, if we settle an investigation with law enforcement or other regulatory agencies, we may be forced to agree to additional onerous compliance and reporting requirements as part of a consent decree or corporate integrity agreement. Any such investigation or settlement could increase our costs or otherwise have an adverse effect on our business.

We may be liable if the FDA or another regulatory agency concludes that we have engaged in the off-label promotion of our products.

        Our promotional materials and training methods must comply with FDA and other applicable laws and regulations, including the prohibition of the promotion of the off-label use of our products. Healthcare providers may use our products, if approved, off-label, as the FDA does not restrict or regulate a physician's choice of treatment within the practice of medicine. However, if the FDA determines that our promotional materials or training constitute promotion of an off-label use, it could request that we modify our training or promotional materials or subject us to regulatory or enforcement actions, including the issuance of an untitled letter, a warning letter, injunction, seizure, civil fine and criminal penalties. It is also possible that other federal, state or foreign enforcement authorities might take action if they consider our promotional or training materials to constitute promotion of an unapproved use, which could result in significant fines or penalties. Although we intend to train our marketing and direct sales force to not promote our products for uses outside of their cleared uses and our policy will be to refrain from statements that could be considered off-label promotion of our products, the FDA or another regulatory agency could disagree and conclude that we have engaged in off-label promotion. In addition, the off-label use of our products may increase the risk of product liability claims. Product liability claims are expensive to defend and could result in substantial damage awards against us and harm our reputation.

        Further, the advertising and promotion of our products is subject to the laws of EEA Member States implementing Directive 93/42/EEC concerning medical devices, Directive 2006/114/EC concerning misleading and comparative advertising, and Directive 2005/29/EC on unfair commercial practices, as well as other EEA Member State legislation governing the advertising and promotion of medical devices. EEA Member State legislation may also restrict or impose limitations on our ability to advertise our products directly to the general public. In addition, voluntary EU and national codes of conduct provide guidelines on the advertising and promotion of our products to the general public and may impose limitations on our promotional activities with healthcare providers harming our business, operating results and financial condition.

68


Table of Contents

Legislative or regulatory healthcare reforms may make it more difficult and costly for us to obtain regulatory clearance or approval of our products.

        Recent political, economic and regulatory influences are subjecting the healthcare industry to fundamental changes. The sales of our products depend in part on the availability of coverage and reimbursement from third-party payors such as government health administration authorities, private health insurers, health maintenance organizations and other healthcare-related organizations. Both the federal and state governments in the United States continue to propose and pass new legislation and regulations designed to contain or reduce the cost of healthcare. This legislation and regulation may result in decreased reimbursement for medical devices, which may further exacerbate industry-wide pressure to reduce the prices charged for medical devices. This could harm our ability to market our products and generate sales.

        In addition, FDA regulations and guidance are often revised or reinterpreted by the FDA in ways that may significantly affect our business and our products. Any new regulations or revisions or reinterpretations of existing regulations may impose additional costs or lengthen review times of our products. Delays in receipt of or failure to receive regulatory clearances or approvals for our products would harm our business, financial condition and operating results.

        While the goal of healthcare reform is to expand coverage to more individuals, it also involves increased government price controls, additional regulatory mandates and other measures designed to constrain medical costs. For example, the PPACA was enacted in March 2010. The PPACA substantially changes the way healthcare is financed by both governmental and private insurers, encourages improvements in the quality of healthcare items and services and significantly impacts the medical device industries. Among other things, the PPACA:

    establishes a new Patient-Centered Outcomes Research Institute to oversee, identify priorities in and conduct comparative clinical effectiveness research;

    implements payment system reforms including value-based payment programs, increased funding for comparative effectiveness research, reduced hospital payments for avoidable readmissions and hospital acquired conditions, and pilot programs to evaluate alternative payment methodologies that promote care coordination (such as bundled physician and hospital payments); and

    creates an independent payment advisory board that will submit recommendations to reduce Medicare spending if projected Medicare spending exceeds a specified growth rate.

        At this time, we cannot predict which, if any, additional healthcare reform proposals will be adopted, when they may be adopted or what impact they, or the PPACA, may have on our business and operations, and any of these impacts may be adverse on our operating results and financial condition.

Our financial performance may be adversely affected by medical device tax provisions in the healthcare reform laws.

        The PPACA imposes, among other things, an annual excise tax of 2.3% on any entity that manufactures or imports medical devices offered for sale in the United States beginning in 2013. We do not believe that Eversense is currently subject to this tax based on the retail exemption under applicable Treasury Regulations. However, the availability of this exemption is subject to interpretation by the Internal Revenue Service, or IRS, and the IRS may disagree with our analysis. In addition, future products that we manufacture, produce or import may be subject to this tax. The financial impact this tax may have on our business is unclear and there can be no assurance that our business will not be materially adversely affected by it.

69


Table of Contents

Risks Related to our Common Stock

There is not now, and there may never be, an active market for our common stock and we cannot assure you that our common stock become liquid or that it will be listed on a securities exchange.

        There currently is no liquid market for our common stock. An investor may find it difficult to obtain accurate quotations as to the market value of the common stock and trading of our common stock may be extremely sporadic. For example, several days may pass before any shares may be traded. A more active market for our common stock may never develop. In addition, if we failed to meet the criteria set forth in SEC regulations, various requirements would be imposed by law on broker-dealers who sell our securities to persons other than established customers and accredited investors. Consequently, such regulations may deter broker-dealers from recommending or selling the common stock, which may further affect its liquidity. This would also make it more difficult for us to raise additional capital.

The price of our common stock might fluctuate significantly, and you could lose all or part of your investment.

        Volatility in the market price of our common stock may prevent you from being able to sell your shares of our common stock at or above the price you paid for your shares. The trading price of our common stock may be volatile and subject to wide price fluctuations in response to various factors, including:

    actual or anticipated fluctuations in our quarterly financial and operating results;

    the commencement, enrollment and results of our future clinical trials, including our pivotal U.S. clinical trial, or changes in the development status of future versions of Eversense;

    adverse results from, delays in or termination of our clinical trials;

    adverse regulatory decisions, including failure to receive regulatory approval of Eversense in Europe and the United States;

    publication of research reports about us or our industry or positive or negative recommendations or withdrawal of research coverage by securities analysts;

    perceptions about the market acceptance of our products and the recognition of our brand;

    adverse publicity about our products or industry in general;

    overall performance of the equity markets;

    introduction of products, or announcements of significant contracts, licenses or acquisitions, by us or our competitors;

    legislative, political or regulatory developments;

    additions or departures of key personnel;

    threatened or actual litigation and government investigations;

    sale of shares of our common stock by us or members of our management; and

    general economic conditions.

        These and other factors might cause the market price of our common stock to fluctuate substantially, which may negatively affect the liquidity of our common stock. In addition, in recent years, the stock market has experienced significant price and volume fluctuations. This volatility has had a significant impact on the market price of securities issued by many companies across many industries. The changes frequently appear to occur without regard to the operating performance of the affected companies. Accordingly, the price of our common stock could fluctuate based upon factors

70


Table of Contents

that have little or nothing to do with our company, and these fluctuations could materially reduce our share price.

        Securities class action litigation has often been instituted against companies following periods of volatility in the overall market and in the market price of a company's securities. This litigation, if instituted against us, could result in substantial costs, divert our management's attention and resources, and harm our business, operating results and financial condition.

We are an "emerging growth company" and, as a result of the reduced disclosure and governance requirements applicable to emerging growth companies, our common stock may be less attractive to investors.

        We are an "emerging growth company" as defined in the JOBS Act and we intend to take advantage of some of the exemptions from reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not emerging growth companies, including:

    reduced obligations with respect to financial data, including presenting only two years of audited financial statements and only two years of selected consolidated financial data in this Report;

    not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act;

    not being required to comply with any requirement that may be adopted by the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board, or PCAOB, regarding mandatory audit firm rotation or a supplement to the auditor's report providing additional information about the audit and the financial statements;

    reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports, proxy statements and registration statements; and

    exemptions from the requirements of holding nonbinding advisory votes on executive compensation and stockholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved.

        We cannot predict if investors will find our common stock less attractive because we will rely on these exemptions. If some investors find our common stock less attractive as a result, there may be a less active trading market for our common stock and our stock price may be more volatile. We may take advantage of these reporting exemptions until we are no longer an emerging growth company. We will remain an emerging growth company until the earlier of (1) the last day of the fiscal year (a) ending December 31, 2019, (b) in which we have total annual gross revenue of at least $1.0 billion, or (c) in which we are deemed to be a large accelerated filer, which means the market value of our common stock that is held by non-affiliates exceeds $700 million as of the prior June 30th, and (2) the date on which we have issued more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt during the prior three-year period.

        Under Section 107(b) of the JOBS Act, emerging growth companies can delay adopting new or revised accounting standards until such time as those standards apply to private companies. We have irrevocably elected not to avail ourselves of this exemption from new or revised accounting standards and, therefore, we will be subject to the same new or revised accounting standards as other public companies that are not emerging growth companies.

Concentration of ownership of our common stock among our existing executive officers, directors and principal stockholders may prevent new investors from influencing significant corporate decisions.

        Our executive officers, directors and current beneficial owners of 5% or more of our common stock and their respective affiliates, in the aggregate, beneficially own approximately 85% of our outstanding common stock. As a result, these persons, acting together, would be able to significantly

71


Table of Contents

influence all matters requiring stockholder approval, including the election and removal of directors, any merger, consolidation, sale of all or substantially all of our assets, or other significant corporate transactions.

        Some of these persons or entities may have interests different than yours. For example, they may be more interested in selling our company to an acquirer than other investors, or they may want us to pursue strategies that deviate from the interests of other stockholders.

We intend to issue more shares to raise capital, which will result in substantial dilution.

        Our certificate of incorporation authorizes the issuance of a maximum of 250,000,000 shares of common stock. Any additional financings effected by us may result in the issuance of additional securities without stockholder approval and the substantial dilution in the percentage of common stock held by our then existing stockholders. Moreover, the common stock issued in any such transaction may be valued on an arbitrary or non-arm's-length basis by our management, resulting in an additional reduction in the percentage of common stock held by our current stockholders. Our board of directors has the power to issue any or all of such authorized but unissued shares without stockholder approval. To the extent that additional shares of common stock are issued in connection with a financing, dilution to the interests of our stockholders will occur and the rights of the holder of common stock might be materially and adversely affected.

        In addition, as of December 7, 2015, we had outstanding stock options to purchase an aggregate of 9,251,164 shares of common stock at a weighted average exercise price of $0.77 per share and warrants to purchase an aggregate of 5,090,661 shares of our common stock at a weighted average exercise price of $1.79 per share. To the extent these outstanding options or warrants are exercised, there will be further dilution to investors.

We do not intend to pay cash dividends in the foreseeable future.

        We have never declared or paid cash dividends on our capital stock. We currently intend to retain all available funds and any future earnings for use in the operation and expansion of our business and do not anticipate paying any cash dividends in the foreseeable future. In addition, pursuant to the Loan and Security Agreement with Oxford, we are precluded from paying any cash dividends. Accordingly, you may have to sell some or all of your shares of our common stock in order to generate cash flow from your investment. You may not receive a gain on your investment when you sell shares and you may lose the entire amount of the investment.

We expect to incur increased costs and demands upon management as a result of being a public company.

        As a public company in the United States, we expect to incur significant additional legal, accounting and other costs, which we anticipate could be between $1.0 million and $2.0 million annually. These additional costs could negatively affect our financial results. In addition, changing laws, regulations and standards relating to corporate governance and public disclosure, including regulations implemented by the SEC and the stock exchange on which we may list our common stock, may increase legal and financial compliance costs and make some activities more time-consuming. These laws, regulations and standards are subject to varying interpretations and, as a result, their application in practice may evolve over time as new guidance is provided by regulatory and governing bodies. We intend to invest resources to comply with evolving laws, regulations and standards, and this investment may result in increased general and administrative expenses and a diversion of management's time and attention from revenue-generating activities to compliance activities. If, notwithstanding our efforts to comply with new laws, regulations and standards, we fail to comply, regulatory authorities may initiate legal proceedings against us and our business may be harmed.

72


Table of Contents

        Failure to comply with these rules might also make it more difficult for us to obtain some types of insurance, including director and officer liability insurance, and we might be forced to accept reduced policy limits and coverage or incur substantially higher costs to obtain the same or similar coverage. The impact of these events could also make it more difficult for us to attract and retain qualified persons to serve on our board of directors, on committees of our board of directors or as members of senior management.

Our ability to continue our operations requires that we raise additional capital and our operations could be curtailed if we are unable to obtain the additional funding as or when needed. As a result, our registered public accounting firm has included an explanatory paragraph relating to our ability to continue as a going concern in its report on our audited financial statements included in this Report.

        Upon the completion of the audit of our financial statements for the nine months ended September 30, 2015, we did not have sufficient cash to fund our operations through September 30, 2016 without additional financing and, therefore, we concluded there was substantial doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern. As a result, our independent registered public accounting firm included an explanatory paragraph regarding this uncertainty in its report on those financial statements. Although, in December 2015, we arranged for additional borrowing of up to $5.0 million from Oxford and up to $10.0 million from Energy Capital, we will need to raise additional financing to continue operations beyond early 2016. We may require additional funding to continue operations and realize our business objectives in the future. If we are unable to continue as a going concern in the future, we may be unable to meet our obligations under the Loan and Security Agreement or other agreements, which could result in an acceleration of our obligation to repay all amounts owed thereunder, and we may be forced to liquidate our assets. In such a scenario, the values we receive for our assets in liquidation or dissolution could be significantly lower than the values reflected in our financial statements.

Failure to establish and maintain an effective system of internal controls could result in material misstatements of our financial statements or cause us to fail to meet our reporting obligations or fail to prevent fraud in which case, our stockholders could lose confidence in our financial reporting, which would harm our business and could negatively impact the price of our stock.

        We currently voluntarily file reports under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, or the Exchange Act. As a result, we are subject to certain provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. In the future, we expect that we will register our common stock under the Exchange Act, at which time we will become subject to additional provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. We will also be subject to the rules and regulations of any stock exchange on which we may list our common stock in the future. Even though we are voluntary filers under the Exchange Act, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act requires, among other things, that we certify to the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures. Commencing with our fiscal year ending December 31, 2016, we must perform system and process evaluation and testing of our internal control over financial reporting to allow management to report on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting in our Form 10-K filing for that year, as required by Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. This will require that we incur substantial additional professional fees and internal costs to expand our accounting and finance functions and that we expend significant management efforts. Prior to the Acquisition, we have never been required to test our internal controls within a specified period, and, as a result, we may experience difficulty in meeting these reporting requirements in a timely manner. In addition, we may identify material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting that we may not be able to remediate in time to meet the applicable deadline imposed upon us for compliance with the requirements of Section 404. A material weakness is a deficiency, or combination of deficiencies, in internal control over financial reporting, such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of our annual or interim financial statements will not be prevented or detected on a timely basis.

73


Table of Contents

        Prior to the Acquisition, we were a private company with limited accounting personnel and other resources with which to address our internal controls and procedures. In 2013, we identified a material weakness whereby we did not have a control designed and in place to identify and properly account for complex equity transactions. This resulted in a material balance sheet reclassification adjustment and the restatement of our financial statements as of and for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2012. We remediated this material weakness primarily by implementing a new control over the process and engaging external accounting experts with the appropriate knowledge to supplement our internal resources in our computation and review processes. While we remediated this material weakness, we cannot assure you that we or our independent registered public accounting firm will not identify additional material weaknesses or significant deficiencies in the future. If we identify such issues or if we are unable to produce accurate and timely financial statements, our stock price may be adversely affected and we may be unable to maintain compliance with the applicable listing requirements.

        Even if we conclude that our internal control over financial reporting provides reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect fraud or misstatements. Failure to implement required new or improved controls, or difficulties encountered in their implementation, could harm our operating results or cause us to fail to meet our future reporting obligations.

        Our reporting obligations as a public company will place a significant strain on our management, operational and financial resources and systems for the foreseeable future. If we fail to timely achieve and maintain the adequacy of our internal control over financial reporting, we may not be able to produce reliable financial reports or help prevent fraud. Our failure to achieve and maintain effective internal control over financial reporting could prevent us from filing our periodic reports on a timely basis which could result in the loss of investor confidence in the reliability of our financial statements, harm our business and negatively impact the trading price of our common stock.

A significant portion of our total outstanding shares are restricted from immediate resale but may be sold into the market in the future. This could cause the market price of our common stock to drop significantly, even if our business is doing well.

        Sales of a substantial number of shares of our common stock in the public market could occur at any time. If our stockholders sell, or the market perceives that our stockholders intend to sell, substantial amounts of our common stock in the public market, the market price of our common stock could decline significantly.

        Of the 75,760,061 shares of our common stock issued and outstanding after the closing of the Acquisition, 18,000,108 shares are freely tradable without restriction by stockholders who are not our affiliates. Of our outstanding shares, 20,000 shares that were outstanding before the Acquisition are "restricted securities" as defined in Rule 144. We issued an aggregate of 57,739,953 shares of our common stock to the former Senseonics, Incorporated stockholders pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Act, and such shares are also "restricted securities" as defined in Rule 144. These restricted securities may be publicly resold under Rule 144 beginning one year following the date of the filing of this Report with the SEC.

        In addition, in the future, we intend to file one or more registration statements on Form S-8 registering the issuance of approximately 19 million shares of common stock subject to options or other equity awards issued, and reserved for issuance, as well as an as yet undertermined number of additional shares to be reserved for future issuance, under our equity incentive plans. Shares registered under these registration statements on Form S-8 will be available for sale in the public market subject

74


Table of Contents

to vesting arrangements and exercise of options and the restrictions of Rule 144 in the case of our affiliates.

        Additionally, the holders of an aggregate of up to 55,300,420 shares of our common stock, or their transferees, will have rights, subject to some conditions, to require us to file one or more registration statements covering their shares or to include their shares in registration statements that we may file for ourselves or other stockholders. If we were to register the resale of these shares, they could be freely sold in the public market. If these additional shares are sold, or if it is perceived that they will be sold, in the public market, the trading price of our common stock could decline. See "Description of Capital Stock—Registration Rights."

If securities or industry analysts do not publish research or reports, or publish unfavorable research or reports, about us, our business or our market, our stock price and trading volume could decline.

        The trading market for our common stock will be influenced by the research and reports that securities or industry analysts publish about us and our business. Securities or industry analysts may elect not to provide coverage of our common stock, and such lack of coverage may adversely affect the market price of our common stock. In the event we do not secure additional securities or industry analyst coverage, we will not have any control over the analysts or the content and opinions included in their reports. The price of our stock could decline if one or more securities or industry analysts downgrade our stock or issue other unfavorable commentary or research. If one or more securities or industry analysts ceases coverage of our company or fails to publish reports on us regularly, demand for our stock could decrease, which in turn could cause our stock price or trading volume to decline.

Risks Related to our Acquisition by ASN Technologies, Inc.

We may be subject to unknown risks as a result of our recently completed acquisition by ASN Technologies.

        Prior to the time of the acquisition of Senseonics, Incorporated, ASN Technologies, which was renamed Senseonics Holdings, Inc., conducted a business related to the design and development of a location-based mobile application to allow users to share information about nearby social and other events. In connection with the acquisition, we sold this business, including the associated assets and liabilities of the business, to the founder of ASN Technologies. Even though we and our advisers conducted a due diligence investigation of ASN Technologies prior to committing to the Acquisition, there may be unknown liabilities, or liabilities that were known but believed to be immaterial, related to the business of ASN Technologies that may become material liabilities we are subject to in the future. If we are subject to material liability as a result of the conduct of ASN Technologies, we may have limited recourse for such liabilities, which could have a material impact on our business and stock price.

75


Table of Contents


SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

        The following selected financial data of our subsidiary, Senseonics, Incorporated for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2014, and as of December 31, 2013 and 2014, are derived from Senseonics, Incorporated's audited financial statements and related notes filed as Exhibit 99.1 to this Report. The selected financial data of Senseonics, Incorporated as of and for the nine months ended September 30, 2015 are derived from Senseonics, Incorporated's financial statements and related notes filed as Exhibit 99.2 to this Report.

        The following selected unaudited pro forma combined financial data as of September 30, 2015 and for the years ended December 31, 2014 and the nine months ended September 30, 2015, gives effect to our Acquisition of Senseonics, Incorporated, which will be accounted for as a "reverse merger" under the acquisition method of accounting for business combinations with Senseonics, Incorporated treated as the accounting acquirer. Consequently, the assets and liabilities and the operations that will be reflected in the historical financial statements prior to the Acquisition will be those of Senseonics, Incorporated and will be recorded at the historical cost basis of Senseonics, Incorporated, and the consolidated financial statements after the Acquisition will include the assets and liabilities and operations of both us and Senseonics, Incorporated.

        Senseonics, Incorporated was determined to be the accounting acquirer based upon the terms of the Acquisition and other factors, such as relative voting rights and the composition of the combined company's board and senior management. The selected unaudited pro forma combined financial data presented below is based on, and should be read in conjunction with, our historical financial statements and the unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial statements that appear elsewhere in this Report, including the footnotes thereto. See Exhibit 99.3 to this Report, entitled "Unaudited Pro Forma Combined Financial Statements," for additional information.

        The selected unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial data is presented for illustrative purposes only and is not necessarily indicative of the actual or future financial position or results of operations that would have been realized if the Acquisition had been completed as of the dates

76


Table of Contents

indicated in the unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial statements or that will be realized following the Acquisition.

 
  Year Ended December 31,   Nine Months Ended September 30,  
 
  Historical   Pro forma   Historical   Pro Forma  
 
  2013   2014   2014   2014   2015   2015  
 
   
   
  (unaudited)
  (unaudited)
   
  (unaudited)
 
 
  (in thousands, expect share and per share data)
 

Statement of Operations Data:

                                     

Revenue

  $ 17   $   $   $   $ 38   $ 38  

Expenses:

                                     

Cost of revenue

   
5
   
   
   
   
   
 

Research and development expenses

    13,791     12,881     12,881     9,403     13,542     13,542  

Administrative expenses

    5,010     5,821     5,821     4,537     7,119     7,119  

Operating loss

    (18,789 )   (18,702 )   (18,702 )   (13,940 )   (20,623 )   (20,623 )

Other income (expense):

   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 

Interest income (expense)

    10     (191 )   (191 )   (75 )   (829 )   (191 )

Other income (expense)

        8     8         (11 )   8  

Total other income (expense), net

    10     (183 )   (183 )   (75 )   (840 )   (183 )

Net loss

    (18,779 )   (18,885 )   (18,885 )   (14,015 )   (21,463 )   (20,806 )

Series E preferred stock beneficial conversion feature

                    (407 )    

Net loss available to common shareholders

  $ (18,779 ) $ (18,885 ) $ (18,885 ) $ (14,015 ) $ (21,870 ) $ (20,806 )

Basic and diluted loss per common share

  $ (24.66 ) $ (20.75 ) $ (0.87 ) $ (15.43 ) $ (23.56 ) $ (0.29 )

Basic and diluted weighted-average shares outstanding

    761,627     909,934     21,592,235     908,569     928,102     70,730,960  

(1)
See note 3 to our financial statements included elsewhere in this Report for the method used to calculate pro forma basic and diluted loss per common share and pro forma basic and diluted weighted-average shares outstanding.

 
  As of December 31,   As of September 30,  
 
  Historical   Historical   Pro Forma  
 
  2013   2014   2015   2015  
 
   
   
   
  (unaudited)
 
 
  (in thousands)
 

Balance Sheet Data:

                         

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 8,246   $ 18,923   $ 12,234   $ 12,222  

Working capital

    5,713     17,593     6,132     5,820  

Total assets

    8,889     19,995     13,030     13,018  

Notes payable, net of discount, including current portion

        9,815     9,872     8,149  

Total liabilities

    2,730     12,082     15,132     15,432  

Additional paid-in-capital

    118,081     138,666     150,086     150,189  

Accumulated deficit

    (112,030 )   (130,915 )   (152,378 )   (152,678 )

Total stockholders' equity (deficit)

    6,159     7,913     (2,102 )   (2,414 )

77


Table of Contents


MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

         You should read the following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations together with our financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this Report. Some of the information contained in this discussion and analysis or set forth elsewhere in this Report, including information with respect to our plans and strategy for our business, includes forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. You should review the "Risk Factors" section of this Report for a discussion of important factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from the results described in or implied by the forward-looking statements contained in the following discussion and analysis.

Overview

        On December 7, 2015, the closing date of the Acquisition, we acquired 100% of Senseonics, Incorporated in exchange for the issuance of shares of our common stock. Our sole business is the business of Senseonics, Incorporated. Our management's discussion and analysis below is based on the financial results of Senseonics, Incorporated. The following discussion and analysis provides information which we believe to be relevant to an assessment and understanding of our results of operations and financial condition.

        We are a medical technology company focused on the design, development and commercialization of glucose monitoring systems to improve the lives of people with diabetes by enhancing their ability to manage their disease with relative ease and accuracy. Our first generation continuous glucose monitoring, or CGM, system, Eversense, is a reliable, long-term, implantable CGM system that we have designed to continually and accurately measure glucose levels in people with diabetes for a period of up to 90 days, as compared to five to seven days for currently available CGM systems. We believe Eversense will provide people with diabetes with a more convenient method to monitor their glucose levels in comparison with the traditional method of self-monitoring of blood glucose, or SMBG, as well as currently available CGM systems. In our European pivotal clinical trial, we observed that Eversense measured glucose levels over 90 days with a degree of accuracy comparable or superior to that of other currently available CGM systems.

        Since our inception in 1996, we have financed our operations primarily through equity and debt financings. We have devoted substantially all of our resources to designing, developing and refining a glucose monitoring system. We do not yet have regulatory approval in any jurisdiction to sell any products and, to date, we have not generated any significant revenue from product sales.

        We have never been profitable and our net losses were $18.8 million and $18.9 million for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2014, respectively and $21.5 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2015. As of September 30, 2015, our accumulated deficit totaled $152.4 million, primarily as a result of expenses incurred in connection with our research and development programs and from general and administrative expenses associated with our operations. We expect to continue to incur significant expenses and increasing operating and net losses for the foreseeable future.

        We do not expect to generate revenue from product sales unless and until we obtain marketing authorization to sell Eversense from applicable regulatory authorities. We have filed for regulatory approval for Eversense in Europe. In July 2015, we applied for, and in the fourth quarter of 2015, we anticipate receiving our CE mark, which will allow us to market and sell Eversense in Europe. Subject to regulatory approval, we expect to begin commercializing Eversense in select European markets through a third-party distributor network, by early 2016. Our initial distribution efforts in Europe will be in the markets of Sweden, Norway and Denmark, pursuant to a distribution agreement with Rubin Medical, or Rubin.

78


Table of Contents

        We also intend to initiate a single pivotal clinical trial in the United States in the first quarter of 2016, and, if the results of the trial are favorable, we intend to apply for regulatory approval to market and sell Eversense in the United States as promptly as possible thereafter. For commercialization in the United States, we intend to distribute our product through our own direct sales and marketing organization.

        If we obtain marketing authorization to sell Eversense, we expect to incur significant commercialization expenses related to product sales, marketing, manufacturing and distribution. In addition, we expect that our expenses will increase substantially as we continue the research and development of our other products and maintain, expand and protect our intellectual property portfolio and seek regulatory approvals in other jurisdictions. Furthermore, as a newly public company, we expect to incur additional costs associated with operating as a public company, including significant legal, accounting, investor relations and other expenses that we did not incur as a private company. We may need to obtain substantial additional funding in connection with our continuing operations through public or private equity or debt financings or other sources, which may include collaborations with third parties. However, we may be unable to raise additional funds when needed on favorable terms or at all. Our failure to raise such capital as and when needed would have a negative impact on our financial condition and our ability to develop and commercialize Eversense and future products and our ability to pursue our business strategy. We will need to generate significant revenues to achieve profitability, and we may never do so.

        On December 4, 2015, we entered into a Merger Agreement with Senseonics, Incorporated and SMSI Merger Sub, Inc. to acquire Senseonics, Incorporated. The transactions contemplated by the Merger Agreement were consummated on December 7, 2015 and pursuant to the terms of the Merger Agreement, (i) all outstanding Senseonics Shares were exchanged for Company Shares based on the Exchange Ratio of 2.0975 shares of Senseonics Holdings for every one share of Senseonics, Incorporated, and (ii) all Senseonics Options and Senseonics Warrants were each exchanged or replaced with Company Options and Company Warrants based on the Exchange Ratio, with corresponding adjustments to their respective exercise prices. Accordingly, Senseonics, Incorporated became our wholly-owned subsidiary. Immediately prior to the closing of the Acquisition, all issued and outstanding shares of Senseonics, Incorporated's preferred stock were converted into shares of Senseonics, Incorporated common stock. Except as otherwise indicated herein, all share and per share information in this "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" section gives retroactive effect to the exchange of Senseonics Shares, Senseonics Options and Senseonics Warrants for Company Shares, Company Options and Company Warrants, respectively, in the Acquisition, as well as the corresponding exercise price adjustments for the such options and warrants.

Financial Overview

Revenue

        To date, we have generated an insignificant amount of revenue from the sale of oxygen sensors used as subcomponents for several commercial applications unrelated to Eversense, as well as various grants. We do not expect to generate revenue from product sales unless and until we obtain regulatory approvals to begin marketing Eversense. We have filed for regulatory approval for Eversense in Europe. In July 2015, we applied for, and in the fourth quarter of 2015, we anticipate receiving our CE mark, which would allow us to market Eversense in Europe. Subject to regulatory approval, we expect to begin commercializing Eversense in Sweden, Norway and Denmark in early 2016, pursuant to a distribution agreement with Rubin. We will continue to seek to distribute Eversense in other select European markets through a third-party distributor network, but have yet to enter into any distribution agreements other than the agreement with Rubin. We expect our revenue from European product sales will increase as we ramp up our commercialization efforts in 2016 and 2017. In the future, subject to

79


Table of Contents

regulatory approval, we also intend to seek to commercialize Eversense in the United States, as well as other international markets, including Canada, Australia and Israel. If we fail to complete the development of Eversense and obtain regulatory approval, our ability to generate future revenue, and our results of operations and financial position, will be adversely affected.

Research and Development

        The largest component of our total operating expenses has historically been research and development expenses. Research and development expenses consist of expenses incurred in performing research and development activities in developing Eversense, including our clinical trials and feasibility studies. Research and development expenses include compensation and benefits for research and development employees including stock-based compensation, overhead expenses, cost of laboratory supplies, clinical trial and related clinical manufacturing expenses, costs related to regulatory operations, fees paid to contract research organizations, or CROs, and other consultants, and other outside expenses. Research and development costs are expensed as incurred.

        We have incurred significant research and development expenses from inception, with the substantial majority of the expenses spent on the development of Eversense. We expect to continue to commit significant resources to continue to develop Eversense and future product enhancements and to conduct ongoing and future clinical trials. We expect that our overall research and development expenses will continue to increase in absolute dollars, but to decline as a percentage of total expenses as we commercialize our products.

        The following table summarizes our research and development expenses by functional area for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2014 and the nine months ended September 30, 2014 and 2015.

 
  Year Ended
December 31,
  Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
 
  2013   2014   2014   2015  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Clinical development

  $ 1,163   $ 1,940   $ 1,260   $ 3,577  

Contract R&D and consulting

    3,000     1,631     1,223     2,152  

Contract fabrication and manufacturing

    3,717     3,518     2,406     3,263  

Personnel related

    4,455     4,178     3,250     3,379  

Other R&D expenses

    1,456     1,614     1,264     1,171  

Total R&D expenses

  $ 13,791   $ 12,881   $ 9,403   $ 13,542  

Administrative

        Administrative expenses consist primarily of salaries and other related costs, including stock-based compensation, for personnel in our executive, finance, accounting, business development, and human resources functions. Other significant costs include facility costs not otherwise included in research and development expenses, legal fees relating to patent and corporate matters and fees for accounting and consulting services.

        We anticipate that our administrative expenses will increase in the future if we obtain regulatory approval and begin commercializing Eversense as our needs for sales, marketing and administrative personnel increase. We have applied for and, in the fourth quarter of 2015, anticipate receiving European regulatory approval and, subject to such regulatory approval and our ability to secure agreements with third party distributors, we expect to begin commercializing Eversense in select European markets by early 2016. In addition, we anticipate increased administrative expenses as a result of operating as a public company. These increases will include increased costs related to the hiring of additional personnel and increased fees to outside consultants, lawyers and accountants as

80


Table of Contents

well as expenses related to maintaining compliance with applicable listing rules and SEC requirements, insurance, and investor relations costs. These expenses may further increase when we no longer qualify as an "emerging growth company" under the JOBS Act, which will require us to comply with certain reporting requirements from which we are currently exempt.

Other Income (Expense), Net

        Interest income consists of interest earned on our cash equivalents and interest expense primarily consists of interest expense on the secured notes we have issued to Oxford, or the Oxford notes. This interest expense primarily consists of (i) contractual interest on the Oxford notes, and (ii) the accrual into interest expense of a final payment obligation that we are required to pay to Oxford at maturity of the Oxford notes.

        Other income (expense) primarily includes the change in the fair value of the warrant liability of Senseonics, Incorporated during the particular period, which results from the marking to market at the end of every reporting period of the fair value of the warrant liability related to the warrants to purchase Series D convertible preferred stock issued to Oxford in connection with the Oxford notes, or the Oxford warrants. The fair value of this warrant liability will fluctuate based on the change in the price of our common stock in the public markets until these warrants are exercised or expire.

Results of Operations

Comparison of the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2014 and 2015

        The following table sets forth our results of operations for the nine months ended September 30, 2014 and 2015.

 
  Nine Months Ended
September 30,
   
 
 
  Period-to-
Period Change
 
 
  2014   2015  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Revenue

  $   $ 38   $ 38  

Expenses:

                   

Research and development expenses

    9,403     13,542     (4,139 )

Administrative expenses

    4,537     7,119     (2,582 )

Operating loss

    (13,940 )   (20,623 )   (6,683 )

Other expense:

                   

Interest expense

    (75 )   (829 )   (754 )

Other expense

        (11 )   (11 )

Total other expense, net

    (75 )   (840 )   (765 )

Net loss

  $ (14,015 ) $ (21,463 ) $ (7,448 )

Revenue

        Revenue for the nine months ended September 30, 2015 was $38,000. This revenue consisted of grant revenue for delivery of sensors for a National Health Institute grant from the University of California Santa Barbara. However, we do not expect this to be a meaningful source of revenue in the future. We did not generate any revenue for the nine months ended September 30, 2014.

Research and development expenses

        Research and development expenses were $13.5 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2015, compared to $9.4 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2014, an increase of

81


Table of Contents

$4.1 million. The increase was primarily due to an increase in clinical development expenses of $2.3 million as a result of our completed European pivotal trial, a $0.9 million increase in contract fabrication and manufacturing, and a $0.9 million increase in contract research and development and consulting expenses for future versions of Eversense.

Administrative expenses

        Administrative expenses were $7.1 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2015, compared to $4.5 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2014, an increase of $2.6 million. The increase was primarily due to an increase in legal and accounting expenses of $1.8 million and a $0.5 million increase in commercial expenses.

Total other expense, net

        Total other expense, net, for the nine months ended September 30, 2015 was $0.8 million, consisting primarily of interest expense on the Oxford notes.

Comparison of the Years Ended December 31, 2013 and 2014

        The following table sets forth our results of operations for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2014.

 
  Year Ended
December 31,
   
 
 
  Period-to-
Period Change
 
 
  2013   2014  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Revenue

  $ 17   $   $ (17 )

Expenses:

                   

Cost of revenue

    5         (5 )

Research and development expenses

    13,791     12,881     (910 )

General and administrative expenses

    5,010     5,821     811  

Operating loss

    (18,789 )   (18,702 )   87  

Other income (expense):

                   

Interest income (expense)

    10     (191 )   (201 )

Other income

        8     8  

Total other income (expense), net

    10     (183 )   (193 )

Net loss

  $ (18,779 ) $ (18,885 ) $ (106 )

Revenue

        We did not generate any revenue during the year ended December 31, 2014. For the year ended December 31, 2013, revenue was $17,000, which primarily consisted of revenue from the sale of oxygen sensors used as subcomponents for several commercial applications unrelated to our CGM system.

Research and development expenses

        Research and development expenses were $12.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2014, compared to $13.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2013, a decrease of $0.9 million. The decrease was primarily due to decreases in contract research and development and consulting expenses of $1.4 million, partially offset by an increase in clinical development expenses of $0.8 million.

82


Table of Contents

Administrative expenses

        Administrative expenses were $5.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2014, compared to $5.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2013, an increase of $0.8 million. The increase was primarily due to increases in compensation expenses from additional personnel of $0.3 million and severance expense of $0.5 million.

Other income (expense), net

        Other income (expense), net, for the year ended December 31, 2014 was $0.2 million, consisting primarily of interest expense on the Oxford notes.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Sources of Liquidity

        Since our inception in 1996, we have devoted substantially all of our resources to designing, developing and refining a glucose monitoring system. We do not yet have regulatory approval in any jurisdiction to sell any products and, to date, we have not generated any significant revenue from product sales. We have incurred substantial losses and cumulative negative cash flows from operations since our inception in October 1996. We have never been profitable and our net losses were $18.8 million and $18.9 million for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2014, respectively, and $21.5 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2015. As of September 30, 2015, we had an accumulated deficit of $152.4 million.

        To date, we have funded our operations principally through the issuance of preferred stock, common stock and debt. As of September 30, 2015, we had cash and cash equivalents of $12.2 million. Under our credit facility with Oxford, we may borrow an additional $5.0 million following our receipt of the CE mark for Eversense. Currently, our funds are primarily held in money market funds consisting of U.S. government-backed securities.

        Our ability to generate revenue and achieve profitability depends on our completion of the development of Eversense and future product candidates and obtaining of necessary regulatory approvals for the manufacture, marketing and sales of those products. These activities, including our planned significant research and development efforts, will require significant uses of working capital through the end of 2015 and beyond. Based on our current operating plans, we believe that our existing cash and cash equivalents will be sufficient to meet our anticipated operating needs only into the second quarter of 2016. These factors raise substantial doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern. As a result, our independent registered public accounting firm included an explanatory paragraph regarding substantial doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern in its report on our annual financial statements for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2014 included elsewhere in this Report. The financial information throughout this Report and the financial statements included elsewhere in this Report have been prepared on a basis that assumes that we will continue as a going concern, which contemplates the realization of assets and the satisfaction of liabilities and commitments in the normal course of business. This financial information and these statements do not include any adjustments that may result from the outcome of this uncertainty.

Indebtedness

        On July 31, 2014 and December 23, 2014, we issued the Oxford notes in connection with a term loan for gross proceeds of $4.0 million and $6.0 million, respectively. The maturity date of the Oxford notes is July 1, 2019. The Oxford notes bear interest at a fixed annual rate of 6.95% and require monthly payments. The monthly payments initially consist of interest only. If we receive our CE mark by February 1, 2016, the monthly payments will convert to payments of principal and interest, beginning

83


Table of Contents

on August 1, 2016, with the principal amount being amortized over the ensuing 36 months. Alternatively, if we have not received our CE mark by February 1, 2016, the monthly payments will convert to payments of principal and interest beginning on February 1, 2016, with the principal amount being amortized over the ensuing 42 months. The Oxford notes are collateralized by all of our assets other than our intellectual property. Our Loan and Security Agreement with Oxford also contains certain restrictive covenants that limit our ability to incur additional indebtedness and liens, merge with other companies or consummate certain changes of control, acquire other companies, engage in new lines of business, make certain investments, pay dividends, transfer or dispose of assets, amend certain material agreements or enter into various specified transactions, as well as financial reporting requirements. We incurred issuance costs related to the Oxford notes of approximately $121,200, which are being amortized as additional interest expense over the term of the Oxford notes using the effective interest method. In connection with the issuance of the Oxford notes, we also issued to Oxford 10-year stock purchase warrants to purchase an aggregate of 79,892 shares of Senseonics, Incorporated Series D convertible preferred stock at an exercise price of $3.75 per share (in connection with the Acquisition, these warrants were exchanged for warrants to purchase an aggregate of 167,570 shares of Senseonics Holdings common stock at an exercise price of $1.790207 per share). The fair value of the warrants, which we estimated to be $205,150, was recorded as a discount to the Oxford notes, which is also being amortized as additional interest expense over the term of the Oxford notes using the effective interest method. In addition, we are obligated to pay a final fee to Oxford at maturity of the Oxford notes of $850,000. This fee is being accrued as additional interest expense over the term of the Oxford notes using the effective interest method.

        In December 2015, we amended our Loan and Security Agreement with Oxford to allow us to borrow up to an additional $5.0 million following our receipt of the CE mark for Eversense on the same terms and conditions of the existing Oxford notes described above. To the extent that we borrow such additional funds, we are required to issue additional warrants, which would be exercisable for 167,570 shares of common stock if we borrow the full $5.0 million, at an exercise price equal to $1.790207 per share. In addition, we are obligated to pay Oxford $25,000 and the additional borrowed $5.0 million will have a fixed annual interest rate of 6.76% plus the greater of (i) 0.19% or (ii) 30 day U.S. LIBOR rate five business days prior to the funding date. The maturity date for this additional $5.0 million is July 1, 2019.

        On December 4, 2015, we entered into a Note Purchase Agreement with Energy Capital, LLC, or Energy Capital, pursuant to which Energy Capital may lend us an aggregate principal amount of up to $10.0 million, or the Energy Capital note, subject to the conditions specified in the Note Purchase Agreement.

        The Energy Capital note bears interest at the rate of 6.95% per annum. Under the terms of the Energy Capital note, if we have not received at least $20.0 million from the sale of our capital stock in an offering of our equity securities (excluding any security granted, issued and/or sold by us to any employee or consultant in such capacity) prior to February 29, 2016, or the Triggering Event, then Energy Capital is obligated to disburse funds on or after March 15, 2016, provided however that if the Triggering Event has occurred and we provide documentation to Energy Capital that our available cash is lower than $500,000, then Energy Capital is obligated to disburse funds any time after March 1, 2016. The disbursements under the Energy Capital note will be split into multiple disbursements of no more than $2.5 million each during successive thirty-day periods beginning after the first disbursement. In the event that we issue and sell shares of our equity securities in an underwritten public offering with total proceeds to us exceeding $45.0 million (excluding the Energy Capital note), the Energy Capital note, including all unpaid accrued interest thereon, will become due within ten days after the closing of such public offering. The Energy Capital note is unsecured and will be subordinated to our indebtedness incurred from Oxford subject to a subordination agreement between Energy Capital and Oxford.

84


Table of Contents

        Upon an "Event of Default" under the Energy Capital note, Energy Capital may declare the entire outstanding principal and accrued interest due and immediately payable. As defined under the Energy Capital note, an Event of Default includes our failure to pay any principal, interest or other amount owing under the Energy Capital note when due, our default of any covenant under the Note Purchase Agreement, or the commencement of a bankruptcy or similar insolvency proceeding

Funding Requirements and Outlook

        Our primary uses of capital are, and we expect will continue to be, research and development, compensation and related expenses, costs associated with product launch and establishment of a direct sales force in the United States, costs related to clinical trials, laboratory and related supplies, supplies and materials used in manufacturing, legal and other regulatory expenses and general overhead costs.

        We believe our existing cash and cash equivalents will be sufficient to fund our operating expenses only into early 2016. Under our credit facility with Oxford, we may borrow an additional $5.0 million following our receipt of the CE mark for Eversense, which we believe would extend our ability to fund our operations into the second quarter of 2016. We have based this estimate on assumptions that may prove to be wrong, and we could use our capital resources sooner than we currently expect. Additionally, the process of clinical and regulatory development of medical devices is costly, and the timing of progress of these efforts is uncertain. Eversense has not yet received a CE mark, which would permit commercialization of our product in Europe, or marketing authorization from the FDA. Therefore, we cannot estimate the actual amounts necessary to successfully complete the clinical and regulatory development of our CGM system or when, if ever, we may begin generating revenues from product sales or achieve profitability.

        We anticipate that we will continue to incur losses for the foreseeable future. We expect that our research and development expenses and administrative expenses will continue to increase and, as a result, we will need additional capital to fund our operations. Until such time, if ever, as we can generate substantial revenue, we expect to finance our cash needs through a combination of equity offerings, debt financings and revenue from potential research and development and other collaboration agreements. To the extent that we raise additional capital through the future sale of equity or debt, the ownership interest of our stockholders will be diluted, and the terms of these securities may include liquidation or other preferences that adversely affect the rights of our existing common stockholders. If we raise additional funds in the future, we may have to relinquish valuable rights to our technologies, future revenue streams or grant licenses on terms that may not be favorable to us. If we are unable to raise additional funds through equity or debt financings when needed, we may be required to delay, limit, reduce or terminate our product development or future commercialization efforts or grant licenses to develop and market products that we would otherwise prefer to develop and market ourselves.

Cash Flows

        The following is a summary of cash flows for each of the periods set forth below.

 
  Year Ended
December 31,
  Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
 
  2013   2014   2014   2015  
 
   
   
  (unaudited)
   
 
 
  (in thousands)
 

Net cash used in operating activities

  $ (17,167 ) $ (19,270 ) $ (14,142 ) $ (17,228 )

Net cash used in investing activities

    (118 )   (29 )   (29 )   (123 )

Net cash provided by financing activities

    203     29,976     23,985     10,662  

Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents

  $ (17,081 ) $ 10,677   $ 9,814   $ (6,689 )

85


Table of Contents

Net cash used in operating activities

        Net cash used in operating activities was $17.2 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2015, and consisted primarily of a net loss of $21.5 million partially offset by non-cash interest expense of $0.1 million, stock-based compensation expense of $0.8 million and a net change in assets and liabilities of $3.3 million (consisting of an increase in accounts payable and accrued expenses of $3.0 million and an increase in prepaid expenses, deposits and other assets of $0.3 million).

        Net cash used in operating activities was $14.1 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2014, and consisted primarily of a net loss of $14.0 million and a net change in assets and liabilities of $0.6 million (consisting of a decrease in accounts payable and accrued expenses of $0.4 million and prepaid expenses, deposits and other assets of $0.3 million), partially offset by stock-based compensation expense of $0.4 million.

        Net cash used in operating activities was $19.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2014, and consisted primarily of a net loss of $18.9 million and a net change in assets and liabilities of $1.2 million (consisting of a decrease in accounts payable and accrued expenses of $0.7 million and an increase in prepaid expenses, deposits and other assets of $0.5 million), partially offset by stock-based compensation expense of $0.5 million and depreciation expense of $0.2 million.

        Net cash used in operating activities was $17.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2013, and consisted primarily of a net loss of $18.8 million, partially offset by a net change in assets and liabilities of $0.9 million (consisting primarily of an increase in accounts payable and accrued expenses of $1.0 million), stock-based compensation expense of $0.5 million and depreciation expense of $0.2 million.

Net cash used in investing activities

        Net cash used in investing activities was $123,000 for the nine months ended September 30, 2015, and consisted entirely of capital expenditures for laboratory equipment.

        Net cash used in investing activities was $29,000 for the nine months ended September 30, 2014, and consisted entirely of capital expenditures for laboratory equipment.

        Net cash used in investing activities was $29,000 for the year ended December 31, 2014, and consisted entirely of capital expenditures for laboratory equipment.

        Net cash used in investing activities was $118,000 for the year ended December 31, 2013, and consisted entirely of capital expenditures for laboratory and office equipment.

Net cash provided by financing activities

        Net cash provided by financing activities was $10.7 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2015, and consisted primarily of the net proceeds received upon the issuance of Series E convertible preferred stock.

        Net cash provided by financing activities was $24.0 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2014, and consisted primarily of the net proceeds received upon the issuance of Series D convertible preferred stock.

        Net cash provided by financing activities was $30.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2014, and consisted primarily of the net proceeds of $20.1 million from our issuance of Series D convertible preferred stock, and the net proceeds of $9.9 million from the issuance of the Oxford notes.

        Net cash provided by financing activities was $0.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2013, and consisted primarily of the net proceeds received upon the exercise of stock options.

86


Table of Contents

Contractual Obligations

        The following summarizes our contractual obligations as of December 31, 2014.

 
  Payment due by period  
Contractual Obligations
  Total   Less than
1 year
  1 - 3 years   3 - 5 years   More than
5 Years
 
 
  (in thousands)
 

Operating lease obligations(1)

  $ 1,350   $ 381   $ 798   $ 171   $  

Payments under corporate development agreement(2)

    1,372     552     820          

Principal payments under Oxford notes(3)(4)

    10,000         5,175     4,825      

Interest payments under Oxford notes(3)(4)

    2,862     660     1,068     1,134      

Total contractual obligations

  $ 15,584   $ 1,593   $ 7,861   $ 6,130   $  

(1)
We lease approximately 20,000 square feet of research and office space under a non-cancelable operating lease expiring in 2018 for which we have an option to renew the lease for one additional five-year term.

(2)
Represents minimum payment obligations under a corporate development agreement to purchase current application-specific integrated circuits, which are subcomponents of the sensors used in Eversense.

(3)
Represents the principal and interest payment schedule for the $10.0 million principal amount of the Oxford notes that were outstanding as of December 31, 2014, assuming that we do not receive our CE mark by February 1, 2016, in which case, principal payments will begin on February 1, 2016. In the event we do receive our CE mark by February 1, 2016, the principal payments will begin on August 1, 2016. In such event, the schedule for principal payments on the Oxford notes will be as follows: $0 in less than one year; $4,464 in 1-3 years; and $5,536 in 3-5 years, and the schedule for interest payments on the Oxford notes will be as follows: $660 in less than one year; $1,187 in 1-3 years and $1,236 in 3-5 years. For additional information, see "—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Indebtedness."

(4)
Excludes additional $5.0 million of borrowings under an Oxford note in December 2015. Assuming that we do not receive our CE mark by February 1, 2016, the schedule for principal payments on such Oxford note will be as follows: $0 in 2015; $5,175 in 2016-2017; and $4,825 in 2018-2019 years. If we do receive our CE mark by February 1, 2016, the schedule for interest payments on this Oxford note will be as follows: $0 in 2015; $4,464 in 2016-2017; and $5,536 in 2018-2019 years.

Critical Accounting Policies and Significant Judgments and Estimates

        Our management's discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations is based on our financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America, or GAAP. The preparation of these financial statements requires us to make estimates, judgments and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities as of the dates of the balance sheets and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting periods. In accordance with GAAP, we base our estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions that we believe are reasonable under the circumstances at the time such estimates are made. Actual results may differ materially from our estimates and judgments under different assumptions or conditions. We periodically review our estimates in light of changes in circumstances, facts and experience. The effects

87


Table of Contents

of material revisions in estimates are reflected in our financial statements prospectively from the date of the change in estimate.

        While our significant accounting policies are more fully described in the notes to our financial statements appearing elsewhere in this Report, we believe the following are the critical accounting policies used in the preparation of our financial statements that require significant estimates and judgments.

Revenue Recognition

        Subject to regulatory approval and our ability to secure agreements with third party distributors, we expect to begin commercializing Eversense in select European markets through a third-party distributor network in early 2016. Subject to the completion and the results of our planned pivotal trial in the United States, which we plan to initiate in the first quarter of 2016, we also intend to seek FDA approval to commercialize Eversense in the United States. We intend to distribute Eversense in the United States through our own direct sales and marketing organization.

        We will recognize revenue when persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, delivery has occurred or services have been rendered, the price is fixed or determinable, and collectability is reasonably assured.

Stock-Based Compensation

        We issue stock-based compensation awards to our employees and non-employee directors, including stock options. We measure stock-based compensation expense related to these awards based on the fair value of the award on the date of grant and date of any modification, and recognize stock-based compensation expense on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period for each separately vesting portion of the award for those awards with service conditions only. For awards that also contain performance conditions, expense is recognized beginning at the time the performance condition is considered probable of being met over the remaining vesting period.

        We have selected the Black-Scholes option pricing model to determine the fair value of stock option awards, which requires management to apply judgment and make assumptions and estimates, including:

    the fair value of our common stock;

    the expected volatility of the price of our common stock; and

    dividend yields;

    future employee turnover rates; and

    future employee stock option exercise behaviors.

88


Table of Contents

        The following summarizes the assumptions used for estimating the fair value of stock options granted to employees for the periods indicated. Options to purchase 3,144,892 shares and 1,477,688 shares were granted during the nine months ended September 30, 2014 and 2015, respectively.

 
  Year Ended
December 31,
  Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
 
  2013   2014   2014   2015  

Assumptions:

                         

Risk-free interest rate

    2.2 %   2.0 - 2.1 %   2.1 %   0.7 %

Expected life in years

    6.4     6.25 - 6.5     6.5     6.5  

Expected volatility

    60.8 %   55.5 - 56.4 %   55.5 %   54.1 - 54.3 %

Expected dividend yield

    %   %   %   %

Weighted-average grant date fair value

  $ 0.29   $ 0.33   $ 0.39   $ 1.89  

        We have assumed no dividend yield because we do not expect to pay dividends in the future, which is consistent with our history of not paying dividends. The risk-free interest rate assumption is based on observed interest rates for constant maturity U.S. Treasury securities consistent with the expected life of our employee stock options. The expected life represents the period of time the stock options are expected to be outstanding and is based on the simplified method. Under the simplified method, the expected life of an option is presumed to be the mid-point between the vesting date and the end of the contractual term. We used the simplified method due to the lack of sufficient historical exercise data to provide a reasonable basis upon which to otherwise estimate the expected life of the stock options. Expected volatility is based on the daily closing prices of a peer group of comparable publicly traded companies in similar stages of development.

        The amount of stock-based compensation expense recognized during a period is based on the value of the portion of the awards that are ultimately expected to vest. Our estimate of pre-vesting forfeitures, or forfeiture rate, is based on our analysis of historical behavior by stock option holders. The estimated forfeiture rate is applied to the total estimated fair value of the awards, as derived from the Black-Scholes model, to compute the stock-based compensation expense, net of pre-vesting forfeitures, to be recognized in our statements of operations. We estimate forfeitures for employee grants at the time of grant, and revise the estimates, if necessary, in subsequent periods if actual forfeitures differ from those estimates. Ultimately, the actual expense recognized over the vesting period will only represent those options that vest.

        Our assumptions may differ from those used in prior periods, and changes in the assumptions may have a significant impact on the fair value of future equity awards, which could have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements. We grant stock options with exercise prices equal to the estimated fair value of our common stock on the date of grant.

        The following table summarizes the classification of our stock-based compensation expenses recognized in our statements of operations.

 
  Year Ended
December 31,
  Nine Months
Ended
September 30,
 
 
  2013   2014   2014   2015  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Research and development

  $ 41   $ 105   $ 81   $ 348  

Administrative

    409     434     298     438  

Total stock based compensation

  $ 450   $ 539   $ 379   $ 786  

89


Table of Contents

Fair value of common stock on grant and modification dates

        Prior to the Acquisition, we were a private company with no active public market for our common stock. Therefore, we have historically periodically determined for financial reporting purposes the estimated per share fair value of our common stock at various dates using contemporaneous valuations performed in accordance with the guidance outlined in the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants Practice Aid, Valuation of Privately-Held Company Equity Securities Issued as Compensation, also known as the Practice Aid. We performed these contemporaneous valuations on an as-needed basis. In conducting the contemporaneous valuations, we considered all objective and subjective factors that we believed to be relevant for each valuation conducted, including our best estimate of our business condition, prospects and operating performance at each valuation date.

Common stock valuation methodology

        The contemporaneous valuations that we conducted were prepared in accordance with the guidelines in the Practice Aid, which prescribes several valuation approaches for setting the value of an enterprise, such as the cost, market and income approaches, and various methodologies for allocating the value of an enterprise to its common stock. In determining the fair value of the common stock underlying the stock options granted, our board of directors has historically considered, among other things, the most recent estimate of fair value provided by an independent third-party valuation specialist and our assessment of additional objective and subjective factors to determine the common stock fair market value each valuation date. The following factors, among others, were considered:

    our financial condition and operating results, including our projected results;

    our stage of development and business strategy;

    the financial condition and operating results of publicly owned companies with similar lines of business and their historical volatility;

    external market conditions that could affect companies in the life sciences and medical device sectors;

    the prices of our convertible preferred stock sold to outside investors and the rights, preferences and privileges of our convertible preferred stock as compared to those of our common stock, including the liquidation preference of our convertible preferred stock; and

    the likelihood of a liquidity event such as an initial public offering, a merger or the sale of our company.

        Following the Acquisition, our board of directors determines the fair value of our common stock based on its closing trading price on the date of grant.

        There are significant judgments and estimates inherent in the determination of fair value of our common stock, including the contemporaneous valuations. These judgments and estimates include assumptions regarding our future operating performance, and the determination of the appropriate valuation methods. If we had made different assumptions, our stock-based compensation expense, net loss and net loss per common share could have been significantly different.

        In each of our contemporaneous valuations through September 30, 2015, we generally used the income and market approaches to derive an estimated enterprise value. The income approach utilizes a discounted cash flow, or DCF, analysis, to determine our enterprise value. The DCF analysis involves applying appropriate discount rates to estimated cash flows that were based on forecasts of revenue, costs and capital requirements. Our assumptions underlying the estimates were consistent with the plans and estimates that we use to manage the business. The risks associated with achievement of our forecasts were assessed in selecting the appropriate discount rates and selecting probability weightings

90


Table of Contents

for forecasted cash flows. The market approach utilizes the option pricing method, or OPM, backsolve method to determine our enterprise value. Under this method, an implied equity value of the company is derived from recent transactions involving the company's securities in arms-length transactions.

        In accordance with the Practice Aid, for all valuations through September 30, 2015, we used the OPM to allocate our estimated enterprise value across our classes and series of capital stock to determine the fair value of our common stock. Under the OPM, shares are valued by creating a series of call options with exercise prices based on the liquidation preferences and conversion terms of each equity class. The values of the preferred and common stock are inferred by analyzing these options.

Option grants and modifications

        The following table summarizes by grant date, or modification date, the number of shares of common stock subject to stock options granted or repriced from January 1, 2014 through September 30, 2015.

Event Date
  Number of Shares
Underlying Options
Granted/Repriced
  Exercise Price
per Share
  Estimated Fair
Value per
Share of
Common Stock
 

June 4, 2014(1)

    3,144,892   $ 0.70   $ 0.70  

November 21, 2014(1)

    83,900   $ 0.70   $ 0.54  

December 5, 2014

    795,546   $ 0.54   $ 0.54  

December 5, 2014(2)

    3,178,452   $ 0.54   $ 0.54  

June 2, 2015

    145,776   $ 1.37   $ 1.75  

July 24, 2015

    1,331,912   $ 1.95   $ 1.95  

(1)
On December 5, 2014, our board of directors determined that the exercise prices of these stock options were substantially above the then estimated fair market value of our common stock of $0.54 per share. Accordingly, the board of directors amended the terms of these options to reset their respective exercise prices to $0.54 per share. See footnote (2) below.

(2)
Represents the repricing of stock options to purchase an aggregate of 3,178,452 shares of common stock having exercise prices of $0.70 per share, which were held by then current employees and directors as of December 5, 2014. These options were originally granted on June 4, 2014 and November 21, 2014. Pursuant to this repricing, the exercise prices of these options were decreased to $0.54 per share, the then estimated fair market value of our common stock.

        On June 2, 2015, we amended the terms of certain stock options to purchase an aggregate of 1,211,390 shares of common stock that originally had both service and performance conditions. The amendments to these options replaced the original vesting schedule with a vesting schedule providing that the options vest in 48 equal monthly installments from their respective original dates of grant. The modification did not result in a change to the exercise prices of the stock options.

Research and Development Expenses

        Research and development costs are expensed as incurred. These costs include compensation and benefits for research and development employees, including stock-based compensation, facilities expenses, depreciation, overhead expenses, cost of laboratory supplies, clinical trial and related clinical manufacturing expenses, costs related to regulatory operations, fees paid to CROs and other consultants, and other outside expenses.

        Certain of these costs, such as costs associated with our clinical trials, are recognized based on an evaluation of the progress to completion of specific tasks using data such as patient enrollment, clinical site activations or information provided to us by our vendors with respect to their actual costs incurred.

91


Table of Contents

We account for the expenses under these agreements according to the progress of the trial or study, as measured by patient enrollment and progression and the timing of various aspects of the trial or study. We determine accrual estimates through discussion with applicable personnel and outside service providers as to the progress or state of completion of the applicable clinical trials or feasibility studies. Payments for these activities are based on the terms of the individual arrangements, which may differ from the pattern of costs incurred, and are reflected in our financial statements as prepaid or accrued expenses, as the case may be. During the course of a clinical trial or feasibility study, we adjust the rate of clinical trial expense recognition if actual results differ from our estimates. We make estimates of our accrued expenses as of each balance sheet date in our financial statements based on facts and circumstances known to us at the time. Although we do not expect that our estimates will be materially different from amounts actually incurred, our understanding of status and timing of services performed relative to the actual status and timing of services performed may vary and may result in our reporting amounts that are too high or too low for any particular period. As of September 30, 2015, we had not made any material adjustments to our prior period estimates of accrued expenses for clinical trials. However, due to the nature of estimates, we cannot assure you that we will not make changes to our estimates in the future as we become aware of additional information about the status of our clinical trials.

Income Taxes

        We recorded deferred tax assets of $53.5 million as of December 31, 2014, which have been fully offset by a valuation allowance due to uncertainties surrounding our ability to realize these tax benefits. The deferred tax assets are primarily composed of federal and state tax net operating loss, or NOL, carry forwards, capitalized start-up costs and research and development tax credit carry forwards. As of December 31, 2014, we had federal and state NOL carry forwards of $84.6 million, capitalized start-up costs of $39.4 million and research and development tax credit carry forwards of $5.1 million available to reduce future taxable income, if any. These federal and state NOL carry forwards will begin to expire at various dates starting in 2018. In general, if we experience a greater than 50 percentage point aggregate change in ownership of specified significant stockholders over a three-year period, utilization of our pre-change NOL carry forwards will be subject to an annual limitation under Section 382 of the Code, and similar state laws. Such limitations may result in expiration of a portion of the NOL carry forwards before utilization and may be substantial. If we experience a Section 382 ownership change as a result of future changes in our stock ownership, some of which changes are outside our control, the tax benefits related to the NOL carry forwards may be further limited or lost.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

        In July 2013, the Financial Accounting Standards Board, or FASB, issued guidance for the presentation of an unrecognized tax benefit when an NOL carryforward, a similar tax loss, or a tax credit carryforward exists. The guidance requires an entity to present in the financial statements an unrecognized tax benefit, or a portion of an unrecognized tax benefit, as a reduction to a deferred tax asset for an NOL carryforward, a similar tax loss, or a tax credit carryforward. If the NOL carryforward, a similar tax loss or a tax credit carryforward is not available at the reporting date under the tax law of the jurisdiction or the tax law of the jurisdiction does not require the entity to use, and the entity does not intend to use, the deferred tax asset for such purpose, the unrecognized tax benefit will be presented in the financial statements as a liability and will not be combined with deferred tax assets. This guidance does not require any additional recurring disclosures and is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2013. The adoption of this guidance did not have a material impact on the financial statements.

        In May 2014, the FASB issued guidance for revenue recognition for contracts, superseding the previous revenue recognition requirements, along with most existing industry-specific guidance. The

92


Table of Contents

guidance requires an entity to review contracts in five steps: 1) identify the contract, 2) identify performance obligations, 3) determine the transaction price, 4) allocate the transaction price, and 5) recognize revenue. The new standard will result in enhanced disclosures regarding the nature, amount, timing and uncertainty of revenue arising from contracts with customers. The standard is effective for the reporting year beginning January 1, 2 018. We are currently evaluating the impact, if any, that this new accounting pronouncement will have on our financial statements.

        In August 2014, the FASB issued guidance requiring management to evaluate on a regular basis whether any conditions or events have arisen that could raise substantial doubt about the entity's ability to continue as a going concern. The guidance 1) provides a definition for the term "substantial doubt," 2) requires an evaluation every reporting period, interim periods included, 3) provides principles for considering the mitigating effect of management's plans to alleviate the substantial doubt, 4) requires certain disclosures if the substantial doubt is alleviated as a result of management's plans, 5) requires an express statement, as well as other disclosures, if the substantial doubt is not alleviated, and 6) requires an assessment period of one year from the date the financial statements are issued. The standard is effective for the reporting year beginning January 1, 2017 and early adoption is permitted in certain circumstances. We do not expect the adoption of this guidance to have a material impact on our financial statements.

        We have evaluated all other issued and unadopted Accounting Standards Updates and believe the adoption of these standards will not have a material impact on our results of operations, financial position, or cash flows.

JOBS Act

        In April 2012, the JOBS Act was enacted. Section 107(b) of the JOBS Act provides that an "emerging growth company" can take advantage of the extended transition period provided in Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act for complying with new or revised accounting standards. Thus, an emerging growth company can delay the adoption of certain accounting standards until those standards would otherwise apply to private companies. We have irrevocably elected not to avail ourselves of this extended transition period, and, as a result, we will adopt new or revised accounting standards on the relevant dates on which adoption of such standards is required for other public companies.

        We are in the process of evaluating the benefits of relying on other exemptions and reduced reporting requirements under the JOBS Act. Subject to certain conditions, as an emerging growth company, we may rely on certain of these exemptions, including without limitation, (i) not being required to provide an auditor's attestation report on our system of internal controls over financial reporting pursuant to Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and (ii) not being required to comply with any requirement that may be adopted by the PCAOB regarding mandatory audit firm rotation or a supplement to the auditor's report providing additional information about the audit and the financial statements, known as the auditor discussion and analysis. We will remain an emerging growth company until the earlier of (a) the last day of the fiscal year in which we have total annual gross revenues of $1.0 billion or more; (b) the last day of our fiscal year ending December 31, 2019; (c) the date on which we have issued more than $1.0 billion in nonconvertible debt during the previous six years; or (d) the date on which we are deemed to be a large accelerated filer under the rules of the SEC.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

        During the periods presented, we did not have, and we do not currently have, any off-balance sheet arrangements, as defined under SEC rules.

93


Table of Contents

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk

Interest Rate Risk

        The market risk inherent in our financial instruments and in our financial position represents the potential loss arising from adverse changes in interest rates. As of December 31, 2013 and 2014 and September 30, 2015, we had cash and cash equivalents of $8.2 million, $18.9 million and $12.2 million, respectively. We generally hold our cash in interest-bearing money market accounts. Our primary exposure to market risk is interest rate sensitivity, which is affected by changes in the general level of U.S. interest rates. Due to the short-term maturities of our cash equivalents and the low risk profile of our investments, an immediate 100 basis point change in interest rates would not have a material effect on the fair market value of our cash equivalents. Additionally, the interest rate on our Oxford notes is fixed. We do not currently engage in hedging transactions to manage our exposure to interest rate risk.

Foreign Currency Risk

        We expect that our international sales through distributors and the costs we incur in connection with our international operations will be denominated in U.S. dollars. Therefore, we do not expect that our results of operations will be materially affected by foreign exchange rate risks. However, our distributors' sales of our products in international markets to their customers will be denominated in local currencies. Therefore, it is possible that, when the U.S. dollar appreciates, products sales could be adversely impacted, as our products will become more expensive to the customers of our distributors. We do not currently engage in any hedging transactions to manage our exposure to foreign currency exchange rate risk.

94


Table of Contents


PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS

        The following table sets forth the beneficial ownership of our common stock as of December 7, 2015 for:

    each person, or group of affiliated persons, who is known by us to beneficially own more than 5% of our common stock;

    each of our named executive officers;

    each of our directors; and

    all of our current executive officers and directors as a group.

        We have determined beneficial ownership in accordance with the rules of the SEC. These rules generally attribute beneficial ownership of securities to persons who possess sole or shared voting power or investment power with respect to those securities. In addition, the rules include shares of common stock issuable pursuant to the exercise of stock options or warrants that are either immediately exercisable or exercisable on or before February 5, 2016, which is 60 days after December 7, 2015. These shares are deemed to be outstanding and beneficially owned by the person holding those options or warrants for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of that person, but they are not treated as outstanding for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of any other person. Unless otherwise indicated, the persons or entities identified in this table have sole voting and investment power with respect to all shares shown as beneficially owned by them, subject to applicable community property laws. Except as otherwise noted below, the address for persons listed in the table is c/o Senseonics Holdings, Inc., 20451 Seneca Meadows Parkway, Germantown, MD 20876.

Name of Beneficial Owner
  Number of Shares
Beneficially Owned
  Percentage of Shares
Beneficially Owned
 

Principal Stockholders:

             

Entities affiliated with New Enterprise Associates, Inc.(1)

    25,622,210     33.0 %

HealthCare Ventures VI, L.P.(2)

    5,643,297     7.4  

Entities affiliated with Delphi Ventures(3)

    10,118,876     13.4  

Roche Finance Ltd.(4)

    8,042,414     10.5  

Kato Consulting, LLC(5)

    3,999,996     5.3  

Energy Capital, LLC(6)

    7,466,772     9.9  

SBLE, LLC(7)

    5,030,004     6.6  

Named Executive Officers and Directors:

   
 
   
 
 

Timothy T. Goodnow, Ph.D.(8)

   
3,037,552
   
3.9
 

Mukul Jain, Ph.D.(9)

    330,444     *  

Mirasol Panlilio(9)

    205,200     *  

M. James Barrett, Ph.D.(10)

    14,966,242     19.5  

Peter Justin Klein, M.D., J.D.(11)

    6,683     *  

Stephen P. DeFalco(12)

    398,525     *  

Edward J. Fiorentino(9)

    83,900     *  

Douglas S. Prince(9)

    48,940     *  

Douglas A. Roeder(3)

    10,118,876     13.4  

All current directors and executive officers as a group (10 persons)(13)

   
29,213,142
   
36.3
 

*
Represents beneficial ownership of less than 1%.

95


Table of Contents

(1)
Consists of (a) 13,240,038 shares of common stock and 1,079,436 shares of common stock underlying immediately exercisable warrants held by New Enterprise Associates 10, Limited Partnership, or NEA 10, (b) 7,896,661 shares of common stock and 701,630 shares of common stock underlying immediately exercisable warrants held by New Enterprise Associates 9, Limited Partnership, or NEA 9, (c) 2,534,912 shares of common stock and 139,645 shares of common stock underlying immediately exercisable warrants held by New Enterprise Associates VII, Limited Partnership, or NEA VII, (d) 27,791 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of shares of preferred stock held by NEA Presidents' Fund, L.P., or NEA Presidents, and (e) 2,097 shares of common stock held by NEA Ventures 1997, L.P., or NEA 1997. The shares held by NEA 10 are indirectly held by NEA Partners 10, Limited Partnership, or Partners 10, the sole general partner of NEA 10. The individual general partners of Partners 10 are M. James Barrett, a member of our board of directors, Peter J. Barris and Scott D. Sandell, or the NEA 10 GPs. Partners 10 and the NEA 10 GPs may be deemed to share voting and dispositive power over, and be the indirect beneficial owners of, the shares held by NEA 10. The shares held by NEA 9 are indirectly held by NEA Partners 9 Limited Partnership, or Partners 9, the sole general partner of NEA 9. The individual general partner of Partners 9 is Peter J. Barris. Partners 9 and Peter J. Barris may be deemed to share voting and dispositive power over, and be the indirect beneficial owners of, the shares held by NEA 9. The shares held by NEA VII are indirectly held by NEA Partners VII, Limited Partnership, or Partners VII, the sole general partner of NEA VII. The individual general partner of Partners VII is Peter J. Barris. Partners VII and Peter J. Barris may be deemed to share voting and dispositive power over, and be the indirect beneficial owners of, the shares held by NEA VII. The shares held by NEA Presidents are indirectly held by NEA General Partners L.P., the sole general partner of NEA Presidents. The individual general partner of NEA General Partners, L.P. is Peter J. Barris. NEA General Partners, L.P. and Peter J. Barris may be deemed to share voting and dispositive power over, and be the indirect beneficial owners of, the shares held by NEA Presidents. Pamela J. Clark, the general partner of NEA 1997, may be deemed to share voting and dispositive power over, and be the indirect beneficial owner of, the shares held by NEA 1997. The principal business address of NEA 10, NEA 9, NEA VII, NEA Presidents and NEA 1997 is 1954 Greenspring Drive, Suite 600, Timonium, MD 21093.

(2)
Consists of 5,050,633 shares of common stock and 592,663 shares of common stock underlying immediately exercisable warrants held by HealthCare Ventures VI, L.P., or HealthCare VI. The general partner of HealthCare VI is HealthCare Partners VI, L.P. John W. Littlechild, James Cavanaugh, Augustine Lawlor, Christopher Mirabelli and Harold Werner are the general partners of HealthCare Partners VI, L.P., or the HealthCare Partners VI General Partners. HealthCare Partners VI, L.P. and the HealthCare Partners VI General Partners may be deemed to share voting and dispositive power over, and be the indirect beneficial owners of, the shares held by HealthCare VI. The principal business address of HealthCare VI is 47 Thorndike Street, Suite B1-1, Cambridge, MA 02141.

(3)
Consists of (a) 10,021,026 shares of common stock held by Delphi Ventures VIII, L.P., or Delphi VIII, and (b) 97,850 shares of common stock held by Delphi BioInvestments VIII, L.P., or Delphi Bio. Delphi Management Partners VIII, LLC, or DMP VIII, is the general partner of each of Delphi VIII and Delphi Bio, collectively referred to herein as the Delphi VIII Funds. DMP VIII and each of Douglas A. Roeder, a member of our board of directors, James J. Bochnowski, David L. Douglass and Deepika R. Pakianathan, the Managing Members of DMP VIII, may be deemed to share voting and dispositive power over the shares held by the Delphi VIII Funds. The address of each of the persons and entities affiliated with Delphi Ventures is 3000 Sand Hill Road, 1-135, Menlo Park, CA 94025.

(4)
Consists of 7,068,679 shares of common stock and 973,735 shares of common stock underlying immediately exercisable warrants held by Roche Finance Ltd. Roche Finance Ltd is a wholly

96


Table of Contents

    owned subsidiary of Roche Holding Ltd, a publicly-held corporation. The principal business address of Roche Finance Ltd is Grenzacherstrasse 122, 4070 Basel, Switzerland.

(5)
Steve Virtue, the sole Managing Member of Kato Consulting, LLC, may be deemed to have voting and dispositive power over the shares held by Kato Consulting, LLC. The address of Kato Consulting, LLC is 3205 Harrington Dr., Boca Raton, FL 33496.

(6)
Robert L. Smith, the sole Managing Member of Energy Capital, LLC, may be deemed to have voting and dispositive power over the shares held by Energy Capital, LLC. The address of Energy Capital, LLC is 13650 Fiddlesticks Blvd., Suite 202-324, Ft. Myers, FL 33912.

(7)
Susan Coyne, the sole Managing Member of SBLE, LLC, may be deemed to have voting and dispositive power over the shares held by SBLE, LLC. The address of SBLE, LLC is 15011 Hawks Shadow, Ft. Myers, FL 33905.

(8)
Consists of (a) 145,725 shares of common stock, (b) 27,928 shares of common stock underlying immediately exercisable warrants and (c) 2,863,899 shares of common stock underlying options that are exercisable within 60 days of December 7, 2015.

(9)
Consists of shares of common stock underlying options that are exercisable within 60 days of December 7, 2015.

(10)
Consists of (a) 494,689 shares of common stock held directly by Dr. Barrett, (b) 152,079 shares of common stock held by Dr. Barrett's wife, (c) 13,240,038 shares of common stock held by NEA 10 and (d) 1,079,436 shares of common stock underlying immediately exercisable warrants held by NEA 10.

(11)
Consists of (a) 3,892 shares of common stock and (b) 2,791 shares of common stock underlying immediately exercisable warrants.

(12)
Includes 199,263 shares of restricted stock that will vest in full upon our completion of a public offering or private placement of our equity securities in which gross proceeds of at least $40 million are raised. Until such shares vest, Mr. DeFalco has voting but not dispositive power with respect to these restricted shares

(13)
Consists of (a) 24,553,824 shares of common stock, (b) 1,110,155 shares of common stock underlying immediately exercisable warrants and (c) 3,549,163 shares of common stock underlying options that are exercisable within 60 days of December 7, 2015.

97


Table of Contents


MANAGEMENT

Directors and Executive Officers

        The following table sets forth information concerning our directors and executive officers, including their ages as of December 7, 2015:

Name
  Age   Position

Executive Officers:

         

Timothy T. Goodnow, Ph.D

    54   President, Chief Executive Officer and Director

R. Don Elsey

    62   Chief Financial Officer, Secretary and Treasurer

Mukul Jain, Ph.D

    43   Vice President, Operations, Quality and Regulatory

Mirasol Panlilio

    51   Vice President, Global Sales and Marketing

Non-management Directors:

   
 
 

 

Stephen P. DeFalco

    54   Chairman of the Board of Directors

M. James Barrett, Ph.D

    73   Director

Edward J. Fiorentino

    57   Director

Peter Justin Klein, M.D., J.D

    38   Director

Douglas S. Prince

    62   Director

Douglas A. Roeder

    45   Director

Executive Officers

Timothy T. Goodnow, Ph.D.

        Dr. Goodnow was elected as one of our directors and was appointed as our President and Chief Executive Officer in December 2015. From December 2010 to December 2015, Dr. Goodnow served on the board of directors of Senseonics, Incorporated and he served as the President and Chief Executive Officer of Senseonics, Incorporated from March 2011 to December 2015. Dr. Goodnow served as Vice President, Technical Operations of Abbott Diabetes Care, a healthcare company, from 2000 to February 2011. Prior to that, he held positions at TheraSense, Verax Biomedical, Inc. and Dade Behring and Baxter Healthcare. Dr. Goodnow received his Ph.D. and B.S. in chemistry from The University of Miami. Our board of directors believes that Dr. Goodnow's experience as our Chief Executive Officer, his background in medical device development and his knowledge of the diabetes industry qualify him to serve as a director of our company.

R. Don Elsey

        Mr. Elsey was appointed as our Chief Financial Officer in December 2015. Mr. Elsey served as the Chief Financial Officer of Senseonics, Incorporated from February 2015 to December 2015. He previously served as the Senior Vice President, Finance and Chief Financial Officer of Regado Biosciences, Inc., a public biopharmaceutical company, from May 2014 to February 2015. He also served as the Chief Financial Officer of LifeCell, Inc., a private regenerative medicine company, from December 2012 to February 2014 and as Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Emergent BioSolutions, Inc., a public biopharmaceutical company, from 2005 to December 2012. Prior to that, Mr. Elsey served as the Director of Finance and Administration at IGEN International, Inc., a public biotechnology company, and its successor BioVeris Corporation, from 2000 to 2005. Prior to joining IGEN, he served as Director of Finance at Applera, a genomics and sequencing company, and in several finance positions at International Business Machines, Inc. Mr. Elsey serves on the board of directors of RegeneRx Biopharmaceuticals, Inc., a public biopharmaceuticals company, as well as on the board of the Cancer Support Community. Mr. Elsey received his M.B.A. in finance and his B.A. in economics from Michigan State University.

98


Table of Contents

Mukul Jain, Ph.D.

        Dr. Jain was appointed as our Vice President Operations, Quality and Regulatory in December 2015. Dr. Jain served as Senior Director, Quality and Regulatory of Senseonics, Incorporated from January 2012 to January 2014 and as Vice President Operations, Quality and Regulatory of Senseonics, Incorporated from January 2014 to December 2015. Prior to that, Dr. Jain held various positions at Medtronic, Inc., a medical technology and services company, from 1999 to January 2012, most recently as a senior program manager. Dr. Jain received his M.B.A. from the University of Minnesota, Carlson School of Management, his Ph.D. in chemical engineering from the University of South Carolina and his B.Tech. from the Indian Institute of Technology, Kanpur.

Mirasol Panlilio

        Ms. Panlilio was appointed as our Vice President, Global Sales and Marketing in December 2015. Ms. Panlilio served as the Vice President, Global Sales and Marketing of Senseonics, Incorporated from June 2014 to December 2015. Prior to joining Senseonics, Incorporated, Ms. Panlilio served as Vice President, Global Marketing and Sales at Viveve, Inc. from October 2012 to May 2014, an Independent Marketing Consultant at MGP Retail Consulting, LLC from May 2011 to June 2014, Vice President of Sales and Marketing for Arkal Medical, Inc. from 2010 to May 2011 and Vice President of Marketing and Sales at VeraLight, Inc. from 2007 to 2010. From 2003 to 2007, Ms. Panlilio worked at Abbott Diabetes Care. Ms. Panlilio received her B.S. in business administration from San Jose State University.

Non-Management Directors

Stephen P. DeFalco

        Mr. DeFalco was elected as a director and our chairman in December 2015. Mr. DeFalco served as chairman of the Senseonics, Incorporated board of directors from June 2010 to December 2015 and served as Senseonics, Incorporated's interim Chief Executive Officer from 2010 to March 2011. Since October 2011, Mr. DeFalco has served as the Chief Executive Officer of Crane & Co, Inc., a global technology company, and also serves on its board of directors. Previously, from May 2005 to July 2010, he served as the Chief Executive Officer and on the board of directors of MDS, Inc., a public life sciences company. Mr. DeFalco received his M.B.A. from the Massachusetts Institute of Technology—Sloan School of Management, his M.S.E.E. from Syracuse University and his B.S.M.E. from the Massachusetts Institute of Technology. Our board of directors believes that Mr. DeFalco's leadership, executive, managerial and business experience with life sciences companies qualifies him to serve as a director of our company.

M. James Barrett, Ph.D.

        Dr. Barrett was elected to our board of directors in December 2015. Dr. Barrett founded Senseonics, Incorporated and served as a member of the board of directors of Senseonics, Incorporated from November 1996 to December 2015. He served as the Chief Executive Officer of Senseonics, Incorporated from 1997 to 2001. He currently serves as a General Partner of New Enterprise Associates, or NEA, a venture capital firm, where he specializes in biotechnology and works with members of NEA's healthcare investment group on medical devices, healthcare information systems and healthcare services companies. Prior to joining NEA and Senseonics, Incorporated, he led three NEA-funded companies, serving from 1987 to 1995 as Chairman and Chief Executive Officer at Genetic Therapy, Inc. and from 1982 to 1987 as President and Chief Executive Officer at Life Technologies, Inc. and its predecessor, Bethesda Research Laboratories, Inc. Previously, Dr. Barrett worked at SmithKline Beecham Corporation, where he held a variety of positions, including President of its In Vitro Diagnostic Division and President of SmithKline Clinical Laboratories. He currently serves on the boards of directors of the publicly-held life sciences companies GlycoMimetics, Inc.,

99


Table of Contents

Clovis Oncology, Inc., Loxo Oncology, Inc., Roka Bioscience, Inc., Zosano Pharma Corporation and Supernus Pharmaceuticals, Inc. In the past five years, he has served on the boards of directors of the publicly traded companies Amicus Therapeutics, Inc., Inhibitex, Inc. (acquired by Bristol-Myers Squibb Co.), YM Biosciences, Inc. and Targacept, Inc. Dr. Barrett received his Ph.D. in biochemistry from the University of Tennessee, his M.B.A. from the University of Santa Clara and his B.S. from Boston College. Our board of directors believes that Dr. Barrett's experience overseeing NEA's investments in biotechnology, serving as a member of the board of directors of other public companies, prior senior management experience, including as President and Chief Executive Officer of biopharmaceutical companies, and his strong capital markets experience qualify him to serve as a director of our company.

Edward J. Fiorentino

        Mr. Fiorentino was elected to our board of directors in December 2015. Mr. Fiorentino served on the Senseonics, Incorporated board of directors from March 2012 to December 2015. Since August 2013, Mr. Fiorentino has served as Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Crealta Pharmaceuticals. Previously, from March 2009 to June 2013 he was the Chief Executive Officer of Actient Pharmaceuticals. Prior to Actient, Mr. Fiorentino served in various positions at Abbott Laboratories, including Corporate Vice President of Pharmaceutical Commercial Operations, for more than 20 years. He also previously served as Senior Vice President and President of Abbott Diabetes Care and was Executive Vice President of TAP Pharmaceuticals. Mr. Fiorentino received his B.S. in Business Administration from the State University of New York and his M.B.A. from Syracuse University. Our board of directors believes that Mr. Fiorentino's substantial healthcare and pharmaceutical experience qualifies him to serve as a director of our company.

Peter Justin Klein, M.D., J.D.

        Dr. Klein was elected to our board of directors in December 2015. Dr. Klein served on the Senseonics, Incorporated board of directors from September 2013 to December 2015. Dr. Klein has served as a Partner at NEA since 2006. Prior to joining NEA, Dr. Klein worked for the Duke University Health System. Dr. Klein currently serves as a director of several private life sciences companies. Dr. Klein received his A.B., B.S. and M.D. from Duke University and his J.D. from Harvard Law School. Our board of directors believes that Dr. Klein's significant legal and medical expertise in healthcare and his services as a venture capital investor and director of multiple biotechnology and medical device companies qualify him to serve as a director of our company.

Douglas S. Prince

        Mr. Prince was elected to our board of directors in December 2015. Mr. Prince served on the Senseonics, Incorporated board of directors from February 2015 to December 2015. Mr. Prince has acted as the Chief Financial Officer of Crane & Co. Inc., a global technology company, since February 2013. Prior to Crane & Co., from October 2010 to January 2013, Mr. Prince served as the Chief Financial Officer of Northern Power Systems Corp., an energy technology company. From 2007 to 2010, Mr. Prince served as Chief Financial Officer of MDS Inc., a public life sciences company. Mr. Prince received his B.B.A. in Business Administration from the University of Kentucky. Our board of directors believes that Mr. Prince's executive experience and financial expertise qualify him to serve as a director of our company.

Douglas A. Roeder

        Mr. Roeder was elected to our board of directors in December 2015. Mr. Roeder served on the Senseonics, Incorporated board of directors from October 2011 to December 2015. Mr. Roeder joined Delphi Ventures as an Associate in 1998, and has been a Partner of Delphi Ventures since 2000,

100


Table of Contents

focusing on medical devices, diagnostics and biotechnology. Prior to joining Delphi Ventures, Mr. Roeder was an Associate with Alex, Brown & Sons Healthcare Investment Banking Group. Mr. Roeder currently serves on the boards of directors of Tandem Diabetes, Inc., TriVascular Technologies, Inc. and several private companies. Mr. Roeder received his A.B. from Dartmouth College. Our board of directors believes that Mr. Roeder's substantial experience with companies in the healthcare sector and his venture capital, financial and business experience qualify him to serve as a director of our company.

Board Composition

        Our board of directors currently consists of seven members. Mr. DeFalco is the chairman of our board of directors. Each director is currently elected to the board for a one-year term, to serve until the election and qualification of successor directors at the annual meeting of stockholders, or until the director's earlier removal, resignation or death.

Director Independence

        We are not currently listed on a national securities exchange or in an inter-dealer quotation system that has requirements that a majority of the board of directors be independent. However, our board of directors has undertaken a review of the independence of the directors and considered whether any director has a material relationship with us that could compromise his ability to exercise independent judgment in carrying out his or her responsibilities. As a result of this review, our board of directors has determined that Messrs. DeFalco, Fiorentino, Prince and Roeder and Drs. Barrett and Klein, representing six of our seven directors, are "independent directors" as defined under the rules of the New York Stock Exchange-MKT, or NYSE-MKT.

Committees of the Board of Directors

        Our board of directors has established an audit committee, a compensation committee and a nominating and corporate governance committee, each of which has the composition and responsibilities described below. From time to time, the board may establish other committees to facilitate the management of our business.

Audit Committee

        Our audit committee reviews our internal accounting procedures and consults with and reviews the services provided by our independent registered public accountants. Our audit committee consists of three directors, Mr. Prince, Mr. Fiorentino and Dr. Klein, and our board of directors has determined that each of them is independent within the meaning of NYSE-MKT listing requirements and the independence requirements contemplated by Rule 10A-3 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act. Mr. Prince is the chairman of the audit committee and our board of directors has determined that Mr. Prince is an "audit committee financial expert" as defined by SEC rules and regulations implementing Section 407 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. Our board of directors has determined that the composition of our audit committee meets the criteria for independence under, and the functioning of our audit committee complies with, the applicable requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, NYSE-MKT listing requirements and SEC rules and regulations. We intend to continue to evaluate the requirements applicable to us and we intend to comply with the future requirements to the extent that they become applicable to our audit committee. The principal duties and responsibilities of our audit committee include:

    appointing and retaining an independent registered public accounting firm to serve as independent auditor to audit our financial statements, overseeing the independent auditor's work and determining the independent auditor's compensation;

101


Table of Contents

    approving in advance all audit services and non-audit services to be provided to us by our independent auditor;

    establishing procedures for the receipt, retention and treatment of complaints received by us regarding accounting, internal accounting controls, auditing or compliance matters, as well as for the confidential, anonymous submission by our employees of concerns regarding questionable accounting or auditing matters;

    reviewing and discussing with management and our independent auditor the results of the annual audit and the independent auditor's review of our quarterly financial statements; and

    conferring with management and our independent auditor about the scope, adequacy and effectiveness of our internal accounting controls, the objectivity of our financial reporting and our accounting policies and practices.

Compensation Committee

        Our compensation committee reviews and determines the compensation of all our executive officers. Our compensation committee consists of three directors, Mr. Roeder, Dr. Klein and Mr. Fiorentino, each of whom is a non-employee member of our board of directors as defined in Rule 16b-3 under the Exchange Act. Mr. Roeder is the chairman of the compensation committee. Our board of directors has determined that the composition of our compensation committee satisfies the applicable independence requirements under, and the functioning of our compensation committee complies with the applicable requirements of, NYSE-MKT listing requirements and SEC rules and regulations. We intend to continue to evaluate and intend to comply with all future requirements applicable to our compensation committee. The principal duties and responsibilities of our compensation committee include:

    establishing and approving, and making recommendations to the board of directors regarding, performance goals and objectives relevant to the compensation of our chief executive officer, evaluating the performance of our chief executive officer in light of those goals and objectives and setting, or recommending to the full board of directors for approval, the chief executive officer's compensation, including incentive-based and equity-based compensation, based on that evaluation;

    setting the compensation of our other executive officers, based in part on recommendations of the chief executive officer;

    exercising administrative authority under our stock plans and employee benefit plans;

    establishing policies and making recommendations to our board of directors regarding director compensation;

    reviewing and discussing with management the compensation discussion and analysis that we may be required from time to time to include in SEC filings; and

    preparing a compensation committee report on executive compensation as may be required from time to time to be included in our annual proxy statements or annual reports on Form 10-K filed with the SEC.

Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee

        The nominating and corporate governance committee consists of four directors, Mr. DeFalco, Dr. Barrett, Mr. Roeder and Mr. Prince. Mr. DeFalco is the chairman of the nominating and corporate governance committee.

102


Table of Contents

        Our board of directors has determined that the composition of our nominating and corporate governance committee satisfies the applicable independence requirements under, and the functioning of our nominating and corporate governance committee complies with the applicable requirements of, NYSE-MKT listing requirements and SEC rules and regulations. We will continue to evaluate and will comply with all future requirements applicable to our nominating and corporate governance committee. The nominating and corporate governance committee's responsibilities include:

    assessing the need for new directors and identifying individuals qualified to become directors;

    recommending to the board of directors the persons to be nominated for election as directors and to each of the board's committees;

    assessing individual director performance, participation and qualifications;

    developing and recommending to the board corporate governance principles;

    monitoring the effectiveness of the board and the quality of the relationship between management and the board; and

    overseeing an annual evaluation of the board's performance.

Code of Business Conduct and Ethics for Employees, Executive Officers and Directors

        We have adopted a Code of Business Conduct and Ethics, or the Code of Conduct, applicable to all of our employees, executive officers and directors. The Code of Conduct is available on our website at www.senseonics.com . The nominating and corporate governance committee of our board of directors will be responsible for overseeing the Code of Conduct and must approve any waivers of the Code of Conduct for employees, executive officers and directors. In addition, we intend to post on our website all disclosures that are required by law or the NYSE-MKT listing standards concerning any amendments to, or waivers from, any provision of the Code of Conduct.

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

        None of our directors who currently serve as members of our compensation committee is, or has at any time during the past year been, one of our officers or employees. None of our executive officers currently serves, or in the past year has served, as a member of the board of directors or compensation committee of any other entity that has one or more executive officers serving on our board of directors or compensation committee.

Non-Employee Director Compensation

         All shares of Senseonics, Incorporated common stock converted into Company Shares, and all Senseonics Options converted into Company Options, in connection with the Closing of the Acquisition pursuant to the Exchange Ratio. With respect to the options, corresponding adjustments were also made to their exercise prices. The share and per share information included in this "—Non-Employee Director Compensation" section gives effect to the conversion of such shares and options, and related exercise price adjustments, in the Acquisition.

        Senseonics, Incorporated has not historically paid cash retainers or other cash compensation with respect to service on the board of directors, except for reimbursement of direct expenses incurred in connection with attending board or committee meetings. Senseonics, Incorporated at times granted stock options to some of its non-employee directors under its 1997 plan. In March 2012, Senseonics, Incorporated awarded an option to purchase 83,900 shares of common stock to Mr. Fiorentino at an exercise price of $0.54 per share. In November 2014, Senseonics, Incorporated awarded an option to purchase 83,900 shares of common stock to Mr. Prince at an exercise price of $0.70 per share. In connection with a stock option repricing described in "Executive Compensation—Narrative to Summary

103


Table of Contents

Compensation Table—Stock Option Repricing," in December 2014, Senseonics, Incorporated amended Mr. Prince's stock option to reset its exercise price to $0.54 per share, which was the fair market value as of December 5, 2014 as determined by the Senseonics, Incorporated board of directors. Other than Messrs. Fiorentino and Prince, none of the Senseonics, Incorporated non-employee directors serving as of December 31, 2014 held any options to purchase Senseonics, Incorporated common stock.

        In December 2015, Mr. DeFalco received a restricted stock grant of 398,525 shares of common stock pursuant to an agreement we entered into with Mr. DeFalco to supersede a pre-existing agreement. One half of the shares covered by this restricted stock grant were fully vested on grant. The remainder will vest in full upon our completion of a public offering or private placement of our equity securities in which gross proceeds of at least $40 million are raised, which we refer to as a qualified financing. Additionally, upon a qualified financing, Mr. DeFalco will be entitled to receive a cash payment that, when combined with the value of the restricted stock grant, equals a percentage of our company valuation ranging between 0.75% to 1.25% of our company valuation, with the actual percentage determined based on the company valuation. For additional information regarding this arrangement, see "Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Letter agreement with Stephen P. DeFalco."

Director Compensation Table

        The following table sets forth information regarding compensation earned by our non-employee directors for service on the Senseonics, Incorporated board of directors during the year ended December 31, 2014. Timothy T. Goodnow, our President and Chief Executive Officer, was also a Senseonics, Incorporated director, but did not receive any additional compensation for his service as a director and therefore is not included in the able below. Dr. Goodnow's compensation as an executive officer is set forth below under "Executive Compensation—2014 Summary Compensation Table."

Name
  Option
Awards(1)
($)
 

Stephen P. DeFalco

     

M. James Barrett

     

Edward J. Fiorentino

     

Justin Klein

     

Douglas S. Prince

    24,638  

Douglas A. Roeder

     

(1)
This column reflects the full grant date fair value for options granted during the year as measured pursuant to ASC Topic 718 as stock-based compensation in our financial statements. Unlike the calculations contained in our financial statements, this calculation does not give effect to any estimate of forfeitures related to service-based vesting but assumes that the director will perform the requisite service for the award to vest in full. The assumptions we used in valuing options are described in note 9 to our audited financial statements included in this Report. Includes $2,806 in incremental fair value, computed in accordance with ASC Topic 718, in connection with an option exercise price adjustment effective as of December 5, 2014, as described above.

Non-Employee Director Equity Outstanding at 2014 Year End

        The following table provides information about Senseonics Options held by our non-employee directors as of December 31, 2014. All of these options were granted under the 1997 plan, which is

104


Table of Contents

described under the caption "Executive Compensation—Equity Incentive Plans—1997 Stock Option Plan."

Name
  Aggregate Option
Awards Outstanding (#)
 

Edward J. Fiorentino

    83,900 (1)

Douglas S. Prince

    83,900 (2)

(1)
As of December 31, 2014, all shares underlying this option were vested.

(2)
As of December 31, 2014, 3,494 shares underlying this option were vested and the remaining 80,406 shares vest in equal monthly installments through November 21, 2016. All shares subject to vesting under this option will vest in full upon the holder's death or disability or upon a change in control of our company.

105


Table of Contents


EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

         All shares of Senseonics, Incorporated common stock converted into shares of Senseonics Holdings common stock, and all Senseonics Options converted into Company Options, in connection with the Closing of the Acquisition pursuant to the Exchange Ratio. With respect to the options, corresponding adjustments were also made to their exercise prices. The share and per share information included in this "Executive Compensation" section gives effect to the conversion of such shares and options in the Acquisition and related exercise price adjustments.

        Senseonics, Incorporated's Chief Executive Officer and its two other most highly compensated executive officers for the year ended December 31, 2014 were:

    Timothy T. Goodnow, Ph.D., President and Chief Executive Officer;

    Mirasol Panlilio, Vice President, Global Sales and Marketing; and

    Mukul Jain, Ph.D., Vice President, Operations, Quality and Regulatory.

We refer to these executive officers in this Report as our named executive officers.

    Summary Compensation Table

        The following table presents the compensation awarded to, earned by or paid to each of our named executive officers by Senseonics, Incorporated for the year ended December 31, 2014.

Name and Principal Position
  Salary
($)
  Bonus
($)
  Option
Awards
($)(1)
  Non-
Equity Incentive
Plan Compensation
($)(2)
  All Other
Compensation
($)
  Total
($)
 

Timothy T. Goodnow
President and Chief Executive Officer

    355,137         153,986     106,541         615,664  

Mukul Jain
Vice President, Operations, Quality and Regulatory

   
220,000
   
3,000

(4)
 
— (5

)
 
33,000
   
   
256,000
 

Mirasol Panlilio(3)
Vice President, Global Sales and Marketing

   
125,417
   
36,000

(6)
 
123,189
   
18,812
   
17,635

(7)
 
321,053
 

(1)
The amounts include the full grant date fair value for awards granted during 2014. The grant date fair value was computed in accordance with ASC Topic 718, Compensation—Stock Compensation . Unlike the calculations contained in our audited financial statements, this calculation does not give effect to any estimate of forfeitures related to service-based vesting, but assumes that the executive will perform the requisite service for the award to vest in full. The assumptions we used in valuing options are described in note 9 to our audited financial statements included in this Report. Also includes the incremental fair value, computed in accordance with ASC Topic 718, in connection with the repricing of certain stock options held by our named executive officers in December 2014, as follows: Dr. Goodnow, $17,540; and Ms. Panlilio, $14,032. See "—Narrative to Summary Compensation Table—Stock Option Repricing" below.

(2)
The amounts reflect bonus paid on the achievement of specified corporate goals, as discussed further below under "—Narrative to Summary Compensation Table—Annual Bonus."

(3)
Ms. Panlilio became an executive officer of Senseonics, Incorporated in June 2014 and amounts represent compensation earned since that date.

106


Table of Contents

(4)
This amount reflects the discretionary bonus paid for performance during 2014, as discussed further below under "—Narrative to Summary Compensation Table—Annual Bonus."

(5)
During 2014, Dr. Jain was granted options to purchase an aggregate of 444,286 shares. These options were issued subject to performance-based vesting conditions related to our receipt of a CE mark on our CGM system, as well as service-based vesting conditions thereafter. In accordance with SEC rules, the amount in the table reflects the value of the options based on the probability of this performance condition being met as of the dates of the grants. At the time of the grant, the performance condition was not considered probable. As a result, the grant date fair value of these options, for purposes of this table, is $0. Assuming that the performance condition of the options was satisfied, the aggregate grant date fair value of these options would be $130,467. A portion of the options granted to Dr. Jain were repriced in December 2014 and, in accordance with SEC rules, the foregoing amount reflects the effects of this repricing under ASC Topic 718. Finally, in June 15, 2015, we amended the terms of these options to eliminate the performance-based vesting condition, and these awards are now subject only to service-based vesting. For additional information regarding the issuance and subsequent amendment of these options, see "—Narrative to Summary Compensation Table—Long-Term Incentives" and "—Narrative to Summary Compensation Table—Stock Option Repricing" below.

(6)
Represents a signing bonus paid to Ms. Panlilio in connection with the commencement of her employment.

(7)
Represents a temporary housing allowance pursuant to Ms. Panlilio's employment offer letter.

Narrative to Summary Compensation Table

        We review compensation annually for all employees, including our named executive officers. In setting executive base salaries and bonuses and granting equity incentive awards, we consider compensation for comparable positions in the market, the historical compensation levels of our executives, individual performance as compared to our expectations and objectives, our desire to motivate our employees to achieve short- and long-term results that are in the best interests of our stockholders, and a long-term commitment to our company. We do not target a specific competitive position or a specific mix of compensation among base salary, bonus or long-term incentives.

        The compensation committee of Senseonics, Incorporated historically determined its executives' compensation. Senseonics, Incorporated's compensation committee typically reviewed and discussed management's proposed compensation with the chief executive officer for all executives other than the chief executive officer. Based on those discussions and its discretion, the compensation committee then approved the compensation of each executive officer after discussions without members of management present.

        Senseonics, Incorporated's compensation committee engaged Radford, a compensation consultant, and reviewed Radford's compensation data for executives at similarly sized medical device companies when determining executive compensation.

Annual Base Salary

        Senseonics, Incorporated entered into employment agreements with each of its named executive officers that establish their base salaries and target bonus opportunities. In connection with the Acquisition, we assumed those employment agreements. The base salaries will be reviewed periodically by our compensation committee. The following table presents the annual base salaries for each of our named executive officers for 2014 and 2015. The 2014 base salaries became effective on

107


Table of Contents

January 1, 2014 and the 2015 base salaries became effective on January 1, 2015 for all of the named executive officers.

Name
  2014 Base
Salary ($)
  2015 Base
Salary ($)
 

Timothy T. Goodnow

    355,137     365,791  

Mukul Jain

    220,000     240,000  

Mirasol Panlilio

    215,000     221,450  

Annual Bonus

        We seek to motivate and reward our executives for achievements relative to our corporate goals and expectations for each fiscal year. Each named executive officer has a target bonus opportunity, defined as a percentage of his or her annual salary. The following table presents the annual target bonus opportunity, as a percentage of annual base salary, for each of our named executive officers for 2014 and 2015.

Name
  Target
Bonus (as a %
of Base Salary)
(%)
 

Timothy T. Goodnow

    50  

Mukul Jain

    25  

Mirasol Panlilio

    25  

        For 2014, bonuses were based on Senseonics, Incorporated's achievement of specified corporate goals, including submitting regulatory approval documents related to its European pivotal clinical trial, initiating its European clinical trial in the second quarter of 2014, completing the enrollment of its European pivotal clinical trial, demonstrating an increase in sensor manufacturing capacity and completing a successful surveillance audit. Based on the level of achievement, the Senseonics, Incorporated compensation committee awarded Dr. Goodnow and Ms. Panlilio 60% of their target bonuses based on their 2014 base salary, respectively. These actual bonus amounts are reflected in the "Non-Equity Incentive Plan Compensation" column of the Summary Compensation Table above.

        Senseonics, Incorporated's compensation committee, in its sole discretion, decided to award Dr. Jain 60% of his target bonus based on his 2015 base salary, rather than his 2014 base salary. The difference between the bonus Dr. Jain would have received based on his 2014 salary and the bonus Dr. Jain actually received based on his 2015 salary is a discretionary bonus and reflected in the "Bonus" column of the Summary Compensation Table.

Long-Term Incentives

        The 1997 plan authorizes Senseonics, Incorporated to make grants to eligible recipients of non-qualified stock options and incentive stock options.

        We award stock options on the date the compensation committee approves the grant. We set the option exercise price and grant date fair value based on its per-share valuation on the date of grant.

        In June 2014, the Senseonics, Incorporated board of directors awarded to Drs. Goodnow and Jain and Ms. Panlilio options to purchase 524,375, 335,600 and 419,500 shares of our common stock, respectively. Each of these options was originally issued with an exercise price of $0.70 per share. In December 2014, the Senseonics, Incorporated board of directors awarded Dr. Jain an option to purchase 108,686 shares of our common stock, with an exercise price of $0.54 per share. The options issued to Dr. Goodnow and Ms. Panlilio were granted with a four-year service-based vesting schedule and vest in 48 equal monthly installments from the date of grant. The options issued to Dr. Jain were

108


Table of Contents

originally granted subject to performance- and service-based vesting conditions and would vest in 48 equal monthly installments following its receipt of a CE mark on its CGM system. However, in June 2015, Senseonics, Incorporated amended the terms of Dr. Jain's options to eliminate the performance-based vesting conditions of these awards and to replace the vesting provisions of these awards with a four-year service-based vesting period. As a result, these options now vest in 48 equal monthly installments from their respective dates of grant. In July 2015, the Senseonics, Incorporated board of directors awarded to Drs. Goodnow and Jain and Ms. Panlilio options to purchase 220,237, 134,240 and 243,310 shares of our common stock, respectively. Each of these options was originally issued with an exercise price of $1.95 per share. All shares subject to vesting under these option grants will vest in full and become immediately exercisable upon the closing of a change in control of our company.

Stock Option Repricing

        On December 5, 2014, the Senseonics, Incorporated board of directors determined that the exercise prices of certain stock options then held by its employees were substantially above the then estimated fair market value of our common stock of $0.54 per share. Accordingly, the Senseonics, Incorporated board of directors amended the terms of these options to reduce their respective exercise prices to $0.54 per share, based upon the fair market value of Senseonics, Incorporated's common stock as of December 5, 2014, as determined by its board of directors. The options that were repriced consisted of all outstanding stock options with exercise prices of $0.70 then held by employees and directors. Pursuant to this repricing, options to purchase an aggregate of 3,178,452 shares of common stock held by Senseonics Incorporated's then current employees and directors were repriced, including options to purchase 524,375, 335,600 and 419,500 shares of our common stock held by Drs. Goodnow and Jain and Ms. Panlilio, respectively.

Other Compensation

        Except for the temporary housing allowance provided to Ms. Panlilio under her employment offer letter included in the Summary Compensation Table above, Senseonics, Incorporated did not, and we do not, provide perquisites or personal benefits to our named executive officers. Senseonics, Incorporated did, however, pay a portion of the premiums for life, medical and dental insurance for all employees, including our named executive officers.

Outstanding Equity Awards at End of 2014

        The following table provides information about outstanding Senseonics Options held by each of our named executive officers at December 31, 2014. All of these options were granted under the 1997

109


Table of Contents

plan. None of our named executive officers held any other Senseonics, Incorporated stock awards at the end of 2014.

Name
  Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options (#)
Exercisable
  Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options (#)
Unexercisable(1)
  Option
Exercise
Price
($)
  Option
Expiration
Date
 

Timothy T. Goodnow

    2,038,610         0.54     12/2/2020  

    451,638     137,455 (2)   0.54     2/28/2021  

    65,546     458,828 (3)   0.54     6/4/2024  

Mukul Jain

    38,235     14,202 (4)   0.54     3/13/2022  

    22,424     131,350 (5)   0.46     9/11/2023  

        335,599 (6)   0.54     6/4/2024  

        108,686 (7)   0.54     12/5/2024  

Mirasol Panlilio

        419,499 (8)   0.54     6/4/2024  

(1)
All shares subject to vesting under these options will vest in full and become immediately exercisable upon the closing of a change in control of our company.

(2)
The unvested shares underlying this option vest in 14 equal monthly installments, subject to the officer's continued service through each applicable vesting date.

(3)
The unvested shares underlying this option vest in 42 equal monthly installments, subject to the officer's continued service through each applicable vesting date.

(4)
The unvested shares underlying this option vest in 13 equal monthly installments, subject to the officer's continued service through each applicable vesting date.

(5)
As of December 31, 2014, this option was subject to performance- and service-based vesting conditions, and would vest in 48 equal monthly installments following the enrollment of the first patient in Senseonics, Incorporated's first pivotal trial. This performance condition was met in May 2014, and as of December 31, 2014, this award was vested as to 22,424 shares, with the remainder scheduled to vest in 41 equal monthly installments. In June 2015, Senseonics, Incorporated amended the terms of this option to replace the original vesting schedule with a four-year service-based vesting period from the date of grant. As a result, this option now vests in 48 equal monthly installments from September 11, 2013, subject to the officer's continued service through each applicable vesting date.

(6)
As of December 31, 2014, this option was subject to performance- and service-based vesting conditions and was scheduled to vest in 48 equal monthly installments following our receipt of a CE mark on our CGM system. In June 2015, Senseonics, Incorporated amended the terms of this option to replace the vesting provisions of the option with a four-year service-based vesting period from the date of grant. As a result, this option now vests in 48 equal monthly installments from June 4, 2014, subject to the officer's continued service through each applicable vesting date.

(7)
As of December 31, 2014, this option was subject to performance- and service-based vesting conditions and was scheduled to vest in 48 equal monthly installments following our receipt of a CE mark on our CGM system. In June 2015, Senseonics, Incorporated amended the terms of this option to replace the vesting provisions of the option with a four-year service-based vesting period from the date of grant. As a result, this option now vests in 48 equal monthly installments from December 5, 2014, subject to the officer's continued service through each applicable vesting date.

(8)
The unvested shares underlying this option vested as to 25% of the shares on June 4, 2015, with the remainder vesting in 36 equal monthly installments thereafter, subject to the officer's continued service through each applicable vesting date.

110


Table of Contents

Pension Benefits

        Our named executive officers did not participate in, or otherwise receive any benefits under, any pension or retirement plan sponsored by us or Senseonics, Incorporated during 2014.

Nonqualified Deferred Compensation

        Our named executive officers did not participate in, or otherwise receive any benefits under, any nonqualified deferred compensation plan sponsored by us or Senseonics, Incorporated during 2014.

Employment Agreements

        Below are descriptions of employment agreements that our named executive officers entered into with Senseonics, Incorporated. We assumed these employment agreements in connection with the Acquisition.

Agreement with Dr. Goodnow

        In July 2015, Senseonics, Incorporated entered into an amended and restated employment agreement with Dr. Goodnow that governs the terms of his employment with us. Pursuant to the agreement, Dr. Goodnow is entitled to an annual base salary of $365,791 and is eligible to receive an annual performance bonus of up to 50% of his base salary, as determined by our board of directors. If Dr. Goodnow's employment is terminated by us for reasons other than for cause or if he resigns for good reason (each as defined in his employment agreement), he would be entitled to receive severance payments equal to continued payment of his base salary for 18 months, 100% of his target bonus, employee benefit coverage for up to 18 months, and reimbursement of expenses owed to him through the date of his termination. If Dr. Goodnow's employment is terminated by us other than for cause or if he resigns for good reason, coincident with a change in control (as defined in his employment agreement), he would be entitled to the benefits described above, although he would be entitled to 150%, rather than 100%, of his target bonus, and 50% of his then unvested equity awards would become fully vested. Additionally, if Dr. Goodnow's employment is terminated by us or any successor entity without cause within 12 months following a change in control, then 100% of his then unvested equity awards shall become fully vested.

Agreement with Dr. Jain

        In July 2015, Senseonics, Incorporated entered into an amended and restated employment agreement with Dr. Jain that governs the terms of his employment with us. Pursuant to the agreement, Dr. Jain is entitled to an annual base salary of $240,000 and is eligible to receive an annual performance bonus of up to 25% of his base salary, as determined by our board of directors. If Dr. Jain's employment is terminated by us for reasons other than for cause or if he resigns for good reason (each as defined in his employment agreement), he would be entitled to receive severance payments equal to continued payment of his base salary for nine months, a prorated portion of his target bonus for the year in which his service is terminated, employee benefit coverage for up to nine months, and reimbursement of expenses owed to him through the date of his termination. If Dr. Jain's employment is terminated by us other than for cause or if he resigns for good reason, coincident with a change in control (as defined in his employment agreement), he would be entitled to the benefits described above, although in lieu of the bonus described above, he would be entitled to the larger of 75% of his target bonus or his pro rata portion of his target bonus. Additionally, if Dr. Jain's employment is terminated by us or any successor entity without cause within 12 months following a change in control, then 100% of his then unvested equity awards shall become fully vested.

111


Table of Contents

Agreement with Ms. Panlilio

        In August 2015, Senseonics, Incorporated entered into an employment agreement with Ms. Panlilio that governs the terms of her employment with us. Pursuant to the agreement, Ms. Panlilio is entitled to an annual base salary of $221,450 and is eligible to receive an annual performance bonus of up to 25% of her base salary, as determined by our board of directors. If Ms. Panlilio's employment is terminated by us for reasons other than for cause or if she resigns for good reason (each as defined in her employment agreement), she would be entitled to receive severance payments equal to continued payment of her base salary for nine months, a prorated portion of her target bonus for the year in which her service is terminated, employee benefit coverage for up to nine months, and reimbursement of expenses owed to her through the date of her termination. If Ms. Panlilio's employment is terminated by us other than for cause or if she resigns for good reason, coincident with a change in control (as defined in her employment agreement), she would be entitled to the benefits described above, although in lieu of the bonus described above, she would be entitled to the larger of 75% of her target bonus or her pro rata portion of her target bonus. Additionally, if Ms. Panlilio's employment is terminated by us or any successor entity without cause within 12 months following a change in control, then 100% of her then unvested equity awards shall become fully vested.

401(k) Plan

        We maintain a defined contribution employee retirement plan for our employees. Our 401(k) plan is intended to qualify as a tax-qualified plan under Section 401 of the Internal Revenue Code so that contributions to our 401(k) plan, and income earned on such contributions, are not taxable to participants until withdrawn or distributed from the 401(k) plan. Our 401(k) plan provides that each participant may contribute a portion of his or her pre-tax compensation, up to the statutory limit. Under our 401(k) plan, each employee is fully vested in his or her deferred salary contributions. Employee contributions are held and invested by the plan's trustee, subject to participants' ability to give investment directions by following specified procedures. We do not currently make discretionary contributions or matching contributions to our 401(k) plan.

Equity Incentive Plans

2015 Equity Incentive Plan

        The Senseonics, Incorporated board of directors has adopted and its stockholders have approved our 2015 equity incentive plan, or our 2015 plan. In connection with the Acquisition, we assumed the 2015 plan. Our 2015 plan provides for the grant of incentive stock options within the meaning of Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code, or the Code, to our employees and our parent and subsidiary corporations' employees, and for the grant of nonstatutory stock options, restricted stock awards, restricted stock unit awards, stock appreciation rights, performance stock awards and other forms of stock compensation to our employees, including officers, consultants and directors. Our 2015 plan also provides for the grant of performance cash awards to our employees, consultants and directors.

Authorized Shares

        The maximum number of shares of our common stock that may be issued under our 2015 plan is 10,029,876 shares. The maximum number of shares that may be issued pursuant to exercise of incentive stock options under the 2015 plan is 10,029,876 shares.

        Shares issued under our 2015 plan may be authorized but unissued or reacquired shares of our common stock. Shares subject to stock awards granted under our 2015 plan that expire or terminate without being exercised in full, or that are paid out in cash rather than in shares, will not reduce the number of shares available for issuance under our 2015 plan. Additionally, shares issued pursuant to

112


Table of Contents

stock awards under our 2015 plan that we repurchase or that are forfeited, as well as shares reacquired by us as consideration for the exercise or purchase price of a stock award or to satisfy tax withholding obligations related to a stock award, will become available for future grant under our 2015 plan.

        As of December 7, 2015, there were 9,568,426 shares remaining available for grant under the 2015 plan, there were outstanding stock options covering a total of 62,925 shares granted under the 2015 plan and restricted stock awards covering a total of 398,525 shares granted under the 2015 plan.

Administration

        Our board of directors, or a duly authorized committee thereof, has the authority to administer our 2015 plan. Our board of directors has delegated its authority to administer our 2015 plan to our compensation committee under the terms of the compensation committee's charter. Our board of directors may also delegate to one or more of our officers the authority to (i) designate employees other than officers to receive specified stock awards and (ii) determine the number of shares of our common stock to be subject to such stock awards. Subject to the terms of our 2015 plan, the administrator has the authority to determine the terms of awards, including recipients, the exercise price or strike price of stock awards, if any, the number of shares subject to each stock award, the fair market value of a share of our common stock, the vesting schedule applicable to the awards, together with any vesting acceleration, the form of consideration, if any, payable upon exercise or settlement of the stock award and the terms and conditions of the award agreements for use under our 2015 plan.

        The administrator has the power to modify outstanding awards under our 2015 plan. Subject to the terms of our 2015 plan, the administrator has the authority to reprice any outstanding option or stock appreciation right, cancel and re-grant any outstanding option or stock appreciation right in exchange for new stock awards, cash or other consideration or take any other action that is treated as a repricing under GAAP with the consent of any adversely affected participant.

Section 162(m) Limits

        No participant may be granted stock awards covering more than 2,097,500 shares of our common stock under our 2015 plan during any calendar year pursuant to stock options, stock appreciation rights and other stock awards whose value is determined by reference to an increase over an exercise price or strike price of at least 100% of the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant. Additionally, no participant may be granted in a calendar year a performance stock award covering more than 2,097,500 shares of our common stock or a performance cash award having a maximum value in excess of $3.0 million under our 2015 plan. These limitations enable us to grant awards that will be exempt from the $1.0 million limitation on the income tax deductibility of compensation paid per covered executive officer imposed by Section 162(m) of the Code.

Performance Awards

        Our 2015 plan permits the grant of performance-based stock and cash awards that may qualify as performance-based compensation that is not subject to the $1.0 million limitation on the income tax deductibility of compensation paid per covered executive officer imposed by Section 162(m) of the Code. To enable us to grant performance-based awards that will qualify, our compensation committee can structure such awards so that the stock or cash will be issued or paid pursuant to such award only following the achievement of specified pre-established performance goals during a designated performance period.

Corporate Transactions

        Our 2015 plan provides that in the event of a specified corporate transaction, including without limitation a consolidation, merger or similar transaction involving our company, the sale, lease or other

113


Table of Contents

disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of our company or the consolidated assets of our company and our subsidiaries, or a sale or disposition of at least 50% of the outstanding capital stock of our company, the administrator will determine how to treat each outstanding equity award. The administrator may:

    arrange for the assumption, continuation or substitution of a stock award by a successor corporation;

    arrange for the assignment of any reacquisition or repurchase rights held by us to a successor corporation;

    accelerate the vesting of the stock award and provide for its termination prior to the effective time of the corporate transaction;

    arrange for the lapse, in whole or in part, of any reacquisition or repurchase right held by us; or

    cancel the stock award prior to the transaction in exchange for a cash payment, which may be reduced by the exercise price payable in connection with the stock award.

        The administrator is not obligated to treat all equity awards or portions of equity awards, even those that are of the same type, in the same manner. The administrator may take different actions with respect to the vested and unvested portions of an equity award.

Change of Control

        The administrator may provide, in an individual award agreement or in any other written agreement between us and the participant, which the equity award will be subject to additional acceleration of vesting and exercisability in the event of a change of control. In the absence of such a provision, no such acceleration of the award will occur.

Plan Amendment or Termination

        Our board has the authority to amend, suspend or terminate our 2015 plan, provided that such action does not materially impair the existing rights of any participant without such participant's written consent. No incentive stock options may be granted after the tenth anniversary of the date our board of directors adopts our 2015 plan.

1997 Stock Option Plan

        The board of directors and stockholders of Senseonics, Incorporated approved the 1997 plan, which became effective in March 1997, and it was further amended and restated by the Senseonics, Incorporated board of directors and stockholders most recently in June 2011. In connection with the Acquisition, we assumed the 1997 plan. As of December 7, 2015, there were outstanding stock options covering a total of 9,251,164 shares granted under the 1997 plan.

        Upon the effectiveness of the 2015 Plan, we no longer grant awards under the 1997 plan.

        Types of Awards.     The1997 plan provided for the grant of incentive stock options and nonqualified stock options. Nonqualified stock options may be granted to employees, including officers, non-employee directors and consultants of us and our affiliates. Incentive stock options may be granted only to employees.

        Share Reserve.     The aggregate number of shares of common stock reserved for issuance pursuant to stock options under the 1997 plan was 10,644,109 shares, less any shares issued as restricted stock, which was also the maximum number of shares that may be issued upon the exercise of ISOs under the 1997 plan.

114


Table of Contents

        If a stock option granted under the 1997 plan expires, terminates or is otherwise canceled without being exercised in full, or if we reacquire shares of unvested common stock issued pursuant to the founder's stock purchase agreements, the shares of our common stock not acquired pursuant to the stock option or forfeited will again become available for subsequent issuance as options under the 2015 plan.

        Administration.     Our board of directors, or a duly authorized committee thereof, has the authority to administer the 1997 plan. Subject to the terms of the 1997 plan, the our board of directors or the authorized committee, referred to herein as the plan administrator, has full power and authority to take all actions and make all determinations required or provided under the 1997 plan and any stock option agreement for stock options granted under the 1997 plan. The plan administrator determines recipients, dates of grant, the numbers and types of stock options to be granted and the terms and conditions of the stock options, including the period of their exercisability and vesting schedule. Subject to the limitations set forth below, the plan administrator will also determine the exercise price of stock options granted and the types of consideration to be paid upon exercise of stock options.

        Stock Options.     Incentive stock options and nonqualified stock options are granted pursuant to stock option agreements adopted by the plan administrator. The plan administrator determines the exercise price for a stock option, within the terms and conditions of the 1997 plan, provided that the exercise price of a stock option cannot be less than the greater of par value or 100% of the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant. Options granted under the 1997 plan vest at the rate specified by the plan administrator.

        The plan administrator determines the term of stock options granted under the 1997 plan. In accordance with an optionholder's stock option agreement, if an optionholder's service relationship with us, or any of our affiliates, ceases for any reason other than disability, death or cause, the optionholder may generally exercise any vested options for a period of three months following the cessation of service. If an optionholder's service relationship with us or any of our affiliates ceases due to disability or death, the optionholder may generally exercise any vested options for a period of 12 months following disability or death. In the event of a termination for cause, options generally terminate immediately upon the termination of the individual for cause. In no event may an option be exercised beyond the expiration of its term.

        Acceptable consideration for the purchase of common stock issued upon the exercise of a stock option will be determined by the plan administrator and included in the option agreement and may include (i) cash or check, (ii) the tender of shares of the common stock of Senseonics, Incorporated previously owned by the optionholder, (iii) a combination of the foregoing, and (iv) after our shares of common stock become publicly traded on an established securities market, a broker-assisted cashless exercise.

        Unless the plan administrator provides otherwise in the stock option agreement governing the terms of the option, options generally are not transferable except by will, the laws of descent and distribution, or pursuant to a domestic relations order.

        Tax Limitations on Incentive Stock Options.     The aggregate fair market value, determined at the time of grant, of our common stock with respect to incentive stock options that are exercisable for the first time by an optionholder during any calendar year under all of our stock plans may not exceed $100,000. Options or portions thereof that exceed such limit will generally be treated as nonqualified stock options. No incentive stock option may be granted to any person who, at the time of the grant, owns or is deemed to own stock possessing more than 10% of our total combined voting power or that of any of our affiliates unless (i) the option exercise price is at least 110% of the fair market value of the stock subject to the option on the date of grant, and (ii) the option is not exercisable after the expiration of five years from the date of grant.

115


Table of Contents

        Changes to Capital Structure.     In the event that there is a specified type of change in our capital structure, such as a stock split or recapitalization, appropriate adjustments will be made to (i) the class and maximum number of shares reserved for issuance under the 1997 plan and (ii) the class and number of shares and exercise price, strike price, or purchase price of all outstanding stock options.

        Certain Reorganizations and Mergers.     If we are the surviving corporation in any reorganization, merger or consolidation with any other corporation, the number and class of shares and the exercise price subject to stock options previously granted under the 1997 plan will be proportionately adjusted to reflect the transaction.

        Other Corporate Transactions.     In the event of (i) our dissolution or liquidation, (ii) a merger, consolidation or reorganization following which we are not the surviving corporation, (iii) a sale of substantially all of our assets to another person or entity or (iv) any transaction that results in a change in control, the 1997 plan and all stock options granted under the 1997 plan will terminate, unless in connection with the transaction the board approves the continuation of the 1997 plan, the assumption of outstanding stock options by the successor corporation or the substitution of outstanding options for new options covering stock of the successor corporation or its parent, with appropriate adjustments to the number and kind of shares and the exercise prices of the stock options. In the event the 1997 plan and outstanding stock options are terminated in connection with a transaction, the optionholders will have an opportunity to exercise their vested outstanding stock options before the occurrence of the transaction during such period as determined by the board in its sole discretion.

        Under the 1997 plan, a change in control is generally defined as any transaction that results in any person or entity, other than a person or entity who was a holder of Senseonics, Incorporated securities on June 30, 1998, owning 50% or more of the combined voting power of all classes of our stock, unless (i) the person or entity becomes the owner of 50% or more of the combined voting power of our stock due to our issuing new securities to the person or entity (other than an issuance pursuant to an underwritten public offering in which the acquisition is not approved by the board) or (ii) at least two-thirds of members of the board determine that the transaction does not constitute a change in control for purposes of the 1997 plan.

        Amendment and Termination.     The Senseonics, Incorporated board of directors has the authority to amend, suspend, or terminate the 1997 plan, provided that such action does not alter or impair the existing rights or obligations of any participant without such participant's written consent.

Limitations on Liability and Indemnification Matters

        Our certificate of incorporation contains provisions that limit the liability of our current and former directors for monetary damages to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law. Delaware law provides that directors of a corporation will not be personally liable for monetary damages for any breach of fiduciary duties as directors, except liability for:

    any breach of the director's duty of loyalty to the corporation or its stockholders;

    any act or omission not in good faith or that involves intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law;

    unlawful payments of dividends or unlawful stock repurchases or redemptions as provided in Section 174 of the Delaware General Corporation Law; or

    any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.

        This limitation of liability does not apply to liabilities arising under federal securities laws and does not affect the availability of equitable remedies such as injunctive relief or rescission.

116


Table of Contents

        Our certificate of incorporation and our bylaws provide that we are required to indemnify our directors to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law. Our bylaws also provide that, upon satisfaction of certain conditions, we are required to advance expenses incurred by a director in advance of the final disposition of any action or proceeding, and permit us to secure insurance on behalf of any officer, director, employee or other agent for any liability arising out of his or her actions in that capacity regardless of whether we would otherwise be permitted to indemnify him or her under the provisions of Delaware law. Our bylaws also provide our board of directors with discretion to indemnify our officers and employees when determined appropriate by the board. We have entered into and expect to continue to enter into agreements to indemnify our directors, and we also expect into agreements to indemnify our officers, as determined by the board of directors. With certain exceptions, these agreements provide for indemnification for related expenses including, among other things, attorneys' fees, judgments, fines and settlement amounts incurred by any of these individuals in any action or proceeding. We believe that these bylaw provisions and indemnification agreements are necessary to attract and retain qualified persons as directors. We also maintain customary directors' and officers' liability insurance.

        The limitation of liability and indemnification provisions in our certificate of incorporation and bylaws may discourage stockholders from bringing a lawsuit against our directors for breach of their fiduciary duty. They may also reduce the likelihood of derivative litigation against our directors and officers, even though an action, if successful, might benefit us and other stockholders. Further, a stockholder's investment may be adversely affected to the extent that we pay the costs of settlement and damage awards against directors and officers as required by these indemnification provisions. At present, there is no pending litigation or proceeding involving any of our directors, officers or employees for which indemnification is sought and we are not aware of any threatened litigation that may result in claims for indemnification.

Rule 10b5-1 Sales Plans

        Our directors and executive officers may adopt written plans, known as Rule 10b5-1 plans, in which they will contract with a broker to buy or sell shares of our common stock on a periodic basis. Under a Rule 10b5-1 plan, a broker executes trades pursuant to parameters established by the director or officer when entering into the plan, without further direction from them. The director or officer may amend a Rule 10b5-1 plan in some circumstances and may terminate a plan at any time. Our directors and executive officers also may buy or sell additional shares outside of a Rule 10b5-1 plan when they are not in possession of material nonpublic information subject to compliance with the terms of our insider trading policy.

117


Table of Contents


CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

        There have been no transactions since January 1, 2012 to which we have been a participant in which the amount involved exceeded or will exceed $120,000, and in which any of our directors, executive officers or holders of more than five percent of our capital stock, or any members of their immediate family, had or will have a direct or indirect material interest, other than compensation arrangements which are described under "Executive Compensation."

Senseonics, Incorporated Sales of Series E Convertible Preferred Stock

        In August 2015, Senseonics, Incorporated sold an aggregate of 2,711,926 shares of its Series E convertible preferred stock, 2,457,101 shares of which were sold to holders of more than 5% of its voting securities, at a price of $3.93 per share for aggregate proceeds of $10.0 million. Each share of Series E convertible preferred stock converted into one Senseonics Share and was exchanged for 2.0975 Company Shares in connection with the Acquisition.

        The table below summarizes these sales:

Purchaser
  Shares of Series E
Convertible Preferred
Stock Purchased
  Aggregate
Purchase Price
 

Entities affiliated with New Enterprise Associates(1)

    1,230,609   $ 4,836,293  

HealthCare Ventures(2)

    265,080     1,041,764  

Entities affiliated with Delphi Ventures(3)

    602,796     2,368,988  

Roche Finance Ltd. 

    358,616     1,409,361  

Total

    2,457,101   $ 9,656,406  

(1)
Consists of 743,534 shares purchased by New Enterprise Associates 10, Limited Partnership and 487,075 shares purchased by New Enterprise Associates 9, Limited Partnership. Entities affiliated with New Enterprise Associates are holders of more than 5% of our voting securities, and M. James Barrett and Peter Justin Klein, members of our board of directors, are affiliated with New Enterprise Associates.

(2)
Consists of 265,080 shares purchased by HealthCare Ventures VI, L.P. Healthcare Ventures VI, L.P. is a holder of more than 5% of our voting securities.

(3)
Consists of 596,967 shares purchased by Delphi Ventures VIII, L.P. and 5,829 shares purchased by Delphi BioInvestments VIII, L.P. Entities affiliated with Delphi Ventures are holders of more than 5% of our voting securities, and Douglas A. Roeder, a member of our board of directors, is affiliated with Delphi Ventures.

Senseonics, Incorporated Sales of Series D Convertible Preferred Stock

        From October 2012 to September 2014, Senseonics, Incorporated sold an aggregate of 11,100,093 shares of its Series D convertible preferred stock at a price of $3.75 per share for an aggregate price of $41.7 million, 10,424,689 shares of which were sold to holders of more than 5% of our voting securities, executive officers and members of the board of directors of Senseonics, Incorporated. Each share of Series D convertible preferred stock converted into one Senseonics Share and was exchanged for 2.0975 Company Shares in connection with the Acquisition.

118


Table of Contents

        The table below summarizes these sales:

Purchaser
  Shares of Series D
Convertible Preferred
Stock Purchased
  Aggregate
Purchase Price
 

Entities affiliated with New Enterprise Associates(1)

    4,886,450   $ 18,348,424  

Entities affiliated with HealthCare Ventures(2)

    1,553,849     5,834,642  

Entities affiliated with Delphi Ventures(3)

    2,623,573     9,851,417  

Roche Finance Ltd. 

    1,355,206     5,088,748  

Timothy T. Goodnow

    5,103     19,164  

Peter Justin Klein

    508     1,908  

Total

    10,424,689   $ 39,144,280  

(1)
Consists of 2,866,446 shares purchased by New Enterprise Associates 10, Limited Partnership, 1,886,847 shares purchased by New Enterprise Associates 9, Limited Partnership and 133,157 shares purchased by New Enterprise Associates VII Limited Partnership.

(2)
Consists of 372,840 shares purchased by HealthCare Ventures V, L.P. and 1,181,009 shares purchased by HealthCare Ventures VI, L.P.

(3)
Consists of 2,598,203 shares purchased by Delphi Ventures VIII, L.P. and 25,370 shares purchased by Delphi BioInvestments VIII, L.P.

Registration Rights Agreement

        In connection with the Acquisition, we entered into a registration rights agreement with certain of our stockholders, including each of the persons and entities listed in the table above.

        The registration rights agreement, among other things grants certain of our stockholders specified registration rights with respect to shares of our common stock issued upon conversion of the shares of Senseonics, Incorporated convertible preferred stock held by them. For more information regarding the registration rights provided in this agreement, see "Description of Capital Stock—Registration Rights." The Registration Rights Agreement is filed as an exhibit to this Report and is incorporated herein by reference.

Letter Agreement with Stephen P. DeFalco

        In June 2010, Senseonics, Incorporated entered into a letter agreement with Stephen P. DeFalco, pursuant to which Mr. DeFalco provided Senseonics, Incorporated his services as the chairman of the Senseonics, Incorporated board of directors and, from June 2010 to November 2010, provided Senseonics, Incorporated with consulting services. Pursuant to the letter agreement, for his service as the chairman of the Senseonics, Incorporated board of directors, Mr. DeFalco was entitled to a fee of between 0.75% and 1.25% of the valuation of our company upon the closing of a public offering or a merger or consolidation with another company, a sale, disposition or lease of all or substantially all of their assets.

        In December 2015, Senseonics, Incorporated and Mr. DeFalco terminated this agreement and entered into a new agreement that superseded the prior agreement. Under the new agreement, Mr. DeFalco received a restricted stock grant of 190,000 shares of Senseonics, Incorporated common stock, which converted into 398,525 shares of Senseonics Holdings common stock in the Acquisition. One half of the shares covered by this restricted stock grant were fully vested on grant. The remainder will vest in full upon our completion of a public offering or private placement of our equity securities

119


Table of Contents

in which gross proceeds of at least $40 million are raised, which we refer to as a qualified financing. Additionally, upon a qualified financing, Mr. DeFalco will be entitled to receive a cash payment that, when combined with the value of the restricted stock grant, equals a percentage of our company valuation ranging between 0.75% to 1.25% of our company valuation, with the actual percentage determined based on the company valuation.

Indemnification Agreements

        Our certificate of incorporation contains provisions limiting the liability of directors, and our bylaws provides that we indemnify each of our directors to the fullest extent permitted under Delaware law. Our certificate of incorporation and bylaws also provide our board of directors with discretion to indemnify our officers and employees when determined appropriate by the board.

        In addition, we have entered into an indemnification agreement with our directors and our executive officers. For more information regarding these agreements, see "Executive Compensation—Limitations on Liability and Indemnification Matters."

Related Person Transaction Policy

        We have adopted a related person transaction policy that sets forth our procedures for the identification, review, consideration and approval or ratification of related person transactions. For purposes of our policy only, a related person transaction is a transaction, arrangement or relationship, or any series of similar transactions, arrangements or relationships, in which we and any related person are, were or will be participants in which the amount involved exceeds $120,000. Transactions involving compensation for services provided to us as an employee or director are not covered by this policy. A related person is any executive officer, director or beneficial owner of more than 5% of any class of our voting securities, including any of their immediate family members and any entity owned or controlled by such persons.

        Under the policy, if a transaction has been identified as a related person transaction, including any transaction that was not a related person transaction when originally consummated or any transaction that was not initially identified as a related person transaction prior to consummation, our management must present information regarding the related person transaction to our audit committee, or, if audit committee approval would be inappropriate, to another independent body of our board of directors, for review, consideration and approval or ratification. The presentation must include a description of, among other things, the material facts, the interests, direct and indirect, of the related persons, the benefits to us of the transaction and whether the transaction is on terms that are comparable to the terms available to or from, as the case may be, an unrelated third party or to or from employees generally. Under the policy, we will collect information that we deem reasonably necessary from each director, executive officer and, to the extent feasible, significant stockholder to enable us to identify any existing or potential related-person transactions and to effectuate the terms of the policy. In addition, under our Code of Conduct, our employees and directors will have an affirmative responsibility to disclose any transaction or relationship that reasonably could be expected to give rise to a conflict of interest. In considering related person transactions, our audit committee, or other independent body of our board of directors, will take into account the relevant available facts and circumstances including:

    the risks, costs and benefits to us;

    the impact on a director's independence in the event that the related person is a director, immediate family member of a director or an entity with which a director is affiliated;

    the availability of other sources for comparable services or products; and

    the terms available to or from, as the case may be, unrelated third parties or to or from employees generally.

120


Table of Contents

        The policy requires that, in determining whether to approve, ratify or reject a related person transaction, our audit committee, or other independent body of our board of directors, must consider, in light of known circumstances, whether the transaction is in, or is not inconsistent with, our best interests and those of our stockholders, as our audit committee, or other independent body of our board of directors, determines in the good faith exercise of its discretion.

121


Table of Contents


LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

        From time to time, we are subject to litigation and claims arising in the ordinary course of business. We are not currently a party to any material legal proceedings and we are not aware of any pending or threatened legal proceeding against us that we believe could have a material adverse effect on our business, operating results or financial condition.

122


Table of Contents


MARKET PRICE OF AND DIVIDENDS ON COMMON EQUITY AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

Market Information

        Our common stock is currently eligible for quotation on the OTCBB under the symbol "AWSN." To date, no viable trading market has been established.

Holders

        As of the date of the Report, after giving effect to the Closing of the Acquisition and the issuance of shares required thereunder, there are approximately 190 holders of record of our common stock.

Dividends

        We have never declared or paid any cash dividend. We do not anticipate that we will declare or pay any dividends in the foreseeable future. Our current policy is to retain earnings, if any, to fund operations, and the development and growth of our business. Any future determination to pay cash dividends will be at the discretion of our board of directors and will be dependent upon our financial condition, operation results, capital requirements, applicable contractual restrictions, restrictions in our organizational documents, and any other factors that our board of directors deems relevant.

Securities Authorized for Issuance under Equity Compensation Plans

        At the Closing of the Acquisition, our board of directors assumed the 1997 plan and the 2015 plan under which the Company Options were exchanged for existing Senseonics Options, based on the Exchange Ratio. The following table shows the number of securities issuable upon exercise of outstanding Company Options.

Plan Category
  Number of Securities
to be issued upon
exercise of
outstanding options
(a)
  Weighted-average
exercise price of
outstanding options
(b)
  Number of securities
remaining available
for future issuance
under equity
compensation plans
(excluding securities
reflected in column (a)
(c)
 

Equity compensation plans not approved by security holders

    9,251,164   $ 0.77     0  

Equity compensation plan approved by security holders

    0     0     0  

Total

    9,251,164     0     0  

Rule 144

        Under Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act, beginning with the one year anniversary of the filing of this Report with the SEC, our officers, directors, and any other stockholder that is considered an affiliate of the company (as defined under the federal securities laws) may sell, every three months, a number of shares equal to the greater of 1% of the total outstanding shares or the average weekly reported trading volume of our common stock over the four calendar weeks preceding the sale, provided that (i) current public information is available about our company, (ii) in the case of shares of restricted stock, the shares have been fully paid for at least one year, (iii) the shares are sold in a broker's transaction or through a market-maker, and (iv) the seller files a Form 144 with the SEC.

        As of the date of this Report, we have the following equity securities issued and outstanding: (i) 75,760,061 shares of our common stock, (ii) options to purchase 9,251,164 shares of our common stock and (iii) warrants to purchase 5,090,661 shares of our common stock.

123


Table of Contents

Common Stock Purchase Warrants

        In conjunction with the Closing of the Acquisition, we exchanged Company Warrants for Senseonics Warrants, and pursuant to the Exchange Ratio, issued Company Warrants for the purchase of an aggregate of 5,090,661 shares of the our common stock. The Company Warrants are filed hereto as exhibits and are incorporated herein by reference.

Registration Rights Agreement

        In connection with the Closing of the Acquisition, we entered into a registration rights agreement with certain of our stockholders. For more information regarding the registration rights provided in this agreement, see "Description of Capital Stock—Registration Rights." The Registration Rights Agreement is filed as an exhibit to this Report and is incorporated herein by reference


RECENT SALES OF UNREGISTERED SECURITIES

        See information contained in Item 3.02 below.

124


Table of Contents


DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

Authorized Capital Stock

        We have authorized capital stock consisting of 250,000,000 shares of common stock, $0.001 par value per share.

Common Stock

        As of the date of this Report, we had 75,760,061 shares of common stock issued and outstanding. Each outstanding share of our common stock is duly and validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable.

Voting Rights

        Each holder of our common stock is entitled to one vote for each share on all matters submitted to a vote of the stockholders, including the election of directors. Under our certificate of incorporation and bylaws, our stockholders will not have cumulative voting rights. Because of this, the holders of a majority of the shares of common stock entitled to vote in any election of directors can elect all of the directors standing for election, if they should so choose.

Dividends

        Holders of common stock are entitled to receive ratably those dividends, if any, as may be declared from time to time by the board of directors out of legally available funds.

Liquidation

        In the event of our liquidation, dissolution or winding up, holders of common stock will be entitled to share ratably in the net assets legally available for distribution to stockholders.

Rights and Preferences

        Holders of common stock have no preemptive, conversion or subscription rights and there are no redemption or sinking fund provisions applicable to the common stock. The rights, preferences and privileges of the holders of common stock are subject to, and may be adversely affected by, the rights of the holders of shares of any series of preferred stock that we may designate in the future.

Options

        As of December 7, 2015, under our 1997 plan and 2015 plan, options to purchase an aggregate of 9,251,164 shares of common stock were outstanding. For additional information regarding the terms of this plan, see "Executive Compensation—Equity Incentive Plans."

Warrants

        We have outstanding immediately exercisable warrants to purchase 3,171,154 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $1.79 per share. These warrants expire in November 2020.

        We have outstanding immediately exercisable warrants to purchase 1,056,726 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $1.79 per share. These warrants expire in July 2021.

        We have outstanding immediately exercisable warrants to purchase 615,145 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $1.79 per share. These warrants expire in August 2021.

        We also have outstanding warrants to purchase 247,630 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $1.79 per share. These warrants expire in July 2024.

        Each of our outstanding warrants has a net exercise provision under which the holder may, in lieu of payment of the exercise price in cash, surrender the warrant and receive a net amount of shares based on the fair market value of our stock at the time of exercise of the warrant after deduction of

125


Table of Contents

the aggregate exercise price. The warrants also contain provisions for the adjustment of the exercise price and the number of shares issuable upon the exercise of the warrant in the event of certain stock dividends, stock splits, reorganizations, reclassifications and consolidations.

Registration Rights

        We and certain holders of our common stock have entered into a registration rights agreement. The registration rights provisions of this agreement provide those holders with demand, piggyback and Form S-3 registration rights with respect to Company Shares issued in exchange for Senseonics Shares issued upon conversion of Senseonics, Incorporated's convertible preferred stock into common stock.

        In addition, pursuant to the terms of our warrants to purchase common stock held by Oxford, Oxford has piggyback registration rights with respect to the shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of the warrants on the same terms as are set forth in the registration rights agreement.

Demand Registration Rights

        At any time beginning the earlier of six months following the effective date of a future registration statement for a public offering of our securities or December 7, 2018, provided however that in either event, no earlier than the one year anniversary of the filing of this Report, the holders of at least a majority of the shares upon conversion of our convertible preferred stock in the aggregate, or a lesser percent if the anticipated aggregate offering price would exceed $10.0 million, have the right to demand that we filed up to a total of two registration statements. These registration rights are subject to specified conditions and limitations, including the right of a managing underwriter to limit the number of shares included in any such registration under specified circumstances. Upon such a request, we are required to effect the registration as expeditiously as possible. An aggregate of up to 55,300,420 shares of common stock will be entitled to these demand registration rights.

Piggyback Registration Rights

        If we propose to register any of our securities under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Act, either for our own account or for the account of other stockholders, certain holders of shares of common stock and Oxford will each be entitled to notice of the registration and will be entitled to include their shares of common stock in the registration statement. These piggyback registration rights are subject to specified conditions and limitations, including the right of a managing underwriter to limit the number of shares included in any such registration under specified circumstances. An aggregate of up to 55,467,990 shares of common stock will be entitled to these piggyback registration rights.

Registration on Form S-3

        At any time after we become eligible to file a registration statement on Form S-3, holders of shares of our common stock that are issued upon conversion of our convertible preferred stock will be entitled, upon their written request, to have such shares registered by us on a Form S-3 registration statement at our expense, provided that such requested registration has an anticipated aggregate offering size to the public of at least $1.0 million and subject to other specified conditions and limitations. An aggregate of up to 55,300,420 shares of common stock will be entitled to these Form S-3 registration rights.

Expenses of Registration

        We will pay all expenses relating to any demand, piggyback or Form S-3 registration, other than underwriting discounts and commissions, subject to specified conditions and limitations.

126


Table of Contents

Termination of Registration Rights

        The registration rights granted under the registration rights agreement will terminate on August 4, 2025 or, if earlier, with respect to a particular holder, at such time as that holder and its affiliates may sell all of their shares of common stock pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act without any restrictions on volume.

Anti-Takeover Provisions

Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law

        We are subject to Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, which prohibits a Delaware corporation from engaging in any business combination with any interested stockholder for a period of three years after the date that such stockholder became an interested stockholder, with the following exceptions:

    before such date, the board of directors of the corporation approved either the business combination or the transaction that resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder;

    upon completion of the transaction that resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder, the interested stockholder owned at least 85% of the voting stock of the corporation outstanding at the time the transaction began, excluding for purposes of determining the voting stock outstanding, but not the outstanding voting stock owned by the interested stockholder, those shares owned (i) by persons who are directors and also officers and (ii) employee stock plans in which employee participants do not have the right to determine confidentially whether shares held subject to the plan will be tendered in a tender or exchange offer; or

    on or after such date, the business combination is approved by the board of directors and authorized at an annual or special meeting of the stockholders, and not by written consent, by the affirmative vote of at least 66 2 / 3 % of the outstanding voting stock that is not owned by the interested stockholder.

        In general, Section 203 defines a "business combination" to include the following:

    any merger or consolidation involving the corporation and the interested stockholder;

    any sale, transfer, pledge or other disposition of 10% or more of the assets of the corporation involving the interested stockholder;

    subject to certain exceptions, any transaction that results in the issuance or transfer by the corporation of any stock of the corporation to the interested stockholder;

    any transaction involving the corporation that has the effect of increasing the proportionate share of the stock or any class or series of the corporation beneficially owned by the interested stockholder; or

    the receipt by the interested stockholder of the benefit of any loans, advances, guarantees, pledges or other financial benefits by or through the corporation.

        In general, Section 203 defines an "interested stockholder" as an entity or person who, together with the person's affiliates and associates, beneficially owns, or within three years prior to the time of determination of interested stockholder status did own, 15% or more of the outstanding voting stock of the corporation.

127


Table of Contents


INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS

        We are incorporated under the laws of the State of Delaware. Section 102 of the Delaware General Corporation Law permits a corporation to eliminate the personal liability of directors of a corporation to the corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for a breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except where the director breached his duty of loyalty, failed to act in good faith, engaged in intentional misconduct or knowingly violated a law, authorized the payment of a dividend or approved a stock repurchase in violation of Delaware corporate law or obtained an improper personal benefit.

        Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law provides that a corporation has the power to indemnify a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation and certain other persons serving at the request of the corporation in related capacities against expenses (including attorneys' fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlements actually and reasonably incurred by the person in connection with an action, suit or proceeding to which he is or is threatened to be made a party by reason of such position, if such person acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, and, in any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his conduct was unlawful, except that, in the case of actions brought by or in the right of the corporation, no indemnification shall be made with respect to any claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable to the corporation unless and only to the extent that the Court of Chancery or other adjudicating court determines that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all of the circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses which the Court of Chancery or such other court shall deem proper.

        As permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law, our certificate of incorporation and bylaws provide that: (i) we are required to indemnify our directors, officers and employees to the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law; (ii) we are required, upon satisfaction of certain conditions, to advance all expenses incurred by our directors in connection with certain legal proceedings; (iii) the rights conferred in the bylaws are not exclusive; and (iv) we are authorized to enter into indemnification agreements with our directors, officers, employees and agents.

        We have entered into agreements with our directors and executive officers that require us to indemnify them against expenses, judgments, fines, settlements and other amounts that any such person becomes legally obligated to pay (including with respect to a derivative action) in connection with any proceeding, whether actual or threatened, to which such person may be made a party by reason of the fact that such person is or was a director or officer of us or any of our affiliates, provided such person acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, our best interests. The indemnification agreements also set forth certain procedures that will apply in the event of a claim for indemnification thereunder. At present, no litigation or proceeding is pending that involves any of our directors or officers regarding which indemnification is sought, nor are we aware of any threatened litigation that may result in claims for indemnification.

        We maintain a directors' and officers' liability insurance policy. The policy insures directors and officers against unindemnified losses arising from certain wrongful acts in their capacities as directors and officers and reimburses us for those losses for which we have lawfully indemnified the directors and officers. The policy contains various exclusions.

128


Table of Contents


CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING OR FINANCIAL
DISCLOSURE

        See information contained in Item 4.01 below.


FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

        See information contained in Item 9.01 below.

129


Table of Contents

Item 3.02    Unregistered Sales of Equity Securities.

Issuance and Exchange of Senseonics, Incorporated Series D Convertible Preferred Stock

        In October 2012, Senseonics, Incorporated issued an aggregate of 5,725,759 shares of its Series D convertible preferred stock (or 12,009,773 post-exchange shares of our common stock) to 13 investors at a purchase price of $3.75 per share, for aggregate consideration of $21.5 million. In May 2014, Senseonics, Incorporated issued an aggregate of 2,646,078 shares of its Series D convertible preferred stock (or 5,550,145 post-exchange shares of our common stock) to 11 investors at a purchase price of $3.75 per share, for aggregate consideration of $9.9 million. In July 2014, Senseonics, Incorporated issued an aggregate of 82,178 shares of its Series D convertible preferred stock (or 172,364 post-exchange shares of our common stock) to 11 investors at a purchase price of $3.75 per share, for aggregate consideration of $308,591. In September 2014, Senseonics, Incorporated issued an aggregate of 2,646,078 shares of its Series D convertible preferred stock (or 5,550,145 post-exchange shares of our common stock) to 11 investors at a purchase price of $3.75 per share, for aggregate consideration of $9.9 million.

Issuance and Exchange of Senseonics, Incorporated Series E Convertible Preferred Stock

        In August 2015, Senseonics, Incorporated issued an aggregate of 2,544,529 shares of its Series E convertible preferred stock (or 5,337,144 post-exchange shares of our common stock) to 10 investors at a purchase price of $3.75 per share, for aggregate consideration of $10.0 million. In September 2015, Senseonics, Incorporated issued an aggregate of 167,397 shares of its Series E convertible preferred stock (or 351,106 post-exchange shares of our common stock) to 18 investors at a purchase price of $3.75 per share, for aggregate consideration of $0.66 million.

Securities Issued Pursuant to Acquisition

        On December 7, 2015, pursuant to and in connection with the Closing of the Acquisition, we issued:

    57,739,953 Company Shares to the former stockholders of Senseonics, Incorporated;

    Company Options for the purchase of an aggregate of 9,251,164 shares of our common stock; and

    Company Warrants for the purchase of an aggregate of 5,090,661 shares of our common stock.

        The 57,739,953 shares issued to the former Senseonics, Incorporated stockholders were issued with a restrictive legend that the shares had not been registered under the Securities Act of 1933. For more information, see Item 2.01—Completion of Acquisition or Disposition of Assets.

Exemptions from Registration

        The offers, sales and issuances of the Series D convertible preferred stock and the Series E convertible preferred stock by Senseonics, Incorporated described above were exempt from registration under Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act and Regulation D promulgated under the Securities Act. Each of the purchasers represented to Senseonics, Incorporated that they acquired the securities for investment only and not with a view to or for sale in connection with any distribution thereof and appropriate legends were affixed to the securities issued in these transactions. The purchasers also represented to Senseonics, Incorporated that they were accredited investors as defined in Rule 501 promulgated under the Securities Act.

        The issuance of the Company Shares and Company Warrants in conjunction with the Acquisition was exempt from registration under Regulation D promulgated under the Securities Act and Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act as an offering not involving a public offering. Each of the

130


Table of Contents

recipients of the Company Shares and Company Warrants represented that they were accredited investors and/or sophisticated, with fewer than 35 non-accredited investors. The issuance of the Company Options were exempt under Rule 701 under the Securities Act.

        None of the stock options or warrants, nor the underlying shares of common stock issuable upon exercise, have been registered under the Securities Act; and all documents have been issued with a restrictive legend prohibiting further transfer of the shares without such securities either being first registered or otherwise exempt from registration in any further resale or disposition.

Item 4.01    Changes In Accountants.

    Change in Independent Registered Public Accountants Resulting from the Acquisition

        The financial statements as of and for the nine months ended September 30, 2015 of Senseonics, Incorporated were audited by Ernst & Young LLP ("EY"), which was the independent registered public accounting firm that audited the financial statements of Senseonics, Incorporated. Our financial statements as of and for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2014 and 2015 were audited by, and our financial statements as of and for the first quarter ended September 30, 2015 were reviewed by, KLJ & Associates, LLP ("KLJ"), which served as our independent registered public accountants prior to the Acquisition.

        Therefore, effective as of December 7, 2015, EY will continue to act as our auditor until its resignation or removal. Pursuant to Item 304 of Regulation S-K, we report as follows:

    The dismissal of KLJ, which took effect on December 7, 2015, and the appointment of the new independent registered public accounting firm, EY, which took effect on December 7, 2015, were related solely to the change of control resulting from the Acquisition, and were not related in any way to any disagreement with KLJ.

    KLJ's reports on the financial statements of ASN Technologies, Inc. since its inception on June 26, 2014 have not contained any adverse opinion or disclaimer of opinion and were not qualified or modified as to uncertainty, audit scope, or accounting principle, except for KLJ's audit reports dated August 15, 2014 and September 18, 2015, each of which contained an explanatory paragraph that cited certain conditions that raised substantial doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern.

    The decision to utilize Senseonics, Incorporated's current accountants was approved by our board of directors, on the recommendation of our audit committee.

    During our last two fiscal years and through the date of this Report, there were no disagreements between us and KLJ on any matter of accounting principles or practices, financial statement disclosure, or auditing scope or procedures, which disagreements, if not resolved to the satisfaction of KLJ, would have caused it to make reference to the subject matter of the disagreements in connection with its report; and there were no reportable events as defined in Item 304(a)(1)(v) of Regulation S-K.

        We have provided KLJ a copy of the above disclosures in response to Item 304 of Regulation S-K in conjunction with the filing of this Report and requested that KLJ provide us with a letter addressed to the Securities and Exchange Commission stating whether it agrees with the statements we have made in response to Item 304(a) of Regulation S-K. A copy of such letter will be filed with an amendment to this Report.

        During our two most recent fiscal years and through the date of this Report, we did not consult EY with respect to the application of accounting principles to a specified transaction, either completed or proposed, or the type of audit opinion that might be rendered on the Company's consolidated

131


Table of Contents

financial statements, or any other matters or reportable events as set forth in Items 304(a)(2) of Regulation S-K.

Previous independent registered public accounting firm

        On October 19, 2015, Senseonics, Incorporated dismissed PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP as Senseonics, Incorporated's independent registered public accounting firm, following the completion of a competitive process overseen by the Senseonics, Incorporated board of directors to review the appointment of Senseonics, Incorporated's independent registered public accounting firm.

        The reports of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP on the financial statements for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013 contained no adverse opinion or disclaimer of opinion and were not qualified or modified as to uncertainty, audit scope or accounting principle, except for an explanatory paragraph regarding substantial doubt about Senseonics, Incorporated's ability to continue as a going concern in its report on Senseonics, Incorporated's annual financial statements for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2014.

        During the fiscal years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013 and the subsequent interim period through October 19, 2015: (i) there have been no disagreements with PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP on any matter of accounting principles or practices, financial statement disclosure, or auditing scope or procedure, which disagreements if not resolved to the satisfaction of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP would have caused them to make reference thereto in their reports on the financial statements for such years, and (ii) there have been no reportable events (as defined in Regulation S-K 304(a)(1)(v)), except for the material weakness described below.

        In 2013, Senseonics, Incorporated identified a material weakness whereby Senseonics, Incorporated did not have a control designed and in place to identify and properly account for complex equity transactions. This resulted in a material balance sheet reclassification adjustment and the restatement of Senseonics, Incorporated's financial statements as of and for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2012. Senseonics, Incorporated remediated this material weakness in 2014 primarily by implementing a new control over the process and engaging external accounting experts with the appropriate knowledge to supplement Senseonics, Incorporated's internal resources in our computation and review processes.

        The Senseonics, Incorporated audit committee discussed with PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP this material weakness and the remediation. We have authorized PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP to respond fully to the inquiries of the successor independent registered public accounting firm concerning this material weakness.

        The Company has requested that PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP furnish it with a letter addressed to the SEC stating whether or not it agrees with the above statements under the headlines Previous independent registered public accounting firm . A copy of such letter, dated December 10, 2015, is filed as Exhibit 16.1 to this Report.

New independent registered public accounting firm

        Senseonics, Incorporated engaged EY as its new independent registered public accounting firm as of October 28, 2015. During the fiscal years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013 and the subsequent interim period through June 30, 2015, we have not consulted with EY regarding either (i) the application of accounting principles to a specified transaction, either completed or proposed, or the type of audit opinion that might be rendered on our financial statements, and neither a written report was provided to us or oral advice was provided that EY concluded was an important factor considered by us in reaching a decision as to the accounting, auditing or financial reporting issue; or (ii) any matter that was either the subject of a disagreement (as defined in Regulation S-K 304(a)(1)(iv)) and

132


Table of Contents

the related instructions to Regulation S-K 304, or a reportable event (as defined in Regulation S-K 304(a)(1)(v)).

Item 5.01    Changes in Control of Registrant.

        The information regarding the Acquisition set forth in Item 2.01, "Completion of Acquisition or Disposition of Assets" is incorporated herein by reference.

        At the Closing of the Acquisition, we issued 57,739,953 shares of our common stock to former Senseonics, Incorporated stockholders in exchange for all of their ownership of Senseonics, Incorporated. Prior to the Acquisition, the Senseonics, Incorporated stockholders did not own any of our shares of common stock.

        After giving effect to the issuance of the Company Shares and the cancellation of the Repurchase Shares, the number of shares of our common stock issued and outstanding is 75,760,061, of which the former Senseonics, Incorporated stockholders own approximately 76%. Assuming the exercise of all outstanding Company Options and Company Warrants, the number of shares of our common stock issued and outstanding would be 90,101,886, of which the former Senseonics, Incorporated stockholders would own approximately 80%. Stockholders beneficially owning all of our common stock immediately prior to the Closing of the Acquisition were diluted to an aggregate beneficial ownership of 18,020,108 shares, or approximately 20% of our issued and outstanding shares.

Item 5.02    Departure of Directors or Principal Officers; Election of Directors; Appointment of Certain Officers; Compensatory Arrangements of Certain Officers.

Change in the Directors Serving on our Board

        In connection with the Closing of the Acquisition, the Company accepted the resignation of Daniel Davis, its former sole director, and the individuals listed below were elected to serve on our board of directors. The resignation of the former sole director was not in connection with any known disagreement with us on any matter.

    Timothy T. Goodnow, Ph.D.
    M. James Barrett, Ph.D.
    Peter Justin Klein, M.D., J.D.
    Stephen P. DeFalco
    Edward J. Fiorentino
    Douglas S. Prince
    Douglas A. Roeder

        Our new board of directors then elected Mr. DeFalco as the chairman of the board of directors.

Change in Executive Officers

        In connection with the Closing of the Acquisition, the former sole officer resigned and the following individuals were named as executive officers of the Company:

Timothy T. Goodnow, Ph.D.    President and Chief Executive Officer
R. Don Elsey   Chief Financial Officer
Mukul Jain, Ph.D.    Vice President, Operations, Quality and Regulatory
Mirasol Panlilio   Vice President, Global Sales and Marketing

        Our executive officers serve at the pleasure of our board of directors.

133


Table of Contents

        See "Management" for information on each of our new directors and executive officers.

Item 5.03    Amendments to Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws; Change in Fiscal Year.

        On December 4, 2015, the Company converted to a Delaware corporation by filing a Certificate of Incorporation, or the Delaware Certificate, and Certificate of Conversion with the Delaware Secretary of State. Pursuant to the Delaware Certificate, we changed our name to "Senseonics Holdings, Inc." No other material amendments were made. The Delaware Certificate is filed as an exhibit to this Report and is incorporated by reference herein.

        On December 7, 2015, in connection with the Closing of the Acquisition, we changed our fiscal year of June 30 to conform to the December 31 fiscal year of Senseonics, Incorporated.

Item 5.06    Change in Shell Company Status.

        As a result of the Acquisition, we are no longer a "shell company" within the meaning of Rule 12b-2 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. In addition, the information contained in this Report is intended to provide "Form 10 information" within the meaning of Rule 144(i)(3) under the Securities Act of 1933.

Item 9.01    Financial Statements and Exhibits.

(a)   Financial Statements of Business Acquired

        See Financial Statements for Senseonics, Incorporated for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2014, which are filed as Exhibit 99.1 to this Report and are incorporated herein by reference.

        See Financial Statements for Senseonics, Incorporated for the nine months ended September 30, 2014 and 2015, which are filed as Exhibit 99.2 to this Report and are incorporated herein by reference.

(b)   Pro Forma Financial Information

        See Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Statement of Operations for the year ended December 31, 2014 and the nine months ended September 30, 2015, which is filed as Exhibit 99.3 to this Report and is incorporated herein by reference.

(d)   Exhibits

Exhibit No.   Document
  2.1 * Agreement and Plan of Merger by and among ASN Technologies, Inc., SMSI Merger Sub, Inc. and Senseonics, Incorporated, dated as of December 4, 2015.
        
  3.1   Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant.
        
  3.2   Bylaws of the Registrant.
        
  4.1   Registration Rights Agreement by and among the Registrant and certain of its stockholders, dated as of December 7, 2015.
        
  10.1   Lease Agreement, dated as of February 4, 2008, by and between Senseonics, Incorporated and Seneca Meadows Corporate Center III Limited Partnership, as amended by the First Amendment to Lease, dated as of September 25, 2012.
        
  10.2 + Transaction Bonus Agreement by and between Senseonics, Incorporated and Stephen DeFalco, dated as of December 4, 2015.
        
  10.3 + Amended and Restated 1997 Stock Option Plan of Senseonics, Incorporated, as amended to date.

134


Table of Contents

Exhibit No.   Document
        
  10.4 + Form of Incentive Stock Option Agreement under Senseonics, Incorporated Amended and Restated 1997 Stock Option Plan.
        
  10.5 + Form of Nonqualified Stock Option Agreement under Senseonics, Incorporated Amended and Restated 1997 Stock Option Plan.
        
  10.6 + 2015 Equity Incentive Plan of Senseonics, Incorporated.
        
  10.7 + Form of Stock Option Grant Notice and Stock Option Agreement under Senseonics, Incorporated 2015 Equity Incentive Plan.
        
  10.8 + Form of Restricted Stock Unit Grant Notice and Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement under Senseonics, Incorporated 2015 Equity Incentive Plan.
        
  10.9 + Form of Indemnification Agreement between the Registrant and its directors and executive officers.
        
  10.10 + Amended and Restated Executive Employment Agreement by and between Senseonics, Incorporated and Timothy T. Goodnow, dated as of July 24, 2015.
        
  10.11 + Amended and Restated Executive Employment Agreement by and between Senseonics, Incorporated and Mukul Jain, dated as of July 30, 2015.
        
  10.12 + Executive Employment Agreement by and between Senseonics, Incorporated and Mirasol Panlilio, dated as of August 10, 2015.
        
  10.13 + Amended and Restated Executive Employment Agreement by and between Senseonics, Incorporated and R. Don Elsey, dated as of July 27, 2015.
        
  10.14   Loan and Security Agreement, by and between Senseonics, Incorporated and Oxford Finance LLC, dated as of July 31, 2014, as amended by the Consent and First Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of December 7, 2015.
        
  10.15   Form of Secured Promissory Note issued to Oxford Finance LLC by Senseonics, Incorporated, dated as of July 31, 2014 and December 23, 2014.
        
  10.16   Form of Secured Promissory Note issued to Oxford Finance LLC by Senseonics, Incorporated, dated as of December 7, 2015.
        
  10.17   Form of Replacement Warrant to Purchase Common Stock issued to Oxford Finance LLC by Senseonics, Incorporated, dated as of December 7, 2015.
        
  10.18   Form of Warrant to Purchase Preferred Stock issued by Senseonics, Incorporated in bridge loan financings.
        
  10.19   Common Stock Repurchase Agreement, by and between ASN Technologies, Inc. and Laura Magrone, dated as of December 4, 2015.
        
  10.20   Spin-out Agreement by and between Daniel Davis and ASN Technologies, Inc., dated as of December 4, 2015.
        
  10.21   Note Purchase Agreement by and between the Registrant and Energy Capital LLC, dated as of December 7, 2015.
        
  10.22   Unsecured Promissory Note issued by the Registrant to Energy Capital LLC, dated as of December 7, 2015.
        
  10.23   Resignation Letter of Daniel Davis.
 
   

135


Table of Contents

Exhibit No.   Document
  10.24 # Exclusive Distribution Agreement, by and between Senseonics, Incorporated and Rubin Medical, dated as of September 14, 2015.
        
  16.1   Letter from PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
        
  21.1   Subsidiaries of the Registrant.
        
  99.1   Financial Statements for Senseonics, Incorporated for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013.
        
  99.2   Financial Statements for Senseonics, Incorporated for the nine months ended September 30, 2015 and 2014.
        
  99.3   Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Statement of Operations for the Year Ended December 31, 2014 and the Nine Months ended September 30, 2015.

*
Pursuant to Item 601(b)(2) of Regulation S-K, the Registrant agrees to furnish supplementally a copy of any omitted schedule or exhibit to the Agreement and Plan of Merger to the Securities and Exchange Commission upon request.

#
Portions of this exhibit (indicated by asterisks) have been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment and have been separately filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

+
Indicates management contract or compensatory plan.

136


Table of Contents


SIGNATURES

        Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned hereunto duly authorized.

Date: December 10, 2015

  SENSEONICS HOLDINGS, INC.

 

By:

 

/s/ TIMOTHY T. GOODNOW


Timothy T. Goodnow, Ph.D.
President and Chief Executive Officer



Exhibit 2.1

 

[EXECUTION VERSION]

 

AGREEMENT AND PLAN OF MERGER AND REORGANIZATION

 

BY AND AMONG

 

ASN TECHNOLOGIES, INC.,

 

SMSI MERGER SUB, INC.

 

AND

 

SENSEONICS, INCORPORATED

 

Dated as of December 4, 2015

 



 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

 

 

Page

 

 

 

ARTICLE 1

THE MERGER

2

 

 

 

 

1.1

The Merger

2

 

1.2

Closing; Effective Time

3

 

1.3

Effect of the Merger

3

 

1.4

Certificate of Incorporation; Bylaws

3

 

1.5

Directors and Officers of the Surviving Corporation

3

 

1.6

Conversion of Company Securities

4

 

1.7

Dissenting Shares

6

 

1.8

Exchange of Certificates

6

 

1.9

Stock Transfer Books

8

 

1.10

No Further Rights

8

 

1.11

Tax Consequences

8

 

1.12

Additional Actions

8

 

 

 

ARTICLE 2

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF COMPANY

9

 

 

 

 

2.1

Organization and Qualification

9

 

2.2

Capital Structure.

9

 

2.3

Authority; Non-Contravention; Approvals

10

 

2.4

Company Financial Statements; No Undisclosed Liabilities

11

 

2.5

Absence of Certain Changes or Events

11

 

2.6

Taxes

11

 

2.7

Intellectual Property

13

 

2.8

Compliance with Legal Requirements

13

 

2.9

Legal Proceedings

14

 

2.10

Brokers’ and Finders’ Fees

14

 

2.11

Employee Benefit Plans

14

 

2.12

Title to Assets; Condition of Equipment

14

 

2.13

Environmental Matters

15

 

2.14

Labor Matters

15

 

2.15

Company Contracts

15

 

2.16

Insurance

15

 

2.17

Exclusivity of Representations and Warranties; Reliance

15

 

i



 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)

 

 

 

Page

 

 

 

ARTICLE 3

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF PARENT AND MERGER SUB

16

 

 

 

 

3.1

Organization and Qualification

16

 

3.2

Capital Structure

16

 

3.3

Authority; Non-Contravention; Approvals

17

 

3.4

Anti-Takeover Statutes Not Applicable

18

 

3.5

SEC Filings; Parent Financial Statements; No Undisclosed Liabilities

18

 

3.6

Taxes

19

 

3.7

Intellectual Property

21

 

3.8

Compliance with Legal Requirements

21

 

3.9

Legal Proceedings; Orders

22

 

3.10

Brokers’ and Finders’ Fees

22

 

3.11

Employee Benefit Plans

22

 

3.12

Labor Matters

22

 

3.13

Real Property

22

 

3.14

Parent Contracts

22

 

3.15

Insurance

23

 

3.16

Interested Party Transactions

23

 

3.17

Disclosure

24

 

3.18

Shell Company Status; Exchange Act Matters; Emerging Growth Company

24

 

3.19

Disclosure; Parent Information

24

 

3.20

No Prior Merger Sub Operations

24

 

3.21

Exclusivity of Representations and Warranties; Reliance

24

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE 4

CONDUCT OF BUSINESS PENDING THE MERGER

24

 

 

 

 

4.1

Conduct of Company Business

24

 

4.2

Conduct of Parent Business

26

 

 

 

ARTICLE 5

ADDITIONAL AGREEMENTS

27

 

 

 

 

5.1

Company Written Consent; Information Statement

27

 

5.2

Parent Written Consent; Notice; Private Placement

28

 

5.3

Access to Information; Confidentiality

28

 

5.4

Regulatory Approvals and Related Matters

29

 

ii



 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)

 

 

 

Page

 

 

 

 

 

5.6

Notification of Certain Matters

29

 

5.7

Public Announcements

30

 

5.8

Conveyance Taxes

30

 

5.9

Exclusive Dealing

30

 

5.10

Company Options

30

 

5.11

Company and Parent Disclosure Schedules

31

 

5.12

Tax Matters

31

 

5.13

Expenses

32

 

 

 

ARTICLE 6

CONDITIONS TO THE MERGER

32

 

 

 

 

6.1

Conditions to Obligation of Each Party to Effect the Merger

32

 

6.2

Additional Conditions to Obligations of Parent

32

 

6.3

Additional Conditions to Obligations of Company

33

 

 

 

ARTICLE 7

TERMINATION

34

 

 

 

 

7.1

Termination

34

 

7.2

Effect of Termination

35

 

 

 

ARTICLE 8

GENERAL PROVISIONS

35

 

 

 

 

8.1

Notices

35

 

8.2

Amendment

36

 

8.3

Headings

36

 

8.4

Severability

36

 

8.5

Entire Agreement

36

 

8.6

Successors and Assigns

36

 

8.7

Parties in Interest

36

 

8.8

Waiver

36

 

8.9

Remedies Cumulative; Specific Performance

37

 

8.10

Governing Law; Venue; Waiver of Jury Trial

37

 

8.11

Nonsurvival of Representations and Warranties

37

 

8.12

Counterparts and Exchanges by Electronic Transmission or Facsimile

37

 

8.13

Cooperation

37

 

8.14

Construction

38

 

iii



 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)

 

EXHIBITS

 

Exhibit A

Certain Definitions

 

 

Exhibit B-1

Parent Written Consent

 

 

Exhibit B-2

Merger Sub Written Consent

 

 

Exhibit B-3

Company Written Consent

 

 

Exhibit C

Share Repurchase Agreement

 

 

Exhibit D

Spin-Out Agreement

 

 

Exhibit E

Line of Credit

 

 

Exhibit F

Market Standoff Agreement

 

 

Exhibit G

Certificate of Merger

 

 

Exhibit H-1

Certificate of Conversion

 

 

Exhibit H-2

Articles of Conversion and Plan of Conversion

 

 

Exhibit H-3

Parent Certificate of Incorporation

 

 

Exhibit I

Allocation Certificate

 

SCHEDULES

 

Company Disclosure Schedules

 

Parent Disclosure Schedules

 

Schedule 1.6(e)(3)                                               Specified Company Warrants

 

iv



 

AGREEMENT AND PLAN OF MERGER AND REORGANIZATION

 

THIS AGREEMENT AND PLAN OF MERGER AND REORGANIZATION , is made and entered into as of December 3, 2015 (this “ Agreement ”), by and among ASN TECHNOLOGIES, INC. a Nevada corporation (“ Parent ”), SMSI MERGER SUB, INC. , a Delaware corporation (“ Merger Sub ”) and wholly owned subsidiary of Parent, and SENSEONICS, INCORPORATED , a Delaware corporation (“ Company ”). Parent, Merger Sub and Company are each a “ Party ” and referred to collectively herein as the “ Parties .” Certain capitalized terms used in this Agreement are defined in Exhibit A .

 

RECITALS:

 

A.                                     This Agreement contemplates a merger of Merger Sub with and into Company, with Company remaining as the surviving entity after the merger (the “ Merger ”), whereby the Company Stockholders will receive Parent Common Stock in exchange for their Company Capital Stock and Company will become a wholly-owned Subsidiary of Parent.

 

B.                                     The Parties intend, by approving resolutions authorizing this Agreement, to adopt this Agreement as a plan of reorganization within the meaning of Section 368(a) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “ Code ”), and the regulations thereunder, and to cause the Merger to qualify as a reorganization under the provisions of Section 368(a) of the Code.

 

C.                                     Pursuant to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, the holders of the outstanding equity interests of Company immediately prior to the Effective Time will own approximately 80%, on a fully diluted basis, of the outstanding equity interests of Parent immediately following the Effective Time, and the holders of the outstanding equity interests of Parent immediately prior to the Merger will own approximately 20%, on a fully diluted basis, of the outstanding equity interests of Parent immediately following the Effective Time.

 

D.                                     The board of directors of Parent (i) has determined that the Merger is fair to, and in the best interests of, Parent and its stockholders, (ii) has approved this Agreement, the Merger, the issuance of shares of Parent Common Stock to the Company Stockholders pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, the change of control of Parent, and the other actions contemplated by this Agreement and has deemed this Agreement and such transactions advisable and (iii) has determined to recommend that the stockholders of Parent vote to approve the Merger and the other transactions (including the issuance of Parent Common Stock) contemplated hereby.

 

E.                                     The board of directors of Merger Sub (i) has determined that the Merger is fair to, and in the best interests of, Merger Sub and its sole stockholder, (ii) has approved this Agreement, the Merger, and the other actions contemplated by this Agreement and has deemed this Agreement and such transactions advisable and (iii) has determined to recommend that its sole stockholder vote to adopt this Agreement and thereby approve the Merger and such other actions as contemplated by this Agreement.

 

F.                                      The board of directors of Company (i) has determined that the Merger is advisable and fair to, and in the best interests of, Company and its stockholders, (ii) has approved this Agreement, the Merger and the other transactions contemplated by this Agreement and has deemed this Agreement and such transactions advisable and (iii) has determined to recommend that the Company Stockholders vote to approve this Agreement, the Merger and the other transactions contemplated hereby.

 

G.                                    Promptly following the execution and delivery of this Agreement and on the date hereof, Parent will deliver to Company the written consent of the holders of Parent Capital Stock, in the form of

 

1



 

Exhibit B-1 attached hereto (the “ Parent Written Consent ”), representing a majority of shares of Parent Capital Stock.

 

H.                                    Promptly following the execution and delivery of this Agreement and on the date hereof, Merger Sub will deliver to Company the written consent of Parent, as sole stockholder of Merger Sub, in the form of Exhibit B-2 attached hereto (the “ Merger Sub Written Consent ”).

 

I.                                         Promptly following the execution and delivery of this Agreement and on the date hereof, Company will deliver to Parent the written consent of the Company Stockholders, in the form of Exhibit B-3 attached hereto (the “ Company Written Consent ”), representing a number of shares of Company Capital Stock necessary for the adoption of this Agreement the approval of the Merger, the other transactions contemplated hereby, the treatment of certain of the Company Warrants and, effective immediately prior to the Effective Time, the conversion of all shares of Company Preferred Stock into shares of Company Common Stock.

 

J.                                       As a condition to the willingness of, and an inducement to Company to enter into this Agreement, contemporaneously with the execution and delivery of this Agreement, Laura Magrone, who as of the date hereof owns approximately 87% of the issued and outstanding Parent Common Stock, and Parent are entering into a Share Repurchase Agreement, in the form of Exhibit C attached hereto (the “ Share Repurchase Agreement ”), under which, among other things, Parent will repurchase 119,979,892 of Ms. Magrone’s shares of Parent Common Stock, effective immediately following the Effective Time.

 

K.                                    As a condition to the willingness of, and an inducement to Company to enter into this Agreement, contemporaneously with the execution and delivery of this Agreement, Daniel Davis and Parent are entering into a Spin-Out Agreement, in the form of Exhibit D attached hereto (the “ Spin-Out Agreement ”), under which, among other things, Mr. Davis will acquire substantially all of the assets of Parent and will assume all of Parent’s liabilities, in each case, as of and effective immediately following the Effective Time.

 

L.                                     As a condition to the willingness of, and an inducement to Company to enter into this Agreement, at the Effective Time, Energy Capital, LLC, a Florida limited liability company, and Parent will enter into a Note Purchase Agreement, in the form of Exhibit E attached hereto (the “ Line of Credit ”), under which, among other things, and subject to the terms and conditions therein, Energy Capital, LLC will provide debt financing of up to $10,000,000 to Parent.

 

AGREEMENT:

 

NOW, THEREFORE , in consideration of the foregoing and the representations, warranties and covenants herein contained, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt, adequacy and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the Parties, intending to be legally bound, hereby agree as follows:

 

ARTICLE 1

 

THE MERGER

 

1.1                                The Merger . Subject to and upon the terms and conditions of this Agreement and Delaware General Corporation Law (“ Delaware Law ”), Merger Sub will be merged with and into Company at the Effective Time. From and after the Effective Time, the separate corporate existence of Merger Sub will cease, and Company will continue as the surviving corporation. Company as the

 

2



 

surviving corporation after the Merger is hereinafter sometimes referred to as the “ Surviving Corporation .”

 

1.2                                Closing; Effective Time . Unless this Agreement has been terminated and the transactions herein contemplated have been abandoned pursuant to Section 7.1 of this Agreement, and subject to the satisfaction or waiver of the conditions set forth in Article 6 of this Agreement, the consummation of the Merger (the “ Closing ”) will be deemed to take place at the offices of Cooley LLP, One Freedom Square, 11951 Freedom Drive, 15th Floor, Reston, VA 20190, at 10:00 a.m. local time no later than two (2) Business Days after satisfaction or waiver of the conditions set forth in Article 6 (other than those conditions that by their nature are to be satisfied at the Closing, but subject to the satisfaction or waiver of each such condition), or at such other time, date and place as Parent and Company may mutually agree in writing. The date on which the Closing actually takes place is referred to as the “ Closing Date ”. On the Closing Date, the Parties will cause the Merger to be consummated by executing and filing a Certificate of Merger (including the Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation attached thereto) in accordance with the relevant provisions of Delaware Law (the “ Certificate of Merger ”), in substantially the form of Exhibit G attached hereto, together with any required related certificates, with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware, in such form as required by, and executed in accordance with the relevant provisions of, Delaware Law. The Merger will become effective at the time of the filing of such Certificate of Merger with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware (the “ Effective Time ”).

 

1.3                                Effect of the Merger . At the Effective Time, the effect of the Merger will be as provided in this Agreement, the Certificate of Merger and the applicable provisions of Delaware Law. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, and subject thereto, at the Effective Time all the property, rights, privileges, powers and franchises of Company and Merger Sub will vest in the Surviving Corporation, all debts, liabilities, obligations and duties of Company and Merger Sub will become the debts, liabilities, obligations and duties of the Surviving Corporation, and the Surviving Corporation will be a wholly-owned Subsidiary of Parent.

 

1.4                                Certificate of Incorporation; Bylaws . Unless otherwise determined by Parent and Company:

 

(a)                                  the certificate of incorporation of Company will be amended and restated at the Effective Time as set forth in the Certificate of Merger, and, as so amended and restated, will be the certificate of incorporation of the Surviving Corporation until thereafter amended as provided by Delaware Law and such certificate of incorporation;

 

(b)                                  the bylaws of Company will be amended and restated to read in the form of the bylaws of Merger Sub, as in effect on the date hereof and, as so amended and restated, will be the bylaws of the Surviving Corporation until thereafter amended as provided by Delaware Law, the certificate of incorporation of the Surviving Corporation and such bylaws; and

 

(c)                                   prior to the Merger, Parent will (i) convert to a Delaware corporation by filing with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware a Certificate of Conversion in the form of Exhibit H-1 attached hereto and filing with the Secretary of State of the State of Nevada the Articles of Conversion and Plan of Conversion in the form of Exhibit H-2 attached hereto, and (ii) amend its certificate of incorporation to read in its entirety as set forth on Exhibit H-3 attached hereto.

 

1.5                                Directors and Officers of the Surviving Corporation . Unless otherwise determined by Parent and Company, the Parties will take all action such that:

 

3


 

(a)                                  the board of directors of the Surviving Corporation immediately after the Effective Time will consist of Timothy Goodnow, until such time as his successors are duly elected or appointed;

 

(b)                                  the board of directors of Parent immediately after the Effective Time will consist of Stephen DeFalco, Timothy Goodnow, Doug Roeder, Doug Prince, Ed Fiorentino, Justin Klein and Jim Barrett, until such time as their respective successors are duly elected or appointed; and

 

(c)                                   the officers of Company immediately prior to the Effective Time will be the officers of Parent immediately following the Effective Time, until such time as their respective successors are duly elected or appointed.

 

1.6                                Conversion of Company Securities . At the Effective Time, by virtue of the Merger and without any action on the part of Parent, Merger Sub, Company, any stockholder of Company or any other Person:

 

(a)                                  Conversion of Company Capital Stock . Each share of Company Capital Stock issued and outstanding immediately prior to, and contingent upon the occurrence of, the Effective Time (excluding any shares to be canceled pursuant to Section 1.6(c) ) will be converted, subject to Sections 1.6(c) , 1.6(g) , 1.6(h) , 1.7 and 1.8 , into and represent the right to receive such number of shares of validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable shares of common stock of Parent, $0.001 par value per share (“ Parent Common Stock ”), as is equal to the Exchange Ratio (the “ Merger Consideration ”).

 

(b)                                  Merger Sub Common Stock . Each share of Merger Sub Common Stock then outstanding will be converted into one share of common stock of the Surviving Corporation. Each stock certificate of Merger Sub evidencing ownership of any such shares will, as of the Effective Time, evidence ownership of such shares of common stock of the Surviving Corporation.

 

(c)                                   Cancellation . Each share of Company Capital Stock held in the treasury of Company and each share of Company Capital Stock owned by Parent or by any direct or indirect wholly owned Subsidiary of Company or Parent immediately prior to the Effective Time will, by virtue of the Merger and without any action on the part of the holder thereof, cease to be outstanding, be canceled and extinguished without any conversion thereof and without payment of any consideration therefor and cease to exist.

 

(d)                                  Company Options . Each Company Option under the Company Option Plan that is outstanding and unexercised as of immediately prior to the Effective Time will be subject to Section 5.10 . Prior to the Closing Date, Parent and Company will take all actions necessary to effect the transactions contemplated by this Section 1.6(d) , including delivering all notices required thereby. Company shall deliver notice to all holders of Company Options setting forth such holders’ rights pursuant to this Agreement.

 

(e)                                   Company Warrants .

 

(1)                                  Subject to Sections 1.6(e)(2)  and 1.6(e)(3), each Company Warrant that is outstanding and unexercised as of immediately prior to the Effective Time will be exchanged for warrants to purchase Parent Common Stock. Accordingly, from and after the Effective Time: (i) each Company Warrant may be exercised solely for shares of Parent Common Stock; (ii) the number of shares of Parent Common Stock subject to each such exchanged Company Warrant shall be determined by multiplying (A) the number of shares of Company Capital Stock (on an as converted to Company Common Stock basis) that were subject to such Company Warrant, as in effect immediately prior to the

 

4



 

Effective Time, by (B) the Exchange Ratio (and rounding the resulting number down to the nearest whole number of shares of Parent Common Stock); (iii) the per share exercise price for each such exchanged Company Warrant shall be determined by dividing (A) the per share exercise price of the Company Warrant exchanged, as in effect immediately prior to the Effective Time, by (B) the Exchange Ratio.

 

(2)                                  Except with respect to the Specified Company Warrants, the Company Written Consent shall include the consent of holders of Company Warrants representing the requisite holders necessary to approve the treatment of all of the Company Warrants as set forth in Section 1.6(e)(1) .

 

(3)                                  With respect to each Company Warrant set forth on Schedule 1.6(e)(3)  (each, a “ Specified Company Warrant ”), such Specified Company Warrant shall not be exchanged for a warrant to purchase Parent Common Stock in accordance with Section 1.6(e)(1)  until such time (but not earlier than the Effective Time) as the holder of such Specified Company Warrant has delivered its written consent to the treatment thereof in accordance with Section 1.6(e)(1) .

 

(4)                                  Prior to the Closing Date, Parent and Company will take all actions necessary to effect the transactions contemplated by this Section 1.6(e) , including delivering all notices required thereby.

 

(f)                                    Allocation Spreadsheet . Prior to the Effective Time, Company will prepare and deliver to Parent a list of (i) the Company Stockholders, holders of Company Options and holders of Company Warrants, and the number of shares of Company Capital Stock held by each Company Stockholder and subject to each Company Option and Company Warrant, in each case, as of immediately prior to the Effective Time, and (ii) the number of shares of Parent Common Stock to be exchanged for each Company Stockholder’s shares of Company Capital Stock and the number of shares of Parent Common Stock to be subject to each option and warrant replacing each Company Option and Company Warrant, as applicable. A copy of such list, which would be accurate if the Closing Date were the date of this Agreement, is attached hereto as Exhibit I .

 

(g)                                   Adjustments to Exchange Ratio . The Exchange Ratio will be appropriately adjusted to reflect fully the effect of any stock split, reverse split, stock dividend (including any dividend or distribution of securities convertible into Parent Common Stock or Company Capital Stock), reorganization, recapitalization or other like change with respect to Parent Common Stock or Company Capital Stock occurring after the date hereof and prior to the Effective Time.

 

(h)                                  Fractional Shares . No fraction of a share of Parent Common Stock will be issued in connection with the Merger, and no certificates or scrip for any such fractional shares will be issued. All fractional share amounts shall be rounded down to the nearest whole share (based on the total number of shares of Parent Common Stock to be issued to the applicable Company Stockholder). Company Stockholders will not be entitled to any voting rights, rights to receive any dividends or distributions or other rights as a stockholder of Parent with respect to any such fraction of a share that would have otherwise been issued to such Company Stockholder.

 

(i)                                      Restrictions . If any shares of Company Capital Stock outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time are unvested or are subject to a repurchase option, risk of forfeiture or other condition under any applicable restricted stock purchase agreement or other Contract with Company or under which Company has any rights, then the shares of Parent Common Stock issued in exchange for such shares of Company Capital Stock will also be unvested and subject to the same repurchase option, risk of forfeiture or other condition, and the book-entry representing such shares of Parent Common Stock may accordingly be marked with appropriate legends. Company will take all action that may be necessary

 

5



 

to ensure that, from and after the Effective Time, Parent is entitled to exercise any such repurchase option or other right set forth in any such restricted stock purchase agreement or other Contract.

 

(j)                                     Legends on Stock Certificates . The certificates representing shares of Parent Common Stock issuable in the Merger hereunder, or any other securities issued in respect of such shares upon any stock split, stock dividend, recapitalization, merger, consolidation or similar event, shall bear the following legends (along with any other legends that may be required under applicable state and federal corporate and securities laws):

 

THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, OR UNDER STATE SECURITIES LAWS AND HAVE BEEN ACQUIRED FOR INVESTMENT AND NOT WITH A VIEW TO, OR IN CONNECTION WITH, THE SALE OR DISTRIBUTION THEREOF. NO SUCH SALE, DISTRIBUTION OR OTHER TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR HYPOTHECATION MAY BE EFFECTED WITHOUT AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT RELATED THERETO OR AN OPINION OF COUNSEL SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER THAT SUCH REGISTRATION IS NOT REQUIRED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 OR APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS.

 

1.7                                Dissenting Shares . For purposes of this Agreement, “ Dissenting Shares ” mean any shares of Company Capital Stock outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time and held by a person who has not voted such shares in favor of the adoption of this Agreement and the Merger, has properly demanded appraisal for such shares in accordance with Delaware Law and has not effectively withdrawn or forfeited such demand for appraisal. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, Dissenting Shares will not be converted into a right to receive the Merger Consideration unless such holder fails to perfect or withdraws or otherwise loses its rights to appraisal or it is determined that such holder does not have appraisal rights in accordance with Delaware Law. If after the Effective Time, such holder fails to perfect or withdraws or loses its right to appraisal, or if it is determined that such holder does not have appraisal rights, such shares will be treated as if they had been converted as of the Effective Time into the right to receive the merger consideration set forth in Section 1.6(a) . Company will give Parent prompt notice of any demands received by Company for appraisal of shares of Company Capital Stock, withdrawals of such demands, and any other instruments that relate to such demands received by Company. Parent and Company shall jointly participate in all negotiations and proceedings with respect to such demands except as limited by applicable Legal Requirements. Neither Parent nor Company will, except with prior written consent of the other, make any payment with respect to, or settle or offer to settle, any such demands, unless and to the extent required to do so under applicable Legal Requirements.

 

1.8                                Exchange of Certificates .

 

(a)                                  Exchange Agent . On the Closing Date (or as soon as practicable thereafter), Parent will engage Computershare Trust Company, N.A. to act as exchange agent in connection with the Merger (the “ Exchange Agent ”) pursuant to an exchange agent agreement satisfactory to Company. As soon as practicable after the Effective Time, Parent will issue and cause to be deposited with the Exchange Agent non-certificated shares of Parent Common Stock represented by book-entry issuable pursuant to Section 1.6(a) . The shares of Parent Common Stock so deposited with the Exchange Agent, together with any dividends or distributions received by the Exchange Agent with respect to such shares, are referred to collectively as the “ Exchange Fund .”

 

6



 

(b)                                  Exchange Procedures . As soon as reasonably practicable after the Effective Time, Parent will cause the Exchange Agent to mail to the record holders of Company Stock Certificates (i) a letter of transmittal in customary form and containing such provisions as Parent may reasonably specify (including a provision confirming that delivery of Company Stock Certificates will be effected, and risk of loss and title to Company Stock Certificates will pass, only upon delivery of such Company Stock Certificates to the Exchange Agent), and (ii) instructions for use in effecting the surrender of Company Stock Certificates in exchange for non-certificated shares of Parent Common Stock represented by book-entry issuable pursuant to Section 1.6(a) . Upon surrender of a Company Stock Certificate to the Exchange Agent for exchange, together with a duly executed letter of transmittal and such other documents as may be reasonably required by the Exchange Agent or Parent, (A) the holder of such Company Stock Certificate will be entitled to receive in exchange therefor non-certificated shares of Parent Common Stock represented by book-entry equal to the number of whole shares of Parent Common Stock that such holder has the right to receive pursuant to the provisions of Section 1.6(a) , and (B) the Company Stock Certificate so surrendered will be canceled. Until surrendered as contemplated by this Section 1.8(b) , each Company Stock Certificate held by a Company Stockholder will be deemed, from and after the Effective Time, to represent only the right to receive the Merger Consideration. If any Company Stock Certificate will have been lost, stolen or destroyed, the Exchange Agent will require the owner of such lost, stolen or destroyed Company Stock Certificate to provide an appropriate affidavit and, in the Exchange Agent’s discretion, to deliver a bond as indemnity against any claim that may be made against the Exchange Agent, Parent or the Surviving Corporation with respect to such Company Stock Certificate.

 

(c)                                   Non-Accredited Investors . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, any record holder of a Company Stock Certificate at the Effective Time that is unable to deliver an accredited investor certificate certifying such record holder’s status as an “accredited investor” (as such term is defined in Rule 501(a) of Regulation D promulgated under the Securities Act) may receive, at Parent’s election, its portion of the Merger Consideration, otherwise payable hereunder in shares of Parent Common Stock, in cash, in an amount to be determined in good faith by the board of directors of Parent, upon payment of which the shares of Parent Common Stock otherwise deliverable to such holder will be returned by the Exchange Agent to Parent and canceled.

 

(d)                                  Distributions with Respect to Unexchanged Shares . No dividends or other distributions declared or made with respect to Parent Common Stock with a record date after the Effective Time will be paid to the holder of any unsurrendered Company Stock Certificate with respect to the shares of Parent Common Stock that such holder has the right to receive in the Merger until such holder surrenders such Company Stock Certificate in accordance with this Section 1.8 (at which time such holder will be entitled, subject to the effect of applicable escheat or similar laws, to receive all such dividends and distributions, without interest).

 

(e)                                   Transfers of Ownership . If any shares of Parent Common Stock are to be issued in a name other than that in which the Company Stock Certificate surrendered in exchange therefor is registered, it will be a condition of the issuance thereof that the Company Stock Certificate so surrendered will be properly endorsed and otherwise in proper form for transfer and that the Person requesting such exchange will have paid to Parent or any Person designated by it any transfer or other taxes required by reason of the issuance of the shares of Parent Common Stock in any name other than that of the registered holder of the Company Stock Certificate surrendered, or established to the satisfaction of Parent or any agent designated by it that such tax has been paid or is not payable.

 

7



 

(f)                                    Unclaimed Portion of the Exchange Fund .

 

(1)                                  Any portion of the Exchange Fund that remains undistributed to holders of Company Stock Certificates as of the date 180 days after the date on which the Merger becomes effective will be delivered to Parent upon demand, and any holders of Company Stock Certificates who have not theretofore surrendered their Company Stock Certificates in accordance with this Section 1.8 will thereafter look only to Parent for satisfaction of their claims for Parent Common Stock and any dividends or distributions with respect to Parent Common Stock.

 

(2)                                  Neither Parent nor the Surviving Corporation will be liable to any holder or former holder of Company Capital Stock or to any other Person with respect to any shares of Parent Common Stock (or dividends or distributions with respect thereto), or for any cash amounts, delivered to any public official pursuant to any applicable abandoned property law, escheat law or similar Legal Requirement.

 

(g)                                   Withholding Rights . Each of the Exchange Agent, Parent and the Surviving Corporation will be entitled to deduct and withhold from any consideration payable or otherwise deliverable pursuant to this Agreement to any holder or former holder of Company Capital Stock such amounts as may be required to be deducted or withheld therefrom under the Code or any provision of state, local or foreign tax law or under any other applicable Legal Requirement. To the extent such amounts are so deducted or withheld, such amounts will be treated for all purposes under this Agreement as having been paid to the Person to whom such amounts would otherwise have been paid.

 

1.9                                Stock Transfer Books . At the Effective Time: (a) all shares of Company Capital Stock outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time will automatically be canceled and retired and cease to exist, and all holders of Company Capital Stock that were outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time will cease to have any rights as stockholders of Company, except each such holder’s right to receive Merger Consideration; and (b) the stock transfer books of Company will be closed with respect to all shares of Company Capital Stock outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time. No further transfer of any such shares of Company Capital Stock will be made on such stock transfer books after the Effective Time. If, after the Effective Time, a valid certificate previously representing any shares of Company Capital Stock (a “ Company Stock Certificate ”) is presented to the Exchange Agent or to the Surviving Corporation or Parent, such Company Stock Certificate will be canceled and exchanged as provided in Section 1.8 .

 

1.10                         No Further Rights . The Merger Consideration delivered upon the surrender for exchange of Company Capital Stock in accordance with the terms of this Agreement will be deemed to have been issued in full satisfaction of all rights pertaining to such shares.

 

1.11                         Tax Consequences . For United States federal income tax purposes, the Merger is intended to constitute a reorganization within the meaning of Section 368(a) of the Code. The parties to this Agreement hereby adopt this Agreement as a “plan of reorganization” within the meaning of Sections 1.368-2(g) of the Treasury Regulations, and intend to file the statement required by Section 1.368-3(a) of the Treasury Regulations.

 

1.12                         Additional Actions . If, at any time after the Effective Time, any further action is necessary, desirable or proper to carry out the purposes of this Agreement and to vest the Surviving Corporation with full right, title and possession to all assets, property, rights, privileges, powers and franchises of Company and Merger Sub, the Surviving Corporation and its proper officers and directors or their designees are fully authorized (to the fullest extent allowed under applicable Legal Requirements) to execute and deliver, in the name and on behalf of either Company or Merger Sub, all deeds, bills of sale,

 

8



 

assignments and assurances and do, in the name and on behalf of Company or Merger Sub, all other acts and things necessary, desirable or proper to vest, perfect or confirm its right, title or interest in, to or under any of the rights, privileges, powers, franchises, properties or assets of Company or Merger Sub, as applicable, and otherwise to carry out the purposes of this Agreement.

 

ARTICLE 2

 

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF COMPANY

 

Company represents and warrants to Parent and Merger Sub as follows (it being understood that each representation and warranty contained in this Article 2 is subject to: (a) the exceptions and disclosures set forth in the part or subpart of the Company Disclosure Schedule corresponding to the particular Section or subsection in this Article 2 in which such representation and warranty appears; (b) any exceptions or disclosures explicitly cross-referenced in such part or subpart of the Company Disclosure Schedule by reference to another part or subpart of the Company Disclosure Schedule; and (c) any exception or disclosure set forth in any other part or subpart of the Company Disclosure Schedule to the extent it is reasonably apparent from the wording of such exception or disclosure that such exception or disclosure qualifies such representation and warranty):

 

2.1                                Organization and Qualification . Company is a Delaware corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the Legal Requirements of Delaware, and has the requisite corporate, limited liability company or other organizational, as applicable, power and authority to own, lease and operate its assets and to carry on its business as now conducted. Company is duly qualified or licensed to do business as a foreign corporation, limited liability company or other legal entity and is in good standing (with respect to jurisdictions that recognize the concept of good standing) in each jurisdiction where the character of the assets and properties owned, leased or operated by it or the nature of its business makes such qualification or license necessary, except where the failure to be so qualified or licensed or to be in good standing, would not reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Company Material Adverse Effect. Company has no Subsidiaries and does not own any equity interest in any other Person.

 

2.2                                Capital Structure .

 

(a)                                  The authorized capital stock of Company consists of 38,000,000 shares of Company Common Stock, of which 928,105 shares are issued and outstanding as of the date of this Agreement, and 30,064,045 shares of preferred stock of the Company, of which 599,997 shares are designated as Series A Convertible Preferred Stock, of which 599,997 shares are issued and outstanding as of the date of this Agreement; of which 1,202,497 shares are designated as Series B Convertible Preferred Stock, of which 1,202,497 shares are issued and outstanding as of the date of this Agreement; of which 2,073,749 shares are designated as Series C Convertible Preferred Stock, of which 2,073,749 shares are issued and outstanding as of the date of this Agreement; of which 22,995,265 shares are designated as Series D Convertible Preferred Stock, of which 19,777,349 shares are issued and outstanding as of the date of this Agreement; and of which 3,192,537 shares are designated as Series E Convertible Preferred Stock, of which 3,192,537 shares are issued and outstanding as of the date of this Agreement. No shares of capital stock are held in Company’s treasury. All outstanding shares of Company Capital Stock are duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable and were issued in compliance with all applicable federal and state securities Legal Requirements.

 

(b)                                  As of the date of this Agreement, Company had reserved an aggregate of 4,849,572 shares of Company Common Stock, net of exercises, for issuance to employees, consultants and non-employee directors pursuant to the Company Option Plan, under which options were outstanding

 

9



 

for an aggregate of 3,927,745 shares of Company Common Stock, and 2,388,875 shares, net of exercises, were reserved for issuance to holders of warrants to purchase Series D Convertible Preferred Stock upon their exercise.

 

(c)                                   Part 2.2(c) of the Company Disclosure Schedule lists each holder of Company Capital Stock and the number and type of shares of Company Capital Stock held by such holder, each outstanding Company Option and Company Warrant, the name of the holder of such Company Option or Company Warrant, the number of shares subject to such Company Option or Company Warrant, the exercise price of such Company Option or Company Warrant, the vesting schedule and termination date of such Company Option or Company Warrant and whether the exercisability of such Company Option or Company Warrant will be accelerated in any way by the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or for any other reason, indicating the extent of acceleration, if any.

 

(d)                                  Except as set forth on Part 2.2(d) of the Company Disclosure Schedule: (i) none of the outstanding shares of Company Capital Stock are entitled or subject to any preemptive right, right of repurchase or forfeiture, right of participation, right of maintenance or any similar right; (ii) there are no outstanding bonds, debentures, notes or other indebtedness of Company having a right to vote on any matters on which the Company Stockholders have a right to vote; and (iii) there is no Contract to which Company is a party relating to the voting or registration of, or restricting any Person from purchasing, selling, pledging or otherwise disposing of (or from granting any option or similar right with respect to), any shares of Company Capital Stock. Except as set forth on Part 2.2(d) of the Company Disclosure Schedule, Company is not under any obligation, and is not bound by any Contract pursuant to which it may become obligated, to repurchase, redeem or otherwise acquire any outstanding shares of Company Capital Stock or other securities.

 

2.3                                Authority; Non-Contravention; Approvals .

 

(a)                                  Company has the requisite corporate power and authority to enter into this Agreement and, subject to Company Written Consent, to perform its obligations hereunder and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby. The execution and delivery of this Agreement by Company, the performance by Company of its obligations hereunder and the consummation by Company of the transactions contemplated hereby have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action on the part of Company, subject only to Company Written Consent and the filing and recordation of the Certificate of Merger pursuant to Delaware Law. The affirmative vote of the holders of (i) a majority in voting power of the outstanding shares of Company Capital Stock outstanding on the applicable record date, and (ii) a majority of the outstanding shares of Company Preferred Stock (voting as a single class) (collectively, the “ Company Requisite Vote ”) is the only vote of the holders of any class or series of Company Capital Stock necessary to adopt this Agreement and approve the Merger and all other transaction contemplated by this Agreement. This Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by Company and, assuming the due authorization, execution and delivery by Parent, Merger Sub and the Company Stockholders’ Agent, constitutes the valid and binding obligation of Company, enforceable in accordance with its terms, except as enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy and other similar laws and general principles of equity.

 

(b)                                  The execution and delivery of this Agreement by Company does not, and the performance of this Agreement by Company will not, (i) conflict with or violate the certificate of incorporation or bylaws of Company, (ii) subject to obtaining the Company Written Consent, conflict with or violate any Legal Requirement applicable to Company, except for any such conflicts or violations that would not, individually or in the aggregate, have a Company Material Adverse Effect, or (iii) result in any breach of or constitute a default (or an event that with notice or lapse of time or both would become a default) under, or impair the rights of Company or alter the rights or obligations of any third party

 

10



 

thereunder, or give to others any rights of termination, amendment, acceleration or cancellation of, or result in the creation of a Lien on any of the assets or properties of Company pursuant to, any Company Contract required to be disclosed on Part 2.15 of the Company Disclosure Schedule, except, for purposes of this clause (iii), as would not, individually or in the aggregate, have a Company Material Adverse Effect.

 

(c)                                   No material consent, approval, order or authorization of, or registration, declaration or filing with any Governmental Body is required by or with respect to Company in connection with the execution and delivery of this Agreement or the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, except for (i) the filing of the Certificate of Merger with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware, (ii) the filings contemplated by Section 5.5(a) , and (iii) the filing of a Form D Notice of Exempt Offering of Securities or other related filings in reliance on an exemption provided in Regulation D of the Securities Act.

 

2.4                                Company Financial Statements; No Undisclosed Liabilities .

 

(a)                                  Company has made available to Parent (i) the audited financial statements for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, and (ii) the audited financial statements for the nine month period ended September 30, 2015 (collectively, the “ Company Financials ”). The Company Financials were prepared in accordance with United States generally accepted accounting principles (“ GAAP ”) consistently applied and in accordance with past practice throughout the periods involved and fairly and accurately present in all material respects the financial position, results of operations and cash flows of Company as of the dates, and for the periods, indicated therein. The balance sheet of Company as of September 30, 2015, is hereinafter referred to as the “ Company Balance Sheet .”

 

(b)                                  Company has no material liabilities, obligations or commitments, whether asserted or unasserted, known or unknown, absolute or contingent, accrued or unaccrued, matured or unmatured or otherwise, in each case of the nature that would be required to be reflected in a balance sheet prepared in accordance with GAAP, except (i) those which are adequately reflected or reserved against in the Company Financials as of the date of the Company Balance Sheet, and (ii) those which have been incurred in the ordinary course of business since the date of the Company Balance Sheet.

 

2.5                                Absence of Certain Changes or Events . Since the date of the Company Balance Sheet through the date of this Agreement, Company has conducted its business only in the ordinary course of business, and there has not been a Company Material Adverse Effect.

 

2.6                                Taxes .

 

(a)                                  Each income and other material Tax Return that Company was required to file under applicable Legal Requirements: (i) has been timely filed on or before the applicable due date (including any extensions of such due date) and (ii) is true and complete in all material respects. All material Taxes due and payable by Company have been timely paid, except to the extent such amounts are being contested in good faith by Company or are properly reserved for on the books or records of Company. No extension of time with respect to any date on which a Tax Return was required to be filed by Company is in force (except routine extensions of not more than six months followed by timely filing within the extension period), and no waiver or agreement by or with respect to Company is in force for the extension of time for the payment, collection or assessment of any Taxes, and no request has been made by Company in writing for any such extension or waiver (except, in each case, in connection with any request for extension of time for filing Tax Returns). There are no liens for Taxes on any asset of Company other than liens for Taxes not yet due and payable, Taxes contested in good faith or that are otherwise not material and are reserved against in the Company Financials. No deficiency with respect to

 

11



 

Taxes has been proposed, asserted or assessed in writing against Company which has not been fully paid or adequately reserved or reflected in the Company Financials.

 

(b)                                  All material Taxes that Company has been required to collect or withhold have been duly collected or withheld and, to the extent required by applicable Legal Requirements when due, have been duly and timely paid to the proper Governmental Body.

 

(c)                                   The unpaid Taxes of Company (i) did not, as of December 31, 2014, exceed the reserve for Tax liability (excluding any reserve for deferred Taxes established to reflect timing differences between book and Tax items) set forth on the face of the balance sheet of such date contained in the Company Financials, and (ii) do not exceed the reserve as adjusted for the passage of time through the Closing Date in accordance with the past custom and practice of Company in filing its Tax Returns. Since December 31, 2013, Company has not incurred any liability for Taxes outside of the ordinary course of business or otherwise inconsistent with past custom or practice.

 

(d)                                  Company will not be required to include any material item of income in, or exclude any material item of deduction or credit from, the computation of taxable income for any taxable period (or portion thereof) ending after the Closing Date, as a result of any (i) change in method of accounting for a taxable period ending on or prior to the Closing Date, (ii) “closing agreement” as described in Section 7121 of the Code (or any corresponding or similar provision of state, local or foreign income Tax law) executed on or prior to the Closing Date, (iii) installment sale or open transaction disposition made on or prior to the Closing Date, (iv) prepaid amount received on or prior to the Closing Date, (v) deferred intercompany gain or excess loss account described in the Treasury Regulations under Section 1502 of the Code (or any corresponding or similar provision of state, local or foreign Tax law), or (vi) election under Section 108(i) of the Code.

 

(e)                                   No closing agreements, private letter rulings, technical advice memoranda or similar agreements or rulings have been entered into by Company with any taxing authority or issued by any taxing authority to Company. There are no outstanding rulings of, or request for rulings with, any Governmental Body addressed to Company that are, or if issued would be, binding on Company.

 

(f)                                    Company is not a party to any Contract with any third party relating to allocating or sharing the payment of, or liability for, Taxes or Tax benefits (other than pursuant to customary provisions included in credit agreements, leases, and agreements entered with employees, in each case, not primarily related to Taxes and entered into in the ordinary course of business). Company has no liability for the Taxes of any third party under Treasury Regulation Section 1.1502-6 (or any similar provision of state, local or foreign Legal Requirement) as a transferee or successor or otherwise by operation of Legal Requirements.

 

(g)                                   Company has not been a member of an affiliated group of corporations within the meaning of Section 1504 of the Code or of any group that has filed a combined, consolidated or unitary Tax return under state, local or foreign Tax Legal Requirement (other than a group the common parent of which was Company).

 

(h)                                  Company does not have any direct or indirect interest in any trust, partnership, corporation, limited liability company, or other “business entity” for United States federal income tax purposes. Company is and always has been a corporation taxable under subchapter C of the Code for United States federal income tax purposes, and has had comparable status under the Legal Requirements of any state, local or non-U.S. jurisdiction in which it was required to file any Tax Return at the time it was required to file such Tax Return. Company is not a “controlled foreign corporation” within the

 

12



 

meaning of Section 957 of the Code or “passive foreign investment company” within the meaning of Section 1297 of the Code.

 

(i)                                      Company has not participated in, or is currently participating in, a “listed transaction” within the meaning of Treasury Regulation Section 1.6011-4(b)(2). Company has disclosed on its respective United States federal income Tax Returns all positions taken therein that could give rise to a substantial understatement of United States federal income Tax within the meaning of Section 6662 of the Code.

 

(j)                                     Company is not (or has been for the five-year period ending at the Effective Time) a “United States real property holding corporation” as defined in Section 897(c)(2) of the Code and the applicable Treasury Regulations.

 

(k)                                  Company has no permanent establishment in any country other than the United States, as defined in any applicable Tax treaty between the United States and such other country or is otherwise subject to the taxing jurisdiction of a country other than the United States.

 

(l)                                      Company has not distributed stock of another Person, or has had its stock distributed by another Person, in a transaction that was purported or intended to be governed in whole or in part by Sections 355 or 361 of the Code.

 

(m)                              Company has not taken or agreed to take any action that would prevent the Merger from constituting a reorganization qualifying under Section 368 of the Code. Company is not aware of any agreement, plan or other circumstance that would prevent the Merger from qualifying as a reorganization under Section 368 of the Code.

 

2.7                                Intellectual Property .

 

(a)                                  Except as would not reasonably be expected to result in a Company Material Adverse Effect, (i) Company exclusively owns or possesses, valid, exclusive licenses to, the entire right, title and interest in and to all material IP Rights used by it in its business and (ii) Company owns or possesses, or has the right or license to use, all of the material Intellectual Property used in its business as currently conducted without any violation, misappropriation or infringement of, or other conflict with, the rights of another Person.

 

(b)                                  Except as would not reasonably be expected to result in a Company Material Adverse Effect, (i) there are no pending Legal Proceedings alleging that Company is infringing, misappropriating or otherwise violating any IP Rights of a Person or that seek to limit or challenge the validity, enforceability, ownership or use of any IP Rights owned by Company and used in its business, and (b) Company has not received any written claim from any Person alleging that Company is infringing, misappropriating or otherwise violating any IP Rights of any Person, or that seek to limit or challenge the validity, enforceability, ownership or Company’s use of any IP Rights owned or licensed by Company and used in its business.

 

2.8                                Compliance with Legal Requirements .

 

(a)                                  Company has not failed to comply with or is not in conflict with, or in default or in material violation of any Legal Requirement, in each case, except as would not reasonably be expected to result in a Company Material Adverse Effect. No material investigation or review by any Governmental Entity is pending, or to the knowledge of Company, has been threatened, against Company. There is no material judgment, injunction, Order or decree binding upon Company.

 

13


 

(b)                                  Company holds, to the extent required by any applicable Legal Requirement, all permits, licenses, authorizations, variances, exemptions, orders and approvals from governmental authorities which are material and necessary to the operation of the business of Company (collectively, the “ Company Permits ”). No suspension or cancellation of any such Company Permit is pending or, to the knowledge of Company, threatened. Each such Company Permit is valid and in full force and effect, and Company is in compliance in all material respects with the terms of such Company Permits.

 

2.9                                Legal Proceedings . Except as would not reasonably be expected to result in a Company Material Adverse Effect, there is no pending Legal Proceeding, and (to the knowledge of Company) no Person has threatened to commence any Legal Proceeding: (a) against or by Company affecting any of its properties or assets; or (b) against or by Company that challenges or seeks to prevent, enjoin or otherwise delay the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

 

2.10                         Brokers’ and Finders’ Fees . No broker, finder or investment banker is entitled to any brokerage, finder’s or other fee or commission from Company in connection with the Merger or any of the other transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

 

2.11                         Employee Benefit Plans .

 

(a)                                  Part 2.11(a) of the Company Disclosure Schedule sets forth, as of the date of this Agreement, a complete and accurate list of each material plan, program, policy, practice, contract, agreement or other arrangement providing for employment, compensation, retirement, pension, deferred compensation, loans, severance, separation, relocation, repatriation, expatriation, visas, work permits, termination pay, performance awards, bonus, incentive, stock option, stock purchase, stock bonus, phantom stock, stock appreciation right, supplemental retirement, profit sharing, fringe benefits, cafeteria benefits, medical benefits, life insurance, disability benefits, accident benefits, salary continuation, accrued leave, vacation, sabbatical, sick pay, sick leave, unemployment benefits or other benefits, whether written or unwritten, including each “voluntary employees’ beneficiary association”, under Section 501(c)(9) of the Code and each “employee benefit plan” within the meaning of Section 3(3) of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (“ ERISA ”), in each case, for active, retired or former employees, directors or consultants, which is currently sponsored, maintained, contributed to, or required to be contributed to or with respect to which any potential liability is borne by Company or any trade or business (whether or not incorporated) that is or at any relevant time was treated as a single employer with Company within the meaning of Section 414 of the Code (an “ ERISA Affiliate ”), (collectively, the “ Company Employee Plans ”).

 

(b)                                  Each Company Employee Plan is being, and has been, administered substantially in accordance with its terms and in material compliance with the requirements prescribed by any and all Legal Requirements (including ERISA and the Code). Company and each ERISA Affiliate are not in material default under or material violation of, and have no knowledge of any material default or material violation by any other party to, any of Company Employee Plans.

 

2.12                         Title to Assets; Condition of Equipment . Except as would not reasonably be expected to result in a Company Material Adverse Effect, Company owns, and has good, valid and marketable title to, all tangible assets purported to be owned by it, including, free and clear of any Encumbrances, except for (i) any lien for current taxes not yet due and payable and (ii) liens that have arisen in the ordinary course of business and that do not (in any case or in the aggregate) materially detract from the value of the assets subject thereto or materially impair the operations of Company.

 

2.13                         Environmental Matters . Except as would not reasonably be expected to result in a Company Material Adverse Effect, (a) Company is in compliance with all applicable Environmental

 

14



 

Laws, (b) as of the date hereof, no claims are pending or, to the knowledge of Company, threatened against Company alleging a violation of or liability under any Environmental Law, and (c) to the knowledge of Company, no conditions exist at any of Company’s properties that would reasonably be expected to result in the owner or operator thereof incurring any material liability under any Environmental Law. “ Environmental Law ” means any applicable Legal Requirement relating to the environment, natural resources or human health or safety, including the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act, 42 U.S.C. 9601 et seq. , as amended; the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act, 42 U.S.C. 6901 et seq. , as amended; the Clean Air Act, 42 U.S.C. 7401 et seq. , as amended; the Clean Water Act, 33 U.S.C. 1251 et seq. , as amended; and the Occupational Safety and Health Act, 29 U.S.C. 655 et seq .

 

2.14                         Labor Matters . Part 2.14 of the Company Disclosure Schedule sets forth a true, complete and correct list of all employees of Company along with their position, hire date, current base compensation and 2015 target bonus. Company is not a party to or bound by any collective bargaining agreement, nor has it experienced any strikes, grievances, claims of unfair labor practices or other collective bargaining disputes.

 

2.15                         Company Contracts . Except as set forth in Part 2.15 of the Company Disclosure Schedule, Company is not a party to or bound by any Contract that would be a “material contract” (as such term is defined in Item 601(b)(10) of Regulation S-K if the Company were the registrant thereunder). Company has made available to Parent an accurate and complete copy of each Contract listed or required to be listed in Part 2.15 of the Company Disclosure Schedule (any such Contract, a “ Company Contract ”). Neither Company, nor to Company’s knowledge any other party to a Company Contract, has breached or violated in any material respect or materially defaulted under, or received notice that it has breached, violated or defaulted under, any of the terms or conditions of any of the Company Contracts. To the knowledge of Company, no event has occurred, and no circumstance or condition exists, that (with or without notice or lapse of time) would reasonably be expected to: (a) result in a violation or breach in any material respect of any of the provisions of any Company Contract; (b) give any Person the right to declare a default in any material respect under any Company Contract; or (c) give any Person the right to cancel, terminate or modify any Company Contract. Each Company Contract is valid, binding, enforceable and in full force and effect, except as enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy and other similar laws and general principles of equity.

 

2.16                         Insurance . Company maintains insurance policies (including fire, theft, casualty, general liability, workers compensation, business interruption, environmental, product liability and automobile insurance policies and bond and surety arrangements) (the “ Insurance Policies ”) as are commercially reasonable for companies of the nature of Company. To Company’s knowledge, such Insurance Policies are in full force and effect.

 

2.17                         Exclusivity of Representations and Warranties; Reliance .

 

(a)                                  Except as expressly set forth in this Article 2 , neither Company nor any Person on behalf of Company has made, nor are any of them making, any representation or warranty, written or oral, express or implied, at law or in equity, including with respect to merchantability or fitness for any particular purpose, in respect of Company or its business in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby, including any representations or warranties about the accuracy or completeness of any information or documents previously provided (including with respect to any financial or other projections therein), and any other such representations and warranties are hereby expressly disclaimed.

 

(b)                                  Parent and Merger Sub acknowledge and agree that, except as set forth in Article 2 , none of Parent, Merger Sub or any of their agents, employees or representatives is relying on any other

 

15



 

representation or warranty of Company or any other Person, including regarding the accuracy or completeness of any such other representations or warranties or the omission of any material information, whether express or implied, in each case with respect to the transactions contemplated hereby.

 

ARTICLE 3

 

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF PARENT AND MERGER SUB

 

Parent and Merger Sub, jointly and severally, represent and warrant to Company as follows (it being understood that each representation and warranty contained in this Article 3 is subject to: (a) the exceptions and disclosures set forth in the part or subpart of the Parent Disclosure Schedule corresponding to the particular Section or subsection in this Article 3 in which such representation and warranty appears; (b) any exceptions or disclosures explicitly cross-referenced in such part or subpart of the Parent Disclosure Schedule by reference to another part or subpart of the Parent Disclosure Schedule; and (c) any exception or disclosure set forth in any of the Parent SEC Documents or other part or subpart of the Parent Disclosure Schedule to the extent it is reasonably apparent from the wording of such exception or disclosure that such exception or disclosure qualifies such representation and warranty):

 

3.1                                Organization and Qualification .

 

(a)                                  Each of the Acquiring Companies is a corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good standing (with respect to jurisdictions that recognize the concept of good standing) under the Legal Requirements of its jurisdiction of organization, and has the requisite corporate power and authority to own, lease and operate its assets and to carry on its business as now conducted. Each of the Acquiring Companies is duly qualified or licensed to do business as a foreign corporation and is in good standing (with respect to jurisdictions that recognize the concept of good standing) in each jurisdiction where the character of the assets and properties owned, leased or operated by it or the nature of its business makes such qualification or license necessary.

 

(b)                                  Parent does not have, and has never, had any Subsidiaries other than Merger Sub, and Parent does not own, and has never owned, any equity interest in any other Person other than Merger Sub. None of the Acquiring Companies has agreed or is obligated to make, or is bound by any Contract under which it may become obligated to make, any future investment in or capital contribution to any other Entity.

 

(c)                                   Parent has delivered or made available to Company a true and correct copy of the articles of incorporation (including any certificate of designations), by-laws or like organizational documents, each as amended to date, of each of the Acquiring Companies. None of the Acquiring Companies is in violation of any of the provisions of such organizational documents.

 

3.2                                Capital Structure .

 

(a)                                  The authorized capital stock of Parent consists of 250,000,000 shares of Parent Common Stock, of which 138,000,000 shares are issued and outstanding as of the close of business on the day prior to the date hereof and 10,000,000 shares of preferred stock, par value $0.001 per share (“ Parent Preferred Stock ”), of which zero shares are issued and outstanding as of the close of business on the day prior to the date hereof. No shares of capital stock are held in Parent’s treasury. All outstanding shares of Parent Capital Stock are duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable and were issued in compliance with all applicable federal and state securities laws.

 

16



 

(b)                                  Part 3.2(b) of the Parent Disclosure Schedule lists each holder of Parent Capital Stock and the number and type of shares of Parent Capital Stock held by such holder.

 

(c)                                   The shares of Parent Common Stock issuable as Merger Consideration, upon issuance on the terms and conditions contemplated in this Agreement, would be duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable.

 

(d)                                  There is no existing option, warrant, call, right or contract to which Parent is a party requiring, and there are no equity interests in Parent outstanding which upon conversion or exchange would require, the issuance, sale or transfer of any additional shares of Parent Capital Stock or other equity securities in Parent or other securities convertible into, exchangeable for or evidencing the right to subscribe for or purchase shares of capital stock or other equity securities in Parent.

 

(e)                                   (i) None of the outstanding shares of Parent Capital Stock are entitled or subject to any preemptive right, right of repurchase or forfeiture, right of participation, right of maintenance or any similar right; (ii) none of the outstanding shares of Parent Capital Stock are subject to any right of first refusal in favor of Parent; (iii) there are no outstanding bonds, debentures, notes or other indebtedness of the Acquiring Companies having a right to vote on any matters on which the stockholders of Parent have a right to vote; (iv) there is no Contract to which the Acquiring Companies are a party relating to the voting or registration of, or restricting any Person from purchasing, selling, pledging or otherwise disposing of (or from granting any option or similar right with respect to), any shares of Parent Capital Stock. None of the Acquiring Companies is under any obligation, or is bound by any Contract pursuant to which it may become obligated, to repurchase, redeem or otherwise acquire any outstanding shares of Parent Capital Stock or other securities.

 

3.3                                Authority; Non-Contravention; Approvals .

 

(a)                                  Parent has the requisite corporate power and authority to enter into this Agreement and, subject to the Parent Written Consent, to perform its obligations hereunder and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby. The execution and delivery by Parent of this Agreement, the performance by Parent of its obligations hereunder and the consummation by Parent of the transactions contemplated hereby have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action on the part of Parent and Merger Sub, subject only to the Parent Written Consent, to adoption of this Agreement by Parent as sole stockholder of Merger Sub immediately following the execution hereof, and the filing and recordation of the Certificate of Merger pursuant to Delaware Law. The affirmative vote of the holders of a majority in voting power of the outstanding shares of Parent Common Stock outstanding on the applicable record date (“ Parent Requisite Vote ”) is the only vote of the holders of any class or series of Parent Capital Stock necessary to adopt or approve the matters set forth in the Parent Written Consent. This Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by Parent and Merger Sub and, assuming the due authorization, execution and delivery of this Agreement by Company and the Company Stockholders’ Agent, this Agreement constitutes the valid and binding obligation of Parent and Merger Sub, enforceable in accordance with its terms, except as enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy and other similar laws and general principles of equity.

 

(b)                                  Parent’s board of directors, by resolutions duly adopted by the written consent of Parent’s sole director and, as of the date of this Agreement, not subsequently rescinded or modified in any way, has, as of the date of this Agreement (i) approved this Agreement and the Merger, and determined that this Agreement and the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, including the Merger, are fair to, and in the best interests of Parent’s stockholders, and (ii) resolved to recommend that Parent’s stockholders approve the Parent Written Consent. The board of directors of Merger Sub, by resolutions duly adopted by the written consent of Merger Sub’s sole director and, as of the date of this Agreement,

 

17



 

not subsequently rescinded or modified in any way, has approved and declared advisable this Agreement and the Merger and submitted this Agreement to Parent, as its sole stockholder for adoption thereby. Immediately following the execution of this Agreement, Parent in its capacity as the sole stockholder of Merger Sub, shall execute a written consent adopting this Agreement.

 

(c)                                   The execution and delivery of this Agreement by Parent and Merger Sub does not, and the performance of this Agreement by Parent or Merger Sub will not, (i) conflict with or violate the certificate of incorporation or bylaws of Parent or Merger Sub, (ii) subject to obtaining Parent Written Consent and compliance with the requirements set forth in Section 3.3(d)  below, conflict with or violate any Legal Requirement, order, judgment or decree applicable to Parent or Merger Sub or by which their respective properties are bound or affected, or (iii) require an Acquiring Company to make any filing with or give any notice to or obtain any Consent from a Person pursuant to any Parent Contract, result in any breach of or constitute a default (or an event that with notice or lapse of time or both would become a default) under, or impair Parent’s rights or alter the rights or obligations of any third party under, or give to others any rights of termination, amendment, acceleration or cancellation of, or result in the creation of a lien or encumbrance on any of the properties or assets of Parent pursuant to, any Parent Contract.

 

(d)                                  No consent, approval, order or authorization of, or registration, declaration or filing with any Governmental Body is required by or with respect to Parent in connection with the execution and delivery of this Agreement or the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, except for (i) the filing with the SEC of any outstanding periodic reports due under the Exchange Act, (ii) the filing of the Certificate of Merger with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware, (iii) the filing of Current Reports on Form 8-K with the SEC within four business days after the execution of this Agreement and the Closing Date, (iv) the filing of an Amended and Restated Charter with the Secretary of State of the State of Nevada, (v) such approvals as may be required under applicable state securities or “blue sky” laws or the rules and regulations of the OTCQB Market, and (vi) the filings contemplated by Section 5.5(a) .

 

3.4                                Anti-Takeover Statutes Not Applicable . The board of directors of Parent has taken all actions so that no state takeover statute or similar Legal Requirement applies or purports to apply to the execution, delivery or performance of this Agreement or to the consummation of the Merger or the other transactions contemplated by this Agreement. Sections 78.378 through 78.3793 of Nevada Law are inapplicable to this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby.

 

3.5                                SEC Filings; Parent Financial Statements; No Undisclosed Liabilities .

 

(a)                                  All Parent SEC Documents have been timely filed and, as of the time a Parent SEC Document was filed with the SEC (or, if amended or superseded by a filing prior to the date of this Agreement, then on the date of such filing): (i) each of the Parent SEC Documents complied in all material respects with the applicable requirements of the Exchange Act and (ii) none of the Parent SEC Documents contained any untrue statement of a material fact or omitted to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading. Each of the certifications and statements relating to Parent SEC Documents required by: (1) the SEC’s Order dated June 27, 2002 pursuant to Section 21(a)(1) of the Exchange Act (File No. 4-460); (2) Rule 13a-14 or 15d-14 under the Exchange Act; or (3) 18 U.S.C. §1350 (Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act) is accurate and complete, and complied as to form and content with all applicable Legal Requirements in effect at the time such Parent Certification was filed with or furnished to the SEC. As used in this Section 3.5 , the term “file” and variations thereof will be broadly construed to include any manner in which a document or information is furnished, supplied or otherwise made available to the SEC.

 

18



 

(b)                                  Parent maintains disclosure controls and procedures required by Rule 13a-15 or 15d-15 under the Exchange Act. Such disclosure controls and procedures are designed to ensure that all material information concerning Parent required to be disclosed by Parent in the reports that it is required to file, submit or furnish under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported on a timely basis to the individuals responsible for the preparation of such reports.

 

(c)                                   The financial statements (including any related notes) contained or incorporated by reference in the Parent SEC Documents (the “ Parent Financials ”): (i) complied as to form in all material respects with the published rules and regulations of the SEC applicable thereto; (ii) were prepared in accordance with GAAP (except as may be indicated in the notes to such financial statements or, in the case of unaudited financial statements, as permitted the SEC, and except that the unaudited financial statements may not contain footnotes and are subject to normal and recurring year-end adjustments that are not reasonably expected to be material in amount) applied on a consistent basis unless otherwise noted therein throughout the periods indicated; and (iii) fairly present the consolidated financial position of Parent as of the respective dates thereof and the consolidated results of operations and cash flows of Parent for the periods covered thereby.

 

(d)                                  None of the Acquiring Companies has any liabilities (absolute, accrued, contingent or otherwise) of any nature.

 

(e)                                   None of the Acquiring Companies has any assets, except for the assets described in the Spin-Out Agreement.

 

(f)                                    For purposes of this Section 3.5 , all references to the requirements of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations of the SEC are deemed to be applicable to Parent to the same extent as if Parent has been subject, at all times subsequent to the effectiveness of Parent’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (Registration No. 333-198168), to the reporting requirements of Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act, notwithstanding the suspension of Parent’s obligations to file reports pursuant to Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act.

 

3.6                                Taxes .

 

(a)                                  Each of the income and other material Tax Returns that any Acquiring Company was required to file under applicable Legal Requirements: (i) has been timely filed on or before the applicable due date (including any extensions of such due date) and (ii) is true and complete in all material respects. All material Taxes due and payable by Parent have been timely paid, except to the extent such amounts are being contested in good faith by Parent or are properly reserved for on the books or records of Parent. No extension of time with respect to any date on which a Tax Return was required to be filed by an Acquiring Company is in force (except routine extensions of not more than six months followed by timely filing within the extension period), and no waiver or agreement by or with respect to an Acquiring Company is in force for the extension of time for the payment, collection or assessment of any Taxes, and no request has been made by an Acquiring Company in writing for any such extension or waiver (except, in each case, in connection with any request for extension of time for filing Tax Returns). There are no liens for Taxes on any asset of an Acquiring Company other than liens for Taxes not yet due and payable, Taxes contested in good faith or that are otherwise not material and reserved against or reflected in the Parent SEC Documents. No deficiency with respect to Taxes has been proposed, asserted or assessed in writing against Parent which has not been fully paid or adequately reserved or reflected in the SEC Documents.

 

19



 

(b)                                  All material Taxes that an Acquiring Company has been required to collect or withhold have been duly collected or withheld and, to the extent required by applicable Legal Requirements when due, have been duly and timely paid to the proper Governmental Body.

 

(c)                                   The unpaid Taxes of the Acquiring Companies (i) did not, as of December 31, 2014, exceed the reserve for Tax liability (excluding any reserve for deferred Taxes established to reflect timing differences between book and Tax items) set forth on the face of the balance sheet of such date contained in the Parent SEC Documents, and (ii) do not exceed the reserve as adjusted for the passage of time through the Closing Date in accordance with the past custom and practice of the Acquiring Companies in filing their Tax Returns. Since December 31, 2013, the Acquiring Companies have not incurred any liability for Taxes outside of the ordinary course of business or otherwise inconsistent with past custom or practice.

 

(d)                                  No Acquiring Company will be required to include any material item of income in, or exclude any material item of deduction or credit from, the computation of taxable income for any taxable period (or portion thereof) ending after the Closing Date, as a result of any (i) change in method of accounting for a taxable period ending on or prior to the Closing Date, (ii) “closing agreement” as described in Section 7121 of the Code (or any corresponding or similar provision of state, local or foreign income Tax law) executed on or prior to the Closing Date, (iii) installment sale or open transaction disposition made on or prior to the Closing Date, (iv) prepaid amount received on or prior to the Closing Date, (v) deferred intercompany gain or excess loss account described in the Treasury Regulations under Section 1502 of the Code (or any corresponding or similar provision of state, local or foreign Tax law), or (vi) election under Section 108(i) of the Code.

 

(e)                                   No closing agreements, private letter rulings, technical advice memoranda or similar agreements or rulings have been entered into by any Acquiring Company with any taxing authority or issued by any taxing authority to an Acquiring Company. There are no outstanding rulings of, or request for rulings with, any Governmental Body addressed to an Acquiring Company that are, or if issued would be, binding on any Acquiring Company.

 

(f)                                    No Acquiring Company is a party to any Contract with any third party relating to allocating or sharing the payment of, or liability for, Taxes or Tax benefits (other than pursuant to customary provisions included in credit agreements, leases, and agreements entered with employees, in each case, not primarily related to Taxes and entered into in the ordinary course of business). No Acquiring Company has any liability for the Taxes of any third party under Treasury Regulation Section 1.1502-6 (or any similar provision of state, local or foreign Legal Requirement) as a transferee or successor or otherwise by operation of Legal Requirements.

 

(g)                                   No Acquiring Company has been a member of an affiliated group of corporations within the meaning of Section 1504 of the Code or of any group that has filed a combined, consolidated or unitary Tax return under state, local or foreign Tax Legal Requirement (other than a group the common parent of which was Parent).

 

(h)                                  Other than its direct interest in Merger Sub, Parent does not have any direct or indirect interest in any trust, partnership, corporation, limited liability company, or other “business entity” for United States federal income tax purposes. Each Acquiring Company is and always has been a corporation taxable under subchapter C of the Code for United States federal income tax purposes, and has had comparable status under the Legal Requirements of any state, local or non-U.S. jurisdiction in which it was required to file any Tax Return at the time it was required to file such Tax Return. None of the Acquiring Companies is a “controlled foreign corporation” within the meaning of Section 957 of the Code or a “passive foreign investment company” within the meaning of Section 1297 of the Code.

 

20



 

(i)                                      No Acquiring Company has participated in, or is currently participating in, a “listed transaction” within the meaning of Treasury Regulation Section 1.6011-4(b)(2). Parent has disclosed on its respective United States federal income Tax Returns all positions taken therein that could give rise to a substantial understatement of United States federal income Tax within the meaning of Section 6662 of the Code.

 

(j)                                     Each Acquiring Company is not (and has not been for the five-year period ending at the Effective Time) a “United States real property holding corporation” as defined in Section 897(c)(2) of the Code and the applicable Treasury Regulations.

 

(k)                                  No Acquiring Company has a permanent establishment, as defined in any applicable Tax treaty between the United States and such other country, or is otherwise subject to the taxing jurisdiction of a country other than the United States.

 

(l)                                      No Acquiring Company has distributed stock of another Person, or has had its stock distributed by another Person, in a transaction that was purported or intended to be governed in whole or in part by Sections 355 or 361 of the Code.

 

(m)                              No Acquiring Company has taken or agreed to take any action that would prevent the Merger from constituting a reorganization qualifying under Section 368 of the Code. No Acquiring Company is aware of any agreement, plan or other circumstance that would prevent the Merger from qualifying as a reorganization under Section 368 of the Code.

 

3.7                                Intellectual Property .

 

(a)                                  (i) The Acquiring Companies exclusively own or possesses, valid, exclusive licenses to, the entire right, title and interest in and to all material IP Rights used by them in their business and (ii) the Acquiring Companies own or possess, or have the right or license to use, all of the material Intellectual Property used in their business as currently conducted without any violation, misappropriation or infringement of, or other conflict with, the rights of another Person.

 

(b)                                  (i) There are no pending Legal Proceedings alleging that an Acquiring Company is infringing, misappropriating or otherwise violating any IP Rights of a Person or that seek to limit or challenge the validity, enforceability, ownership or use of any IP Rights owned by the Acquiring Companies and used in their business, and (b) the Acquiring Companies have not received any written claim from any Person alleging that they are infringing, misappropriating or otherwise violating any IP Rights of any Person, or that seek to limit or challenge the validity, enforceability, ownership or their use of any IP Rights owned or licensed by them and used in their business.

 

3.8                                Compliance with Legal Requirements .

 

(a)                                  Each of the Acquiring Companies has not failed to comply in any material respect with or is not in conflict with, or in default or in material violation of any Legal Requirement, including any applicable Environmental Law. No investigation or review by any Governmental Entity is pending, or to the knowledge of Parent, has been threatened, against any of the Acquiring Companies. There is no judgment, injunction, order or decree binding upon Parent.

 

(b)                                  Each of the Acquiring Companies holds, to the extent required by any applicable Legal Requirement, all permits, licenses, authorizations, variances, exemptions, orders and approvals from governmental authorities which are necessary to the operation of the business of Company (collectively, the “ Parent Permits ”). No suspension or cancellation of any such Parent Permit is pending

 

21



 

or, to the knowledge of Parent, threatened. Each such Parent Permit is valid and in full force and effect, and each Acquiring Company is in compliance in all material respects with the terms of such Parent Permits.

 

3.9                                Legal Proceedings; Orders .

 

(a)                                  There is no pending Legal Proceeding, nor has there ever been any Legal Proceeding, and (to the knowledge of Parent) no Person has ever threatened to commence any Legal Proceeding: (i) against or by any Acquiring Company affecting any of its properties or assets; or (ii) that challenges or seeks to prevent, enjoin or otherwise delay the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. To the knowledge of Parent, no event has occurred, and no claim, dispute or other condition or circumstance exists, that would reasonably be expected to give rise to or serve as a basis for the commencement of any Legal Proceeding of the type described in clause “(i)” or clause “(ii)” of the first sentence of this Section 3.9(a) .

 

(b)                                  There is no Order to which any of the Acquiring Companies, or any of the assets owned or used by any of the Acquiring Companies, is subject. To the knowledge of Parent, no officer or other key employee of any of the Acquiring Companies is subject to any Order that prohibits such officer or other employee from engaging in or continuing any conduct, activity or practice relating to the business of any of the Acquiring Companies.

 

3.10                         Brokers’ and Finders’ Fees . No broker, finder or investment banker is entitled to any brokerage, finder’s or other fee or commission payable by an Acquiring Company in connection with the Merger or any of the other transactions contemplated by this Agreement based upon arrangements made by or on behalf of any of the Acquiring Companies.

 

3.11                         Employee Benefit Plans . The Acquiring Companies do not administer, and have never administered, any plan, program, policy, practice, contract, agreement or other arrangement providing for employment, compensation, retirement, pension, deferred compensation, loans, severance, separation, relocation, repatriation, expatriation, visas, work permits, termination pay, performance awards, bonus, incentive, stock option, stock purchase, stock bonus, phantom stock, stock appreciation right, supplemental retirement, profit sharing, fringe benefits, cafeteria benefits, medical benefits, life insurance, disability benefits, accident benefits, salary continuation, accrued leave, vacation, sabbatical, sick pay, sick leave, unemployment benefits or other benefits, whether written or unwritten, including each “voluntary employees’ beneficiary association” under Section 501(c)(9) of the Code and each “employee benefit plan” within the meaning of Section 3(3) of ERISA, in each case, for active, retired or former employees, directors or consultants, which is currently sponsored, maintained, contributed to, or required to be contributed to or with respect to which any potential liability is borne by Parent or any ERISA Affiliate of Parent.

 

3.12                         Labor Matters . None of the Acquiring Companies has any employees. Neither Acquiring Company is a party to or bound by any collective bargaining agreement, nor has it experienced any strikes, grievances, claims of unfair labor practices or other collective bargaining disputes.

 

3.13                         Real Property . The Acquiring Companies do not own or hold, and have never owned or held, any real property or any interest in real property, including any leasehold.

 

3.14                         Parent Contracts .  No Acquiring Company is a party to or is or has ever been bound by:

 

22



 

(1)                                  any employment agreement or Contract with an independent contractor or consultant (or similar arrangement) which is not cancellable without material penalty or without more than 90 days’ notice;

 

(2)                                  any agreement or plan, including, without limitation, any stock option plan, stock appreciation right plan or stock purchase plan, any of the benefits of which will be increased, or the vesting of benefits of which will be accelerated, by the occurrence of any of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or the value of any of the benefits of which will be calculated on the basis of any of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement;

 

(3)                                  any Contract incorporating or relating to any guaranty, any warranty, any sharing of liabilities or any indemnity not entered into in the ordinary course of business, including any indemnification agreements between any Acquiring Company and any of its officers or directors;

 

(4)                                  any Contract limiting or purporting to limit the ability of Parent to compete in any line of business or with any Person or in any geographic area or during any period of time;

 

(5)                                  any agreement, Contract or commitment currently in force relating to the disposition or acquisition of assets not in the ordinary course of business or any ownership interest in any corporation, partnership, joint venture or other business enterprise;

 

(6)                                  any mortgages, indentures, loans, credit agreements, security agreements or any other Contract or instrument relating to the borrowing of money or extension of credit;

 

(7)                                  any Contract that would reasonably be expected to have a material effect on the ability of Parent to perform any of its obligations under this Agreement, or to consummate any of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement;

 

(8)                                  any Contract that provides for: (A) any right of first refusal, right of first negotiation, right of first notification or similar right with respect to any securities or assets of any Acquiring Company; or (B) any “no shop” provision or similar exclusivity provision with respect to any securities or assets of any Acquiring Company;

 

(9)                                  any Contract that contemplates or involves the payment or delivery of cash or other consideration in an amount or having a value in excess of $100,000 in the aggregate, or contemplates or involves the performance of services having a value in excess of $100,000 in the aggregate; or

 

(10)                           any Contract that does not allow any Acquiring Company to terminate the Contract for convenience with no more than thirty (30) days’ prior notice to the other party and without the payment of any rebate, chargeback, penalty or other amount to such third party in connection with any such termination.

 

3.15                         Insurance . No Acquiring Party is, or has ever been, a party to any Insurance Policy.

 

3.16                         Interested Party Transactions . Except as set forth in the SEC Documents, no event has occurred during the past three (3) years that would be required to be reported by Parent as a Certain Relationship or Related Transaction pursuant to Item 404 of Regulation S-K.

 

23


 

3.17                         Disclosure . None of the representations or warranties of Parent contained herein, none of the information contained in the Parent Disclosure Schedule and none of the other information or documents furnished or to be furnished to Company by Parent or pursuant to the terms of this Agreement is false or misleading in any material respect or omits to state a fact herein or therein necessary to make the statements herein or therein, in light of the circumstance in which they were made, not misleading in any material respect.

 

3.18                         Shell Company Status; Exchange Act Matters; Emerging Growth Company . Parent is an issuer identified in Rule 144(i)(1) of the Securities Act. Parent does not currently have, and has never had, any class of securities registered under the Exchange Act, nor has Parent ever been required to register a class of securities under the Exchange Act. Parent is an “emerging growth company” as that term is defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012. The date of the first sale of common equity securities of Parent pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933 occurred on November 20, 2014.

 

3.19                         Disclosure; Parent Information . The information relating to the Acquiring Companies to be supplied by or on behalf of Parent for inclusion or incorporation by reference in the Information Statement will not, on the date the Information Statement is first mailed to Parent stockholders, contain any untrue statement of any material fact, or omit to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary in order to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they are made, not false or misleading at the time and in light of the circumstances under which such statement is made. The Information Statement will comply in all material respects as to form with the requirements of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations thereunder.

 

3.20                         No Prior Merger Sub Operations . Merger Sub was formed solely for the purpose of effecting the Merger and has not engaged in any business activities or conducted any operations, nor does it have any assets or liabilities, other than in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby.

 

3.21                         Exclusivity of Representations and Warranties; Reliance .

 

(a)                                  Except as expressly set forth in this Article 3 , no Acquiring Company or any Person on behalf of any Acquiring Company has made, nor are any of them making, any representation or warranty, written or oral, express or implied, at law or in equity, including with respect to merchantability or fitness for any particular purpose, in respect of any Acquiring Company or its business in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby, including any representations or warranties about the accuracy or completeness of any information or documents previously provided (including with respect to any financial or other projections therein), and any other such representations and warranties are hereby expressly disclaimed.

 

(b)                                  Company acknowledges and agrees that, except as set forth in this Article 3 , none of Company or any of its agents, employees or representatives is relying on any other representation or warranty of any Acquiring Company or any other Person, including regarding the accuracy or completeness of any such other representations or warranties or the omission of any material information, whether express or implied, in each case with respect to the transactions contemplated hereby.

 

ARTICLE 4

 

CONDUCT OF BUSINESS PENDING THE MERGER

 

4.1                                Conduct of Company Business . During the period from the date of this Agreement and continuing until the earlier of the termination of this Agreement pursuant to its terms or the Effective

 

24



 

Time (the “ Pre-Closing Period ”), Company agrees, except to the extent that Parent consents in writing, which will not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed, and except to the extent as necessary to effect the transactions contemplated by the Company Written Consent, to carry on its business in the ordinary course of business. In addition, without limiting the foregoing, other than as expressly contemplated by this Agreement, without obtaining the written consent of Parent, which will not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed, Company will not do any of the following:

 

(a)                                  amend or otherwise change its certificate of incorporation or bylaws, or otherwise alter its corporate structure through merger, liquidation, reorganization or otherwise;

 

(b)                                  issue, sell, pledge, dispose of or encumber, or authorize the issuance, sale, pledge, disposition or encumbrance of, any shares of capital stock of any class, or any options, warrants, convertible securities or other rights of any kind to acquire any shares of capital stock, or any other ownership interest (including, without limitation, any phantom interest) (except for (i) the issuance of shares of common stock issuable pursuant to employee stock options under currently existing employee stock option plans or pursuant to currently outstanding warrants, as the case may be, which options, warrants or rights, as the case may be, are outstanding on the date hereof and (ii) the issuance and sale of shares pursuant to any follow-on offering of Series E Convertible Preferred Stock);

 

(c)                                   redeem, repurchase or otherwise acquire, directly or indirectly, any shares of Company Capital Stock (other than pursuant to a repurchase right in favor of Company with respect to unvested shares at no more than cost);

 

(d)                                  incur any indebtedness or guarantee any indebtedness for borrowed money or issue or sell any debt securities or guarantee any debt securities or other obligations of others or sell, pledge, dispose of or create an Encumbrance over any assets (except for (i) sales of assets in the ordinary course of business and (ii) dispositions of obsolete or worthless assets);

 

(e)                                   accelerate, amend or change the period (or permit any acceleration, amendment or change) of exercisability of options or warrants or authorize cash payments in exchange for any options, except as may be required under any Company Option Plan, Contract or this Agreement or as may be required by applicable Legal Requirements;

 

(f)                                    (i) declare, set aside, make or pay any dividend or other distribution (whether in cash, stock or property or any combination thereof) in respect of any of its capital stock, (ii) split, combine or reclassify any of its capital stock or issue or authorize or propose the issuance of any other securities in respect of, in lieu of or in substitution for shares of its capital stock or (iii) amend the terms of, repurchase, redeem or otherwise acquire any of its securities, or propose to do any of the foregoing;

 

(g)                                   acquire (by merger, consolidation, or acquisition of stock or assets) any corporation, partnership or other business organization or division thereof or any other material property or assets;

 

(h)                                  take any action, other than as required by applicable Legal Requirements or GAAP, to change accounting policies or procedures;

 

(i)                                      make or change any material tax election inconsistent with past practices, adopt or change any Tax accounting method, or settle or compromise any material federal, state, local or foreign tax liability or agree to an extension of a statute of limitations for any assessment of any tax;

 

25



 

(j)                                     pay, discharge or satisfy any claims, liabilities or obligations (absolute, accrued, asserted or unasserted, contingent or otherwise), other than the payment, discharge or satisfaction in the ordinary course of business of liabilities reflected or reserved against in the financial statements of Company, or incurred in the ordinary course of business;

 

(k)                                  initiate any litigation, action, suit, proceeding, claim or arbitration or settle or agree to settle any litigation, action, suit, proceeding, claim or arbitration (in each case, except in connection with this Agreement); and

 

(l)                                      take, or agree in writing or otherwise to take, any of the actions described in Sections 4.1(a)  through (k)  above.

 

The parties acknowledge and agree that (i) nothing contained in this Agreement shall give Parent, directly or indirectly, the right to control or direct Company’s operations prior to the Effective Time; (ii) prior to the Effective Time, Company shall exercise, consistent with the terms and conditions of this Agreement, complete control and supervision over its operations; and (iii) notwithstanding anything contrary set forth in this Agreement, no consent of Parent will be required with respect to any matter set forth in the Agreement to the extent the requirement of such consent would violate any applicable Legal Requirements.

 

4.2                                Conduct of Parent Business . During the Pre-Closing Period, Parent agrees, except to the extent that Company consents in writing, which will not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed, to carry on its business in the ordinary course of business. In addition, without limiting the foregoing, other than as expressly contemplated by this Agreement, without obtaining the written consent of Company, which will not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed, none of the Acquiring Companies will do any of the following:

 

(a)                                  amend or otherwise change its certificate of incorporation or bylaws, or otherwise alter its corporate structure through merger, liquidation, reorganization or otherwise;

 

(b)                                  issue, sell, pledge, dispose of or encumber, or authorize the issuance, sale, pledge, disposition or encumbrance of, any shares of capital stock of any class, or any options, warrants, convertible securities or other rights of any kind to acquire any shares of capital stock, or any other ownership interest (including, without limitation, any phantom interest);

 

(c)                                   redeem, repurchase or otherwise acquire, directly or indirectly, any shares of Parent Capital Stock (except pursuant to the Share Repurchase Agreement);

 

(d)                                  incur any indebtedness or guarantee any indebtedness for borrowed money or issue or sell any debt securities or guarantee any debt securities or other obligations of others or sell, pledge, dispose of or create an Encumbrance over any assets (except for (i) sales of assets in the ordinary course of business, (ii) dispositions of obsolete or worthless assets and (iii) pursuant to the Spin-Out Agreement);

 

(e)                                   accelerate, amend or change the period (or permit any acceleration, amendment or change) of exercisability of options or warrants or authorize cash payments in exchange for any options;

 

(f)                                    (i) declare, set aside, make or pay any dividend or other distribution (whether in cash, stock or property or any combination thereof) in respect of any of its capital stock, (ii) split, combine or reclassify any of its capital stock or issue or authorize or propose the issuance of any other

 

26



 

securities in respect of, in lieu of or in substitution for shares of its capital stock or (iii) amend the terms of, repurchase, redeem or otherwise acquire any of its securities, or propose to do any of the foregoing;

 

(g)                                   (i) acquire (by merger, consolidation, or acquisition of stock or assets) any corporation, partnership or other business organization or division thereof or any other material property or assets; (ii) enter into or amend any Parent Contract; or (iii) authorize any capital expenditures or purchase of fixed assets;

 

(h)                                  materially increase the compensation payable or to become payable to its directors, officers, employees or consultants or grant any severance or termination pay to, or enter into any employment or severance agreement with, any director, officer, employee or consultant, or establish, adopt, enter into or amend any collective bargaining, bonus, profit sharing, thrift, compensation, stock option, restricted stock, pension, retirement, deferred compensation, employment, termination, severance or other plan, agreement, trust, fund, policy or arrangement for the benefit of any such director, officer, consultant or employee;

 

(i)                                      take any action, other than as required by applicable Legal Requirements or GAAP, to change accounting policies or procedures;

 

(j)                                     make or change any material tax election inconsistent with past practices, adopt or change any Tax accounting method, or settle or compromise any material federal, state, local or foreign tax liability or agree to an extension of a statute of limitations for any assessment of any tax;

 

(k)                                  pay, discharge or satisfy any claims, liabilities or obligations (absolute, accrued, asserted or unasserted, contingent or otherwise), other than the payment, discharge or satisfaction of liabilities reflected or reserved against in the financial statements of Company, or incurred in the ordinary course of business;

 

(l)                                      enter into any material partnership arrangements, joint development agreements or strategic alliances;

 

(m)                              initiate any litigation, action, suit, proceeding, claim or arbitration or settle or agree to settle any litigation, action, suit, proceeding, claim or arbitration (in each case, except in connection with this Agreement); or

 

(n)                                  take, or agree in writing or otherwise to take, any of the actions described in Sections 4.2(a)  through (m)  above, or any action which would make any of the representations or warranties of such party contained in this Agreement untrue or incorrect or prevent such party from performing or cause such party not to perform its covenants hereunder or result in any of the conditions to the Merger set forth herein not being satisfied.

 

ARTICLE 5

 

ADDITIONAL AGREEMENTS

 

5.1                                Company Written Consent; Information Statement .

 

(a)                                  Within five (5) hours following the execution and delivery of this Agreement, Company shall furnish to Parent an executed copy of the Company Written Consent representing the Company Requisite Vote.

 

27



 

(b)                                  As promptly as practicable following the receipt of the Company Written Consent, Company shall deliver an information statement (the “ Information Statement ”) to the Company Stockholders, which shall contain, among other things, notice of the Company Written Consent pursuant to Section 228(e) of Delaware Law and applicable notices pursuant to Section 262 of Delaware Law.

 

(c)                                   In addition, the Information Statement shall constitute a disclosure document for the offer and issuance of the shares of Parent Common Stock pursuant to this Agreement and in accordance with Section 5.2(c) . Company and Parent shall each use commercially reasonable efforts to cause the Information Statement to comply with applicable federal and state securities laws requirements. Each of Parent and Company agree to provide promptly to the other such information concerning its business and financial statements and affairs as, in the reasonable judgment of the providing party or its counsel, may be required or appropriate for inclusion in the Information Statement, or in any amendments or supplements thereto, and to cause its counsel and auditors to cooperate with the other’s counsel and auditors in the preparation of the Information Statement.

 

5.2                                Parent Written Consent; Notice; Private Placement .

 

(a)                                  Within five (5) hours following the execution and delivery of this Agreement, Parent shall furnish to Company an executed copy of the Parent Written Consent representing the Parent Requisite Vote.

 

(b)                                  As promptly as practicable following the receipt of the Parent Written Consent and Parent’s conversion to a Delaware corporation in accordance with Section 1.4(c) , Parent shall deliver notice thereof (including with respect to appraisal rights in connection with such conversion) in accordance with Nevada Law.

 

(c)                                   Parent shall use its reasonable best efforts to cause the issuance of Parent Common Stock in the Merger to be exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act by reason of Regulation D promulgated under Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act or under Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act and from the registration requirements of any applicable state securities Legal Requirements and otherwise to comply with all requirements of applicable federal and state securities Legal Requirements.

 

5.3                                Access to Information; Confidentiality . From the date of this Agreement until the earlier of the Effective Time or the termination of this Agreement in accordance with Article 7 , and upon reasonable notice and subject to restrictions contained in confidentiality agreements to which such party is subject, Company and Parent will each afford to the officers, employees, accountants, counsel and other Representatives of the other party, reasonable access, during the Pre-Closing Period, to all its properties, books, contracts, commitments and records (including, without limitation, Tax records) and, during such period, Company and Parent each will furnish promptly to the other all information concerning its business, properties and personnel as such other party may reasonably request, and each will make available to the other the appropriate individuals (including attorneys, accountants and other professionals) for discussion of the other’s business, properties and personnel as either party may reasonably request; provided, that each of Company and Parent reserves the right to withhold any information if access to such information could adversely affect the attorney-client privilege between it and its counsel. Each party will not, and shall cause its Affiliates and Representatives not to, disclose to any third party, and shall keep confidential, such information and any other information in its possession regarding any of the Parties hereto, in each case, except to the extent (a) such information is generally available to the public through no fault of such Party or any of its Representatives or (b) disclosure is required by applicable Legal Requirements.

 

28



 

5.4                                Regulatory Approvals and Related Matters .

 

(a)                                  As promptly as practicable, each Party will file all notices, reports and other documents required to be filed by such party with any Governmental Body with respect to the Merger and the other transactions contemplated by this Agreement, and to submit promptly any additional information requested by any such Governmental Body. Each of Parent and Company will notify the other party promptly upon the receipt of (and, if in writing, share a copy of) any communication received by such party from, or given by such party to, any Governmental Bodies and of any material communication received or given in connection with any proceeding by a private party, in each case in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. Each of Parent and Company will give the other party prompt notice of the commencement or known threat of commencement of any Legal Proceeding by or before any Governmental Body with respect to the Merger or any of the other transactions contemplated by this Agreement, will keep the other party reasonably informed as to the status of any such Legal Proceeding or threat, and, in connection with any such Legal Proceeding, will permit authorized representatives of the other party to be present at each meeting or conference relating to any such Legal Proceeding and to have access to and be consulted in connection with any document, opinion or proposal made or submitted to any Governmental Body in connection with any such Legal Proceeding.

 

(b)                                  Upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Agreement and subject to this Section 5.4(b) , each of the Parties agrees to use its reasonable best efforts to take, or cause to be taken, all actions necessary or advisable to satisfy each of the conditions set forth in Article 6 , consummate the Merger and make effective the other transactions contemplated by this Agreement (provided that no party will be required to waive any of the conditions set forth in Article 6 , as applicable, to its obligations to consummate the Merger and the other transactions contemplated by this Agreement).

 

5.5                                Director Indemnification and Insurance .

 

(a)                                  From and after the Effective Time, Parent will fulfill and honor in all respects the obligations of Company and Parent which exist prior to the date hereof to indemnify Company’s and Parent’s present and former directors and officers and their heirs, executors and assigns; provided, however, that Company directors and officers which become directors and officers of the Surviving Corporation will enter into the Surviving Corporation’s standard indemnification agreement which will supersede any other contractual rights to indemnification. The certificate of incorporation and bylaws of the Surviving Corporation will contain provisions at least as favorable as the provisions relating to the indemnification and elimination of liability for monetary damages set forth in the certificate of incorporation and bylaws of Company, and the provisions relating to the indemnification and elimination of liability for monetary damages set forth in the certificate of incorporation and bylaws of Company and Parent will not be amended, repealed or otherwise modified for a period of six (6) years from the Effective Time in any manner that would adversely affect the rights thereunder of individuals who, at the Effective Time, were directors, officers, employees or agents of Company or Parent, unless such modification is required by Legal Requirements.

 

(b)                                  This Section 5.5 will survive any termination of this Agreement and the consummation of the Merger at the Effective Time, is intended to benefit Company, the Surviving Corporation and the parties indemnified hereby (each of whom is an express third-party beneficiary of this Agreement with respect to this Section 5.5 ), and will be binding on all successors and assigns of the Surviving Corporation.

 

5.6                                Notification of Certain Matters . To the extent any of the following would reasonably be expected to result in the failure to be satisfied of any condition set forth in Article 6 , Company will give

 

29



 

prompt notice to Parent, and Parent will give prompt notice to Company, of (i) the occurrence, or non-occurrence, of any event the occurrence, or non-occurrence, of which would be likely to cause any representation or warranty contained in this Agreement to be untrue or inaccurate, and (ii) any failure of Company or Parent, as the case may be, materially to comply with or satisfy any covenant, condition or agreement to be complied with or satisfied by it hereunder; provided, however, that the delivery of any notice pursuant to this Section 5.6 will not limit or otherwise affect the remedies available hereunder to the party receiving such notice; and provided, further, that failure to give such notice will not be treated as a breach of covenant for the purposes of Sections 6.2(a)  and 6.3(a)  unless the failure to give such notice results in material prejudice to the other party.

 

5.7                                Public Announcements . Parent and Company will consult with each other before issuing any press release or otherwise making any public statements with respect to the Merger or this Agreement and will not issue any such press release or make any such public statement without the prior consent of the other party, which will not be unreasonably withheld or delayed.

 

5.8                                Conveyance Taxes . Parent and Company will cooperate in the preparation, execution and filing of all returns, questionnaires, applications or other documents regarding any real property transfer or gains, sales, use, transfer, value added, stock transfer and stamp taxes, any transfer, recording, registration and other fees, and any similar taxes which become payable in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby that are required or permitted to be filed on or before the Effective Time.

 

5.9                                Exclusive Dealing . From the date hereof until the Effective Time or termination of this Agreement in accordance with Article 7 , neither Parent nor Company shall, nor shall either of them authorize or permit any of its officers, directors, employees, attorneys, accountants, consultants or other agents or advisors to, directly or indirectly, take any action to solicit, initiate, knowingly facilitate or encourage the submission of any Acquisition Proposal, engage in any discussions or negotiations with any third party regarding an Acquisition Proposal or enter into any agreement with respect to an Acquisition Proposal. For purposes of this Agreement, “ Acquisition Proposal ” means, other than the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, any third party offer or proposal relating to any acquisition or purchase, direct or indirect, whether by way of asset purchase, equity purchase, merger, consolidation, share exchange, business combination or otherwise, of a material portion of the assets of Parent or Company, respectively, or any equity interest in Parent or Company, respectively, or any other transaction the consummation of which would reasonably be expected to frustrate the purposes of, impede, prevent or materially delay the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

 

5.10                         Company Options .

 

(a)                                  At the Effective Time, each Company Option that is outstanding and unexercised immediately prior to the Effective Time under the Company Option Plan, whether or not vested, will be converted into and become an option to purchase Parent Common Stock, and Parent shall assume the Company Option Plan. All rights with respect to Company Common Stock under Company Options assumed by Parent will thereupon be converted into rights with respect to Parent Common Stock.

 

(b)                                  Accordingly, from and after the Effective Time: (i) each Company Option assumed by Parent may be exercised solely for shares of Parent Common Stock; (ii) the number of shares of Parent Common Stock subject to each Company Option assumed by Parent will be determined by multiplying (x) the number of shares of Company Common Stock that were subject to such Company Option, as in effect immediately prior to the Effective Time by (y) the Exchange Ratio and rounding the resulting number down to the nearest whole number of shares of Parent Common Stock; (iii) the per share exercise price for the Parent Common Stock issuable upon exercise of each Company Option assumed by

 

30



 

Parent will be determined by dividing (x) the per share exercise price of Company Common Stock subject to such Company Option, as in effect immediately prior to the Effective Time, by (y) the Exchange Ratio; and (iv) any restriction on the exercise of any Company Option assumed by Parent will continue in full force and effect and the term, exercisability, vesting schedule, status as an “incentive stock option” under Section 422 of the Code, if applicable, and other provisions of such Company Option will otherwise remain unchanged; provided, however, that: (1) to the extent provided under the terms of a Company Option, such Company Option assumed by Parent in accordance with this Section 5.10(b)  will, in accordance with its terms, be subject to further adjustment as appropriate to reflect any stock split, division or subdivision of shares, stock dividend, reverse stock split, consolidation of shares, reclassification, recapitalization or other similar transaction with respect to Parent Common Stock subsequent to the Effective Time; and (2) Parent’s board of directors or a committee thereof will succeed to the authority and responsibility of Company’s board of directors or any committee thereof with respect to each Company Option assumed by Parent.

 

(c)                                   Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 5.10(c) , the conversion of each Company Option (regardless of whether such option qualifies as an “incentive stock option” within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code) into an option to purchase shares of Parent Common Stock will be made in a manner consistent with Treasury Regulation Section 1.424-1, such that the conversion of a Company Option will not constitute a “modification” of such Company Option for purposes of Section 409A or Section 424 of the Code. It is the intention of the parties that each Company Option so assumed by Parent shall qualify following the Effective Time as an incentive stock option as defined in Section 422 of the Code to the extent permitted under Section 422 of the Code and to the extent such Company Option qualified as an incentive stock option prior to the Effective Time.

 

(d)                                  Within twenty (20) Business Days after the Effective Time, Parent will deliver to each Person who, immediately prior to the Effective Time, was a holder of a Company Option a document evidencing the foregoing assumption of such option by Parent.

 

5.11                         Company and Parent Disclosure Schedules . Each of Company and Parent may in its discretion, for informational purposes only, supplement the information set forth on the Company Disclosure Schedule or Parent Disclosure Schedule, as applicable, with respect to any matter now existing or hereafter arising that, if existing or occurring at or prior to the date of this Agreement, would have been required to be set forth or described in the Company Disclosure Schedule or Parent Disclosure Schedule, as applicable, on the date of this Agreement or that is necessary to correct any information in the Company Disclosure Schedule or Parent Disclosure Schedule, as applicable, which has been rendered inaccurate thereby promptly following discovery thereof. Any such amended or supplemented disclosure shall not be deemed to modify the representations and warranties of Company, Parent or Merger Sub for any purpose.

 

5.12                         Tax Matters .

 

(a)                                  Parent, Merger Sub and Company shall use their respective commercially reasonable efforts to cause the Merger to qualify, and agree not to, and not to permit or cause any affiliate or subsidiary to, take any actions or cause any action to be taken which would reasonably be expected to prevent the Merger from qualifying, as a “reorganization” under Section 368(a) of the Code.

 

(b)                                  Parent, Merger Sub and Company shall treat, and shall not take any Tax reporting position inconsistent with the treatment of, the Merger as a reorganization within the meaning of Section 368(a) of the Code for U.S. federal, state and other relevant Tax purposes, unless otherwise required pursuant to a “determination” within the meaning of Section 1313(a) of the Code.

 

31



 

5.13                         Expenses . All fees and expenses incurred in connection with this Agreement and the transactions contemplated by this Agreement will be paid by the Party incurring such expenses, whether or not the Merger is consummated (provided, however, that if the Merger is consummated, such fees and expenses will be paid by such Party out of its own cash on hand prior to the Effective Time).

 

ARTICLE 6

 

CONDITIONS TO THE MERGER

 

6.1                                Conditions to Obligation of Each Party to Effect the Merger . The respective obligations of each party to effect the Merger and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby will be subject to the satisfaction at or prior to the Effective Time of the following conditions:

 

(a)                                  No Injunctions or Restraints; Illegality . No temporary restraining order, preliminary or permanent injunction or other order (whether temporary, preliminary or permanent) issued by any court of competent jurisdiction or other legal restraint or prohibition preventing the consummation of the Merger or any of the other transactions contemplated hereby, will be in effect, nor will any proceeding brought by any administrative agency or commission or other Governmental Body or instrumentality, domestic or foreign, seeking any of the foregoing be pending; and there will not be any action taken, or any statute, rule, regulation or order enacted, entered, enforced or deemed applicable to the Merger, which makes the consummation of the Merger or any of the other transactions contemplated hereby illegal;

 

(b)                                  Stockholder Approvals . Each of the Company Written Consent and the Parent Written Consent shall have been obtained.

 

6.2                                Additional Conditions to Obligations of Parent . The obligations of Parent to effect the Merger and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby are also subject to the following conditions:

 

(a)                                  Representations and Warranties . The representations and warranties of Company contained in this Agreement will be true and correct as of the date hereof and as of the Closing Date, with the same force and effect as if made as of the Closing Date (except for those representations and warranties which address matters only as of a particular date, which will remain true and correct as of such date), except for such failures to be true and correct as would not reasonably be expected to constitute a Company Material Adverse Effect; provided that, all “Company Material Adverse Effect” qualifications and other materiality qualifications limiting the scope of the representations and warranties of Company contained in this Agreement will be disregarded. Parent will have received a certificate to such effect signed by an officer of Company.

 

(b)                                  Agreements and Covenants . Company will have performed or complied with in all material respects all agreements and covenants required by this Agreement to be performed or complied with by it on or prior to the Effective Time. Parent will have received a certificate to such effect signed by and officer of Company.

 

(c)                                   Company Material Adverse Effect . Since the date of this Agreement, there will have been no change, occurrence or circumstance in the business, results of operations or financial condition of Company having a Company Material Adverse Effect.

 

(d)                                  Other Deliveries . Parent shall have received (i) a certificate dated as of the Closing Date, duly executed by the Secretary of Company on behalf of Company, certifying as to (A) an

 

32



 

attached copy of Company’s certificate of incorporation and stating that it has not been amended, modified, revoked or rescinded, (B) an attached copy of Company’s bylaws and stating that they have not been amended, modified, revoked or rescinded and (C) an attached copy of the resolutions of the board of directors of Company authorizing and approving the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and stating that such resolutions have not been amended, modified, revoked or rescinded, (ii) a good standing certificate of Company from the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware, dated as of a date not more than five (5) Business Days prior to the Closing Date.

 

6.3                                Additional Conditions to Obligations of Company . The obligation of Company to effect the Merger and to consummate the other transactions contemplated hereby is also subject to the following conditions:

 

(a)                                  Representations and Warranties . The representations and warranties of Parent and Merger Sub contained in this Agreement will be true and correct as of the date hereof and as of the Closing Date, with the same force and effect as if made as of the Closing Date (except for those representations and warranties which address matters only as of a particular date, which will remain true and correct as of such date), except for such failures to be true and correct as would not reasonably be expected to constitute a Parent Material Adverse Effect; provided that, all “Parent Material Adverse Effect” qualifications and other materiality qualifications limiting the scope of the representations and warranties of Company contained in this Agreement will be disregarded. Company will have received a certificate to such effect signed by an officer of each of Parent and Merger Sub.

 

(b)                                  Agreements and Covenants . Parent and Merger Sub will have performed or complied with in all material respects all agreements and covenants required by this Agreement to be performed or complied with by it on or prior to the Effective Time. Company will have received a certificate to such effect signed by an officer of Parent.

 

(c)                                   Parent Material Adverse Effect . Since the date of this Agreement, there will have been no change, occurrence or circumstance in the business, results of operations or financial condition of any Acquiring Company having a Parent Material Adverse Effect.

 

(d)                                  Parent Board of Directors Resignation Letter . Company will have received a duly executed copy of a resignation letter from the sole member of the board of directors of Parent, effective as of the Effective Time.

 

(e)                                   Company Appointees . Each of Stephen DeFalco, Timothy Goodnow, Doug Roeder, Doug Prince, Ed Fiorentino, Justin Klein and Jim Barrett shall have been duly elected to the board of directors of Parent.

 

(f)                                    Conversion . Parent shall have converted to a Delaware corporation and amended and restated its certificate of incorporation in accordance with Section 1.4(c) .

 

(g)                                   Share Repurchase . The Share Repurchase Agreement will be in full force and effect, and the parties thereto will be ready, willing and able to consummate the transactions contemplated thereby, effective immediately after the Effective Time.

 

(h)                                  Spin-Out . The Spin-Out Agreement will be in full force and effect, and the parties thereto will be ready, willing and able to consummate the transactions contemplated thereby, effective immediately after the Effective Time.

 

33


 

(i)                                      Line of Credit . The Line of Credit will be in full force and effect.

 

(j)                                     Other Deliveries . Company shall have received (i) a certificate dated as of the Closing Date, duly executed by the Secretary of Parent on behalf of Parent, certifying as to (A) an attached copy of Parent’s articles of incorporation, as amended, and stating that they have not been further amended, modified, revoked or rescinded, (B) an attached copy of Parent’s bylaws and stating that they have not been amended, modified, revoked or rescinded and (C) an attached copy of the resolutions of the board of directors of Parent authorizing and approving the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and stating that such resolutions have not been amended, modified, revoked or rescinded, (ii) a good standing certificate of Parent from the Secretary of State of the State of Nevada, dated as of a date not more than five (5) Business Days prior to the Closing Date.

 

ARTICLE 7

 

TERMINATION

 

7.1                                Termination . This Agreement may be terminated and the Merger may be abandoned, at any time prior to the Effective Time, notwithstanding approval thereof by the stockholders of Company and Parent:

 

(a)                                  by mutual written consent of Company and Parent duly authorized by each of their respective boards of directors;

 

(b)                                  by either Parent (subject to Section 7.1(e) ) or Company (subject to Section 7.1(d) ) if the Merger has not been consummated by the close of business on the tenth (10th) Business Day after the date of this Agreement (provided that the right to terminate this Agreement under this Section 7.1(b)  will not be available to any party whose material breach of this Agreement has been the cause of or resulted in the failure of the Merger to occur on or before such date);

 

(c)                                   by either Parent or Company if a court of competent jurisdiction or governmental, regulatory or administrative agency or commission will have issued a non-appealable final order, decree or ruling or taken any other action, in each case having the effect of permanently restraining, enjoining or otherwise prohibiting the Merger or any of the other transactions contemplated hereby;

 

(d)                                  by Parent if the Company Written Consent is not obtained by Company within five (5) hours following the execution of this Agreement and has not been obtained by the time that Parent delivers a written notice of termination pursuant to this Section 7.1(d) ;

 

(e)                                   by Company if the Parent Written Consent is not obtained by Parent within five (5) hours following the execution of this Agreement and has not been obtained by the time that Company delivers a written notice of termination pursuant to this Section 7.1(e) ;

 

(f)                                    by Parent upon breach of any of the representations, warranties, covenants or agreements on the part of Company set forth in this Agreement, or if any representation or warranty of Company will have become inaccurate, in either case such that the conditions set forth in Section 6.3(a)  or Section 6.3(b)  would not be satisfied as of the time of such breach or as of the time such representation or warranty will have become inaccurate; provided if such breach or inaccuracy is curable by Company, then this Agreement will not terminate pursuant to this Section 7.1(f)  as a result of such particular breach or inaccuracy unless the breach or inaccuracy remains uncured as of the tenth (10 th ) Business Day

 

34



 

following the date of written notice given by Parent to Company of such breach or inaccuracy and its intention to terminate the agreement pursuant to this Section 7.1(f) ; or

 

(g)                                   by Company upon breach of any of the representations, warranties, covenants or agreements on the part of Parent or Merger Sub set forth in this Agreement, or if any representation or warranty of Parent or Merger Sub will have become inaccurate, in either case such that the conditions set forth in Section 6.3(a)  or Section 6.3(b)  would not be satisfied as of the time of such breach or as of the time such representation or warranty will have become inaccurate; provided if such breach or inaccuracy is curable by Parent or Merger Sub, then this Agreement will not terminate pursuant to this Section 7.1(g)  as a result of such particular breach or inaccuracy unless the breach or inaccuracy remains uncured as of the tenth (10 th ) Business Day following the date of written notice given by Company to Parent of such breach or inaccuracy and its intention to terminate the agreement pursuant to this Section 7.1(g) ;

 

7.2                                Effect of Termination . In the event of the termination of this Agreement pursuant to Section 7.1 , this Agreement will forthwith become void, except that Sections 5.3 , 5.7 and 5.13 , this Section 7.2 and Article 8 shall survive such termination; provided that nothing herein shall relieve Parent, Merger Sub or Company of any liability for any willful breach of this Agreement prior to the effective date of termination.

 

ARTICLE 8

 

GENERAL PROVISIONS

 

8.1                                Notices . All notices, requests and other communications to any party hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed given (a) when delivered or sent if delivered in person, (b) on the third (3rd) Business Day after dispatch by registered certified mail, (c) on the next Business Day if transmitted by national overnight courier or (d) on the date delivered if sent by email (provided confirmation of email receipt is obtained other than by an automatically-generated reply), in each case as follows:

 

(a)                                  If, prior to the Effective Time, to Parent or Merger Sub:

 

ASN Technologies, Inc.
10291 South 1300 East, #118
Sandy, UT 84094
Attn: Daniel Davis

 

With a copy to:

 

Joe Laxague, Esq.
Laxague Law, Inc.
1 East Liberty, Ste. 600
Reno, NV 89501

 

(b)                                  If to Company or, after the Effective Time, to Parent or the Surviving Corporation:

 

Senseonics, Incorporated
20451 Seneca Meadows Pkwy
Germantown, MD 20876
Attn: R. Don Elsey
E-Mail: Don.Elsey@senseonics.com

 

35



 

With a copy to:

 

Cooley LLP
One Freedom Square
11951 Freedom Drive, 15th Floor
Reston, VA 20190
Attn: Christian E. Plaza and Marc A. Samuel

 

8.2                                Amendment . This Agreement may be amended by a written instrument executed by Parent and Company pursuant to action taken by or on behalf of their respective boards of directors at any time prior to the Effective Time; provided, however, that, after approval of the Merger by the Company Written Consent or the Parent Written Consent, as applicable, no amendment may be made which by Legal Requirements requires further approval by such stockholders without such further approval.

 

8.3                                Headings . The headings contained in this Agreement are for reference purposes only and will not affect in any way the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement.

 

8.4                                Severability . If any term or other provision of this Agreement is invalid, illegal or incapable of being enforced by any rule of law, or public policy, all other conditions and provisions of this Agreement will nevertheless remain in full force and effect so long as the economic or legal substance of the transactions contemplated hereby is not affected in any manner adverse to any party. Upon such determination that any term or other provision is invalid, illegal or incapable of being enforced, the parties hereto will negotiate in good faith to modify this Agreement so as to effect the original intent of the parties as closely as possible in an acceptable manner to the end that transactions contemplated hereby are fulfilled to the extent possible.

 

8.5                                Entire Agreement . This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement and supersedes all prior agreements and undertakings, both written and oral, among the parties, or any of them, with respect to the subject matter hereof and, except as otherwise expressly provided herein, are not intended to confer upon any other person any rights or remedies hereunder.

 

8.6                                Successors and Assigns . This Agreement will be binding upon: (a) Company and its successors and assigns (if any); (b) Parent and its successors and assigns (if any); (c) Merger Sub and its successors and assigns (if any); and (d) the Company Stockholders. This Agreement will inure to the benefit of: (i) Company; (ii) Parent; (iii) Merger Sub; and (iv) the respective successors and assigns (if any) of the foregoing. No Party may assign this Agreement or any of its rights, interests or obligations hereunder without the prior written approval of the other Parties hereto.

 

8.7                                Parties in Interest . This Agreement will be binding upon and inure solely to the benefit of each party hereto, and nothing in this Agreement, expressed or implied, is intended to or will confer upon any other person any right, benefit or remedy of any nature whatsoever under or by reason of this Agreement, other than Section 5.5 (which is intended to be for the benefit of the parties indemnified thereby and may be enforced by such parties).

 

8.8                                Waiver . No failure or delay on the part of any party hereto in the exercise of any right hereunder will impair such right or be construed to be a waiver of, or acquiescence in, any breach of any representation, warranty or agreement herein, nor will any single or partial exercise of any such right preclude other or further exercise thereof or of any other right. At any time prior to the Effective Time, any party hereto may, with respect to any other party hereto, (a) extend the time for the performance of any of the obligations or other acts, (b) waive any inaccuracies in the representations and warranties contained herein or in any document delivered pursuant hereto and (c) waive compliance with any of the

 

36



 

agreements or conditions contained herein. Any such extension or waiver will be valid if set forth in an instrument in writing signed by the party or parties to be bound.

 

8.9                                Remedies Cumulative; Specific Performance . All rights and remedies existing under this Agreement are cumulative to, and not exclusive of, any rights or remedies otherwise available. Each party to this Agreement agree that, in the event of any breach or threatened breach by the other party of any covenant, obligation or other provision set forth in this Agreement: (a) such party will be entitled, without any proof of actual damages (and in addition to any other remedy that may be available to it) to: (i) a decree or order of specific performance or mandamus to enforce the observance and performance of such covenant, obligation or other provision; and (ii) an injunction restraining such breach or threatened breach; and (b) such party will not be required to provide any bond or other security in connection with any such decree, order or injunction or in connection with any related action or Legal Proceeding.

 

8.10                         Governing Law; Venue; Waiver of Jury Trial .

 

(a)                                  This Agreement will be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware, regardless of the laws that might otherwise govern under applicable principles of conflicts of laws thereof.

 

(b)                                  Any action, suit or other Legal Proceeding relating to this Agreement or the enforcement of any provision of this Agreement will be brought or otherwise commenced exclusively in the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware or, if jurisdiction over the matter is vested exclusively in the federal courts, the United States District Court for the District of Delaware. Each party to this Agreement: (i) expressly and irrevocably consents and submits to the exclusive jurisdiction of such court (and each appellate court therefrom) in connection with any such action, suit or Legal Proceeding; (ii) agrees that such court will be deemed to be a convenient forum; and (iii) agrees not to assert (by way of motion, as a defense or otherwise), in any such action, suit or Legal Proceeding commenced in any such court, any claim that such party is not subject personally to the jurisdiction of such court, that such action, suit or Legal Proceeding has been brought in an inconvenient forum, that the venue of such action, suit or other Legal Proceeding is improper or that this Agreement or the subject matter of this Agreement may not be enforced in or by such court.

 

(c)                                   EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LEGAL REQUIREMENTS, ANY AND ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY ACTION, SUIT OR OTHER LEGAL PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATED TO THIS AGREEMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY.

 

8.11                         Nonsurvival of Representations and Warranties . None of the representations and warranties in this Agreement or in any instrument delivered pursuant to this Agreement shall survive the Effective Time. This Section 8.11 shall not limit any covenant or agreement of the parties which by its terms contemplates performance after the Effective Time.

 

8.12                         Counterparts and Exchanges by Electronic Transmission or Facsimile . This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, and by the different parties hereto in separate counterparts and by facsimile or electronic (i.e, PDF) transmission, each of which when executed will be deemed to be an original but all of which taken together will constitute one and the same agreement.

 

8.13                         Cooperation . Each party hereto agrees to cooperate fully with the other parties hereto and to execute and deliver such further documents, certificates, agreements and instruments and to take

 

37



 

such other actions as may be reasonably requested by the other parties hereto to evidence or reflect the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and to carry out the intent and purposes of this Agreement.

 

8.14                         Construction .

 

(a)                                  For purposes of this Agreement, whenever the context requires: the singular number will include the plural, and vice versa; the masculine gender will include the feminine and neuter genders; the feminine gender will include the masculine and neuter genders; and the neuter gender will include masculine and feminine genders.

 

(b)                                  The parties hereto agree that any rule of construction to the effect that ambiguities are to be resolved against the drafting party will not be applied in the construction or interpretation of this Agreement.

 

(c)                                   As used in this Agreement, the words “include” and “including,” and variations thereof, will not be deemed to be terms of limitation, but rather will be deemed to be followed by the words “without limitation.”

 

(d)                                  Except as otherwise indicated, all references in this Agreement to “Sections,” “Exhibits” and “Schedules” are intended to refer to Sections of this Agreement and Exhibits or Schedules to this Agreement.

 

(e)                                   The term “ knowledge of Company ”, and all variations thereof, will mean the actual knowledge of Timothy Goodnow and R. Don Elsey, after reasonable inquiry. The term “ knowledge of Parent ”, and all variations thereof, will mean the actual knowledge of Daniel Davis, Laura Magrone and Back Office Consultants, Inc., after reasonable inquiry.

 

[Signature Page Follows]

 

38



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the undersigned parties have caused this Agreement to be executed as of the date first written above.

 

 

ASN TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Daniel Davis

 

Name:

Daniel Davis

 

Title:

President

 

 

 

 

SMSI MERGER SUB, INC.

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Daniel Davis

 

Name:

Daniel Davis

 

Title:

President

 

 

 

 

SENSEONICS, INCORPORATED

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Timothy Goodnow

 

Name:

Timothy Goodnow

 

Title:

President and CEO

 



 

EXHIBIT A

 

CERTAIN DEFINITIONS

 

For purposes of the Agreement (including this Exhibit A):

 

Acquiring Companies ” mean Parent and Merger Sub.

 

Affiliate ” means, with respect to any Person, any other Person that, directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls, is controlled by or is under common control with, such Person, and the term “control” (including the terms “controlled by” and “under common control with”) means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such Person, whether through ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise.

 

Business Day ” means a day other than a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which banks located in Boston, Massachusetts are authorized or required by applicable Legal Requirements to close.

 

Company Capital Stock ” means the Company Common Stock and the Company Preferred Stock.

 

Company Common Stock ” means the Common Stock of Company, par value $0.01.

 

Company Disclosure Schedule ” means the disclosure schedule that has been delivered by Company to Parent on the date of this Agreement.

 

Company IP Rights ” mean all IP Rights owned solely or co-owned by Company or in which Company has any right, title or interest and which are used by Company in the ordinary course of its business.

 

Company Material Adverse Effect ” means any effect, change, event or circumstance that has a material adverse effect on: (a) the business, financial condition or results of operations of Company taken as a whole; provided, however, that, in no event will any of the following, alone or in combination, be deemed to constitute, nor shall any of the following be taken into account in determining whether there has occurred, a Company Material Adverse Effect: effects resulting from (i) conditions generally affecting the industries in which Company participates or the United States or global economy or capital markets as a whole, to the extent that such conditions do not have a disproportionate impact on Company taken as a whole; (ii) any failure by Company to meet internal projections (it being understood, however, that any effect causing or contributing to such failures to meet projections or predictions may constitute a Company Material Adverse Effect and may be taken into account in determining whether a Company Material Adverse Effect has occurred); (iii) the execution, delivery, announcement or performance of the obligations under this Agreement or the announcement, pendency or anticipated consummation of the Merger; (iv) any natural disaster or any acts of terrorism, sabotage, military action or war or any escalation or worsening thereof; or (v) any changes (after the date of this Agreement) in GAAP or applicable Legal Requirements; or (b) the ability of Company to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby.

 

Company Option ” means an option to purchase shares of Company Capital Stock.

 

Company Option Plan ” means Company’s Amended and Restated 1997 Stock Option Plan, as amended, and 2015 Equity Incentive Plan.

 

Company Preferred Stock ” means Company’s Preferred Stock, par value $0.01 per share (for the avoidance of doubt, including Company’s Series A Convertible Preferred Stock, Series B Convertible

 



 

Preferred Stock, Series C Convertible Preferred Stock, Series D Convertible Preferred Stock and Series E Convertible Preferred Stock).

 

Company Stockholders ” mean the holders of Company Capital Stock issued and outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time.

 

Company Warrant ” means a warrant to purchase shares of Company Capital Stock.

 

Consent ” means any approval, consent, ratification, permission, waiver or authorization.

 

Contract ” means any written agreement, contract, subcontract, lease, understanding, arrangement, instrument, note, option, warranty, purchase order, license, sublicense, insurance policy, benefit plan or legally binding commitment or undertaking of any nature.

 

Copyrights ” mean all copyrights and copyrightable works (including without limitation databases and other compilations of information, mask works and semiconductor chip rights), including all rights of authorship, use, publication, reproduction, distribution, performance, transformation, moral rights and rights of ownership of copyrightable works and all registrations and rights to register and obtain renewals and extensions of registrations, together with all other interests accruing by reason of international copyright.

 

Encumbrance ” means any lien, encumbrance, pledge, mortgage, deed of trust, security interest, equitable interest, right of first refusal, easement, servitude, transfer restriction under any stockholder or similar agreement or other similar restriction.

 

Entity ” means any corporation (including any non-profit corporation), general partnership, limited partnership, limited liability partnership, joint venture, estate, trust, company (including any company limited by shares, limited liability company or joint stock company), firm, society or other enterprise, association, organization or entity.

 

Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

Exchange Ratio ” means 2.0975.

 

Governmental Body ” means any: (a) nation, state, commonwealth, province, territory, county, municipality, district or other jurisdiction of any nature; (b) federal, state, local, municipal, foreign or other government; or (c) governmental or quasi-governmental authority of any nature (including any governmental division, regulatory agency, department, agency, commission, instrumentality, official, ministry, fund, foundation, center, organization, unit, body or Entity and any court or other tribunal).

 

IP Rights ” mean any and all of the following in any country or region: (a) Copyrights, Patent Rights, Trademark Rights, domain name registrations, Trade Secrets, and other intellectual property rights; and (b) the right (whether at law, in equity, by Contract or otherwise) to enjoy or otherwise exploit any of the foregoing, including the rights to sue for and remedies against past, present and future infringements of any or all of the foregoing, and rights of priority and protection of interests therein under the Legal Requirements of any jurisdiction worldwide.

 

Legal Proceeding ” means any action, suit, litigation, arbitration, proceeding (including any civil, criminal, administrative, investigative or appellate proceeding), hearing, inquiry, audit, examination or formal investigation commenced, brought, conducted or heard by or before, or otherwise involving, any court or other Governmental Body or any arbitrator or arbitration panel.

 

2



 

Legal Requirements ” mean any federal, state, local, municipal, foreign or other law, statute, constitution, principle of common law, resolution, ordinance, code, edict, decree, rule, regulation, ruling or requirement issued, enacted, adopted, promulgated, implemented or otherwise put into effect by or under the authority of any Governmental Body.

 

Merger Sub Common Stock ” means the Common Stock, $0.01 par value per share, of Merger Sub.

 

Nevada Law ” means the Nevada Corporations Code.

 

Order ” means any order, writ, injunction, judgment or decree of a Governmental Body.

 

Parent Capital Stock ” means Parent Common Stock.

 

Parent Disclosure Schedule ” means the disclosure schedule that has been delivered by Parent to Company on the date of this Agreement.

 

Parent IP Rights ” mean all IP Rights owned solely or co-owned by Parent or in which Parent has any right, title or interest.

 

Parent Material Adverse Effect ” means any effect, change, event or circumstance that has a material adverse effect on: (a) the business, financial condition or results of operations of Parent taken as a whole; provided, however, that, in no event will any of the following, alone or in combination, be deemed to constitute, nor shall any of the following be taken into account in determining whether there has occurred, a Parent Material Adverse Effect: effects resulting from (i) conditions generally affecting the industries in which Parent participates or the United States or global economy or capital markets as a whole, to the extent that such conditions do not have a disproportionate impact on Parent taken as a whole; (ii) any failure by Parent to meet internal projections (it being understood, however, that any effect causing or contributing to such failures to meet projections or predictions may constitute a Parent Material Adverse Effect and may be taken into account in determining whether a Parent Material Adverse Effect has occurred); (iii) the execution, delivery, announcement or performance of the obligations under this Agreement or the announcement, pendency or anticipated consummation of the Merger; (iv) any natural disaster or any acts of terrorism, sabotage, military action or war or any escalation or worsening thereof; or (v) any changes (after the date of this Agreement) in GAAP or applicable Legal Requirements; or (b) the ability of Parent to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby.

 

Patent Rights ” mean all issued patents, pending patent applications and abandoned patents and patent applications provided that they can be revived (which for purposes of this Agreement will include utility models, design patents, industrial designs, certificates of invention and applications for certificates of invention and priority rights) in any country or region, including all provisional applications, substitutions, continuations, continuations-in-part, divisions, renewals, reissues, re-examinations and extensions thereof.

 

Person ” means any person, Entity, Governmental Body, or group (as defined in Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act).

 

A party’s “ Representatives ” include each Person that is or becomes (a) a Subsidiary or other Affiliate of such Party or (b) an officer, director, employee, partner, attorney, advisor, accountant, agent or other representative of such Party or of any such Party’s Subsidiaries or other Affiliates.

 

SEC ” means the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

3



 

SEC Documents ” mean each report, registration statement, proxy statement and other statements, reports, schedules, forms and other documents filed by Parent with the SEC since December 31, 2013, including all amendments thereto.

 

An Entity will be deemed to be a “ Subsidiary ” of another Person if such Person directly or indirectly owns, beneficially or of record, (a) an amount of voting securities of or other interests in such Entity that is sufficient to enable such Person to elect at least a majority of the members of such Entity’s board of directors or other governing body, or (b) at least 50% of the outstanding equity or financial interests of such Entity.

 

Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

Tax ” and “ Taxes ” mean any federal, state, local, or non-U.S. income, gross receipts, license, payroll, employment, excise, escheat, severance, stamp, occupation, premium, windfall profits, customs duties, capital stock, franchise, profits, withholding, social security (or similar), unemployment, disability, real property, personal property, sales, use, transfer, registration, value added, alternative or add-on minimum, estimated, or other tax of any kind whatsoever, including any interest, penalty, or addition thereto, whether disputed or not and including any obligations to indemnify or otherwise assume or succeed to the Tax liability of any other Person.

 

Tax Return ” means any return, declaration, report, claim for refund, or information return or statement relating to Taxes, including any schedule or attachment thereto, and including any amendment thereof.

 

Trade Secrets ” mean trade secrets, know-how, proprietary information, inventions, discoveries, improvements, technology, technical data and research and development, whether patentable or not.

 

Trademark Rights ” mean all material common law trademarks, registered trademarks, applications for registration of trademarks, material common law service marks, registered service marks, applications for registration of service marks, trade names, registered trade names and applications for registration of trade names, and Internet domain name registrations; and including all filings with the applicable Governmental Body indicating an intent to use any of the foregoing if not registered or subject to a pending application.

 

Additionally, the following terms have the meanings assigned to such terms in the Sections of this Agreement set forth below opposite such term:

 

Defined Word

 

Section of Agreement

Acquisition Proposal

 

Section 5.9

Agreement

 

Preamble

Certificate of Merger

 

Section 1.2

Closing

 

Section 1.2

Closing Date

 

Section 1.2

Code

 

Recitals

Company

 

Preamble

Company Balance Sheet

 

Section 2.4(a)

Company Employee Plans

 

Section 2.11(a)

Company Financials

 

Section 2.4(a)

Company Permits

 

Section 2.8(b)

Company Requisite Vote

 

Section 2.3(a)

Company Stock Certificate

 

Section 1.9

Company Written Consent

 

Recitals

 

4



 

Defined Word

 

Section of Agreement

Delaware Law

 

Section 1.1

Dissenting Shares

 

Section 1.7

Effective Time

 

Section 1.2

ERISA

 

Section 2.11(a)

ERISA Affiliate

 

Section 2.11(a)

GAAP

 

Section 2.4(a)

Information Statement

 

Section 5.1(b)

Insurance Policies

 

Section 2.16

Line of Credit

 

Recitals

Market Standoff Agreements

 

Recitals

Merger

 

Recitals

Merger Consideration

 

Section 1.6(a)

Merger Sub

 

Preamble

Parent

 

Preamble

Parent Common Stock

 

Section 1.6(a)

Parent Financials

 

Section 3.5(c)

Parent Permits

 

Section 3.8(b)

Parent Requisite Vote

 

Section 3.3(a)

Parent Preferred Stock

 

Section 3.2(a)

Parent Written Consent

 

Recitals

Party ” or “ Parties

 

Preamble

Pre-Closing Period

 

Section 4.1

Share Repurchase Agreement

 

Recitals

Specified Company Warrant

 

Section 1.6(e)(3)

Spin-Out Agreement

 

Recitals

Surviving Corporation

 

Section 1.1

 

5




Exhibit 3.1

 

[EXECUTION VERSION]

 

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF
SENSEONICS HOLDINGS, INC.

 

The undersigned, a natural person (the “ Sole Incorporator ”) for the purpose of organizing a corporation to conduct the business and promote the purposes hereinafter stated, under the provisions and subject to the requirements of the laws of the State of Delaware,

 

DOES HEREBY CERTIFY:

 

1.                                       NAME

 

The name of this corporation is Senseonics Holdings, Inc. (the “ Corporation ”).

 

2.                                       REGISTERED OFFICE AND AGENT

 

The registered office of the Corporation shall be located at 1209 Orange Street, Wilmington, in the County of New Castle, Delaware 19801.  The registered agent of the Corporation at such address shall be The Corporation Trust Company.

 

3.                                       PURPOSE AND POWERS

 

The purpose of the Corporation is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “ Delaware General Corporation Law ”).  The Corporation shall have all power necessary or helpful to engage in such acts and activities.

 

4.                                       CAPITAL STOCK

 

4.1                                Authorized Shares

 

The total number of shares of all classes of stock that the Corporation shall have the authority to issue is 250,000,000, all of which shall be Common Stock, all of one class, having a par value of $0.001 per share (“ Common Stock ”).

 

4.2                                Common Stock

 

4.2.1                      Relative Rights

 

Each share of Common Stock shall have the same relative rights as and be identical in all respects to all the other shares of Common Stock.

 

4.2.2                      Dividends

 

Whenever there shall have been paid, or declared and set aside for payment, to the holders of shares of any class of stock having preference over the Common Stock as to the payment of dividends, the full amount of dividends and of sinking fund or retirement payments, if any, to which such holders are respectively entitled in preference to the Common Stock, then dividends may be paid on the Common Stock and on any class or series of stock entitled to

 



 

participate therewith as to dividends, out of any assets legally available for the payment of dividends thereon, but only when and as declared by the Board of Directors of the Corporation (the “ Board of Directors ”).

 

4.2.3                      Liquidation Rights

 

In the event of any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, whether voluntary or involuntary, the holders of the Common Stock shall become entitled to participate in the distribution of any assets of the Corporation.

 

4.2.4                      Voting Rights

 

Each holder of shares of Common Stock shall be entitled to attend all special and annual meetings of the stockholders of the Corporation and, share for share and without regard to class, together with the holders of all other classes of stock entitled to attend such meetings and to vote (except any class or series of stock having special voting rights), to cast one vote for each outstanding share of Common Stock so held upon any matter or thing (including, without limitation, the election of one or more directors) properly considered and acted upon by the stockholders.

 

5.                                       BOARD OF DIRECTORS

 

5.1                                Election

 

Unless and except to the extent that the Bylaws of the Corporation shall otherwise require, the election of directors of the Corporation need not be by written ballot.

 

5.2                                Limitation of Liability

 

To the fullest extent permitted by law, a director of the Corporation shall not be personally liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director.  If the Delaware General Corporation Law or any other law of the State of Delaware is amended after approval by the stockholders of this Section 5 to authorize corporate action further eliminating or limiting the personal liability of directors, then the liability of a director of the Corporation shall be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law as so amended.

 

Any repeal or modification of the foregoing provisions of this Section 5 by the stockholders of the Corporation shall not adversely affect any right or protection of a director of the Corporation existing at the time of, or increase the liability of any director of the Corporation with respect to any acts or omissions of such director occurring prior to, such repeal or modification.

 

6.                                       INDEMNIFICATION

 

To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, the Corporation is authorized to provide indemnification of (and advancement of expenses to) directors, officers and agents of the Corporation (and any other persons to which the Delaware General Corporation Law permits the

 

2



 

Corporation to provide indemnification) through Bylaw provisions, agreements with such agents or other persons, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, in excess of the indemnification and advancement otherwise permitted by Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law.

 

Any amendment, repeal or modification of the foregoing provisions of this Section 6 shall not adversely affect any right or protection of any director, officer or other agent of the Corporation existing at the time of such amendment, repeal or modification.

 

7.                                       AMENDMENT OF BYLAWS

 

In furtherance and not in limitation of the powers conferred by the Delaware General Corporation Law and except as otherwise provided in this Certificate of Incorporation, the Board of Directors is expressly authorized and empowered to adopt, amend and repeal the Bylaws of the Corporation.

 

3



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , this Certificate of Incorporation is signed as of December 4, 2015 by the undersigned who affirms that the statements made herein are true and correct.

 

 

By:

/s/ Daniel Davis

 

 

Daniel Davis

 

 

Sole Incorporator

 

4




Exhibit 3.2

 

BYLAWS

 

OF

 

SENSEONICS HOLDINGS, INC.

 

A Delaware Corporation

 



 

Table of Contents

 

 

 

Page

 

 

ARTICLE I                                   OFFICES

1

 

 

 

Section 1.1

Registered Office

1

Section 1.2

Other Offices

1

 

 

ARTICLE II                              MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS

1

 

 

 

Section 2.1

Place of Meetings

1

Section 2.2

Annual Meetings

1

Section 2.3

Special Meetings

1

Section 2.4

Notice

2

Section 2.5

Adjournments

2

Section 2.6

Quorum

3

Section 2.7

Voting

3

Section 2.8

Proxies

4

Section 2.9

Consent of Stockholders in Lieu of Meeting

5

Section 2.10

List of Stockholders Entitled to Vote

6

Section 2.11

Record Date

7

Section 2.12

Stock Ledger

8

Section 2.13

Conduct of Meetings

8

 

 

ARTICLE III                         DIRECTORS

9

 

 

 

Section 3.1

Number and Election of Directors

9

Section 3.2

Vacancies

9

Section 3.3

Duties and Powers

10

Section 3.4

Meetings

10

Section 3.5

Organization

10

Section 3.6

Resignations and Removals of Directors

11

Section 3.7

Quorum

11

Section 3.8

Actions of the Board by Written Consent

12

Section 3.9

Meetings by Means of Conference Telephone

12

Section 3.10

Committees

13

Section 3.11

Compensation

14

Section 3.12

Interested Directors

14

 

i



 

Table of Contents

(continued)

 

 

 

Page

 

 

ARTICLE IV                          OFFICERS

15

 

 

 

Section 4.1

General

15

Section 4.2

Election

15

Section 4.3

Voting Securities Owned by the Corporation

16

Section 4.4

Chairman of the Board of Directors

16

Section 4.5

President

17

Section 4.6

Vice Presidents

17

Section 4.7

Secretary

18

Section 4.8

Treasurer

18

Section 4.9

Assistant Secretaries

19

Section 4.10

Assistant Treasurers

19

Section 4.11

Other Officers

20

 

 

ARTICLE V                               STOCK

20

 

 

 

Section 5.1

Form of Certificates

20

Section 5.2

Signatures

20

Section 5.3

Lost Certificates

21

Section 5.4

Transfers

21

Section 5.5

Dividend Record Date

22

Section 5.6

Record Owners

22

Section 5.7

Transfer and Registry Agents

22

 

 

ARTICLE VI                          NOTICES

22

 

 

 

Section 6.1

Notices

22

Section 6.2

Waivers of Notice

23

 

 

ARTICLE VII                     GENERAL PROVISIONS

23

 

 

 

Section 7.1

Dividends

23

Section 7.2

Disbursements

24

Section 7.3

Fiscal Year

24

Section 7.4

Corporate Seal

24

 

 

ARTICLE VIII                INDEMNIFICATION

24

 

 

 

Section 8.1

Right to Indemnification

24

 

ii



 

Table of Contents

(continued)

 

 

 

Page

 

 

 

Section 8.2

Right to Advancement of Expenses

25

Section 8.3

Right of Indemnitee to Bring Suit

26

Section 8.4

Non-Exclusivity of Rights

26

Section 8.5

Insurance

27

Section 8.6

Indemnification of Agents of the Corporation

27

 

 

ARTICLE IX                          AMENDMENTS

27

 

 

 

Section 9.1

Amendments

27

Section 9.2

Entire Board of Directors

27

 

iii



 

BYLAWS
OF
SENSEONICS HOLDINGS, INC.
(hereinafter called the “ Corporation ”)

 

ARTICLE I

 

OFFICES

 

Section 1.1  Registered Office .  The registered office of the Corporation shall be in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle, State of Delaware.

 

Section 1.2  Other Offices .  The Corporation may also have offices at such other places, both within and without the State of Delaware, as the Board of Directors may from time to time determine.

 

ARTICLE II

 

MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS

 

Section 2.1  Place of Meetings .  Meetings of the stockholders for the election of directors or for any other purpose shall be held at such time and place, either within or without the State of Delaware, as shall be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors.

 

Section 2.2  Annual Meetings .  The Annual Meeting of Stockholders for the election of directors shall be held on such date and at such time as shall be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors.  Any other proper business may be transacted at the Annual Meeting of Stockholders.

 

Section 2.3  Special Meetings .  Unless otherwise required by law or by the certificate of incorporation of the Corporation, as amended and restated from time to time (the

 

4



 

Certificate of Incorporation ”), Special Meetings of Stockholders, for any purpose or purposes, may be called by either (i) the Chairman, if there be one, (ii) the President, (iii) any Vice President, if there be one, (iv) the Secretary or (v) any Assistant Secretary, if there be one, and shall be called by any such officer at the request in writing of (i) the Board of Directors, (ii) a committee of the Board of Directors that has been duly designated by the Board of Directors and whose powers and authority include the power to call such meetings or (iii) stockholders owning a majority of the capital stock of the Corporation issued and outstanding and entitled to vote.  Such request shall state the purpose or purposes of the proposed meeting.  At a Special Meeting of Stockholders, only such business shall be conducted as shall be specified in the notice of meeting (or any supplement thereto).

 

Section 2.4  Notice .  Whenever stockholders are required or permitted to take any action at a meeting, a written notice of the meeting shall be given which shall state the place, date and hour of the meeting, and, in the case of a Special Meeting, the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called.  Unless otherwise required by law, written notice of any meeting shall be given not less than ten (10) nor more than sixty (60) days before the date of the meeting to each stockholder entitled to notice of and to vote at such meeting.

 

Section 2.5  Adjournments .  Any meeting of the stockholders may be adjourned from time to time to reconvene at the same or some other place, and notice need not be given of any such adjourned meeting if the time and place thereof are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken.  At the adjourned meeting, the Corporation may transact any business which might have been transacted at the original meeting.  If the adjournment is for more than thirty (30) days, or if after the adjournment a new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, notice of the adjourned meeting in accordance with the

 

5



 

requirements of Section 2.4 shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to notice of and to vote at the meeting.

 

Section 2.6  Quorum .  Unless otherwise required by applicable law or the Certificate of Incorporation, the holders of a majority of the Corporation’s capital stock issued and outstanding and entitled to vote thereat, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum at all meetings of the stockholders for the transaction of business.  A quorum, once established, shall not be broken by the withdrawal of enough votes to leave less than a quorum.  If, however, such quorum shall not be present or represented at any meeting of the stockholders, the stockholders entitled to vote thereat, present in person or represented by proxy, shall have power to adjourn the meeting from time to time, in the manner provided in Section 2.5, until a quorum shall be present or represented.

 

Section 2.7  Voting .  Unless otherwise required by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws or permitted by the rules of any stock exchange on which the Corporation’s shares are listed and traded, any question brought before any meeting of the stockholders, other than the election of directors, shall be decided by the vote of the holders of a majority of the total number of votes of the Corporation’s capital stock represented at the meeting and entitled to vote on such question, voting as a single class.  Unless otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation, and subject to Section 2.11(a), each stockholder represented at a meeting of the stockholders shall be entitled to cast one (1) vote for each share of the capital stock entitled to vote thereat held by such stockholder.  Such votes may be cast in person or by proxy as provided in Section 2.8.  The Board of Directors, in its discretion, or the officer of the Corporation presiding at a meeting of the stockholders, in such officer’s discretion, may require that any votes cast at such meeting shall be cast by written ballot.

 

6



 

Section 2.8  Proxies .  Each stockholder entitled to vote at a meeting of the stockholders or to express consent or dissent to corporate action in writing without a meeting may authorize another person or persons to act for such stockholder as proxy, but no such proxy shall be voted upon after three years from its date, unless such proxy provides for a longer period.  Without limiting the manner in which a stockholder may authorize another person or persons to act for such stockholder as proxy, the following shall constitute a valid means by which a stockholder may grant such authority:

 

(i)                                      A stockholder may execute a writing authorizing another person or persons to act for such stockholder as proxy.  Execution may be accomplished by the stockholder or such stockholder’s authorized officer, director, employee or agent signing such writing or causing such person’s signature to be affixed to such writing by any reasonable means, including, but not limited to, by facsimile signature.

 

(ii)                                   A stockholder may authorize another person or persons to act for such stockholder as proxy by transmitting or authorizing the transmission of a telegram or cablegram to the person who will be the holder of the proxy or to a proxy solicitation firm, proxy support service organization or like agent duly authorized by the person who will be the holder of the proxy to receive such telegram or cablegram, provided that any such telegram or cablegram must either set forth or be submitted with information from which it can be determined that the telegram or cablegram was authorized by the stockholder.  If it is determined that such telegrams or cablegrams are valid, the inspectors or, if there are no inspectors, such other persons making that determination shall specify the information on which they relied.

 

7



 

Any copy, facsimile telecommunication or other reliable reproduction of the writing, telegram or cablegram authorizing another person or persons to act as proxy for a stockholder may be substituted or used in lieu of the original writing, telegram or cablegram for any and all purposes for which the original writing, telegram or cablegram could be used; provided, however, that such copy, facsimile telecommunication or other reproduction shall be a complete reproduction of the entire original writing, telegram or cablegram.

 

Section 2.9  Consent of Stockholders in Lieu of Meeting .  Unless otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation, any action required or permitted to be taken at any Annual or Special Meeting of Stockholders of the Corporation may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote, if a consent or consents in writing, setting forth the action so taken, shall be signed by the holders of outstanding stock having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote thereon were present and voted and shall be delivered to the Corporation by delivery to its registered office in the State of Delaware, its principal place of business, or an officer or agent of the Corporation having custody of the book in which proceedings of meetings of the stockholders are recorded.  Delivery made to the Corporation’s registered office shall be by hand or by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested.  Every written consent shall bear the date of signature of each stockholder who signs the consent and no written consent shall be effective to take the corporate action referred to therein unless, within sixty (60) days of the earliest dated consent delivered in the manner required by this Section 2.9 to the Corporation, written consents signed by a sufficient number of holders to take action are delivered to the Corporation by delivery to its registered office in the State of Delaware, its principal place of business, or an officer or agent of the Corporation having

 

8



 

custody of the book in which proceedings of meetings of the stockholders are recorded.  Any copy, facsimile or other reliable reproduction of a consent in writing may be substituted or used in lieu of the original writing for any and all purposes for which the original writing could be used, provided that such copy, facsimile or other reproduction shall be a complete reproduction of the entire original writing.  Prompt notice of the taking of the corporate action without a meeting by less than unanimous written consent shall be given to those stockholders who have not consented in writing and who, if the action had been taken at a meeting, would have been entitled to notice of the meeting if the record date for such meeting had been the date that written consents signed by a sufficient number of holders to take the action were delivered to the Corporation as provided above in this Section 2.9.

 

Section 2.10  List of Stockholders Entitled to Vote .  The officer of the Corporation who has charge of the stock ledger of the Corporation shall prepare and make, at least ten (10) days before every meeting of the stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, arranged in alphabetical order, and showing the address of each stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder.  Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder, for any purpose germane to the meeting, during ordinary business hours, for a period of at least ten (10) days prior to the meeting (i) either at a place within the city where the meeting is to be held, which place shall be specified in the notice of the meeting, or, if not so specified, at the place where the meeting is to be held or (ii) during ordinary business hours, at the principal place of business of the Corporation.  The list shall also be produced and kept at the time and place of the meeting during the whole time thereof, and may be inspected by any stockholder who is present.

 

9


 

Section 2.11  Record Date .

 

(a)                                  In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of the stockholders or any adjournment thereof, the Board of Directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors, and which record date shall not be more than sixty (60) nor less than ten (10) days before the date of such meeting.  If no record date is fixed by the Board of Directors, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of the stockholders shall be at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which notice is given, or, if notice is waived, at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held.  A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of the stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however, that the Board of Directors may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting.

 

(b)                                  In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, the Board of Directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors, and which record date shall not be more than ten (10) days after the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors.  If no record date has been fixed by the Board of Directors, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, when no prior action by the Board of Directors is required by applicable law, shall be the first date on which a signed written consent setting forth the action taken or proposed to be taken is delivered to the Corporation by delivery to its registered office in the State of Delaware,

 

10



 

its principal place of business, or an officer or agent of the Corporation having custody of the book in which proceedings of meetings of the stockholders are recorded.  Delivery made to the Corporation’s registered office shall be by hand or by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested.  If no record date has been fixed by the Board of Directors and prior action by the Board of Directors is required by applicable law, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board of Directors adopts the resolution taking such prior action.

 

Section 2.12  Stock Ledger .  The stock ledger of the Corporation shall be the only evidence as to who are the stockholders entitled to examine the stock ledger, the list required by Section 2.10 or the books of the Corporation, or to vote in person or by proxy at any meeting of the stockholders.

 

Section 2.13  Conduct of Meetings .  The Board of Directors of the Corporation may adopt by resolution such rules and regulations for the conduct of any meeting of the stockholders as it shall deem appropriate.  Except to the extent inconsistent with such rules and regulations as adopted by the Board of Directors, the chairman of any meeting of the stockholders shall have the right and authority to prescribe such rules, regulations and procedures and to do all such acts as, in the judgment of such chairman, are appropriate for the proper conduct of the meeting.  Such rules, regulations or procedures, whether adopted by the Board of Directors or prescribed by the chairman of the meeting, may include, without limitation, the following: (i) the establishment of an agenda or order of business for the meeting; (ii) the determination of when the polls shall open and close for any given matter to be voted on at the meeting; (iii) rules and procedures for maintaining order at the meeting and the safety of those

 

11



 

present; (iv) limitations on attendance at or participation in the meeting to stockholders of record of the Corporation, their duly authorized and constituted proxies or such other persons as the chairman of the meeting shall determine; (v) restrictions on entry to the meeting after the time fixed for the commencement thereof; and (vi) limitations on the time allotted to questions or comments by participants.

 

ARTICLE III

 

DIRECTORS

 

Section 3.1  Number and Election of Directors .  The Board of Directors shall consist of not less than one member, the exact number of which shall initially be fixed by the Incorporator and thereafter from time to time by the Board of Directors.  Except as provided in Section 3.2, directors shall be elected by a plurality of the votes cast at each Annual Meeting of Stockholders and each director so elected shall hold office until the next Annual Meeting of Stockholders and until such director’s successor is duly elected and qualified, or until such director’s earlier death, resignation or removal.  Directors need not be stockholders.

 

Section 3.2  Vacancies .  Unless otherwise required by law or the Certificate of Incorporation, vacancies on the Board of Directors or any committee thereof arising through death, resignation, removal, an increase in the number of directors constituting the Board of Directors or such committee or otherwise may be filled only by a majority of the directors then in office, though less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director.  The directors so chosen shall, in the case of the Board of Directors, hold office until the next annual election and until their successors are duly elected and qualified, or until their earlier death, resignation or removal and, in the case of any committee of the Board of Directors, shall hold office until their successors are duly appointed by the Board of Directors or until their earlier death, resignation or removal.

 

12



 

Section 3.3  Duties and Powers .  The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board of Directors which may exercise all such powers of the Corporation and do all such lawful acts and things as are not by statute or by the Certificate of Incorporation or by these Bylaws required to be exercised or done by the stockholders.

 

Section 3.4  Meetings .  The Board of Directors and any committee thereof may hold meetings, both regular and special, either within or without the State of Delaware.  Regular meetings of the Board of Directors or any committee thereof may be held without notice at such time and at such place as may from time to time be determined by the Board of Directors or such committee, respectively.  Special meetings of the Board of Directors may be called by the Chairman, if there be one, the President, or by any director.  Special meetings of any committee of the Board of Directors may be called by the chairman of such committee, if there be one, the President, or any director serving on such committee.  Notice thereof stating the place, date and hour of the meeting shall be given to each director (or, in the case of a committee, to each member of such committee) either by mail not less than forty-eight (48) hours before the date of the meeting, by telephone or telegram on twenty-four (24) hours’ notice, or on such shorter notice as the person or persons calling such meeting may deem necessary or appropriate in the circumstances.

 

Section 3.5  Organization .  At each meeting of the Board of Directors or any committee thereof, the Chairman of the Board of Directors or the chairman of such committee, as the case may be, or, in his or her absence or if there be none, a director chosen by a majority of the directors present, shall act as chairman.  Except as provided below, the Secretary of the Corporation shall act as secretary at each meeting of the Board of Directors and

 

13



 

of each committee thereof.  In case the Secretary shall be absent from any meeting of the Board of Directors or of any committee thereof, an Assistant Secretary shall perform the duties of secretary at such meeting; and in the absence from any such meeting of the Secretary and all the Assistant Secretaries, the chairman of the meeting may appoint any person to act as secretary of the meeting.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the members of each committee of the Board of Directors may appoint any person to act as secretary of any meeting of such committee and the Secretary or any Assistant Secretary of the Corporation may, but need not if such committee so elects, serve in such capacity.

 

Section 3.6  Resignations and Removals of Directors .  Any director of the Corporation may resign from the Board of Directors or any committee thereof at any time, by giving notice in writing to the Chairman of the Board of Directors, if there be one, the President or the Secretary of the Corporation and, in the case of a committee, to the chairman of such committee, if there be one.  Such resignation shall take effect at the time therein specified or, if no time is specified, immediately; and, unless otherwise specified in such notice, the acceptance of such resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective.  Except as otherwise required by applicable law and subject to the rights, if any, of the holders of shares of preferred stock then outstanding, any director or the entire Board of Directors may be removed from office at any time by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least a majority in voting power of the issued and outstanding capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote in the election of directors.  Any director serving on a committee of the Board of Directors may be removed from such committee at any time by the Board of Directors.

 

Section 3.7  Quorum .  Except as otherwise required by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or the rules and regulations of any securities exchange or quotation system on

 

14



 

which the Corporation’s securities are listed or quoted for trading, at all meetings of the Board of Directors or any committee thereof, a majority of the entire Board of Directors or a majority of the directors constituting such committee, as the case may be, shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business and the act of a majority of the directors or committee members present at any meeting at which there is a quorum shall be the act of the Board of Directors or such committee, as applicable.  If a quorum shall not be present at any meeting of the Board of Directors or any committee thereof, the directors present thereat may adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting of the time and place of the adjourned meeting, until a quorum shall be present.

 

Section 3.8  Actions of the Board by Written Consent .  Unless otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors or of any committee thereof may be taken without a meeting, if all the members of the Board of Directors or such committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing, and the writing or writings are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board of Directors or such committee.

 

Section 3.9  Meetings by Means of Conference Telephone .  Unless otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, members of the Board of Directors of the Corporation, or any committee thereof, may participate in a meeting of the Board of Directors or such committee by means of a conference telephone or other communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and participation in a meeting pursuant to this Section 3.9 shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.

 

15



 

Section 3.10  Committees .  The Board of Directors may designate one or more committees, each committee to consist of one or more of the directors of the Corporation.  Each member of a committee must meet the requirements for membership, if any, imposed by applicable law and the rules and regulations of any securities exchange or quotation system on which the securities of the Corporation are listed or quoted for trading.  The Board of Directors may designate one or more directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of any such committee.  Subject to the rules and regulations of any securities exchange or quotation system on which the securities of the Corporation are listed or quoted for trading, in the absence or disqualification of a member of a committee, and in the absence of a designation by the Board of Directors of an alternate member to replace the absent or disqualified member, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not such member or members constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another qualified member of the Board of Directors to act at the meeting in the place of any absent or disqualified member.  Any committee, to the extent permitted by law and provided in the resolution establishing such committee, shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board of Directors in the management of the business and affairs of the Corporation, and may authorize the seal of the Corporation to be affixed to all papers which may require it.  Each committee shall keep regular minutes and report to the Board of Directors when required.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Article III, the resolution of the Board of Directors establishing any committee of the Board of Directors and/or the charter of any such committee may establish requirements or procedures relating to the governance and/or operation of such committee that are different from, or in addition to, those set forth in these Bylaws and, to the extent that there is any inconsistency

 

16



 

between these Bylaws and any such resolution or charter, the terms of such resolution or charter shall be controlling.

 

Section 3.11  Compensation .  The directors may be paid their expenses, if any, of attendance at each meeting of the Board of Directors and may be paid a fixed sum for attendance at each meeting of the Board of Directors or a stated salary for service as director, payable in cash or securities.  No such payment shall preclude any director from serving the Corporation in any other capacity and receiving compensation therefor.  Members of special or standing committees may be allowed like compensation for service as committee members.

 

Section 3.12  Interested Directors .  No contract or transaction between the Corporation and one or more of its directors or officers, or between the Corporation and any other corporation, partnership, association or other organization in which one or more of its directors or officers are directors or officers or have a financial interest, shall be void or voidable solely for this reason, or solely because the director or officer is present at or participates in the meeting of the Board of Directors or committee thereof which authorizes the contract or transaction, or solely because any such director’s or officer’s vote is counted for such purpose if: (i) the material facts as to the director’s or officer’s relationship or interest and as to the contract or transaction are disclosed or are known to the Board of Directors or the committee, and the Board of Directors or committee in good faith authorizes the contract or transaction by the affirmative votes of a majority of the disinterested directors, even though the disinterested directors be less than a quorum; or (ii) the material facts as to the director’s or officer’s relationship or interest and as to the contract or transaction are disclosed or are known to the stockholders entitled to vote thereon, and the contract or transaction is specifically approved in good faith by vote of the stockholders; or (iii) the contract or transaction is fair as to the

 

17



 

Corporation as of the time it is authorized, approved or ratified by the Board of Directors, a committee thereof or the stockholders.  Common or interested directors may be counted in determining the presence of a quorum at a meeting of the Board of Directors or of a committee which authorizes the contract or transaction.

 

ARTICLE IV

 

OFFICERS

 

Section 4.1  General .  The officers of the Corporation shall be chosen by the Board of Directors and shall be a President, a Secretary and a Treasurer.  The Board of Directors, in its discretion, also may choose a Chairman of the Board of Directors (who must be a director) and one or more Vice Presidents, Assistant Secretaries, Assistant Treasurers and other officers.  Any number of offices may be held by the same person, unless otherwise prohibited by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws.  The officers of the Corporation need not be stockholders of the Corporation nor, except in the case of the Chairman of the Board of Directors, need such officers be directors of the Corporation.

 

Section 4.2  Election .  The Board of Directors, at its first meeting held after each Annual Meeting of Stockholders (or action by written consent of stockholders in lieu of the Annual Meeting of Stockholders), shall elect the officers of the Corporation who shall hold their offices for such terms and shall exercise such powers and perform such duties as shall be determined from time to time by the Board of Directors; and each officer of the Corporation shall hold office until such officer’s successor is elected and qualified, or until such officer’s earlier death, resignation or removal.  Any officer elected by the Board of Directors may be removed at any time by the Board of Directors.  Any vacancy occurring in any office of the Corporation shall be filled by the Board of Directors.  The salaries of all officers of the Corporation shall be fixed by the Board of Directors.

 

18



 

Section 4.3  Voting Securities Owned by the Corporation .  Powers of attorney, proxies, waivers of notice of meeting, consents and other instruments relating to securities owned by the Corporation may be executed in the name of and on behalf of the Corporation by the President or any Vice President or any other officer authorized to do so by the Board of Directors and any such officer may, in the name of and on behalf of the Corporation, take all such action as any such officer may deem advisable to vote in person or by proxy at any meeting of security holders of any corporation in which the Corporation may own securities and at any such meeting shall possess and may exercise any and all rights and power incident to the ownership of such securities and which, as the owner thereof, the Corporation might have exercised and possessed if present.  The Board of Directors may, by resolution, from time to time confer like powers upon any other person or persons.

 

Section 4.4  Chairman of the Board of Directors .  The Chairman of the Board of Directors, if there be one, shall preside at all meetings of the stockholders and of the Board of Directors.  The Chairman of the Board of Directors shall be the Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation, unless the Board of Directors designates the President as the Chief Executive Officer, and, except where by law the signature of the President is required, the Chairman of the Board of Directors shall possess the same power as the President to sign all contracts, certificates and other instruments of the Corporation which may be authorized by the Board of Directors.  During the absence or disability of the President, the Chairman of the Board of Directors shall exercise all the powers and discharge all the duties of the President.  The Chairman of the Board of Directors shall also perform such other duties and may exercise such other powers as may from time to time be assigned by these Bylaws or by the Board of Directors.

 

19


 

Section 4.5  President .  The President shall, subject to the control of the Board of Directors and, if there be one, the Chairman of the Board of Directors, have general supervision of the business of the Corporation and shall see that all orders and resolutions of the Board of Directors are carried into effect.  The President shall execute all bonds, mortgages, contracts and other instruments of the Corporation requiring a seal, under the seal of the Corporation, except where required or permitted by law to be otherwise signed and executed and except that the other officers of the Corporation may sign and execute documents when so authorized by these Bylaws, the Board of Directors or the President.  In the absence or disability of the Chairman of the Board of Directors, or if there be none, the President shall preside at all meetings of the stockholders and, provided the President is also a director, the Board of Directors.  If there be no Chairman of the Board of Directors, or if the Board of Directors shall otherwise designate, the President shall be the Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation.  The President shall also perform such other duties and may exercise such other powers as may from time to time be assigned to such officer by these Bylaws or by the Board of Directors.

 

Section 4.6  Vice Presidents .  At the request of the President or in the President’s absence or in the event of the President’s inability or refusal to act (and if there be no Chairman of the Board of Directors), the Vice President, if there be one, or the Vice Presidents if there are more than one (in the order designated by the Board of Directors), shall perform the duties of the President, and when so acting, shall have all the powers of and be subject to all the restrictions upon the President.  Each Vice President shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors from time to time may prescribe.  If there be no Chairman of the Board of Directors and no Vice President, the Board of Directors shall designate the officer of the Corporation who, in the absence of the President or in the event of the inability

 

20



 

or refusal of the President to act, shall perform the duties of the President, and when so acting, shall have all the powers of and be subject to all the restrictions upon the President.

 

Section 4.7  Secretary .  The Secretary shall attend all meetings of the Board of Directors and all meetings of the stockholders and record all the proceedings thereat in a book or books to be kept for that purpose; the Secretary shall also perform like duties for committees of the Board of Directors when required.  The Secretary shall give, or cause to be given, notice of all meetings of the stockholders and special meetings of the Board of Directors, and shall perform such other duties as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board of Directors or the President, under whose supervision the Secretary shall be.  If the Secretary shall be unable or shall refuse to cause to be given notice of all meetings of the stockholders and special meetings of the Board of Directors, and if there be no Assistant Secretary, then either the Board of Directors or the President may choose another officer to cause such notice to be given.  The Secretary shall have custody of the seal of the Corporation and the Secretary or any Assistant Secretary, if there be one, shall have authority to affix the same to any instrument requiring it and when so affixed, it may be attested by the signature of the Secretary or by the signature of any such Assistant Secretary.  The Board of Directors may give general authority to any other officer to affix the seal of the Corporation and to attest to the affixing by such officer’s signature.  The Secretary shall see that all books, reports, statements, certificates and other documents and records required by law to be kept or filed are properly kept or filed, as the case may be.

 

Section 4.8  Treasurer .  The Treasurer shall have the custody of the corporate funds and securities and shall keep full and accurate accounts of receipts and disbursements in books belonging to the Corporation and shall deposit all moneys and other

 

21



 

valuable effects in the name and to the credit of the Corporation in such depositories as may be designated by the Board of Directors.  The Treasurer shall disburse the funds of the Corporation as may be ordered by the Board of Directors, taking proper vouchers for such disbursements, and shall render to the President and the Board of Directors, at its regular meetings, or when the Board of Directors so requires, an account of all transactions as Treasurer and of the financial condition of the Corporation.  If required by the Board of Directors, the Treasurer shall give the Corporation a bond in such sum and with such surety or sureties as shall be satisfactory to the Board of Directors for the faithful performance of the duties of the office of the Treasurer and for the restoration to the Corporation, in case of the Treasurer’s death, resignation, retirement or removal from office, of all books, papers, vouchers, money and other property of whatever kind in the Treasurer’s possession or under the Treasurer’s control belonging to the Corporation.

 

Section 4.9  Assistant Secretaries .  Assistant Secretaries, if there be any, shall perform such duties and have such powers as from time to time may be assigned to them by the Board of Directors, the President, any Vice President, if there be one, or the Secretary, and in the absence of the Secretary or in the event of the Secretary’s inability or refusal to act, shall perform the duties of the Secretary, and when so acting, shall have all the powers of and be subject to all the restrictions upon the Secretary.

 

Section 4.10  Assistant Treasurers .  Assistant Treasurers, if there be any, shall perform such duties and have such powers as from time to time may be assigned to them by the Board of Directors, the President, any Vice President, if there be one, or the Treasurer, and in the absence of the Treasurer or in the event of the Treasurer’s inability or refusal to act, shall perform the duties of the Treasurer, and when so acting, shall have all the powers of and be subject to all the restrictions upon the Treasurer.  If required by the Board of Directors, an

 

22



 

Assistant Treasurer shall give the Corporation a bond in such sum and with such surety or sureties as shall be satisfactory to the Board of Directors for the faithful performance of the duties of the office of Assistant Treasurer and for the restoration to the Corporation, in case of the Assistant Treasurer’s death, resignation, retirement or removal from office, of all books, papers, vouchers, money and other property of whatever kind in the Assistant Treasurer’s possession or under the Assistant Treasurer’s control belonging to the Corporation.

 

Section 4.11  Other Officers .  Such other officers as the Board of Directors may choose shall perform such duties and have such powers as from time to time may be assigned to them by the Board of Directors.  The Board of Directors may delegate to any other officer of the Corporation the power to choose such other officers and to prescribe their respective duties and powers.

 

ARTICLE V

 

STOCK

 

Section 5.1  Form of Certificates .  The shares of stock of the Corporation may be issued in book-entry form or evidenced by certificate.  However, every holder of stock in the Corporation shall be entitled to have a certificate signed by, or in the name of the Corporation (i) by the Chairman of the Board of Directors, or the President or a Vice President and (ii) by the Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer, or the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Corporation, certifying the number of shares owned by such stockholder in the Corporation.

 

Section 5.2  Signatures .  Any or all of the signatures on a certificate may be a facsimile.  In case any officer, transfer agent or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate shall have ceased to be such officer, transfer agent or registrar before such certificate is issued, it may be issued by the Corporation with the same effect as if such person were such officer, transfer agent or registrar at the date of issue.

 

23



 

Section 5.3  Lost Certificates .  The Board of Directors may direct a new certificate to be issued (or book entry made) in place of any certificate theretofore issued by the Corporation alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed, upon the making of an affidavit of that fact by the person claiming the certificate of stock to be lost, stolen or destroyed.  When authorizing such issuance of a new certificate (or book entry), the Board of Directors may, in its discretion and as a condition precedent to the issuance thereof, require the owner of such lost, stolen or destroyed certificate, or such owner’s legal representative, to advertise the same in such manner as the Board of Directors shall require and/or to give the Corporation a bond in such sum as it may direct as indemnity against any claim that may be made against the Corporation on account of the alleged loss, theft or destruction of such certificate or the issuance of such new certificate.

 

Section 5.4  Transfers .  Stock of the Corporation shall be transferable in the manner prescribed by applicable law and in these Bylaws.  Transfers of stock shall be made on the books of the Corporation only by the registered holder or by such person’s attorney lawfully constituted in writing and, if such shares are represented by a certificate, upon the surrender of the certificate therefor, properly endorsed for transfer and payment of all necessary transfer taxes; provided, however, that such surrender and endorsement or payment of taxes shall not be required in any case in which the officers of the Corporation shall determine to waive such requirement.  Every certificate exchanged, returned or surrendered to the Corporation shall be marked “Cancelled , ” with the date of cancellation, by the Secretary or Assistant Secretary of the Corporation or the transfer agent thereof.  No transfer of stock shall be valid as against the Corporation for any purpose until it shall have been entered in the stock records of the Corporation by an entry showing from and to whom transferred.

 

24



 

Section 5.5  Dividend Record Date .  In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights or the stockholders entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock, or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the Board of Directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted, and which record date shall be not more than sixty (60) days prior to such action.  If no record date is fixed, the record date for determining stockholders for any such purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board of Directors adopts the resolution relating thereto.

 

Section 5.6  Record Owners .  The Corporation shall be entitled to recognize the exclusive right of a person registered on its books as the owner of shares to receive dividends, and to vote as such owner, and to hold liable for calls and assessments a person registered on its books as the owner of shares, and shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such share or shares on the part of any other person, whether or not it shall have express or other notice thereof, except as otherwise required by law.

 

Section 5.7  Transfer and Registry Agents .  The Corporation may from time to time maintain one or more transfer offices or agencies and registry offices or agencies at such place or places as may be determined from time to time by the Board of Directors.

 

ARTICLE VI

 

NOTICES

 

Section 6.1  Notices .  Whenever written notice is required by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, to be given to any director, member of a committee or stockholder, such notice may be given by mail, addressed to such director, member of a committee or stockholder, at such person’s address as it appears on the records of the

 

25



 

Corporation, with postage thereon prepaid, and such notice shall be deemed to be given at the time when the same shall be deposited in the United States mail.  Written notice may also be given personally or by telegram, telex or cable.

 

Section 6.2  Waivers of Notice .  Whenever any notice is required by applicable law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, to be given to any director, member of a committee or stockholder, a waiver thereof in writing, signed by the person or persons entitled to notice, whether before or after the time stated therein, shall be deemed equivalent thereto.  Attendance of a person at a meeting, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except where the person attends the meeting for the express purpose of objecting at the beginning of the meeting to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened.  Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any Annual or Special Meeting of Stockholders or any regular or special meeting of the directors or members of a committee of directors need be specified in any written waiver of notice unless so required by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws.

 

ARTICLE VII

 

GENERAL PROVISIONS

 

Section 7.1  Dividends .  Dividends upon the capital stock of the Corporation, subject to the requirements of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “ DGCL ”) and the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation, if any, may be declared by the Board of Directors at any regular or special meeting of the Board of Directors (or any action by written consent in lieu thereof in accordance with Section 3.8), and may be paid in cash, in property, or in shares of the Corporation’s capital stock.  Before payment of any dividend, there may be set aside out of any funds of the Corporation available for dividends such

 

26



 

sum or sums as the Board of Directors from time to time, in its absolute discretion, deems proper as a reserve or reserves to meet contingencies, or for purchasing any of the shares of capital stock, warrants, rights, options, bonds, debentures, notes, scrip or other securities or evidences of indebtedness of the Corporation, or for equalizing dividends, or for repairing or maintaining any property of the Corporation, or for any proper purpose, and the Board of Directors may modify or abolish any such reserve.

 

Section 7.2  Disbursements .  All checks or demands for money and notes of the Corporation shall be signed by such officer or officers or such other person or persons as the Board of Directors may from time to time designate.

 

Section 7.3  Fiscal Year .  The fiscal year of the Corporation shall be fixed by resolution of the Board of Directors.

 

Section 7.4  Corporate Seal .  The corporate seal shall have inscribed thereon the name of the Corporation, the year of its organization and the words “Corporate Seal, Delaware”.  The seal may be used by causing it or a facsimile thereof to be impressed or affixed or reproduced or otherwise.

 

ARTICLE VIII

 

INDEMNIFICATION

 

Section 8.1  Right to Indemnification .  Each person who was or is made a party or is threatened to be made a party to or is otherwise involved in any action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (hereinafter a “proceeding”), by reason of the fact that he or she is or was a director, officer or employee of the Corporation or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, trustee or employee of another corporation or of a partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, including service with respect to an employee benefit plan (hereinafter an “indemnitee”), shall be indemnified by

 

27



 

the Corporation to the fullest extent authorized by the DGCL, as the same exists or may hereafter be amended (but, in the case of any such amendment, only to the extent that such amendment permits the Corporation to provide broader indemnification rights than such law permitted the Corporation to provide prior to such amendment) against all expense, liability and loss (including attorneys’ fees, judgments, fines, ERISA excise taxes or penalties and amounts paid in settlement) reasonably incurred or suffered by such indemnitee in connection therewith ; provided, however, that, except as provided in Section 8.3 of these Bylaws with respect to proceedings to enforce rights to indemnification, the Corporation shall indemnify any such indemnitee in connection with a proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by such indemnitee only if such proceeding (or part thereof) was authorized by the Board of Directors of the Corporation.

 

Section 8.2  Right to Advancement of Expenses .  Expenses (including attorney’s fees) incurred by an indemnitee in defending any proceeding shall be paid by the Corporation in advance of its final disposition (hereinafter an “advancement of expenses”); provided, however, that an advancement of expenses shall be made only upon delivery to the Corporation of an undertaking (hereinafter an “undertaking”), by or on behalf of such indemnitee, to repay all amounts so advanced if it shall ultimately be determined by final judicial decision from which there is no further right to appeal (hereinafter a “final adjudication”) that such indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified for such expenses under this Section 8.2 of these Bylaws or otherwise.  Notwithstanding the foregoing or any other provision of these Bylaws, no advance shall be made by the Corporation to an indemnitee who is not a director or officer of the Corporation and no non-director or non-officer indemnitee shall be entitled to such advance (i) if a determination is reasonably and promptly made by the Board of Directors by a majority vote of those directors who have not been named parties to the action, even though less

 

28



 

than a quorum, or if there are no such directors or if such directors so direct, by independent legal counsel, that, based upon the facts known by the Board of Directors or such counsel at the time such determination is made: (x) the person seeking advancement of expenses (1) acted in bad faith, (2) did not act in a manner that he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation; or (3) acted contrary to, or omitted to act in accordance with, policies of the Corporation applicable to such person; (y) with respect to any criminal proceeding, such person believed or had reason to believe that his or her conduct was unlawful; or (z) such person deliberately breached his or her duty to the Corporation, and (ii) unless an undertaking by or on behalf of such non-director or non-officer indemnitee has been delivered to the Corporation and such indemnitee has provided such security or satisfied such conditions as may be imposed by the Board at the time of such delivery.

 

Section 8.3  Right of Indemnitee to Bring Suit .  If a claim for indemnification or advancement of expenses under this Article VIII is not paid in full within sixty (60) days after a written claim therefor by an indemnitee has been received by the Corporation, the indemnitee may file suit to recover the unpaid amount of such claim and, if successful in whole or in part, shall be entitled to be paid the expense of prosecuting such claim.  In any such action, the Corporation shall have the burden of proving that the indemnitee is not entitled to the requested indemnification or advancement of expenses under the DGCL.

 

Section 8.4  Non-Exclusivity of Rights .  The rights to indemnification and to the advancement of expenses conferred in this Article VIII of these Bylaws shall not be exclusive of any other right which any person may have or hereafter acquire under any statute, the Certificate of Incorporation, Bylaws, agreement, vote of members or disinterested directors or otherwise.

 

29



 

Section 8.5  Insurance .  The Corporation may maintain insurance, at its expense, to protect itself and any director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation or another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any expense, liability or loss, whether or not the Corporation would have the power to indemnify such person against such expense, liability or loss under the DGCL.

 

Section 8.6  Indemnification of Agents of the Corporation .  The Corporation may, to the extent authorized from time to time by the Board of Directors of the Corporation, grant rights to indemnification and to the advancement of expenses to any agent of the Corporation to the fullest extent of the provisions of this Article VIII of these Bylaws with respect to the indemnification and advancement of expenses of the indemnitees hereunder.

 

ARTICLE IX

 

AMENDMENTS

 

Section 9.1  Amendments .  These Bylaws may be altered, amended or repealed, in whole or in part, or new Bylaws may be adopted by the stockholders or by the Board of Directors; provided, however, that notice of such alteration, amendment, repeal or adoption of new Bylaws be contained in the notice of such meeting of the stockholders or Board of Directors, as the case maybe.  All such amendments must be approved by either the holders of a majority of the outstanding capital stock entitled to vote thereon or by a majority of the entire Board of Directors then in office.

 

Section 9.2  Entire Board of Directors .  As used in this Article IX and in these Bylaws generally, the term “entire Board of Directors” means the total number of directors which the Corporation would have if there were no vacancies.

 

* * * *

 

30




Exhibit 4.1

 

[EXECUTION VERSION]

 

REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 

between

 

SENSEONICS HOLDINGS, INC.

 

and

 

THE INVESTORS IDENTIFIED IN SCHEDULE I

 

Dated as of December 7, 2015

 



 

THIS REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT (the “ Agreement ”) is made as of December 7, 2015 by and among Senseonics Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (formerly known as ASN Technologies, Inc.) (the “ Company ”) and each of the persons named in the attached Schedule I (individually, an “ Investor ” and collectively, the “ Investors ”).

 

WHEREAS , the parties desire to enter into this Agreement in order to grant registration rights to the Investors.

 

NOW, THEREFORE , in consideration of the promises and the mutual covenants contained in this Agreement, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

 

1.                                       RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFERABILITY OF SECURITIES; REGISTRATION RIGHTS

 

1.1                                Certain Definitions .

 

As used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the following respective meanings:

 

Commission ” shall mean the Securities and Exchange Commission, or any other federal agency at the time administering the Securities Act.

 

Company Common Stock ” shall mean the Common Stock, $0.001 par value per share, of the Company, as constituted as of the date of this Agreement.

 

Conversion Shares ” shall mean shares of Subsidiary Common Stock issued upon conversion of the Preferred Shares in connection with the Merger.

 

Exchange Act ” shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or any similar federal statute, and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder, all as the same shall be in effect at the time.

 

Exchange Shares ” shall mean the Company Common Stock issued to the Investors in exchange for the Conversion Shares in connection with the Merger.

 

Merger ” shall mean the transactions contemplated by that certain Agreement and Plan of Merger and Reorganization by and among the Company, SMSI Merger Sub, Inc. and the Subsidiary, dated December 4, 2015.

 

Preferred Shares ” shall mean (1) shares of the Series A Convertible Preferred Stock, $0.01 par value per share, of the Subsidiary, (2) shares of the Series B Convertible Preferred Stock, $0.01 par value per share, of the Subsidiary, (3) shares of the Series C Convertible Preferred Stock, $0.01 par value per share, of the Subsidiary, (4) shares of the Series D Convertible Preferred Stock, $0.01 par value per share, of the Subsidiary, and (5) shares of the Series E Convertible Preferred Stock, $0.01 par value per share, of the Subsidiary.

 

1



 

Registrable Stock ” shall mean the Exchange Shares, excluding Exchange Shares that (a) have been registered under the Securities Act pursuant to an effective registration statement filed thereunder and disposed of in accordance with the registration statement covering them, (b) have been publicly sold pursuant to Rule 144, or (c) are eligible to be sold without restriction under Rule 144 in a single sale.

 

Registration Expenses ” shall mean the expenses so described in Section 1.6.

 

Rule 144 ” shall mean Rule 144 as promulgated under the Securities Act, as such rule may be amended from time to time, or any similar successor rule that may be promulgated by the Commission.

 

Securities Act ” shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or any similar federal statute, and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder, all as the same shall be in effect at the time.

 

Selling Expenses ” shall mean the expenses so described in Section 1.6.

 

Subsidiary ” shall mean Senseonics, Incorporated, a Delaware corporation.

 

Subsidiary Common Stock ” shall mean the Common Stock, $0.01 par value per share, of the Subsidiary.

 

Super Form 8-K ” shall mean the Current Report on Form 8-K filed by the Company reporting the completion of the Merger containing “Form 10 information” regarding the Company (as defined in Rule 144(ii)(3) promulgated under the Securities Act).

 

1.2                                Required Registration .

 

(a)                                  At any time after the earlier of (i) six months after any registration statement covering a public offering of securities of the Company effected after the date of this Agreement under the Securities Act shall have become effective, and (ii) the third anniversary of the date of this Agreement, but in either event, no earlier than the one year anniversary of the Company’s filing of the Super Form 8-K, the holders of Registrable Stock constituting at least 50% of the total shares of Registrable Stock then outstanding may by written notice to the Company request the Company to register under the Securities Act all or any portion of the shares of Registrable Stock held by such requesting holder or holders for sale in the manner specified in such notice, provided that the shares of Registrable Stock for which registration has been requested shall constitute at least 20% of the total shares of Registrable Stock originally issued if such holder or holders shall request the registration of less than all shares of Registrable Stock then held by such holder or holders (or any lesser percentage if the reasonably anticipated aggregate price to the public of such public offering would exceed $10,000,000).  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, no request may be made under this Section 1.2 within 120 days after the effective date of a registration statement filed by the Company covering a firm commitment underwritten public offering in which the holders of

 



 

Registrable Stock shall have been entitled to join pursuant to Sections 1.3 or 1.4 and in which there shall have been effectively registered all shares of Registrable Stock as to which registration shall have been requested.

 

(b)                                  Following receipt of any notice under this Section 1.2, the Company shall immediately notify all holders of Registrable Stock from whom notice has not been received and shall use its best efforts to register under the Securities Act, for public sale in accordance with the method of disposition specified in such notice from requesting holders, the number of shares of Registrable Stock specified in such notice (and in all notices received by the Company from other holders within 30 days after the giving of such notice by the Company).  If such method of disposition shall be an underwritten public offering, the holders of a majority of the shares of Registrable Stock to be sold in such offering may designate the managing underwriter of such offering, subject to the approval of the Company, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed.  The Company shall be obligated to register Registrable Stock pursuant to this Section 1.2 on two occasions only; provided, however , that such obligation shall be deemed satisfied only when a registration statement covering all shares of Registrable Stock specified in notices received as aforesaid, for sale in accordance with the method of disposition specified by the requesting holders, shall have become effective and, if such method of disposition is a firm commitment underwritten public offering, all such shares shall have been sold pursuant thereto.

 

(c)                                   In any registration statement requested pursuant to this Section 1.2, the Company shall be entitled to include shares of Company Common Stock to be sold by the Company for its own account.  If in the opinion of the managing underwriter (if the method of disposition in the requested registration statement shall be an underwritten public offering) such inclusion would adversely affect the marketing of the Registrable Stock to be sold, then the Company shall reduce the number of shares of Company Common Stock to be sold by the Company for its own account to that number which, in the opinion of the managing underwriter, would not adversely affect the marketing of the Registrable Stock requested to be sold.  In the event that the Company selects option (ii), the registration statement shall not count as a registration of Registrable Stock pursuant to Section 1.2(b) above.  Except for registration statements on Form S-4, S-8 or any successor thereto, the Company will not file with the Commission any other registration statement with respect to Company Common Stock, whether for its own account or that of other stockholders, from the date of receipt of a notice from requesting holders pursuant to this Section 1.2 until the completion of the period of distribution of the registration contemplated thereby, and no holder of Registrable Stock will be entitled to request registration of its Registrable Stock during such period.

 

1.3                                Incidental Registration .

 

If the Company at any time (other than pursuant to Section 1.2 or Section 1.4) proposes to register any of its securities under the Securities Act for sale to the public, whether for its own account or for the account of other security holders or both (except with respect to registration statements on Forms S-4, S-8 or another form not available for registering the Registrable Stock for sale to the public), each such time it will give written notice to all holders of outstanding Registrable Stock of its intention so to do, provided, however , that, unless the proposed registration is in connection with a proposed firmly underwritten offering, the Company shall not be obligated to give written notice to holders of Registrable Stock that is then registered pursuant

 



 

to an effective registration statement.  Upon the written request of any such holder, received by the Company within 30 days after the giving of any such notice by the Company, to register any of its Registrable Stock (which request shall state the intended method of disposition thereof), the Company will use its best efforts to cause the Registrable Stock as to which registration shall have been so requested to be included in the securities to be covered by the registration statement proposed to be filed by the Company, all to the extent requisite to permit the sale or other disposition by the holder (in accordance with its written request) of such Registrable Stock so registered.  In the event that any registration pursuant to this Section 1.3 shall be, in whole or in part, an underwritten public offering of Company Common Stock, the number of shares of Registrable Stock to be included in such an underwriting may be reduced (pro rata among the requesting holders based upon the number of shares of Registrable Stock owned by such holders) if and to the extent that the managing underwriter shall be of the opinion that such inclusion would adversely affect the marketing of the securities to be sold by the Company therein (if the reasonably anticipated aggregate price to the public of all such Registrable Stock would exceed $250,000), provided, however , that such number of shares of Registrable Stock shall not be reduced if any shares are to be included in such underwriting for the account of any person other than the Company or requesting holders of Registrable Stock, and provided, further, however , that in no event may less than one-third of the total number of shares of Company Common Stock to be included in such underwriting be made available for shares of Registrable Stock, unless such offering is a firm commitment underwritten public offering effected prior to the one year anniversary of the Company’s filing of the Super Form 8-K, in which event any or all of the Registrable Stock may be excluded from the underwriting.  Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions, the Company may withdraw any registration statement referred to in this Section 1.3 without thereby incurring any liability to the holders of Registrable Stock.

 

1.4                                Registration on Form S-3 .

 

The Company shall register Company Common Stock under the Exchange Act as soon as legally permissible following the effective date of the first registration of any securities of the Company on Form S-1 and the Company shall thereafter file all reports and effect all qualifications and compliances as would facilitate or permit the sale and distribution of its stock on Form S-3.  Thereafter, if at any time a holder or holders of Registrable Stock request that the Company file a registration statement on Form S-3 or any successor thereto for a public offering of all or any portion of the shares of Registrable Stock held by such requesting holder or holders, the reasonably anticipated aggregate price to the public of which would exceed $1,000,000, the Company shall use its best efforts to register under the Securities Act on Form S-3 or any successor thereto, for public sale in accordance with the method of disposition specified in such notice, the number of shares of Registrable Stock specified in such notice.  Whenever the Company is required by this Section 1.4 to use its best efforts to effect the registration of Registrable Stock, each of the procedures and requirements of Section 1.2 (including but not limited to the requirement that the Company notify all holders of Registrable Stock from whom notice has not been received and provide them with the opportunity to participate in the offering) shall apply to such registration, provided, however , that there shall be no limitation on the number of registrations on Form S-3 which may be requested and obtained under this Section 1.4.

 



 

1.5                                Registration Procedures .

 

If and whenever the Company is required by the provisions of Sections 1.2, 1.3 or 1.4 to use its best efforts to effect the registration of any shares of Registrable Stock under the Securities Act, the Company will, as expeditiously as possible:

 

(a)                                  prepare and file with the Commission a registration statement (which, in the case of an underwritten public offering pursuant to Section 1.2, shall be on Form S-1 or other form of general applicability satisfactory to the managing underwriter selected as therein provided) with respect to such securities and use its best efforts to cause such registration statement to become and remain effective for the period of the distribution contemplated thereby (determined as hereinafter provided);

 

(b)                                  prepare and file with the Commission such amendments and supplements to such registration statement and the prospectus used in connection therewith as may be necessary to keep such registration statement effective for the period specified in paragraph (a) above and comply with the provisions of the Securities Act with respect to the disposition of all Registrable Stock covered by such registration statement in accordance with the sellers’ intended method of disposition set forth in such registration statement for such period:

 

(c)                                   furnish to each seller of Registrable Stock and to each underwriter such number of copies of the registration statement and the prospectus included therein (including each preliminary prospectus) as such persons reasonably may request in order to facilitate the public sale or other disposition of the Registrable Stock covered by such registration statement;

 

(d)                                  use its best efforts to register or qualify, to the extent required, the Registrable Stock covered by such registration statement under the securities or “blue sky” laws of such jurisdictions as the sellers of Registrable Stock or, in the case of an underwritten public offering, the managing underwriter reasonably shall request, provided, however , that the Company shall not for any such purpose be required to qualify generally to transact business as a foreign corporation in any jurisdiction where it is not so qualified or to consent to general service of process in any such jurisdiction;

 

(e)                                   use its best efforts to list the Registrable Stock covered by such registration statement with any securities exchange on which the Company Common Stock is then listed;

 

(f)                                    immediately notify each seller of Registrable Stock, and each underwriter under such registration statement, at any time when a prospectus relating thereto is required to be delivered under the Securities Act, of the happening of any event of which the Company has knowledge as a result of which the prospectus contained in such registration statement, as then in effect, includes an untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading in light of the circumstances then existing;

 

(g)                                  if the offering is underwritten and at the request of any seller of Registrable Stock, use its best efforts to furnish on the date that Registrable Stock is delivered to the underwriters for sale pursuant to such registration: (i) an opinion dated such date of counsel representing the Company for the purposes of such registration, addressed to the underwriters

 



 

and to such seller, covering such matters as are typically covered in opinions provided to underwriters in an underwritten public offering, and (ii) a letter dated such date from the independent public accountants retained by the Company, addressed to the underwriters and to such seller, stating that they are independent public accountants within the meaning of the Securities Act and that, in the opinion of such accountants, the financial statements of the Company included in the registration statement or the prospectus, or any amendment or supplement thereof, comply as to form in all material respects with the applicable accounting requirements of the Securities Act, and such letter shall additionally cover such other financial matters (including information as to the period ending no more than five business days prior to the date of such letter) with respect to such registration as such underwriters reasonably may request; and

 

(h)                                  make available for inspection by each seller of Registrable Stock, any underwriter participating in any distribution pursuant to such registration statement, and any attorney, accountant or other agent retained by such seller or underwriter, all financial and other records, pertinent corporate documents and properties of the Company, and cause the Company’s officers, directors and employees to supply all information reasonably requested by any such seller, underwriter, attorney, accountant or agent in connection with such registration statement.

 

For purposes of Sections 1.5(a) and 1.5(b) and of Section 1.2(c), the period of distribution of Registrable Stock in a firm commitment underwritten public offering shall be deemed to extend until each underwriter has completed the distribution of all securities purchased by it, and the period of distribution of Registrable Stock in any other registration shall be deemed to extend until the sale of all Registrable Stock covered thereby.

 

In connection with each registration hereunder, the sellers of Registrable Stock will furnish to the Company in writing such information with respect to themselves and the proposed distribution by them as shall be reasonably requested by the Company or its counsel in order to assure compliance with federal and applicable state securities laws.

 

In connection with each registration pursuant to Sections 1.2, 1.3 or 1.4 covering an underwritten public offering, the Company and each seller agree to enter into a written agreement with the managing underwriter selected in the manner herein provided in such form and containing such provisions as are customary in the securities business for such an arrangement between such underwriter and companies of the Company’s size and investment stature (the “ Underwriting Agreement ”).

 

1.6                                Expenses .

 

All expenses incurred by the Company in complying with Sections 1.2, 1.3 and 1.4, including, without limitation, all registration and filing fees, printing expenses, fees and disbursements of counsel and independent public accountants for the Company, fees and expenses (including counsel fees) incurred in connection with complying with state securities or “blue sky” laws, fees of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, or FINRA, transfer taxes, fees of transfer agents and registrars, costs of insurance and reasonable fees and disbursements of one counsel for the sellers of Registrable Stock, but excluding any Selling Expenses, are called

 



 

Registration Expenses ”.  All underwriting discounts and selling commissions applicable to the sale of Registrable Stock are called “ Selling Expenses ”.

 

The Company will pay all Registration Expenses in connection with each registration statement under Sections 1.2, 1.3 or 1.4.  All Selling Expenses in connection with each registration statement under Sections 1.2, 1.3 or 1.4 shall be borne by the participating sellers in proportion to the number of shares sold by each, or by such participating sellers other than the Company (except to the extent the Company shall be a seller) as they may agree.

 

1.7                                Indemnification and Contribution .

 

(a)                                  In the event of a registration of any of the Registrable Stock under the Securities Act pursuant to Sections 1.2, 1.3 or 1.4, the Company will indemnify and hold harmless each seller of such Registrable Stock thereunder, each underwriter of such Registrable Stock thereunder, each of their respective partners, members (in the case of a limited liability company), beneficiaries or beneficial owners (in the case of a trust), shareholders, officers and directors (in the case of a corporation), and each other person, if any, who controls any such person within the meaning of the Securities Act, against any losses, claims, damages or liabilities, joint or several, to which such seller, underwriter or controlling person may become subject under the Securities Act or otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of any material fact contained in any registration statement under which such Registrable Stock was registered under the Securities Act pursuant to Sections 1.2, 1.3 or 1.4, any preliminary prospectus or final prospectus contained therein, or any amendment or supplement thereof, or arise out of or are based upon the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, and will reimburse each such seller, each such underwriter and each such controlling person for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by them in connection with investigating or defending any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action, provided, however , that the Company will not be liable in any such case if and to the extent that any such loss, claim, damage or liability arises out of or is based upon an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission so made in conformity with written information furnished to the Company by such seller or underwriter or any of their respective controlling persons in writing specifically for use in such registration statement or prospectus, and provided, further , in the case of an underwriter or person who controls such underwriter, the Company’s liability will be no greater than as set forth in, and subject to any limitations and exclusions contained in, the Underwriting Agreement.  It is agreed that the indemnity agreement contained in this Section 1.7(a) shall not apply to amounts paid in settlement of any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action if such settlement is effected without the consent of the Company (which consent has not been unreasonably withheld).

 

(b)                                  In the event of a registration of any of the Registrable Stock under the Securities Act pursuant to Sections 1.2, 1.3 or 1.4, each seller of such Registrable Stock thereunder, severally and not jointly, will indemnify and hold harmless the Company, each person, if any, who controls the Company within the meaning of the Securities Act, each officer of the Company who signs the registration statement, each director of the Company, each underwriter and each person who controls any underwriter within the meaning of the Securities

 



 

Act, against all losses, claims, damages or liabilities, joint or several, to which the Company or such officer, director, underwriter or controlling person may become subject under the Securities Act or otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of any material fact contained in the registration statement under which such Registrable Stock was registered under the Securities Act pursuant to Sections 1.2, 1.3 or 1.4, any preliminary prospectus or final prospectus contained therein, or any amendment or supplement thereof, or arise out of or are based upon the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, and will reimburse the Company and each such officer, director, underwriter and controlling person for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by them in connection with investigating or defending any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action, provided, however that such seller will be liable hereunder in any such case if, and only to the extent that, any such loss, claim, damage or liability arises out of or is based upon an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission made in reliance upon and in conformity with information pertaining to such seller, as such, furnished in writing to the Company by such seller specifically for use in such registration statement or prospectus, and provided further, however , that the liability of each seller hereunder shall be limited to the proportion of any such loss, claim, damage, liability or expense which is equal to the proportion that the public offering price of the shares sold by such seller under such registration statement bears to the total public offering price of all securities sold thereunder, but not in any event to exceed the proceeds received by such seller from the sale of Registrable Stock covered by such registration statement.  It is agreed that the indemnity obligations of each seller of Registrable Stock contained in this Section 1.7(b) shall not apply to amounts paid in settlement of any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action if such settlement is effected without the consent of such seller of Registrable Stock (which consent has not been unreasonably withheld).

 

(c)                                   Promptly after receipt by an indemnified party hereunder of notice of the commencement of any action, such indemnified party shall, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against the indemnifying party hereunder, notify the indemnifying party in writing thereof, but the omission so to notify the indemnifying party shall not relieve it from any liability which it may have to such indemnified party other than under this Section 1.7 and shall only relieve it from any liability which it may have to such indemnified party under this Section 1.7 if and to the extent the indemnifying party is prejudiced by such omission.  In case any such action shall be brought against any indemnified party and it shall notify the indemnifying party of the commencement thereof, the indemnifying party shall be entitled to participate in and, to the extent it shall wish, to assume and undertake the defense thereof with counsel reasonably satisfactory to such indemnified party, and, after notice from the indemnifying party to such indemnified party of its election so to assume and undertake the defense thereof, the indemnifying party shall not be liable to such indemnified party under this Section 1.7 for any legal expenses subsequently incurred by such indemnified party in connection with the defense thereof other than reasonable costs of investigation, provided, however that , if the defendants in any such action include both the indemnified party and the indemnifying party and the indemnified party shall have reasonably concluded that there may be reasonable defenses available to it which are different from or additional to those available to the indemnifying party or if the interests of the indemnified party reasonably may be deemed to conflict with the interests of the indemnifying party, the indemnified party shall have the right to select a separate

 



 

counsel and to assume such legal defenses and otherwise to participate in the defense of such action, with the expenses and fees of such separate counsel and other expenses related to such participation to be reimbursed by the indemnifying party as incurred, provided further, however , that the indemnifying party shall not be liable for the expenses of more than one separate counsel (in addition to local counsel) in any one action or separate but substantially similar actions in the same jurisdiction arising out of the same general allegations or circumstances, representing the indemnified parties who are parties to such action or actions.

 

(d)                                  In order to provide for just and equitable contribution to joint liability under the Securities Act in any case in which either (i) any holder of Registrable Stock exercising rights under this Agreement, or any controlling person of any such holder, makes a claim for indemnification pursuant to this Section 1.7 but it is judicially determined (by the entry of a final judgment or decree by a court of competent jurisdiction and the expiration of time to appeal or the denial of the last right of appeal) that such indemnification may not be enforced in such case notwithstanding the fact that this Section 1.7 provides for indemnification in such case, or (ii) contribution under the Securities Act may be required on the part of any such selling holder or any such controlling person in circumstances for which indemnification is provided under this Section 1.7; then, and in each such case, the Company and such holder will contribute to the aggregate losses, claims, damages or liabilities to which they may be subject (after contribution from others) in such proportion so that such holder is responsible for the portion represented by the percentage that the public offering price of its Registrable Stock offered by the registration statement bears to the public offering price of all securities offered by such registration statement, and the Company is responsible for the remaining portion; provided, however that , in any such case, (A) no such holder will be required to contribute any amount in excess of the proceeds received by such holder from the sale of all such Registrable Stock sold by it pursuant to such registration statement; and (B) no person or entity guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) will be entitled to contribution from any person or entity who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation.

 

1.8                                Changes in Company Common Stock .

 

If, and as often as, there is any change in the Company Common Stock by way of a stock split, stock dividend, combination or reclassification, or through a merger, consolidation, reorganization or recapitalization, or by any other means, appropriate adjustment shall be made in the provisions hereof so that the rights and privileges granted hereby shall continue with respect to the Company Common Stock as so changed.

 

1.9                                Rule 144 Reporting .

 

With a view to making available the benefits of certain rules and regulations of the Commission which may at any time permit the sale of the Registrable Stock to the public without registration, beginning 90 days after any registration statement covering a public offering of securities of the Company effected after the date of this Agreement under the Securities Act shall have become effective and for a period of at least five years thereafter, the Company agrees to:

 

(a)                                  make and keep public information available, as those terms are understood and defined in Rule 144;

 



 

(b)                                  use its best efforts to file with the Commission in a timely manner all reports and other documents required of the Company under the Securities Act and the Exchange Act; and

 

(c)                                   furnish to each holder of Registrable Stock forthwith upon request a written statement by the Company as to its compliance with the reporting requirements of such Rule 144 and of the Securities Act and the Exchange Act, a copy, of the most recent annual or quarterly report of the Company, and such other reports and documents so filed by the Company as such holder may reasonably request in availing itself of any rule or regulation of the Commission allowing such holder to sell any Registrable Stock without registration.

 

2.                                       MISCELLANEOUS

 

2.1                                Successors and Assigns .

 

Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, all covenants and agreements contained in this Agreement by or on behalf of any of the parties hereto shall bind and inure to the benefit of the respective successors and assigns of the parties hereto (including without limitation transferees of any Registrable Stock), whether so expressed or not, provided, however that registration rights conferred herein on the holders of Registrable Stock shall only inure to the benefit of a transferee of Registrable Stock if (i) (A) there is transferred to such transferee at least 20% of the total shares of Registrable Stock originally issued pursuant to one or more preferred stock purchase agreements to the direct or indirect transferor of such transferee or (B) such transferee is a partner, shareholder, beneficiary or beneficial owner (in the case of a trust) or affiliate of a party hereto and (ii) such transferor agrees in writing to be bound by the terms of this Agreement.

 

2.2                                Notices .

 

All notices, requests, consents and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be delivered in person, mailed by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, or sent by nationally recognized overnight courier service or by facsimile (and shall be sent by facsimile and courier service when such notice or communication is sent a non-United States address), addressed as follows:

 

if to the Company, at 20451 Seneca Meadows Parkway, Germantown, Maryland 20876, facsimile (301) 515-0988, Attention: President, with a copy to Cooley LLP, One Freedom Square, Reston Town Center, 11951 Freedom Drive, Reston, VA 20190-5656, facsimile (703) 456-8100, Attention:  Christian Plaza; and

 

if to any holder of Registrable Stock, at the address of such holder in the record books of the Company;

 

or, in any case, at such other address or addresses as shall have been furnished in writing to the Company (in the case of a holder of Registrable Stock) or to the holders of Registrable Stock (in the case of the Company).

 


 

2.3                                Governing Law .

 

This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware.

 

2.4                                Amendments .

 

This Agreement may be amended or modified, and the provisions hereof may be waived, upon the written consent of the Company and the holders of at least two-thirds of the shares of Registrable Stock.   Any such amendment, modification or waiver shall be binding on all parties hereto.

 

2.5                                Counterparts .

 

This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.  Counterparts may be delivered via facsimile, electronic mail (including pdf) or other transmission method and any counterpart so delivered shall be deemed to have been duly and validly delivered and be valid and effective for all purposes.

 

2.6                                Termination of Registration Rights .

 

The obligations of the Company to register shares of Registrable Stock under Sections 1.2, 1.3 or 1.4 shall terminate on August 4, 2025.

 

2.7                                Market “Stand-Off” Agreement .

 

If requested in writing by the underwriters for any underwritten public offering of securities of the Company, each holder of Registrable Stock who is a party to this Agreement shall agree not to sell publicly any shares of Registrable Stock or any other shares of Company Common Stock (other than shares of Registrable Stock or other shares of Company Common Stock being registered for sale by such holder in such offering), without the consent of such underwriters, for a period of not more than 180 days following the effective date of the registration statement relating to such offering, such shorter period as the underwriters may request or such other period as may be requested by the Company or an underwriter to accommodate regulatory restrictions on (1) the publication or other distribution of research reports and (2) analyst recommendations and opinions, including, but not limited to, the restrictions contained in FINRA Rule 2711(f)(4) or NYSE Rule 472(f)(4), or any successor provisions or amendments thereto; provided, however the underwriters have also requested that all persons entitled to registration rights with respect to shares of Company Common Stock who are not parties to this Agreement, all other persons selling shares of Company Common Stock in such offering and all executive officers and directors of the Company not to sell publicly their Company Common Stock under the circumstances and pursuant to the terms set forth in this Section 2.7.

 

2.8                                Blackout Periods .

 

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this Agreement, the Company’s obligation to file a registration statement, or cause such registration statement to become and remain effective, or the ability of any and all holders of Registrable Stock which has been

 



 

included in a registration statement to sell such Registrable Stock pursuant to such registration statement, shall be suspended in the event of a Suspension Event (as defined in the next sentence), for as long as such Suspension Event shall exist but not to exceed sixty (60) days in any 12-month period (the “ Blackout Period ”).  A Suspension Event shall consist of pending negotiations relating to, or consummation of, a transaction or the occurrence of an event that would require disclosure of material non-public information by the Company which the Board of Directors of the Company reasonably believes should not be disclosed or which renders the Company unable to comply with requirements of the Commission or pursuant to the Securities Act or which make it impracticable or inadvisable to cause a registration statement to become effective or to amend or supplement a registration statement.  The Company shall notify the holders of Registrable Stock of the occurrence of any Suspension Event, the receipt of which notice shall commence the Blackout Period.  Such Blackout Period will terminate upon further notice of such event from the Company, which notice shall be given by the Company no later than five (5) days following the conclusion of the Suspension Event.

 

2.9                                Limitations on Subsequent Registration Rights .

 

The Company shall not grant to any third party any registration rights more favorable than any of those contained herein, so long as any of the registration rights under this Agreement remain in effect, unless it offers the parties hereto the option to elect such more favorable registration rights as a whole.

 

2.10                         Severability .

 

If any provision of this Agreement shall be held to be illegal, invalid or unenforceable, such illegality, invalidity or unenforceability shall attach only to such provision and shall not in any manner affect or render illegal, invalid or unenforceable any other provision of this Agreement, and this Agreement shall be carried out as if any such illegal, invalid or unenforceable provision were not contained herein.

 

2.11                         Titles and Subtitles .

 

The titles and subtitles used in this Agreement are for convenience only and are not to be considered in construing or interpreting any term or provision of this Agreement.

 

[Signatures Appear on Following Pages.]

 



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the Company and the Investors have executed this Registration Rights Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

 

THE COMPANY:

 

 

 

 

 

SENSEONICS HOLDINGS, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ R. Don Elsey

 

Name: R. Don Elsey

 

Title: Chief Financial Officer

 



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the Company and the Investors have executed this Registration Rights Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

 

THE INVESTORS:

 

 

 

DELPHI VENTURES VIII, L.P.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Doug Roeder

 

Name:

Doug Roeder

 

Title:

Managing Member

 

 

 

 

 

DELPHI BIOINVESTMENTS VIII, L.P.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Doug Roeder

 

Name:

Doug Roeder

 

Title:

Managing Member

 



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the Company and the Investors have executed this Registration Rights Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

 

THE INVESTORS:

 

 

 

GREENSPRING GLOBAL PARTNERS IV-A, L.P.

 

By: Greenspring General Partner IV, L.P.

 

By: Greenspring GP IV, LLC

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Eric Thompson

 

Name:

Eric Thompson

 

Title:

Chief Financial Officer

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

GREENSPRING GLOBAL PARTNERS IV-B, L.P.

 

By: Greenspring General Partner IV, L.P.

 

By: Greenspring GP IV, LLC

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Eric Thompson

 

Name:

Eric Thompson

 

Title:

Chief Financial Officer

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

GREENSPRING GLOBAL PARTNERS IV-C, L.P.

 

By: Greenspring General Partner IV, L.P.

 

By: Greenspring GP IV, LLC

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Eric Thompson

 

Name:

Eric Thompson

 

Title:

Chief Financial Officer

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

GREENSPRING CROSSOVER VENTURES I, L.P.

 

By: Greenspring Crossover I GP, L.P.

 

By: Greenspring Crossover I, L.L.C.

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Eric Thompson

 

Name:

Eric Thompson

 

Title:

Chief Financial Officer

 



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the Company and the Investors have executed this Registration Rights Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

 

THE INVESTORS:

 

 

 

HEALTHCARE VENTURES VI, L.P.

 

By: HealthCare Partners VI, L.P.,

 

its General Partner

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ [Illegible]

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the Company and the Investors have executed this Registration Rights Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

 

THE INVESTORS:

 

 

 

 

 

NEW ENTERPRISE ASSOCIATES 9,

 

LIMITED PARTNERSHIP

 

By: NEA Partners 9, Limited Partnership,

 

its General Partner

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Louis S. Citron

 

Name:

Louis S. Citron

 

Title:

Chief Legal Officer/Attorney-in-fact

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

NEW ENTERPRISE ASSOCIATES 10,

 

LIMITED PARTNERSHIP

 

By: NEA Partners 10, Limited Partnership,

 

its General Partner

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Louis S. Citron

 

Name:

Louis S. Citron

 

Title:

Chief Legal Officer/Attorney-in-fact

 



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the Company and the Investors have executed this Registration Rights Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

 

NEW ENTERPRISE ASSOCIATES VII,

 

LIMITED PARTNERSHIP

 

By:

NEA Partners VII, Limited Partnership,

 

 

its general partner

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Louis S. Citron

 

Name:

Louis S. Citron

 

Title:

Chief Legal Officer/Attorney-in-fact

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

NEA PRESIDENTS FUND, L.P.

 

By:

NEA General Partner, L.P.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Louis S. Citron

 

Name:

Louis S. Citron

 

Title:

Chief Legal Officer/Attorney-in-fact

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

NEA VENTURES 1997, L.P.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Louis S. Citron

 

Name:

Louis S. Citron

 

Title:

Chief Legal Officer/Attorney-in-fact

 



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the Company and the Investors have executed this Registration Rights Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

 

THE INVESTORS:

 

 

 

ROCHE FINANCE LTD

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Beat Kraehenmann

 

Name:

Beat Kraehenmann

 

Title:

Authorized Signatory

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Andreas Knierzinger

 

Name:

Andreas Knierzinger

 

Title:

Authorized Signatory

 



 

SCHEDULE I

 

Investors

 




Exhibit 10.1

 

LEASE

 

FOR

 

SENSORS FOR MEDICINE AND

SCIENCE, INC.

 

20447, 20449 and 20451 Seneca Meadows Parkway

Germantown, Maryland 20876

 


 

LANDLORD:

 

SENECA MEADOWS CORPORATE CENTER III

LIMITED PARTNERSHIP

 

2/4/2008

 



 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

SECTION

 

SECTION TITLE

 

PAGE

 

 

 

 

 

 

LEASE ABSTRACT

 

i

 

 

DEFINITIONS

 

iii

1.

 

DEMISED PREMISES; TERM OF LEASE; RENTAL; SECURITY DEPOSIT; HOLDOVER; ADDITIONAL RENT; LATE CHARGE

 

1

2.

 

TENDER OF POSSESSION; LANDLORD’S WORK

 

5

3.

 

USE OF PREMISES; TENANT RESPONSIBILITIES; REPAIRS AND MAINTENANCE; INTERIOR ALTERATIONS; EXTERIOR MODIFICATIONS; SURRENDER OF POSSESSION; MECHANICS LIENS

 

7

4.

 

UTILITY CHARGES; PRO RATA SHARE; COMMON AREAS; OPERATING EXPENSES; STATEMENT OF OPERATING EXPENSES

 

11

5.

 

BANKRUPTCY

 

15

6.

 

INSURANCE AND INDEMNITY; WAIVER OF SUBROGATION

 

16

7.

 

SUBLETTING AND ASSIGNMENT

 

18

8.

 

PAYMENT OF REAL ESTATE TAXES AND INSURANCE COSTS

 

19

9.

 

DAMAGE BY FIRE OR OTHER CASUALTY

 

20

10.

 

COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS, ETC.

 

22

11.

 

NON-WAIVER OF BREACH

 

22

12.

 

EVENT OF DEFAULT; REMEDIES; RELETTINGS; LEGAL COSTS; INTEREST; ACCORD AND SATISFACTION; CONCESSIONS

 

23

13.

 

LANDLORD’S LIABILITY

 

25

14.

 

TENANT’S SIGNS

 

26

15.

 

LANDLORD’S SIGNS

 

26

16.

 

ENTRY AND ACCESS

 

26

17.

 

EMINENT DOMAIN

 

27

18.

 

CONSENT

 

27

19.

 

TENANTS PROPERTY

 

28

20.

 

SUBORDINATION

 

28

21.

 

FIRE INSURANCE

 

29

22.

 

PARKING AREAS

 

30

23.

 

PLATE GLASS

 

30

24.

 

NOTICES

 

30

25.

 

TENANT ESTOPPEL CERTIFICATES; LANDLORD ESTOPPEL CERTIFICATES; LANDLORD CURE RIGHTS

 

31

26.

 

MORTGAGEE REVISIONS

 

32

27.

 

QUIET POSSESSION

 

32

28.

 

MISCELLANEOUS GENERAL PROVISIONS

 

33

29.

 

RENEWAL OPTION AND RENEWAL TERM; RENEWAL RENTAL

 

34

30.

 

REMOVAL BY TENANT

 

35

31.

 

INTENTIONALLY DELETED

 

35

32.

 

BROKERAGE

 

36

33.

 

RULES AND REGULATIONS

 

36

34.

 

ENVIRONMENTAL HAZARDS; HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCES

 

36

35.

 

OPTION TO LEASE ADDITIONAL SPACE

 

39

36.

 

SPECIAL PROVISIONS: (A) Service Interruptions

 

40

 

 

SIGNATURE PAGE

 

41

 



 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

LIST OF EXHIBITS

 

PAGE

 

 

 

EXHIBIT “A” - Drawing of Building Locating Premises

 

42

 

 

 

EXHIBIT “B” - Rules  & Regulations

 

43

 

 

 

EXHIBIT “C” - Landlord’s Work

 

47

C-1 “As Built” Space Plan

 

 

C-2 Scope of Landlord’s Work

 

 

C-3 Substantial Completion

 

 

C-4 Tenant’s Work

 

 

C-5 Code Compliance & Warranty

 

 

Space Plan showing Demising Wall

 

 

 

 

 

EXHIBIT “D” – Specimen Form Certificate of Acceptance of Delivery of Possession and Commencement Date of Lease

 

52

 

 

 

EXHIBIT “E” – Specimen Form Irrevocable Letter of Credit

 

55

 

 

 

EXHIBIT “F” – Specimen Form Mortgagee SNDA

 

57

 

 

 

EXHIBIT “G” – Specimen Form Mortgagee Tenant Estoppel

 

64

 



 

LEASE ABSTRACT

 

LANDLORD:

Seneca Meadows Corporate Center III Limited Partnership

 

a Maryland limited partnership

 

 

TENANT:

Sensors for Medicine and Science, Inc.

 

a Delaware corporation

 

 

DEMISED PREMISES :

Building #7, Seneca Meadows Corporate Center

[Section 1(A)]

20447, 20449 and 20451 Seneca Meadows Parkway, Germantown,

 

Maryland 20876

 

Rentable Area: 20,250 square feet

 

 

ANTICIPATED

 

COMMENCEMENT DATE :

March 1, 2008

[Section 1(B)]

 

 

 

EXPIRATION DATE :

May 31, 2013

[Section 1(B)]

 

 

 

INITIAL RENTAL :

Rental Rate: 1st Lease Year at $16.50 sf “NNN”

[Section 1(C)]

$27,844.00 a month / $344,128.00 a year

 

 

RENTAL ESCALATION :

3.00% per annum

[Section 1(C)]

 

 

 

SECURITY DEPOSIT :

$58,541.00

[Section 1(D)]

 

 

 

HOLDOVER RENT :

150% per month

[Section 1(E)]

 

 

 

PRO RATA SHARE :

38.17%

[Section 4(B)]

 

 

 

OPERATING EXPENSES :

Tenant to pay, as Additional Rent, its Monthly Share of annual estimated Operating Expenses pursuant to Landlord’s Expense Notice given by December 1 of each year, with Landlord’s statement of Actual Expenses given 60 days after end of each calendar year

[Section 4(D) & (E)]

 

 

 

NOTICES :

If to Landlord :

[Section 24]

Seneca Meadows Corporate Center III Limited Partnership

 

c/o Minkoff Development Corporation

 

20457 Seneca Meadows Parkway, Germantown, Maryland 20876

 

Attn: Mr. Paul N. Chod

 

 

 

If to Tenant (after Lease Commencement Date) :

 

Sensors for Medicine and Science, Inc.

 

20451 Seneca Meadows Parkway, Germantown, Maryland 20876

 

Attn: Marc R. Schneebaum, President  & CEO

 

i



 

LEASE ABSTRACT - continued

 

 

RENEWAL OPTION :

One (1)  period of five (5)  consecutive years each, with the Renewal Option exercisable upon written notice given by Tenant not less than 12 months prior expiration of the Initial Term

[Section 29(A)]

 

 

RENEWAL RENTAL :

95% of the prevailing fair market rate but not more than 115% nor less than 85% of Basic Annual Rental payable in the final Lease Year of the Initial Term, with Landlord’s determination of such fair market rate, including applicable annual escalations, to be provided upon written request given by Tenant not less than 14 months prior to the expiration of the Initial Term

[Section 29(B)]

 

 

 

 

OPTION TO LEASE

 

ADDITIONAL SPACE :

Provided at least 3 years remain in the Initial Term of the Lease and provided Tenant has not assigned nor sublet more than 25% of the Premises, and Tenant occupies at least 75% of the Premises, then Landlord shall provide Tenant with written notice of any adjacent space in the Building that should become available, stating the rental and other terms and conditions applicable to any lease for such Offer Space, and Tenant has 30 days from receipt to accept such Offer Space, and 14 business days after Tenant’s receipt of an amendment to the Lease to be prepared by Landlord covering the Offer Space which complies with Section 35 to execute the amendment

[Section 35]

 

 

 

 

 

 

ii


 

DEFINITIONS

 

TERM

 

SECTION

 

 

 

Actual Expenses

 

4(E)(2)

ADA

 

10

Additional Rent

 

1(F)

Additional Allowance

 

2(C)

Adequate Assurance of Future Performance

 

5(C)

Alterations

 

3(D)

Anticipated Commencement Date

 

1(B)

Bankruptcy Code

 

5(A)

Basic Annual Rental

 

1(C)

Basic Monthly Rental

 

1(C)

Basic Rate — Fire Insurance Premiums

 

21

Broker(s)

 

32

Building

 

1(A)

Business Days

 

28(G)

Certificate

 

Exhibit D

Certificate of Delivery

 

1(B)

Change Orders

 

Exhibit C-3

Commencement Date

 

1(B) & Exhibit D

Common Areas

 

4(C)

Concessions

 

12(G)

Default Interest Rate

 

12(E)

Delivery Date/Delivery of Possession Date

 

1(B)(2) & Exhibit D

Demised Premises

 

1(A)

Environmental Laws

 

34(A) i

Environmental Report

 

34(F) & Exhibit C-3

Estoppel

 

20

Event of Default

 

12(A)

Events of Bankruptcy

 

5(A)

Expense Estimate

 

4(E)(1)

Expense Notice

 

4(E)(1)

Expiration Date

 

1(B)

Exterior Utility Lines

 

3(C)

Financing

 

20

Force Majeure Delays

 

Exhibit C-5

Grossed Up Rentals

 

4(D)

Hazardous Substance(s)

 

34(A) (ii)

HVAC

 

3(C)

Impositions

 

8(A)

Initial Term

 

1(B)

Insolvency Laws

 

5(A)

Insurance Premiums

 

8(B)

 

iii



 

DEFINITIONS

 

TERM

 

SECTION

 

 

 

Insurance Requirements

 

10

Land

 

1(A)

Landlord

 

Preamble

Landlord Parties

 

19

Landlord’s Utilities

 

4(A)

Landlord’s Work

 

2(B) & Exhibit C-2.1

Late Charge

 

1(G)

Laws - Compliance

 

10

Lease Amendment

 

35

Lease Year

 

1(B) & Exhibit D

Letter of Credit

 

1(D)

MDC

 

Exhibit C-2.2

Monetary Default

 

12(A)(i)

Non-Monetary Default

 

12(A)(i)

Offer Space

 

35

Offer Space

 

35

Operating Expenses

 

4(D)

Outside Delivery Date

 

2(A)

Permittees

 

3(C)

Premises

 

1(A)

Prime Interest Rate

 

4(D)

Prior Environmental Report

 

35(F)

Pro Rata Share

 

4(B)

Punch List Items

 

Exhibit C-3

Release

 

34(A)

Renewal Notice

 

29(A)

Renewal Option

 

29(A)

Renewal Rental

 

29(B)

Renewal Term

 

29(A)

Rent

 

1(F)

Rent Commencement Date

 

1(C)(2)

Secured Amount

 

1(D)

Security Deposit

 

1(D)

SNDA

 

20

Space Plan

 

Exhibit C-1

Special Items

 

Exhibit C-3

Stated Term

 

1(B)

Structure

 

3(C)

Substantially Complete/Substantial Completion

 

Exhibit C-3

Tenant

 

Preamble

 

iv



 

DEFINITIONS

 

TERM

 

SECTION

 

 

 

Tenant Affiliate

 

7(D)

Tenant Delays

 

Exhibit C-3

Tenant Liens

 

3(G)

Tenant Utilities

 

4(A)

Tenant’s Cabling

 

3(F)

Tenant’s FF&E

 

Exhibit C-4

Tenant’s Monthly Share

 

4(E)(1)

Tenant’s Use

 

3(A)

Tenant’s Work

 

Exhibit C-4

Term

 

1(B)

 

v



 

LEASE

 

THIS LEASE AGREEMENT (this “ Lease ”), made on this 4 TH day of FEBRUARY, 2008 , by and between SENECA MEADOWS CORPORATE CENTER III LIMITED PARTNERSHIP, a Maryland limited partnership (hereinafter referred to as “ Landlord ”); and SENSORS FOR MEDICINE AND SCIENCE, INC., a Delaware corporation, qualified to transact business and in good standing under the laws of the State of Maryland (hereinafter referred to as “ Tenant ”).

 

WITNESSETH:

 

1.                                       DEMISED PREMISES; TERM OF LEASE; RENTAL; SECURITY DEPOSIT; HOLDOVER; ADDITIONAL RENT; LATE CHARGE.

 

(A)             DEMISED PREMISES . The Landlord, for and in consideration of the rents, agreements and covenants herein agreed to be paid, observed and performed by the Tenant, has let and demised, and by these presents does lease unto the Tenant, and the Tenant does hereby take and rent from Landlord, that certain portion of commercial office space in the building known as Building #7 at Seneca Meadows Corporate Center (the “ Building ”) situated on that certain parcel of land known as “Lot 5, Block B” in the subdivision known as “SENECA MEADOWS CORPORATE CENTER” as per plat thereof recorded in Plat Book 194 at Plat No. 21147 among the Land Records of Montgomery County, Maryland (the “ Land ”), said demised premises being known and described as 20447, 20449, and 20451 Seneca Meadows Parkway, Germantown, Maryland 20876 (hereinafter referred to as the “ Demised Premises ” or the “ Premises ”). For purposes of this Lease, the rentable square footage area of the Demised Premises shall be deemed to be 20,250 square feet (including Building core factor of approximately 1.77% ), all as more particularly shown and outlined on the drawing of said Demised Premises attached hereto as Exhibit “A” and made a part hereof.

 

(B)              TERM OF LEASE . The term of this Lease shall commence on the date (herein referred to as the “ Commencement Date ”) which shall be the later to occur of (i)  March 1, 2008 (the “Anticipated Commencement Date ”), or (ii) the date on which Landlord delivers possession of the Demised Premises to Tenant in the condition as called for in Section 2(B) hereof (the “ Delivery Date ”) or such earlier date when the Delivery Date could have occurred absent Tenant Delays (as hereinafter defined). The term of the Lease shall expire without notice of any kind at midnight on May 31, 2013 (the “ Expiration Date ”). Following the Commencement Date, Tenant agrees to execute and return to Landlord within ten (10) days of receipt a statement as furnished by Landlord acknowledging Tenant’s acceptance of Landlord’s delivery of possession of the Demises Premises and setting forth the actual Commencement Date, the date upon which the Tenant’s obligation to pay Rent and other charges payable under the Lease shall begin, any changes in the Rental from the schedule set forth in Section 1(C) below, and Punch List items, if any (as defined in Exhibit “C” ), that remain to be completed. Said statement (the “ Certificate of Delivery ”) shall be similar to the form attached hereto as Exhibit “D” and shall be made a part of the Lease. The initial term of this Lease is herein referred to as the “ Term ” or “ Stated Term ” or “ Initial Term. ” The term “ Lease Year ” shall mean each period of twelve (12) full consecutive calendar months (other than the final Lease Year

 

1



 

which may be less than twelve (12) months) during the Term hereof or any renewal term commencing on the Commencement Date; provided, that if the Commencement Date does not occur on the first day of a month, then (a) the first Lease Year shall be twelve full (12) calendar months, plus the number of days from the Commencement Date until the first day of the following month, and (b) each subsequent Lease Year after the first Lease Year shall commence on the anniversary of the first day of the calendar month that immediately follows the Commencement Date.

 

(C)             RENTAL .

 

(1)               During each respective Lease Year of the Stated Term of this Lease, except as otherwise set forth in the Lease, the Tenant agrees to pay to Landlord as basic annual rental for the Demised Premises, the amount specified for that Lease Year in the following table, such amount (the “ Basic Annual Rental ”) to be due and payable in equal monthly installments (the “ Basic Monthly Rental ”) during such Lease Year in advance and without deduction, set off, or demand, except as otherwise provided herein, on the 1st day of each calendar month in such Lease Year, namely:

 

Lease Year

 

Basic Monthly Rental

 

Basic Annual Rental

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1

 

$

27,844.00

 

$

334,128.00

 

2

 

$

28,679.00

 

$

344,148.00

 

3

 

$

29,539.00

 

$

354,468.00

 

4

 

$

30,426.00

 

$

365,112.00

 

5

 

$

31,338.00

 

$

376,056.00

 

6

 

$

32,279.00

 

$

96,837.00

(1)

 

In addition to said Basic Monthly Rental, Tenant shall pay to Landlord, at the times and in the manner hereinafter indicated, the additional items and amounts specified in Section 4 hereof for utility charges and Operating Expenses, and in Section 8 hereof for Impositions and Insurance Premiums, plus such other sums as are required to be paid by Tenant pursuant to the terms of this Lease. All rentals and other sums payable by Tenant hereunder shall be paid to Landlord at 20457 Seneca Meadows Parkway, Germantown, Maryland 20876, or to such other party and address as Landlord may from time to time designate to Tenant in writing. Upon execution of this Lease, Tenant will pay to Landlord the sum of Twenty Seven Thousand Eight Hundred Forty-Four and 00/100 Dollars ($27,84400), which shall be applied to the first installment of Basic Monthly Rental due under the Lease. Regarding all of Tenant’s covenants, obligations and duties to make Rental and other payments and to perform its other agreements contained in this Lease, time is agreed to be of the essence.

 

(2)               Notwithstanding anything hereinabove to the contrary, provided Tenant is not in an Event of Default or Event of Bankruptcy, as set forth in Section 5 and Section 12 of the Lease, Landlord agrees that: (a) Rent (as defined below in Section 1(F)) (except for

 


(1) Assuming a Commencement Date of 3/1/08, the final Lease Year shall be calculated based upon a partial Lease Year of three (3) months ending 5/31/13. If the actual Commencement Date is a date other than 3/1/08, then the Basic Annual Rental payable during the partial final Lease Year shall be adjusted accordingly.

 

2



 

Utility Charges as specified in Section 4(A) of the Lease) shall be abated from the Commencement Date until the date that is thirty (30) days after the Commencement Date (the “ Rent Commencement Date ”); and (b) in the event that the Rent Commencement Date is a day other than the first day of the month, then the monthly installment of Basic Annual Rental to be paid by Tenant to Landlord for any such partial month of use and occupancy of the Demised Premises shall be pro-rated on a per diem basis from the Rent Commencement Date to the end of the month. In such event, the amount of the first installment of Basic Monthly Rental due and payable by Tenant pursuant to Section 1(C)(1) that is not applied to any such partial month of the Term shall be applied to the Basic Monthly Rental due for the first full calendar month of the Term following the Rent Commencement Date.

 

(D)              SECURITY DEPOSIT . The amount of the Security Deposit to be placed by Tenant with Landlord (the “ Secured Amount ”) shall be Fifty-Eight Thousand Five Hundred Forty-One and 00/100 Dollars ($58,541.00). Upon execution of the Lease, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord, either (i) an irrevocable, unconditional commercial bank letter of credit, payable upon sight in the amount of the Secured Amount (the “ Letter of Credit ”) in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit “E” , or such other form as may be reasonably acceptable to Landlord, issued by a federally-insured national bank having offices in the Metropolitan Area of Washington, D.C., or (ii) the cash sum in the amount of the Secured Amount. The Letter of Credit or cash sum are hereinafter called the “ Security Deposit ” Any cash sum held by Landlord as the Security Deposit shall be placed in an interest bearing account at a federally-insured national bank with offices in the Metropolitan Area of Washington, D.C., and all interest accruing thereon shall be attributable to Tenant’s taxpayer identification number (to be provided in writing to Landlord) for the benefit of Tenant. In the event Tenant delivers a Letter of Credit as the Security Deposit, the Letter of Credit shall include the following terms and conditions. The Letter of Credit shall (i) be made payable to Landlord and expressly transferable and assignable at no charge by Landlord, which transfer or assignment shall be conditioned only upon execution of a reasonable and customary written document in connection therewith, whether or not the original account party of the Letter of Credit continues to be the tenant under this Lease by virtue of a change in name or structure, merger, assignment, transfer or otherwise, and (ii) be for an initial term of at least one (1) year, and shall on its face state that the same shall be renewed automatically, without the need for any further written notice or amendment for successive periods of at least one (1) year each (or such shorter period which will be identical to the then remaining Term of this Lease plus an additional thirty (30) days thereafter), unless the issuer bank notifies Landlord in writing that such bank has elected not to renew the Letter of Credit at least sixty (60) days prior to the then-current expiration date thereof (which will entitle Landlord to draw on the Letter of Credit before the scheduled expiration date if a replacement Letter of Credit (or substitute acceptable to Landlord, in its sole and absolute discretion) has not been established and delivered Landlord, so that, at all times that Tenant is required to maintain the Security Deposit, Landlord shall have in its possession a good Security Deposit in the amount specified above valid through the full Initial Term and each exercised Renewal Term hereof plus an additional thirty (30) days beyond the expiration date of the last operative term (initial or renewal, as the case may be) of this Lease. Notwithstanding anything in the Lease to the contrary, any cure or grace periods setforth in this Lease for a default shall not apply to any of the foregoing requirements of the Letter of Credit, and specifically, if any of the aforesaid requirements are not complied with timely, time being of the essence, then immediate Event of

 

3


 

Default shall occur and Landlord shall have the right to immediately draw upon the Letter of Credit. Failure of Tenant to timely comply with any requirements of this Section 1(D) shall constitute an Event of Default of Tenant under this Lease. If an Event of Default of Tenant occurs under this Lease (as defined in Section 12 hereof), said Security Deposit may, at Landlord’s option and discretion (and without waiving any other rights or remedies of Landlord), be applied to the extent available on account of actual damages incurred and loss of rent sustained by Landlord by reason of such Event of Default. Such application shall, however, in no way affect Landlord’s rights to recover from Tenant further damages or loss of Rent which may accrue by reason of Tenant’s defaults under this Lease. Provided an Event of Default of Tenant has not occurred and remains uncured under this Lease, the balance (if any) of said Security Deposit not applied to curing the Tenant’s defaults shall be refunded and released to Tenant within thirty (30) days after the expiration of this Lease, provided that Tenant has surrendered to Landlord possession of the Demised Premises in accordance with the terms of this Lease. The Security Deposit shall not be construed as advance payment of Rent hereunder, but shall be considered only as representing a fund made available to Landlord to secure the prompt and faithful performance by Tenant of its covenants under this Lease. Tenant shall, within seven (7) days after demand by Landlord, restore said Security Deposit to the full amount specified above, in the event any portion or all thereof is applied by Landlord to cure an Event of Default of Tenant hereunder. If Landlord transfers its interest in the Demised Premises during the Term, Landlord may assign the Security Deposit to the transferee and thereafter shall have no further liability for the return of such Security Deposit, provided that (i) Landlord actually delivers the Security Deposit to the transferee, and (ii) transferee assumes in writing the obligations of Landlord under this Lease with respect to such Security Deposit.

 

(E)              HOLDOVER . If Tenant fails to quit and vacate the Demised Premises at the expiration of the Initial Term (or at the expiration of the final duly exercised Renewal Term hereof, if any, as the case may be), and if Landlord accepts payment of rental from Tenant thereafter and thus indicates that Landlord does not require the Tenant’s immediate surrender of possession of the Demised Premises at such expiration date, then in such event any such holding over of possession of the Demised Premises by Tenant shall be deemed to create only a tenancy from month-to-month, beginning for same on the day immediately following the expiration of the then expired term hereof, such monthly holdover tenancy to be upon all of the terms, covenants and conditions contained in this Lease, except that either party by giving to the other at least ninety (90) days prior written notice may terminate such monthly holdover tenancy (except that Tenant shall not be entitled to such notice of termination, and hereby waives same, in the event that Tenant is in an Event of Default under this Lease in any respect beyond any applicable grace periods). Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this paragraph, if Landlord desires possession of the Demised Premises at the end of me Term hereof, then Landlord may so notify Tenant at any time prior to accepting monthly holdover rent, in which event Tenant covenants and agrees to surrender to Landlord possession of the Demised Premises at the end of the term hereof free of subleases and occupants, and if Tenant fails to do so it shall be deemed an Event of Default under this Lease and Tenant shall be liable to Landlord for all reasonable, actual losses, costs, damages and expenses Landlord incurs from Tenant’s failure to vacate the Demised Premises as prescribed above. If the provisions of the preceding sentence become applicable, Tenant shall pay Landlord use and occupancy payments for each month or portion thereof Tenant wrongfully holds over possession of the Demised Premises in whole or

 

4



 

part, in an amount equal to one hundred fifty percent (150%) of the Basic Monthly Rental payable in the last month of the term hereof (in addition to Landlord being entitled to exercise all available legal and equitable remedies). Landlord hereby notifies Tenant that Landlord desires and intends that Tenant remove from, quit and vacate the Demised Premises at the expiration of the term of this Lease, and Tenant hereby agrees to do so and hereby irrevocably waives any and all rights to notice from Landlord of such intent as provided in Title 8, Section 8-402(b) of the Real Property Volume of the Annotated Code of Maryland, as amended, or under any similar statute now or hereafter enacted.

 

(F)               ADDITIONAL RENT . Whenever it is provided by the terms of this Lease that Tenant is required to make any payment to Landlord other than a payment of Basic Monthly Rental (such as the additional items and amounts specified in Section 4 hereof for utility charges and Operating Expenses and in Section 8 hereof for Impositions and Insurance Premiums, or amounts to reimburse Landlord for legal costs and attorneys’ fees, or for any other such sums), such payment shall be deemed to be a payment of Additional Rent ”. Unless otherwise expressly specified herein, Additional Rent shall be paid by Tenant by the later of (i) the next installment of Basic Monthly Rental thereafter falling due or (ii) within thirty (30) days after written request therefor. For all purposes of this Lease, the term “ Rent ” shall be deemed to be a reference to both Basic Monthly Rental and Additional Rent. Landlord shall have the same remedies for default in the payment of Additional Rent as are available to Landlord in the case of default in the payment of Basic Annual Rental or Basic Monthly Rental.

 

(G)             LATE CHARGE . In the event Tenant does not pay any installment of Rent or Additional Rent or any other sums when and as the same become due and payable under this Lease, and if such payment is not made within ten (10) days after the due date thereof, Tenant shall pay to Landlord, as Additional Rent hereunder, in addition to the unpaid amount, a “ Late Charge ” equal to five percent (5%) of the unpaid amount to compensate Landlord for the additional expense resulting from Tenant’s failure to make payment in accordance with the terms of the Lease. If Tenant fails to make any payment due under this Lease within the aforesaid ten (10) day grace period more than twice in any Lease Year, then the Late Charge shall increase thereafter for the balance of that Lease Year, for all late payments, to be ten percent (10%) of the unpaid amount, and such increased Late Charge shall be payable as aforesaid. Notwithstanding anything hereinabove to the contrary, Landlord will not impose a Late Charge on the first occasion of late payment of Basic Monthly Rental during any twelve (12) month period under this Lease, provided said late payment is paid by Tenant to Landlord within five (5) days after Landlord’s written notice thereof to Tenant.

 

2.                                      TENDER OF POSSESSION; LANDLORD’S WORK.

 

(A)             TENDER OF POSSESSION . If Landlord shall be unable to deliver to Tenant possession of the Demised Premises (in the condition as called for in Section 2(B) hereof) on the Anticipated Commencement Date by reason of the fact that the Demised Premises are located in the Building which is to be constructed and the Building has not been sufficiently completed to make the Demised Premises ready for delivery to Tenant as called for in Section 2(B) hereof, or if the Landlord is unable to give Tenant possession of the Demised Premises on the Anticipated Commencement Date by reason of the holding over or retention of possession by

 

5



 

any tenant or occupant, or for any other reason, Landlord shall not be subject to any liability for the failure to give possession on said date. Under such circumstances, the Rent herein reserved and covenanted to be paid by Tenant shall abate and not commence to be due and payable until Landlord delivers to Tenant possession of the Demised Premises as called for in Section 2(B) hereof; and no such failure of Landlord to deliver possession on the Anticipated Commencement Date shall affect the validity of this Lease or otherwise affect the obligations of Tenant hereunder. If permission is given by Landlord to Tenant to enter into the possession of all or a portion of the Demised Premises, or to occupy space other than the Demised Premises, prior to the Commencement Date of this Lease, Tenant covenants and agrees that such occupancy shall be deemed to be under all the terms, covenants, conditions and provisions of this Lease except as may be otherwise agreed in writing by Landlord and Tenant. If Landlord is prevented from or delayed in delivering possession of the Demised Premises to Tenant in the condition called for in Section 2(B) hereunder due to any Tenant Delays (as hereinafter defined in Exhibit “C”) , . then the Commencement Date of the Lease shall be the date, as reasonably determined by Landlord, that the Demised Premises could have been delivered to Tenant absent the Tenant Delays. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that Landlord has failed to deliver the Demised Premises in the condition required in Section 2(B) hereunder on or before April 1, 2008 (the “Outside Delivery Date” ), and said failure has not been caused by any Tenant Delays or Force Majeure Delays (as those terms are defined in Exhibit “C” of the Lease) and, provided no Event of Default of Tenant should exist under the Lease, beyond any applicable notice and cure period, then Tenant shall be entitled to terminate this Lease in its sole discretion upon written notice to Landlord, and Landlord shall, within ten (10) business days after receipt of such termination notice, return to Tenant all Rent payments and the Security Deposit that have been delivered to Landlord.

 

(B)             LANDLORD’S WORK . The Tenant agrees to accept possession of the Demised Premises, when delivered by Landlord as provided in this Section 2(B), for the Term herein created, upon the agreements and covenants herein expressed, and does hereby covenant and agree that Tenant shall pay unto Landlord the Rent, Impositions, Insurance Premiums, Operating Expenses, repairs and other costs and charges called for or reserved in this Lease, at the time or times the same are due and payable as herein specified. The Demised Premises shall be delivered by Landlord to Tenant, and shall be accepted by Tenant, with all leasehold improvements and conditions “AS IS” and “WHERE IS”, with the “Landlord’s Work” (as described on Exhibit “C” attached hereto and made a part hereof) Substantially Complete (as defined in Exhibit “C” ), which date of Substantial Completion shall be inserted into the Certificate of Delivery described in Section 1(B) of this Lease (a specimen copy of which is attached as Exhibit “D” of the Lease), and executed by Landlord and Tenant. Upon expiration or earlier termination of the Lease, Tenant shall have no obligation to remove any of the Landlord’s Work.

 

6



 

3.                                       USE OF PREMISES; TENANT RESPONSIBILITIES; REPAIRS AND MAINTENANCE; INTERIOR ALTERATIONS; EXTERIOR MODIFICATIONS; SURRENDER OF POSSESSION; MECHANICS LIENS.

 

(A)             USE OF PREMISES . Tenant covenants and agrees to use the Demised Premises for general offices, administration, laboratory, research and development, storage, and light manufacturing relating to Tenant’s optical and fluorescence-based chemical sensing technologies, and for any other legally permitted use incidental thereto (“ Tenant’s Use ”), such Tenant’s Use (and access to the Premises permitted 24 hours/day, 7 days/week and 365 days/year) to be conducted by Tenant at its own expense in compliance with all applicable Laws and Insurance Requirements as defined in Section 10 and all provisions of this Lease, and for no other purpose without the express written consent of the Landlord, which consent shall be in Landlord’s exclusive discretion. Landlord hereby represents that the Land is currently zoned I-3, and such zoning permits Tenant’s Use.

 

(B)             TENANT RESPONSIBILITIES . Tenant agrees at its own expense to maintain the Demised Premises in a clean, neat, and orderly manner and to keep the Demised Premises free of rodents and insects and to furnish regular pest exterminating services. Tenant shall be solely responsible, at its own cost and expense, and will provide when and as necessary, all services typically required within the Demised Premises (except as may be specified in Section 4 hereof) including but not limited to janitorial service, restroom and break room supplies, interior window cleaning, light bulb and ballast replacement, flooring maintenance, grease trap cleaning and maintenance and any other services customarily required by the Tenant’s use of the Demised Premises. In no event shall Landlord be obligated to provide, pay for, or contribute to the cost of any of these services in or for the Demised Premises. Tenant further agrees that it will not, under any circumstances, display or permit to accumulate for an extended period of time any merchandise, boxes or other articles on the driveways, parking areas, streets or sidewalks in front of or adjacent to the Demised Premises. Tenant further agrees that it will not permit ice or snow to accumulate in, on or around any steps or sidewalks areas immediately in front of the entrance(s) to the Demised Premises. Tenant shall not maintain a nuisance in or about the Demised Premises, and will conduct its business at the Demised Premises, and have its Permittees conduct themselves, in such a manner so as not to interfere with nor disturb other tenants’ quiet possession of, or conduct of normal business at, their leased premises. Tenant shall not burn any trash in or outside the Demised Premises, nor install an incinerator or trash destructor in or outside of said Demised Premises. If Landlord does not provide trash removal or recycling service as part of the Operating Expenses described in Section 4(D) herein below, then Tenant shall, at its own expense and in compliance with all applicable Laws and Insurance Requirements, furnish and install at a location acceptable to Landlord a trash dumpster and recycling bin (in the case of any applicable recycling laws) to service the Demised Premises, and Tenant will be solely responsible to make all arrangements for trash and recycling pick-up and removal service from such dumpster or recycling bin by a licensed contractor.

 

(C)             REPAIRS AND MAINTENANCE . Except for the specific repairs, maintenance and replacements to be made by Landlord pursuant to this Lease, in all other respects the Tenant will, during the Term of this Lease (or any renewal or extension thereof), at

 

7



 

its own expense, promptly make all repairs and perform all acts of maintenance necessary to keep the Demised Premises and all improvements, equipment and utility lines therein and all other elements thereof in good condition and repair, including also without limitation all maintenance, repairs and replacements, excepting only for repairs to the structure and to any utility lines located outside of the “Structure” (as defined below) of the Demised Premises (such lines hereinafter called “ Exterior Utility Lines ”); unless such repairs of the Structure or of the Exterior Utility Lines are necessitated by any acts, omissions or negligence of Tenant or its assignees or subtenants or its or their agents, servants, employees, contractors, invitees, licensees, customers or subtenants (“ Permittees ”), in any of which events Tenant at its own expense shall make such repairs and replacements of the Structure and Exterior Utility Lines promptly when necessary (or, if requested by Landlord, Tenant will reimburse Landlord for the costs of such repairs and replacements within thirty (30) days of demand therefor). Said repairs to the Structure and Exterior Utility Lines shall be made by Landlord (except as otherwise provided in the preceding sentence) as promptly as commercially practicable after receipt of written notice from Tenant of the necessity therefor. Tenant shall give Landlord prompt notice of any fire, accident, defects, damage or injury occurring at, in or to the Demised Premises and of any death, damage or injury to persons therein, but nothing herein contained shall be construed to require Landlord to make any repairs to said Demised Premises or to provide compensation for any such damage or injury, except as otherwise expressly herein provided. For purposes of this Section 3(C) and of all other provisions of this Lease, the term “ Structure ” shall refer to the foundations, structural frame, door frames, exterior walls, demising walls, ground floor slab and exterior roof and roofing system of the Building, and the term “ Exterior Utility Lines ” shall refer to (1) all gas, electrical, plumbing, and sewage systems and lines, and (ii) conduits running to the Building that contain telephone/fiber cable brought to the Building by applicable service providers for other tenants in the Building, which conduits Landlord shall make available to Tenant for its telephone/fiber/data cable connections to the Demised Premises pursuant to service arrangements between Tenant and its service providers, in each case located outside of the Structure of the Demised Premises. During the Term of the Lease (or any renewal or extension thereof), Tenant shall, at its sole cost and expense, make all repairs, maintenance and replacements promptly when and as necessary for the heating, ventilating and air-conditioning systems and related equipment (“ HVAC ”) serving the Demised Premises. Tenant at its own expense will keep in force throughout the term of this Lease a contract for regular annual seasonal service and preventative maintenance of the HVAC serving the Demised Premises with a competent, licensed mechanical contractor reasonably acceptable to Landlord. Tenant shall cause the HVAC to be maintained in good operating condition by such mechanical contractor. Upon written request, Tenant shall furnish Landlord with copies of the HVAC service contract and all service and repair records.

 

(D)             INTERIOR ALTERATIONS. Except for ordinary office decorations (that are not leasehold improvements), any partitioning, painting, installation, removal or alteration of utility lines, flooring, paneling, mechanical equipment (heating, ventilating or air conditioning), security system, plumbing, electrical, gas, water, sewer, interior, exterior, roof or other alterations, changes or additions to the Demised Premises which Tenant may desire to perform or make (the “ Alterations ”) shall be subject to the following conditions, namely: (i) no such Alterations shall be done without Landlord’s express prior written consent in each instance; (ii) complete plans and specifications, including AutoCAD drawings (.dwg files), if available, for

 

8



 

any such Alterations and a cost estimate for any such Alterations (if requested by Landlord due to the nature of the work contemplated) shall be submitted to Landlord and Landlord’s written approval thereof obtained prior to commencement of such Alterations (which Alterations shall be done in strict compliance with such plans and specifications if and as so approved); (iii) the Alterations are to be done in compliance with all applicable governmental laws, codes, orders and regulations, without any damage to the Demised Premises or the Building of which same are a part or to any property of Landlord or other tenants, free of liens and claims and all at Tenant’s sole cost and expense; (iv) Tenant is to promptly discharge and to indemnify and save Landlord harmless from all liens and claims arising from any such Alterations; (v) if so requested by Landlord at the time of approval, the Tenant will remove such Alterations and restore the Demised Premises to their condition prior thereto by not later than the expiration or termination of this Lease; and (vi) prior to commencement of any Alterations, Tenant shall furnish evidence satisfactory to Landlord that (a) Tenant has contractual liability coverage for the work included in the Alterations in addition to the liability insurance required pursuant to Section 6 of this Lease, (b) any contractor(s) engaged by Tenant to perform the Alterations has commercial general liability insurance with coverage limits not less than the insurance requirements set forth in Section 6 of the Lease with Landlord designated as additional named insured, and (c) Tenant has in force special form property fire and extended casualty insurance coverage for the full actual replacement cost of the Alterations, with Landlord designated as additional named insured and loss payee. If Tenant elects to have the Alterations constructed by a contractor other than Landlord, Tenant agrees to reimburse Landlord within thirty (30) days of written demand for all reasonable, actual costs and expenses incurred by Landlord for having the construction of the Alterations monitored to insure compliance with the terms of the Lease, Landlord’s Building standard construction requirements, and life/safety issues. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant shall have the right, throughout the Lease Term, and without being required to first obtain Landlord’s consent, (i) to remove any leasehold improvements installed by Tenant which Landlord requires that Tenant remove upon expiration or termination of the Lease, and (ii) to make cosmetic alterations to the laboratory and administrative areas, provided, that such cosmetic alterations do not materially impact the Structure or any structural components of the Building, or its mechanical, electrical, plumbing and/or HVAC systems and related equipment, do not aesthetically impact the exterior or Common Areas of the Building, and do not require a Building permit and, further provided, that if Landlord shall not have consented to such cosmetic alterations, then Landlord shall have the right to require that Tenant, at its sole cost and expense, (a) remove such Alterations prior to the expiration or termination of this Lease, and (b) repair any damage occasioned by the installation and/or removal of such Alterations and restore the Demised Premises, Common Areas and Building to its original condition as of the Delivery Date. In event of any such modifications, Tenant shall supply Landlord with updated “as built” plans as prepared (.dwg file format). Landlord shall incur no liability by approving or not approving Tenant’s Alterations or any plans, specifications or work related thereto (such actions by Landlord and approvals and conditions imposed for Tenant’s approval, as well as the monitoring of the construction of the Alterations, being solely for Landlord’s own benefit and not being any assurance by Landlord as to the legality or technical sufficiency or safety of Tenant’s plans, specifications or work). It is agreed that all work, materials, machinery, apparatus, leasehold improvements and other installations and alterations to the Demised Premises including, without limitation, partitions, interior and exterior doors and door opening machinery, lighting and plumbing fixtures, flooring, wall and window coverings, mechanical

 

9



 

equipment, utility lines and equipment, loading facilities, elevators, and other items of any kind (except only Tenant’s merchandise, office and laboratory equipment, trade fixtures, furniture and movable personal property), whether installed by Landlord or Tenant, shall at all times belong solely to Landlord and shall not be removed by Tenant, provided, that (i) if Landlord has requested (at the time that Landlord grants consent for such proposed Alterations) that Tenant remove particular Alterations prior to the expiration of the Lease, then Tenant shall, at its sole cost and expense, remove such Alterations prior to the expiration or termination of this Lease, and (ii) if Tenant has notified Landlord (at the time that Tenant requests consent for such proposed Alterations) that Tenant desires to remove such Alterations at the expiration of this Lease, then Tenant shall have the right, at its sole expense, to remove such Alterations prior to the expiration or termination of this Lease. Tenant hereby agrees to make all necessary repairs and restoration for any damage to the Demised Premises, Common Areas and Building occasioned by the installation and/or removal of Tenant’s Alterations.

 

(E)              EXTERIOR MODIFICATIONS . Tenant will not make any alterations, modifications, changes, or additions to any part of the exterior of the Building or the Demised Premises, nor to the Structure, without in each case having obtained Landlord’s express prior written approval thereof (which consent shall be in Landlord’s exclusive discretion). Tenant will not paint, nor permit to be painted, any stone work, cornice work, iron work, or brick work on the front or exterior of the Demised Premises or other exterior elements of the Demised Premises or Building, without the prior written consent of the Landlord.

 

(F)               SURRENDER OF POSSESSION . At the expiration or any termination of this Lease, or of any holdover term, Tenant shall surrender and deliver to Landlord possession of the Demised Premises in the same good condition in which they were delivered at the commencement of the term hereof (with such Alterations as may have been approved by Landlord in writing and which Landlord does not require to be removed when Landlord grants its approval), reasonable wear and tear excepted, broom clean with all of Tenant’s merchandise and personal property removed therefrom, and free of subleases and occupants. Tenant shall deliver to Landlord keys to all doors at the Demised Premises. Also by the expiration of the Lease, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord a copy of an inspection report, prepared by Tenant’s mechanical contractor within thirty (30) days of the expiration of the Lease, stating that the HVAC is in good operating condition. In the event Tenant fails to maintain the Demised Premises and HVAC as provided in Section 3(C) above, or if Tenant fails to restore the Demised Premises by the expiration of the Lease as required hereunder, then Tenant shall be liable for all costs and expenses incurred by Landlord therefor, and Tenant shall pay Landlord the actual costs incurred by Landlord to repair the Demised Premises and HVAC and/or restore the Demised Premises plus fifteen percent (15%) for Landlord’s overhead costs and administrative expenses. All voice, data and/or security wiring or cabling installed in the Demised Premises by Tenant during the Term of the Lease (“ Tenant’s Cabling ”) shall be removed by Tenant prior to the expiration or termination of the Lease, unless Landlord consents to Tenant leaving Tenant’s Cabling for future use in the Demised Premises.

 

(G)             MECHANICS LIENS . Tenant shall have no right to (and agrees not to) subject the Demised Premises or the Building to any mechanic’s or materialmen’s liens of any kind for any labor, work, materials or services ordered by, contracted for or furnished or obtained

 

10



 

by Tenant or any Tenant Permittees (collectively, “ Tenant Liens ”), nor to pledge the credit of or incur any indebtedness or obligations on behalf of Landlord. The Tenant agrees to indemnify, defend and hold Landlord and the Demised Premises and Building harmless from, and to remove of record within thirty (30) days after filing thereof, all Tenant Liens and suits to enforce same and all litigation resulting from any breach by Tenant or any Tenant Permittees of the provisions of this paragraph; and Tenant shall pay all court costs, reasonable attorneys’ fees and other expenses incurred by Landlord in connection with any such matters.

 

4.                                       UTILITY CHARGES; PRO RATA SHARE; COMMON AREAS; OPERATING EXPENSES.

 

(A)             UTILITY CHARGES . Landlord and Tenant acknowledge the existence or availability of the following utility service connections to the Building and Demised Premises: gas, electricity, and water/sewer (the “ Landlord Utilitie s”). Tenant shall be responsible, at its sole cost and expense, for the installation and connection to the Demised Premises of all other utility services (telephone/fiber/data cables, etc.) that it may from time-to-time require (the “ Tenant Utilities ”), provided, that Landlord shall (i) reasonably cooperate with Tenant’s efforts to arrange for the Tenant Utilities to be brought to the Demised Premises by the applicable utility service provider(s), and (ii) allow Tenant to make reasonable use of the Exterior Utility Line conduits so that the Tenant Utilities may be brought to the Demised Premises, subject, however, to Tenant’s obligations as set forth in Sections 3(D) and to the requirements for removal of Tenant’s Cabling as set forth in Section 3(F) of the Lease. Landlord shall bring all Landlord Utilities to the Demised Premises or to the appropriate meter room in the Building, as the case may be, and Landlord Utilities serving the Demised Premises will be separately metered (in the case of gas) or sub-metered (in the case of electricity and water/sewer usage) at Landlord’s sole cost and expense. During the entire term hereof, Tenant shall pay, either to the supplying utility company or to the Landlord (in the case of sub-metered utilities), all utility charges and costs of utility services of any and every kind and nature, including, but not limited to gas, oil, water, sewer service, heat, power, fuel, telephone service and electricity, arising out of or connected with the use and/or occupancy of the Demised Premises or consumed thereat, promptly as same shall become due and payable, and Tenant shall promptly make any meter deposits required by the utility companies therefor.

 

(B)             PRO RATA SHARE . It is expressly stipulated and agreed that the term “ Pro Rata Share ” shall be defined and is agreed to mean Thirty-Eight and 17/100 percent (38.17%), which percentage is agreed to represent the ratio that the approximate rentable floor area of the Demised Premises (including the Building core factor (e.g. 20,250 square feet) ) bears to the total approximate rentable floor area of the entire Building (53,054 square feet) of which the Demised Premises forms a part.

 

(C)             COMMON AREAS . Landlord shall make available “ Common Areas ” in the Building and on the Land on which the Demised Premises are situated. The Common Areas shall include (if applicable), but not be limited to, common entrance foyers, lobbies, elevators, stairwells, corridors, restrooms, chases, meter rooms and utility rooms in the Building and parking areas, loading areas, driveways, sidewalks, landscaped areas, green areas, grounds, plazas and picnic areas on the Land. Landlord grants to Tenant and to Tenant’s Permittees, during the term of this Lease, the non-exclusive right to use the Common Areas, in common with

 

11



 

Landlord and with others designated by Landlord as being entitled to use the Common Areas, subject to Landlord’s reasonable rules and regulations established from time to time applicable to all tenants concerning the use and operation of the Common Areas. Tenant shall comply with and cause its Permittees to comply with said rules and regulations. Landlord shall operate, manage, repair, replace, and maintain in good condition the Common Areas for their intended purposes, all in such manner as the Landlord, in its reasonable discretion, shall determine. All Common Areas shall be subject to the exclusive control of Landlord. Landlord shall have the sole right and exclusive authority to employ and discharge all personnel with respect thereto; to close temporarily all or any portion of the Common Areas for the purpose of making repairs, changes or alterations thereto; to perform necessary maintenance in connection with any emergency; and to maintain security for the Common Areas if deemed necessary by Landlord. Landlord shall have the right (but not the obligation), in its sole discretion, to reserve the parking area immediately in front of, at the rear of and/or adjacent to a particular premises for the exclusive use of that tenant who leases such premises, provided that such reservations of parking spaces do not give one tenant a disproportionate share of the parking provided for the Building.

 

(D)             OPERATING EXPENSES . During the term of this Lease, and any extensions and renewals thereof, Landlord shall operate, manage, repair, and maintain, in a first class manner consistent with other similar buildings in the Gaithersburg and Germantown, Maryland areas, the Building, the Land, and the Common Areas. Tenant shall, during the entire term of this Lease, pay to Landlord as Additional Rent, the Tenant’s Pro Rata Share of the costs and expenses incurred by Landlord in operating, managing, repairing and maintaining the Building, the Land and the Common Areas, collectively referred to as “ Operating Expenses ”. Said Operating Expenses shall include, but not be limited to, costs and expenses for: (i) removal of snow, ice, trash, rubbish and debris from the Common Areas; (ii) furnishing and maintaining electric service (and elevator service, if any) to the Building and the lighting of the Common Areas; (iii) charges for furnishing and maintaining water and sewer service or other utility services to the Building and the Land; (iv) trimming and grass cutting and all other maintenance and upkeep of the grounds, green areas and landscaping in the Common Areas; (v) maintaining, monitoring and testing the sprinkler system and sprinkler alarm system in the Building; (vi) maintaining, striping, cleaning and repairing the parking areas, driveways and sidewalks; (vii) trash pick-up and removal by a licensed contractor from containers located in a common enclosure(s) for the mutual use of all tenants in the Building, as well as the cost of maintaining and repairing said trash container enclosure(s) (unless Tenant provides and pays for its own trash receptacle and pick-up, in which case Tenant shall not share in the cost of any common trash receptacles and pick-up); (viii) reasonable property management fees (not to exceed three percent (3%) of gross rentals in the Building, with “grossed-up rentals” defined to mean the average basic annual rental in the Building, plus all Operating Expenses, Impositions and Insurance Premiums, calculated without including the management fees); (ix) maintenance and repairs to the exterior of Building, including, without limitation, exterior windows, doors, hardware, locks, lighting and lighting fixtures; (x) premiums incurred by Landlord, if any, for hazard, liability, workmen’s compensation or similar insurance on contractors providing services to the Building, Land or Common Areas; (xi) Impositions (as defined in Section 8); (xii) Insurance Premiums (as defined in Section (8); (xiii) the cost of any capital improvement (amortized or depreciated over the useful life of such improvement, with interest at a fluctuating rate per annum not to exceed 1-1/2% over the “ Prime Interest Rate ” published by The Wall

 

12


 

Street Journal from time to time on the unamortized balance) made to the Building or Common Areas by Landlord which is intended to result in more efficient operation of the Building or Common Areas, as reasonably determined in good faith by Landlord, or made to the Building or Common Areas by Landlord after the date of this Lease that is required under any governmental law or regulation that was not applicable to the Building or Common Areas at the time of original construction; and (xiv) any other costs and maintenance expenses for the Building, Land, Common Areas and all appurtenances thereto as may be deemed reasonably necessary by Landlord which properly constitute operating or maintenance costs and expenses attributable thereto.

 

Operating Expenses shall not include any of the following: (i) the cost of the original construction of the Building or any additions or expansions to the Building, Common Areas or other items which are properly classified as capital expenditures; (ii) any repairs or work performed to any portion of the Building intended to be occupied by individual tenants; (iii) the cost of correcting any defects in the original construction of the Building and Common Areas; (iv) any reserves for future capital expenditures not yet incurred, unless related to the maintenance, repair and replacement of the Common Areas and the Building; (v) ground lease rental; (vi) costs incurred by Landlord for repair or restoration to the extent that Landlord is reimbursed by insurance or condemnation proceeds or that the same is covered by warranty; (vii) attorneys’ fees, leasing commissions and other costs and expenses incurred in connection with negotiations or disputes with present or prospective tenants or other occupants of, or persons, firms or entities with respect to, the Building; (viii) costs incurred by Landlord due to the negligence or misconduct of Landlord or its agents, contractors, licensees and employees, or the violation by Landlord of the terms and conditions of this Lease; (ix) interest, principal points and fees on debts or amortization on any mortgage or mortgages or any other debt instrument encumbering all or any portion of the Building or the Land on which the Building is located; (x) advertising and promotional expenditures in connection with leasing the Building, and costs of the installation of signs identifying the owner and/or manager of the Building; (xi) any costs relating to hazardous materials, asbestos and the like not resulting from actions of Tenant; (xii) any charges for depreciation of the Building or equipment (except costs of and depreciation of equipment installed or improvements made to reduce Operating Expenses); and (xiii) any charge for Landlord’s income, excess profit, franchise, gift, inheritance, estate or gains taxes; (xiv) expenses incurred by Landlord solely in its capacity as a partnership or other business entity; (xv) costs, fines or penalties incurred due to violation by Landlord of any laws or governmental rules or regulations, except as incurred by Landlord in reasonably challenging any such law, rule or regulation; (xvi) costs and expenses paid to subsidiaries of Landlord or entities under common control with Landlord for services on or to the Building or the Project, but only to the extent that the cost of such services exceeds normal rates being paid for such services to unaffiliated providers of such services by owners of other first class office buildings in the Building area; (xvii) costs of any item for which Landlord is or shall be entitled to be reimbursed by insurance or other payment; (xviii) increased insurance or real estate taxes assessed specifically to any tenant of the Building; (xix) any cost representing an amount paid to a person, firm, corporation or other entity related to Landlord which is in excess of the amount which would have been paid in the absence of such relationship; (xx) Landlord’s general overhead attributable to the organizational activities of Landlord’s officers and executives and unrelated to the operation, maintenance, repair, replacement or control of access to the Building, Common Areas and Land; and (xxi) wages, salaries or other compensation to officers of Landlord (or Landlord’s partners, Landlord’s agents,

 

13



 

or any entity owning a direct or indirect interest in Landlord) that are not fairly allocable to the operation of the Building or Common Areas. There shall not be duplication in charges to Tenant by reason of the provision setting forth Tenant’s obligation to reimburse Landlord for Operating Expenses and any other provision in this Lease.

 

(E)        STATEMENT OF OPERATING EXPENSES .

 

(1)              Prior to December 1st of a particular calendar year, Landlord shall make a reasonable estimate of the Operating Expenses for the next calendar year (the “ Expense Estimate ”), and will furnish Tenant a written statement setting forth in reasonable detail the estimate of those Operating Expenses (the “ Expense Notice ”). For each calendar month of that next calendar year (beginning with January 1st after the date of the Expense Notice), Tenant shall pay to Landlord, as Additional Rent hereunder, one-twelfth (1/12th) of Tenant’s Pro Rata Share of the Expense Estimate (the “ Tenant’s Monthly Share ”) in advance, without deduction, set off or demand on the 1st day of each calendar month with Tenant’s payment of Basic Monthly Rental.

 

(2)            Within sixty (60) days after the end of the calendar year for which the Expense Estimate was made, Landlord shall furnish Tenant a statement setting forth in reasonable detail the actual Operating Expenses incurred by Landlord for the previous calendar year (the “ Actual Expenses ”). If the Actual Expenses are greater than the Expense Estimate, Landlord may increase Tenant’s Monthly Share for the ensuing calendar year to reflect the Actual Expenses, and Tenant will pay to Landlord, as Additional Rent within thirty (30) days after written demand therefor, Tenant’s pro Rata Share of the difference between the Actual Expenses and the Expense Estimate. If the Actual Expenses are less than the Expense Estimate, Landlord may reduce Tenant’s Monthly Share for the ensuing calendar year, or Landlord will credit Tenant’s overpayment for Operating Expenses against the next due payment(s) of Tenant’s Monthly Share.

 

(3)            Tenant or its agent shall have the right, for a period of one (1) year after Tenant’s receipt of the statement of Actual Expenses for the respective calendar year and upon giving reasonable notice to Landlord and during normal business hours, to review and inspect all of Landlord’s bills, invoices and records applicable to the Actual Expenses or to the Expense Estimate for that particular calendar year in order to verify the Operating Expenses. If the Landlord and Tenant determine after said review that an error has been made and the Tenant has been overcharged for Operating Expenses, then Landlord will refund the amount of the overcharge to Tenant within thirty (30) days after such determination. Under no circumstances will Landlord be responsible to Tenant for Tenant’s cost of said review of the Operating Expenses.

 

(4)            Tenant’s obligation to pay Landlord its Pro Rata Share of the Operating Expenses hereunder shall survive any expiration or termination of the Lease, and shall be adjusted and pro-rated for any portion of a calendar year occurring during the first or last Lease Year of the term hereof.

 

14



 

5.                                       BANKRUPTCY.

 

(A)             For purposes hereof, the following shall be deemed “ Events of Bankruptcy ” of Tenant: (i) if Tenant becomes “insolvent”, as defined in Title 11 of the United States Code, entitled “Bankruptcy”, 11 U.S.C. Section 101 et seq. (hereinafter called the “ Bankruptcy Code ”), or under the insolvency laws of any state, district, commonwealth or territory of the United States of America (“ Insolvency Laws ”); or (ii) if a receiver or custodian is appointed for any or all of Tenant’s property or assets, or if there is instituted a foreclosure action on any of Tenant’s property; or (iii) if Tenant files a voluntary petition under the Bankruptcy Code or Insolvency Laws; or (iv) if there is filed an involuntary petition against Tenant as the subject debtor under the Bankruptcy Code or Insolvency Laws, which is not dismissed within thirty (30) days of filing, or results in issuance of an order for relief against the debtor; or (v) if Tenant makes or consents to an assignment of its assets, in whole or in part, for the benefit of creditors, or a common law composition of creditors.

 

(B)             Upon the occurrence of an Event of Bankruptcy, or if Tenant takes advantage of any Insolvency Laws, then in any such event Landlord at its option and sole discretion may terminate this Lease by written notice to Tenant (subject, however, to applicable provisions of the Bankruptcy Code or Insolvency Laws during the pendency of any action thereunder involving Tenant as the subject debtor). If this Lease is terminated under this Section, Tenant shall immediately surrender and vacate the Demised Premises, waives all statutory or other notice to quit, and agrees that Landlord’s obligations under this Lease shall cease from such termination date, and Landlord may recover possession by process of law or in any other lawful manner. Furthermore, if this Lease terminates under this Section, Landlord shall have all rights and remedies against Tenant provided in case of defaults of Tenant in payment of rent.

 

(C)             If Tenant becomes the subject debtor in a case pending under the Bankruptcy Code, Landlord’s right to terminate this Lease under this Section shall be subject to the applicable rights (if any) of the Trustee in Bankruptcy to assume or assign this Lease as then provided for in the Bankruptcy Code. However, the Trustee in Bankruptcy must give to Landlord and Landlord must receive proper written notice of the Trustee’s assumption or rejection of this Lease within thirty (30) days after the date of the Trustee’s appointment; it being agreed that failure of the Trustee to give notice of such assumption hereof within said thirty (30) days period shall conclusively and irrevocably constitute the Trustee’s rejection of this Lease and waiver of any rights of the Trustee to assume or assign this Lease. The Trustee shall not have the right to assume or assign this Lease unless said Trustee (i) promptly and fully cures all defaults under this Lease, (ii) promptly and fully compensates Landlord for all monetary damages incurred as a result of such default, and (iii) provides to Landlord “Adequate Assurance of Future Performance”, (as defined herein below). Landlord and Tenant hereby agree in advance that “ Adequate Assurance of Future Performance ”, as used in this Section, shall mean that all of the following minimum criteria must be met: (a) the Tenant or the Trustee must pay to Landlord, at the time the next payment of Rent is then due under this Lease, in addition to such payment of Rent, an amount equal to the next four (4) months Rent due under this Lease, said amount to be held by Landlord in escrow until either the Trustee or Tenant defaults in its payment of Rent or obligations under this Lease (whereupon Landlord shall have the right to draw on such escrowed funds) or until the expiration of this Lease (whereupon the funds shall be returned to the Trustee

 

15



 

or Tenant within 30 days thereafter, if Tenant is not in default hereunder); (b) the Tenant or Trustee must agree to pay to Landlord, at any time the Landlord is authorized to and does draw on the funds escrowed pursuant to clause (a) of this Subsection 5(C) (iii) the amount necessary to restore such escrow account to the original level required by said provision; (c) Tenant must pay to Landlord all rentals and other sums payable by Tenant hereunder including also therein its share (as estimated by Landlord) of the cost of all services provided by Landlord (whether directly or through agents or contractors, and whether or not the cost of such services is to be passed through to Tenant), in advance of the performance or provision of such services, and (d) the Tenant or Trustee must agree that the use of the Demised Premises as stated in this Lease will remain unchanged, and that the assumption or assignment of this Lease will not violate or affect the rights of other Tenants in the Building. In the event Tenant is unable to: (i) cure its defaults, (ii) reimburse Landlord for its monetary damages, (iii) pay the Rents due under this Lease or any other payments required of Tenant under this Lease on time, or (iv) meet the criteria and obligations imposed by (a) through (d) above in this Section 5(C), then Tenant hereby agrees in advance that it has not met its burden to provide Adequate Assurance of Future Performance, and this Lease may be terminated by Landlord in accordance with Section 5(B) above.

 

(D)             It is further stipulated and agreed that, in the event of the termination of the term of this Lease by the happening of any such event described in this Section 5, Landlord shall forthwith, upon such termination, and any other provision of this Lease to the contrary notwithstanding, become entitled to recover as and for damages caused by such termination all amounts permitted by applicable law.

 

(E)              In the event that this Lease is terminated by notice and the Tenant shall thereafter seek protection under the Bankruptcy Code or any equivalent state Insolvency Laws or regulations, then the Tenant (if a debtor-in-possession) agrees to consent to any application by the Landlord to terminate the automatic stay provisions of the Bankruptcy Code or any Insolvency Laws on the grounds that there is no equity in the Lease as a result of the pre-petition termination notice.

 

6.                                       INSURANCE AND INDEMNITY; WAIVER OF SUBROGATION.

 

(A)             TENANT INSURANCE AND INDEMNITY . It is further understood, agreed and covenanted by and between the parties hereto that, except for the negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord Parties (as defined below), the Tenant will be responsible for any claim for damages arising from injury or any claim of death or injury to persons or damage to property, or any incident that occurs, at or upon said Demised Premises caused or occasioned directly or indirectly by Tenant’s or any Permittees’ use or occupancy of said Demised Premises, and that the Tenant will and does hereby defend, indemnify and hold harmless the Landlord, its partners and agents and its and their successors and assigns from and against any and all liability, damages, expenses, claims, suits, actions or causes or rights of action arising from or caused by any such damages or injury or claim for damages or injury (including death) to persons or property at or upon said Demised Premises during the Initial Term and any renewal or extension thereof. In confirmation thereof, the Tenant covenants and agrees that it will at all times during the term of this Lease, at its own expense, carry and maintain in full force and effect, in companies satisfactory to Landlord, Commercial General Liability insurance satisfactory to

 

16



 

Landlord, with limits of at least a $1,000,000.00 combined single limit, for bodily injury, including death, to any one or more person(s) in any single occurrence and for property damage, $2,000,000.00 aggregate and with $2,000,000.00 excess liability umbrella coverage or in such greater amounts of coverage as Landlord may from time to time reasonably require, naming the Landlord as additional insured. Each policy shall contain the Broad Form General Liability (with General Aggregate Amount & Per Occurrence Limit) Endorsement. In addition to the liability insurance coverage required herein, at all times during the Term of this Lease, Tenant shall, at its own cost and expense, carry and maintain in full force and effect Special Causes of Loss” or “All Risk” property fire and extended casualty insurance for the full replacement value of all leasehold improvements and betterments installed by Tenant in the Demised Premises, naming Landlord as additional loss payee. Each policy or a Certificate of Insurance showing the same to be in effect for a one (1) year period, shall be delivered to Landlord within thirty (30) days of the Commencement Date, and renewal certificates shall be delivered to Landlord at least fifteen (15) days prior to expiration of any such policy, and each such policy shall contain an endorsement requiring at least thirty (30) days prior written notice to all named insureds as to any cancellation, non-renewal or modification of any such policy. It is specifically covenanted and agreed by the Tenant that there shall be no abatement of Rent because of any damage caused by fire or other peril, except as provided in Section 9. The amount of such insurance shall not limit Tenant’s indemnity obligations under this Section 6 or under any other provision of this Lease. Tenant’s indemnity obligations under this section and elsewhere contained in this Lease shall survive expiration or termination of this Lease.

 

(B)             LANDLORD INSURANCE AND INDEMNITY . During the Term, Landlord shall obtain, maintain and keep in full force and effect not less than the following insurance: (i) Commercial General Liability insurance with combined limits of not less than $1,000,000 per occurrence, $2,000,000 in the aggregate, and with excess umbrella liability coverage of not less than $5,000,000 in all respects; (ii) “Special Causes of Loss” or “All Risk” property fire and extended casualty insurance for the full replacement value of the Building; (iii) rent interruption insurance; and (iv) at Landlord’s discretion, such other insurance policies as may be deemed reasonable and customary for substantially similar buildings, including but not limited to coverage for environmental risks. The insurance required of Landlord hereunder may be maintained by a blanket or master policy, which includes properties other than the Building and Land. It is further understood, agreed and covenanted by and between the parties hereto that, except for the negligence or willful misconduct of Tenant or its Permittees, the Landlord will be responsible for any claim for damages arising from injury or any claim of death to persons or damage to property at or upon the Building, Common Areas and Land caused or occasioned directly or indirectly by any act, omission, or negligence of Landlord, its agents, employees, contractors or Permittees, and that Landlord will and does hereby agree to defend, indemnify and hold harmless Tenant, its partners, officers, agents, and their successors and assigns from and against any and all liability, damages, expenses, claims, suits, actions or causes or rights of action arising from or caused by any such damages or injury or claim for damages or injury (including death) to persons or property at or upon said Building, Common Areas and Land. Landlord’s indemnity obligations under this section contained in this Lease shall survive expiration or termination of this Lease.

 

17



 

(C)             WAIVER OF RIGHT OF RECOVERY . Notwithstanding anything in this Lease to the contrary, Landlord and Tenant for themselves and any and all Parties claiming under or through them, including without limitation their respective insurers, hereby mutually release, discharge, and waive against each other and their respective officers, directors, partners, members, employees, agents and affiliates any claims for loss or damage to any person or to the Demised Premises, Building, Common Areas, Land, and improvements, fixtures, equipment and any other personal property of either party that are caused by or result from risks insured against under any insurance policies carried by Landlord or Tenant and in force at the time of such damage and hereby waive any right of subrogation which might otherwise exist in or accrue to any person on account thereof even though such loss or damage was caused by the act, omission, fault, negligence or misconduct of Landlord or Tenant and their respective employees, agents, contractors, invitees, or guests. Landlord and Tenant agree to obtain and maintain throughout the Term of the Lease endorsements to their respective “Special Causes of Loss” or “All Risk” coverage policies waiving the right of recovery or subrogation of their insurance companies against the other party and its agents and employees. Except to the extent expressly provided herein, nothing contained in this Lease shall relieve Landlord or Tenant of any liability to each other or to their insurance carriers which Landlord or Tenant may have under law or the provisions of this Lease in connection with any damage to the Demised Premises, Building, Common Areas, Land, improvements, fixtures, equipment, furniture, inventory and any other personal property of the other party by fire or other casualty. The provisions of this Section 6(C) shall apply only while waiver of subrogation is available, without additional cost, from insurance companies licensed in the State of Maryland. Landlord and Tenant agree to notify their respective insurance carriers of this provision and to notify each other in writing if there is a change in the availability of waiver of subrogation from their respective insurance carriers.

 

7.                                       SUBLETTING AND ASSIGNMENT.

 

(A)             It is further understood, agreed and covenanted by and between the parties hereto that the Tenant shall have no right to, and will not, transfer or assign this Lease, or sublet or transfer possession of said Demised Premises, or any part thereof, voluntarily, or involuntarily, whether by operation of law, in bankruptcy or otherwise, without the prior written consent of the Landlord. If Tenant desires to assign this Lease or to sublet the entire Demised Premises, then in any such event, the Landlord shall have the right (and such right is hereby expressly reserved unto Landlord) in its sole discretion, but not the obligation, by written notice given to Tenant within twenty (20) days from Landlord’s receipt of a written proposal for such assignment or sublease, to cancel and terminate this Lease and recover possession of the Demised Premises. Any assignment or subletting and any consent of Landlord thereto shall not release Tenant of any liability under this Lease, and shall not waive the obligation to obtain Landlord’s consent to any further assignment or subletting. Any assignment or subletting, including the use of the Demised Premises by the assignee or subtenant, shall be subject to all of the terms and provisions of this Lease. Tenant shall pay to Landlord, as Additional Rent within thirty (30) days of demand by Landlord therefor, all reasonable administrative review and processing fees, costs or expenses and including, without limitation, attorneys’ fees and other professional fees incurred by Landlord (or Landlord’s mortgagee) with respect to the review and consent or denial of consent of the foregoing.

 

18



 

(B)              With any request for Landlord’s consent to an assignment or subletting, Tenant shall provide Landlord a copy of the proposed instrument of assignment or sublease in form and content reasonably acceptable to Landlord and legally binding upon and enforceable against Tenant and the assignee or sublessee, together with such additional information as Landlord reasonably may require.

 

(C)              Notwithstanding anything herein above to the contrary, Landlord’s consent shall not be required and Landlord shall not have a termination right with respect to the subletting of all or a part of the Premises or the assignment of Lease by Tenant to a “ Tenant Affiliate ” (defined below), subject, however, to prior written notice being furnished by Tenant to Landlord providing (i) the name, address, state of incorporation and Certificate of Good Standing or foreign qualification, if applicable, from the Maryland State Department of Assessment and Taxation on behalf of such Tenant Affiliate; (ii) the name, title, address, phone and fax number of the proper authorized officer or agent of such Tenant Affiliate to receive any written notice to be issued by Landlord under the Lease; and (iii) written documents satisfactory to Landlord, in its reasonable judgment, to establish that any such proposed assignee or sub-lessee is a Tenant Affiliate. Such subletting or assignment shall be subject to all of the terms and provisions of this Lease and Tenant shall remain jointly and severally liable under the Lease along with such Tenant Affiliate (except to the extent that, as a result of a merger, the transferring “Tenant” ceases to exist). For purposes of this Section 7(C), the phrase “ Tenant Affiliate ” shall mean any legal entity owning Tenant, owned by Tenant or under common ownership, management or control with Tenant or which acquires and succeeds to ownership of all of Tenant’s business as a result of either (i) purchase of all or substantially all of Tenant’s assets, or (ii) purchase of all or substantially all issued and outstanding shares of capital stock in Tenant, or (iii) a merger, consolidation or public offering. Tenant further agrees to provide Landlord with satisfactory documents to establish that such proposed assignee or sub-lessee is a Tenant Affiliate at the time that Tenant furnishes written notice thereof as required herein.

 

8.                                       PAYMENT OF REAL ESTATE TAXES AND INSURANCE COSTS.

 

(A)              Tenant covenants and agrees that it will, during the entire Term of this Lease, pay to Landlord, as part of the Operating Expenses and in the manner described in Section 4 above, in addition to the Basic Annual Rental payable under Section 1(C) hereof, the Operating Expenses payable to Landlord under Section 4 hereof and the other sums payable by Tenant under the Lease, Tenant’s Pro Rata Share of any and all real estate taxes and assessments and similar impositions, general and special, ordinary and extraordinary, which may be levied, assessed or payable (for or allocable to periods of time within the term of this Lease and any renewal, extended and holdover term), upon the Building in which the Demised Premises are situated and/or the Land serving and/or on which is erected said Building, and including also all reasonable fees and expenses of attorneys, accountants and consultants and other expenses including but not limited to court costs and appeals, incurred by Landlord in contesting any such items (collectively, the “ Impositions ”). The amount of said Impositions (of which Tenant is to pay its Pro Rata Share, as aforesaid) as shown on the government-issued tax bills or assessment notices, shall be deemed conclusive evidence of the amount of said Impositions

 

19



 

(B)              Tenant hereby further covenants and agrees that it will, during the entire Term of this Lease, pay to Landlord, as part of the Operating Expenses, and in the manner described in Section 4 above, in addition to the Basic Annual Rental payable under Section 1(C) hereof and the other sums payable by Tenant under the Lease, Tenant’s Pro Rata Share of any and all premiums, costs, deductibles and other charges and expenses incurred, paid, accrued or absorbed by Landlord for or in connection with all policies of fire, extended coverage, hazard and general liability insurance and other insurance carried or maintained by Landlord on the Demised Premises and/or the Building and Land of which they form a part (collectively, the “ Insurance Premiums ”). The insurance with respect to which Tenant shall make said payments shall include without limitation rent interruption, fire and extended coverage, general liability with umbrella coverage, and supplemental equipment coverage (for boilers, pressure vessels, HVAC and electrical equipment) and all such other insurance coverages and in such amounts as are maintained by prudent owners of property similar to the Building, all as reasonably determined by Landlord. Landlord agrees to maintain and keep in full force and effect such insurance coverages as set forth herein and Landlord will, upon written request by Tenant, provide Tenant with a certificate evidencing such insurance coverage maintained by Landlord on the Demised Premises, Building, Common Areas, and Land of which they form a part.

 

(C)              Landlord agrees that it will pay the Impositions and the Insurance Premiums as same become due and payable (subject to Tenant’s reimbursements of its Pro Rata Share thereof, as aforesaid).

 

(D)              Failure of Tenant to pay to Landlord any such sums due under this Section 8 when due and after notice of Monetary Default shall constitute an Event of Default of Tenant under this Lease. The obligations of Tenant under this Section 8 shall survive any cancellation, expiration, or termination of this Lease, as regards any such payments due from Tenant hereunder as of the date of such cancellation, expiration, or termination or allocable to periods while this Lease is in force. The sums payable by Tenant under this Section 8 shall be appropriately adjusted, apportioned, and paid by Tenant for any fraction of a governmental tax year or insurance policy year occurring at the commencement and at the expiration of the term of this Lease.

 

9.                                       DAMAGE BY FIRE OR OTHER CASUALTY.

 

(A)              In the event that the Demised Premises should be damaged by fire or other casualty so that the same shall be rendered partially untenantable, such damage shall be repaired by the Landlord as promptly as is reasonably possible, and the Rent shall be abated (from the date of such damage until the damage is repaired) in the same proportion as the area of the Demised Premises rendered untenantable bears to the total area of the Demised Premises. The Landlord shall not be held liable in damages or otherwise for any delay in making or completing said repairs, whether or not caused by time necessary to settle insurance claims, nor strikes, acts of God or other casualties or any circumstances.

 

(B)              In the event that the Demised Premises shall be substantially (i.e., 40% or more of the demised space) destroyed or rendered totally untenantable, or if Landlord’s mortgage lender does not make adequate insurance proceeds available to Landlord to pay for the costs of

 

20



 

repairs and restoration, then in any such event the Landlord shall have the option in its sole discretion of rebuilding the Demised Premises, or of not rebuilding the Demised Premises and instead canceling this Lease. The Landlord, in exercise of such option, shall determine whether or not to rebuild and shall notify Tenant of such determination in writing, within sixty (60) days after such damage or destruction. If Landlord shall determine to rebuild or repair such damage or destruction, Landlord agrees to make such repairs with reasonable promptness and dispatch, and the Rent shall abate (from the date of the damage or destruction until the repairs required of Landlord under this Section are Substantially Complete) in proportion to the area of said Demised Premises rendered untenantable. If the Landlord determines to rebuild as aforesaid, this Lease shall not be canceled, but instead shall remain in full force and effect and Tenant shall reoccupy the Demised Premises (and Rent abated as aforesaid shall again accrue and be payable) when the repairs required of Landlord under this paragraph are substantially complete. If Landlord elects to cancel this Lease under this paragraph, then Rent and all other sums payable by Tenant under this Lease shall be adjusted, pro-rated and paid by Tenant to the date of such damage. Any repair and restoration to be performed by Landlord under this Section 9 shall be limited to those portions of the Demised Premises which were constructed by Landlord; it being agreed that when Landlord completes its repairs thereof to be made pursuant to this Section 9, all Rent (if any) abated under this Section 9 shall again commence to be due and payable. Tenant, at its own expense, will repair or replace any damage to its furniture, merchandise, trade fixtures, equipment, personal property and other items belonging to Tenant if damaged or destroyed by fire or other casualty, and also all leasehold improvements or Alterations constructed by Tenant.

 

(C)              In the event that (i) the Demised Premises shall be substantially destroyed as defined above and Landlord elects to rebuild same (pursuant to Paragraph 9(B)), and if Landlord fails to restore said Demised Premises within two hundred and ten (210) days after the destruction or damage rendering the Demised Premises unsuitable for the normal conduct of Tenant’s Use therein, or if the Landlord’s insurance company determines and advises the parties that the Demised Premises cannot be repaired within two hundred and ten (210) days after the date of damage (such determination to be made and given within fifteen (15) days after request by either party), then in either such event Tenant (if it is not in an Event of Default under this Lease and if the damage was not caused by Tenant or its Permittees) at its option may terminate this Lease by giving written notice to Landlord within ten (10) days after the end of the two hundred and ten (210) day period aforesaid or within fifteen (15) days after receipt from the insurance company of its aforesaid determination as the case may be. However, Tenant’s notice of termination hereof shall be ineffective, null and void if Landlord completes the restoration of the Demised Premises within thirty (30) days from Landlord’s receipt of such termination notice.

 

(D)              Notwithstanding any provision herein above to the contrary, in the event the Demised Premises shall be totally destroyed or rendered totally untenantable as a result of fire or other casualty which occurs during the last six (6) months of the Term, or any renewal or extension thereof, and Tenant has not exercised any remaining unexpired renewal option under the Lease, then Tenant (if it is not in an Event of Default under this Lease and if the damage was not caused by Tenant or its Permittees) shall have the option to terminate this Lease, without penalty, by giving Landlord written notice thereof within thirty (30) days after the occurrence of such damage or destruction.

 

21



 

10.                         COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS, ETC.

 

Tenant, at its own expense, will promptly comply with, observe and perform all of the requirements of, and will obtain and maintain in force all licenses, permits and other authorizations required by, all of the statutes, ordinances, rules, orders and regulations, now in effect or hereafter promulgated, concerning the use or occupancy of the Demised Premises and/or the conduct of Tenant’s business, and whether required by federal, state, county or town governments and whether required of the Tenant or Landlord (collectively, “ Laws ”). The Tenant agrees that it will promptly comply, at its own expense, with all rules, orders and regulations of the county Fire Marshal or other governmental agency or authority having jurisdiction for the prevention of fire, and other hazards, applicable to said Demised Premises, or for the preservation of the Demised Premises, or the correction or abatement of nuisances or grievances for which either the Landlord or the Tenant may be responsible as a result of Tenant’s use and occupancy of the Demised Premises during the term of this Lease, and Tenant shall at its own expense comply with all rules, regulations and requirements of Landlord’s and Tenant’s insurance carriers concerning Tenant’s use and occupancy of the Demised Premises and conduct of its business therein (collectively, “ Insurance Requirements ”). Tenant shall not place or store in the Demised Premises, nor deposit in any utility lines thereof, any hazardous or toxic substances or material or any items which violate any applicable federal, state, or local environmental protection laws or the requirements of Landlord’s insurance carriers, and Tenant will indemnify, defend and hold Landlord harmless from all liability and expense arising from Tenant’s violation of this Section 10. Tenant’s obligation to indemnify, defend and hold Landlord harmless under this Section 10 of the Lease shall include any and all liability, losses, costs, damages, claims, cause or causes of action of whatsoever nature arising out of or in connection with Tenant’s breach or purported breach of Tenant’s compliance obligations applicable to the Demised Premises under the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990 or any regulations promulgated thereunder, as the same may hereinafter be amended (collectively, the “ ADA ”), and under applicable life safety codes at any time during the term of the Lease (including any renewal or extension thereof).

 

11.                         NON-WAIVER OF BREACH.

 

The failure of Landlord to insist, in any one or more instances, upon a strict performance of any of the covenants of this Lease, or to exercise any option herein contained, or to serve any notice, or to institute any action or summary proceedings, or otherwise to act as though this Lease had expired pursuant to any of the provisions of this Lease, shall not be construed as a waiver or relinquishment by Landlord for the future, of such covenant or option, or right thereafter to serve notice and to have this Lease expire under any provision of this Lease, but such covenant or option shall continue and remain in full force and effect. The receipt by Landlord of Rent, with knowledge of the breach of any covenant hereof, shall not be deemed a waiver of such breach, and no waiver by Landlord of any provision hereof shall be deemed to have been made, unless expressed in writing and signed by Landlord or its duly authorized agent. The rights and remedies herein created are cumulative, and the use of one remedy shall not be taken to exclude or waive the right to the use of another.

 

22


 

12.                                EVENT OF DEFAULT; REMEDIES; RELETTINGS; LEGAL COSTS; INTEREST; ACCORD AND SATISFACTION; CONCESSIONS; DEFAULT UNDER OTHER LEASES.

 

(A)              EVENT OF DEFAULT . It is hereby mutually covenanted and agreed, that that any or all of the following shall be an “ Event of Default ” by Tenant:

 

(i)                                      if Tenant should fail to pay promptly when and as due any payment of Basic Monthly Rental, Additional Rent or other sums payable by Tenant hereunder (a “ Monetary Default ”), and if such Monetary Default is not fully cured within five (5) business days after written notice thereof from Landlord to Tenant (except that Landlord need not give Tenant more than two (2) notices of non-payment of monthly rent installments in any one Lease Year, it being agreed an Event of Default shall exist without regard to such notice as concerns more than two (2) monthly rent defaults in a Lease Year); or if Tenant shall fail promptly and timely to keep and perform each and every covenant, condition and agreement not involving payment of money (a “ Non-Monetary Default ”) herein contained and on the part of Tenant to be kept and performed, and if such Non-Monetary Default is not fully cured within thirty (30) days after written notice from Landlord to Tenant (or within such additional time as reasonably needed to cure same if Tenant acts diligently to and does cure same promptly and holds Landlord harmless from all liability and expense arising from such default and the existence thereof is not a default under any deed of trust on the Demised Premises and does not materially adversely affect the value, safety or security of the Demised Premises nor cause disturbance to other tenants of the Building or neighboring buildings); or if Tenant fails to keep in force any insurance herein required and such default is not cured within five (5) business days after written notice, or if any act or omission of Tenant causes unreasonable interference with the use, occupancy or quiet enjoyment of any other tenant of the Building or of any neighboring building and is not abated within five (5) business days after written notice from Landlord; or

 

(ii)                                           if Tenant shall abandon or evidence any intention to abandon the Demised Premises and fail to pay any Rent due under the Lease; or,

 

(iii)                                        if the Tenant’s estate hereby created shall be taken on execution or other process or law; or

 

(iv)                                       if there shall occur any of the events described in Section 5 hereof which entitle Landlord to terminate this Lease pursuant to said Section 5;

 

(B)              REMEDIES . In each and every such Event of Default, from thenceforth and at all times thereafter, at the exclusive and absolute option and discretion of Landlord, the Tenant’s right of possession of the Demised Premises shall thereupon cease and terminate, and Landlord, in addition to its right to distrain for Rent, shall be entitled to the immediate possession of the Demised Premises and to remove all persons and property therefrom and to re-enter the same without further demand of Rent or demand of possession of said Demised Premises, with process of law and without becoming liable to prosecution therefor, any statutory or other notice to quit or of intention to re-enter being hereby expressly waived by Tenant; and in the event of such re-entry or retaking by Landlord, Tenant shall nevertheless remain in all events liable and

 

23



 

answerable for the full Rent to the date of retaking or re-entry. Tenant shall also be and remain answerable in damages for the deficiency or loss of Rent which Landlord may thereby sustain in respect of the balance of the term; and in such case Landlord reserves full power, which is hereby acceded to by Tenant, to re-let said Demised Premises or any portion(s) thereof as Landlord may select, upon such terms and rentals as Landlord may deem proper (which re-lettings may be for a term lesser or longer than the term of this Lease, at Landlord’s exclusive discretion), all at the risk and cost and for the benefit of Tenant in liquidation and discharge, in whole or in part, as the case may be, of the liability of Tenant under the terms and provisions of this Lease, and such damages, at the option of the Landlord, may be recovered by it at the time of the retaking or re-entry, or in separate actions, from time to time, as Tenant’s obligation to pay Rent would have accrued if the term had continued, or from time to time, as said damages shall have been made more easily ascertainable by relettings of the Demised Premises, or such action by Landlord may at the option of Landlord be deferred until the expiration of the term, in which latter event the cause of action shall not be deemed to accrue until the date of the termination of said term.

 

(C)              RELETTINGS . If Landlord retakes the Demised Premises after an Event of Default, then Landlord shall make commercially reasonable efforts to re-let the Demised Premises in order to mitigate the damages that may be owed by Tenant, in which case, Landlord shall not be liable for any failure to actually re-let the Demised Premises. All rents received by Landlord in any such reletting shall be applied first to the payment of such expenses as Landlord may have incurred in recovering possession of the Demised Premises and in reletting the same, including also brokerage commissions and fees and costs of renovations and alteration of the Demised Premises, second, to the payment of any costs and expenses incurred by Landlord, including also making necessary repairs to the Demised Premises or in curing any default on the part of Tenant in any covenant or condition herein made binding upon Tenant, and, last, any remaining rent shall be applied toward the payment of Rent due from Tenant under the terms of this Lease, with interest at the rate of fifteen percent (15%) per annum or at the highest lawful rate under then applicable Maryland laws, whichever is less, and Tenant expressly agrees to pay any deficiency then remaining. Landlord, however, at its option, may refrain from terminating Tenant’s right of possession, and in such case may enforce against Tenant the provisions of this Lease for the full term thereof.

 

(D)              LEGAL COSTS . In any action or proceeding which the Landlord or the Tenant may be required to prosecute to enforce its respective rights hereunder, the unsuccessful party therein agrees to pay all costs incurred by the prevailing party therein, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, to be fixed by the court, and said costs and attorneys’ fees shall be made a part of the judgment in said action. In any situation in which a dispute is settled other than by action or proceeding, the parties shall pay their respective costs and attorneys’ fees relating thereto. If Landlord is the prevailing party in any action or proceeding against Tenant, then Tenant’s payment of Landlord’s costs and attorneys’ fees relating thereto shall be considered a payment of Additional Rent.

 

(E)               INTEREST . If a Monetary Default by Tenant occurs under any terms of this Lease, Tenant shall pay Landlord, in addition to the amount so in default and any Late Charges that may be applicable, interest at the rate of fifteen percent (15%) per annum, or the highest

 

24



 

lawful rate, whichever is less (the “ Default Interest Rate ”), from the date the payment was due until the date Landlord receives said payment. If a Non-Monetary Default by Tenant occurs under any provisions of this Lease, Landlord at its sole option and discretion may take the action to cure such Non-Monetary Default (without any obligation to do so) in addition to and without waiving any other remedies, and Tenant will reimburse Landlord promptly on demand for all reasonable costs incurred by Landlord plus interest at the Default Interest Rate from the date Landlord pays for such incurred costs until the date Landlord receives payment from Tenant.

 

(F)                ACCORD AND SATISFACTION . No receipt and retention by Landlord of any payment tendered by Tenant in connection with this Lease will give rise to or support or constitute an accord and satisfaction, notwithstanding any accompanying statement, instruction or other assertion to the contrary (whether by notation on a check or in a transmittal letter or otherwise), unless Landlord expressly agrees to an accord and satisfaction in a separate writing duly executed by the appropriate persons. Landlord may receive and retain, absolutely and for itself, any and all payments so tendered, notwithstanding any accompanying instructions by Tenant to the contrary. Landlord will be entitled to treat any such payments as being received on account of any item or items of Rent, interest, expense or damage due in connection herewith, to be applied in such amounts and in such order as Landlord may determine at its sole option.

 

(G)              CONCESSIONS . Any abatements of Rent or other economic incentives (such as moving allowances, the cost of performing Landlord’s Work, brokerage fees, or any other cash payments or allowances) actually made by Landlord to or on behalf of Tenant in conjunction with this Lease (the “ Concessions ”) are subject to the condition that during the Initial Term of the Lease, Tenant will faithfully comply with all of the terms and conditions of the Lease. If, after an Event of Default, Landlord terminates the Lease and takes possession of the Demised Premises to mitigate its damages, then Tenant shall reimburse Landlord as Additional Rent for the cost of the Concessions multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which shall be the number of months remaining in the Initial Term after the Event of Default occurs, and the denominator of which shall be the number of months in the Initial Term of this Lease. Provided, however, that any such reimbursement of the cost of Concessions shall not result in any duplicative recovery of damages by Landlord.

 

(H)             DEFAULT UNDER OTHER LEASES . It is further understood and agreed that if Tenant is in default or breach beyond any applicable grace or cure periods under any other lease or leases between Tenant as tenant and Landlord or any partnership, joint venture, corporation or other entity or parties affiliated with Landlord in which Landlord’s partners or any of them has an ownership interest, then in any such event such default or breach shall constitute an Event of Default by Tenant under this Lease at the option and exclusive discretion of Landlord, entitling Landlord to exercise any or all rights and remedies provided herein (including without limitation those in Section 12 hereof), in addition to and without limitation of any rights and remedies under such other lease(s).

 

13.                                LANDLORD’S LIABILITY.

 

If Landlord shall sell, convey or otherwise transfer or dispose of the Demised Premises and/or the Building in which same is located, and if the purchaser then assumes all

 

25



 

obligations of the Landlord under this Lease (including the obligations of Landlord accruing prior to such transfer), then the undersigned Landlord shall be deemed to be released of all obligations hereunder accruing on and after the date of the transfer or other disposition of the Demised Premises, effective from and after the date of such transfer. Landlord’s liability under this Lease shall be limited to its ownership interest in the Building and any proceeds from the sale thereof. However, in no event shall any partners in Landlord ever have any personal liability under this Lease, nor may this Lease be enforced against any such partners in Landlord, nor shall Tenant have any recourse to any assets or properties of any partners in Landlord for enforcement of any provisions of this Lease, except in the event that the proceeds from sale of the Building have been transferred or distributed from Landlord to such partners.

 

14.                                TENANT’S SIGNS.

 

Tenant shall have the right, with Landlord’s consent, to install signage on the Building, in compliance with all Laws and covenants applicable to Seneca Meadows Corporate Center, identifying Tenant as the occupant of the Building. Tenant shall not place any signs or other forms or kinds of advertising in or about the Demised Premises, which may be visible from the exterior thereof, without Landlord’s prior written consent in each instance. Any signs installed by Tenant shall be installed at its own expense and in compliance with all applicable Laws, and shall be removed by Tenant by the expiration or termination hereof, with all damage to Landlord’s property repaired by and at the expense of Tenant.

 

15.                                LANDLORD’S SIGNS.

 

Unless Tenant shall have timely exercised any operative renewal option rights under this Lease, Tenant agrees that Landlord and its agents shall have the right to place a “For Lease” sign in the front or exterior of the Demised Premises at all times during the last six (6) months of the term hereof, and a “For Sale” sign at any time, provided said signs do not block the visibility of Tenant’s signs and do not interfere with Tenant’s use of the Demised Premises. Tenant will not disturb or obstruct visibility of any such signs. In the event any Building monument signage is made available by Landlord to tenants of the Building, then Landlord, at Landlord’s cost and expense, shall furnish and install a slot with Tenant’s name and logo on such Building monument signage.

 

16.                                ENTRY AND ACCESS.

 

(A)              Tenant further agrees that the Landlord and/or its representatives, contractors and employees shall have the right at all reasonable times, during business hours, upon prior notice and if accompanied by an escort of Tenant, if Tenant so desires, and at any time without notice or escort in emergencies, to enter upon the Demised Premises to inspect the same or make engineering surveys, exploratory excavations, repairs, alterations and additions, and to perform any work required of Landlord under this Lease or which Landlord deems necessary for the safety or preservation of the Demised Premises or of the Building, including also any work required of Tenant in respect of which Tenant is in an Event of Default. Unless Tenant shall have timely exercised any operative renewal option rights under this Lease, Tenant also agrees to permit Landlord and/or its agents to show the Demised Premises to prospective tenants at all

 

26



 

reasonable times after prior notice and accompanied by an escort of Tenant during the last six (6) months of the term hereof and any time after Tenant has given Landlord notice of termination of this Lease under any provision hereof entitling Tenant to do so, or if Tenant is in an Event of Default or subject to any Events of Bankruptcy.

 

(B)              If Tenant shall have vacated and abandoned the Demised Premises, then the Landlord and/or its representatives, contractors and employees shall have the right to enter the Demised Premises, by force or otherwise if necessary and without being liable therefor, and without in any manner affecting Tenant’s obligations under the Lease. The exercise of such reserved right by Landlord shall not be deemed a disturbance of Tenant’s right of Quiet Possession under the Lease, shall not affect Tenant’s obligation to pay Rent under the terms of the Lease, shall not be deemed to constitute actual or constructive eviction, and shall not subject Landlord to any liability to Tenant therefor.

 

17.                                EMINENT DOMAIN.

 

Tenant agrees that if the said Demised Premises, or any part thereof, shall be taken, condemned or acquired for public or quasi-public use or purpose by any competent authority, whether by condemnation proceedings, lease or purchase, Tenant shall have no claim against Landlord and shall not have any claim or right to any portion of the amount that may be awarded as damages or paid as a result of any such condemnation, lease or purchase; it being agreed that the full amount of such award, or other proceeds, if any, made or paid by the taking authority shall be paid to and retained by Landlord free of any claim by Tenant to any portion thereof; and all right of Tenant to damages therefor, if any, are hereby assigned by Tenant to Landlord. Should all or a substantial part of the Demised Premises be so taken or acquired, the term of this Lease shall cease and terminate from the date of the taking, and Tenant shall have no claim against Landlord for the value of any unexpired term of this Lease or for any other matters. All Rent and other sums payable by Tenant hereunder shall be adjusted and paid by Tenant to the date on which Tenant is required, by said taking authority, to surrender possession of said Demised Premises. However, if the portion of the Demised Premises so taken or acquired does not render the Demised Premises unusable for the purposes herein permitted, then this Lease shall not terminate, but shall continue in effect with the Rent reduced in proportion to the area of the Demised Premises so taken or acquired. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 17, Tenant shall have the right at its own expense, and in a separate action from Landlord’s condemnation proceedings, to pursue against the condemning authority claims for Tenant’s relocation expenses and other losses (excluding loss of the leasehold) necessitated by such taking of the Demised Premises, provided that no such claim of or award to Tenant shall reduce, delay, interfere with or otherwise in any manner adversely affect any claims of or award to Landlord for taking of Landlord’s interest in the Demised Premises, this Lease, the Building, the Land appurtenant thereto or any other claims to which Landlord is entitled.

 

18.                                CONSENT.

 

Whenever the consent or approval of the Landlord or Tenant is required under this Lease, such consent will not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed, except as otherwise herein provided for exclusive discretion given to Landlord. The party giving its

 

27



 

consent, or the reasons for not giving consent, shall respond in writing to the other party’s request for consent within ten (10) business days of its receipt of such request (but shall not be deemed to grant such consent nor to waive any rights by failing to respond within said period).

 

19.                         TENANT’S PROPERTY.

 

The Tenant further covenants and agrees that all personal property in and upon the Demised Premises shall be and remain there at Tenant’s sole risk, and the Landlord and its partners, agents and employees (collectively, “ Landlord Parties ”) shall not be liable for any damage to or loss of any personal property arising from any acts or negligence of any other persons, nor from the leaking of the roof, nor from the bursting, leaking or overflowing of water, sewer or steam pipes, nor from heating or plumbing fixtures, nor from the handling of electric wires or fixtures, nor from any other cause whatsoever, nor shall the Landlord or any Landlord Parties be liable for any injury to the person of the Tenant or other persons in or about the Demised Premises, (unless and only to the extent caused solely by the negligence or willful misconduct of the respective Landlord Parties); the Tenant expressly agreeing to save the Landlord harmless in all such cases and to carry public liability insurance in a company as provided in Section 6 hereof. Tenant covenants and agrees that it will not operate any machinery in the Demised Premises which may cause unreasonable vibration or damage to the Demised Premises or unreasonably disturb or annoy other tenants, nor to use a loud speaker or any other device nor conduct any activity in or at the Demised Premises which can be heard outside the Demised Premises. No storage of any kind will be allowed on the exterior of the Building or on the Common Areas serving the Building.

 

20.                                SUBORDINATION.

 

Tenant further covenants and agrees that this Lease and the rights of Tenant hereunder are subject and subordinate to the lien of any mortgage or deed of trust encumbrance or encumbrances now or at any time hereafter placed upon said Demised Premises by Landlord, and to any and all renewals, modifications, consolidations, recastings, refinancings and replacements thereof (collectively or separately the “ Financing ”). It is the intention of the parties that this provision be self-operating and that no further instrument shall be required to effect such subordination. The Tenant, however, does hereby agree to execute and deliver to Landlord or its mortgagees within ten (10) days after each written request any and all instruments necessary to effect such subordination which the Landlord or its mortgagees may request or require. Notwithstanding the subordination of this Lease as aforesaid, any present or future mortgagee or beneficiary under any mortgage or deed of trust covering such Financing at its option may require that this Lease shall be senior in lien to such mortgage or deed of trust, and that this Lease shall not terminate in the event of foreclosure of any such mortgage or deed of trust. Tenant covenants and agrees in the event of foreclosure of any such mortgage or deed of trust, within ten (10) business days after each request of the purchaser or mortgagee, to attorn to the purchaser upon such foreclosure sale and to recognize such purchaser as the landlord under this Lease (provided such purchaser or mortgagee expressly recognizes Tenant’s occupancy and assumes Landlord’s obligations to Tenant hereunder), and Tenant agrees to execute and deliver at any time, within ten (10) business days after request of Landlord or of any such mortgagee any instrument which may be necessary in any such foreclosure proceeding or

 

28



 

otherwise to evidence such attornment. Tenant further waives the provisions of any statute or rule of law, now or hereafter in effect, which may give or purport to give Tenant any right or election to terminate or otherwise adversely affect this Lease and the obligations of Tenant hereunder in the event of any such foreclosure. However, provided Tenant is not in an Event of Default hereunder nor subject to any one (1) or more Events of Bankruptcy, Landlord agrees to exercise reasonable efforts (at Tenant’s expense if requested to do so by Tenant) to arrange for Landlord’s mortgagee to join with Tenant (and with Landlord if the mortgagee so requires) in executing a commercially reasonable non-disturbance, subordination and attornment agreement in form and content satisfactory to the mortgagee, whereby such subordination of this Lease to Landlord’s deeds of trust is confirmed but the mortgagee agrees that this Lease and Tenant’s rights hereunder (including the right to possession, use and enjoyment of the Demised Premises) will not be materially and substantially disturbed by such mortgagee or any foreclosure purchaser so long as Tenant is not in an Event of Default under this Lease, and whereby Tenant grants the attornment mentioned above (such agreement being sometimes hereinafter referred to as an “ SNDA ”). However, neither the refusal of any existing mortgagee to join in any such agreement nor Landlord’s inability to cause same to be done shall in any respect affect this Lease or Landlord’s rights or Tenant’s obligations hereunder. Any mortgagee or foreclosure purchaser or their successors in interest shall not (a) be bound by any prepayment of Rent or other sums more than thirty (30) days in advance paid by Tenant to any prior landlord (including Landlord), nor (b) be bound by any amendment to this Lease or by any waiver or forbearance by any prior landlord (including Landlord) made without prior written consent of such mortgagee, nor (c) be liable for any act, omission or default of any prior landlord (including Landlord), nor (d) be subject to any offsets or defenses Tenant may have against any prior landlord (including Landlord), nor (e) be accountable hereunder for a Security Deposit posted by Tenant hereunder (except to the extent received by such mortgagee or foreclosure purchaser, as the case may be). Any mortgagee of Landlord shall be discharged of all obligations hereunder which may have arisen from its becoming a mortgagee in possession, and landlord, or otherwise after such mortgagee disposes of its interest in the Demised Premises. A sample of Landlord’s existing mortgagee’s form SNDA and form “Estoppel” are attached hereto as Exhibit “G” and Exhibit “H” , respectively. Notwithstanding any other provision in this Section 20 to the contrary, the subordination of this Lease to any future Financing shall be conditioned upon Landlord delivering to Tenant a commercially reasonable SNDA for each future mortgage hereafter encumbering the Building, which SNDA Tenant agrees to promptly execute.

 

21.                                FIRE INSURANCE.

 

Tenant will not carry on any activity in the Demised Premises, or do or permit anything to be done therein, which is contrary to any law, ordinance, order or regulation of the federal, state, county or municipal government, or of any board, agency or department thereof; and Tenant shall not permit nor do anything which would increase the Basic Rate (as defined below) of the Landlord’s fire insurance on the Building as established by the appropriate agency having jurisdiction. For purposes of definition herein, the “ Basic Rate ” shall be such rate as published by the said appropriate agency, exclusive, however, of any excess or surcharges appended thereon by virtue of or directly attributable to so-called faults of management. If Tenant’s use or occupancy of or business at the Demised Premises causes an increase in the final rate of Landlord’s insurance on the Building or the Demised Premises over and above the Basic

 

29



 

Rate for construction of this type occupied for the purposes permitted hereunder, then Tenant, upon written notice from Landlord, shall immediately take all necessary steps to eliminate the excess charge attributable to such faults of management. Should Tenant refuse or fail to take such action as may be necessary to eliminate the cause for said excess charges, Tenant shall pay to Landlord on demand as Additional Rent, that portion of the aforesaid fire and extended coverage insurance premium caused by such excess charge on all outstanding insurance carried on the Demised Premises and/or the Building of which same are a part.

 

22.                                PARKING AREAS.

 

(A)              Landlord shall provide free, on-site surface parking for the use in common of all tenants in the Building at the rate of approximately three and one-half (3.5) parking spaces per 1,000 square feet of rentable area in the Building. Landlord, at its sole cost and expense, agrees to designate up to five (5) parking spaces from Tenant’s allotment as “Reserved” for the benefit of Tenant and/or its guests and invitees. However, Landlord shall not be responsible for ensuring that those spaces are used exclusively by Tenant and/or its guests and invitees.

 

(B)              Tenant further agrees to keep the parking area in front of the Demised Premises (between the Building line and public property) clean and free of Tenant’s and its invitees’ merchandise, property, abandoned vehicles and equipment, at its own expense. In the event that Tenant shall fail to abide by the foregoing provisions of this Lease, and it becomes necessary for Landlord to perform same, Tenant agrees, after written notice from Landlord and an opportunity to cure, to reimburse the Landlord for such reasonable expenses and costs occasioned by the Tenant’s neglect.

 

23.                                PLATE GLASS.

 

Tenant agrees, at its own expense, to replace all plate glass doors, windows and partitions of the Demised Premises with glass of like kind and quality if such glass is cracked, broken or otherwise damaged by causes other than those insured against and covered by the insurance policies carried on the Building (as referenced in Section 8(B)).

 

24.                                NOTICES.

 

(A)              All notices required or desired to be given under this Lease must be in writing, and sent via certified or registered U.S. Postal Service First Class Mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, or by express or overnight courier service, addressed if to Landlord at 20457 Seneca Meadows Parkway, Germantown, Maryland 20876, and if to Tenant at the Demised Premises , or to such other address as either party itself may from time to time designate to the other by like notice given at least ten (10) days before the date such address change is effective. All such mailed notices shall be deemed properly given if given as aforesaid and deposited in a United States post office or mailbox. The date of giving such notices shall be deemed to be the second business day after the date of deposit thereof as aforesaid as concerns mailed notices, or the date of receipt by the addressee or attempted delivery to the address in the case of notices sent by courier.

 

30



 

(B)              Written notice shall be given to Landlord, pursuant to Section 24(A) above, for any (i) change of name of Tenant or any Guarantor under the Lease; (ii) change of organizational structure of Tenant or any Guarantor under the Lease; (iii) permission by Tenant to a third party to use all or a portion of the Demised Premises; (iv) encumbrance of this Lease or of the Demised Premises by Tenant or any Guarantor under the Lease; (v) appointment of a receiver or trustee of any of Tenant’s property or property of any Guarantor of Tenant; (vi) assignment or sale in bankruptcy or insolvency of Tenant or any Guarantor of Tenant; or (vii) transfer of majority control of Tenant or any Guarantor of Tenant under this Lease by any means, including operation of law, to parties or entities other than those maintaining majority control on the date of execution of this Lease. Said notice to Landlord shall be accompanied by the following, as applicable: (i) the new name of the organizational entity, address, state of organizational formation, and Certificate of Good Standing or foreign qualification, if applicable, from the Maryland State Department of Assessment and Taxation on behalf of Tenant or any Guarantor of Tenant under this Lease; (ii) the name, title, address, phone number, fax number and email address of the proper authorized officer or agent of such Tenant or Guarantor of Tenant under this Lease to receive any written notice to be issued by Landlord under the Lease; (iii) name, address and contact information for any parties or entities that maintain majority control of Tenant or any Guarantor of Tenant under this Lease subsequent to the date of execution of this Lease; and (iv) written documents satisfactory to Landlord, in its reasonable judgment, to evidence any such name change, change of organizational entity, any encumbrance, transfer or assignment of all or any part of Tenant’s interest in this Lease or in the Demised Premises, or the transfer of majority control of Tenant or any Guarantor of Tenant under this Lease, together with such additional information as Landlord reasonably may require.

 

25.                                TENANT ESTOPPEL CERTIFICATES; LANDLORD CURE RIGHTS.

 

(A)              TENANT ESTOPPEL CERTIFICATES . Tenant shall, without charge therefor, at any time and from time to time, within ten (10) days after request from Landlord (but in no event more than two (2) times in any calendar year), execute, acknowledge and deliver to Landlord a written estoppel certificate (in form and contents reasonably requested by Landlord), certifying to Landlord and/or any mortgagee, assignee of a mortgagee, any master landlord or any purchaser of the Building or Demised Premises, or any other party designated by Landlord, as of the date of such estoppel certificate, as to all or such of the following matters as reasonably requested by Landlord, to the extent such matters then are the case (and if not, then stating all details to the contrary thereof), namely: (a) that Tenant has unconditionally accepted and is occupying the Demised Premises covered by this Lease; (b) that the Demised Premises have been completed as required by the terms of this Lease; (c) that the Lease is in full force and effect, and that no known Events of Default now exist thereunder; (d) that this Lease constitutes the entire agreement between Landlord and Tenant and has not been modified; (e) that the Lease Rents are now being paid on a current basis, and the date to which any Rent has been paid in advance; (f) that Landlord has fulfilled all of its duties of an inducement nature, and neither Landlord nor Tenant is in an Event of Default under the Lease; (g) that in the event the Tenant receives written notice from Landlord’s mortgagee stating that a default has occurred under its deed of trust loan, and that the mortgagee requires payment of rent to it, then the Tenant will thereafter remit all Rent payments as directed and to the address set forth in such written notice; (h) that there are no off-sets or credits against Rents, and Rents have not been prepaid more than

 

31



 

thirty (30) days in advance; (i) that Tenant has received no notice of a prior assignment, or pledge of Rents, under this Lease; (j) complete details of any matters of which Tenant has knowledge or which Tenant claims, which are contrary to the statements contained in clauses (a) through (f) inclusive, (h) and (i) of this Section; (k) the commencement and expiration dates of the then operation term hereof, and of any then exercised renewal terms; such other matters concerning this Lease, the parties hereto and/or the Demised Premises as Landlord may reasonably request; and (m) that Tenant understands such Estoppel Certificate is being relied on by the mortgage lender or purchaser requesting same as an inducement to its loan or purchase.

 

(B)              LANDLORD CURE RIGHTS . Landlord shall not be deemed to be in default under any of its obligations under this Lease unless (a) Tenant has given to Landlord (and to each of Landlord’s mortgagees of whom Tenant has been given written notice of such mortgagee’s name and address) written notice of such Landlord default, and (b) such default of Landlord has not been cured by Landlord or its mortgagee within thirty (30) days after their receipt of such notice or within such additional time as may reasonably be necessary to cure same if Landlord or its mortgagee acts with commercially reasonable diligence to cure same (provided, that such mortgagee shall have such additional time to cure same as may be necessary to enable it to exercise any rights under its deed of trust and other loan documents, including foreclosure and acquisition of control and/or possession of the Demised Premises and Building). The cure periods aforesaid afforded Landlord and its mortgagees shall be further extended by all delays in such cure actions caused by fire or other casualty, strikes, lockouts or other labor troubles, shortages of equipment, materials or utilities, power outages, acts of God or the public enemy, vandalism, governmental requirements, action or inaction or other causes not reasonably within their control. Tenant shall not be entitled to exercise any legal, equitable, or other remedies for any default of Landlord unless same remains uncured beyond the grace period after receipt of written notice as aforesaid. Landlord shall not be deemed in default under this Lease, if Landlord or its mortgagee(s) cure(s) such default within the applicable grace period after notice as aforesaid. Tenant’s rights and remedies with respect to any default of Landlord hereunder shall be subject to the terms and provisions of this Lease, and in no event shall include any right of Tenant to self-help or to perform any work on behalf of Landlord, nor any right of Tenant to withhold or to any abatement or setoff with respect to any Rent or other sums payable by Tenant under this Lease, nor any right to terminate this Lease.

 

26.                                MORTGAGEE REVISIONS.

 

If requested by Landlord’s mortgage lender, Tenant agrees to join with Landlord in executing such amendments to this Lease as such lender may require, provided same do not increase the rentals or other amounts payable by Tenant hereunder, nor materially alter Tenant’s rights and/or obligations or Landlord’s rights and/or obligations under this Lease.

 

27.                                QUIET POSSESSION.

 

Landlord covenants and agrees with Tenant that upon Tenant’s paying the Rent and Additional Rent and observing and performing all terms, covenants and conditions of this Lease on Tenant’s part to be performed, Tenant shall during the term of this Lease have quiet

 

32


 

possession of the Demised Premises (subject, however, to all terms, conditions and provisions of this Lease), without interference by Landlord.

 

28.                                MISCELLANEOUS GENERAL PROVISIONS.

 

(A)           JOINT AND SEVERAL . In case two (2) or more persons or parties shall constitute the Tenant hereunder, the covenants, obligations, and agreements herein made binding upon the Tenant shall be the joint and several obligations of all such persons and parties.

 

(B)           ENTIRE AGREEMENT . This Lease, including the exhibits referenced herein and annexed hereto, constitutes the entire agreement of the parties in respect of the Demised Premises thereby leased, and there are no oral agreements between the parties. This Lease cannot be modified or amended, except by written instrument executed by Landlord and Tenant.

 

(C)           WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL . The Tenant and Landlord waive all right to trial by jury in any proceeding which may be instituted by one party against the other party in respect of the Demised Premises or this Lease.

 

(D)           SEVERABILITY . If any provision of this Lease shall at any time be finally adjudicated to be invalid or illegal by any court of competent jurisdiction, this Lease shall not be invalidated thereby; and in such event this Lease shall be read and construed as if such invalid or illegal provision had not been contained herein, but only to the extent same is so adjudicated to be invalid or illegal.

 

(E)            HEADINGS . The paragraph or section captions hereof are for convenience of reference only and shall not limit or affect the provisions hereof.

 

(F)             MINIMUM TEMPERATURE . Unless due to a problem beyond Tenant’s reasonable control, Tenant at its own expense agrees to maintain the temperature level in the Demised Premises at a level sufficient to prevent freezing of or damage to any water or sprinkler pipes or lines in or serving the Demised Premises.

 

(G)           BUSINESS DAYS . For purposes hereof, the phrase “ business days ” shall mean Mondays through and including Fridays, excluding holidays on which federal government and Maryland State government offices are closed.

 

(H)          AUTHORITY OF PARTIES . Landlord and Tenant represent to each other that each is duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of their respective states of formation, and that each of the individuals signing this Lease on behalf of Landlord and Tenant have the full right, power, capacity and authority to execute and deliver this Lease as a binding and valid obligation of the Landlord and Tenant as the case may be hereunder.

 

(I)               APPLICABLE LAW . This Lease shall be construed under the laws of the State of Maryland, without regard to choice of law or conflict of laws principle.

 

33



 

(J)               INTERPRETATION . The parties confirm they have been represented by their own counsel in the negotiation and preparation of this Lease and no provision of this Lease shall be construed against Landlord based on any rules of construction which assume that Landlord has prepared this Lease or that same should be construed against the party preparing same.

 

(K)           LANDLORD APPROVAL . All powers of approval given to Landlord under this Lease, and exercise thereof, are solely for its benefit and do not constitute any representation or warranty from Landlord.

 

(L)            DRAFT NOT BINDING . Submission of this Lease in any number of drafts unexecuted by Landlord and Tenant shall not constitute a reservation of or option for lease, nor shall any negotiations between Landlord and Tenant constitute a legally binding obligation of Landlord and Tenant of any kind; it being agreed that this Lease shall only be binding upon Landlord and Tenant when fully executed by Landlord and Tenant with a counterpart fully executed original hereof received by each of said parties.

 

(M)        BINDING EFFECT . The provisions of this Lease shall bind, and inure to the benefit of, the parties hereto and their respective heirs, executors, administrators, personal representatives, successors and (subject to Section 7 hereof) assigns.

 

(N)           GENDERS; PRONOUNS . Wherever required in the context, the singular number shall include the plural number, the plural number shall include the singular number, and the use of any gender shall be deemed to include all genders. It is understood and agreed that the relationship between Landlord and Tenant created by this Lease is that of landlord and tenant only and no other and they shall not be deemed partners or agents of the other party hereto.

 

29.                                RENEWAL OPTION AND RENEWAL TERM; RENEWAL RENTAL.

 

(A)           RENEWAL OPTION AND RENEWAL TERM . Provided that no Event of Default of Tenant exists under this Lease at the time of exercise of any renewal option, or at time of commencement of any renewal term, the Tenant shall have the right and option (the “ Renewal Option ”) to renew and extend the Term of this Lease for one (1)  additional consecutive period of five (5) years (the “ Renewal Term ”), commencing therefor at 12:01 a.m. on the day immediately following the expiration date of the Initial Term hereof. The Renewal Option may be exercised only by written notice from Tenant to Landlord given at least twelve (12) months prior to the expiration of the then current Term hereof (the “ Renewal Notice ”). Such Renewal Term shall be upon the same terms and conditions of this Lease, except that Landlord shall not be obligated to pay for or grant Tenant any allowance for any work, perform any Alterations, leasehold improvements or any other work for Tenant in the Demised Premises during or with respect to the Renewal Term. The Renewal Option right herein shall apply only with respect to the entire Demises Premises under this Lease, and shall not be assignable by Tenant (other than to a Tenant Affiliate as defined herein) without Landlord’s prior written consent in each case.

 

(B)           RENEWAL RENTAL . Basic Annual Rental during the first (1st ) Lease Year of each such Renewal Term shall be at Ninety-Five percent (95%) of the prevailing

 

34



 

market rate (including also annual escalations, other additional charges and market concessions) as reasonably determined by Landlord and Tenant for other comparable space in the Gaithersburg and Germantown and sub-market (the “ Renewal Rental ”). Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Renewal Rental payable by Tenant during the first (1st) Lease Year of such Renewal Term shall not exceed One Hundred Fifteen percent (115%) nor be less than Eighty-Five percent (85%) of the Basic Annual Rental payable during the final Lease Year of the Initial Term (adjusted for a full Lease year), and the annual escalations shall not be greater than four percent (4%) nor less than three percent (3%) per year during the Renewal Term. Landlord shall notify Tenant in writing as to Landlord’s reasonable, good faith determination of the Renewal Rental and annual escalation within ten (10) business days after written request by Tenant for such information, which request shall be made by Tenant not earlier than fourteen (14) months before the expiration of the then operative Term of the Lease. Landlord’s determination of the Renewal Rental shall be final and binding in fixing the Renewal Rental and annual escalation, unless, within fifteen (15) days after receipt of Landlord’s determination of the Renewal Rental, Tenant notifies Landlord in writing that it disagrees with Landlord’s determination and Tenant shall, in good faith, propose a specific alternative Renewal Rental and/or annual escalation. In such event, Landlord and Tenant shall endeavor in good faith to reach agreement on the Renewal Rental and annual escalation within the next thirty (30) days . If the parties are still unable to agree on the Renewal Rental and annual escalation, then the Renewal Option shall be void. Basic Annual Rental shall be payable during each operative Renewal Term in the manner as prescribed in this Lease. In addition to the Renewal Rental and annual escalation thereof as determined pursuant to this Section 29(B), Tenant shall pay to Landlord, at the times indicated in the Lease, the Operating Expenses, Additional Rent and other sums required to be paid by Tenant pursuant to the terms of this Lease.

 

30.                                REMOVAL BY TENANT.

 

By the expiration of the Initial Term (or any duly exercised renewal term, as the case may be), or any termination of this Lease, Tenant shall have removed from the Demised Premises all of Tenant’s and its assignees’ and subtenants’ merchandise, furniture and other personal property (excluding any items which belong to Landlord or which are not to be removed by Tenant, as elsewhere provided), and Tenant at its own expense will promptly repair any damage done to the Demised Premises or the Building of which same are a part by installation or use thereof or by any such removal, reasonable wear and tear excepted. Any of Tenant’s property not removed by the expiration or termination of this Lease shall, at Landlord’s option, be deemed abandoned and may be retained, disposed of or otherwise dealt with by Landlord as it deems fit (and all at the risk, cost and expense of Tenant); provided, that if Landlord terminates this Lease upon less than thirty (30) day notice after an Event of Default, Tenant shall have a reasonable amount of time after such termination (not to exceed twenty (20) days) to remove its property.

 

31.                                INTENTIONALLY DELETED.

 

35



 

32.                                BROKERAGE.

 

Landlord and Tenant recognize Scheer Partners, Inc., Tenant’s broker, as the sole real estate broker in connection with this Lease (the “ Broker ”). Landlord agrees to pay the Broker a leasing commission for procuring this Lease pursuant to a separate written commission agreement executed by Landlord and Broker. Landlord and Tenant represent and warrant to each other that each has not engaged or dealt with any other real estate broker or agent in connection with this Lease other than the Broker. Each party agrees to indemnify, defend, and hold harmless the other from any commission or other related claims, including court costs and reasonable attorneys’ fees, which the other party may suffer, incur or be made a party to as a result of any misrepresentation regarding other brokers used in connection with this Lease.

 

33.                                RULES AND REGULATIONS.

 

Tenant and its Permittees shall at all times abide by the Rules and Regulations attached hereto as Exhibit “B” and made a part hereof. In addition, Tenant and its Permittees shall abide by such other reasonable rules and regulations for the operation and maintenance of the Building as may be promulgated from time to time by Landlord to all tenants in the Building, with a copy sent to Tenant, provided, however, that the same are necessary in Landlord’s reasonable judgment for the general well being, safety, care and/or for the cleanliness of the Building or its appurtenances, and that the same apply to all tenants of office or warehouse space in the Building similar to the Demised Premises. Nothing contained in this Lease shall be construed to impose on Landlord any duty to enforce such Rules and Regulations against any other tenant and Landlord shall not be liable to Tenant for violations of the same by any other tenant or its Permittees; however, any enforcement of such Rules and Regulations shall be applied uniformly. Landlord shall use reasonable efforts to cause other tenants in the Building to cease having any excessive noise or noxious fumes emanating outside their space which unreasonably disturb Tenant, but Landlord will not be liable therefor nor shall this Lease be affected thereby. If there is any inconsistency between this Lease and said Rules and Regulations, this Lease shall govern.

 

34.                                ENVIRONMENTAL HAZARDS.

 

(A)           In the conduct of its business at the Demised Premises, Tenant covenants and agrees at its own expense to comply with all Environmental Laws (as hereinafter defined) applicable to the Demised Premises, and not to store, use, or dispose of any Hazardous Substances (as hereinafter defined) in, at or about the Demised Premises, except reasonable amounts of such substances that are necessary for the lawful conduct of Tenant’s business operations and consistent with the permitted Tenant’s Use (as set forth in Section 3(A)) at the Demised Premises, none of which shall be stored, used or disposed of in a manner which violates any Environmental Laws or endangers human health or habitation or damages the Building, Common Areas or Land or subjects Landlord to any expense or liability or violates this Section 34, and Tenant agrees not to cause, permit or suffer (to the extent it has the ability to prevent or control) any “ Release ” (as that term is defined or used in any Environmental Law) of any Hazardous Substances from the Demised Premises or onto or into the soil, groundwater or air or any water, sewer or other drains or storm water management facilities at or near the Demised

 

36



 

Premises in violation of any Environmental Laws or which endangers human health or habitation or damages the Building, Common Areas or Land or subjects Landlord to any expense or liability or violates this Section 34. The phrases “Environmental Laws” and “Hazardous Substances,” as used herein are defined, as follows:

 

(i)             The term “ Environmental Laws ” means any federal, state, county or local law, statute, regulation or ordinance pertaining to health, industrial hygiene, pollution, or environmental or ecological conditions including, without limitation, each of the following: the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act of 1980, as amended (“CERCLA”), 42 U.S. Code Sections 9601 et seq .; the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act of 1976, as amended (“RCRA”), 42 U.S.C. Sections 6901 et seq .; the Toxic Substance Control Act, as amended, 15 U.S.C. Sections 2601 et seq .; the Clean Air Act, as amended, 42 U.S.C. Sections 7401 et seq .; the Federal Water Pollution Control Act, as amended, 33 U.S.C. Sections 1251 et seq .; the Federal Hazardous Materials Transportation Act, 49 U.S.C. Sections 5101 et seq .; and the rules, regulations and ordinances of the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency and of all other agencies, boards, commissions and other governmental bodies and officers having jurisdiction over the Demised Premises or the use or operation thereof. The phrase “U.S.C.” as used herein refers to the United States Code.

 

(ii)          The term “ Hazardous Substance ”, as used herein, means: (1) Those substances included within the definitions of “hazardous substances,” “hazardous materials”, “toxic substances” or “solid waste” in any Environmental Laws; (2) Those substances listed in the U.S. Department of Transportation Table or amendments thereto (49 CFR 172.101) or by the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (or any successor agency) as hazardous substances (40 CFR Part 302 and any amendments thereto); (3) Those other substances, materials and wastes which are or become regulated under any applicable federal, state, county or local law, regulation or ordinance, or by any governmental agency, board, commission or other governmental body (including any regulations promulgated thereunder), or which are or become classified as hazardous or toxic by any such law, regulation, or ordinance; and (4) Any material, waste or substance which is any of the following: (a) asbestos; (b) polychlorinated biphenyls (PCB’s); (c) any substances at any time designated or listed as a “hazardous substance” pursuant to Sections 311 or Sections 307 of the Clean Water Act (33 U.S.C. Sections 1251 et seq.); (d) explosives; (e) radioactive substances; (f) carcinogenic substances, or (g) chlorofluorocarbons (CFCs).

 

(B)           Tenant shall defend, indemnify and hold Landlord and its partners and agents and its and their successors and assigns harmless from and against any and all loss, damage, costs, expense and liability (including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees and court costs) directly or indirectly arising out of or attributable to the installation, use, generation, manufacture, production, storage, Release or threatened Release, discharge, disposal or presence of any Hazardous Substance, in, under or about the Demised Premises or in any drains or utility lines thereof or of the Building, Common Areas or Land or any adjacent lands owned by Landlord or its affiliates by Tenant or any Tenant Permittees, or arising out of the violation by Tenant or any Tenant Permittees of any Environmental Laws applicable to the Demised Premises, including without limitation: (i) all bodily injury or death and property damage; (ii) the costs of any necessary repair, cleanup, abatement, removal, disposal, detoxification and other

 

37



 

remedial measures required by Environmental Laws; and (iii) the preparation and implementation of any closure, remedial or other plans required by Environmental Laws to address the environmental condition of the Demised Premises, Building, Common Areas or Land. This indemnity shall survive the termination or expiration of this Lease for the applicable periods of statutes of limitation.

 

(C)           Tenant shall promptly notify Landlord upon becoming aware of: (i) any enforcement, cleanup, or other regulatory action taken or threatened against Tenant and/or any Tenant Permittees by any governmental or regulatory authority with respect to the presence of any Hazardous Substance at the Demised Premises, Building, Common Areas or Land or the migration thereof from or to other property, (ii) any demands or claims made or threatened by any governmental authority or other party against Tenant and/or any Tenant Permittees relating to any loss or injury or claims of any nature arising from violation of any Environmental Laws at the Demised Premises, Building, Common Areas or Land and/or resulting from any Hazardous Substance at the Demised Premises, Building, Common Areas or Land, (iii) any unlawful Release, disposal or transportation of any Hazardous Substance on or from the Premises, Building, Common Areas or Land, and (iv) any matters where Tenant and/or any Tenant Permittees is required by any Environmental Laws to give a notice to any governmental or regulatory authority respecting any Hazardous Substance in the Demised Premises, Building, Common Areas or Land, other than notices required in the ordinary course of Tenant’s business. Tenant shall not object to or oppose Landlord’s participation as a party in any legal proceedings or actions affecting the Demised Premises, Building, Common Areas or Land initiated in connection with any Environmental Laws. At such times as Landlord may reasonably request, the Tenant shall provide Landlord with a written list identifying any Hazardous Substance then actually known to Tenant to be used, stored, handled, generated or maintained in, on or upon the Demised Premises, Building, Common Areas or Land. The Tenant shall also provide Landlord, with respect to the use of each such Hazardous Substance, the approximate quantity of each such material, a copy of any Materials Safety Data Sheets issued by the manufacturer therefor, written information concerning the removal, transportation, disposal, remediation and closure, or other required plans for the same, and such other and further information or documents as Landlord may reasonably require or as may be required by any Environmental Laws. Tenant further agrees to fully cooperate with Landlord and Landlord Parties to provide any further information and documents and to permit any inspection requested by Landlord regarding the presence of Hazardous Substances or compliance with any Environmental Laws in connection with Tenant’s Use of the Demised Premises, except in no event shall Tenant be required to give Landlord access to confidential business information, trade secrets or privileged materials.

 

(D)           Prior to the expiration or earlier termination of the Lease, Tenant shall, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, engage a qualified and fully insured environmental consultant reasonably satisfactory to Landlord to perform an environmental site survey and inspection of the Demised Premises and Tenant shall furnish Landlord with a written report from such consultant setting forth, based on due inquiry, whether the consultant observed any evidence of the Release of Hazardous Substances or violations of Environmental Laws applicable to the Demised Premises by Tenant or its Permittees. Prior to expiration or termination of the Lease, Tenant shall correct any violations of Environmental Laws occasioned by Tenant or its Permittees in, under or about the Demised Premises, Building, Common Areas or Land and fully

 

38



 

remediate any Releases of Hazardous Substances to the extent required by Environmental Laws. The covenants and obligations of Tenant, as set forth in this Section 34 (D), shall survive the termination or expiration of this Lease for the applicable periods of statutes of limitation.

 

(E)                                 Landlord shall defend, indemnify and hold Tenant and its partners and agents and its and their successors and assigns harmless from and against any and all loss, damage, costs, expense and liability (including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees and court costs) directly or indirectly arising out of or attributable to the installation, use, generation, manufacture, production, storage, Release or threatened Release, discharge, disposal or presence of any Hazardous Substance, in, under or about the Demised Premises or in any drains or utility lines thereof or of the Building, Common Areas or Land or any adjacent lands (i) by Landlord or any Landlord Parties, (ii) arising prior to the Commencement Date, or (iii) arising out of the violation by Landlord or any Landlord Parties of any Environmental Laws applicable to the Demised Premises, including without limitation: (A) all bodily injury or death and property damage; (B) the costs of any repair, cleanup, abatement, removal, disposal, detoxification and other remedial measures required by Environmental Laws; and (C) the preparation and implementation of any closure, remedial or other plans required by Environmental Laws to address the environmental condition of the Demised Premises. This indemnity shall survive the termination or expiration of this Lease for the applicable periods of statutes of limitation.

 

(F)                                  Tenant understands and acknowledges that (i) pursuant to agreement between Landlord and the existing tenant occupying the Demised Premises as of the date of execution of this Lease, an “ Environmental Report ” (as defined in Exhibit “C” attached hereto) shall be conducted to determine the environmental condition of the Demised Premises, (ii) at the time of execution of this Lease such Environmental Report is not available, and (iii) Landlord has furnished Tenant with a copy of a previous Phase I Environmental Site Assessment, plumbing system assessment, and biological screening assessment of the Building (including the Demised Premises), prepared by EMG dated December 29, 2006, as supplemented March 21, 2007 (“ Prior Environmental Report ”), regarding an on-site inspection of the Building (including the Demised Premises) conducted by EMG on December 19, 2006. Landlord shall furnish (or authorize EMG to furnish) Tenant with a copy of the Environmental Report immediately upon receipt thereof by Landlord. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Section 34 herein or in the Lease, except as set forth in the Prior Environmental Report, Tenant acknowledges and agrees that Landlord has made no representation or warranty as to the environmental condition of the Building, Demised Premises, Common Areas or Land prior to the execution of this Lease.

 

35.                                OPTION TO LEASE ADDITIONAL SPACE

 

Provided that no Event of Default of Tenant or Events of Bankruptcy of Tenant exist under this Lease at the time of exercise of this option and that Tenant has not assigned this Lease nor sublet all or more than twenty five percent (25%) of the Demised Premises, except to a Tenant Affiliate as defined herein, and that Tenant is then occupying for its own use at least seventy-five percent (75%) of the space in the Demised Premises then leased to it, and provided there then remains unexpired at least three (3) years in the then operative term of this Lease, or

 

39



 

any then operative exercised Renewal Term, Landlord agrees that, prior to committing to lease space in the Building, the Landlord shall advise Tenant in writing of Landlord’s desire to lease such additional adjoining space (the “ Offer Space ”), including the rentals and other basic terms and conditions thereof (such writing being the “ Offer Space Notice ”). Tenant shall have the right of first refusal to lease solely for its own use all (but not less than all) of such Offer Space, which was described in Landlord’s Offer Space Notice, and Tenant shall have thirty (30) days from receipt of such Offer Space Notice to accept or reject such offer by giving Landlord written notice within said thirty (30) days . In the event Tenant does not respond to the Offer Space Notice in the manner and time period aforesaid, such failure shall serve to extinguish any right of Tenant under this Section 35 to lease said Offer Space, and Landlord shall have the right to lease such Offer Space to any parties upon such terms, rental and conditions as it may, in its sole discretion, determine. In no event shall Landlord be obligated to evict any other tenant, or to decline to renew or extend the lease of any other existing tenant, in order to make such tenant’s space available to Tenant for purposes of this paragraph. The provisions of this Section 35 shall not be applicable to any renewal, extension or replacement of a lease granted to an initial or existing tenant in the Building, whether or not contained in such party’s lease (nor to any subsequent other tenants if Tenant fails to exercise its right of first refusal under this paragraph). If Tenant exercises this option within the time frame provided above, then Landlord will prepare for and deliver to Tenant an amendment to the Lease (the “ Lease Amendment ”) covering the annual base rental rate, annual escalation, the amount of the additional space being leased by the Tenant and the subsequent modification in the Tenant’s proportionate share of the Building Operating Expenses, other necessary monetary items, the term that the additional space is to be leased and any tenant improvement allowance or work, if any, that is offered by and is to be provided by the Landlord in its sole discretion. Tenant shall execute in triplicate and return to Landlord such Lease Amendment within fourteen (14) business days after Tenant’s receipt thereof; failing which, Tenant’s rights under this Section 35 with respect to said additional space shall terminate without further obligation from Tenant. Except otherwise be provided herein, Tenant’s rights under this Section 35 shall not be assignable or transferable, and may be exercised only by Tenant. Furthermore, Tenant’s rights under this Section 35 shall be subject and subordinate to any option rights, as to the Offer Space, previously granted by Landlord to other tenants in the Building.

 

36.                                SPECIAL PROVISIONS.

 

(A)           Service Interruptions . Notwithstanding any other provision in this Lease, if all or a part of the Demised Premises is rendered untenantable because of an interruption in a utility service that prevents Landlord from providing any of the Landlord Utilities to the Building for more than five (5) consecutive days , then from the sixth (6th) consecutive day of interruption until the utilities are restored, Landlord shall abate Rent subject to the following: (a) Landlord will only abate Rent to the extent the Demised Premises are untenantable and not actually used by Tenant to conduct business; (b) Landlord will only abate Rent if the interruption of utilities is within Landlord’s reasonable control to remedy; and (c) Landlord will only abate Rent to the extent the interruption in Rent is covered by the rent interruption insurance maintained pursuant to Section 6(B).

 

40



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Landlord has caused this instrument to be executed by its undersigned General Partner/Agent, and the Tenant has caused this instrument to be signed, and to be witnessed or attested on its behalf by its undersigned authorized officer(s), all done on the date first hereinabove written.

 

 

 

 

LANDLORD:

 

 

 

 

 

SENECA MEADOWS CORPORATE CENTER III

 

 

LIMITED PARTNERSHIP

 

 

a Maryland limited partnership

 

 

 

WITNESS:

 

By:

PNC REALTY, INC., a Maryland corporation

 

 

 

 

Its General Partner

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ [ILLEGIBLE]

 

By:

/s/ Paul N. Chod

(SEAL)

(SIGNATURE)

 

 

Paul N. Chod, President

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

TENANT:

 

 

 

 

 

 

WITNESS/ATTEST:

 

SENSORS FOR MEDICINE AND SCIENCE, INC.

 

 

a Delaware corporation

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Steven J. Walters

 

By:

/s/ Marc R. Schneebaum

(SEAL)

Steven J. Walters

 

 

Marc R. Schneebaum, President & CEO

 

Director of Operations

 

 

 

 

(PRINT NAME & TITLE)

 

 

 

 

 

41



 

EXHIBIT “A”

 

Drawing of Building #7, Seneca Meadows Corporate Center

locating the Demised Premises at

20447, 20449, and 20451 Seneca Meadows Parkway, Germantown, Maryland 20876

 

 

42


 

EXHIBIT “B”

 

RULES AND REGULATIONS

 

These Rules and Regulations are attached to the Lease and are to be incorporated therein by reference. Definition of terms as set forth in the Lease. In the event of any ambiguity or conflict between these Rules and Regulations and the terms and provisions of the Lease to which this Exhibit is attached, the terms of the Lease shall control.

 

The following rules and regulations have been formulated for the safety and well-being of all tenants of the Building and to insure compliance with all municipal and other requirements. Strict adherence to these rules and regulations is necessary to promote the end that each and every tenant will enjoy a safe and unannoyed occupancy in the Building in accordance with the Lease. Any continuing violation of these rules and regulations by Tenant beyond any grace period provided for in the Lease, after notice from Landlord, shall be sufficient cause for termination of the Lease, at the option of Landlord.

 

Landlord may at its exclusive discretion, upon request by any tenant, waive the compliance by such tenant with any of these rules and regulations, provided that (i) no waiver shall be effective unless signed by Landlord or Landlord’s authorized agent, (ii) any such waiver shall not relieve such tenant from the obligation to comply with such rule or regulation in the future unless expressly consented to by Landlord, (iii) no waiver granted to any tenant shall relieve any other tenant from the obligation of complying with the rules and regulations unless such other tenant has received a similar waiver in writing from the Landlord, and (iv) any such waiver by Landlord shall not relieve tenant from any obligation or liability of tenant to Landlord pursuant to the Lease for any loss or damage occasioned as a result of tenant’s failure to comply with any such rule or regulation.

 

B-1.                          The sidewalks, entrances, passages, courts, elevators, vestibules, stairways, corridors and halls and other parts of the Building not occupied by any tenant shall not be obstructed or encumbered by any tenant or used for any purpose other than ingress and egress to and from the Building. Landlord shall have the right to control and operate the public portions of the Building, and the facilities furnished for common use of the tenants, in such manner as Landlord deems best for the benefit of the tenants generally. No tenant shall permit the visit to the premises of persons in such numbers or under such conditions as to interfere with the use and enjoyment by other tenants of the entrances, corridors and other common or public portions or facilities of the Building.

 

B-2.                          No awning or other projections shall be attached to the outside walls of the Building without the prior written consent of Landlord. No drapes, blinds, shades, or screens shall be attached to or hung in or used in connection with any window or door of the Demised Premises, without the prior written consent of Landlord. Such awnings, projections, curtains, blinds, shades, screens or other fixtures must be of a quality, type, design and color, and attached in a manner approved by Landlord in its reasonable judgment.

 

43



 

B-3.                          No showcases or other articles shall be put in front of or affixed to any part of the exterior of the Building, nor placed in the halls, corridors or vestibules without the prior written consent of Landlord.

 

B-4.                          The water and wash-closets and other plumbing fixtures shall not be used for any purposes other than those for which they were constructed, and no sweeping, rubbish, rags, or other substances shall be thrown therein. All damages resulting from any misuse of the fixtures shall be borne by the tenant who, or whose servants, employees, agents, visitors or licensees, shall have caused the same.

 

B-5.                          Except as otherwise provided in the Lease, there shall be no marking, painting, drilling into or in any way defacing the Building or any part of the Demised Premises. Tenant shall not construct, maintain, use or operate within or outside of the Demised Premises any electrical device, wiring or apparatus in connection with a loud speaker system or other sound system, except as reasonably required for its communication system and approved prior to the installation thereof in writing by Landlord. No such loud speaker or sound system shall be constructed, maintained, used or operated outside of the Demised Premises.

 

B-6.                          Except for animals that aid the visually or physically handicapped, no animals, birds or pets of any kind shall be brought into or kept or permitted in or about the Demised Premises by Tenant. Tenant shall not cause or permit any odors, vapors, or other substances to be produced upon or to emanate from the Demised Premises.

 

B-7.                          The use of the Demised Premises by Tenant as stated in the Lease was approved by Landlord prior to execution of the Lease and such use may not be changed without the prior written approval of Landlord.

 

B-8.                          Tenant shall not make any unseemly or disturbing noises or disturb or interfere with occupants of this or neighboring buildings or premises or those having business with them, whether by the use of any musical instrument, radio, talking machine, unmusical noise, whistling, music, dancing, singing, or in any other way. Tenant shall not throw anything out of the doors or windows or down the corridors or stairs.

 

B-9.                          No flammable, combustible or explosive fluid, chemical or substance shall be brought or kept upon the Demised Premises unless in quantities and stored in a manner complying with all applicable fire codes and other laws and regulations and the requirements of Landlord’s insurers.

 

B-10.                   No additional locks or bolts of any kind shall be placed upon any of the doors or windows by any tenant, nor shall any changes be made in existing locks or the mechanism thereof. The doors leading to the corridors or main halls shall be kept closed during business hours except as they may be used for ingress or egress. Each tenant shall, upon the termination of his tenancy, return to the Landlord all keys of stores, offices, storage and toilet rooms either furnished to, or otherwise procured by, such tenant, and in the event of the loss of any keys so furnished, such tenant shall pay to Landlord the loss thereof. Tenant’s key system shall be separate from that for the rest of the Building.

 

44



 

B-11.                   Tenant shall prohibit its employees and visitors from leaving trucks and other vehicles parked with their motors running, adjacent to the Building.

 

B-12.                   Landlord reserves the right to exclude from the Building at all times any person who is not known or does not properly identify himself to the Building management or Tenant’s watchman on duty. Landlord may, at its option, require all persons admitted to or leaving the Building between the hours of 6:00 p.m. and 7:00 a.m., Monday through Friday, and at any hour on Saturdays, Sundays and legal holidays, to register. Each tenant shall be responsible for all persons for whom he authorizes entry into or exit out of the Building, and shall be liable to Landlord for all negligent acts or omissions of such persons.

 

B-13.                   The Demised Premises shall not, at any time, be used for lodging or sleeping or for any immoral or illegal purpose.

 

B-14.                   Landlord’s employees shall not perform any work or do anything outside of their regular duties, unless under special instruction from the management of the Building. The requirements of tenants will be attended to only upon application to Landlord or its management agent, and any such special requirements shall be billed to Tenant (and paid with the next installment of rent due) at the schedule of charges maintained by Landlord from time to time or at such charge as is agreed upon in advance by Landlord and Tenant.

 

B-15.                   Canvassing, soliciting and peddling in the Building is prohibited and each tenant shall cooperate to prevent the same.

 

B-16.                   There shall not be used in any public areas of the Building, if any, either by any tenant or by jobbers or others, in the delivery or receipt of merchandise, any hand trucks, except those equipped with rubber tires and side guards and Tenant shall be responsible to Landlord for any loss or damage resulting from any deliveries of Tenant’s to the Building that violate this Rule.

 

B-17.                   Mats, trash or other objects shall not be placed in the public corridors or stairways.

 

B-18.                   Drapes and blinds installed by Landlord for the use of Tenant, or curtains installed by Tenant, which are visible from the exterior of the Building, must be cleaned by Tenant at least once a year, without notice, at Tenant’s own expense.

 

B-19.                   All office and other machines shall be installed upon proper insulation or pads, to prevent vibration from such machines damaging the Building or annoying other occupants.

 

B-20.                   Tenant shall, at Tenant’s expense, contract with a pest control service for the Demised Premises as necessary.

 

B-21.                   Tenant will not install any vending or coin operating machines without Landlord’s approval, and if such vending machines are installed, proper ventilation shall be provided by Tenant.

 

45



 

B-22.                   Tenant may not store any equipment, furniture or boxes outside of the Building, except as approved in writing by Landlord.

 

B-23.                   If Landlord consents to Tenant performing any Alterations or other work in the Demised Premises, same shall be done only in the evenings between 7 p.m. and 7 a.m. and not during usual business hours unless expressly approved in advance in writing by Landlord.

 

B-24.                   No bicycles, motorcycles, motor scooters or other vehicles of any kind shall be brought into, stored, operated or parked anywhere within the Building or Demised Premises, or parked in front of or adjacent to or leaned against the Building, and instead shall be parked in areas designated by Landlord.

 

B-25.                   All deliveries to, or shipments from, or service to the Demised Premises done by Tenant, its agents and contractors shall be conducted in such fashion and at such times as will not unreasonably interfere with or obstruct the orderly flow of pedestrian traffic into and out of the Building.

 

46



 

EXHIBIT “C”

 

LANDLORD’S WORK

 

C-1.                          SPACE PLAN .

 

Except for Landlord’s Work as set forth herein below, Landlord shall deliver possession of the Demised Premises, together with all “as built” leasehold improvements and conditions installed therein “AS IS” and “WHERE IS” as shown on the space plan for the Demised Premises attached to this Exhibit “C” and made a part hereof (the “ Space Plan ”). Notwithstanding the above, Landlord represents and warrants that all structural components of the Building and all mechanical, electrical and plumbing systems, including the HVAC, and related equipment serving the Demised Premises shall be in good working order on the date that Landlord delivers to Tenant possession of the Demised Premises.

 

C-2.                          LANDLORD’S WORK .

 

2.1                                Prior to the Lease Commencement Date, Landlord shall, at Landlord’s sole cost and expense, furnish and install the following Landlord’s Work in the Premises:

 

·                   Separate and demise the Demised Premises from the adjacent space in the Building by installing a full-height, smoke-partition wall as shown on the Space Plan of the Demised Premises attached hereto.

·                   Relocate electrical panels and circuits that serve areas outside of the Demised Premises, as necessary.

·                   Relocate any ductwork that serves areas outside of the Demised Premises, as necessary.

·                   Reconfigure sprinkler system, as necessary, to serve the Demised Premises.

·                   Furnish and install new water/sewer and utility sub-meters, as necessary, to serve the Demised Premises

·                   Disconnect and remove all connections to the de-ionized water and compressed air systems servicing areas outside of the Demised Premises.

·                   Vacuum all carpeted areas and broom clean all other areas of the Demised Premises.

 

2.2                                Landlord’s Work shall be performed by Minkoff Development Corporation (“ MDC ”) in a good and workmanlike manner. Upon expiration or earlier termination of the Lease, Tenant shall have no obligation to remove any of Landlord’s Work.

 

2.3                                Landlord and/or MDC reserve the right (i) to make substitutions of materials of equivalent grade and quality when and if any specified material shall not be readily and reasonably available, and (ii) to make changes necessitated by conditions met in the course of construction, provided that Tenant’s approval of any substantial change shall first be obtained (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed so long as the proposed changes are in general conformity with the scope of Landlord’s Work; and which approval shall automatically be deemed given if not refused in writing by Tenant with full and

 

47



 

proper reasons stated therefore within five (5) days after written request from Landlord or MDC).

 

C-3.                          SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION .

 

Landlord shall exercise its reasonable best efforts to cause Landlord’s Work in the Demised Premises to be Substantially Completed by the Anticipated Commencement Date (e.g. March 1, 2008), subject to extensions of said date occasioned by any ‘Tenant Delays” or “Force Majeure Delays”. For purposes hereof, the phrase “ Tenant Delays ” shall mean all delays in performance of Landlord’s Work caused by or attributed to any of the following: (i) failure of Tenant to furnish any required plan, information, approval or consent within the required period of time, or any failure to reasonably cooperate with Landlord or MDC during performance of Landlord’s Work; (ii) interference resulting from the performance by Tenant or any of its employees, agents or contractors (other than Landlord or its affiliates), of: (a) Alterations, (b) “Tenant’s Work” (as defined in and pursuant to Section C-4 hereinbelow), or (c) any other work or activity in the Demised Premises by Tenant; (iii) breach or default by Tenant, its Permittees or agents of any term or provision of the Lease or of the requirements of this Exhibit “C” ; (iv) “Change Orders” to Landlord’s Work requested by Tenant or any governmental authority having jurisdiction over the Building, including the Demised Premises therein, after the date of execution of the Lease; (v) the inclusion of any of the following “Special Items” in Landlord’s Work which cause or may reasonably be expected to cause a delay: none; or (vi) any failure of Tenant to comply with the terms of Section C-4 herein below, if the same shall result in a delay in completion of Landlord’s Work. The phrase “ Force Majeure Delays ” shall mean, for purposes hereof, any delays in performance of Landlord’s Work, which delays (a) are not within Landlord’s reasonable control to avoid, mitigate or resolve, and (b) are caused by strikes, lockouts or other labor or industrial disturbance, shortage or unavailability of materials, utilities or labor, civil disturbance, orders of any government, court or regulatory body claiming jurisdiction, exercise of police power, act of the public enemy, riot, war, sabotage, blockage, embargo, acts of God, lightning, earthquake, fire, storm, hurricane, tornado, flood, washout, explosion, casualty damage, delay in issuance of any permits, inspections, approvals or use and occupancy certificate, if required, by any governmental authority having jurisdiction over the Building, including the Demised Premises therein, or any other cause whatsoever beyond the reasonable control of Landlord, in all cases provided that Landlord has informed Tenant of such conditions within three (3) business days of the occurrence of the event. The phrase “ Change Orders ” as used herein shall mean any modifications, substitutions or changes in Landlord’s Work after the date of execution of the Lease requested by Tenant or any governmental authority having jurisdiction over the Building, including the Demised Premises therein. Landlord’s Work shall be deemed “ Substantially Complete ” (which phrases shall include phrases of similar import used herein concerning Landlord’s Work) when both (x) Landlord’s Work to be performed by Landlord and/or its contractors in the Building, including the Demised Premises therein, as described in Section C-2.1 above, is completed in a good and workmanlike manner and all governmental inspections applicable to Landlord’s Work have been obtained, notwithstanding minor Punch List Items, the non-completion of which would not materially interfere with Tenant’s use and occupancy of the Premises as certified in writing by Landlord to Tenant, and (y) the Environmental Report (as defined below) has been completed and all further action, if any, recommended in the Environmental Report has been completed by Landlord or its contractors. The phrase “ Environmental Report ” means that certain Phase I Environmental Site

 

48



 

Assessment report resulting from an on-site assessment of the Building, including the Demised Premises therein, to be conducted by EMG (the “ESA”) prior to execution of this Lease regarding Landlord retaking possession of the Demised Premised from the previous tenant. In making any such determination of Substantial Completion of Landlord’s Work, the Landlord shall not take into account the incomplete status of any Change Orders, Special Items or “Punch List Items” (defined hereinbelow), or any Tenant’s Work, Alterations, or other work which Tenant or its contractors are to install and construct in the Premises. If Tenant disputes any such determinations or certifications made by Landlord, then the matter shall be resolved by arbitration pursuant to the American Arbitration Association - Construction Rules of Arbitration, and the decision in such arbitration shall be binding and conclusive on the parties. The arbitrator shall be empowered to allocate all reasonable legal fees, costs and expenses of arbitration among the parties. “ Special Items ” as used herein shall mean all materials and other items forming part of Landlord’s Work which are not readily available, or which require more than twenty-one (21) days to order, obtain and install (as determined and certified in writing by Landlord to Tenant, or by arbitration as aforesaid if disputed by Tenant). The phrase “ Punch List Items ”, as used herein, shall mean any unperformed or incomplete elements of Landlord’s Work which, individually or in the aggregate, are minor in character and do not materially interfere with Tenant’s access to, use or enjoyment of the Demised Premises; all as determined by the Landlord or by arbitration aforesaid if Tenant disagrees with the determination of the Landlord in regard thereto. Landlord shall cause such Punch List Items to be completed within thirty (30) days after Substantial Completion of Landlord’s Work (or as soon thereafter as practicable so long as Landlord is diligently pursuing completion thereof). After the date of Substantial Completion and delivery of the Demised Premises to Tenant, Tenant shall provide Landlord and its contractor’s access to the Demised Premises on request at all reasonable times during normal business hours and on weekends, as coordinated with Tenant, to perform work on the Punch List Items, and Tenant shall not interfere with such work.

 

C-4.                          TENANT’S WORK .

 

Unless otherwise provided pursuant to written notice given by Landlord to Tenant prior thereto, Landlord shall allow Tenant access to the Building and Demised Premises on the date that Landlord reasonably believes to be the fifteenth (15th) day prior to Substantial Completion of Landlord’s Work, so that Tenant, at its sole risk and expense, may enter the Building and Demised Premises to install Tenant’s Cabling and Tenant’s furniture, decorations, furnishings, trade fixtures and equipment (“ Tenant’s FF&E ”) in the Demised Premises necessary for conduct of its business as herein permitted. All such installation of Tenant’s Cabling, Tenant’s FF&E and any other work performed by Tenant or its contractors in or for the Demised Premises (collectively the “ Tenant’s Work ”) shall be performed in compliance with all provisions and requirements of this Lease including, but not limited to, Section 3 of the Lease, and using qualified, licensed contractors reasonably acceptable to Landlord. The Tenant shall not engage any labor to perform Tenant’s Work which conflicts with the type of labor engaged by Landlord to perform Landlord’s Work or any other work in the Building, and Tenant shall cease use of any such conflicting labor immediately on Landlord’s request. Tenant shall perform Tenant’s Work in such a manner so as not to damage, delay or interfere with Landlord’s Work. Any damage to Landlord’s Work or to the Demised Premises caused by Tenant and/or its Permittees shall be promptly repaired by and at the sole expense of Tenant. Any failure of Tenant and/or its

 

49



 

Permittees to comply with the terms of this Section shall be deemed a Tenant Delay (if the same shall result in a delay in completion of Landlord’s Work) and may give rise to an Event of Default for purposes of this Lease. Tenant shall not commence performance of any of Tenant’s Work, install of any of Tenant’s FF&E or other property in the Demised Premises, nor apply for any permits that would delay Landlord’s Work or acquisition of permits therefor, until notified in writing by Landlord that Tenant may commence such activities. Tenant and its Permittees will fully cooperate in (and not interfere with or delay) Landlord’s Work.

 

C-5.                          CODE COMPLIANCE AND WARRANTY .

 

Landlord represents and warrants to Tenant that, as of the Commencement Date, Landlord’s Work to be performed in the Demised Premises will be in compliance with all applicable laws, ordinances, rules, orders, regulations and other governmental requirements, including ADA in effect at the time of the County’s issuance of a building permit for construction of the Building, as well as requirements of the county Fire Marshal, or any similar body having jurisdiction over the Building, including the Demised Premises therein. Landlord will warrant Landlord’s Work to be free of defects in materials and workmanship for a period of one (1) year from the Commencement Date.

 

50



 

ATTACHMENT TO EXHIBIT “C”

 

SPACE PLAN

 

(Showing “As Built” Improvements and Conditions in Premises and Location of Demising Wall)

 

 

51



 

EXHIBIT “D”

 

CERTIFICATE OF DELIVERY OF POSSESSION AND

COMMENCEMENT DATE OF LEASE

 

THIS CERTIFICATE OF DELIVERY OF POSSESSION AND COMMENCEMENT DATE OF LEASE, made on this         day of                                   , 2008 (herein after referred to as the “ Certificate ”), between SENECA MEADOWS CORPORATE CENTER III LIMITED PARTNERSHIP, a Maryland limited partnership (hereinafter referred to as “ Landlord ”); and SENSORS FOR MEDICINE AND SCIENCE, INC., a Delaware corporation, qualified to transact business and in good standing under the laws of the State of Maryland (hereinafter referred to as the “ Tenant ”).

 

RECITALS:

 

WHEREAS, Landlord and Tenant have entered into a Lease dated January          , 2008 (the “ Lease ”), for that certain portion of commercial office/flex space in the building known as Building #7 in Seneca Meadows Corporate Center (the “ Building ”), said demised premises having a street address of 20447, 20449, and 20451 Seneca Meadows Parkway, Germantown, Maryland 20876 and deemed to consist of 20,250 square feet (hereinafter referred to as the “ Premises ” or the “ Demised Premises ”), as more particularly described in the Lease, a copy of which is incorporated herein by reference; and

 

WHEREAS, Landlord has Substantially Completed installation and construction of all required Landlord’s Work in the Demised Premises as setforth in the Lease and Exhibit C attached thereto; and

 

WHEREAS, Landlord has delivered to Tenant possession of the Demised Premises and all leasehold improvements related thereto on                           , 2008 (hereinafter the “ Delivery of Possession Date ”), and the Demised Premises are ready for use and occupancy by Tenant as described in the Lease; and

 

WHEREAS, Tenant hereby acknowledges that Landlord has Substantially Completed all of Landlord’s Work in the Demised Premises and hereby accepts delivery of possession of the Demised Premises from the Landlord on the Delivery of Possession Date set forth herein above for the purposes setforth in the Lease; and

 

WHEREAS, Tenant hereby acknowledges all of its covenants to pay Rent and such other amounts as may become due and owing under the Lease, and to perform all of its other obligations, duties and agreements pursuant to the terms of the Lease commencing on the Delivery of Possession Date; and

 

WHEREAS, all words, terms and phrases not otherwise defined herein, whether or not capitalized herein, shall have the meanings given to them in the Lease, unless and except as otherwise expressly stated herein.

 

52


 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties intending to be legally bound do hereby covenant and agree to and with each other as follows:

 

1.               COMMENCEMENT DATE. The actual Commencement Date of the Lease and Tenant’s obligation to pay Rent and all other amounts or charges payable under the Lease shall begin on                      , 2008; subject, however, to the abatement of Basic Monthly Rental, as provided in Section 2 hereinbelow. ( If the Commencement Date is a date other than the 1 st  of the month, then Basic Monthly Rental shall be pro-rated on a per diem basis from the Delivery of Possession Date through the end of the month in which Landlord delivers possession of the Premises to Tenant ).

 

2.               ABATEMENT OF RENT. Basic Monthly Rental, except for such items and amounts specified in Section 4 (A) of the Lease for utility charges, shall be abated for a period of thirty (30) days from the Commencement Date, set forth in Section 1 above, to the Rent Commencement Date, set forth in Section 3 herein below.

 

3.               COMMENCEMENT OF BASIC MONTHLY RENTAL . Pursuant to Section 1(C) of the Lease, payment of Basic Annual Rental and installment payments of Basic Monthly Rental shall commence on                        , 2008 (which date is thirty (30) days after the Commencement Date).

 

4.               EXPIRATION DATE. The Expiration Date of the Initial Term of the Lease is May 31, 2013.

 

5.               BINDING EFFECT. This instrument is intended to clarify certain terms and provisions of the Lease and contains the entire agreement of the parties hereto concerning the subject matter hereof. The terms, covenants and conditions setforth herein shall become part of the Lease and shall be binding upon the parties and their personal representatives, successors and assigns. Except as expressly set forth herein, all of the terms, provisions and conditions of the Lease shall remain in full force and effect, unless otherwise modified in writing and signed by the parties hereto or their duly authorized officers, agents or representatives.

 

6.               LEGAL AUTHORITY. Each of the individuals signing this Certificate on behalf of a party does hereby represent and warrant to the other party that he/she has the full right, power, capacity and authority to execute and deliver this Certificate as the binding and valid obligation of the Landlord or Tenant, as the case may be, hereunder.

 

7.               COUNTERPARTS. This Certificate may be executed in any number of counterparts each of which when so executed and delivered shall be deemed to be an original, and all of which taken together shall constitute but one and the same instrument.

 

[BALANCE OF PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK;

SIGNATURES ON FOLLOWING PAGE]

 

53



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this instrument to be signed, sealed and executed by its proper officers, agents or representatives and its seal to be affixed as of the date first above written.

 

 

 

LANDLORD:

 

 

 

 

 

SENECA MEADOWS CORPORATE CENTER III LIMITED PARTNERSHIP

 

 

a Maryland limited partnership

 

 

 

WITNESS:

 

By:

PNC REALTY, INC., a Maryland corporation

 

 

 

Its General Partner

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 (SEAL)

(SIGNATURE)

 

 

Paul N. Chod, President

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

TENANT:

 

 

 

WITNESS/ATTEST:

 

SENSORS FOR MEDICINE AND SCIENCE, INC.

 

 

a Delaware corporation

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 (SEAL)

Steven J. Walters

 

 

Marc R. Schneebaum, President & CEO

 

Director of Operations

 

 

(PRINT NAME & TITLE)

 

 

 

54



 

EXHIBIT “E”

 

SPECIMEN LETTER OF CREDIT

IRREVOCABLE LETTER OF CREDIT NUMBER

 

Date:                                        

 

Seneca Meadows Corporate Center III Limited Partnership (“Beneficiary”)

c/o Minkoff Development Corporation

20457 Seneca Meadows Parkway

Germantown, Maryland 20876

 

Gentlemen:

 

We hereby establish our irrevocable credit in your favor, by order and for account of Sensors For Medicine and Science, Inc. (“SMSI”), a Delaware corporation, with offices located or to be located at 20451 Seneca Meadows Parkway, Germantown, Maryland 20876 in the maximum aggregate amount of Fifty-Eight Thousand Five Hundred Forty-One and 00/100 Dollars ($58,541.00) (U.S.), available by your draft(s) on us providing for payment at sight upon your presentation to us, in a total amount of up to the undrawn portion of said maximum aggregate amount, to be accompanied by a certificate of one of your general partners dated the date of presentation of said draft, stating that (i) you are entitled to receive payment of the amount of said draft pursuant to this Letter of Credit under the terms of that certain Lease Agreement dated January         , 2008, by and between you and SMSI, and (ii) said general partner has mailed to SMSI, an undated and unsigned, but otherwise identical, copy of said certificate prior to its delivery to us and in a manner reasonably calculated to be delivered to Tenant at least one (1) day prior to delivery to us, by certified or registered mail and otherwise in accordance with the terms of said Lease Agreement.

 

This Letter of Credit shall remain in force until the          day of                  , 2009; and all drafts drawn hereunder must be presented for payment at our Main Office at                                      , on or before that date. This Letter of Credit shall (i) be transferable and assignable, at no charge to Beneficiary, which transfer or assignment shall be conditioned only upon execution of a reasonable and customary written document in connection therewith, whether or not the original account party of the Letter of Credit continues to be the tenant under the Lease by virtue of a change in name or structure, merger, assignment, transfer or otherwise, (ii) be for an initial term of at least one (1) year, and (iii) be renewable automatically, without need for any further written notice or amendment, for successive periods of at least one (1) year, unless Issuer gives written notice to Beneficiary at the address noted above (or such other address as Beneficiary may from time to time designate in writing) of its intention not to renew this Letter of Credit at least thirty (30) days prior to the then current expiration date hereof.

 

We are authorized to accept any statement furnished by you hereunder as binding and correct, without investigation or responsibility for the accuracy, veracity or conclusive correctness or validity of same or any part thereof.

 

This credit is a notation credit, as defined in Section 5-108 of the Uniform Commercial Code. Therefore, this original credit must accompany any drafts drawn hereunder in order that the payments made might be endorsed hereon.

 

Drafts drawn under this credit must be marked: “Drawn under Irrevocable Letter of Credit Number                 , dated                                , 200    .” We hereby engage with you that drafts

 

55



 

drawn and presented in compliance with the terms of this credit will be duly honored by us if presented at this office on or before the expiration date hereof (                     , 200    ).

 

Except so far as otherwise expressly stated, this credit is subject to the International Standby Practices for Documentary Credits 1998 (ISP 98), International Chamber of Commerce Publication No. 590.

 

 

(NAME OF BANK)

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Office Held

 

56



 

EXHIBIT “F”

 

Specimen Form Subordination, Non-Disturbance & Attornment Agreement

 

After Recording, Return to :

Principal Commercial Funding, LLC

801 Grand Avenue

Des Moines, IA 50392-1360

ATTN:

 

SUBORDINATION, NON-DISTURBANCE

AND ATTORNMENT AGREEMENT

Loan No.               

 

THIS AGREEMENT, made and entered into as of the              day of                                   , 20    , by and between PRINCIPAL COMMERCIAL FUNDING, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, with a principal office at c/o Principal Real Estate Investors, LLC, 801 Grand Avenue, Des Moines, Iowa 50392-1360 (hereinafter called “Lender”), SENECA MEADOWS CORPORATE CENTER III LIMITED PARTNERSHIP, a Maryland limited partnership, with its principal office c/o Minkoff Development Corporation at 20457 Seneca Meadows Parkway, Germantown, Maryland 20876 (hereinafter called “Lessor”), and SENSORS FOR MEDICINE AND SCIENCE, INC. , a Delaware corporation, with its principal office at 20451 Seneca Meadows Parkway, Germantown, Maryland 20876 (which address includes 20447, 20448, and 20451 Seneca Meadows Parkway) (hereinafter called “Lessee”);

 

WITNESSETH:

 

WHEREAS, Lessee has by a written lease dated                           , 20       , as amended by the Certificate of Delivery and Possession and Commencement Date of Lease dated                            , 20      (hereinafter called the “Lease”), leased from Lessor all or part of certain real estate and improvements thereon located in Germantown, County of Montgomery, state of Maryland, as more particularly described in Exhibit “A” attached hereto (the “Demised Premises”); and

 

WHEREAS, Lessor is encumbering the Demised Premises as security for a loan (the “Loan”) from Lender to Lessor (the “Mortgage”); and

 

WHEREAS, Lessee, Lessor and Lender have agreed to the following with respect to their mutual rights and obligations pursuant to the Lease and the Mortgage;

 

NOW, THEREFORE, for and in consideration of Ten Dollars ($10.00) paid by each party to the other and the mutual covenants and agreements herein contained and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt whereof is hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto do hereby covenant and agree as follows:

 

57



 

(1)                                  Lessee’s interest in the Lease and all rights of Lessee thereunder, including but not limited to, any purchase option or right of first refusal in connection with a sale of the Demised Premises, if any, shall be and are hereby declared subject and subordinate to the Mortgage upon the Demised Premises and its terms, and the term “Mortgage” as used herein shall also include any amendment, supplement, modification, renewal, refinance or replacement thereof. Lender further agrees not to join Lessee in any foreclosure proceeding except to the extent necessary under applicable law, but such joinder shall not be in derogation of the rights of Lessee as set forth in this Agreement.

 

(2)                                  In the event of any foreclosure of the Mortgage or any conveyance in lieu of foreclosure, provided that the Lessee shall not then be in default beyond any grace period under the Lease and that the Lease shall then be in full force and effect, then Lender shall neither terminate the Lease nor join Lessee in foreclosure proceedings, nor disturb Lessee’s possession, and the Lease shall continue in full force and effect as a direct lease between Lessee and Lender. In the event Lender, its successors and/or assigns acquire the Demised Premises through foreclosure proceedings, deed-in-lieu of foreclosure, or otherwise, such event shall not activate Lessee’s purchase option or right of first refusal.

 

(3)                                  After the receipt by Lessee of notice from Lender of any foreclosure of the Mortgage or any conveyance of the Demised Premises in lieu of foreclosure, Lessee will thereafter attorn to and recognize Lender or any purchaser at any foreclosure sale or otherwise as its substitute lessor on the terms and conditions set forth in the Lease.

 

(4)                                  Lessee hereby agrees that if Lessee has the right to terminate the Lease or to claim a partial or total eviction, or to abate or reduce rent due to a Lessor default under the Lease, Lessee will not exercise such right until it has given written notice to Lender, and Lender has failed within thirty (30) days after both receipt of such notice and the date when it shall have become entitled to remedy the same, to commence to cure such default and thereafter diligently prosecute such cure to completion within ninety (90) days of Lender’s commencement to cure such default.

 

(5)                                  This Agreement and its terms shall be governed by the laws of the state where the Demised Premises are located and shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of Lender, Lessor and Lessee and their respective successors and assigns, including, without limitation, any purchaser at any foreclosure sale or otherwise. This Agreement may not be modified orally or in any manner other than by an agreement, in writing, signed by the parties.

 

(6)                                  This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original, and such counterparts when taken together shall constitute but one agreement.

 

58


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Agreement has been fully executed under seal on the day and year first above written.

 

 

PRINCIPAL COMMERCIAL FUNDING, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, Lender

 

By:

PRINCIPAL REAL ESTATE INVESTORS, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, its authorized signatory

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

SENSORS FOR MEDICINE AND SCIENCE, INC., a Delaware corporation, Lessee

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name: Marc R. Schneebaum

 

 

Title: President & Chief Executive Officer

 

 

 

 

 

SENECA MEADOWS CORPORATE CENTER III LIMITED PARTNERSHIP, a Maryland limited partnership, Lessor

 

 

By:

PNC REALTY, INC., a Maryland corporation, its General Partner

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name: Paul N. Chod

 

 

Title: President

 

 

59



 

STATE OF

)

 

) ss:

COUNTY OF

)

 

I HEREBY CERTIFY that on this        day of                                , 20    , before me, the subscriber, a Notary Public in and for the jurisdiction aforesaid, personally appeared                                              the                                        of PRINCIPAL REAL ESTATE INVESTORS, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, as the authorized signatory for PRINCIPAL COMMERCIAL FUNDING, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, and acknowledged that he/she/they, being authorized to do so, executed the foregoing instrument for the purposes therein contained, in the aforementioned capacity.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and official seal.

 

 

 

 

 

 

Notary Public:

 

 

 

My Commission Expires:

 

 

 

 

60



 

STATE OF Maryland

)

 

) ss:  217-42-3325

COUNTY OF Montgomery

)

 

I HEREBY CERTIFY that on this 17 day of January, 2008, before me, the subscriber, a Notary Public in and for the jurisdiction aforesaid, personally appeared Marc R. Schneebaum, President and Chief Executive Officer of SENSORS FOR MEDICINE AND SCIENCE, INC., a Delaware corporation, and that he, as President and Chief Executive Officer of the corporation, being authorized to do so, executed the foregoing instrument on behalf of the aforesaid corporation for the purposes therein contained.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and official seal.

 

 

 

 

 

 

Notary Public: Carroll E. Cummings

 

 

 

My Commission Expires:

May 1, 2008

 

 

 

61



 

STATE OF

)

 

) ss:

COUNTY OF

)

 

I HEREBY CERTIFY that on this            day of                               ,          , before me, the subscriber, a Notary Public in and for the jurisdiction aforesaid, personally appeared Paul N. Chod, President of PNC Realty, Inc., a Maryland corporation, which corporation is a General Partner of SENECA MEADOWS CORPORATE CENTER III LIMITED PARTNERSHIP, a Maryland limited partnership, and acknowledged that he, being authorized to do so, executed the foregoing instrument on behalf of the aforesaid partnership for the purposes therein contained.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and official seal.

 

 

 

 

 

 

Notary Public:

 

 

 

My Commission Expires:

 

 

 

 

62



 

EXHIBIT “A”

 

20447, 20449, and 20451 Seneca Meadows Parkway, Germantown, Maryland 20876 (the “Demised Premises”), which Demised Premises is part of Building #7 at Seneca Meadows Corporate Center, and situated on that certain parcel of land known as “Lot 5, Block B” in the subdivision known as “SENECA MEADOWS CORPORATE CENTER” as per plat thereof recorded in Plat Book 194 at Plat No. 21147 among the Land Records of Montgomery County, Maryland.

 

63



 

EXHIBIT “G”

 

Specimen Form Tenant Estopp el

 

LESSEE’S ESTOPPEL

Loan No.                       

 

SENSORS FOR MEDICINE AND SCIENCE, INC.

 

To:                              Principal Commercial Funding, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company,

its successors and assigns (“Lender”)

c/o Principal Real Estate Investors, LLC

801 Grand Avenue

Des Moines, Iowa 50392-1360

Attn: Commercial Real Estate

 

Re:                              Lease (the “Lease”) dated                  , 20     , between SENECA MEADOWS CORPORATE CENTER III LIMITED PARTNERSHIP, as landlord (“Lessor”), and SENSORS FOR MEDICINE AND SCIENCE, INC., as tenant (“Lessee”), of certain real property in the county of Montgomery, state of Maryland, having a street address of 20447, 20449, and 20451 Seneca Meadows Parkway, Germantown, Maryland 20876 (the “Property”).

 

Lessee hereby certifies the following representations with respect to the Lease are accurate and complete as of the date hereof with the understanding that Lender will rely upon the representations in connection with a loan to Lessor (the “Loan”) and accepting an assignment of the Lessor’s interest in the Lease as additional security for making the Loan:

 

1.                                       The following are the pertinent terms of the Lease:

 

a.                                       Current Monthly Base Rent: $

 

b.                                       Commencement Date:

 

c.                                        Termination Date:

 

2.                                       Lessee has accepted the Property and taken possession thereof without any existing condition or qualification and is in full, physical occupancy and operation at the Property. Lessee has not given any notice of termination or intent to vacate the Property. Both Lessor and Lessee have completed and complied with all required conditions precedent to such acceptance and possession.

 

3.                                       The monthly rent due is continuing and is not past due or delinquent in any respect. Lessee has not and shall not prepay any of the rents under the Lease more than one (1) month in advance. As of the date hereof, Lessee has no defense as to its obligations under the Lease and asserts no set-off, claim, or counterclaim against Lessor.

 

64



 

4.                                       Neither Lessee nor Lessor is in default under the Lease. The Lease is in full force and effect and has not been supplemented or amended, except:                           , nor has any portion of the Property leased by Lessee been sublet, except:

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this certificate has been duly executed and delivered by the authorized officers of the undersigned as of                             , 20      .

 

 

 

SENSORS FOR MEDICINE AND SCIENCE, INC., Lessee

 

 

 

 

 

 

By

 

 

 

Name:

Marc R. Schneebaum

 

 

Title:

President & CEO

 

 

65


 

FIRST AMENDMENT TO LEASE

 

THIS FIRST AMENDMENT TO LEASE (hereinafter referred to as the “Amendment” ) is made as of the 25 th  day of September, 2012 , between SENECA MEADOWS CORPORATE CENTER III L.L.L.P. , a Maryland limited liability limited partnership, successor-in-interest by name change of SENECA MEADOWS CORPORATE CENTER III LIMITED PARTNERSHIP, a Maryland limited partnership (hereinafter referred to as “Landlord” ); and SENSORS FOR MEDICINE AND SCIENCE, INC. , a Delaware corporation, qualified to transact business and in good standing under the laws of the State of Maryland (hereinafter referred to as “Tenant” ).

 

RECITALS:

 

WHEREAS, Landlord and Tenant entered into that certain lease agreement dated February 4, 2008 (the “Lease” ), as modified by that certain Certificate of Delivery of Possession and Commencement Date of Lease dated March 20, 2008 (the “Certificate” ) (the Lease as modified by the Certificate shall hereinafter collectively be referred to as the “Lease”), for that certain portion of commercial office space in the building known as Building #7 at Seneca Meadows Corporate Center (the “Building” ), situated on that certain parcel of land known as “Lot 5, Block B” in the subdivision known as “SENECA MEADOWS CORPORATE CENTER” and recorded in Plat Book 194 at Plat No. 21147 among the Land Records of Montgomery County, Maryland (the “Land” ), said premises being known and described as 20447, 20449 and 20451 Seneca Meadows Parkway, Germantown, Maryland 20876 , and deemed to consist of 20,250 square feet (hereinafter referred to as the “Original Premises” ), as more particularly described in the Lease and as shown and outlined on the drawing of the Building attached hereto as Exhibit “A” and made a part hereof; and

 

WHEREAS, the Lease for the Original Premises was for an Initial Term of five (5) years and three (3) months , having a Commencement Date of March 1, 2008 and an Expiration Date of May 31, 2013 ; and

 

WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 29(A) of the Lease, Tenant had the right and option (the “Renewal Option” ) to renew and extend the Initial Term of the Lease for one (1) additional consecutive period of five (5) years (the “Renewal Term” ), to commence June 1, 2013 and to expire May 31, 2018 , at a Renewal Rental to be determined and agreed upon between the parties pursuant to Section 29(B) of the Lease; and

 

WHEREAS, Tenant desires to (i) exercise its Renewal Option to renew and extend the Initial Term of the Lease for the Renewal Term set forth above, and (ii) lease certain additional space in the Building, deemed to consist of 666 rentable square feet (the “Expansion Space” ), which Expansion Space is adjacent to the Original Premises, as more particularly shown and outlined on the drawing of the Building attached hereto as Exhibit “B” and made a part hereof; and

 

WHEREAS, Landlord and Tenant by this Amendment mutually desire to modify and amend the terms and provisions of the Lease as more fully set forth hereinbelow; and

 



 

WHEREAS, the foregoing Recitals are incorporated herein and made a part of this Amendment.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties intending to be legally bound do hereby covenant and agree as follows:

 

1.                                       LEASE TERM . Tenant hereby exercises the Renewal Option for the Renewal Term, effective upon execution of this Amendment, and the Initial Term of the Lease is hereby extended for an additional consecutive period of five (5) years , commencing June 1, 2013 and expiring May 31, 2018 (the “Extended Term” ). The Extended Term shall be upon all of the same terms and conditions of the Lease except as otherwise modified and amended herein.

 

2.                                       DEMISED PREMISES . Commencing on the date that Landlord delivers to Tenant possession of the Expansion Space (the “Expansion Space Delivery Date” ), with Landlord’s Work therein Substantially Complete (as set forth in Section 5 below), and continuing thereafter during the remainder of the Initial Term and the Extended Term (hereinafter collectively referred to as the “Term” ) of the Lease, Section 1(A) of the Lease is hereby modified and amended to provide that the Demised Premises shall include the Expansion Space in addition to the Original Premises. Landlord does hereby lease unto Tenant, and Tenant does hereby take and rent from Landlord, commencing as of the Expansion Space Delivery Date, the Expansion Space pursuant to the Lease as hereby amended. Landlord shall provide Tenant with at least fifteen (15) days written notice prior to the Expansion Space Delivery Date. As of the Expansion Space Delivery Date, the Original Premises together with the Expansion Space shall for all purposes and provisions of the Lease collectively be referred to as the “Demised Premises” or the “Premises” and shall be deemed to contain 20,916 rentable square feet , all as more particularly shown and outlined on the drawing of said Demised Premises attached hereto as Exhibit “B” and made a part hereof.

 

2.1                                Tenant agrees to execute and return to Landlord within fifteen (15) days of receipt a statement furnished by Landlord acknowledging Tenant’s acceptance of Landlord’s delivery of possession of the Expansion Space and setting forth the actual Expansion Space Delivery Date and commencement of all of Tenant’s covenants and obligations under the Lease as to the Expansion Space, and changes, if any, in the rental schedule set forth in Section 3 below. Said statement shall be similar in form to the Certificate attached hereto as Exhibit “D” and made a part of this Amendment.

 

3.                                       RENTAL . Commencing as of the Expansion Space Delivery Date and continuing thereafter during each Lease Year of the Term of the Lease as set forth above, Tenant agrees to pay to Landlord, as Basic Annual Rental for the Demised Premises (including the Expansion Space), the amount specified for each respective Lease Year in the following table (which shall replace the table set forth in Section 1(C) of the Lease), at the times and in the manner indicated in the Lease:

 

2



 

 

 

Original Premises

 

Expansion Space

 

Total

 

Demised Premises

 

Base

 

 

 

Basic Monthly

 

Basic Monthly

 

Basic Monthly

 

Basic Annual

 

Annual

 

Lease Year

 

Rental

 

Rental

 

Rental

 

Rental

 

Rental Rate(1)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Initial Term: LY 5a

3/1/12 – 8/31/12

 

$

31,338.00

 

NA

 

$

31,338.00

 

$

188,028.00

(2)

$

18.57

 

Initial Term: LY 5b(3) 

9/1/12 – 2/28/13

 

$

31,338.00

 

$

965.70

(4)

$

32,303.70

 

$

193,822.20

(5)

$

17.98

 

Initial Term: LY 6

3/1/13 – 5/31/13

 

$

32,279.00

 

$

965.70

 

$

33,244.70

 

$

99,734.10

(6)

$

18.52

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Extended Term: LY 1

6/1/13 – 5/31/14

 

$

30,328.00

 

 

 

$

30,328.00

 

$

363,936.00

 

$

17.40

 

Extended Term: LY 2

6/1/14 – 5/31/15

 

$

31,238.00

 

 

 

$

31,238.00

 

$

374,856.00

 

$

17.92

 

Extended Term: LY 3

6/1/15 – 5/31/16

 

$

32,175.00

 

 

 

$

32,175.00

 

$

386,100.00

 

$

18.46

 

Extended Term: LY 4

6/1/16 – 5/31/17

 

$

33,140.00

 

 

 

$

33,140.00

 

$

397,680.00

 

$

19.01

 

Extended Term: LY 5

6/1/17 – 5/31/18

 

$

34,135.00

 

 

 

$

34,135.00

 

$

409,620.00

 

$

19.58

 

 


(1)  all base annual rental rates are “NNN”

(2)  6 months

(3)  LY 5b of the Initial Term, as shown above, assumes an Expansion Space Delivery Date of September 1, 2012, and LY 5b shall be adjusted if the actual Expansion Space Delivery Date is prior to or after September 1, 2012

(4)  calcuated using a base annual rental rate of $17.40/sf NNN x 666/sf ÷ 12

(5)  6 months

(6)  LY 6, which is the final Lease Year of the Initial Term, is 3 months

 

3.1                      In addition to the Basic Annual Rental as set forth above, Tenant shall pay to Landlord, as Additional Rent, at the times and in the manner indicated in the Lease, Tenant’s Pro-Rata Share of Landlord’s Expense Estimate for Operating Expenses, as specified in Section 4 and Section 8 of the Lease, for each calendar year in accordance with Section 4(E) of the Lease, and such other sums as are required to be paid by Tenant for the Demised Premises pursuant to the terms of the Lease as amended herein.

 

3.2                      Notwithstanding anything hereinabove to the contrary, should the Expansion Space Delivery Date be a date other than the first day of the calendar month, then the monthly installment of Basic Annual Rental and Tenant’s Monthly Share of estimated Operating Expenses to be paid by Tenant to Landlord for any such partial month of use and occupancy of the Expansion Space shall be pro-rated on a per diem basis from the Expansion Space Delivery Date to the end of the month.

 

4.                                         TENANT’S PRO-RATA SHARE . Section 4(B) of the Lease is hereby modified to provide that, effective as of the Expansion Space Delivery Date and continuing thereafter during the Term of the Lease, Tenant’s Pro Rata Share under the Lease shall be increased to Thirty-Nine and 42/100 percent (39.42%) , which percentage is agreed to represent the ratio that the gross rentable floor area of the Demised Premises (inclusive of the Expansion Space Space) (20,916 square feet) bears to the total approximate gross rentable floor area of the Building (53,054 square feet) of which the Demised Premises forms a part.

 

5.                                         TENDER OF POSSESSION; LANDLORD’S WORK . The Tenant agrees to accept possession of the Expansion Space, when delivered by Landlord as established in the notice to be given by Landlord to Tenant pursuant to Section 2 above. The Expansion Space shall be delivered

 

3



 

by Landlord to Tenant and shall be accepted by Tenant with Landlord’s Work therein Substantially Complete. Landlord’s Work shall consist of the leasehold improvements to be furnished and installed by Landlord, at its sole cost and expense, in the Expansion Space, as shown on the floor plan dated May 8, 2012, Sheet 1 (the “Space Plan” ), which Space Plan has been mutually agreed to by the parties and is attached hereto as Exhibit “C” and made a part hereof. Landlord’s Work shall include the following: (a) constructing three (3) new offices and cubicle area as shown on the Space Plan, (b) constructing a demising wall to separate the Expansion Space from the remainder of the vacant space in the Building that is adjacent to the Original Premises, (c) connecting the Expansion Space to the Original Premises, and (d) all labor and materials and permit and inspection fees, if applicable, related to (a) - (c), but shall exclude items typically classified as furniture, fixtures and equipment or moving expenses

 

5.1                      Minkoff Development Corporation ( “MDC” ) shall act as general contractor and construction manager for Landlord’s Work, which shall be performed by MDC, its agents, employees and subcontractors in a good and workmanlike manner. All floor covering, ceiling, walls and door materials and finishes, and all fixtures and hardware installed as part of Landlord’s Work in the Expansion Space shall be Landlord’s Building standard materials and finishes.

 

5.2                      If Tenant requests Landlord to make any Alterations or other improvements not specifically shown on the Space Plan or included in the scope of Landlord’s Work as set forth in this Section 5 of the Amendment (the “Additional Landlord’s Work” ), then Landlord shall cause such Additional Landlord’s Work to be performed, and Tenant shall pay to Landlord, in cash, the total cost of such Additional Landlord’s Work within thirty (30) days after written demand therefor. No Additional Landlord’s Work shall be performed unless Landlord shall have first provided Tenant with a written estimate of the cost of such Additional Landlord’s Work and obtained Tenant’s prior written approval therefor, which approval by Tenant shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed.

 

5.3                      Prior to commencement of any of Landlord’s Work, Tenant, at its sole cost and expense, shall (i) clear and/or move, as necessary, any of its personal property in the Original Premises, including all furniture, furnishings, shelving, merchandise, machinery and equipment ( “Tenant’s Personal Property” ) that is in the way of Landlord’s Work to be performed in the Original Premises and the Expansion Space, and (ii) relocate same out of the way, in order to provide MDC and its contractors access to the areas where Landlord’s Work is to be performed in order to avoid any interference or delay in the completion of Landlord’s Work. Tenant shall also be responsible for moving back and reinstalling Tenant’s Personal Property upon completion of Landlord’s Work. Landlord’s Work shall specifically exclude the moving, relocating, or reinstalling any of Tenant’s Personal Property.

 

6.                                       RENEWAL OPTION AND RENEWAL TERM; RENEWAL RENTAL . Section 29 of the Lease is hereby modified and amended as follows:

 

6.1                      Provided that no Event of Default or Event of Bankruptcy of Tenant exists under the Lease at the time of exercise of this renewal option, or at the time of commencement of the renewal term provided herein, Tenant shall have the right and option (the “Renewal Option” )

 

4



 

to renew and extend the Term of the Lease for one (1)  additional consecutive period of five (5) years (the “Renewal Term” ), commencing June 1, 2018 and expiring May 31, 2023 . The Renewal Option herein may be exercised only by written notice given by Tenant to Landlord at least twelve (12) months prior to expiration of the Extended Term hereof (the “Renewal Notice” ). Such Renewal Term shall be upon all of the same terms and conditions of the Lease, as hereby amended, except that Landlord shall not be obligated to pay for or grant Tenant any allowance for any work or perform any Alterations or leasehold improvements in the Demised Premises during or with respect to the Renewal Term. The Renewal Option herein shall apply only with respect to the entire Demised Premises under the Lease, and shall not be assignable by Tenant (other than to a Tenant Affiliate as defined in the Lease) without Landlord’s prior written consent in each instance.

 

6.2                      Basic Annual Rental during the first (1st) Lease Year of such Renewal Term shall be at Ninety-Five percent (95%) of the prevailing market rate (including also annual escalations, other additional charges and market concessions) as reasonably determined by Landlord and Tenant for comparable space in the Gaithersburg and Germantown sub-market (the “Renewal Rental” ). Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Renewal Rental payable by Tenant for the first Lease Year of the Renewal Term shall not exceed One Hundred Fifteen percent (115%) nor be less than Eighty-Five percent (85%) of the Basic Annual Rental payable during the final Lease Year of the Extended Term of the Lease as provided herein, and the annual escalations shall not be greater than four percent (4%) nor less than three percent (3%) per year during the Renewal Term. Landlord shall notify Tenant in writing as to Landlord’s reasonable, good faith determination of the Renewal Rental, including annual escalation, within ten (10) business days after written request by Tenant for such information, which request shall not be made by Tenant any earlier than fourteen (14) months before expiration of the Extended Term of the Lease. Landlord’s determination of the Renewal Rental shall be final and binding in fixing the Renewal Rental and annual escalation, unless, within fifteen (15) days after receipt of Landlord’s determination of the Renewal Rental, Tenant notifies Landlord in writing that it disagrees with Landlord’s determination and Tenant shall, in good faith, propose a specific alternative Renewal Rental and/or annual escalation. In such event, Landlord and Tenant shall endeavor in good faith to reach agreement on the Renewal Rental and annual escalation within the next thirty (30) days . If the parties are still unable to agree on the Renewal Rental and annual escalation, then the Renewal Option shall be null and void. Basic Annual Rental shall be payable during the Renewal Term in the manner as prescribed in the Lease. In addition to the Renewal Rental and annual escalation thereof as determined pursuant to this Section, Tenant shall pay to Landlord, at the times and in the manner indicated in the Lease, the Operating Expenses, Additional Rent and other sums required to be paid by Tenant pursuant to the terms of the Lease.

 

7.                                       RIGHT OF FIRST OFFER . Section 35 of the Lease (captioned “Option to Lease Additional Space”) shall continue in full force and effect during the Extended Term.

 

8.                                       BROKERAGE . Landlord and Tenant each represent, acknowledge, and warrant to the other that this Amendment and all transactions leading up the execution of this Amendment were negotiated and consummated directly and solely between Landlord and Tenant and that, neither party has been represented by any real estate broker or agent in connection with

 

5



 

this Lease. Each party agrees to indemnify, defend and hold harmless the other from and against any and all damages, costs or expense, including but not limited to, court costs, litigation expenses and reasonable attorneys’ fees, arising out of any claim or action by any broker or other person for any commission, fee or other compensation in connection with this transaction based upon or arising out of any action by Landlord or Tenant or anyone acting on their behalf, respectively.

 

9.                                       MORTGAGEE CONSENT . Tenant understands and acknowledges that the effectiveness of this Amendment is expressly contingent on Landlord obtaining the written consent of Landlord’s permanent mortgage lender (the “Lender” ) for this Amendment. Landlord hereby represents that it will exercise all commercially reasonable efforts to obtain such Lender consent within thirty (30) days after execution of this Amendment. If requested by Lender upon review of this Amendment, Tenant agrees to join with Landlord in executing such additional documents as such Lender reasonably may require for its consent to this Amendment, provided the same does not increase the rent or other amounts payable by Tenant hereunder, nor alter Tenant’s rights and/or obligations or Landlord’s rights and/or obligations under the Lease or this Amendment.

 

10.                                MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS .

 

10.1                         This Amendment shall constitute the full and entire agreement between Landlord and Tenant with respect to the subject matter herein. Any prior correspondence, memoranda, understandings, offers, negotiations and agreements, oral or written, are replaced by this Amendment. This Amendment may not be modified or amended except in writing, signed by the parties hereto.

 

10.2                         This Amendment shall not be binding upon Landlord until delivery by Landlord of a fully executed original of same to Tenant. The provisions hereof shall bind and inure to the benefit of Tenant and Landlord and their respective successors and assigns, and shall be construed under the laws of the State of Maryland. Further, the parties executing this document on behalf of Tenant and Landlord hereby represent and warrant to Landlord or Tenant as the case may be that each of the individuals signing this Amendment on behalf of Landlord and Tenant has the full right and requisite power, capacity and authority to execute and deliver this Amendment as a binding and valid obligation on behalf of Tenant or Landlord as the case may be.

 

10.3                         Time shall be of the essence regarding all obligations and duties of Tenant and Landlord under this Amendment.

 

10.4                         Tenant confirms that Landlord is not in default under any provision of the Lease, and that Landlord has fully performed all of its obligations under the Lease through the date hereof.

 

10.5                         The section headings or captions appearing in this document are inserted only as a matter of convenience and do not define, limit, construe, or describe the scope or intent of the sections of this Amendment, nor in any way affect this instrument.

 

6



 

10.6                         All defined terms used herein shall have the meanings given them in the Lease, unless otherwise defined herein.

 

10.7                         The Landlord and Tenant hereby waive all rights to trial by jury in any litigation involving this Amendment. If Tenant is in an Event of Default under any provision of this Amendment, it is agreed that Landlord shall have all of the rights and remedies available at law and/or in equity as provided in the Lease.

 

10.8                         Submission of this Amendment for examination or signature by Tenant and any negotiations in connection therewith shall not be effective as an amendment to the Lease or otherwise until execution and delivery hereof by Landlord and Tenant.

 

10.9                         The parties confirm that they have been represented by their own counsel or have had the opportunity to secure independent advice from counsel of their own choosing and each acknowledges and agrees that they have had the opportunity to fully negotiate the terms hereof and modify the draftsmanship of this Amendment. Therefore, the terms of this Amendment shall be construed and interpreted without any presumption, inference, or rule requiring construction or interpretation of any provision of this Amendment against the interest of the party causing this Amendment or any portion thereof to be drafted.

 

10.10                  Except as expressly modified by this Amendment herein, the Lease between the parties shall be and remain in full force and effect. The provisions of this Amendment shall prevail and control over anything to the contrary hereof contained in the Lease.

 

10.11                  Each party acknowledges and agrees to fully cooperate with the other party and to join in with the other party to execute and deliver such other and further documents or instruments as may be reasonable or necessary to effectuate the terms and provisions of this Amendment.

 

10.12                  This Amendment may be executed in two or more counterparts each of which shall be deemed an original, and all of which when taken together shall constitute one and the same instrument. The parties further agree that facsimile signatures or signatures scanned into PDF (or similar) format and sent by e-mail shall be deemed original signatures.

 

[BALANCE OF PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK;

SIGNATURES ON FOLLOWING PAGE]

 

7



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Landlord has caused this Amendment to be executed in its name by its duly authorized general partner, and the Tenant has caused this Amendment to be signed, witnessed or attested on its behalf in its corporate name by its duly authorized officers, all done as of the date first above written.

 

 

 

LANDLORD:

 

 

 

 

 

SENECA MEADOWS CORPORATE CENTER III

 

 

L.L.L.P. , a Maryland limited liability limited partnership

 

 

 

WITNESS:

 

By:

PNC Realty, Inc., a Maryland corporation

 

 

 

its General Partner

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ ILLEGIBLE

 

By:

/s/ Paul N. Chod

 

 

 

 

Paul N. Chod, President

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

TENANT:

 

 

 

WITNESS/ATTEST:

 

SENSORS FOR MEDICINE AND SCIENCE, INC.

 

 

a Delaware corporation

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Carroll Cummings

 

By:

/s/ Timothy T. Goodnow

(SEAL)

 

 

 

 

 

Carroll Cummings, Assistant Corporate Secretary

 

 

Timothy T. Goodnow, President & CEO

 

(Print Name & Title)

 

 

(Print Name & Title)

 

 

8


 

EXHIBIT “A”

 

Drawing of Building #7, Seneca Meadows Corporate Center

locating the Original Premises at

20447, 20449 and 20451 Seneca Meadows Parkway, Germantown, MD 20876

 

 

9



 

EXHIBIT “B”

 

Demised Premises

(Original Premises and Expansion Space)

located at

20447, 20449 and 20451 Seneca Meadows Parkway, Germantown, MD 20876

 

 

10



 

EXHIBIT “C”

 

Space Plan for Expansion Space

 

 

11



 

EXHIBIT “D” — SPECIMEN FORM

 

CERTIFICATE OF DELIVERY OF POSSESSION OF EXPANSION SPACE

 

THIS CERTIFICATE OF DELIVERY OF POSSESSION OF EXPANSION SPACE, made on this        day of                   , 2012 (herein after referred to as the “Certificate” ), between SENECA MEADOWS CORPORATE CENTER III L.L.L.P. , a Maryland limited liability limited partnership (hereinafter referred to as “Landlord” ); and SENSORS FOR MEDICINE AND SCIENCE, INC. , a Delaware corporation, qualified to transact business and in good standing under the laws of the State of Maryland (hereinafter referred to as the “Tenant” ).

 

RECITALS:

 

WHEREAS, Landlord and Tenant entered into that certain Lease dated February 4, 2008 (the “Lease” ), as modified by that certain Certificate of Delivery of Possession and Commencement Date of Lease dated March 20, 2008 (the “First Certificate” ), and further modified and amended by that certain First Amendment to Lease dated                 , 2012 (the “Amendment” ) for that certain expansion space in the building known as Building #7 at Shady Grove Development Park (the “Building” ), said expansion space, deemed to consist of 666 rentable square feet (hereinafter referred to as the “Expansion Space” ), being contiguous to and made a part of the Demised Premises, being known and described as 20447, 20449 and 20451 Seneca Meadows Parkway, Germantown, Maryland 20876 , as more particularly described in the Lease, as modified by the Amendment (the Lease, First Certificate and Amendment are hereinafter collectively referred to as the “Lease”), a copy of which is incorporated herein by reference; and

 

WHEREAS, Landlord has Substantially Completed installation and construction of all required Landlord’s Work in the Expansion Space and in the Original Premises (collectively, the “Demised Premises”) as set forth in the Amendment attached thereto; and

 

WHEREAS, pursuant to the Amendment, Landlord has delivered to Tenant possession of the Expansion Space and all leasehold improvements related thereto on                       , 2012 (hereinafter the “Expansion Space Delivery Date” ), and the Expansion Space is ready for use and occupancy by Tenant for the purposes as described in the Lease; and

 

WHEREAS, Tenant hereby acknowledges that Landlord has Substantially Completed all of Landlord’s Work in the Expansion Space and hereby accepts delivery of possession of the Expansion Space from the Landlord on the Expansion Space Delivery Date set forth hereinabove for the purposes set forth in the Lease; and

 

WHEREAS, Tenant hereby acknowledges all of its covenants to pay Rent for the Demised Premises, including the Expansion Space, during the Term of the Lease and such other amounts as may become due and owing with respect to the Demised Premises, including the Expansion Space, under the Lease, and to perform all of its other obligations, duties and

 

12



 

agreements with respect to the Demised Premises pursuant to the terms of the Lease commencing on the Expansion Space Delivery Date; and

 

WHEREAS, all words, terms and phrases not otherwise defined herein, whether or not capitalized herein, shall have the meanings given to them in the Lease, unless and except as otherwise expressly stated herein.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties intending to be legally bound do hereby covenant and agree to and with each other as follows:

 

1.                    EXPANSION SPACE DELIVERY DATE. The actual Expansion Space Delivery Date under the Amendment and commencement of all duties, covenants and obligations of Tenant under the Lease with respect to the Expansion Space shall be                   , 2012. (If the Expansion Space Delivery Date is a date other than the 1st of the month, then Basic Monthly Rental and Tenant’s Monthly Share of Operating Expenses payable for the Expansion Space, shall be pro-rated on a per diem basis from the Expansion Space Delivery Date through the end of the month in which Landlord delivers possession of the Expansion Space to Tenant)

 

2.                  EXPIRATION DATE. The Expiration Date of the Lease, as renewed and extended for the Extended Term, is May 31, 2018 .

 

3.                  BINDING EFFECT. This instrument is intended to clarify certain terms and provisions of the Lease and contains the entire agreement of the parties hereto concerning the subject matter hereof. The terms, covenants and conditions set forth herein shall become part of the Lease and shall be binding upon the parties and their personal representatives, successors and assigns. Except as expressly set forth herein, all of the terms, provisions and conditions of the Lease shall remain in full force and effect, unless otherwise modified in writing and signed by the parties hereto or their duly authorized officers, agents or representatives.

 

4.                  LEGAL AUTHORITY. Each of the individuals signing this Certificate on behalf of a party does hereby represent and warrant to the other party that he/she has the full right, power, capacity and authority to execute and deliver this Certificate as the binding and valid obligation of the Landlord or Tenant, as the case may be, hereunder.

 

5.                  COUNTERPARTS. This Certificate may be executed in any number of counterparts each of which when so executed and delivered shall be deemed to be an original, and all of which taken together shall constitute but one and the same instrument.

 

13



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this instrument to be signed, sealed and executed by its proper officers, agents or representatives and its seal to be affixed as of the date first above written.

 

 

 

LANDLORD:

 

 

 

 

 

SENECA MEADOWS CORPORATE CENTER III

 

 

L.L.L.P. , a Maryland limited liability limited partnership

 

 

 

WITNESS:

 

By:

PNC Realty, Inc., a Maryland corporation

 

 

 

its General Partner

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

 

Paul N. Chod, President

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

TENANT:

 

 

 

WITNESS/ATTEST:

 

SENSORS FOR MEDICINE AND SCIENCE, INC.

 

 

a Delaware corporation

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

(SEAL)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Print Name & Title)

 

 

(Print Name & Title)

 

 

14




Exhibit 10.2

 

SENSEONICS, INCORPORATED TRANSACTION BONUS AGREEMENT

 

APPROVED BY THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS ON DECEMBER 4, 2015

 

This Transaction Bonus Agreement (the “ Agreement ”) is established by Senseonics, Incorporated, a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), effective as of the date set forth above.

 

1.              Purpose of the Agreement.   The Company considers it essential to the operation of the Company that Participant be retained through a potential Exit Transaction.  The purpose of the Agreement is to establish an Exit Transaction Bonus to provide an incentive for Participant to continue to provide services to the Company through a potential Exit Transaction.  The Agreement is meant to supplement and work in conjunction with, and not to replace, the Company’s other incentive programs in order to achieve the foregoing purposes.

 

2.              Definitions.

 

2.1           “ Board ” will mean the Board of Directors of the Company.

 

2.2           “ Cause ” will mean (i) Participant’s theft or embezzlement of property of the Company or any affiliate, business or professional associate or client thereof; (ii) Participant’s conviction of a felony or (iii) Participant’s willful violation of any material term or condition of any agreement with the Company, if such violation persists after Participant has received due notice of and an opportunity to cure the same of at least thirty (30) business days duration, unless the nature of the violation makes such procedure clearly futile or prejudicial to the interests of the Company or its affiliates, business or professional associates or clients.

 

2.3           “ Code ” will mean the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

 

2.4           “ Continuous Service ” will mean Participant’s service with the Company, whether as an employee, director or consultant, is not interrupted or terminated.  A change in the capacity in which the Participant renders service to the Company as an employee, consultant or director, provided that there is no interruption or termination of the Participant’s service with the Company, will not terminate a Participant’s Continuous Service.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, Participant will be deemed to be in Continuous Service through an Exit Transaction if (i) the Board fails to re-nominate Participant for an additional term in connection with an election of the Company’s directors or (ii) the Participant is removed as a director by the Company’s stockholders other than for Cause.

 

2.5           “ Corporate Transaction ” will mean (i) a sale of all or substantially all (which shall be defined as at least 80 percent) of the Company’s assets, or (ii) any merger, consolidation or other business combination transaction of the Company with or into another corporation, entity or person, other than a transaction in which the holders of at least a majority of the voting share capital of the Company outstanding immediately prior to such transaction continue to hold (either by such shares remaining outstanding or by their being converted into shares of voting share capital of the surviving entity) a majority of the total voting power represented by the shares of voting share capital of the Company (or the surviving entity) outstanding immediately after such transaction, but, in each case, only to the extent such transaction (that is, (i) or (ii)) is also a “change in ownership of a corporation” or a “change in ownership of a substantial portion of a corporation’s assets” as defined in Treasury Regulation Sections 1.409A-3(i)(5)(v) and (vii), without reference to any alternative definitions thereunder.  This definition of Corporate Transaction is intended to constitute a condition that poses a “substantial risk of forfeiture” (as defined in Treasury Regulations Section 1.409A-1(d)).

 



 

2.6           “ Definitive Agreement ” will mean the definitive agreement executed in connection with the Corporate Transaction.

 

2.7           “ Exit Transaction ” will mean the first to occur of (i) a Corporate Transaction and (ii) an Initial Public Offering.  This definition of Exit Transaction is intended to constitute a condition that poses a “substantial risk of forfeiture” (as defined in Treasury Regulations Section 1.409A-1(d)).

 

2.8           “ Exit Transaction Bonus ” will mean the transaction bonus payment set forth in Section 4.

 

2.9           “ Initial Public Offering ” will mean the first to occur of (i) an underwritten initial public offering of the Company’s equity securities (an “ IPO ”), (ii) a merger, consolidation or other business combination transaction of the Company with or into another corporation, entity or person that does not meet the definition of “Corporate Transaction” under Section 2.5, but which results in the Company becoming subject to the reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, including voluntary reporting thereunder (a “ Reverse Merger ”), in which the combined company has cash and cash equivalents of at least $40 million upon completion of the Reverse Merger, without giving effect to any financing conducted in conjunction with the Reverse Merger, (iii) a Reverse Merger in which the combined company has cash and cash equivalents of at least $40 million upon completion of the Reverse Merger, including the gross proceeds of a contemporaneous private placement of equity securities (a “ Simultaneous Financing ”), or (iv) the completion of a public offering or private placement of equity securities in which gross proceeds of at least $40 million are raised (a “ Follow-On Offering ”) following the completion of a Reverse Merger.

 

2.10         “ Invested Capital ” will mean the amount of cash invested in the Company by holders of the Company’s then outstanding equity securities immediately prior to an Exit Transaction.

 

2.11         “ Participant ” will mean Stephen De Falco.

 

2.12         “ Section 409A ” will mean Section 409A of the Code, and any state laws of similar effect, and any applicable regulations or guidance issued thereunder.

 

2.13         “ Valuation ” will mean (i) in the case of an IPO set forth in Section 2.9(i), the public offering price per share of Company Common Stock issued in the IPO multiplied by the number of issued and outstanding shares of Company Common Stock determined on an as converted to Common Stock basis immediately prior to the closing of the IPO, (ii) in the case of a Reverse Merger set forth in Section 2.9(ii), the Fair Market Value per share of the Company Common Stock as implied by the Reverse Merger (as determined in good faith by the Board), (iii) in the case of a Reverse Merger set forth in Section 2.9(iii), the price per share of the Company Common Stock issued in the Simultaneous Financing multiplied by the number of issued and outstanding shares of Company Common Stock determined on an as converted to Common Stock basis immediately prior to the closing of the Simultaneous Financing, (iv) in the case of a Reverse Merger set forth in Section 2.9(iv), the public offering price (or in the case of a private placement, the gross issuance price) per share of the Company Common Stock in the Follow-On Offering multiplied by the number of issued and outstanding shares of Company Common Stock determined on an as converted to Common Stock basis immediately prior to the closing of the Follow-On Offering, and (v) in the case of a Corporate Transaction the sum of any cash and the Fair Market Value of any securities or other property received by the Company (in the case of an asset sale) or by the Company stockholders or other stakeholders in respect of equity securities of the Company (including stock options, warrants or convertible securities), net of any debt that is paid or assumed by the acquiror and after deductions to the extent applicable under the Definitive Agreement for the payment of, or provision for, transaction related fees and expenses (including, without limitation, payments to investment bankers and

 



 

attorneys) and any other transaction related purchase price adjustments provided for under the Definitive Agreement (including, without limitation, working capital adjustments).

 

3.              Interpretation and Administration of the Agreement.    The Agreement will be interpreted and administered in good faith by the Board, in consultation with the Participant.  All actions taken by the Board in interpreting the terms of the Agreement and in the administration of the Agreement will be final and binding on Participant.

 

4.              Payment of Exit Transaction Bonus; Certain Obligations of the Company in a Stock Transaction.   Participant will be eligible to receive the following Exit Transaction Bonus, provided the conditions for earning such Exit Transaction Bonus set forth below are satisfied.

 

4.1           Restricted Stock Award : The Company will issue to Participant 190,000 shares of Company Common Stock after the execution of this Agreement (the “Restricted Stock Award”).  The terms and conditions of the Restricted Stock Award will be governed by the Restricted Stock Award Agreement, attached hereto as Exhibit A, which Participant agrees to sign.  Fifty percent (50%) of the shares of Common Stock subject to the Restricted Stock Award will be vested on the date of issuance, and the remaining fifty percent (50%) of the shares subject to the Restricted Stock Award will vest upon the earliest to occur of (i) the date that the IPO is priced, (ii) the date a Reverse Merger set forth in Section 2.9(ii) or 2.9(iii) closes, (iii) the date that the Follow-on Offering is priced, or (iv) the closing of a Corporate Transaction, as applicable, provided that Participant remains in Continuous Service with the Company through such date.

 

4.2           Cash Bonus Award :  The Company will pay Participant a one-time cash payment equal to the Cash Transaction Bonus (as defined below) minus the Fair Market Value of the shares of Common Stock awarded pursuant to the Restricted Stock Award, valued as of the date of issuance (the “Cash Bonus Award”), provided that Participant remains in Continuous Service with the Company through an Exit Transaction.  If the Exit Transaction is an Initial Public Offering, the Cash Bonus Award will be paid no later than the fifteenth day of the third calendar month following the calendar year in which the Exit Transaction occurs.  If the Exit Transaction is a Corporate Transaction, the Cash Bonus Award will be paid at such time or times as the consideration set forth in Section 2.13(v) is paid to the Company and/or its shareholders.  The “Cash Transaction Bonus” equals:

 

(i)             0.75% of the Company Valuation, if the Valuation of the Company in the Exit Transaction is less than two times the Invested Capital;

 

(ii)            1% of the Company Valuation, if the Valuation of the Company in the Exit Transaction is at least two times the Invested Capital, but less than four times the Invested Capital; or

 

(iii)          1.25% of the Company Valuation, if the Valuation of the Company in the Exit Transaction equals or exceeds four times the Invested Capital.

 

4.3           It is intended that each installment of the payments provided under the Agreement (the “ Payments ”) is a separate “payment” for purposes of Section 1.409A-2(b)(2)(i) of the Treasury Regulations.  For the avoidance of doubt, it is intended that the Cash Bonus Award satisfy, to the greatest extent possible, the exemption from the application of Section 409A of the Code and the Treasury Regulations and other guidance issued thereunder and any state law of similar effect provided under Treasury Regulations Section 1.409A-1(b)(4) and, to the extent not so exempt, that the Cash Bonus Award comply, and this Agreement be interpreted to the greatest extent possible as consistent, with Treasury Regulations Section 1.409A-3(i)(5)(iv)(A) — that is, as “transaction-based compensation.”  Therefore, no Cash Bonus Award will be earned or paid after the fifth (5 th ) anniversary of the Corporate Transaction and Participant will not be entitled to any payments under the Agreement with respect to any

 



 

Cash Bonus Award after such date .  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company makes no representation or guarantee as to the tax treatment of the Exit Transaction Bonus, including with respect to compliance with Section 409A of the Code and Treasury Regulations.

 

5.              Withholding of Compensation.  The Company or the acquirer in an Exit Transaction will not withhold from any payments under the Agreement.  Participant is encouraged to contact Participant’s personal legal or tax advisors with respect to the benefits provided by the Agreement.  Neither the Company nor any of its employees, directors, officers or agents are authorized to provide any tax advice to Participant with respect to the benefits provided under the Agreement and the Company makes no representations or warranties to Participant regarding the tax treatment of the Exit Transaction Bonus.

 

6.              No Guarantee of Continued Service.   The Agreement is intended to provide a financial incentive to Participant and is not intended to confer any rights to continued service upon Participant.

 

7.              No Assignment or Transfer by Participant.   None of the rights, benefits, obligations or duties under the Agreement may be assigned or transferred by Participant except by will or under the laws of descent and distribution.  Any purported assignment or transfer by Participant will be void.

 

8.              Termination of the Agreement.   Upon the Closing of an Exit Transaction, no subsequent transaction will be deemed an Exit Transaction.  Following the Closing of a Exit Transaction, the Agreement and any Exit Transaction Bonus awarded hereunder will terminate effective as of such time as all earned payments due under the Agreement as a result of such Exit Transaction have been paid.

 

9.              Amendment of the Agreement.   The Agreement may be amended by the Board, provided that no amendment will adversely affect the rights of Participant hereunder without written consent of Participant unless such amendment is necessary, in the good faith determination of the Board, to bring this Agreement into exemption from or compliance with Section 409A.

 

10.           Advice of Counsel.   Participant acknowledges that Participant has been provided the opportunity to consult with legal counsel, has been advised by the Company to consult such counsel, and has consulted counsel with respect to the Exit Transaction Bonus.

 

11.           Governing Law.   The rights and obligations of Participant under the Agreement will be governed by and interpreted, construed and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware without regard to its or any other jurisdiction’s conflicts of laws principles.  The parties agree that any claim, dispute, or proceeding arising under or related to this Agreement will be brought in the state or federal courts encompassing the Company’s then principal headquarters.

 

12.           Assumption by Acquiror.  The Company’s obligations to pay the Exit Transaction Bonus to Participant hereunder will be deemed to have been appropriately satisfied if the acquiring or surviving corporation in an Exit Transaction assumes such obligations and pays the Exit Transaction Bonus as provided hereunder.

 

13.           Severability.   If any provision of the Agreement is held invalid or unenforceable, its invalidity or unenforceability will not affect any other provision of the Agreement, and the Agreement will be construed and enforced as if such provision had not been included.

 

14.           Entire Agreement.  The Agreement sets forth all of the agreements and understandings between the Company and Participant with respect to the subject matter hereof, and supersedes and terminates all prior agreements and understandings between the Company and Participant with respect to the subject matter hereof, including without limitation that certain Services Agreement between the Participant and the Company, dated June 30, 2010.

 



 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO FOLLOW

 



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Agreement to be executed as of the date first above written.

 

 

SENSEONICS, INCORPORATED

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ R. Don Elsey

 

Name:

R. Don Elsey

 

Title:

Chief Financial Officer

 

 

 

 

Accepted and Agreed:

 

 

 

/s/ Stephen DeFalco

 

STEPHEN DE FALCO

 

 

 

12/4/15

 

Date

 

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO TRANSACTION BONUS AGREEMENT — STEPHEN DE FALCO

 




Exhibit 10.3

 

SENSORS FOR MEDICINE AND SCIENCE, INC.

1997 STOCK OPTION PLAN

AS AMENDED AND RESTATED JUNE 22, 2011

 



 

SENSORS FOR MEDICINE AND SCIENCE, INC.

1997 STOCK OPTION PLAN

AS AMENDED AND RESTATED JUNE 22, 2011

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

 

 

 

Page

 

 

 

 

1.

PURPOSE

1

 

 

 

 

2.

ADMINISTRATION

2

 

(a)                                  Board

2

 

(b)                                  Action by Committee

2

 

(c)                                   No Liability

2

 

(d)                                  Applicability of Rule 16b-3

2

 

 

 

 

3.

STOCK

 

3

 

 

 

 

4.

ELIGIBILITY

3

 

(a)                                  Designated Recipients

3

 

(b)                                  Successive Grants

3

 

 

 

 

5.

EFFECTIVE DATE AND TERM OF THE PLAN

4

 

(a)                                  Effective Date

4

 

(b)                                  Term

4

 

 

 

 

6.

GRANT OF OPTIONS

4

 

(a)                                  General

4

 

(b)                                  Limitation on Grants of Options

4

 

 

 

 

7.

LIMITATIONS ON INCENTIVE STOCK OPTIONS; PARACHUTE PAYMENTS

5

 

(a)                                  Price and Dollar Limitations

5

 

(b)                                  Parachute Limitations

5

 

 

 

 

8.

OPTION AGREEMENTS

6

 

 

 

 

9.

OPTION PRICE

6

 

 

 

 

10.

TERM AND EXERCISE OF OPTIONS

7

 

(a)                                  Term

7

 

(b)                                  Option Period and Limitations on Exercise

7

 

(c)                                   Method of Exercise

8

 



 

 

(d)                                  Date of Grant

9

 

 

 

11.

TRANSFERABILITY OF STOCK AND OPTIONS

9

 

(a)                                  Limitations on Transfer

9

 

(b)                                  Nontransferability of Shares

9

 

(c)                                   Legend

10

 

(d)                                  Put Rights

10

 

 

 

 

12.

TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT OR OTHER RELATIONSHIP OF OPTIONEE

10

 

 

 

 

13.

USE OF PROCEEDS

10

 

 

 

 

14.

REQUIREMENTS OF LAW

11

 

 

 

 

15.

AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION OF THE PLAN

11

 

 

 

 

16.

EFFECT OF CHANGES IN CAPITALIZATION

12

 

(a)                                  Changes in Stock

12

 

(b)                                  Reorganization in Which the Corporation Is the Surviving Corporation

13

 

(c)                                   Dissolution, Liquidation, Sale of Assets, Reorganization in Which the Corporation Is Not the Surviving Corporation, and Change of Control

13

 

(d)                                  Adjustments

14

 

(e)                                   No Limitations on Corporation

14

 

 

 

 

17.

DISCLAIMER OF RIGHTS

14

 

 

 

 

18.

NONEXCLUSIVITY OF THE PLAN

15

 

 

 

 

19.

CAPTIONS

15

 

 

 

 

20.

DISQUALIFYING DISPOSITIONS

15

 

 

 

 

21.

WITHHOLDING TAXES

15

 

 

 

 

22.

OTHER PROVISIONS

16

 

 

 

 

23.

NUMBER AND GENDER

16

 

 

 

 

24.

SEVERABILITY

16

 

 

 

 

25.

GOVERNING LAW

16

 

 

 

 

26.

CALIFORNIA PROVISIONS

16

 



 

SENSORS FOR MEDICINE AND SCIENCE, INC.

1997 STOCK OPTION PLAN

AS AMENDED AND RESTATED JUNE 22, 2011

 

SENSORS FOR MEDICINE AND SCIENCE, INC., a Delaware corporation (the “Corporation”), sets forth herein the terms of this 1997 Stock Option Plan (the “Plan”) as follows:

 

1.                                                                                       PURPOSE

 

The Plan is intended to advance the interests of the Corporation and any subsidiary thereof within the meaning of Rule 405 of Regulation C under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (with the term “person” as used in such Rule 405 being defined as in Section 2(2) of such Act) (a “Subsidiary”), by providing eligible individuals (as designated pursuant to Section 4 below) with incentives to improve business results. The Plan creates such incentives by providing an opportunity to acquire or increase a proprietary interest in the Corporation, which thereby will create a stronger incentive to expend maximum effort for the growth and success of the Corporation and its Subsidiaries, and will encourage eligible individuals to continue to serve the Corporation and its Subsidiaries, whether as an employee, as a director, as a consultant or advisor or in some other capacity. To this end, the Plan provides for the grant of stock options, as set out herein.

 

This Plan provides for the grant of stock options (each of which is an “Option”) in accordance with the terms of the Plan. An Option may be an incentive stock option (an “ISO”) intended to satisfy the applicable requirements under Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time, or the corresponding provision of any subsequently-enacted tax statute (the “Code”), or a nonqualified stock option (an “NSO”). An Option is an NSO to the extent that the Option would exceed the limitations set forth in Section 7 below. An Option is also an NSO if either (i) the Option is specifically designated at the time of grant as an NSO or not being an ISO or (ii) the Option does not otherwise satisfy the requirements of Code Section 422 at the time of grant. Each Option shall be evidenced by a written agreement between the Corporation and the recipient individual that sets out the terms and conditions of the grant as further described in Section 8.

 

1



 

2.                                                                                       ADMINISTRATION

 

(a)                                  Board

 

The Plan shall be administered by the Board of Directors of the Corporation (the “Board”), which shall have the full power and authority to take all actions and to make all determinations required or provided for under the Plan, any Option granted or any Option Agreement (as defined in Section 8 below) entered into hereunder. The Board shall have full power and authority to take all such other actions and determinations not inconsistent with the specific terms and provisions of the Plan, which the Board deems to be necessary or appropriate to the administration of the Plan, any Option granted hereunder or any Option Agreement entered into hereunder. The Board’s interpretation and construction of any provision of the Plan, any Option granted hereunder or any Option Agreement entered into hereunder shall be final, binding and conclusive.

 

(b)                                  Action by Committee

 

The Board from time to time may appoint a Stock Option Committee consisting of two or more members of the Board of Directors (the “Committee”). The Board, in its sole discretion, may provide that the role of the Committee shall be limited to making recommendations to the Board concerning any determinations to be made and actions to be taken by the Board pursuant to or with respect to the Plan, or the Board may delegate to the Committee such powers and authorities related to the administration of the Plan, as set forth in Section 2(a) above, as the Board shall determine, consistent with the Certificate of Incorporation and By-laws of the Corporation and applicable law. In the event that the Plan or any Option granted or Option Agreement entered into hereunder provides for any action to be taken by or determination to be made by the Board, such action may be taken by or such determination may be made by the Committee if the power and authority to do so has been delegated to the Committee by the Board as provided for in this Section. Unless otherwise expressly determined by the Board, any such action or determination by the Committee shall be final and conclusive.

 

(c)                                   No Liability

 

No member of the Board or of the Committee shall be liable for any action or determination made in good faith with respect to the Plan, any Option granted hereunder or any Option Agreement entered into hereunder.

 

(d)                                  Applicability of Rule 16b-3

 

Those provisions of the Plan that make express reference to Rule 16b-3 shall apply to the Corporation only at such time as any equity security of the Corporation is registered under Section 12 of the Securities

 

2



 

Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), and then only to such persons as are required to file reports under Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act (each of whom is a “Reporting Person”).

 

3.                                                                                       STOCK

 

The stock that may be issued pursuant to Options under the Plan shall be shares of common stock, par value $.01 per share, of the Corporation (the “Stock”), which shares may be treasury shares or authorized but unissued shares. The number of shares of Stock that may be issued pursuant to Options under the Plan shall not exceed, in the aggregate, 6,462,615 shares of Stock, less any shares of Stock issued by the Corporation as “founder’s stock” pursuant to Founder’s Stock Purchase Agreements. If any Option expires, terminates, or is terminated or canceled for any reason prior to exercise, or if the Corporation reacquires shares of unvested Stock issued pursuant to Founder’s Stock Purchase Agreements pursuant to Section 6 thereunder, the shares of Stock that were subject to the unexercised, forfeited, terminated or canceled portion of such Option, or reacquired by the Corporation, as the case may be, shall be available immediately for future grants of Options under the Plan or for issuance as “founder’s stock” pursuant to Founder’s Stock Purchase Agreements.

 

4.                                                                                       ELIGIBILITY

 

(a)                                  Designated Recipients

 

Subject to the next sentence, Options may be granted under the Plan to (i) any full-time employee of the Corporation or any Subsidiary (including any such individual who is an officer or director of the Corporation or any Subsidiary) as the Board shall determine and designate from time to time or (ii) any other individual (including a non-employee director of, or consultant or advisor providing bona fide services to, the Corporation or any Subsidiary, provided that such services must not be in connection with the offer or sale of securities in a capital-raising transaction) whose participation in the Plan is determined by the Board to be in the best interests of the Corporation and is so designated by the Board. Options granted to an employee of the Corporation or a “subsidiary corporation” thereof within the meaning of Section 424(f) of the Code shall be either ISOs or NSOs, as determined in the sole discretion of the Board, and Options granted to any other individual shall be NSOs.

 

(b)                                  Successive Grants

 

An individual may hold more than one Option, subject to such restrictions as are provided herein.

 

3



 

5.                                                                                       EFFECTIVE DATE AND TERM OF THE PLAN

 

(a)                                  Effective Date

 

The Plan shall be effective as of the date of adoption by the Board, subject to approval of the Plan within one year of such effective date by the affirmative vote of holders of a majority of the shares of Stock present or represented and entitled to vote, provided that the total votes cast represent a majority of all shares entitled to vote, or by consent as permitted by law. Upon approval of the Plan by the stockholders of the Corporation as set forth above, however, all Options granted under the Plan on or after the effective date shall be fully effective as if the stockholders of the Corporation had approved the Plan on the Plan’s effective date. If the stockholders fail to approve the Plan within one year of such effective date, any Options granted hereunder shall be null and void and of no effect.

 

(b)                                  Term

 

The Plan shall have no termination date, but no grant of an ISO may occur after the date that is ten years after the effective date.

 

6.                                                                                       GRANT OF OPTIONS

 

(a)                                  General

 

Subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan, the Board may, at any time and from time to time, grant to such eligible individuals as the Board may determine (each of the whom is an “Optionee”), Options to purchase such number of shares of Stock on such terms and conditions as the Board may determine, including any terms or conditions that may be necessary to qualify such Options as ISOs under Section 422 of the Code. Such authority specifically includes the authority, in order to effectuate the purposes of the Plan but without amending the Plan, to modify grants to eligible individuals who are foreign nationals or are individuals who are employed outside the United States to recognize differences in local law, tax policy, or custom.

 

(b)                                  Limitation on Grants of Options

 

On and after such time as any equity security of the Corporation is registered under Section 12 of the Exchange Act (the “Registration Date”) but only after such time as the reliance period described in Treas. Reg. Section 1.162-27(f)(2) has expired, the maximum number of shares subject to Options that can be granted under the Plan during any fiscal year to any executive officer of the Corporation, or to any other person eligible for a grant of an Option under Section 4, is 750,000 (subject to adjustment as provided in Section 16(a) hereof).

 

4



 

7.                                                                                       LIMITATIONS ON INCENTIVE STOCK OPTIONS; PARACHUTE PAYMENTS

 

(a)                                  Price and Dollar Limitations

 

An Option that is designated as being one that is intended to qualify as an ISO shall qualify for treatment as an ISO only to the extent that the aggregate fair market value (determined at the time the Option is granted) of the Stock with respect to which all options that are intended to constitute “incentive stock options,” within the meaning of Code Section 422, are exercisable for the first time by any Optionee during any calendar year (under the Plan and all other plans of the Optionee’s employer corporation and its parent and subsidiary corporations within the meaning of Section 422(d) of the Code) does not exceed $100,000.

 

(b)                                  Parachute Limitations

 

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Plan or of any other agreement, contract, or understanding heretofore or hereafter entered into by the Optionee with the Corporation or any Subsidiary (an “Other Agreement”), and notwithstanding any formal or informal plan or other arrangement heretofore or hereafter adopted by the Corporation (or any such Subsidiary) for the direct or indirect provision of compensation to the Optionee (including groups or classes of participants or beneficiaries of which the Optionee is a member), whether or not such compensation is deferred, is in cash, or is in the form of a benefit to or for the Optionee (a “Benefit Arrangement”), and unless the agreement evidencing the Option granted to the Optionee or the Other Agreement otherwise provides, if the Optionee is a “disqualified individual,” as defined in Section 280G(c) of the Code, any Option held by that Optionee and any right to receive any payment or other benefit under this Plan shall not become exercisable or vested (i) to the extent that such right to exercise, vesting, payment, or benefit, taking into account all other rights, payments, or benefits to or for the Optionee under this Plan, all Other Agreements, and all Benefit Arrangements, would cause any payment or benefit to the Optionee under this Plan to be considered a “parachute payment” within the meaning of Section 280G(b)(2) of the Code as then in effect (a “Parachute Payment”) and (ii) if, as a result of receiving a Parachute Payment, the aggregate after-tax amounts received by the Optionee from the Corporation under this Plan, all Other Agreements, and all Benefit Arrangements would be less than the maximum after-tax amount that could be received by Optionee without causing any such payment or benefit to be considered a Parachute Payment. In the event that the receipt of any such right to exercise, vesting, payment, or benefit under this Plan, in conjunction with all other rights, payments, or benefits to or for the Optionee under any Other Agreement or any Benefit Arrangement would cause the Optionee to be considered to have received a Parachute

 

5



 

Payment under this Plan that would have the effect of decreasing the after-tax amount received by the Optionee as described in clause (ii) of the preceding sentence, then the Optionee shall have the right, in the Optionee’s sole discretion, to designate those rights, payments, or benefits under this Plan, any Other Agreements, and any Benefit Arrangements that should be reduced or eliminated so as to avoid having the payment or benefit to the Optionee under this Plan be deemed to be a Parachute Payment, provided, however, that in order to comply with Code Section 409A, the reduction or elimination will be performed in the order in which each dollar of value subject to an award reduces the Parachute Payment to the greatest extent..

 

8.                                                                                       OPTION AGREEMENTS

 

All Options granted pursuant to the Plan shall be evidenced by agreements (“Option Agreements”), to be executed by the Corporation and by the Optionee, in such form or forms as the Board shall from time to time determine. Option Agreements covering Options granted from time to time or at the same time need not contain similar provisions; provided , however , that all such Option Agreements shall comply with all terms of the Plan.

 

9.                                                                                       OPTION PRICE

 

The purchase price of each share of Stock subject to an Option (the “Option Price”) shall be fixed by the Board and stated in each Option Agreement. The Option Price shall be not less than the greater of par value or 100 percent of the fair market value of a share of Stock on the date on which the Option is granted (as determined in good faith by the Board); provided , however , that in the event the Optionee would otherwise be ineligible to receive an ISO by reason of the provisions of Sections 422(b)(6) and 424(d) of the Code (relating to stock ownership of more than ten percent), the Option Price of an Option that is intended to be an ISO shall not be less than the greater of par value or 110 percent of the fair market value of a share of Stock at the time such Option is granted. In the event that the Stock is listed on an established national or regional stock exchange or is publicly traded in an established securities market, in determining the fair market value of the Stock, the Board shall use the closing price of the Stock on such exchange or system or in such market (the closing price selected by the Board if there is more than one such exchange or market) on the trading date immediately before the Option is granted (or, if there is no such closing price, then the Board shall use the mean between the highest bid and lowest asked prices or between the high and low prices on such date), or, if no sale of the Stock has been made on such day, on the next preceding day on which any such sale shall have been made.

 

6



 

10.                                                                                TERM AND EXERCISE OF OPTIONS

 

(a)                                  Term

 

Upon the expiration of ten years from the date on which an ISO is granted or on such date prior thereto as may be fixed by the Board and stated in the Option Agreement relating to such Option, such ISO shall be ineligible for treatment as an “incentive stock option,” as defined in Section 422 of the Code, and shall be exercisable only as an NSO. In the event the Optionee otherwise would be ineligible to receive an “incentive stock option” by reason of the provisions of Sections 422(b)(6) and 424(d) of the Code (relating to stock ownership of more than 10 percent), such ten year restriction on exercisability as an ISO shall be read to impose a five year restriction on such exercisability. If an Optionee shall terminate employment prior to the ten-year or five-year limitation described in the immediately preceding sentences, any outstanding ISO shall be ineligible for treatment as an “incentive stock option,” as defined in Section 422 of the Code, and shall be exercisable only as an NSO, unless exercised within three months after such termination or, in the case of termination on account of “permanent and total disability” (within the meaning of Section 22(e)(3) of the Code), within one year after such termination.

 

(b)                                  Option Period and Limitations on Exercise

 

Each Option granted under the Plan shall be exercisable, in whole or in part, at any time and from time to time, over a period commencing on or after the date of grant and, to the extent that the Board determines and sets forth a termination date for such Option in the Option Agreement (including any amendment thereto), ending upon the stated expiration or termination date. The Board in its sole discretion may specify events or circumstances, including the giving of notice, which will cause an Option to terminate as set forth in the Option Agreement or in this Plan. Subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan, the Board may in its sole discretion provide that an Option may not be exercised in whole or in part for any period or periods of time during which such Option is outstanding and may condition exercisability (or vesting) of an Option upon the attainment of performance objectives, upon continued service, upon certain events or transactions, or a combination of one or more of such factors, or otherwise, as set forth in the Option Agreement. Subject to the parachute payment restrictions under Section 7(b), however, the Board, in its sole discretion, may rescind, modify, or waive any such limitation or condition on the exercise of an Option contained in any Option Agreement, so as to accelerate the time at which the Option may be exercised or extend the period during which the Option may be exercised. Notwithstanding any other provisions of the Plan, no Option granted to an Optionee under the Plan shall be exercisable in whole or in part prior to the date on which the stockholders of the Corporation approve the Plan, as provided in Section 5 above.

 

7



 

(c)                                   Method of Exercise

 

An Option that is exercisable hereunder may be exercised by delivery to the Corporation on any business day, at its principal office addressed to the attention of the Board, of a written notice of exercise, which notice shall specify the number of shares for which the Option is being exercised, and shall be accompanied by payment in full of the Option Price of the shares for which the Option is being exercised. Payment of the Option Price for the shares of Stock purchased pursuant to the exercise of an Option shall be made, as determined by the Board and set forth in the Option Agreement pertaining to an Option, (a) in cash or by check payable to the order of the Corporation; (b) through the tender to the Corporation of shares of Stock, which shall be valued, for purposes of determining the extent to which the Option Price has been paid thereby, at their fair market value (determined in the manner described in Section 9 hereof ) on the date of exercise or (c) by a combination of the methods described in Sections (a) and (b) hereof; provided , however , that the Board may in its discretion impose and set forth in the Option Agreement pertaining to an Option such limitations or prohibitions on the use of shares of Stock to exercise Options as it deems appropriate. On and after the date shares of Stock are publicly traded on an established securities market, payment in full of the Option Price need not accompany the written notice of exercise provided the notice directs that the Stock certificate or certificates for the shares for which the Option is exercised be delivered to a licensed broker acceptable to the Corporation as the agent for the individual exercising the Option and, at the time such Stock certificate or certificates are delivered, the broker tenders to the Corporation cash (or cash equivalents acceptable to the Corporation) equal to the Option Price. An attempt to exercise any Option granted hereunder other than as set forth above shall be invalid and of no force and effect. Promptly after the exercise of an Option and the payment in full of the Option Price of the shares of Stock covered thereby, the individual exercising the Option shall be entitled to the issuance of a Stock certificate or Stock certificates evidencing his ownership of such shares. A separate Stock certificate or separate Stock certificates shall be issued for any shares purchased pursuant to the exercise of an Option that is an ISO, which certificate or certificates shall not include any shares that were purchased pursuant to the exercise of an Option that is an NSO. Unless otherwise stated in the applicable Option Agreement, an individual holding or exercising an Option shall have none of the rights of a stockholder (for example, the right to receive cash or stock dividend payments attributable to the subject shares or to direct the voting of the subject shares) until the shares of Stock covered thereby are fully paid and issued to him. Except as provided in Section 16 below, no adjustment shall be made for dividends or other rights for which the record date is prior to the date of such issuance. Shares issued pursuant to the exercise of any Option shall be subject to the applicable restrictions set out in Section 11 hereof.

 

8



 

(d)                                  Date of Grant

 

The date of grant of an Option under this Plan shall be the date as of which the Board approves the grant.

 

11.                                                                                TRANSFERABILITY OF STOCK AND OPTIONS

 

(a)                                  Limitations on Transfer

 

During the lifetime of an Optionee, only such Optionee (or, in the event of legal incapacity or incompetency, the guardian or legal representative of the Optionee) may exercise the Option, except as otherwise specifically permitted by this Section 11(a). No Option shall be assignable or transferable other than by will or in accordance with the laws of descent and distribution; provided , however , to the extent permitted under the applicable Option Agreement, and to the extent the transfer is in compliance with any applicable restrictions on transfers, an Optionee may transfer an NSO to a family member of the Optionee (defined as an individual who is related to the Optionee by blood or adoption), to a trust established and maintained for the benefit of the Optionee or a family member of the Optionee (as determined under applicable state law and the Code) or to a partnership in which family members are the only partners, provided that (x) there may be no consideration for any such transfer, and (y) subsequent transfers of transferred Options are prohibited except those in accordance with this Section 11(a) or by will or the laws of descent and distribution.

 

(b)                                  Nontransferability of Shares

 

In the Board’s sole discretion, the Board may provide in an Option Agreement that an Optionee (or such other individual who is entitled to exercise an Option) shall not sell, pledge, assign, gift, transfer, or otherwise dispose of any shares of Stock acquired pursuant to an Option to anyone without first offering such shares to the Corporation for purchase on the same terms and conditions as those offered the proposed transferee. The Corporation may assign its right of first refusal under this Section 11(b), in whole or in part, to (1) any holder of stock or other securities of the Corporation (a “Stockholder”), (2) any employee benefit plan (within the meaning of Section 3(3) of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended) maintained by the Corporation or a Subsidiary for the benefit of employees of the Corporation or a Subsidiary (a “Benefit Plan”), or (3) any corporation or other trade or business that is controlled by or under common control with the Corporation (determined in accordance with the principles of Section 414(b) and Section 414(c) of the Code and the regulations thereunder) (an “Affiliate”). The Corporation shall give reasonable written notice to the Optionee of any such assignment of its rights. The Option Agreement may provide that the restrictions of this Section 11(b) re-apply to any person to whom Stock that was

 

9



 

originally acquired pursuant to an Option is sold, pledged, assigned, bequeathed, gifted, transferred or otherwise disposed of, without regard to the number of such subsequent transferees or the manner in which they acquire the Stock, but the Option Agreement may provide that the restrictions of this Section 11(b) do not apply to a transfer of Stock that occurs as a result of the death of the Optionee or of any subsequent transferee (but shall apply to the executor, the administrator or personal representative, the estate, and the legatees, beneficiaries and assigns thereof).

 

(c)                                   Legend

 

In order to enforce the restrictions imposed upon shares of Stock under this Plan or as provided in an Option Agreement, the Board may cause a legend or legends to be placed on any certificate representing shares issued pursuant to this Plan that complies with the applicable securities laws and regulations and makes appropriate reference to the restrictions imposed under it.

 

(d)                                  Put Rights

 

The Board, by inclusion of appropriate language in the Option Agreement, may grant the person acquiring shares of Stock thereunder the right to put such shares to the Corporation at the fair market value of such shares (as determined hereunder) at the time of exercise of such put, or at such other value as shall be specified in the Option Agreement, subject to such further terms and conditions as the Board shall include in the Option Agreement.

 

12.                                                                                TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT OR OTHER RELATIONSHIP OF OPTIONEE

 

In the Board’s sole discretion, the Board may include language in an Option Agreement providing for the termination of any unexercised Option in whole or in part upon or at any time after the termination of employment or other relationship of the Optionee with the Corporation or a Subsidiary (whether as an employee, a director, a consultant or advisor providing bona fide services to the Corporation or a Subsidiary, or otherwise). Whether a leave of absence or leave on military or government service shall constitute a termination of employment or other relationship of the Optionee with the Corporation or a Subsidiary for purposes of the Plan shall be determined by the Board, which determination shall be final and conclusive.

 

13.                                                                                USE OF PROCEEDS

 

The proceeds received by the Corporation from the sale of Stock pursuant to the exercise of Options granted under the Plan shall constitute general funds of the Corporation.

 

10


 

14.                                                                                REQUIREMENTS OF LAW

 

The Corporation shall not be required to sell or issue any shares of Stock under any Option if the sale or issuance of such shares would constitute a violation by the Optionee, the individual exercising the Option, or the Corporation of any provisions of any law or regulation of any governmental authority, including without limitation any federal or state securities laws or regulations. If at any time the Corporation shall determine, in its discretion, that the listing, registration, or qualification of any shares subject to the Option upon any securities exchange or under any state or federal law, or the consent or approval of any government regulatory or self-regulatory body is necessary or desirable as a condition of, or in connection with, the issuance or purchase of shares, the Option may not be exercised in whole or in part unless such listing, registration, qualification, consent, or approval shall have been effected or obtained free of any conditions not acceptable to the Corporation, and any delay caused thereby shall in no way affect the date of termination of the Option. Specifically in connection with the Securities Act of 1933 (as now in effect or as hereafter amended), upon the exercise of any Option, unless a registration statement under such Act is in effect with respect to the shares of Stock covered thereby, the Corporation shall not be required to sell or issue such shares unless the Board has received evidence satisfactory to it that the holder of such Option may acquire such shares pursuant to an exemption from registration under such Act. Any determination in this connection by the Board shall be final, binding, and conclusive. The Corporation may, but shall in no event be obligated to, register any securities covered hereby pursuant to the Securities Act of 1933 (as now in effect or as hereafter amended) or to register its common stock pursuant to the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (as now in effect or as hereafter amended). The Corporation shall not be obligated to take any affirmative action in order to cause the exercisability or vesting of an Option or to cause the exercise of an Option or the issuance of shares pursuant thereto to comply with any law or regulation of any governmental authority. As to any jurisdiction that expressly imposes the requirement that an Option shall not be exercisable unless and until the shares of Stock covered by such Option are registered or are subject to an available exemption from registration, the exercise of such Option (under circumstances in which the laws of such jurisdiction apply) shall be deemed conditioned upon the effectiveness of such registration or the availability of such an exemption.

 

15.                                                                                AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION OF THE PLAN

 

The Board may, at any time and from time to time, amend, suspend, or terminate the Plan as to any shares of Stock as to which Options have not been granted. The Corporation may retain the right in an Option Agreement to cause a forfeiture of the shares of Stock or gain realized by a holder of an Option (a) if the holder violates any agreement covering non-

 

11



 

competition with the Corporation or any Subsidiary or nondisclosure of confidential information of the Corporation or any Subsidiary, (b) if the holder’s employment is terminated for cause or (c) if the Board determines that the holder committed acts or omissions which would have been the basis for a termination of holder’s employment for cause had such acts or omissions been discovered prior to termination of holder’s employment. Furthermore, the Corporation may, in the Option Agreement, retain the right to annul the grant of an Option, if the holder of such grant was an employee of the Corporation or a Subsidiary and the holder’s employment is terminated for cause, as defined in the applicable Option Agreement. Except as permitted under this Section 15 or Section 16 hereof, no amendment, suspension, or termination of the Plan shall, without the consent of the holder of the Option, alter or impair rights or obligations under any Option theretofore granted under the Plan.

 

16.                                                                                EFFECT OF CHANGES IN CAPITALIZATION

 

(a)                                  Changes in Stock

 

If the number of outstanding shares of Stock is increased or decreased or the shares of Stock are changed into or exchanged for a different number or kind of shares or other securities of the Corporation on account of any recapitalization, reclassification, stock split-up, combination of shares, exchange of shares, stock dividend or other distribution payable in capital stock, or other increase or decrease in such shares effected without receipt of consideration by the Corporation, occurring after the effective date of the Plan, the number and kind of shares for the acquisition of which Options may be granted under the Plan, and the limitations on the maximum number of shares subject to Options that can be granted to any individual under the Plan as set forth in Section 6(b) hereof, shall be adjusted proportionately and accordingly by the Corporation. In addition, the number and kind of shares for which Options are outstanding shall be adjusted proportionately and accordingly so that the proportionate interest of the holder of the Option immediately following such event shall, to the extent practicable, be the same as immediately before such event. Any such adjustment in outstanding Options shall not change the aggregate Option Price payable with respect to shares that are subject to the unexercised portion of the Option outstanding but shall include a corresponding proportionate adjustment in the Option Price per share. In the event of any distribution to the Corporation’s stockholders of securities of any other entity or other assets (other than dividends payable in cash or stock of the Corporation) without receipt of consideration by the Corporation, the Corporation may, in such manner as the Corporation deems appropriate, adjust (i) the number and kind of shares subject to outstanding Options and/or (ii) the exercise price of outstanding Options to reflect such distribution.

 

12



 

(b)                                  Reorganization in Which the Corporation Is the Surviving Corporation

 

Subject to Subsection (c)(iv) hereof, if the Corporation shall be the surviving corporation in any reorganization, merger, or consolidation of the Corporation with one or more other corporations, any Option theretofore granted pursuant to the Plan shall pertain to and apply to the securities to which a holder of the number of shares of Stock subject to such Option would have been entitled immediately following such reorganization, merger, or consolidation, with a corresponding proportionate adjustment of the Option Price per share so that the aggregate Option Price thereafter shall be the same as the aggregate Option Price of the shares remaining subject to the Option immediately prior to such reorganization, merger, or consolidation.

 

(c)                                   Dissolution, Liquidation, Sale of Assets, Reorganization in Which the Corporation Is Not the Surviving Corporation, and Change of Control

 

The Plan and all Options outstanding hereunder shall terminate (i) upon the dissolution or liquidation of the Corporation, or (ii) upon a merger, consolidation, or reorganization of the Corporation with one or more other corporations in which the Corporation is not the surviving corporation, or (iii) upon a sale of substantially all of the assets of the Corporation to another person or entity, or (iv) any transaction (including without limitation a merger or reorganization in which the Corporation is the surviving corporation) that results in a “change in control” of the Corporation (as defined below), except to the extent that provision is made in writing in connection with any such transaction covered by clauses (i) through (iv), and such provision is approved by a majority of the full Board, for the continuation of the Plan or the assumption of such Options theretofore granted, or for the substitution for such Options of new options covering the stock of a successor corporation, or a parent or subsidiary thereof, with appropriate adjustments as to the number and kind of shares and exercise prices, in which event the Plan and Options theretofore granted shall continue in the manner and under the terms so provided. In the event of any such termination of the Options and the Plan, each individual holding an Option shall have the right (subject to the general limitations on exercise set forth in Section 10(b) above), during such period occurring before such termination as the Board in its sole discretion shall determine and designate, and in any event immediately before the occurrence of such termination, to exercise such Option in whole or in part, to the extent that such Option was otherwise exercisable at the time such termination occurs, except that, by inclusion of appropriate language in an Option Agreement, the Board may provide that the Option may be exercised before termination without regard to any installment limitation or other condition on exercise imposed pursuant to Section 10(b) above. The Corporation shall send written notice of a

 

13



 

transaction or event that will result in such a termination to all individuals who hold Options not later than the time at which the Corporation gives notice thereof to its stockholders. For purposes of this Section 16(c), a transaction shall be deemed to result in a “change of control” if such transaction results in any person or entity (other than a person or entity who was a holder of securities of the Corporation on June 30, 1998) owning 50% or more of the combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Corporation, unless (A) the acquisition of securities resulting in such person’s or entity’s first owning 50% or more of the combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Corporation arises from the Corporation’s issuance to such person or entity of new securities (other than an issuance pursuant to an underwritten public offering in which such acquisition is not expressly approved by the Board), or (B) at least two-thirds of the directors comprising the full Board determine that such transaction does not constitute a change of control for purposes of this Section 16(c).

 

(d)                                  Adjustments

 

Adjustments under this Section 16 related to stock or securities of the Corporation shall be made by the Board, whose determination in that respect shall be final, binding, and conclusive. No fractional shares of Stock or units of other securities shall be issued pursuant to any such adjustment, and any fractions resulting from any such adjustment shall be eliminated in each case by rounding downward to the nearest whole share or unit.

 

(e)                                   No Limitations on Corporation

 

The grant of an Option pursuant to the Plan shall not affect or limit in any way the right or power of the Corporation to make adjustments, reclassifications, reorganizations, or changes of its capital or business structure or to merge, consolidate, dissolve, or liquidate, or to sell or transfer all or any part of its business or assets.

 

17.                                                                                DISCLAIMER OF RIGHTS

 

No provision in the Plan or in any Option granted or Option Agreement entered into pursuant to the Plan shall be construed to confer upon any individual the right to remain in the employ or service of or to maintain a relationship with the Corporation or any Subsidiary, or to interfere in any way with any contractual or other right or authority of the Corporation or any Subsidiary either to increase or decrease the compensation or other payments to any individual at any time, or to terminate any employment or other relationship between any individual and the Corporation or any Subsidiary. The obligation of the Corporation to pay any benefits pursuant to this Plan shall be interpreted as a contractual obligation to pay only those amounts described herein, in the manner and under the conditions prescribed herein.

 

14



 

The Plan shall in no way be interpreted to require the Corporation to transfer any amounts to a third party trustee or otherwise hold any amounts in trust or escrow for payment to any participant or beneficiary under the terms of the Plan.

 

18.                                                                                NONEXCLUSIVITY OF THE PLAN

 

Neither the adoption of the Plan nor the submission of the Plan to the stockholders of the Corporation for approval shall be construed as creating any limitations upon the right and authority of the Board to adopt such other incentive compensation arrangements (which arrangements may be applicable either generally to a class or classes of individuals or specifically to a particular individual or particular individuals) as the Board in its discretion determines desirable, including, without limitation, the granting of stock options otherwise than under the Plan.

 

19.                                                                                CAPTIONS

 

The use of captions in this Plan or any Option Agreement is for the convenience of reference only and shall not affect the meaning of any provision of the Plan or such Option Agreement.

 

20.                                                                                DISQUALIFYING DISPOSITIONS

 

If Stock acquired by exercise of an ISO granted under this Plan is disposed of within two years following the date of grant of the ISO or one year following the transfer of the subject Stock to the Optionee (a “disqualifying disposition”), the holder of the Stock shall, immediately prior to such disqualifying disposition, notify the Corporation in writing of the date and terms of such disposition and provide such other information regarding the disposition as the Corporation may reasonably require.

 

21.                                                                                WITHHOLDING TAXES

 

The Corporation shall have the right to deduct from payments of any kind otherwise due to an Optionee any Federal, state, or local taxes of any kind required by law to be withheld with respect to any shares issued upon the exercise of an Option under the Plan or in connection with the purchase of an Option by the Corporation. At the time of exercise, the Optionee shall pay to the Corporation any amount that the Corporation may reasonably determine to be necessary to satisfy such withholding obligation. The Board in its sole discretion may provide in the Option Agreement that, subject to the prior approval of the Corporation, which may be withheld by the Corporation in its sole discretion, the Optionee may elect to satisfy such obligations, in whole or in part, (i) by causing the Corporation to withhold shares of Stock otherwise issuable pursuant to the exercise of an Option or (ii) by delivering to the

 

15



 

Corporation shares of Stock already owned by the Optionee. The shares so delivered or withheld shall have a fair market value equal to such withholding obligations. The fair market value of the shares used to satisfy such withholding obligation shall be determined by the Corporation as of the date that the amount of tax to be withheld is to be determined. An Optionee who has made an election pursuant to this Section 21 may satisfy his or her withholding obligation only with shares of Stock that are not subject to any repurchase, forfeiture, unfulfilled vesting, or other similar requirements.

 

22.                                                                                OTHER PROVISIONS

 

Each Option granted under the Plan may be subject to, and the Option Agreement relating to such Option may contain, such other terms and conditions not inconsistent with the Plan as may be determined by the Board, in its sole discretion. Notwithstanding the foregoing, each ISO granted under the Plan shall include those terms and conditions that are necessary to qualify the ISO as an “incentive stock option” within the meaning of the Section 422 of the Code or the regulations thereunder and shall not include any terms or conditions that are inconsistent therewith.

 

23.                                                                                NUMBER AND GENDER

 

With respect to words used in this Plan, the singular form shall include the plural form, the masculine gender shall include the feminine gender, etc., as the context requires.

 

24.                                                                                SEVERABILITY

 

If any provision of the Plan or any Option Agreement shall be determined to be illegal or unenforceable by any court of law in any jurisdiction, the remaining provisions hereof and thereof shall be severable and enforceable in accordance with their terms, and all provisions shall remain enforceable in any other jurisdiction.

 

25.                                                                                GOVERNING LAW

 

The validity and construction of this Plan and the instruments evidencing the Options granted hereunder shall be governed by the laws of the State of Delaware (excluding its choice of law rules).

 

26.                                                                                CALIFORNIA PROVISIONS

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing sections, any Options granted under the Plan to an Optionee who is a resident of the State of California on the date of grant shall be subject to the following additional terms and conditions:

 

16


 

Unless an Optionee’s employment is terminated for cause as defined by applicable law, the Optionee shall have the right to exercise an Option, prior to the termination of the Option and only to the extent that the Optionee was entitled to exercise such Option on the date employment terminates, as follows: (i) at least six (6) months from the date of termination if the termination was caused by the Optionee’s death or “permanent and total disability” (within the meaning of Section 22(e)(3) of the Code), and (ii) at least thirty (30) days from the date of termination if termination was caused by other than death or “permanent and total disability” (within the meaning of Section 22(e)(3) of the Code) of the Optionee.

 

17



 

* * *

 

The Plan was duly adopted and approved by the Board of Directors of the Corporation on March 5, 1997, was subsequently amended by the Board of Directors of the Corporation on September 18, 2001, and was subsequently amended and restated by the Board of Directors of the Corporation on April 5, 2002, January 23, 2011 and June 22, 2011 and approved by the stockholders of the Corporation on April 5, 2002, February 28, 2011 and June 22, respectively.

 

 

 

/s/ Carroll Cummings

 

Assistant Secretary of the Corporation

 

18


 

FIRST AMENDMENT TO THE

SENSORS FOR MEDICINE AND SCIENCE, INC.

AMENDED AND RESTATED 1997 STOCK OPTION PLAN

 

THIS FIRST AMENDMENT (the “ Amendment ”) to the Amended and Restated 1997 Stock Option Plan, as amended (the “ Plan ”), of Sensors for Medicine and Science, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Corporation ”), is hereby adopted effective as of October 28, 2011, as set forth below:

 

WHEREAS , the Board of Directors of the Corporation (the “ Board ”) desires to modify and amend the Plan in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Amendment;

 

WHEREAS , Section 15 of the Plan provides that the Plan generally may be amended by the Board, and Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and the regulations thereunder require the approval of such increase in shares available under the Plan by the holders of a majority of the outstanding voting stock of the Corporation;

 

WHEREAS , the Board has determined that it is in the best interests of the Corporation and its stockholders to increase the number of shares of the Corporation’s common stock, par value $0.01 (the “ Common Stock ”), after giving effect to the proposed five-to-one reverse stock split approved by the Board and the Company’s stockholders, authorized for issuance under the Plan to 3,734,665 shares; and

 

WHEREAS, the Board approved such increase in the number of shares of Common Stock available for issuance under the Plan by unanimous written consent dated October 27, 2011, and the holders of a majority of the outstanding voting stock of the Corporation approved such increase by written consent on October 27, 2011.

 

NOW, THEREFORE , in consideration of the foregoing:

 

1.             All capitalized terms used herein shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Plan unless expressly defined otherwise in this Amendment.

 

2.             Except as otherwise specifically provided herein, all terms and conditions of the Plan shall apply to the interpretation and enforcement of this Amendment as if explicitly set forth herein.

 

3.             The second sentence of Section 3 of the Plan is hereby amended by replacing the figure “6,462,615” with “3,734,665.”

 

4.             Except as expressly amended hereby, the Plan shall remain in full force and effect. Any references to the Plan in any documents shall refer to the Plan as amended hereby.

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO FOLLOW]

 



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Corporation has executed this Amendment as of the date first written above.

 

 

SENSORS FOR MEDICINE AND SCIENCE, INC.

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Timothy T. Goodnow

 

Name:

Timothy T. Goodnow, Ph. D.

 

Title:

Chief Executive Officer and President

 

FIRST AMENDMENT TO THE

AMENDED AND RESTATED 1997 STOCK OPTION PLAN

 


 

SECOND AMENDMENT TO THE

SENSEONICS, INCORPORATED

AMENDED AND RESTATED 1997 STOCK OPTION PLAN

 

THIS SECOND AMENDMENT (this “ Amendment ”) to the Amended and Restated 1997 Stock Option Plan, as amended (the “ Plan ”), of Senseonics, Incorporated, a Delaware corporation (the “ Corporation ”), is hereby adopted effective as of November 20, 2014, as set forth below:

 

WHEREAS , the Board of Directors of the Corporation (the “ Board ”) desires to modify and amend the Plan in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Amendment;

 

WHEREAS , Section 15 of the Plan provides that the Plan generally may be amended by the Board, and Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and the regulations thereunder require the approval of any increase in shares available under the Plan by the holders of a majority of the shares of outstanding capital stock of the Corporation, voting or consenting, as applicable, together as a single class on an as-converted basis;

 

WHEREAS , the Board has determined that it is in the best interests of the Corporation and its stockholders to increase the number of shares of the Corporation’s common stock, par value $0.01 (the “ Common Stock ”), authorized for issuance under the Plan to 4,374,665 shares; and

 

WHEREAS, the Board approved such increase in the number of shares of Common Stock available for issuance under the Plan by unanimous written consent dated November 20, 2014, and the holders of a majority of the shares of outstanding capital stock of the Corporation, consenting as a single class on an as-converted basis, approved such increase by written consent on November 20, 2014.

 

NOW, THEREFORE , in consideration of the foregoing:

 

1.             All capitalized terms used herein shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Plan unless expressly defined otherwise in this Amendment.

 

2.             Except as otherwise specifically provided herein, all terms and conditions of the Plan shall apply to the interpretation and enforcement of this Amendment as if explicitly set forth herein.

 

3.             The second sentence of Section 3 of the Plan is amended by replacing the figure “3,734,665” with “4,374,665”.

 

4.             Except as expressly amended hereby, the Plan shall remain in full force and effect. Any references to the Plan in any documents shall refer to the Plan as amended hereby.

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]

 



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Corporation has executed this Amendment as of the date first written above.

 

 

SENSEONICS, INCORPORATED

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Timothy T. Goodnow

 

Name:

Timothy T. Goodnow, Ph.D.

 

Title:

Chief Executive Officer and President

 

Second Amendment to Amended and Restated 1997 Stock Option Plan

 


 

THIRD AMENDMENT TO THE

SENSEONICS, INCORPORATED

AMENDED AND RESTATED 1997 STOCK OPTION PLAN

 

THIS THIRD AMENDMENT (this “ Amendment ”) to the Amended and Restated 1997 Stock Option Plan, as amended (the “ Plan ”), of Senseonics, Incorporated, a Delaware corporation (the “ Corporation ”), is hereby adopted effective as of July 24, 2015, as set forth below:

 

WHEREAS , the Board of Directors of the Corporation (the “ Board ”) desires to modify and amend the Plan in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Amendment;

 

WHEREAS , Section 15 of the Plan provides that the Plan generally may be amended by the Board, and Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and the regulations thereunder require the approval of any increase in shares available under the Plan by the holders of a majority of the shares of outstanding capital stock of the Corporation, voting or consenting, as applicable, together as a single class on an as-converted basis;

 

WHEREAS , the Board has determined that it is in the best interests of the Corporation and its stockholders to increase the number of shares of the Corporation’s common stock, par value $0.01 (the “ Common Stock ”), authorized for issuance under the Plan by 700,000 shares from 4,374,665 shares to a total of 5,074,665 shares; and

 

WHEREAS, the Board approved such increase in the number of shares of Common Stock available for issuance under the Plan by a Meeting of the Compensation Committee on July 24, 2015, and have referred this Amendment to the stockholders of the Company for approval.

 

NOW, THEREFORE , in consideration of the foregoing:

 

1.             All capitalized terms used herein shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Plan unless expressly defined otherwise in this Amendment.

 

2.             Except as otherwise specifically provided herein, all terms and conditions of the Plan shall apply to the interpretation and enforcement of this Amendment as if explicitly set forth herein.

 

3.             The second sentence of Section 3 of the Plan is amended by replacing the figure “4,374,665” with “5,074,665”.

 

4.             Except as expressly amended hereby, the Plan shall remain in full force and effect.  Any references to the Plan in any documents shall refer to the Plan as amended hereby.

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]

 



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Corporation has executed this Amendment as of the date first written above.

 

 

 

SENSEONICS, INCORPORATED

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Timothy T. Goodnow

 

Name:

Timothy T. Goodnow, Ph.D.

 

Title:

Chief Executive Officer and President

 

Third Amendment to Amended and Restated 1997 Stock Option Plan

 




Exhibit 10.4

 

SENSEONICS, INCORPORATED

1997 STOCK OPTION PLAN

INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

 



 

SENSEONICS, INCORPORATED

1997 STOCK OPTION PLAN

INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

 

 

Page

 

 

 

1.

GRANT OF OPTION

1

2.

TERMS OF PLAN

2

3.

PRICE

2

4.

VESTING IN OPTIONS

2

 

(a)

Vesting Schedule

2

 

(b)

Death or Disability; Change of Control

2

5.

EXERCISE OF OPTION

3

 

(a)

Time of Exercise of Option

3

 

(b)

Termination of Option

3

 

(c)

Method of Exercise of Option

4

6.

NON-TRANSFERABILITY OF OPTION

4

7.

RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL; REPURCHASE RIGHT; AND RIGHT OF PARTICIPATION IN SALES

5

 

(a)

Right of First Refusal

5

 

(b)

Repurchase Right

7

 

(c)

Right of Participation in Sales

7

 

(d)

Publicly Traded Stock

8

 

(e)

Legend Describing Restrictions and Obligations

8

8.

FORFEITURE OF GAIN

8

9.

EFFECT OF CHANGES IN CAPITALIZATION

9

 

(a)

Changes in Stock

9

 

(b)

Reorganization in Which the Corporation Is the Surviving Corporation

9

 

(c)

Dissolution, Liquidation, Sale of Assets, Reorganization in Which the Corporation Is Not the Surviving Corporation, Change of Control

10

 

(d)

Adjustments

11

 

(e)

No Limitations on Corporation

11

10.

REQUIREMENTS OF LAW

11

11.

RIGHTS AS STOCKHOLDER

12

12.

WITHHOLDING OF TAXES

12

13.

MARKET STAND-OFF PROVISION; OTHER AGREEMENTS

12

14.

DISCLAIMER OF RIGHTS

13

 

i



 

15.

INTERPRETATION OF THIS OPTION AGREEMENT

13

16.

GOVERNING LAW

13

17.

BINDING EFFECT

13

18.

NOTICE

13

19.

ENTIRE AGREEMENT

14

 

ii



 

SENSEONICS, INCORPORATED

1997 STOCK OPTION PLAN

INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

 

This Stock Option Agreement (the “Option Agreement”) is made as of                , by and between Senseonics, Incorporated, a Delaware corporation (the “Corporation”), and          an individual who is employed by the Corporation or its subsidiaries (the “Optionee”).

 

WHEREAS, the Board of Directors of the Corporation has duly adopted and approved the Senseonics, Incorporated 1997 Stock Option Plan, as amended (the “Plan”), which Plan authorizes the Corporation to grant to eligible individuals options for the purchase of shares of the Corporation’s common stock, par value $.01 per share (the “Stock”); and

 

WHEREAS, the Corporation has determined that it is desirable and in its best interests to grant to the Optionee, pursuant to the Plan, an option to purchase a certain number of shares of Stock, in order to provide the Optionee with an incentive to advance the interests of the Corporation and any subsidiary thereof within the meaning of Rule 405 of Regulation C under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (with the term “person” as used in such Rule 405 being defined as in Section 2(2) of such Act) (a “Subsidiary”), all according to the terms and conditions set forth herein;

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual promises and covenants contained herein, the parties hereto do hereby agree as follows:

 

1.                                                                                       GRANT OF OPTION

 

Subject to the terms of the Plan, a copy of which has been provided to the Optionee, the Corporation hereby grants to the Optionee the right and option (the “Option”) to purchase from the Corporation, on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in the Plan and in this Option Agreement,         shares of Stock.  This Option shall constitute an incentive stock option within the meaning of Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”).  The date of grant of this Option is          , the date on which the grant of the Option was approved by the Board of Directors of the Corporation (the “Board”) or an authorized committee thereof.

 

1



 

2.                                                                                       TERMS OF PLAN

 

The Option evidenced by this Option Agreement is granted subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the Plan.  All terms and conditions of the Plan, as it may be amended from time to time, are hereby incorporated into this Option Agreement by reference and shall be deemed to be part of this Option Agreement, without regard to whether such terms and conditions are not otherwise set forth in this Option Agreement.  In the event that there is any inconsistency between the provisions of this Option Agreement and of the Plan, the provisions of the Plan shall govern.

 

3.                                                                                       PRICE

 

The purchase price (the “Option Price”) for the shares of Stock subject to the Option evidenced by this Option Agreement is $       per share, which price is not less than 100 percent of the Fair Market Value of the shares of Stock, as determined by the Board, on the date of grant of this Option.

 

4.                                                                                       VESTING IN OPTIONS

 

(a)                                  Vesting Schedule

 

 

 

(b)                                  Death or Disability; Change of Control

 

If the Optionee’s service with the Corporation or any Subsidiary should terminate because of his or her death or Disability, this Option shall be 100% vested upon such termination of service.  For purposes of this Option Agreement, the term “Disability” shall mean “permanent and total disability” as defined in Section 22(e)(3) of the Code. In addition, this Option, to the extent it has not earlier terminated, shall become 100% vested upon the occurrence of a “change of control” (as defined in section 9(c) below).

 

2



 

5.                                                                                       EXERCISE OF OPTION

 

Except as otherwise provided herein, and subject to the provisions of the Plan, the Option granted pursuant to this Option Agreement shall be subject to exercise as follows:

 

(a)                                  Time of Exercise of Option

 

The Optionee may exercise the Option (subject to the limitations on exercise set forth in this Option Agreement and in the Plan), to the extent the Option is vested and has not terminated under Section 5(b).  No single exercise of the Option shall be for less than 100 shares of Stock, unless the number of shares purchased is the total number at the time available for purchase under this Option.

 

(b)                                  Termination of Option

 

The Option shall terminate upon the earliest of:

 

(i)                                      the expiration of a period of ten years from the date of grant of the Option, as set forth in Section 1 above;

(ii)                                   the occurrence of a transaction or event described in Section 9(c) which causes termination of the Option;

(iii)                                the Optionee’s termination of employment or other relationship with the Corporation or a Subsidiary to the extent the Option has not become vested in accordance with Section 4;

(iv)                               the Optionee’s termination of employment or other relationship with the Corporation or a Subsidiary for Cause;

(v)                                  one year after the Optionee’s termination of employment or other relationship with the Corporation or a Subsidiary due to death or Disability (as defined above); or

(vi)                               three months after the Optionee’s termination of employment or other relationship with the Corporation or a Subsidiary other than for Cause, death or Disability to the extent the Option has become vested in accordance with Section 4.

 

For purposes of this Option Agreement, the term “Cause” means, as determined by the Board, (a) the Optionee’s willful and substantial misconduct with respect to the business and affairs of the Corporation or any Subsidiary or affiliate thereof, (b) the Optionee’s neglect of duties or failure to act which can reasonably be expected to materially adversely affect the business or affairs of the Corporation or any Subsidiary or affiliate thereof, (c) the commission by the Optionee of any act involving moral turpitude or fraud or (d) the Optionee’s conviction of any felony, or of any misdemeanor involving fraud, theft, embezzlement, forgery or moral turpitude.

 

3



 

(c)                                   Method of Exercise of Option

 

Subject to the terms and conditions of this Option Agreement, an Option that is exercisable hereunder may be exercised by delivery to the Corporation on any business day, at its principal office addressed to the attention of the Board, of written notice of exercise, which notice shall specify the number of shares for which the Option is being exercised, and shall be accompanied by payment in full of the Option Price of the shares for which the Option is being exercised.  Payment of the Option Price for the shares of Stock purchased pursuant to the exercise of the Option shall be made (a) in cash or by check payable to the order of the Corporation; (b) through the tender to the Corporation of shares of Stock, which shares shall be valued, for purposes of determining the extent to which the Option Price has been paid thereby, at their fair market value (determined in the manner described in Section 9 of the Plan) on the date of exercise; or (c) by a combination of the methods described in (a) and (b) hereof.  Shares of Stock acquired by the Optionee through exercise of an Option may be surrendered in payment of the exercise price of Options; provided , however, that any Stock surrendered in payment, if acquired from the Corporation, must have been owned by the Optionee for no less than six (6) months at the time of surrender.  On and after the date shares of Stock are publicly traded on an established securities market, payment in full of the Option Price need not accompany the written notice of exercise provided the notice directs that the Stock certificate or certificates for the shares for which the Option is exercised be delivered to a licensed broker acceptable to the Corporation as the agent for the individual exercising the Option and, at the time such Stock certificate or certificates are delivered, the broker tenders to the Corporation cash (or cash equivalents acceptable to the Corporation) equal to the Option Price.  An attempt to exercise any Option granted hereunder other than as set forth above shall be invalid and of no force and effect.  Promptly after the exercise of an Option and the payment in full of the Option Price of the shares of Stock covered thereby, the Optionee shall be entitled to the issuance of a Stock certificate or certificates evidencing such individual’s ownership of such shares.  The Optionee shall have none of the rights of a stockholder until the shares of Stock covered hereby are fully paid and issued to the Optionee and, except as provided in Section 9 hereof, no adjustment shall be made for dividends or other rights for which the record date is prior to the date of such issuance.

 

6.                                                                                       NON-TRANSFERABILITY OF OPTION.

 

During the lifetime of the Optionee, only such Optionee or, in the event of legal incapacity or incompetency, the Optionee’s guardian or legal representative) may exercise the Option.  No Option shall be assignable or transferable by the Optionee to whom it is granted, other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution.

 

4



 

7.                                       RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL; REPURCHASE RIGHT; AND RIGHT OF PARTICIPATION IN SALES

 

(a)                                  Right of First Refusal

 

(i)                                      If at any time the Optionee desires to sell any part of the Stock purchased pursuant to this Option (“Option Stock”) pursuant to a bona fide offer from a third party (the “Proposed Transferee”) other than in a Permitted Transfer (as defined in section (viii) below), the Optionee shall submit a written offer (the “Offer”) to sell such shares first to the Corporation and then to the Purchasers (as defined in section (vii) below)  on terms and conditions, including price, not less favorable to the Corporation or the Purchasers than those on which the Optionee proposes to sell such shares to the Proposed Transferee.  Each Offer shall disclose the identity of the Proposed Transferee, the shares proposed to be sold, the total number of shares owned by the Optionee, the terms and conditions, including price, of the proposed sale, and any other material facts relating to the proposed sale.  Each Offer shall further state that the Corporation and the Purchasers may acquire, in accordance with the provisions of this Option Agreement, all or any portion of the offered Option Stock for the price and upon the other terms and conditions, including deferred payment (if applicable), set forth therein.

 

(ii)                                   The Corporation shall have the first right to purchase any or all of the Option Stock described in an Offer, and shall provide notice to the Optionee stating the number of shares it desires to purchase within 30 days of the Offer.  If the Corporation shall elect to purchase less than all of the shares contained in an Offer, then the Optionee shall submit a second Offer as to the remaining shares (the “Offered Shares”) to the Purchasers.  Each Purchaser shall have the absolute right to purchase that number of Offered Shares as shall be equal to the number of Offered Shares multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which shall be the number of shares of Common Stock then owned by such Purchaser and the denominator of which shall be the aggregate number of shares of Stock then owned by all of the Purchasers.  For purposes of this Option Agreement, all of the Stock which a Purchaser has the right to acquire from the Corporation upon the conversion, exercise or exchange of any of the securities of the Corporation then owned by such Purchaser shall be deemed to be shares then owned by such Purchaser (the amount of Offered Shares that each Purchaser is entitled to purchase under this Option Agreement shall be referred to as its “Pro Rata Fraction”).

 

(iii)                                The Purchasers shall have a right of oversubscription such that if any Purchaser fails to buy the Offered Shares up to its Pro Rata Fraction, the other Purchasers shall, among them, have the right to purchase up to the balance of the Offered Shares not so purchased.  Such right of oversubscription may

 

5



 

be exercised by a Purchaser by agreeing to purchase the Offered Shares as to more than its Pro Rata Fraction.  If, as a result thereof, such oversubscriptions exceed the total number of Offered Shares available in respect of such oversubscription privilege, the oversubscribing Purchasers shall be cut back with respect to their oversubscriptions on a pro rata basis in accordance with their respective Pro Rata Fractions or as they may otherwise agree among themselves.

 

(iv)                               If a Purchaser desires to purchase all or any part of the Offered Shares, said Purchaser shall communicate in writing to the Optionee its election to purchase, which communication shall state the number of Offered Shares said Purchaser desires to purchase and shall be given to the Optionee within thirty days of the date the Offer was made to the Purchaser.  Such communication shall, when taken in conjunction with the Offer, be deemed to constitute a valid, legally binding and enforceable agreement for the sale and purchase of such Offered Shares (subject to the aforesaid limitations as to a Purchaser’s right to purchase more than its Pro Rata Fraction).  Sales of the Offered Shares to be sold to purchasing Purchasers pursuant to this Option Agreement shall be made at the offices of the Corporation on the 60th day following the date the Offer was made to the Purchasers (or if such 60th day is not a business day, then on the next succeeding business day).  Such sales shall be effected by the Optionee’s delivery to each purchasing Purchaser of a certificate or certificates evidencing the Offered Shares to be purchased by it, duly endorsed for transfer to such purchasing Purchaser, against payment to the Optionee of the purchase price therefor by such purchasing Purchaser.

 

(v)                                  If the Purchasers do not purchase all of the Offered Shares, the Offered Shares not so purchased may be sold by the Optionee at any time within 90 days after the date the Offer was made to the Purchasers.  Any such sale shall be to the Proposed Transferee, at not less than the price and upon other terms and conditions, if any, not more favorable to the Proposed Transferee than those specified in the Offer.  Any Offered Shares not sold within such 90-day period shall continue to be subject to the requirements of a prior offer pursuant to this Option Agreement.  If Offered Shares are sold pursuant to this Option Agreement to any party who is not a Purchaser, the Offered Shares so sold shall continue to be subject to this right of first refusal.

 

(vi)                               The Purchasers’ right of first refusal provided in this Option Agreement shall not apply with respect to sales of Stock to the Corporation.

 

(vii)                            For purposes of this Option Agreement, “Purchasers” means those certain purchasers of the Corporation’s preferred stock, and any other owner of equity securities of the Corporation whom the Corporation declares in writing to be a Purchaser for purposes of this Option Agreement.

 

6



 

(viii)                         For purposes of this Option Agreement, a “Permitted Transfer” means a transfer of all or any of the Option Stock (a) by way of gift to any member of the Optionee’s family or to any trust for the benefit of any such family member or the Optionee, provided that any such transferee shall agree in writing with the Corporation, as a condition to such transfer, to be bound by all of the provisions of the Option Agreement to the same extent as if such transferee were the Optionee, or (b) by will or the laws of descent and distribution, in which event each such transferee shall be bound by all of the provisions of this Option Agreement to the same extent as if such transferee were the Optionee.  As used herein, the word “family” shall include any spouse, lineal ancestor or descendant, brother or sister.

 

(b)                                  Repurchase Right

 

(i)                                      Except as hereinafter provided, if the Optionee shall cease to provide services in any capacity to the Corporation or any of its Subsidiaries, the Corporation may within twelve months (or such shorter period as may be required by applicable law) from the date upon which the Optionee shall so cease to provide services, exercise its option under this Option Agreement to purchase from the Optionee any or all of his Option Stock.

 

(ii)                                   The purchase price of any shares of Option Stock for which the Corporation exercises its option under this Option Agreement (the “Repurchase Price”) shall be the current fair market value (determined in the manner described in Section 9 of the Plan) of the Stock.

 

(iii)                                If the Corporation desires to exercise its option to purchase, it shall do so by communicating in writing its election to purchase to the Optionee, which communication shall state the number of shares the Corporation is electing to purchase and the Purchase Price and shall be given to the Optionee within the twelve month period (or such shorter period) provided for in section (i) above.

 

(c)                                   Right of Participation in Sales

 

(i)                                      If at any time the Optionee desires to sell for cash any part of the Option Stock owned by him to any person or entity other than one or more of the Purchasers (a “Buyer”), each of the Purchasers shall have the right to sell to the Buyer, as a condition to such sale by the Optionee, at the same price per share and on the same terms and conditions as involved in such sale by the Optionee, the same percentage of the Stock owned by such Purchaser as the Option Stock to be sold by the Optionee to the Buyer represents with respect to the Stock owned by the Optionee immediately prior to the sale of any of his Option Stock to the Buyer.

 

7



 

(ii)                                   Each Purchaser wishing to so participate in any sale under this Section 7 shall notify the Optionee in writing of such intention as soon as practicable after such Purchaser’s receipt of the Offer and in any event within twenty days after the date the Offer was made.

 

(iii)                                The Optionee and each participating Purchaser shall sell to the Buyer all, or at the option of the Buyer, any part of the shares proposed to be sold by them at not less than the price and upon other terms and conditions, if any, not more favorable to the Buyer than those in the Offer provided by the Optionee; provided, however, that any purchase of less than all of such shares by the Buyer shall be made from the Optionee and each participating Purchaser pro rata based upon the relative amount of the shares that the Optionee and each participating Purchaser is otherwise entitled to sell.

 

(iv)                               Any shares sold by the Optionee or a participating Purchaser pursuant to this Section 7 shall no longer be subject to this Section 7(c).

 

(v)                                  The Purchasers’ right to participate in sales pursuant to this Section 7 shall not apply with respect to sales of Option Stock to the Corporation.

 

(d)                                  Publicly Traded Stock

 

If the Stock is listed on an established national or regional stock exchange or is admitted to quotation on the National Association of Securities Dealers Automated Quotation System, or is publicly traded in an established securities market, the foregoing restrictions of Sections 7(a), (b), and (c) shall terminate as of the first date that the Stock is so listed, quoted or publicly traded.

 

(e)                                   Legend Describing Restrictions and Obligations

 

The Board or Committee may cause a legend to be placed prominently on certificates representing Stock issued pursuant to the Plan in order to give notice of the transferability restrictions and other obligations imposed by Sections 7 and 8.  The Corporation does not intend to exercise its repurchase rights during the first six months after exercise of the Option to the extent that such action would result in an accounting charge to the Corporation.

 

8.                                                                                       FORFEITURE OF GAIN

 

The Corporation shall have the right to repurchase any or all of the shares of Stock acquired pursuant to such Option, at a price equal to the Option Price paid for such shares, (i) if the holder violates any agreement covering (a) non-competition with the Corporation or a Subsidiary or (b) non-disclosure of confidential information of the Corporation or a Subsidiary, (ii) if the holder is terminated for Cause as defined in Section 5(b) or (iii) if, during the period ending one year subsequent to termination of the Optionee’s service with the Corporation

 

8



 

or a Subsidiary, the Board determines that the Optionee committed acts or omissions which would have been the basis for a termination of the Optionee’s service for Cause had such acts or omissions been discovered prior to termination of the Optionee’s service.  A notice of repurchase given pursuant to this Subsection shall specify the price and date of closing of such repurchase, which shall be no later than 30 days from the date the Corporation exercises such right.  In the event any such repurchase right is exercised in accordance with this Subsection, the holder of the Stock being repurchased shall be obligated to sell such Stock pursuant to the exercise of such right.  The provisions of this Section 8 may be modified and/or superseded with respect to the Optionee in the event the Corporation and such Optionee enter into separate agreements governing the subject matter of this Section 8.

 

9.                                                                                       EFFECT OF CHANGES IN CAPITALIZATION

 

(a)                                  Changes in Stock

 

If the number of outstanding shares of Stock is increased or decreased or the shares of Stock are changed into or exchanged for a different number or kind of shares or other securities of the Corporation on account of any recapitalization, reclassification, stock split-up, combination of shares, exchange of shares, stock dividend or other distribution payable in capital stock, or other increase or decrease in such shares effected without receipt of consideration by the Corporation, occurring after the date of grant of the Option, the number and kind of shares of Stock for which the Option was granted shall be adjusted proportionately and accordingly so that the proportionate interest of the Optionee immediately following such event shall, to the extent practicable, be the same as immediately before such event.  Any such adjustment in the Option shall not change the aggregate Option Price payable with respect to shares that are subject to the unexercised portion of the Option but shall include a corresponding proportionate adjustment in the Option Price per share.

 

(b)                                  Reorganization in Which the Corporation Is the Surviving Corporation

 

Subject to Subsection 9(c)(iii) hereof, if the Corporation shall be the surviving corporation in any reorganization, merger, or consolidation of the Corporation with one or more other corporations, the Option shall pertain to and apply to the securities to which a holder of the number of shares of Stock subject to the Option would have been entitled immediately following such reorganization, merger, or consolidation, with a corresponding proportionate adjustment of the Option Price per share so that the aggregate Option Price thereafter shall be the same as the aggregate Option Price of the shares remaining subject to the Option immediately prior to such reorganization, merger, or consolidation.

 

9



 

(c)                                   Dissolution, Liquidation, Sale of Assets, Reorganization in Which the Corporation Is Not the Surviving Corporation, Change of Control

 

The Option shall terminate (i) upon the dissolution or liquidation of the Corporation, (ii) upon a merger, consolidation, or reorganization of the Corporation with one or more other corporations in which the Corporation is not the surviving corporation or (iii) any transaction (including without limitation a merger or reorganization in which the Corporation is the surviving corporation) that results in a “change of control” of the Corporation (as defined below) except to the extent that provision is made in writing in connection with any such transaction covered by clauses (i) through (iii) for the assumption of the Option or for the substitution for the Option of a new option(s) covering the stock of a successor corporation, or a parent or subsidiary thereof, with appropriate adjustments as to the number and kind of shares and exercise prices, in which event the Option theretofore granted shall continue in the manner and under the terms so provided.  In the event of any such termination of the Option, the Optionee shall have the right (subject to the general limitations on exercise set forth in Section 5), during such period occurring before such termination as the Board in its sole discretion shall determine and designate, and in any event immediately before the occurrence of such termination, to exercise such Option in whole or in part, whether or not such Option was otherwise exercisable at the time such termination occurs.  The Corporation shall send written notice of a transaction or event that will result in such a termination to Optionee not later than the time at which the Corporation gives notice thereof to its stockholders.

 

For purposes of this Section 9(c), a “change of control” shall mean: (i) a sale of substantially all of the assets of the Corporation to another person or entity, or (ii) any transaction (including without limitation a merger or reorganization in which the Corporation is the surviving corporation) that results in any person or entity (other than a person or entity who was a holder of securities of the Corporation on June 30, 1998) owning 50% or more of the combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Corporation, unless (A) the acquisition of securities resulting in such person’s or entity’s first owning 50% or more of the combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Corporation arises from the Corporation’s issuance to such person or entity of new securities (other than an issuance pursuant to an underwritten public offering in which such acquisition is not expressly approved by the Board of Directors) or (B) at least two-thirds of the directors comprising the full Board of Directors of the Corporation determine that any such transaction specified in this subsection 9(c) does not constitute a change of control for purposes hereof.

 

10


 

(d)                                  Adjustments

 

Adjustments under this Section 9 related to stock or other securities of the Corporation shall be made by the Board, whose determination in that respect shall be final, binding, and conclusive.  No fractional shares of Stock or units of other securities shall be issued pursuant to any such adjustment, and any fractions resulting from any such adjustment shall be eliminated in each case by rounding downward to the nearest whole share or unit.

 

(e)                                   No Limitations on Corporation

 

The grant of the Option shall not affect or limit in any way the right or power of the Corporation to make adjustments, reclassifications, reorganizations, or changes of its capital or business structure or to merge, consolidate, dissolve, or liquidate, or to sell or transfer all or any part of its business or assets.

 

10.                                                                                REQUIREMENTS OF LAW

 

The Corporation shall not be required to sell or issue any shares of Stock under the Option if the sale or issuance of such shares would constitute a violation by the Optionee, the individual exercising the Option, or the Corporation of any provisions of any law or regulation of any governmental authority, including without limitation any federal or state securities laws or regulations.  If at any time the Corporation shall determine, in its discretion, that the listing, registration, or qualification of any shares subject to the Option upon any securities exchange or under any state or federal law, or the consent or approval of any government regulatory or self-regulatory body is necessary or desirable as a condition of, or in connection with the issuance or purchase of shares, the Option may not be exercised in whole or in part unless such listing, registration, qualification, consent, or approval shall have been effected or obtained free of any conditions not acceptable to the Corporation, and any delay caused thereby shall in no way affect the date of termination of the Option.  Specifically in connection with the Securities Act of 1933 (as now in effect or as hereafter amended), upon the exercise of any Option, unless a registration statement under such Act is in effect with respect to the shares of Stock covered thereby, the Corporation shall not be required to sell or issue such shares unless the Board has received evidence satisfactory to it that the holder of such Option may acquire such shares pursuant to an exemption from registration under such Act.  Any determination in this connection by the Board shall be final, binding, and conclusive.  The Corporation may, but shall in no event be obligated to, register any securities covered hereby pursuant to the Securities Act of 1933 (as now in effect or as hereafter amended) or to register its common stock pursuant to the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (as now in effect or as hereafter amended).  The Corporation shall not be obligated to take any affirmative action in order to cause the exercisability or vesting of an Option or to cause the exercise of an Option or the issuance of shares pursuant thereto to comply with any law or regulation of any governmental authority.  As to any jurisdiction that expressly imposes the

 

11



 

requirement that an Option shall not be exercisable unless and until the shares of Stock covered by such Option are registered or are subject to an available exemption from registration, the exercise of such Option (under circumstances in which the laws of such jurisdiction apply) shall be deemed conditioned upon the effectiveness of such registration or the availability of such an exemption.

 

11.                                                                                RIGHTS AS STOCKHOLDER

 

Neither the Optionee nor any executor, administrator, distributee or legatee of the Optionee’s estate shall be, or have any of the rights or privileges of, a stockholder of the Corporation in respect of any shares of Stock issuable hereunder unless and until such shares have been fully paid and certificates representing such shares have been endorsed, transferred and delivered, and the name of the Optionee (or of such personal representative, administrator, distributee or legatee of the Optionee’s estate) has been entered as the stockholder of record on the books of the Corporation.

 

12.                                                                                WITHHOLDING OF TAXES

 

The parties hereto recognize that the Corporation or a Subsidiary may be obligated to withhold federal, state and local income taxes and Social Security taxes to the extent that the Optionee realizes ordinary income in connection with the exercise of the Option or in connection with a disposition of any shares of Stock acquired by exercise of the Option.  The Optionee agrees that the Corporation or a Subsidiary may withhold amounts needed to cover such taxes from payments otherwise due and owing to the Optionee, and also agrees that upon demand the Optionee will promptly pay to the Corporation or a Subsidiary having such obligation any additional amounts as may be necessary to satisfy such withholding tax obligation.

 

13.                                                                                MARKET STAND-OFF PROVISION; OTHER AGREEMENTS

 

In connection with any underwritten public offering by the Corporation of its equity securities pursuant to an effective registration statement filed under the Securities Act of 1933 (as now in effect or as hereafter amended), including the Corporation’s initial public offering, the Optionee agrees not to sell, make any short sale of, loan, hypothecate, pledge, grant any option for the purchase of, or otherwise dispose or transfer for value or agree to engage in any of the foregoing transactions with respect to any shares of Stock without the prior written consent of the Corporation or its underwriters, for such period of time after the effective date of such registration statement as may be requested by the Corporation or the underwriters (not to exceed 180 days in length).

 

12



 

14.                                                                                DISCLAIMER OF RIGHTS

 

No provision in this Option Agreement shall be construed to confer upon the Optionee the right to remain in the employ or service of or to maintain a relationship with the Corporation or any Subsidiary, or to interfere in any way with any contractual or other right or authority of the Corporation or any Subsidiary either to increase or decrease the compensation of the Optionee at any time, or to terminate any employment or other relationship between the Optionee and the Corporation or any Subsidiary.

 

15.                                                                                INTERPRETATION OF THIS OPTION AGREEMENT

 

All decisions and interpretations made by the Board or the Committee thereof with regard to any question arising under the Plan or this Option Agreement shall be final, binding and conclusive on the Corporation and the Optionee and any other person entitled to exercise the Option as provided for herein.

 

16.                                                                                GOVERNING LAW

 

This Option Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of Delaware (excluding its choice of law rules).

 

17.                                                                                BINDING EFFECT

 

Subject to all restrictions provided for in this Option Agreement, the Plan and by applicable law limiting assignment and transfer of this Option Agreement and the Option provided for herein, this Option Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective heirs, executors, administrators, successors, and assigns.

 

18.                                                                                NOTICE

 

Any notice hereunder by the Optionee to the Corporation shall be in writing and shall be deemed duly given if mailed or delivered to the Corporation at its principal office, addressed to the attention of the President, or if so mailed or delivered to such other address as the Corporation may hereafter designate by notice to the Optionee.  Any notice hereunder by the Corporation to the Optionee shall be in writing and shall be deemed duly given if mailed or delivered to the Optionee at the address specified below by the Optionee for such purpose, or if so mailed or delivered to such other address as the Optionee may hereafter designate by written notice given to the Corporation.

 

13



 

19.                                                                                ENTIRE AGREEMENT

 

This Option Agreement and the Plan together constitute the entire agreement and supersede all prior understandings and agreements, written or oral, of the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof.  Neither this Option Agreement nor any term hereof may be amended, waived, discharged or terminated except by a written instrument signed by the Corporation and the Optionee; provided , however , that the Corporation unilaterally may waive any provision hereof in writing to the extent that such waiver does not adversely affect the interests of the Optionee hereunder, but no such waiver shall operate as or be construed to be a subsequent waiver of the same provision or a waiver of any other provision hereof.

 

14



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have duly executed and delivered this Option Agreement, or caused this Option Agreement to be duly executed and delivered in their name and on their behalf, as of the day and year first above written.

 

 

 

SENSEONICS, INCORPORATED

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

OPTIONEE:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

ADDRESS FOR NOTICE TO OPTIONEE:

 

15




Exhibit 10.5

 

SENSEONICS, INCORPORATED

1997 STOCK OPTION PLAN, AS AMENDED AND RESTATED

NONQUALIFIED STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

 



 

SENSEONICS, INCORPORATED

1997 STOCK OPTION PLAN, AS AMENDED AND RESTATED

NONQUALIFIED STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

 

 

Page

 

 

 

1.

GRANT OF OPTION

1

2.

TERMS OF PLAN

2

3.

PRICE

2

4.

VESTING IN OPTIONS

2

 

(a)

Vesting Schedule

2

 

(b)

Death or Disability; Change of Control

2

5.

EXERCISE OF OPTION

3

 

(a)

Time of Exercise of Option

3

 

(b)

Termination of Option

3

 

(c)

Method of Exercise of Option

4

6.

NON-TRANSFERABILITY OF OPTION

4

7.

RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL; REPURCHASE RIGHT; AND RIGHT OF PARTICIPATION IN SALES

5

 

(a)

Right of First Refusal

5

 

(b)

Repurchase Right

7

 

(c)

Right of Participation in Sales

7

 

(d)

Publicly Traded Stock

8

 

(e)

Legend Describing Restrictions and Obligations

8

8.

FORFEITURE OF GAIN

8

9.

EFFECT OF CHANGES IN CAPITALIZATION

9

 

(a)

Changes in Stock

9

 

(b)

Reorganization in Which the Corporation Is the Surviving Corporation

9

 

(c)

Dissolution, Liquidation, Sale of Assets, Reorganization in Which the Corporation Is Not the Surviving Corporation, Change of Control

10

 

(d)

Adjustments

11

 

(e)

No Limitations on Corporation

11

10.

REQUIREMENTS OF LAW

11

11.

RIGHTS AS STOCKHOLDER

12

12.

WITHHOLDING OF TAXES

12

13.

MARKET STAND-OFF PROVISION; OTHER AGREEMENTS

12

14.

DISCLAIMER OF RIGHTS

13

 

i



 

15.

INTERPRETATION OF THIS OPTION AGREEMENT

13

16.

GOVERNING LAW

13

17.

BINDING EFFECT

13

18.

NOTICE

13

19.

ENTIRE AGREEMENT

14

 

ii



 

SENSEONICS, INCORPORATED

1997 STOCK OPTION PLAN

NONQUALIFIED STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

 

This Stock Option Agreement (the “Option Agreement”) is made as of              , by and between Senseonics, Incorporated, a Delaware corporation (the “Corporation”), and                  , an individual who is employed by the Corporation or its subsidiaries (the “Optionee”).

 

WHEREAS, the Board of Directors of the Corporation (the “Board”) has duly adopted and approved the Senseonics, Incorporated 1997 Stock Option Plan, as amended and restated (the “Plan”), which Plan authorizes the Corporation to grant to eligible individuals options for the purchase of shares of the Corporation’s common stock, par value $.01 per share (the “Stock”); and

 

WHEREAS, the Corporation has determined that it is desirable and in its best interests to grant to the Optionee, pursuant to the Plan, an option to purchase a certain number of shares of Stock, in order to provide the Optionee with an incentive to advance the interests of the Corporation and any subsidiary thereof within the meaning of Rule 405 of Regulation C under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (with the term “person” as used in such Rule 405 being defined as in Section 2(2) of such Act) (a “Subsidiary”), all according to the terms and conditions set forth herein;

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual promises and covenants contained herein, the parties hereto do hereby agree as follows:

 

1.                                                                                       GRANT OF OPTION

 

Subject to the terms of the Plan, a copy of which has been provided to the Optionee, the Corporation hereby grants to the Optionee the right and option (the “Option”) to purchase from the Corporation, on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in the Plan and in this Option Agreement, 750 shares of Stock.  This Option shall not constitute an incentive stock option within the meaning of Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”).  The date of grant of this Option is                 , the date on which the grant of the Option was approved by the Board or an authorized committee thereof.

 

1



 

2.                                                                                       TERMS OF PLAN

 

The Option evidenced by this Option Agreement is granted subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the Plan.  All terms and conditions of the Plan, as it may be amended from time to time, are hereby incorporated into this Option Agreement by reference and shall be deemed to be part of this Option Agreement, without regard to whether such terms and conditions are not otherwise set forth in this Option Agreement.  In the event that there is any inconsistency between the provisions of this Option Agreement and the provisions of the Plan, the provisions of the Plan shall govern.

 

3.                                                                                       PRICE

 

The purchase price for the shares of Stock subject to the Option evidenced by this Option Agreement is $       per share (the “Option Price”), which price is not less than 100 percent of the Fair Market Value of the shares of Stock, as determined by the Board, on the date of grant of this Option.

 

4.                                                                                       VESTING IN OPTIONS

 

(a)                                  Vesting Schedule

 

 

 

(b)                                  Death or Disability; Change of Control

 

If the Optionee’s service with the Corporation or any Subsidiary should terminate because of his or her death or Disability, this Option shall become 100% vested upon termination of service.  For purposes of this Option Agreement, the term “Disability” shall mean “permanent and total disability” as defined in Section 22(e)(3) of the Code.  In addition, this Option, to the extent it has not earlier terminated, shall become 100% vested upon the occurrence of a “change of control” (as defined in section 9(c) below).

 

2



 

5.                                                                                       EXERCISE OF OPTION

 

Except as otherwise provided herein, and subject to the provisions of the Plan, the Option granted pursuant to this Option Agreement shall be subject to exercise as follows:

 

(a)                                  Time of Exercise of Option

 

The Optionee may exercise the Option (subject to the limitations on exercise set forth in this Option Agreement and in the Plan) to the extent the Option is vested and has not terminated under Section 5(b).  No single exercise of the Option shall be for less than 100 shares of Stock, unless the number of shares purchased is the total number available for purchase under this Option at the time of exercise.

 

(b)                                  Termination of Option

 

The Option shall terminate upon the earliest of:

 

(i)                                      the expiration of a period of ten years from the date of grant of the Option, as set forth in Section 1 above;

(ii)                                   the occurrence of a transaction or event described in Section 9(c) which causes termination of the Option;

(iii)                                the Optionee’s termination of employment or other relationship with the Corporation or a Subsidiary, to the extent the Option has not become vested in accordance with Section 4;

(iv)                               the Optionee’s termination of employment or other relationship with the Corporation or a Subsidiary for Cause;

(v)                                  one year after the Optionee’s termination of employment or other relationship with the Corporation or a Subsidiary due to death or Disability (as defined above); or

(vi)                               six months after the Optionee’s termination of employment or other relationship with the Corporation or a Subsidiary other than for Cause, death or Disability to the extent the Option has become vested in accordance with Section 4.

 

For purposes of this Option Agreement, the term “Cause” means, as determined by the Board, (a) the Optionee’s willful and substantial misconduct with respect to the business and affairs of the Corporation or any Subsidiary or affiliate thereof, (b) the Optionee’s neglect of duties or failure to act which can reasonably be expected to materially adversely affect the business or affairs of the Corporation or any Subsidiary or affiliate thereof, (c) the commission by the Optionee of any act involving moral turpitude or fraud or (d) the Optionee’s conviction of any felony, or of any misdemeanor involving fraud, theft, embezzlement, forgery or moral turpitude.

 

3



 

(c)                                   Method of Exercise of Option

 

Subject to the terms and conditions of this Option Agreement, an Option that is exercisable hereunder may be exercised by delivery to the Corporation on any business day, at its principal office addressed to the attention of the Board, of written notice of exercise, which notice shall specify the number of shares for which the Option is being exercised, and shall be accompanied by payment in full of the Option Price of the shares for which the Option is being exercised.  Payment of the Option Price for the shares of Stock purchased pursuant to the exercise of the Option shall be made (a) in cash or by check payable to the order of the Corporation; (b) through the tender to the Corporation of shares of Stock, which shares shall be valued, for purposes of determining the extent to which the Option Price has been paid thereby, at their fair market value (determined in the manner described in Section 9 of the Plan) on the date of exercise; or (c) by a combination of the methods described in (a) and (b) hereof.  Shares of Stock acquired by the Optionee through exercise of an Option may be surrendered in payment of the exercise price of Options.  On and after the date shares of Stock are publicly traded on an established securities market, payment in full of the Option Price need not accompany the written notice of exercise provided the notice directs that the Stock certificate or certificates for the shares for which the Option is exercised be delivered to a licensed broker acceptable to the Corporation as the agent for the individual exercising the Option and, at the time such Stock certificate or certificates are delivered, the broker tenders to the Corporation cash (or cash equivalents acceptable to the Corporation) equal to the Option Price.  An attempt to exercise any Option granted hereunder other than as set forth above shall be invalid and of no force and effect.  Promptly after the exercise of an Option and the payment in full of the Option Price of the shares of Stock covered thereby, the Optionee shall be entitled to the issuance of a Stock certificate or certificates evidencing such individual’s ownership of such shares.  The Optionee shall have none of the rights of a stockholder until the shares of Stock covered hereby are fully paid and issued to the Optionee and, except as provided in Section 9 hereof, no adjustment shall be made for dividends or other rights for which the record date is prior to the date of such issuance.

 

6.                                                                                       NON-TRANSFERABILITY OF OPTION.

 

During the lifetime of the Optionee, only such Optionee (or, in the event of legal incapacity or incompetency, the Optionee’s guardian or legal representative) may exercise the Option.  No Option shall be assignable or transferable by the Optionee to whom it is granted other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution.

 

4



 

7.                                                                                       RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL; REPURCHASE RIGHT; AND RIGHT OF PARTICIPATION IN SALES

 

(a)                                  Right of First Refusal

 

(i)                                      If at any time the Optionee desires to sell any part of the Stock purchased pursuant to this Option (“Option Stock”) pursuant to a bona fide offer from a third party (the “Proposed Transferee”) other than in a Permitted Transfer (as defined in section (viii) below), the Optionee shall submit a written offer (the “Offer”) to sell such shares first to the Corporation and then to the Purchasers (as defined in section (vii) below) on terms and conditions, including price, not less favorable to the Corporation or the Purchasers than those on which the Optionee proposes to sell such shares to the Proposed Transferee.  Each Offer shall disclose the identity of the Proposed Transferee, the shares proposed to be sold, the total number of shares owned by the Optionee, the terms and conditions, including price, of the proposed sale, and any other material facts relating to the proposed sale.  Each Offer shall further state that the Corporation and the Purchasers may acquire, in accordance with the provisions of this Option Agreement, all or any portion of the offered Option Stock for the price and upon the other terms and conditions, including deferred payment (if applicable), set forth therein.

 

(ii)                                   The Corporation shall have the first right to purchase any or all of the Option Stock described in an Offer, and shall provide notice to the Optionee stating the number of shares it desires to purchase within 30 days of the Offer.  If the Corporation shall elect to purchase less than all of the shares contained in an Offer, then the Optionee shall submit a second Offer as to the remaining shares (the “Offered Shares”) to the Purchasers.  Each Purchaser shall have the absolute right to purchase that number of Offered Shares as shall be equal to the number of Offered Shares multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which shall be the number of shares of Common Stock then owned by such Purchaser and the denominator of which shall be the aggregate number of shares of Stock then owned by all of the Purchasers.  For purposes of this Option Agreement, all of the Stock which a Purchaser has the right to acquire from the Corporation upon the conversion, exercise or exchange of any of the securities of the Corporation then owned by such Purchaser shall be deemed to be shares then owned by such Purchaser (the amount of Offered Shares that each Purchaser is entitled to purchase under this Option Agreement shall be referred to as its “Pro Rata Fraction”).

 

(iii)                                The Purchasers shall have a right of oversubscription such that if any Purchaser fails to buy the Offered Shares up to its Pro Rata Fraction, the other Purchasers shall, among them, have the right to purchase up to the balance of the Offered Shares not so purchased.  Such right of oversubscription may

 

5



 

be exercised by a Purchaser by agreeing to purchase the Offered Shares as to more than its Pro Rata Fraction.  If, as a result thereof, such oversubscriptions exceed the total number of Offered Shares available in respect of such oversubscription privilege, the oversubscribing Purchasers shall be cut back with respect to their oversubscriptions on a pro rata basis in accordance with their respective Pro Rata Fractions or as they may otherwise agree among themselves.

 

(iv)                               If a Purchaser desires to purchase all or any part of the Offered Shares, said Purchaser shall communicate in writing to the Optionee its election to purchase, which communication shall state the number of Offered Shares said Purchaser desires to purchase and shall be given to the Optionee within thirty days of the date the Offer was made to the Purchaser.  Such communication shall, when taken in conjunction with the Offer, be deemed to constitute a valid, legally binding and enforceable agreement for the sale and purchase of such Offered Shares (subject to the aforesaid limitations as to a Purchaser’s right to purchase more than its Pro Rata Fraction).  Sales of the Offered Shares to be sold to purchasing Purchasers pursuant to this Option Agreement shall be made at the offices of the Corporation on the 60th day following the date the Offer was made to the Purchasers (or if such 60th day is not a business day, then on the next succeeding business day).  Such sales shall be effected by the Optionee’s delivery to each purchasing Purchaser of a certificate or certificates evidencing the Offered Shares to be purchased by it, duly endorsed for transfer to such purchasing Purchaser, against payment to the Optionee of the purchase price therefor by such purchasing Purchaser.

 

(v)                                  If the Purchasers do not purchase all of the Offered Shares, the Offered Shares not so purchased may be sold by the Optionee at any time within 90 days after the date the Offer was made to the Purchasers.  Any such sale shall be to the Proposed Transferee, at not less than the price and upon other terms and conditions, if any, not more favorable to the Proposed Transferee than those specified in the Offer.  Any Offered Shares not sold within such 90-day period shall continue to be subject to the requirements of a prior offer pursuant to this Option Agreement.  If Offered Shares are sold pursuant to this Option Agreement to any party who is not a Purchaser, the Offered Shares so sold shall continue to be subject to this right of first refusal.

 

(vi)                               The Purchasers’ right of first refusal provided in this Option Agreement shall not apply with respect to sales of Stock to the Corporation.

 

(vii)                            For purposes of this Option Agreement, “Purchasers” means those certain purchasers of the Corporation’s preferred stock and any other owner of equity securities of the Corporation whom the Corporation declares in writing to be a Purchaser for purposes of this Option Agreement.

 

6



 

(viii)                         For purposes of this Option Agreement, a “Permitted Transfer” means a transfer of all or any of the Option Stock (a) by way of gift to any member of the Optionee’s family or to any trust for the benefit of any such family member or the Optionee, provided that any such transferee shall agree in writing with the Corporation, as a condition to such transfer, to be bound by all of the provisions of the Option Agreement to the same extent as if such transferee were the Optionee, or (b) by will or the laws of descent and distribution, in which event each such transferee shall be bound by all of the provisions of this Option Agreement to the same extent as if such transferee were the Optionee.  As used herein, the word “family” shall include any spouse, lineal ancestor or descendant, brother or sister.

 

(b)                                  Repurchase Right

 

(i)                                      Except as hereinafter provided, if the Optionee shall cease to provide services in any capacity to the Corporation or any of its Subsidiaries, the Corporation may within twelve months (or such shorter period as may be required by applicable law) from the date upon which the Optionee ceases to serve, exercise its option under this Option Agreement to purchase from the Optionee any or all of his Option Stock.

 

(ii)                                   The purchase price of any shares of Option Stock for which the Corporation exercises its option under this Option Agreement (the “Repurchase Price”) shall be the current fair market value (determined in the manner described in Section 9 of the Plan) of the Stock.

 

(iii)                                If the Corporation desires to exercise its option to purchase, it shall do so by communicating in writing its election to purchase to the Optionee, which communication shall state the number of shares the Corporation is electing to purchase and the Purchase Price and shall be given to the Optionee within the twelve-month period (or such shorter period) provided for in section (i) above.

 

(c)                                   Right of Participation in Sales

 

(i)                                      If at any time the Optionee desires to sell for cash any part of the Option Stock owned by him to any person or entity other than one or more of the Purchasers (a “Buyer”), each of the Purchasers shall have the right to sell to the Buyer, as a condition to such sale by the Optionee, at the same price per share and on the same terms and conditions as involved in such sale by the Optionee, the same percentage of the Stock owned by such Purchaser as the Option Stock to be sold by the Optionee to the Buyer represents with respect to the Stock owned by the Optionee immediately prior to the sale of any of his Option Stock to the Buyer.

 

7



 

(ii)                                   Each Purchaser wishing to so participate in any sale under this Section 7 shall notify the Optionee in writing of such intention as soon as practicable after such Purchaser’s receipt of the Offer and in any event within twenty days after the date the Offer was made.

 

(iii)                                The Optionee and each participating Purchaser shall sell to the Buyer all, or at the option of the Buyer, any part of the shares proposed to be sold by them at not less than the price and upon other terms and conditions, if any, not more favorable to the Buyer than those in the Offer provided by the Optionee; provided, however, that any purchase of less than all of such shares by the Buyer shall be made from the Optionee and each participating Purchaser pro rata based upon the relative amount of the shares that the Optionee and each participating Purchaser is otherwise entitled to sell.

 

(iv)                               Any shares sold by the Optionee or a participating Purchaser pursuant to this Section 7 shall no longer be subject to this Section 7(c).

 

(v)                                  The Purchasers’ right to participate in sales pursuant to this Section 7 shall not apply with respect to sales of Option Stock to the Corporation.

 

(d)                                  Publicly Traded Stock

 

If the Stock is listed on an established national or regional stock exchange or is admitted to quotation on the National Association of Securities Dealers Automated Quotation System, or is publicly traded in an established securities market, the foregoing restrictions of Sections 7(a), (b), and (c) shall terminate as of the first date that the Stock is so listed, quoted or publicly traded.

 

(e)                                   Legend Describing Restrictions and Obligations

 

The Board may cause a legend to be placed prominently on certificates representing Stock issued pursuant to the Plan in order to give notice of the transferability restrictions and other obligations imposed by Sections 7 and 8.  The Corporation does not intend to exercise its repurchase rights during the first six months after exercise of the Option to the extent that such action would result in an accounting charge to the Corporation.

 

8.                                                                                       FORFEITURE OF GAIN

 

The Corporation shall have the right to repurchase any or all of the shares of Stock acquired pursuant to such Option, at a price equal to the Option Price paid for such shares, (i) if the holder violates any agreement covering (a) non-competition with the Corporation or a Subsidiary or (b) non-disclosure of confidential information of the Corporation or a Subsidiary, (ii) if the holder is

 

8



 

terminated for Cause as defined in Section 5(b) or (iii) if, during the period ending one year subsequent to termination of the Optionee’s service with the Corporation or a Subsidiary, the Board determines that the Optionee committed acts or omissions which would have been the basis for a termination of the Optionee’s service for Cause had such acts or omissions been discovered prior to termination of the Optionee’s service.  A notice of repurchase given pursuant to this Subsection shall specify the price and date of closing of such repurchase, which shall be no later than 30 days from the date the Corporation exercises such right.  In the event any such repurchase right is exercised in accordance with this Subsection, the holder of the Stock being repurchased shall be obligated to sell such Stock pursuant to the exercise of such right.  The provisions of this Section 8 may be modified and/or superseded with respect to the Optionee in the event the Corporation and such Optionee enter into separate agreements governing the subject matter of this Section 8.

 

9.                                                                                       EFFECT OF CHANGES IN CAPITALIZATION

 

(a)                                  Changes in Stock

 

If the number of outstanding shares of Stock is increased or decreased or the shares of Stock are changed into or exchanged for a different number or kind of shares or other securities of the Corporation on account of any recapitalization, reclassification, stock split-up, combination of shares, exchange of shares, stock dividend or other distribution payable in capital stock, or other increase or decrease in such shares effected without receipt of consideration by the Corporation, occurring after the date of grant of the Option, the number and kind of shares of Stock for which the Option was granted shall be adjusted proportionately and accordingly so that the proportionate interest of the Optionee immediately following such event shall, to the extent practicable, be the same as immediately before such event.  Any such adjustment in the Option shall not change the aggregate Option Price payable with respect to shares that are subject to the unexercised portion of the Option but shall include a corresponding proportionate adjustment in the Option Price per share.

 

(b)                                  Reorganization in Which the Corporation Is the Surviving Corporation

 

Subject to Subsection 9(c)(iii) hereof, if the Corporation shall be the surviving corporation in any reorganization, merger, or consolidation of the Corporation with one or more other corporations, the Option shall pertain to and apply to the securities to which a holder of the number of shares of Stock subject to the Option would have been entitled immediately following such reorganization, merger, or consolidation, with a corresponding proportionate adjustment of the

 

9



 

Option Price per share so that the aggregate Option Price thereafter shall be the same as the aggregate Option Price of the shares remaining subject to the Option immediately prior to such reorganization, merger, or consolidation.

 

(c)                                   Dissolution, Liquidation, Sale of Assets, Reorganization in Which the Corporation Is Not the Surviving Corporation, Change of Control

 

The Option shall terminate (i) upon the dissolution or liquidation of the Corporation, (ii) upon a merger, consolidation, or reorganization of the Corporation with one or more other corporations in which the Corporation is not the surviving corporation or (iii) any transaction (including without limitation a merger or reorganization in which the Corporation is the surviving corporation) that results in a “change of control” of the Corporation (as defined below) except to the extent that provision is made in writing in connection with any such transaction covered by clauses (i) through (iii) for the assumption of the Option or for the substitution for the Option of a new option(s) covering the stock of a successor corporation, or a parent or subsidiary thereof, with appropriate adjustments as to the number and kind of shares and exercise prices, in which event the Option theretofore granted shall continue in the manner and under the terms so provided.  In the event of any such termination of the Option, the Optionee shall have the right (subject to the general limitations on exercise set forth in Section 5), during such period occurring before such termination as the Board in its sole discretion shall determine and designate, and in any event immediately before the occurrence of such termination, to exercise such Option in whole or in part, whether or not such Option was otherwise exercisable at the time such termination occurs.  The Corporation shall send written notice of a transaction or event that will result in such a termination to Optionee not later than the time at which the Corporation gives notice thereof to its stockholders.

 

For purposes of this Section 9(c), a “change of control” shall mean: (i) a sale of substantially all of the assets of the Corporation to another person or entity, or (ii) any transaction (including without limitation a merger or reorganization in which the Corporation is the surviving corporation) that results in any person or entity (other than a person or entity who was a holder of securities of the Corporation on June 30, 1998) owning 50% or more of the combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Corporation, unless (A) the acquisition of securities resulting in such person’s or entity’s first owning 50% or more of the combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Corporation arises from the Corporation’s issuance to such person or entity of new securities (other than an issuance pursuant to an underwritten public offering in which such acquisition is not expressly approved by the Board of Directors) or (B) at least two-thirds of the directors comprising the full Board of Directors of the Corporation determine that any such

 

10


 

transaction specified in this subsection 9(c) does not constitute a change of control for purposes hereof.

 

(d)                                  Adjustments

 

Adjustments under this Section 9 related to stock or other securities of the Corporation shall be made by the Board, whose determination in that respect shall be final, binding, and conclusive.  No fractional shares of Stock or units of other securities shall be issued pursuant to any such adjustment, and any fractions resulting from any such adjustment shall be eliminated in each case by rounding downward to the nearest whole share or unit.

 

(e)                                   No Limitations on Corporation

 

The grant of the Option shall not affect or limit in any way the right or power of the Corporation to make adjustments, reclassifications, reorganizations, or changes of its capital or business structure or to merge, consolidate, dissolve, or liquidate, or to sell or transfer all or any part of its business or assets.

 

10.                                                                                REQUIREMENTS OF LAW

 

The Corporation shall not be required to sell or issue any shares of Stock under the Option if the sale or issuance of such shares would constitute a violation by the Optionee, the individual exercising the Option, or the Corporation of any provisions of any law or regulation of any governmental authority, including without limitation any federal or state securities laws or regulations.  If at any time the Corporation shall determine, in its discretion, that the listing, registration, or qualification of any shares subject to the Option upon any securities exchange or under any state or federal law, or the consent or approval of any government regulatory or self-regulatory body is necessary or desirable as a condition of, or in connection with the issuance or purchase of shares, the Option may not be exercised in whole or in part unless such listing, registration, qualification, consent, or approval shall have been effected or obtained free of any conditions not acceptable to the Corporation, and any delay caused thereby shall in no way affect the date of termination of the Option.  Specifically in connection with the Securities Act of 1933 (as now in effect or as hereafter amended), upon the exercise of any Option, unless a registration statement under such Act is in effect with respect to the shares of Stock covered thereby, the Corporation shall not be required to sell or issue such shares unless the Board has received evidence satisfactory to it that the holder of such Option may acquire such shares pursuant to an exemption from registration under such Act.  Any determination in this connection by the Board shall be final, binding, and conclusive.  The Corporation may, but shall in no event be obligated to, register any securities covered hereby pursuant to the Securities Act of 1933 (as now in effect or as hereafter amended) or to register its common stock pursuant to the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (as now in effect or as hereafter amended).  The

 

11



 

Corporation shall not be obligated to take any affirmative action in order to cause the exercisability or vesting of an Option or to cause the exercise of an Option or the issuance of shares pursuant thereto to comply with any law or regulation of any governmental authority.  As to any jurisdiction that expressly imposes the requirement that an Option shall not be exercisable unless and until the shares of Stock covered by such Option are registered or are subject to an available exemption from registration, the exercise of such Option (under circumstances in which the laws of such jurisdiction apply) shall be deemed conditioned upon the effectiveness of such registration or the availability of such an exemption.

 

11.                                                                                RIGHTS AS STOCKHOLDER

 

Neither the Optionee nor any executor, administrator, distributee or legatee of the Optionee’s estate shall be, or have any of the rights or privileges of, a stockholder of the Corporation in respect of any shares of Stock issuable hereunder unless and until such shares have been fully paid and certificates representing such shares have been endorsed, transferred and delivered, and the name of the Optionee (or of such personal representative, administrator, distributee or legatee of the Optionee’s estate) has been entered as the stockholder of record on the books of the Corporation.

 

12.                                                                                WITHHOLDING OF TAXES

 

The parties hereto recognize that the Corporation or a Subsidiary may be obligated to withhold federal, state and local income taxes and Social Security taxes to the extent that the Optionee realizes ordinary income in connection with the exercise of the Option or in connection with a disposition of any shares of Stock acquired by exercise of the Option.  The Optionee agrees that the Corporation or a Subsidiary may withhold amounts needed to cover such taxes from payments otherwise due and owing to the Optionee, and also agrees that upon demand the Optionee will promptly pay to the Corporation or a Subsidiary having such obligation any additional amounts as may be necessary to satisfy such withholding tax obligation.

 

13.                                                                                MARKET STAND-OFF PROVISION; OTHER AGREEMENTS

 

In connection with any underwritten public offering by the Corporation of its equity securities pursuant to an effective registration statement filed under the Securities Act of 1933 (as now in effect or as hereafter amended), including the Corporation’s initial public offering, the Optionee agrees not to sell, make any short sale of, loan, hypothecate, pledge, grant any option for the purchase of, or otherwise dispose or transfer for value or agree to engage in any of the foregoing transactions with respect to any shares of Stock without the prior written consent of the Corporation or its underwriters, for such period of time after the effective date of such registration statement as may be requested by the Corporation or the underwriters (not to exceed 180 days in length).

 

12



 

14.                                                                                DISCLAIMER OF RIGHTS

 

No provision in this Option Agreement shall be construed to confer upon the Optionee the right to remain in the employ or service of or to maintain a relationship with the Corporation or any Subsidiary, or to interfere in any way with any contractual or other right or authority of the Corporation or any Subsidiary either to increase or decrease the compensation of the Optionee at any time, or to terminate any employment or other relationship between the Optionee and the Corporation or any Subsidiary.

 

15.                                                                                INTERPRETATION OF THIS OPTION AGREEMENT

 

All decisions and interpretations made by the Board or the Committee thereof with regard to any question arising under the Plan or this Option Agreement shall be final, binding and conclusive on the Corporation and the Optionee and any other person entitled to exercise the Option as provided for herein.

 

16.                                                                                GOVERNING LAW

 

This Option Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of Delaware (excluding its choice of law rules).

 

17.                                                                                BINDING EFFECT

 

Subject to all restrictions provided for in this Option Agreement, the Plan and by applicable law limiting assignment and transfer of this Option Agreement and the Option provided for herein, this Option Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective heirs, executors, administrators, successors, and assigns.

 

18.                                                                                NOTICE

 

Any notice hereunder by the Optionee to the Corporation shall be in writing and shall be deemed duly given if mailed or delivered to the Corporation at its principal office, addressed to the attention of the President, or if so mailed or delivered to such other address as the Corporation may hereafter designate by notice to the Optionee.  Any notice hereunder by the Corporation to the Optionee shall be in writing and shall be deemed duly given if mailed or delivered to the Optionee at the address specified below by the Optionee for such purpose, or if so mailed or delivered to such other address as the Optionee may hereafter designate by written notice given to the Corporation.

 

13



 

19.                                                                                ENTIRE AGREEMENT

 

This Option Agreement and the Plan together constitute the entire agreement and supersede all prior understandings and agreements, written or oral, of the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof.  Neither this Option Agreement nor any term hereof may be amended, waived, discharged or terminated except by a written instrument signed by the Corporation and the Optionee; provided , however , that the Corporation unilaterally may waive any provision hereof in writing to the extent that such waiver does not adversely affect the interests of the Optionee hereunder, but no such waiver shall operate as or be construed to be a subsequent waiver of the same provision or a waiver of any other provision hereof.

 

14



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have duly executed and delivered this Option Agreement, or caused this Option Agreement to be duly executed and delivered in their name and on their behalf, as of the day and year first above written.

 

 

 

SENSEONICS, INCORPORATED

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

OPTIONEE:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

ADDRESS FOR NOTICE TO OPTIONEE:

 

15




Exhibit 10.6

 

SENSEONICS, INCORPORATED

 

2015 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

 

ADOPTED BY THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS:  DECEMBER 1, 2015

APPROVED BY THE STOCKHOLDERS: DECEMBER 3, 2015

 

1.                                       GENERAL.

 

(a)                                  Successor to and Continuation of Prior Plan.   The Plan is intended as the successor to and continuation of the Amended and Restated 1997 Stock Option Plan, as amended (the “ Prior Plan ”).  Following the Effective Date, no additional stock awards will be granted under the Prior Plan.  All Awards granted on or after the Effective Date will be granted under this Plan.  All stock awards granted under the Prior Plan will remain subject to the terms of the Prior Plan.

 

(i)                                     Any shares that would otherwise remain available for future grants under the Prior Plan as of the Effective Date will cease to be available under the Prior Plan at such time.

 

(ii)                                 From and after the Effective Date, any shares subject, at such time, to outstanding stock awards granted under the Prior Plan that (i) expire or terminate for any reason prior to exercise or settlement; (ii) are forfeited because of the failure to meet a contingency or condition required to vest such shares or otherwise return to the Company; or (iii) are reacquired, withheld (or not issued) to satisfy a tax withholding obligation in connection with an award or to satisfy the purchase price or exercise price of a stock award (such shares the “ Returning Shares ”) will immediately be added to the Share Reserve (as further described in Section 3(a) below) as and when such shares become Returning Shares, up to the maximum number set forth in Section 3(a) below.

 

(b)                                  Eligible Award Recipients.   Employees, Directors and Consultants are eligible to receive Awards.

 

(c)                                   Available Awards.   The Plan provides for the grant of the following Awards: (i) Incentive Stock Options, (ii) Nonstatutory Stock Options, (iii) Stock Appreciation Rights (iv) Restricted Stock Awards, (v) Restricted Stock Unit Awards, (vi) Performance Stock Awards, (vii) Performance Cash Awards, and (viii) Other Stock Awards.

 

(d)                                  Purpose.   The Plan, through the grant of Awards, is intended to help the Company secure and retain the services of eligible award recipients, provide incentives for such persons to exert maximum efforts for the success of the Company and any Affiliate, and provide a means by which the eligible recipients may benefit from increases in value of the Common Stock.

 

1



 

2.                                       ADMINISTRATION.

 

(a)                                  Administration by Board.   The Board will administer the Plan.  The Board may delegate administration of the Plan to a Committee or Committees, as provided in Section 2(c).

 

(b)                                  Powers of Board.   The Board will have the power, subject to, and within the limitations of, the express provisions of the Plan:

 

(i)                                     To determine: (A) who will be granted Awards; (B) when and how each Award will be granted; (C) what type of Award will be granted; (D) the provisions of each Award (which need not be identical), including when a person will be permitted to exercise or otherwise receive cash or Common Stock under the Award; (E) the number of shares of Common Stock subject to, or the cash value of, an Award; and (F) the Fair Market Value applicable to a Stock Award.

 

(ii)                                 To construe and interpret the Plan and Awards granted under it, and to establish, amend and revoke rules and regulations for administration of the Plan and Awards.  The Board, in the exercise of these powers, may correct any defect, omission or inconsistency in the Plan or in any Award Agreement or in the written terms of a Performance Cash Award, in a manner and to the extent it will deem necessary or expedient to make the Plan or Award fully effective.

 

(iii)                             To settle all controversies regarding the Plan and Awards granted under it.

 

(iv)                              To accelerate, in whole or in part, the time at which an Award may be exercised or vest (or the time at which cash or shares of Common Stock may be issued in settlement thereof).

 

(v)                                  To suspend or terminate the Plan at any time.  Except as otherwise provided in the Plan or an Award Agreement, suspension or termination of the Plan will not materially impair a Participant’s rights under the Participant’s then-outstanding Award without the Participant’s written consent, except as provided in subsection (viii) below.

 

(vi)                              To amend the Plan in any respect the Board deems necessary or advisable, including, without limitation, by adopting amendments relating to Incentive Stock Options and certain nonqualified deferred compensation under Section 409A of the Code and/or bringing the Plan or Awards granted under the Plan into compliance with the requirements for Incentive Stock Options or ensuring that they are exempt from, or compliant with, the requirements for nonqualified deferred compensation under Section 409A of the Code, subject to the limitations, if any, of applicable law.  If required by applicable law or listing requirements, and except as provided in Section 9(a) relating to Capitalization Adjustments, the Company will seek stockholder approval of any amendment of the Plan that (A) materially increases the number of shares of Common Stock available for issuance under the Plan, (B) materially expands the class of individuals eligible to receive Awards under the Plan, (C) materially increases the benefits accruing to Participants under the Plan, (D) materially reduces the price at which shares of Common Stock may be issued or purchased under the Plan, (E) materially extends the term of the Plan, or (F) materially expands the types of Awards available for issuance under the Plan. Except as otherwise provided in the Plan or an Award Agreement, no amendment of the Plan

 

2



 

will materially impair a Participant’s rights under an outstanding Award without the Participant’s written consent.

 

(vii)                          To submit any amendment to the Plan for stockholder approval, including, but not limited to, amendments to the Plan intended to satisfy the requirements of (A) Section 162(m) of the Code regarding the exclusion of performance-based compensation from the limit on corporate deductibility of compensation paid to Covered Employees, (B) Section 422 of the Code regarding “incentive stock options” or (C) Rule 16b-3.

 

(viii)                      To approve forms of Award Agreements for use under the Plan and to amend the terms of any one or more Awards, including, but not limited to, amendments to provide terms more favorable to the Participant than previously provided in the Award Agreement, subject to any specified limits in the Plan that are not subject to Board discretion; provided, however, that a Participant’s rights under any Award will not be impaired by any such amendment unless (A) the Company requests the consent of the affected Participant, and (B) such Participant consents in writing.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, (1) a Participant’s rights will not be deemed to have been impaired by any such amendment if the Board, in its sole discretion, determines that the amendment, taken as a whole, does not materially impair the Participant’s rights, and (2) subject to the limitations of applicable law, if any, the Board may amend the terms of any one or more Awards without the affected Participant’s consent (A) to maintain the qualified status of the Award as an Incentive Stock Option under Section 422 of the Code; (B) to change the terms of an Incentive Stock Option, if such change results in impairment of the Award solely because it impairs the qualified status of the Award as an Incentive Stock Option under Section 422 of the Code; (C) to clarify the manner of exemption from, or to bring the Award into compliance with, Section 409A of the Code; or (D) to comply with other applicable laws or listing requirements.

 

(ix)                              Generally, to exercise such powers and to perform such acts as the Board deems necessary or expedient to promote the best interests of the Company and that are not in conflict with the provisions of the Plan or Awards.

 

(x)                                  To adopt such procedures and sub-plans as are necessary or appropriate to permit participation in the Plan by Employees, Directors or Consultants who are foreign nationals or employed outside the United States (provided that Board approval will not be necessary for immaterial modifications to the Plan or any Award Agreement that are required for compliance with the laws of the relevant foreign jurisdiction).

 

(xi)                              To effect, with the consent of any adversely affected Participant, (A) the reduction of the exercise, purchase or strike price of any outstanding Stock Award; (B) the cancellation of any outstanding Stock Award and the grant in substitution therefor of a new (1) Option or SAR, (2)  Restricted Stock Award, (3) Restricted Stock Unit Award, (4) Other Stock Award, (5) cash and/or (6) other valuable consideration determined by the Board, in its sole discretion, with any such substituted award (x) covering the same or a different number of shares of Common Stock as the cancelled Stock Award and (y) granted under the Plan or another equity or compensatory plan of the Company; or (C) any other action that is treated as a repricing under generally accepted accounting principles.

 

3



 

(c)                                   Delegation to Committee.

 

(i)                                     General.   The Board may delegate some or all of the administration of the Plan to a Committee or Committees.  If administration of the Plan is delegated to a Committee, the Committee will have, in connection with the administration of the Plan, the powers theretofore possessed by the Board that have been delegated to the Committee, including the power to delegate to a subcommittee of the Committee any of the administrative powers the Committee is authorized to exercise (and references in this Plan to the Board will thereafter be to the Committee or subcommittee, as applicable).  Any delegation of administrative powers will be reflected in resolutions, not inconsistent with the provisions of the Plan, adopted from time to time by the Board or Committee (as applicable).  The Board may retain the authority to concurrently administer the Plan with the Committee and may, at any time, revest in the Board some or all of the powers previously delegated.

 

(ii)                                 Section 162(m) and Rule 16b-3 Compliance.   To the extent applicable, the Committee may consist solely of two or more Outside Directors, in accordance with Section 162(m) of the Code, or solely of two or more Non-Employee Directors, in accordance with Rule 16b-3.

 

(d)                                  Delegation to an Officer.   The Board may delegate to one (1) or more Officers the authority to do one or both of the following (i) designate Employees who are not Officers to be recipients of Options and SARs (and, to the extent permitted by applicable law, other Stock Awards) and, to the extent permitted by applicable law, the terms of such Awards, and (ii) determine the number of shares of Common Stock to be subject to such Stock Awards granted to such Employees; provided, however , that the Board resolutions regarding such delegation will specify the total number of shares of Common Stock that may be subject to the Stock Awards granted by such Officer and that such Officer may not grant a Stock Award to himself or herself.  Any such Stock Awards will be granted on the form of Stock Award Agreement most recently approved for use by the Committee or the Board, unless otherwise provided in the resolutions approving the delegation authority.  The Board may not delegate authority to an Officer who is acting solely in the capacity of an Officer (and not also as a Director) to determine the Fair Market Value pursuant to Section 13(w)(iii) below.

 

(e)                                   Effect of Board’s Decision. All determinations, interpretations and constructions made by the Board in good faith will not be subject to review by any person and will be final, binding and conclusive on all persons.

 

3.                                       SHARES SUBJECT TO THE PLAN.

 

(a)                                  Share Reserve.  Subject to Section 9(a) relating to Capitalization Adjustments, the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock that may be issued pursuant to Stock Awards will not exceed 4,781,824 shares (the “ Share Reserve ”), which number is the sum of (i) 400,000 shares, plus (ii) the number of shares that are Returning Shares, as such shares become available from time to time.

 

(b)                                  Reversion of Shares to the Share Reserve.  If a Stock Award or any portion thereof (i) expires or otherwise terminates without all of the shares covered by such Stock Award

 

4



 

having been issued or (ii) is settled in cash ( i.e. , the Participant receives cash rather than stock), such expiration, termination or settlement will not reduce (or otherwise offset) the number of shares of Common Stock that may be available for issuance under the Plan.  If any shares of Common Stock issued pursuant to a Stock Award are forfeited back to or repurchased by the Company because of the failure to meet a contingency or condition required to vest such shares in the Participant, then the shares that are forfeited or repurchased will revert to and again become available for issuance under the Plan.  Any shares reacquired by the Company in satisfaction of tax withholding obligations on a Stock Award or as consideration for the exercise or purchase price of a Stock Award will again become available for issuance under the Plan.

 

(c)                                   Incentive Stock Option Limit.  Subject to the provisions of Section 9(a) relating to Capitalization Adjustments, the aggregate maximum number of shares of Common Stock that may be issued pursuant to the exercise of Incentive Stock Options will be 4,781,824 shares of Common Stock.

 

(d)                                  Section 162(m) Limitations .  Subject to the provisions of Section 9(a) relating to Capitalization Adjustments, beginning at such time as the Company may be subject to the applicable provisions of Section 162(m) of the Code, the following limitations shall apply.

 

(i)                                     A maximum of 1,000,000 shares of Common Stock subject to Options, SARs and Other Stock Awards whose value is determined by reference to an increase over an exercise or strike price of at least 100% of the Fair Market Value on the date the Stock Award is granted may be granted to any one Participant during any one calendar year.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, if any additional Options, SARs or Other Stock Awards whose value is determined by reference to an increase over an exercise or strike price of at least 100% of the Fair Market Value on the date the Stock Award are granted to any Participant during any calendar year, compensation attributable to the exercise of such additional Stock Awards will not satisfy the requirements to be considered “qualified performance-based compensation” under Section 162(m) of the Code unless such additional Stock Award is approved by the Company’s stockholders.

 

(ii)                                 A maximum of 1,000,000 shares of Common Stock subject to Performance Stock Awards may be granted to any one Participant during any one calendar year (whether the grant, vesting or exercise is contingent upon the attainment during the Performance Period of the Performance Goals).

 

(iii)                             A maximum of $3,000,000 may be granted as a Performance Cash Award to any one Participant during any one calendar year.

 

(e)                                   Source of Shares.   The stock issuable under the Plan will be shares of authorized but unissued or reacquired Common Stock, including shares repurchased by the Company on the open market or otherwise.

 

4.                                       ELIGIBILITY.

 

(a)                                  Eligibility for Specific Stock Awards .  Incentive Stock Options may be granted only to employees of the Company or a “parent corporation” or “subsidiary corporation” thereof (as such terms are defined in Sections 424(e) and 424(f) of the Code).  Stock Awards other than

 

5



 

Incentive Stock Options may be granted to Employees, Directors and Consultants; provided, however , that Stock Awards may not be granted to Employees, Directors and Consultants who are providing Continuous Service only to any “parent” of the Company, as such term is defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act, unless (i) the stock underlying such Stock Awards is treated as “service recipient stock” under Section 409A of the Code (for example, because the Stock Awards are granted pursuant to a corporate transaction such as a spin off transaction), (ii) the Company, in consultation with its legal counsel, has determined that such Stock Awards are otherwise exempt from Section 409A of the Code, or (iii) the Company, in consultation with its legal counsel, has determined that such Stock Awards comply with the distribution requirements of Section 409A of the Code.

 

(b)                                  Ten Percent Stockholders.   A Ten Percent Stockholder will not be granted an Incentive Stock Option unless the exercise price of such Option is at least 110% of the Fair Market Value on the date of grant and the Option is not exercisable after the expiration of five years from the date of grant.

 

5.                                       PROVISIONS RELATING TO OPTIONS AND STOCK APPRECIATION RIGHTS.

 

Each Option or SAR will be in such form and will contain such terms and conditions as the Board deems appropriate.  All Options will be separately designated Incentive Stock Options or Nonstatutory Stock Options at the time of grant, and, if certificates are issued, a separate certificate or certificates will be issued for shares of Common Stock purchased on exercise of each type of Option.  If an Option is not specifically designated as an Incentive Stock Option, or if an Option is designated as an Incentive Stock Option but some portion or all of the Option fails to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option under the applicable rules, then the Option (or portion thereof) will be a Nonstatutory Stock Option. The provisions of separate Options or SARs need not be identical; provided, however , that each Award Agreement will conform to (through incorporation of provisions hereof by reference in the applicable Award Agreement or otherwise) the substance of each of the following provisions:

 

(a)                                  Term.   Subject to the provisions of Section 4(b) regarding Ten Percent Stockholders, no Option or SAR will be exercisable after the expiration of ten years from the date of its grant or such shorter period specified in the Award Agreement.

 

(b)                                  Exercise Price.   Subject to the provisions of Section 4(b) regarding Ten Percent Stockholders, the exercise or strike price of each Option or SAR will be not less than 100% of the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock subject to the Option or SAR on the date the Award is granted.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, an Option or SAR may be granted with an exercise or strike price lower than 100% of the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock subject to the Award if such Award is granted pursuant to an assumption of or substitution for another option or stock appreciation right pursuant to a Corporate Transaction and in a manner consistent with the provisions of Section 409A and, if applicable, Section 424(a) of the Code.  Each SAR will be denominated in shares of Common Stock equivalents.

 

(c)                                   Purchase Price for Options.   The purchase price of Common Stock acquired pursuant to the exercise of an Option may be paid, to the extent permitted by applicable law and as determined by the Board in its sole discretion, by any combination of the methods of payment

 

6



 

set forth below.  The Board will have the authority to grant Options that do not permit all of the following methods of payment (or otherwise restrict the ability to use certain methods) and to grant Options that require the consent of the Company to use a particular method of payment.  The permitted methods of payment are as follows:

 

(i)                                     by cash, check, bank draft or money order payable to the Company;

 

(ii)                                 pursuant to a program developed under Regulation T as promulgated by the Federal Reserve Board that, prior to the issuance of the stock subject to the Option, results in either the receipt of cash (or check) by the Company or the receipt of irrevocable instructions to pay the aggregate exercise price to the Company from the sales proceeds;

 

(iii)                             by delivery to the Company (either by actual delivery or attestation) of shares of Common Stock;

 

(iv)                              if an Option is a Nonstatutory Stock Option, by a “net exercise” arrangement pursuant to which the Company will reduce the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise by the largest whole number of shares with a Fair Market Value that does not exceed the aggregate exercise price; provided, however , that the Company will accept a cash or other payment from the Participant to the extent of any remaining balance of the aggregate exercise price not satisfied by such reduction in the number of whole shares to be issued.  Shares of Common Stock will no longer be subject to an Option and will not be exercisable thereafter to the extent that (A) shares issuable upon exercise are used to pay the exercise price pursuant to the “net exercise,” (B) shares are delivered to the Participant as a result of such exercise, and (C) shares are withheld to satisfy tax withholding obligations; or

 

(v)                                  in any other form of legal consideration that may be acceptable to the Board and specified in the applicable Award Agreement.

 

(d)                                  Exercise and Payment of a SAR.   To exercise any outstanding SAR, the Participant must provide written notice of exercise to the Company in compliance with the provisions of the Stock Appreciation Right Agreement evidencing such SAR.  The appreciation distribution payable on the exercise of a SAR will be not greater than an amount equal to the excess of (A) the aggregate Fair Market Value (on the date of the exercise of the SAR) of a number of shares of Common Stock equal to the number of Common Stock equivalents in which the Participant is vested under such SAR, and with respect to which the Participant is exercising the SAR on such date, over (B) the aggregate strike price of the number of Common Stock equivalents with respect to which the Participant is exercising the SAR on such date.  The appreciation distribution may be paid in Common Stock, in cash, in any combination of the two or in any other form of consideration, as determined by the Board and contained in the Award Agreement evidencing such SAR.

 

(e)                                   Transferability of Options and SARs.   The Board may, in its sole discretion, impose such limitations on the transferability of Options and SARs as the Board will determine.  In the absence of such a determination by the Board to the contrary, the following restrictions on the transferability of Options and SARs will apply:

 

7



 

(i)                                     Restrictions on Transfer.   An Option or SAR will not be transferable except by will or by the laws of descent and distribution (or pursuant to subsections (ii) and (iii) below), and will be exercisable during the lifetime of the Participant only by the Participant.  The Board may permit transfer of the Option or SAR in a manner that is not prohibited by applicable tax and securities laws.  Except as explicitly provided in the Plan, neither an Option nor a SAR may be transferred for consideration.

 

(ii)                                 Domestic Relations Orders.   Subject to the approval of the Board or a duly authorized Officer, an Option or SAR may be transferred pursuant to the terms of a domestic relations order, official marital settlement agreement or other divorce or separation instrument as permitted by Treasury Regulations Section 1.421-1(b)(2).  If an Option is an Incentive Stock Option, such Option may be deemed to be a Nonstatutory Stock Option as a result of such transfer.

 

(iii)                             Beneficiary Designation.   Subject to the approval of the Board or a duly authorized Officer, a Participant may, by delivering written notice to the Company, in a form approved by the Company (or the designated broker), designate a third party who, on the death of the Participant, will thereafter be entitled to exercise the Option or SAR and receive the Common Stock or other consideration resulting from such exercise.  In the absence of such a designation, upon the death of the Participant, the executor or administrator of the Participant’s estate will be entitled to exercise the Option or SAR and receive the Common Stock or other consideration resulting from such exercise. However, the Company may prohibit designation of a beneficiary at any time, including due to any conclusion by the Company that such designation would be inconsistent with the provisions of applicable laws.

 

(f)                                    Vesting Generally.   The total number of shares of Common Stock subject to an Option or SAR may vest and become exercisable in periodic installments that may or may not be equal.  The Option or SAR may be subject to such other terms and conditions on the time or times when it may or may not be exercised (which may be based on the satisfaction of Performance Goals or other criteria) as the Board may deem appropriate.  The vesting provisions of individual Options or SARs may vary.  The provisions of this Section 5(f) are subject to any Option or SAR provisions governing the minimum number of shares of Common Stock as to which an Option or SAR may be exercised.

 

(g)                                  Termination of Continuous Service.  Except as otherwise provided in the applicable Award Agreement or other agreement between the Participant and the Company, if a Participant’s Continuous Service terminates (other than for Cause and other than upon the Participant’s death or Disability), the Participant may exercise his or her Option or SAR (to the extent that the Participant was entitled to exercise such Award as of the date of termination of Continuous Service) within the period of time ending on the earlier of (i) the date three months following the termination of the Participant’s Continuous Service (or such longer or shorter period specified in the applicable Award Agreement), and (ii) the expiration of the term of the Option or SAR as set forth in the Award Agreement.  If, after termination of Continuous Service, the Participant does not exercise his or her Option or SAR (as applicable) within the applicable time frame, the Option or SAR will terminate.

 

8



 

(h)                                  Extension of Termination Date.   If the exercise of an Option or SAR following the termination of the Participant’s Continuous Service (other than for Cause and other than upon the Participant’s death or Disability) would be prohibited at any time solely because the issuance of shares of Common Stock would violate the registration requirements under the Securities Act, then the Option or SAR will terminate on the earlier of (i) the expiration of a total period of time (that need not be consecutive) equal to the applicable post termination exercise period after the termination of the Participant’s Continuous Service during which the exercise of the Option or SAR would not be in violation of such registration requirements, and (ii) the expiration of the term of the Option or SAR as set forth in the applicable Award Agreement.  In addition, unless otherwise provided in a Participant’s Award Agreement, if the sale of any Common Stock received on exercise of an Option or SAR following the termination of the Participant’s Continuous Service (other than for Cause) would violate the Company’s insider trading policy, then the Option or SAR will terminate on the earlier of (i) the expiration of a period of months (that need not be consecutive) equal to the applicable post-termination exercise period after the termination of the Participant’s Continuous Service during which the sale of the Common Stock received upon exercise of the Option or SAR would not be in violation of the Company’s insider trading policy, or (ii) the expiration of the term of the Option or SAR as set forth in the applicable Award Agreement.

 

(i)                                     Disability of Participant.   Except as otherwise provided in the applicable Award Agreement or other agreement between the Participant and the Company, if a Participant’s Continuous Service terminates as a result of the Participant’s Disability, the Participant may exercise his or her Option or SAR (to the extent that the Participant was entitled to exercise such Option or SAR as of the date of termination of Continuous Service), but only within such period of time ending on the earlier of (i) the date 12 months following such termination of Continuous Service (or such longer or shorter period specified in the Award Agreement), and (ii) the expiration of the term of the Option or SAR as set forth in the Award Agreement.  If, after termination of Continuous Service, the Participant does not exercise his or her Option or SAR within the applicable time frame, the Option or SAR (as applicable) will terminate.

 

(j)                                     Death of Participant.   Except as otherwise provided in the applicable Award Agreement or other agreement between the Participant and the Company, if (i) a Participant’s Continuous Service terminates as a result of the Participant’s death, or (ii) the Participant dies within the period (if any) specified in the Award Agreement for exercisability after the termination of the Participant’s Continuous Service for a reason other than death, then the Option or SAR may be exercised (to the extent the Participant was entitled to exercise such Option or SAR as of the date of death) by the Participant’s estate, by a person who acquired the right to exercise the Option or SAR by bequest or inheritance or by a person designated to exercise the Option or SAR upon the Participant’s death, but only within the period ending on the earlier of (i) the date 18 months following the date of death (or such longer or shorter period specified in the Award Agreement), and (ii) the expiration of the term of such Option or SAR as set forth in the Award Agreement.  If, after the Participant’s death, the Option or SAR is not exercised within the applicable time frame, the Option or SAR (as applicable) will terminate.

 

(k)                                  Termination for Cause.   Except as explicitly provided otherwise in a Participant’s Award Agreement or other individual written agreement between the Company or any Affiliate and the Participant, if a Participant’s Continuous Service is terminated for Cause,

 

9



 

the Option or SAR will terminate immediately upon such Participant’s termination of Continuous Service, and the Participant will be prohibited from exercising his or her Option or SAR from and after the time of such termination of Continuous Service.

 

(l)                                     Non-Exempt Employees .  If an Option or SAR is granted to an Employee who is a non-exempt employee for purposes of the Fair Labor Standards Act of 1938, as amended, the Option or SAR will not be first exercisable for any shares of Common Stock until at least six months following the date of grant of the Option or SAR (although the Award may vest prior to such date). Consistent with the provisions of the Worker Economic Opportunity Act, (i) if such non-exempt Employee dies or suffers a Disability, (ii) upon a Corporate Transaction in which such Option or SAR is not assumed, continued, or substituted, (iii) upon a Change in Control, or (iv) upon the Participant’s retirement (as such term may be defined in the Participant’s Award Agreement in another agreement between the Participant and the Company, or, if no such definition, in accordance with the Company’s then current employment policies and guidelines), the vested portion of any Options and SARs may be exercised earlier than six months following the date of grant.  The foregoing provision is intended to operate so that any income derived by a non-exempt employee in connection with the exercise or vesting of an Option or SAR will be exempt from his or her regular rate of pay.  To the extent permitted and/or required for compliance with the Worker Economic Opportunity Act to ensure that any income derived by a non-exempt employee in connection with the exercise, vesting or issuance of any shares under any other Stock Award will be exempt from the employee’s regular rate of pay, the provisions of this Section 5(l) will apply to all Stock Awards and are hereby incorporated by reference into such Stock Award Agreements.

 

6.                                       PROVISIONS OF STOCK AWARDS OTHER THAN OPTIONS AND SARS.

 

(a)                                  Restricted Stock Awards.   Each Restricted Stock Award Agreement will be in such form and will contain such terms and conditions as the Board will deem appropriate.  To the extent consistent with the Company’s bylaws, at the Board’s election, shares of Common Stock may be (x) held in book entry form subject to the Company’s instructions until any restrictions relating to the Restricted Stock Award lapse; or (y) evidenced by a certificate, which certificate will be held in such form and manner as determined by the Board.  The terms and conditions of Restricted Stock Award Agreements may change from time to time, and the terms and conditions of separate Restricted Stock Award Agreements need not be identical.  Each Restricted Stock Award Agreement will conform to (through incorporation of the provisions hereof by reference in the agreement or otherwise) the substance of each of the following provisions:

 

(i)                                     Consideration.   A Restricted Stock Award may be awarded in consideration for (A) cash, check, bank draft or money order payable to the Company, (B) past services to the Company or an Affiliate, or (C) any other form of legal consideration that may be acceptable to the Board, in its sole discretion, and permissible under applicable law.

 

(ii)                                 Vesting.  Shares of Common Stock awarded under the Restricted Stock Award Agreement may be subject to forfeiture to the Company in accordance with a vesting schedule to be determined by the Board.

 

10


 

(iii)                             Termination of Participant’s Continuous Service.   If a Participant’s Continuous Service terminates, the Company may receive through a forfeiture condition or a repurchase right any or all of the shares of Common Stock held by the Participant that have not vested as of the date of termination of Continuous Service under the terms of the Restricted Stock Award Agreement.

 

(iv)                              Transferability.   Rights to acquire shares of Common Stock under the Restricted Stock Award Agreement will be transferable by the Participant only upon such terms and conditions as are set forth in the Restricted Stock Award Agreement, as the Board will determine in its sole discretion, so long as Common Stock awarded under the Restricted Stock Award Agreement remains subject to the terms of the Restricted Stock Award Agreement.

 

(v)                                  Dividends.  A Restricted Stock Award Agreement may provide that any dividends paid on Restricted Stock will be subject to the same vesting and forfeiture restrictions as apply to the shares subject to the Restricted Stock Award to which they relate.

 

(b)                                  Restricted Stock Unit Awards.  Each Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement will be in such form and will contain such terms and conditions as the Board will deem appropriate.  The terms and conditions of Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreements may change from time to time, and the terms and conditions of separate Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreements need not be identical.  Each Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement will conform to (through incorporation of the provisions hereof by reference in the Agreement or otherwise) the substance of each of the following provisions:

 

(i)                                     Consideration.   At the time of grant of a Restricted Stock Unit Award, the Board will determine the consideration, if any, to be paid by the Participant upon delivery of each share of Common Stock subject to the Restricted Stock Unit Award.  The consideration to be paid (if any) by the Participant for each share of Common Stock subject to a Restricted Stock Unit Award may be paid in any form of legal consideration that may be acceptable to the Board, in its sole discretion, and permissible under applicable law.

 

(ii)                                 Vesting.  At the time of the grant of a Restricted Stock Unit Award, the Board may impose such restrictions on or conditions to the vesting of the Restricted Stock Unit Award as it, in its sole discretion, deems appropriate.

 

(iii)                             Payment .  A Restricted Stock Unit Award may be settled by the delivery of shares of Common Stock, their cash equivalent, any combination thereof or in any other form of consideration, as determined by the Board and contained in the Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement.

 

(iv)                              Additional Restrictions.  At the time of the grant of a Restricted Stock Unit Award, the Board, as it deems appropriate, may impose such restrictions or conditions that delay the delivery of the shares of Common Stock (or their cash equivalent) subject to a Restricted Stock Unit Award to a time after the vesting of such Restricted Stock Unit Award.

 

(v)                                  Dividend Equivalents.  Dividend equivalents may be credited in respect of shares of Common Stock covered by a Restricted Stock Unit Award, as determined by the Board and contained in the Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement.  At the sole discretion of

 

11



 

the Board, such dividend equivalents may be converted into additional shares of Common Stock covered by the Restricted Stock Unit Award in such manner as determined by the Board.  Any additional shares covered by the Restricted Stock Unit Award credited by reason of such dividend equivalents will be subject to all of the same terms and conditions of the underlying Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement to which they relate.

 

(vi)                              Termination of Participant’s Continuous Service.  Except as otherwise provided in the applicable Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement, such portion of the Restricted Stock Unit Award that has not vested will be forfeited upon the Participant’s termination of Continuous Service.

 

(c)                                   Performance Awards .

 

(i)                                     Performance Stock Awards .  A Performance Stock Award is a Stock Award (covering a number of shares not in excess of that set forth in Section 3(d) above) that is payable (including that may be granted, may vest or may be exercised) contingent upon the attainment during a Performance Period of certain Performance Goals.  A Performance Stock Award may, but need not, require the Participant’s completion of a specified period of Continuous Service. The length of any Performance Period, the Performance Goals to be achieved during the Performance Period, and the measure of whether and to what degree such Performance Goals have been attained will be conclusively determined by the Committee (or, if not required for compliance with Section 162(m) of the Code, the Board), in its sole discretion.  In addition, to the extent permitted by applicable law and the applicable Award Agreement, the Board may determine that cash may be used in payment of Performance Stock Awards.

 

(ii)                                 Performance Cash Awards .  A Performance Cash Award is a cash award (for a dollar value not in excess of that set forth in Section 3(d) above) that is payable contingent upon the attainment during a Performance Period of certain Performance Goals.  A Performance Cash Award may also require the completion of a specified period of Continuous Service.  At the time of grant of a Performance Cash Award, the length of any Performance Period, the Performance Goals to be achieved during the Performance Period, and the measure of whether and to what degree such Performance Goals have been attained will be conclusively determined by the Committee (or, if not required for compliance with Section 162(m) of the Code, the Board), in its sole discretion.  The Board may specify the form of payment of Performance Cash Awards, which may be cash or other property, or may provide for a Participant to have the option for his or her Performance Cash Award, or such portion thereof as the Board may specify, to be paid in whole or in part in cash or other property.

 

(iii)                             Board Discretion .  The Board retains the discretion to reduce or eliminate the compensation or economic benefit due upon attainment of Performance Goals and to define the manner of calculating the Performance Criteria it selects to use for a Performance Period.  Partial achievement of the specified criteria may result in the payment or vesting corresponding to the degree of achievement as specified in the Stock Award Agreement or the written terms of a Performance Cash Award.

 

(iv)                              Section 162(m) Compliance .  To the extent Section 162(m) of the Code is applicable to the Company, and unless otherwise permitted in compliance with the

 

12



 

requirements of Section 162(m) of the Code with respect to an Award intended to qualify as “performance-based compensation” thereunder, the Committee will establish the Performance Goals applicable to, and the formula for calculating the amount payable under, the Award no later than the earlier of (a) the date 90 days after the commencement of the applicable Performance Period, and (b) the date on which 25% of the Performance Period has elapsed, and in any event at a time when the achievement of the applicable Performance Goals remains substantially uncertain.  Prior to the payment of any compensation under an Award intended to qualify as “performance-based compensation” under Section 162(m) of the Code, the Committee will certify the extent to which any Performance Goals and any other material terms under such Award have been satisfied (other than in cases where such Performance Goals relate solely to the increase in the value of the Common Stock).  Notwithstanding satisfaction of, or completion of any Performance Goals, the number of shares of Common Stock, Options, cash or other benefits granted, issued, retainable and/or vested under an Award on account of satisfaction of such Performance Goals may be reduced by the Committee on the basis of such further considerations as the Committee, in its sole discretion, will determine.

 

(d)                                  Other Stock Awards .  Other forms of Stock Awards valued in whole or in part by reference to, or otherwise based on, Common Stock, including the appreciation in value thereof (e.g., options or stock rights with an exercise price or strike price less than 100% of the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock at the time of grant) may be granted either alone or in addition to Stock Awards provided for under Section 5 and the preceding provisions of this Section 6.  Subject to the provisions of the Plan, the Board will have sole and complete authority to determine the persons to whom and the time or times at which such Other Stock Awards will be granted, the number of shares of Common Stock (or the cash equivalent thereof) to be granted pursuant to such Other Stock Awards and all other terms and conditions of such Other Stock Awards.

 

7.                                       COVENANTS OF THE COMPANY.

 

(a)                                  Availability of Shares.   The Company will keep available at all times the number of shares of Common Stock reasonably required to satisfy then-outstanding Awards.

 

(b)                                  Securities Law Compliance.   The Company will seek to obtain from each regulatory commission or agency having jurisdiction over the Plan such authority as may be required to grant Stock Awards and to issue and sell shares of Common Stock upon exercise of the Stock Awards; provided, however , that this undertaking will not require the Company to register under the Securities Act the Plan, any Stock Award or any Common Stock issued or issuable pursuant to any such Stock Award.  If, after reasonable efforts and at a reasonable cost, the Company is unable to obtain from any such regulatory commission or agency the authority that counsel for the Company deems necessary for the lawful issuance and sale of Common Stock under the Plan, the Company will be relieved from any liability for failure to issue and sell Common Stock upon exercise of such Stock Awards unless and until such authority is obtained. A Participant will not be eligible for the grant of an Award or the subsequent issuance of cash or Common Stock pursuant to the Award if such grant or issuance would be in violation of any applicable securities law.

 

13



 

(c)                                   No Obligation to Notify or Minimize Taxes.  The Company will have no duty or obligation to any Participant to advise such holder as to the time or manner of exercising such Stock Award.  Furthermore, the Company will have no duty or obligation to warn or otherwise advise such holder of a pending termination or expiration of an Award or a possible period in which the Award may not be exercised.  The Company has no duty or obligation to minimize the tax consequences of an Award to the holder of such Award.

 

8.                                       MISCELLANEOUS.

 

(a)                                  Use of Proceeds from Sales of Common Stock.  Proceeds from the sale of shares of Common Stock pursuant to Awards will constitute general funds of the Company.

 

(b)                                  Corporate Action Constituting Grant of Awards.   Corporate action constituting a grant by the Company of an Award to any Participant will be deemed completed as of the date of such corporate action, unless otherwise determined by the Board, regardless of when the instrument, certificate, or letter evidencing the Award is communicated to, or actually received or accepted by, the Participant.  In the event that the corporate records (e.g., Board consents, resolutions or minutes) documenting the corporate action constituting the grant contain terms (e.g., exercise price, vesting schedule or number of shares) that are inconsistent with those in the Award Agreement or related grant documents as a result of a clerical error in the papering of the Award Agreement or related grant documents, the corporate records will control and the Participant will have no legally binding right to the incorrect term in the Award Agreement or related grant documents.

 

(c)                                   Stockholder Rights.   No Participant will be deemed to be the holder of, or to have any of the rights of a holder with respect to, any shares of Common Stock subject to an Award unless and until (i) such Participant has satisfied all requirements for exercise of, or the issuance of shares of Common Stock under, the Award pursuant to its terms, and (ii) the issuance of the Common Stock subject to such Award has been entered into the books and records of the Company.

 

(d)                                  No Employment or Other Service Rights.   Nothing in the Plan, any Award Agreement or any other instrument executed thereunder or in connection with any Award granted pursuant thereto will confer upon any Participant any right to continue to serve the Company or an Affiliate in the capacity in effect at the time the Award was granted or will affect the right of the Company or an Affiliate to terminate (i) the employment of an Employee with or without notice and with or without cause, (ii) the service of a Consultant pursuant to the terms of such Consultant’s agreement with the Company or an Affiliate, or (iii) the service of a Director pursuant to the bylaws of the Company or an Affiliate, and any applicable provisions of the corporate law of the state in which the Company or the Affiliate is incorporated, as the case may be.

 

(e)                                   Change in Time Commitment.   In the event a Participant’s regular level of time commitment in the performance of his or her services for the Company and any Affiliates is reduced (for example, and without limitation, if the Participant is an Employee of the Company and the Employee has a change in status from a full-time Employee to a part-time Employee or takes an extended leave of absence) after the date of grant of any Award to the Participant, the

 

14



 

Board has the right in its sole discretion to (x) make a corresponding reduction in the number of shares or cash amount subject to any portion of such Award that is scheduled to vest or become payable after the date of such change in time commitment, and (y) in lieu of or in combination with such a reduction, extend the vesting or payment schedule applicable to such Award.  In the event of any such reduction, the Participant will have no right with respect to any portion of the Award that is so reduced or extended.

 

(f)                                    Incentive Stock Option Limitations.   To the extent that the aggregate Fair Market Value (determined at the time of grant) of Common Stock with respect to which Incentive Stock Options are exercisable for the first time by any Optionholder during any calendar year (under all plans of the Company and any Affiliates) exceeds $100,000 (or such other limit established in the Code) or otherwise does not comply with the rules governing Incentive Stock Options, the Options or portions thereof that exceed such limit (according to the order in which they were granted) or otherwise do not comply with such rules will be treated as Nonstatutory Stock Options, notwithstanding any contrary provision of the applicable Option Agreement(s).

 

(g)                                  Investment Assurances.   The Company may require a Participant, as a condition of exercising or acquiring Common Stock under any Award, (i) to give written assurances satisfactory to the Company as to the Participant’s knowledge and experience in financial and business matters and/or to employ a purchaser representative reasonably satisfactory to the Company who is knowledgeable and experienced in financial and business matters and that such Participant is capable of evaluating, alone or together with the purchaser representative, the merits and risks of exercising the Award; and (ii) to give written assurances satisfactory to the Company stating that the Participant is acquiring Common Stock subject to the Award for the Participant’s own account and not with any present intention of selling or otherwise distributing the Common Stock.  The foregoing requirements, and any assurances given pursuant to such requirements, will be inoperative if (A) the issuance of the shares upon the exercise or acquisition of Common Stock under the Award has been registered under a then currently effective registration statement under the Securities Act, or (B) as to any particular requirement, a determination is made by counsel for the Company that such requirement need not be met in the circumstances under the then applicable securities laws.  The Company may, upon advice of counsel to the Company, place legends on stock certificates issued under the Plan as such counsel deems necessary or appropriate in order to comply with applicable securities laws, including, but not limited to, legends restricting the transfer of the Common Stock.

 

(h)                                  Withholding Obligations.   Unless prohibited by the terms of an Award Agreement, the Company may, in its sole discretion, satisfy any federal, state or local tax withholding obligation relating to an Award by any of the following means or by a combination of such means: (i) causing the Participant to tender a cash payment; (ii) withholding shares of Common Stock from the shares of Common Stock issued or otherwise issuable to the Participant in connection with the Award; provided, however, that no shares of Common Stock are withheld with a value exceeding the minimum amount of tax required to be withheld by law (or such lesser amount as may be necessary to avoid classification of the Stock Award as a liability for financial accounting purposes); (iii) withholding cash from an Award settled in cash; (iv) withholding payment from any amounts otherwise payable to the Participant; or (v) by such other method as may be set forth in the Award Agreement.

 

15



 

(i)                                     Electronic Delivery .  Any reference herein to a “written” agreement or document will include any agreement or document delivered electronically, posted on the Company’s intranet (or other shared electronic medium controlled by the Company to which the Participant has access) or, from and after the IPO Date, filed publicly at www.sec.gov (or any successor website thereto).

 

(j)                                     Deferrals.   To the extent permitted by applicable law, the Board, in its sole discretion, may determine that the delivery of Common Stock or the payment of cash, upon the exercise, vesting or settlement of all or a portion of any Award may be deferred and may establish programs and procedures for deferral elections to be made by Participants.  Deferrals by Participants will be made in accordance with Section 409A of the Code.  Consistent with Section 409A of the Code, the Board may provide for distributions while a Participant is still an employee or otherwise providing services to the Company.  The Board is authorized to make deferrals of Awards and determine when, and in what annual percentages, Participants may receive payments, including lump sum payments, following the Participant’s termination of Continuous Service, and implement such other terms and conditions consistent with the provisions of the Plan and in accordance with applicable law.

 

(k)                                  Compliance with Section 409A of the Code.  Unless otherwise expressly provided for in an Award Agreement, the Plan and Award Agreements will be interpreted to the greatest extent possible in a manner that makes the Plan and the Awards granted hereunder exempt from Section 409A of the Code, and, to the extent not so exempt, in compliance with Section 409A of the Code.  If the Board determines that any Award granted hereunder is not exempt from and is therefore subject to Section 409A of the Code, the Award Agreement evidencing such Award will incorporate the terms and conditions necessary to avoid the consequences specified in Section 409A(a)(1) of the Code, and to the extent an Award Agreement is silent on terms necessary for compliance, such terms are hereby incorporated by reference into the Award Agreement.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Plan (and unless the Award Agreement specifically provides otherwise), if the shares of Common Stock are publicly traded, and if a Participant holding an Award that constitutes “deferred compensation” under Section 409A of the Code is a “specified employee” for purposes of Section 409A of the Code, no distribution or payment of any amount that is due because of a “separation from service” (as defined in Section 409A of the Code without regard to alternative definitions thereunder) will be issued or paid before the date that is six months following the date of such Participant’s “separation from service” (as defined in Section 409A of the Code without regard to alternative definitions thereunder) or, if earlier, the date of the Participant’s death, unless such distribution or payment can be made in a manner that complies with Section 409A of the Code, and any amounts so deferred will be paid in a lump sum on the day after such six month period elapses, with the balance paid thereafter on the original schedule.

 

(l)                                     Clawback/Recovery .  All Awards granted under the Plan will be subject to recoupment in accordance with any clawback policy that the Company may be required to adopt pursuant to the listing standards of any national securities exchange or association on which the Company’s securities are listed or as is otherwise required by the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act or other applicable law.  In addition, the Board may impose such other clawback, recovery or recoupment provisions in an Award Agreement as the Board determines necessary or appropriate, including but not limited to a reacquisition right in

 

16



 

respect of previously acquired shares of Common Stock or other cash or property upon the occurrence of an event constituting Cause.  No recovery of compensation under such a clawback policy will be an event giving rise to a right to resign for “good reason” or “constructive termination” (or similar term) under any agreement with the Company.

 

9.                                       ADJUSTMENTS UPON CHANGES IN COMMON STOCK; OTHER CORPORATE EVENTS.

 

(a)                                  Capitalization Adjustments .  In the event of a Capitalization Adjustment, the Board will appropriately and proportionately adjust: (i) the class(es) and maximum number of securities subject to the Plan pursuant to Section 3(a), (ii) the class(es) and maximum number of securities that may be issued pursuant to the exercise of Incentive Stock Options pursuant to Section 3(c), (iii) the class(es) and maximum number of securities that may be awarded to any person pursuant to Sections 3(d), and (iv) the class(es) and number of securities and price per share of stock subject to outstanding Stock Awards.  The Board will make such adjustments, and its determination will be final, binding and conclusive.

 

(b)                                  Dissolution or Liquidation .  Except as otherwise provided in the Stock Award Agreement, in the event of a dissolution or liquidation of the Company, all outstanding Stock Awards (other than Stock Awards consisting of vested and outstanding shares of Common Stock not subject to a forfeiture condition or the Company’s right of repurchase) will terminate immediately prior to the completion of such dissolution or liquidation, and the shares of Common Stock subject to the Company’s repurchase rights or subject to a forfeiture condition may be repurchased or reacquired by the Company notwithstanding the fact that the holder of such Stock Award is providing Continuous Service; provided, however , that the Board may, in its sole discretion, cause some or all Stock Awards to become fully vested, exercisable and/or no longer subject to repurchase or forfeiture (to the extent such Stock Awards have not previously expired or terminated) before the dissolution or liquidation is completed but contingent on its completion.

 

(c)                                   Corporate Transaction.   The following provisions will apply to Stock Awards in the event of a Corporate Transaction unless otherwise provided in the Stock Award Agreement or any other written agreement between the Company or any Affiliate and the Participant or unless otherwise expressly provided by the Board at the time of grant of a Stock Award.  In the event of a Corporate Transaction, then, notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, the Board may take one or more of the following actions with respect to Stock Awards, contingent upon the closing or completion of the Corporate Transaction:

 

(i)                                     arrange for the surviving corporation or acquiring corporation (or the surviving or acquiring corporation’s parent company) to assume or continue the Stock Award or to substitute a similar stock award for the Stock Award (including, but not limited to, an award to acquire the same consideration paid to the stockholders of the Company pursuant to the Corporate Transaction);

 

(ii)                                 arrange for the assignment of any reacquisition or repurchase rights held by the Company in respect of Common Stock issued pursuant to the Stock Award to the surviving corporation or acquiring corporation (or the surviving or acquiring corporation’s parent company);

 

17



 

(iii)                             accelerate the vesting, in whole or in part, of the Stock Award (and, if applicable, the time at which the Stock Award may be exercised) to a date prior to the effective time of such Corporate Transaction as the Board determines (or, if the Board does not determine such a date, to the date that is five days prior to the effective date of the Corporate Transaction), with such Stock Award terminating if not exercised (if applicable) at or prior to the effective time of the Corporate Transaction; provided, however , that the Board may require Participants to complete and deliver to the Company a notice of exercise before the effective date of a Corporate Transaction, which exercise is contingent upon the effectiveness of such Corporate Transaction;

 

(iv)                              arrange for the lapse, in whole or in part, of any reacquisition or repurchase rights held by the Company with respect to the Stock Award;

 

(v)                                  cancel or arrange for the cancellation of the Stock Award, to the extent not vested or not exercised prior to the effective time of the Corporate Transaction, for no consideration; and

 

(vi)                              make a payment, in such form as may be determined by the Board equal to the excess, if any, of (A) the value of the property the Participant would have received upon the exercise of the Stock Award immediately prior to the effective time of the Corporate Transaction, over (B) any exercise price payable by such holder in connection with such exercise. Payments under this provision may be delayed to the same extent that payment of consideration to the holders of Common Stock in connection with the Corporate Transaction is delayed as a result of escrows, earn outs, holdbacks or any other contingencies.

 

The Board need not take the same action or actions with respect to all Stock Awards or portions thereof or with respect to all Participants.  The Board may take different actions with respect to the vested and unvested portions of a Stock Award.

 

(d)                                  Change in Control.   A Stock Award may be subject to additional acceleration of vesting and exercisability upon or after a Change in Control as may be provided in the Stock Award Agreement for such Stock Award or as may be provided in any other written agreement between the Company or any Affiliate and the Participant, but in the absence of such provision, no such acceleration will occur.

 

10.                                PLAN TERM; EARLIER TERMINATION OR SUSPENSION OF THE PLAN.

 

The Board may suspend or terminate the Plan at any time.  Unless sooner terminated by the Board pursuant to Section 2, the Plan shall automatically terminate on the day before the tenth anniversary of the earlier of (i) the date the Plan is adopted by the Board, or (ii) the date the Plan is approved by the stockholders of the Company.  No Stock Awards may be granted under the Plan while the Plan is suspended or after it is terminated.

 

11.                                EFFECTIVE DATE OF PLAN.

 

The Plan will come into existence on the Effective Date.

 

18



 

12.                                CHOICE OF LAW.

 

The law of the State of Delaware will govern all questions concerning the construction, validity and interpretation of this Plan, without regard to that state’s conflict of laws rules.

 

13.                                DEFINITIONS.  As used in the Plan, the following definitions will apply to the capitalized terms indicated below:

 

(a)                                  Affiliate ” means, at the time of determination, any “parent” or “subsidiary” of the Company as such terms are defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.  The Board will have the authority to determine the time or times at which “parent” or “subsidiary” status is determined within the foregoing definition.

 

(b)                                  Award ” means a Stock Award or a Performance Cash Award.

 

(c)                                   Award Agreement ” means a written agreement between the Company and a Participant evidencing the terms and conditions of an Award.

 

(d)                                  Board ” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

 

(e)                                   Capital Stock ” means each and every class of common stock of the Company, regardless of the number of votes per share.

 

(f)                                    Capitalization Adjustment ” means any change that is made in, or other events that occur with respect to, the Common Stock subject to the Plan or subject to any Stock Award after the Effective Date without the receipt of consideration by the Company through merger, consolidation, reorganization, recapitalization, reincorporation, stock dividend, dividend in property other than cash, large nonrecurring cash dividend, stock split, reverse stock split, liquidating dividend, combination of shares, exchange of shares, change in corporate structure or any similar equity restructuring transaction, as that term is used in Statement of Financial Accounting Standards Board Accounting Standards Codification Topic 718 (or any successor thereto).  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the conversion of any convertible securities of the Company will not be treated as a Capitalization Adjustment.

 

(g)                                  Cause ” will have the meaning ascribed to such term in any written agreement between the Participant and the Company defining such term and, in the absence of such agreement, such term means, with respect to a Participant, the occurrence of any of the following events: (i) such Participant’s commission of any felony or any crime involving fraud, dishonesty or moral turpitude under the laws of the United States or any state thereof; (ii) such Participant’s attempted commission of, or participation in, a fraud or act of dishonesty against the Company; (iii) such Participant’s intentional, material violation of any contract or agreement between the Participant and the Company or of any statutory duty owed to the Company; (iv)  such Participant’s unauthorized use or disclosure of the Company’s confidential information or trade secrets; or (v) such Participant’s gross misconduct. The determination that a termination of the Participant’s Continuous Service is either for Cause or without Cause shall be made by the Company in its sole discretion.  Any determination by the Company that the Continuous Service of a Participant was terminated by reason of dismissal without Cause for the purposes of

 

19



 

outstanding Stock Awards held by such Participant shall have no effect upon any determination of the rights or obligations of the Company or such Participant for any other purpose.

 

(h)                                  Change in Control ” means the occurrence, in a single transaction or in a series of related transactions, of any one or more of the following events:

 

(i)                                     any Exchange Act Person becomes the Owner, directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing more than 50% of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding securities other than by virtue of a merger, consolidation or similar transaction.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Change in Control will not be deemed to occur (A) on account of the acquisition of securities of the Company directly from the Company, (B) on account of the acquisition of securities of the Company by an investor, any affiliate thereof or any other Exchange Act Person that acquires the Company’s securities in a transaction or series of related transactions the primary purpose of which is to obtain financing for the Company through the issuance of equity securities, (C) on account of the acquisition of securities of the Company by any individual who is, on the IPO Date, either an executive officer or a Director (either, an “ IPO Investor ”) and/or any entity in which an IPO Investor has a direct or indirect interest (whether in the form of voting rights or participation in profits or capital contributions) of more than 50% (collectively, the “ IPO Entities ”) or on account of the IPO Entities continuing to hold shares that come to represent more than 50% of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding securities as a result of the conversion of any class of the Company’s securities into another class of the Company’s securities having a different number of votes per share pursuant to the conversion provisions set forth in the Company’s Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation; or (D) solely because the level of Ownership held by any Exchange Act Person (the “ Subject Person ”) exceeds the designated percentage threshold of the outstanding voting securities as a result of a repurchase or other acquisition of voting securities by the Company reducing the number of shares outstanding, provided that if a Change in Control would occur (but for the operation of this sentence) as a result of the acquisition of voting securities by the Company, and after such share acquisition, the Subject Person becomes the Owner of any additional voting securities that, assuming the repurchase or other acquisition had not occurred, increases the percentage of the then outstanding voting securities Owned by the Subject Person over the designated percentage threshold, then a Change in Control will be deemed to occur;

 

(ii)                                 there is consummated a merger, consolidation or similar transaction involving (directly or indirectly) the Company and, immediately after the consummation of such merger, consolidation or similar transaction, the stockholders of the Company immediately prior thereto do not Own, directly or indirectly, either (A) outstanding voting securities representing more than 50% of the combined outstanding voting power of the surviving Entity in such merger, consolidation or similar transaction or (B) more than 50% of the combined outstanding voting power of the parent of the surviving Entity in such merger, consolidation or similar transaction, in each case in substantially the same proportions as their Ownership of the outstanding voting securities of the Company immediately prior to such transaction; provided, however , that a merger, consolidation or similar transaction will not constitute a Change in Control under this prong of the definition if the outstanding voting securities representing more than 50% of the combined voting power of the surviving Entity or its parent are owned by the IPO Entities;

 

20


 

(iii)                             there is consummated a sale, lease, exclusive license or other disposition of all or substantially all of the consolidated assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries, other than a sale, lease, license or other disposition of all or substantially all of the consolidated assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries to an Entity, more than 50% of the combined voting power of the voting securities of which are Owned by stockholders of the Company in substantially the same proportions as their Ownership of the outstanding voting securities of the Company immediately prior to such sale, lease, license or other disposition; provided, however , that a sale, lease, exclusive license or other disposition of all or substantially all of the consolidated assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries will not constitute a Change in Control under this prong of the definition if the outstanding voting securities representing more than 50% of the combined voting power of the acquiring Entity or its parent are owned by the IPO Entities; or

 

(iv)                              the stockholders of the Company approve or the Board approves a plan of complete dissolution or liquidation of the Company, or a complete dissolution or liquidation of the Company will otherwise occur, except for a liquidation into a parent corporation.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing definition or any other provision of the Plan, the term Change in Control will not include a sale of assets, merger or other transaction effected exclusively for the purpose of changing the domicile of the Company and the definition of Change in Control (or any analogous term) in an individual written agreement between the Company or any Affiliate and the Participant will supersede the foregoing definition with respect to Awards subject to such agreement; provided, however , that if no definition of Change in Control or any analogous term is set forth in such an individual written agreement, the foregoing definition will apply.

 

(i)                                     Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, including any applicable regulations and guidance thereunder.

 

(j)                                     Committee ” means a committee of one or more Directors to whom authority has been delegated by the Board in accordance with Section 2(c).

 

(k)                                  Common Stock ” means the common stock of the Company, having one vote per share.

 

(l)                                     Company ” means Senseonics, Incorporated, a Delaware corporation.

 

(m)                              Consultant ” means any person, including an advisor, who is (i) engaged by the Company or an Affiliate to render consulting or advisory services and is compensated for such services, or (ii) serving as a member of the board of directors of an Affiliate and is compensated for such services.  However, service solely as a Director, or payment of a fee for such service, will not cause a Director to be considered a “Consultant” for purposes of the Plan.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, a person is treated as a Consultant under this Plan only if a Form S-8 Registration Statement under the Securities Act is available to register either the offer or the sale of the Company’s securities to such person.  Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, for the period of time during which the Company may comply with the requirements of Rule 701 under the Securities Act, a person is treated as a Consultant under this Plan and the Consultant is eligible for the grant of a Stock Award if, at the time of grant, either (i) the offer or sale of the

 

21



 

Company’s securities to such Consultant is exempt under Rule 701 of the Securities Act or (ii) the Company determines that such grant need not comply with the requirements of Rule 701 of the Securities Act and will satisfy another exemption under the Securities Act as well as comply with the securities laws of all other relevant jurisdictions.

 

(n)                                  Continuous Service ” means that the Participant’s service with the Company or an Affiliate, whether as an Employee, Director or Consultant, is not interrupted or terminated.  A change in the capacity in which the Participant renders service to the Company or an Affiliate as an Employee, Consultant or Director or a change in the entity for which the Participant renders such service, provided that there is no interruption or termination of the Participant’s service with the Company or an Affiliate, will not terminate a Participant’s Continuous Service; provided, however , that if the Entity for which a Participant is rendering services ceases to qualify as an Affiliate, as determined by the Board, in its sole discretion, such Participant’s Continuous Service will be considered to have terminated on the date such Entity ceases to qualify as an Affiliate.  To the extent permitted by law, the Board or the chief executive officer of the Company, in that party’s sole discretion, may determine whether Continuous Service will be considered interrupted in the case of (i) any leave of absence approved by the Board or chief executive officer, including sick leave, military leave or any other personal leave, or (ii) transfers between the Company, an Affiliate, or their successors.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, a leave of absence will be treated as Continuous Service for purposes of vesting in an Award only to such extent as may be provided in the Company’s leave of absence policy, in the written terms of any leave of absence agreement or policy applicable to the Participant, or as otherwise required by law.

 

(o)                                  Corporate Transaction ” means the consummation, in a single transaction or in a series of related transactions, of any one or more of the following events:

 

(i)                                     a sale or other disposition of all or substantially all, as determined by the Board, in its sole discretion, of the consolidated assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries;

 

(ii)                                 a sale or other disposition of at least 90% of the outstanding securities of the Company;

 

(iii)                             a merger, consolidation or similar transaction following which the Company is not the surviving corporation; or

 

(iv)                              a merger, consolidation or similar transaction following which the Company is the surviving corporation but the shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately preceding the merger, consolidation or similar transaction are converted or exchanged by virtue of the merger, consolidation or similar transaction into other property, whether in the form of securities, cash or otherwise.

 

(p)                                  Covered Employee ” will have the meaning provided in Section 162(m)(3) of the Code.

 

(q)                                  Director ” means a member of the Board.

 

22



 

(r)                                   Disability ” means, with respect to a Participant, the inability of such Participant to engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment that can be expected to result in death or that has lasted or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than 12 months, as provided in Sections 22(e)(3) and 409A(a)(2)(c)(i) of the Code, and will be determined by the Board on the basis of such medical evidence as the Board deems warranted under the circumstances.

 

(s)                                    Effective Date ” means the effective date of the Plan, which is the date this Plan is adopted by the Board.

 

(t)                                     Employee ” means any person employed by the Company or an Affiliate.  However, service solely as a Director, or payment of a fee for such services, will not cause a Director to be considered an “Employee” for purposes of the Plan.

 

(u)                                  Entity ” means a corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other entity.

 

(v)                                  Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

(w)                                Exchange Act Person ” means any natural person, Entity or “group” (within the meaning of Section 13(d) or 14(d) of the Exchange Act), except that “Exchange Act Person” will not include (i) the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company, (ii) any employee benefit plan of the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company or any trustee or other fiduciary holding securities under an employee benefit plan of the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company, (iii) an underwriter temporarily holding securities pursuant to a registered public offering of such securities, (iv) an Entity Owned, directly or indirectly, by the stockholders of the Company in substantially the same proportions as their Ownership of stock of the Company; or (v) any natural person, Entity or “group” (within the meaning of Section 13(d) or 14(d) of the Exchange Act) that, as of the IPO Date, is the Owner, directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing more than 50% of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding securities.

 

(x)                                  Fair Market Value ” means, as of any date, the value of the Common Stock determined as follows:

 

(i)                                     If the Common Stock is listed on any established stock exchange or traded on any established market, the Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock will be, unless otherwise determined by the Board, the closing sales price for such stock as quoted on such exchange or market (or the exchange or market with the greatest volume of trading in the Common Stock) on the date of determination, as reported in a source the Board deems reliable.

 

(ii)                                 Unless otherwise provided by the Board, if there is no closing sales price for the Common Stock on the date of determination, then the Fair Market Value will be the closing selling price on the last preceding date for which such quotation exists.

 

23



 

(iii)                             In the absence of such markets for the Common Stock, the Fair Market Value will be determined by the Board in good faith and in a manner that complies with Sections 409A and 422 of the Code.

 

(y)                                  Incentive Stock Option ” means an option granted pursuant to Section 5 of the Plan that is intended to be, and qualifies as, an “incentive stock option” within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code.

 

(z)                                   IPO Date ” means the date of the underwriting agreement between the Company and the underwriter(s) managing the first public offering of the Common Stock after the Effective Date, pursuant to which the Common Stock is priced for the initial public offering.

 

(aa)                           Non-Employee Director ” means a Director who either (i) is not a current employee or officer of the Company or an Affiliate, does not receive compensation, either directly or indirectly, from the Company or an Affiliate for services rendered as a consultant or in any capacity other than as a Director (except for an amount as to which disclosure would not be required under Item 404(a) of Regulation S-K promulgated pursuant to the Securities Act (“ Regulation S-K ”)), does not possess an interest in any other transaction for which disclosure would be required under Item 404(a) of Regulation S-K, and is not engaged in a business relationship for which disclosure would be required pursuant to Item 404(b) of Regulation S-K; or (ii) is otherwise considered a “non-employee director” for purposes of Rule 16b-3.

 

(bb)                           Nonstatutory Stock Option ” means any Option granted pursuant to Section 5 of the Plan that does not qualify as an Incentive Stock Option.

 

(cc)                             Officer ” means a person who is an officer of the Company within the meaning of Section 16 of the Exchange Act.

 

(dd)                           Option ” means an Incentive Stock Option or a Nonstatutory Stock Option to purchase shares of Common Stock granted pursuant to the Plan.

 

(ee)                             Option Agreement ” means a written agreement between the Company and an Optionholder evidencing the terms and conditions of an Option grant.  Each Option Agreement will be subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan.

 

(ff)                               Optionholder ” means a person to whom an Option is granted pursuant to the Plan or, if applicable, such other person who holds an outstanding Option.

 

(gg)                           Other Stock Award ” means an award based in whole or in part by reference to the Common Stock which is granted pursuant to the terms and conditions of Section 6(d).

 

(hh)                           Other Stock Award Agreement ” means a written agreement between the Company and a holder of an Other Stock Award evidencing the terms and conditions of an Other Stock Award grant.  Each Other Stock Award Agreement will be subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan.

 

(ii)                                 Outside Director ” means a Director who either (i) is not a current employee of the Company or an “affiliated corporation” (within the meaning of Treasury Regulations

 

24



 

promulgated under Section 162(m) of the Code), is not a former employee of the Company or an “affiliated corporation” who receives compensation for prior services (other than benefits under a tax-qualified retirement plan) during the taxable year, has not been an officer of the Company or an “affiliated corporation,” and does not receive remuneration from the Company or an “affiliated corporation,” either directly or indirectly, in any capacity other than as a Director, or (ii) is otherwise considered an “outside director” for purposes of Section 162(m) of the Code.

 

(jj)                                 Own, ” “ Owned, ” “ Owner, ” “ Ownership ” means a person or Entity will be deemed to “Own,” to have “Owned,” to be the “Owner” of, or to have acquired “Ownership” of securities if such person or Entity, directly or indirectly, through any contract, arrangement, understanding, relationship or otherwise, has or shares voting power, which includes the power to vote or to direct the voting, with respect to such securities.

 

(kk)                           Participant ” means a person to whom an Award is granted pursuant to the Plan or, if applicable, such other person who holds an outstanding Stock Award.

 

(ll)                                 Performance Cash Award ” means an award of cash granted pursuant to the terms and conditions of Section 6(c)(ii).

 

(mm)                   Performance Criteria ” means the one or more criteria that the Board will select for purposes of establishing the Performance Goals for a Performance Period.  The Performance Criteria that will be used to establish such Performance Goals may be based on any one of, or combination of, the following as determined by the Board: (i) earnings (including earnings per share and net earnings); (ii) earnings before interest, taxes and depreciation; (iii) earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization; (iv) earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation, amortization and legal settlements; (v) earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation, amortization, legal settlements and other income (expense); (vi) earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation, amortization, legal settlements, other income (expense) and stock-based compensation; (vii) earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation, amortization, legal settlements, other income (expense), stock-based compensation and changes in deferred revenue; (viii) earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation, amortization, legal settlements, other income (expense), stock-based compensation, other non-cash expenses and changes in deferred revenue; (ix) total stockholder return; (x) return on equity or average stockholder’s equity; (xi) return on assets, investment, or capital employed; (xii) stock price; (xiii) margin (including gross margin); (xiv) income (before or after taxes); (xv) operating income; (xvi) operating income after taxes; (xvii) pre-tax profit; (xviii) operating cash flow; (xix) sales or revenue targets; (xx) increases in revenue or product revenue; (xxi) expenses and cost reduction goals; (xxii) improvement in or attainment of working capital levels; (xxiii) economic value added (or an equivalent metric); (xxiv) market share; (xxv) cash flow; (xxvi) cash flow per share; (xxvii) cash balance; (xxviii) cash burn; (xxix) cash collections; (xxx) share price performance; (xxxi) debt reduction; (xxxii) implementation or completion of projects or processes (including, without limitation, clinical trial initiation, new and supplemental indications for existing products, and product supply); (xxxiii) stockholders’ equity; (xxxiv) capital expenditures; (xxxv) debt levels; (xxxvi) operating profit or net operating profit; (xxxvii) workforce diversity; (xxxviii) growth of net income or operating income; (xxxix) billings; (xl) bookings; (xli) employee retention; (xlii) initiation of phases of clinical trials and/or studies by specific dates; (xliii) acquisition of new customers, including institutional accounts; (xliv) customer retention and/or repeat order rate; (xlv) number

 

25



 

of institutional customer accounts (xlvi) budget management; (xlvii) improvements in sample and test processing times; (xlviii) regulatory milestones; (xlix) progress of internal research or clinical programs; (l) progress of partnered programs; (li) partner satisfaction; (lii) milestones related to samples received and/or tests run; (liii) expansion of sales in additional geographies or markets; (liv) research progress, including the development of programs; (lv) patient samples processed and billed; (lvi) sample processing operating metrics (including, without limitation, failure rate maximums and reduction of repeat rates); (lvii) strategic partnerships or transactions (including in-licensing and out-licensing of intellectual property; and (lviii) and to the extent that an Award is not intended to comply with Section 162(m) of the Code, other measures of performance selected by the Board.

 

(nn)                           Performance Goals ” means, for a Performance Period, the one or more goals established by the Board for the Performance Period based upon the Performance Criteria.  Performance Goals may be based on a Company-wide basis, with respect to one or more business units, divisions, Affiliates, or business segments, and in either absolute terms or relative to the performance of one or more comparable companies or the performance of one or more relevant indices.  Unless specified otherwise by the Board (i) in the Award Agreement at the time the Award is granted or (ii) in such other document setting forth the Performance Goals at the time the Performance Goals are established, the Board will appropriately make adjustments in the method of calculating the attainment of Performance Goals for a Performance Period as follows: (1) to exclude restructuring and/or other nonrecurring charges; (2) to exclude exchange rate effects; (3) to exclude the effects of changes to generally accepted accounting principles; (4) to exclude the effects of any statutory adjustments to corporate tax rates; (5) to exclude the effects of any “extraordinary items” as determined under generally accepted accounting principles; (6) to exclude the dilutive effects of acquisitions or joint ventures; (7) to assume that any business divested by the Company achieved performance objectives at targeted levels during the balance of a Performance Period following such divestiture; (8) to exclude the effect of any change in the outstanding shares of common stock of the Company by reason of any stock dividend or split, stock repurchase, reorganization, recapitalization, merger, consolidation, spin-off, combination or exchange of shares or other similar corporate change, or any distributions to common stockholders other than regular cash dividends; (9) to exclude the effects of stock based compensation and the award of bonuses under the Company’s bonus plans; (10) to exclude costs incurred in connection with potential acquisitions or divestitures that are required to be expensed under generally accepted accounting principles; (11) to exclude the goodwill and intangible asset impairment charges that are required to be recorded under generally accepted accounting principles; (12) to exclude the effect of any other unusual, non-recurring gain or loss or other extraordinary item; and (13) to exclude the effects of the timing of acceptance for review and/or approval of submissions to the U.S. Food and Drug Administration or any other regulatory body.  In addition, the Board retains the discretion to reduce or eliminate the compensation or economic benefit due upon attainment of Performance Goals and to define the manner of calculating the Performance Criteria it selects to use for such Performance Period. Partial achievement of the specified criteria may result in the payment or vesting corresponding to the degree of achievement as specified in the Stock Award Agreement or the written terms of a Performance Cash Award.

 

(oo)                           Performance Period ” means the period of time selected by the Board over which the attainment of one or more Performance Goals will be measured for the purpose of

 

26



 

determining a Participant’s right to and the payment of a Stock Award or a Performance Cash Award.  Performance Periods may be of varying and overlapping duration, at the sole discretion of the Board.

 

(pp)                           Performance Stock Award ” means a Stock Award granted under the terms and conditions of Section 6(c)(i).

 

(qq)                           Plan ” means this Senseonics, Incorporated 2015 Equity Incentive Plan.

 

(rr)                             Restricted Stock Award ” means an award of shares of Common Stock which is granted pursuant to the terms and conditions of Section 6(a).

 

(ss)                               Restricted Stock Award Agreement ” means a written agreement between the Company and a holder of a Restricted Stock Award evidencing the terms and conditions of a Restricted Stock Award grant.  Each Restricted Stock Award Agreement will be subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan.

 

(tt)                                 Restricted Stock Unit Award ” means a right to receive shares of Common Stock which is granted pursuant to the terms and conditions of Section 6(b).

 

(uu)                           Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement ” means a written agreement between the Company and a holder of a Restricted Stock Unit Award evidencing the terms and conditions of a Restricted Stock Unit Award grant.  Each Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement will be subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan.

 

(vv)                           Rule 16b-3 ” means Rule 16b-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act or any successor to Rule 16b-3, as in effect from time to time.

 

(ww)                       Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

(xx)                           Stock Appreciation Right ” or “ SAR ” means a right to receive the appreciation on Common Stock that is granted pursuant to the terms and conditions of Section 5.

 

(yy)                           Stock Appreciation Right Agreement ” means a written agreement between the Company and a holder of a Stock Appreciation Right evidencing the terms and conditions of a Stock Appreciation Right grant.  Each Stock Appreciation Right Agreement will be subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan.

 

(zz)                             Stock Award ” means any right to receive Common Stock granted under the Plan, including an Incentive Stock Option, a Nonstatutory Stock Option, a Restricted Stock Award, a Restricted Stock Unit Award, a Stock Appreciation Right, a Performance Stock Award or any Other Stock Award.

 

(aaa)                    Stock Award Agreement ” means a written agreement between the Company and a Participant evidencing the terms and conditions of a Stock Award grant.  Each Stock Award Agreement will be subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan.

 

27



 

(bbb)                    Subsidiary ” means, with respect to the Company, (i) any corporation of which more than 50% of the outstanding capital stock having ordinary voting power to elect a majority of the board of directors of such corporation (irrespective of whether, at the time, stock of any other class or classes of such corporation will have or might have voting power by reason of the happening of any contingency) is at the time, directly or indirectly, Owned by the Company, and (ii) any partnership, limited liability company or other entity in which the Company has a direct or indirect interest (whether in the form of voting or participation in profits or capital contribution) of more than 50%.

 

(ccc)                       Ten Percent Stockholder ” means a person who Owns (or is deemed to Own pursuant to Section 424(d) of the Code) stock possessing more than 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or any Affiliate.

 

28




Exhibit 10.7

 

SENSEONICS, INCORPORATED

STOCK OPTION GRANT NOTICE

(2015 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN)

 

Senseonics, Incorporated (the “ Company ”), pursuant to its 2015 Equity Incentive Plan (the “ Plan ”), hereby grants to Optionholder an option to purchase the number of shares of the Company’s Common Stock set forth below.  This option is subject to all of the terms and conditions as set forth in this notice, in the Option Agreement, the Plan and the Notice of Exercise, all of which are attached hereto and incorporated herein in their entirety.  Capitalized terms not explicitly defined herein but defined in the Plan or the Option Agreement will have the same definitions as in the Plan or the Option Agreement. If there is any conflict between the terms in this notice and the Plan, the terms of the Plan will control.

 

Optionholder:

 

Date of Grant:

 

Vesting Commencement Date:

 

Number of Shares Subject to Option:

 

Exercise Price (Per Share):

 

Total Exercise Price:

 

Expiration Date:

 

 

Type of Grant:

o

Incentive Stock Option(1)

¨

Nonstatutory Stock Option

 

 

 

 

 

Exercise Schedule :

x

Same as Vesting Schedule

o

Early Exercise Permitted

 

 

 

 

 

Vesting Schedule :

[ One-fourth ( 1/4 th ) of the shares vest one year after the Vesting Commencement Date; the balance of the shares vest in a series of thirty-six (36) successive equal monthly installments measured from the first anniversary of the Vesting Commencement Date, subject to Optionholder’s Continuous Service as of each such date       ]

 

 

Payment:

By one or a combination of the following items (described in the Option Agreement):

 

 

 

x

By cash, check, bank draft or money order payable to the Company

 

 

 

 

x

Pursuant to a Regulation T Program if the shares are publicly traded

 

 

 

 

x

By delivery of already-owned shares if the shares are publicly traded

 

 

 

 

o

If and only to the extent this option is a Nonstatutory Stock Option, and subject to the Company’s consent at the time of exercise, by a “net exercise” arrangement

 


(1)  If this is an Incentive Stock Option, it (plus other outstanding Incentive Stock Options) cannot be first exercisable for more than $100,000 in value (measured by exercise price) in any calendar year.  Any excess over $100,000 is a Nonstatutory Stock Option.

 

1



 

Additional Terms/Acknowledgements:   Optionholder acknowledges receipt of, and understands and agrees to, this Stock Option Grant Notice, the Option Agreement and the Plan.  Optionholder acknowledges and agrees that this Stock Option Grant Notice and the Option Agreement may not be modified, amended or revised except as provided in the Plan.  Optionholder further acknowledges that as of the Date of Grant, this Stock Option Grant Notice, the Option Agreement, and the Plan set forth the entire understanding between Optionholder and the Company regarding this option award and supersede all prior oral and written agreements, promises and/or representations on that subject with the exception of (i) options previously granted and delivered to Optionholder, (ii) any compensation recovery policy that is adopted by the Company or is otherwise required by applicable law and (iii) any written employment or severance arrangement that would provide for vesting acceleration of this option upon the terms and conditions set forth therein.  By accepting this option, Optionholder consents to receive such documents by electronic delivery and to participate in the Plan through an on-line or electronic system established and maintained by the Company or another third party designated by the Company.

 

SENSEONICS, INCORPORATED

 

OPTIONHOLDER:

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

Signature

 

 

Signature

Title:

 

 

Date:

 

Date:

 

 

 

 

ATTACHMENTS :  Option Agreement, 2015 Equity Incentive Plan and Notice of Exercise

 

2



 

ATTACHMENT I

 

SENSEONICS, INCORPORATED

2015 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

 

OPTION AGREEMENT
(INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION OR NONSTATUTORY STOCK OPTION)

 

Pursuant to your Stock Option Grant Notice (“ Grant Notice ”) and this Option Agreement, Senseonics, Incorporated (the “ Company ”) has granted you an option under its 2015 Equity Incentive Plan (the “ Plan ”) to purchase the number of shares of the Company’s Common Stock indicated in your Grant Notice at the exercise price indicated in your Grant Notice.  The option is granted to you effective as of the date of grant set forth in the Grant Notice (the “ Date of Grant ”).  If there is any conflict between the terms in this Option Agreement and the Plan, the terms of the Plan will control. Capitalized terms not explicitly defined in this Option Agreement or in the Grant Notice but defined in the Plan will have the same definitions as in the Plan.

 

The details of your option, in addition to those set forth in the Grant Notice and the Plan, are as follows:

 

1.                                       VESTING.   Subject to the provisions contained herein, your option will vest as provided in your Grant Notice.  Vesting will cease upon the termination of your Continuous Service.

 

2.                                       NUMBER OF SHARES AND EXERCISE PRICE.   The number of shares of Common Stock subject to your option and your exercise price per share in your Grant Notice will be adjusted for Capitalization Adjustments.

 

3.                                       EXERCISE RESTRICTION FOR NON-EXEMPT EMPLOYEES.   If you are an Employee eligible for overtime compensation under the Fair Labor Standards Act of 1938, as amended (that is, a “ Non-Exempt Employee ”), and except as otherwise provided in the Plan, you may not exercise your option until you have completed at least six (6) months of Continuous Service measured from the Date of Grant, even if you have already been an employee for more than six (6) months. Consistent with the provisions of the Worker Economic Opportunity Act, you may exercise your option as to any vested portion prior to such six (6) month anniversary in the case of (i) your death or disability, (ii) a Corporate Transaction in which your option is not assumed, continued or substituted, (iii) a Change in Control or (iv) your termination of Continuous Service on your “retirement” (as defined in the Company’s benefit plans).

 

4.                                       EXERCISE PRIOR TO VESTING (“EARLY EXERCISE”).   If permitted in your Grant Notice ( i.e. , the “Exercise Schedule” indicates “Early Exercise Permitted”) and subject to the provisions of your option, you may elect at any time that is both (i) during the period of your Continuous Service and (ii) during the term of your option, to exercise all or part of your option, including the unvested portion of your option; provided, however, that:

 

1



 

(a)                                  a partial exercise of your option will be deemed to cover first vested shares of Common Stock and then the earliest vesting installment of unvested shares of Common Stock;

 

(b)                                  any shares of Common Stock so purchased from installments that have not vested as of the date of exercise will be subject to the purchase option in favor of the Company as described in the Company’s form of Early Exercise Stock Purchase Agreement;

 

(c)                                   you will enter into the Company’s form of Early Exercise Stock Purchase Agreement with a vesting schedule that will result in the same vesting as if no early exercise had occurred; and

 

(d)                                  if your option is an Incentive Stock Option, then, to the extent that the aggregate Fair Market Value (determined at the Date of Grant) of the shares of Common Stock with respect to which your option plus all other Incentive Stock Options you hold are exercisable for the first time by you during any calendar year (under all plans of the Company and its Affiliates) exceeds one hundred thousand dollars ($100,000), your option(s) or portions thereof that exceed such limit (according to the order in which they were granted) will be treated as Nonstatutory Stock Options.

 

5.                                       METHOD OF PAYMENT.   You must pay the full amount of the exercise price for the shares you wish to exercise.  You may pay the exercise price in cash or by check, bank draft or money order payable to the Company or in any other manner permitted by your Grant Notice, which may include one or more of the following:

 

(a)                                  Provided that at the time of exercise the Common Stock is publicly traded, pursuant to a program developed under Regulation T as promulgated by the Federal Reserve Board that, prior to the issuance of Common Stock, results in either the receipt of cash (or check) by the Company or the receipt of irrevocable instructions to pay the aggregate exercise price to the Company from the sales proceeds.  This manner of payment is also known as a “broker-assisted exercise”, “same day sale”, or “sell to cover”.

 

(b)                                  Provided that at the time of exercise the Common Stock is publicly traded, by delivery to the Company (either by actual delivery or attestation) of already-owned shares of Common Stock that are owned free and clear of any liens, claims, encumbrances or security interests, and that are valued at Fair Market Value on the date of exercise.  “Delivery” for these purposes, in the sole discretion of the Company at the time you exercise your option, will include delivery to the Company of your attestation of ownership of such shares of Common Stock in a form approved by the Company.  You may not exercise your option by delivery to the Company of Common Stock if doing so would violate the provisions of any law, regulation or agreement restricting the redemption of the Company’s stock.

 

(c)                                   If this option is a Nonstatutory Stock Option, subject to the consent of the Company at the time of exercise, by a “net exercise” arrangement pursuant to which the Company will reduce the number of shares of Common Stock issued upon exercise of your option by the largest whole number of shares with a Fair Market Value that does not exceed the aggregate exercise price.  You must pay any remaining balance of the aggregate exercise price

 

2



 

not satisfied by the “net exercise” in cash or other permitted form of payment.  Shares of Common Stock will no longer be outstanding under your option and will not be exercisable thereafter if those shares (i) are used to pay the exercise price pursuant to the “net exercise,” (ii) are delivered to you as a result of such exercise, and (iii) are withheld to satisfy your tax withholding obligations.

 

6.                                       WHOLE SHARES.   You may exercise your option only for whole shares of Common Stock.

 

7.                                       SECURITIES LAW COMPLIANCE.   In no event may you exercise your option unless the shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise are then registered under the Securities Act or, if not registered, the Company has determined that your exercise and the issuance of the shares would be exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act.  The exercise of your option also must comply with all other applicable laws and regulations governing your option, and you may not exercise your option if the Company determines that such exercise would not be in material compliance with such laws and regulations (including any restrictions on exercise required for compliance with Treas. Reg. 1.401(k)-1(d)(3), if applicable).

 

8.                                       TERM.   You may not exercise your option before the Date of Grant or after the expiration of the option’s term.  The term of your option expires, subject to the provisions of Section 5(h) of the Plan, upon the earliest of the following:

 

(a)                                  immediately upon the termination of your Continuous Service for Cause;

 

(b)                                  three (3) months after the termination of your Continuous Service for any reason other than Cause, your Disability or your death (except as otherwise provided in Section 8(d) below); provided, however, that if during any part of such three (3) month period your option is not exercisable solely because of the condition set forth in the section above relating to “Securities Law Compliance,” your option will not expire until the earlier of the Expiration Date or until it has been exercisable for an aggregate period of three (3) months after the termination of your Continuous Service; provided further, if during any part of such three (3) month period, the sale of any Common Stock received upon exercise of your option would violate the Company’s insider trading policy, then your option will not expire until the earlier of the Expiration Date or until it has been exercisable for an aggregate period of three (3) months after the termination of your Continuous Service during which the sale of the Common Stock received upon exercise of your option would not be in violation of the Company’s insider trading policy.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, if (i) you are a Non-Exempt Employee, (ii) your Continuous Service terminates within six (6) months after the Date of Grant, and (iii) you have vested in a portion of your option at the time of your termination of Continuous Service, your option will not expire until the earlier of (x) the later of (A) the date that is seven (7) months after the Date of Grant, and (B) the date that is three (3) months after the termination of your Continuous Service, and (y) the Expiration Date;

 

(c)                                   twelve (12) months after the termination of your Continuous Service due to your Disability (except as otherwise provided in Section 8(d)) below;

 

3



 

(d)                                  eighteen (18) months after your death if you die either during your Continuous Service or within three (3) months after your Continuous Service terminates for any reason other than Cause;

 

(e)                                   the Expiration Date indicated in your Grant Notice; or

 

(f)                                    the day before the tenth (10th) anniversary of the Date of Grant.

 

If your option is an Incentive Stock Option, note that to obtain the federal income tax advantages associated with an Incentive Stock Option, the Code requires that at all times beginning on the Date of Grant and ending on the day three (3) months before the date of your option’s exercise, you must be an employee of the Company or an Affiliate, except in the event of your death or Disability.  The Company has provided for extended exercisability of your option under certain circumstances for your benefit but cannot guarantee that your option will necessarily be treated as an Incentive Stock Option if you continue to provide services to the Company or an Affiliate as a Consultant or Director after your employment terminates or if you otherwise exercise your option more than three (3) months after the date your employment with the Company or an Affiliate terminates.

 

9.                                       EXERCISE.

 

(a)                                  You may exercise the vested portion of your option (and the unvested portion of your option if your Grant Notice so permits) during its term by (i) delivering a Notice of Exercise (in a form designated by the Company) or completing such other documents and/or procedures designated by the Company for exercise and (ii) paying the exercise price and any applicable withholding taxes to the Company’s Secretary, stock plan administrator, or such other person as the Company may designate, together with such additional documents as the Company may then require.

 

(b)                                  By exercising your option you agree that, as a condition to any exercise of your option, the Company may require you to enter into an arrangement providing for the payment by you to the Company of any tax withholding obligation of the Company arising by reason of (i) the exercise of your option, (ii) the lapse of any substantial risk of forfeiture to which the shares of Common Stock are subject at the time of exercise, or (iii) the disposition of shares of Common Stock acquired upon such exercise.

 

(c)                                   If your option is an Incentive Stock Option, by exercising your option you agree that you will notify the Company in writing within fifteen (15) days after the date of any disposition of any of the shares of the Common Stock issued upon exercise of your option that occurs within two (2) years after the Date of Grant or within one (1) year after such shares of Common Stock are transferred upon exercise of your option.

 

(d)                                  By accepting your option you agree that you will not sell, dispose of, transfer, make any short sale of, grant any option for the purchase of, or enter into any hedging or similar transaction with the same economic effect as a sale, any shares of Common Stock or other securities of the Company held by you, for a period of one hundred eighty (180) days following the effective date of a registration statement of the Company filed under the Securities Act or such longer period as the underwriters or the Company will request to facilitate

 

4



 

compliance with FINRA Rule 2711 or NYSE Member Rule 472 or any successor or similar rule or regulation (the “ Lock-Up Period ”); provided, however , that nothing contained in this section will prevent the exercise of a repurchase option, if any, in favor of the Company during the Lock-Up Period.  You further agree to execute and deliver such other agreements as may be reasonably requested by the Company or the underwriters that are consistent with the foregoing or that are necessary to give further effect thereto.  In order to enforce the foregoing covenant, the Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to your shares of Common Stock until the end of such period. You also agree that any transferee of any shares of Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company held by you will be bound by this Section 9(d).  The underwriters of the Company’s stock are intended third party beneficiaries of this Section 9(d) and will have the right, power and authority to enforce the provisions hereof as though they were a party hereto.

 

10.                                TRANSFERABILITY.   Except as otherwise provided in this Section 10, your option is not transferable, except by will or by the laws of descent and distribution, and is exercisable during your life only by you.

 

(a)                                  Certain Trusts.   Upon receiving written permission from the Board or its duly authorized designee, you may transfer your option to a trust if you are considered to be the sole beneficial owner (determined under Section 671 of the Code and applicable state law) while the option is held in the trust.  You and the trustee must enter into transfer and other agreements required by the Company.

 

(b)                                  Domestic Relations Orders.   Upon receiving written permission from the Board or its duly authorized designee, and provided that you and the designated transferee enter into transfer and other agreements required by the Company, you may transfer your option pursuant to the terms of a domestic relations order, official marital settlement agreement or other divorce or separation instrument as permitted by Treasury Regulation 1.421-1(b)(2) that contains the information required by the Company to effectuate the transfer.  You are encouraged to discuss the proposed terms of any division of this option with the Company prior to finalizing the domestic relations order or marital settlement agreement to help ensure the required information is contained within the domestic relations order or marital settlement agreement.  If this option is an Incentive Stock Option, this option may be deemed to be a Nonstatutory Stock Option as a result of such transfer.

 

(c)                                   Beneficiary Designation.   Upon receiving written permission from the Board or its duly authorized designee, you may, by delivering written notice to the Company, in a form approved by the Company and any broker designated by the Company to handle option exercises, designate a third party who, on your death, will thereafter be entitled to exercise this option and receive the Common Stock or other consideration resulting from such exercise.  In the absence of such a designation, your executor or administrator of your estate will be entitled to exercise this option and receive, on behalf of your estate, the Common Stock or other consideration resulting from such exercise.

 

11.                                OPTION NOT A SERVICE CONTRACT.   Your option is not an employment or service contract, and nothing in your option will be deemed to create in any way whatsoever any obligation on your part to continue in the employ of the Company or an Affiliate, or of the

 

5


 

Company or an Affiliate to continue your employment.  In addition, nothing in your option will obligate the Company or an Affiliate, their respective stockholders, boards of directors, officers or employees to continue any relationship that you might have as a Director or Consultant for the Company or an Affiliate.

 

12.           WITHHOLDING OBLIGATIONS.

 

(a)            At the time you exercise your option, in whole or in part, and at any time thereafter as requested by the Company, you hereby authorize withholding from payroll and any other amounts payable to you, and otherwise agree to make adequate provision for (including by means of a “same day sale” pursuant to a program developed under Regulation T as promulgated by the Federal Reserve Board to the extent permitted by the Company), any sums required to satisfy the federal, state, local and foreign tax withholding obligations of the Company or an Affiliate, if any, which arise in connection with the exercise of your option.

 

(b)            If this option is a Nonstatutory Stock Option, then upon your request and subject to approval by the Company, and compliance with any applicable legal conditions or restrictions, the Company may withhold from fully vested shares of Common Stock otherwise issuable to you upon the exercise of your option a number of whole shares of Common Stock having a Fair Market Value, determined by the Company as of the date of exercise, not in excess of the minimum amount of tax required to be withheld by law (or such lower amount as may be necessary to avoid classification of your option as a liability for financial accounting purposes).  If the date of determination of any tax withholding obligation is deferred to a date later than the date of exercise of your option, share withholding pursuant to the preceding sentence shall not be permitted unless you make a proper and timely election under Section 83(b) of the Code, covering the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock acquired upon such exercise with respect to which such determination is otherwise deferred, to accelerate the determination of such tax withholding obligation to the date of exercise of your option.  Notwithstanding the filing of such election, shares of Common Stock shall be withheld solely from fully vested shares of Common Stock determined as of the date of exercise of your option that are otherwise issuable to you upon such exercise.  Any adverse consequences to you arising in connection with such share withholding procedure shall be your sole responsibility.

 

(c)            You may not exercise your option unless the tax withholding obligations of the Company and/or any Affiliate are satisfied.  Accordingly, you may not be able to exercise your option when desired even though your option is vested, and the Company will have no obligation to issue a certificate for such shares of Common Stock or release such shares of Common Stock from any escrow provided for herein, if applicable, unless such obligations are satisfied.

 

13.           TAX CONSEQUENCES . You hereby agree that the Company does not have a duty to design or administer the Plan or its other compensation programs in a manner that minimizes your tax liabilities. You will not make any claim against the Company, or any of its Officers, Directors, Employees or Affiliates related to tax liabilities arising from your option or your other compensation. In particular, you acknowledge that this option is exempt from Section 409A of the Code only if the exercise price per share specified in the Grant Notice is at least equal to the

 

6



 

“fair market value” per share of the Common Stock on the Date of Grant and there is no other impermissible deferral of compensation associated with the option.

 

14.           NOTICES.   Any notices provided for in your option or the Plan will be given in writing (including electronically) and will be deemed effectively given upon receipt or, in the case of notices delivered by mail by the Company to you, five (5) days after deposit in the United States mail, postage prepaid, addressed to you at the last address you provided to the Company.  The Company may, in its sole discretion, decide to deliver any documents related to participation in the Plan and this option by electronic means or to request your consent to participate in the Plan by electronic means.  By accepting this option, you consent to receive such documents by electronic delivery and to participate in the Plan through an on-line or electronic system established and maintained by the Company or another third party designated by the Company.

 

15.           GOVERNING PLAN DOCUMENT.   Your option is subject to all the provisions of the Plan, the provisions of which are hereby made a part of your option, and is further subject to all interpretations, amendments, rules and regulations, which may from time to time be promulgated and adopted pursuant to the Plan.  If there is any conflict between the provisions of your option and those of the Plan, the provisions of the Plan will control.  In addition, your option (and any compensation paid or shares issued under your option) is subject to recoupment in accordance with The Dodd—Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act and any implementing regulations thereunder, any clawback policy adopted by the Company and any compensation recovery policy otherwise required by applicable law.

 

16.           OTHER DOCUMENTS.  You hereby acknowledge receipt of and the right to receive a document providing the information required by Rule 428(b)(1) promulgated under the Securities Act, which includes the Plan prospectus.  In addition, you acknowledge receipt of the Company’s policy permitting certain individuals to sell shares only during certain “window” periods and the Company’s insider trading policy, in effect from time to time.

 

17.           EFFECT ON OTHER EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS.   The value of this option will not be included as compensation, earnings, salaries, or other similar terms used when calculating your benefits under any employee benefit plan sponsored by the Company or any Affiliate, except as such plan otherwise expressly provides. The Company expressly reserves its rights to amend, modify, or terminate any of the Company’s or any Affiliate’s employee benefit plans.

 

18.           VOTING RIGHTS.   You will not have voting or any other rights as a stockholder of the Company with respect to the shares to be issued pursuant to this option until such shares are issued to you.   Upon such issuance, you will obtain full voting and other rights as a stockholder of the Company.  Nothing contained in this option, and no action taken pursuant to its provisions, will create or be construed to create a trust of any kind or a fiduciary relationship between you and the Company or any other person.

 

19.           SEVERABILITY.   If all or any part of this Option Agreement or the Plan is declared by any court or governmental authority to be unlawful or invalid, such unlawfulness or invalidity will not invalidate any portion of this Option Agreement or the Plan not declared to be unlawful or invalid.  Any Section of this Option Agreement (or part of such a Section) so declared to be

 

7



 

unlawful or invalid shall, if possible, be construed in a manner which will give effect to the terms of such Section or part of a Section to the fullest extent possible while remaining lawful and valid.

 

20.           MISCELLANEOUS .

 

(a)            The rights and obligations of the Company under your option will be transferable to any one or more persons or entities, and all covenants and agreements hereunder will inure to the benefit of, and be enforceable by the Company’s successors and assigns.

 

(b)            You agree upon request to execute any further documents or instruments necessary or desirable in the sole determination of the Company to carry out the purposes or intent of your option.

 

(c)            You acknowledge and agree that you have reviewed your option in its entirety, have had an opportunity to obtain the advice of counsel prior to executing and accepting your option, and fully understand all provisions of your option.

 

(d)            This Option Agreement will be subject to all applicable laws, rules, and regulations, and to such approvals by any governmental agencies or national securities exchanges as may be required.

 

(e)            All obligations of the Company under the Plan and this Option Agreement will be binding on any successor to the Company, whether the existence of such successor is the result of a direct or indirect purchase, merger, consolidation, or otherwise, of all or substantially all of the business and/or assets of the Company.

 

*              *              *

 

This Option Agreement will be deemed to be signed by you upon the signing by you of the Stock Option Grant Notice to which it is attached.

 

8



 

ATTACHMENT II

 

2015 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

 

1



 

ATTACHMENT III

 

Senseonics, Incorporated

 

 

20451 Seneca Meadows Pkwy

 

 

Germantown, MD 20876

 

Date of Exercise:

 

This constitutes notice to Senseonics, Incorporated (the “ Company ”) under my stock option that I elect to purchase the below number of shares of Common Stock of the Company (the “ Shares ”) for the price set forth below.

 

Type of option (check one):

 

Incentive  ¨

 

Nonstatutory  ¨

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Stock option dated:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Number of Shares as to which option is exercised:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Certificates to be issued in name of:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total exercise price:

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash payment delivered herewith:

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

[Value of          Shares delivered herewith(2):

 

$

 

 

$

 

]

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

[Value of          Shares pursuant to net exercise(2):

 

$

 

 

$

]

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

[Regulation T Program (cashless exercise(3)):

 

$

 

 

$

]

 

 


(2)           Shares must meet the public trading requirements set forth in the option.  Shares must be valued in accordance with the terms of the option being exercised, and must be owned free and clear of any liens, claims, encumbrances or security interests.  Certificates must be endorsed or accompanied by an executed assignment separate from certificate.

(2)            The option must be a Nonstatutory Stock Option, and Senseonics, Incorporated must have established net exercise procedures at the time of exercise, in order to utilize this payment method.

(3)  Shares must meet the public trading requirements set forth in the option.

 

1



 

By this exercise, I agree (i) to provide such additional documents as you may require pursuant to the terms of the Senseonics, Incorporated 2015 Equity Incentive Plan, (ii) to provide for the payment by me to you (in the manner designated by you) of your withholding obligation, if any, relating to the exercise of this option, and (iii) if this exercise relates to an incentive stock option, to notify you in writing within fifteen (15) days after the date of any disposition of any of the Shares issued upon exercise of this option that occurs within two (2) years after the date of grant of this option or within one (1) year after such Shares are issued upon exercise of this option.

 

 

Very truly yours,

 

 

 

 

 

2




Exhibit 10.8

 

SENSEONICS, INCORPORATED
RESTRICTED STOCK UNIT GRANT NOTICE
(2015 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN)

 

Senseonics, Incorporated (the “ Company ”), pursuant to Section 6(b) of the Company’s 2015 Equity Incentive Plan (the “ Plan ”), hereby awards to Participant Restricted Stock Units for the number of shares of the Company’s Common Stock (“RSUs” or “ Restricted Stock Units ”) set forth below (sometimes referred to as the “ Award ”). The Award is subject to all of the terms and conditions as set forth in this notice of grant (this “ Restricted Stock Unit Grant Notice ”) and in the Plan and the Restricted Stock Unit Agreement (the “ Award Agreement ”), both of which are attached hereto and incorporated herein in their entirety. Capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings set forth in the Plan or the Award Agreement. In the event of any conflict between the terms in the Award and the Plan, the terms of the Plan shall control.

 

Participant:

Date of Grant:

Vesting Commencement Date:

Number of Restricted Stock Units/Shares:

 

Vesting Schedule:

The Restricted Stock Units shall vest as follows: [                                        ].

 

 

Issuance Schedule:

Subject to any change on a Capitalization Adjustment, one share of Common Stock will be issued for each Restricted Stock Unit that vests at the time set forth in Section 6 of the Award Agreement.

 

Additional Terms/Acknowledgements:   Participant acknowledges receipt of, and understands and agrees to, this Restricted Stock Unit Grant Notice, the Award Agreement and the Plan. Participant further acknowledges that as of the Date of Grant, this Restricted Stock Unit Grant Notice, the Award Agreement and the Plan set forth the entire understanding between Participant and the Company regarding the acquisition of the Common Stock pursuant to the Award specified above and supersede all prior oral and written agreements on the terms of this Award with the exception, if applicable, of (i) any compensation recovery policy that is adopted by the Company or is otherwise required by applicable law, and (ii) any written employment or severance arrangement that would provide for vesting acceleration of this Award upon the terms and conditions set forth therein.

 

By accepting this Award, Participant acknowledges having received and read this Restricted Stock Unit Grant Notice, the Award Agreement and the Plan and agrees to all of the terms and conditions set forth in these documents.  Participant consents to receive Plan documents by electronic delivery and to participate in the Plan through an on-line or electronic system established and maintained by the Company or another third party designated by the Company.

 



 

SENSEONICS, INCORPORATED

 

PARTICIPANT

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Signature

 

Signature

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

Date:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Date:

 

 

 

 

ATTACHMENTS :          Restricted Stock Unit Agreement and 2015 Equity Incentive Plan

 



 

ATTACHMENT I

 

RESTRICTED STOCK UNIT AGREEMENT

 



 

SENSEONICS, INCORPORATED

RESTRICTED STOCK UNIT AGREEMENT

(2015 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN)

 

Pursuant to the Restricted Stock Unit Grant Notice (the “ Grant Notice ”) and this Restricted Stock Unit Agreement (the “ Agreement ”), Senseonics, Incorporated (the “ Company ”) has awarded you (“ Participant ”) Restricted Stock Units (“Restricted Stock Units” or “RSUs,” sometimes referred to generally as the “ Award ”) pursuant to Section 6(b) of the Company’s 2015 Equity Incentive Plan (the “ Plan ”) for the number of Restricted Stock Units indicated in the Grant Notice. Capitalized terms not explicitly defined in this Agreement or the Grant Notice shall have the same meanings given to them in the Plan. The terms of your RSUs, in addition to those set forth in the Grant Notice, are as follows.

 

1.                                       GRANT OF THE AWARD. This Award represents the right to be issued on a future date one (1) share of Common Stock for each Restricted Stock Unit that vests on the applicable vesting date(s) (subject to any adjustment under Section 3 below) as indicated in the Grant Notice. This Award was granted in consideration of your past or expected future services to the Company or its Affiliates.

 

2.                                       VESTING. Subject to the limitations contained herein, your RSUs will vest, if at all, in accordance with the vesting schedule provided in the Grant Notice, provided that vesting will cease upon the termination of your Continuous Service. Upon such termination of your Continuous Service, the Restricted Stock Units that were not vested on the date of such termination will be forfeited at no cost to the Company and you will have no further right, title or interest in or to the underlying shares of Common Stock subject to the forfeited RSUs.

 

3.                                       NUMBER OF SHARES. The number of Restricted Stock Units/shares subject to your Award may be adjusted from time to time for Capitalization Adjustments, as provided in the Plan. Any additional Restricted Stock Units, shares, cash or other property that becomes subject to the Award pursuant to this Section 3, if any, shall be subject, in a manner determined by the Board, to the same forfeiture restrictions, restrictions on transferability, and time and manner of delivery as applicable to the other Restricted Stock Units and shares covered by your Award. Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 3, no fractional shares or rights for fractional shares of Common Stock shall be created pursuant to this Section 3. Any fraction of a share will be rounded down to the nearest whole share.

 

4.                                       SECURITIES LAW COMPLIANCE . You may not be issued any Common Stock under your Award unless the shares of Common Stock underlying the Restricted Stock Units are either (i) then registered under the Securities Act, or (ii) the Company has determined that such issuance would be exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act. Your Award must also comply with other applicable laws and regulations governing the Award, and you shall not receive such Common Stock if the Company determines that such receipt would not be in material compliance with such laws and regulations.

 

5.                                       TRANSFER RESTRICTIONS . Prior to the time that shares of Common Stock have been delivered to you, you may not transfer, pledge, sell or otherwise dispose of the RSUs or the shares issuable in respect of your RSUs, except as expressly provided in this Section 5. For

 

1



 

example, you may not use shares that may be issued in respect of your Restricted Stock Units as security for a loan. The restrictions on transfer set forth herein will lapse upon delivery to you of shares in respect of your vested Restricted Stock Units.

 

(a)                                  Death . Your Award is transferable by will and by the laws of descent and distribution. At your death, vesting of your RSUs will cease and your executor or administrator of your estate shall be entitled to receive, on behalf of your estate, any Common Stock or other consideration that vested but was not issued before your death.

 

(b)                                  Domestic Relations Orders. Upon receiving written permission from the Board or its duly authorized designee, and provided that you and the designated transferee enter into transfer and other agreements required by the Company, you may transfer your RSUs or the shares of Common Stock issued upon vesting of your RSUs pursuant to a domestic relations order or marital settlement agreement that contains the information required by the Company to effectuate the transfer. You are encouraged to discuss the proposed terms of any division of this Award with the Company’s Chief Financial Officer prior to finalizing the domestic relations order or marital settlement agreement to verify that you may make such transfer, and if so, to help ensure the required information is contained within the domestic relations order or marital settlement agreement.

 

6.                                       DATE OF ISSUANCE.

 

(a)                                  The issuance of shares in respect of the Restricted Stock Units is intended to comply with Treasury Regulations Section 1.409A-1(b)(4) and will be construed and administered in such a manner. Subject to the satisfaction of the withholding obligations set forth in this Agreement, in the event one or more Restricted Stock Units vests, the Company shall issue to you one (1) share of Common Stock for each Restricted Stock Unit that vests on the applicable vesting date(s) (subject to any adjustment under Section 3 above). The issuance date determined by this paragraph is referred to as the “ Original Issuance Date.

 

(b)                                  If the Original Issuance Date falls on a date that is not a business day, delivery shall instead occur on the next following business day. In addition, if:

 

(i)                                     the Original Issuance Date does not occur (1) during an “open window period” applicable to you, as determined by the Company in accordance with the Company’s then-effective policy on trading in Company securities, or (2) on a date when you are otherwise permitted to sell shares of Common Stock on an established stock exchange or stock market, and

 

(ii)                                 either (1) Withholding Taxes do not apply, or (2) the Company decides, prior to the Original Issuance Date, (A) not to satisfy the Withholding Taxes by withholding shares of Common Stock from the shares otherwise due, on the Original Issuance Date, to you under this Award, and (B) not to permit you to pay your Withholding Taxes in cash,

 

then the shares that would otherwise be issued to you on the Original Issuance Date will not be delivered on such Original Issuance Date and will instead be delivered on the first business day when you are not prohibited from selling shares of the Company’s Common Stock in the open public market, but in no event later than December 31 of the calendar year in which

 

2



 

the Original Issuance Date occurs (that is, the last day of your taxable year in which the Original Issuance Date occurs), or, if and only if permitted in a manner that complies with Treasury Regulations Section 1.409A-1(b)(4), no later than the date that is the 15th day of the third calendar month of the applicable year following the year in which the shares of Common Stock under this Award are no longer subject to a “substantial risk of forfeiture” within the meaning of Treasury Regulations Section 1.409A-1(d).

 

(c)                                   The form of delivery ( e.g. , a stock certificate or electronic entry evidencing such shares) shall be determined by the Company.

 

7.                                       DIVIDENDS. You shall receive no benefit or adjustment to your Award with respect to any cash dividend, stock dividend or other distribution that does not result from a Capitalization Adjustment.

 

8.                                       RESTRICTIVE LEGENDS. The shares of Common Stock issued under your Award shall be endorsed with appropriate legends as determined by the Company.

 

9.                                       EXECUTION OF DOCUMENTS. You hereby acknowledge and agree that the manner selected by the Company by which you indicate your consent to your Grant Notice is also deemed to be your execution of your Grant Notice and of this Agreement. You further agree that such manner of indicating consent may be relied upon as your signature for establishing your execution of any documents to be executed in the future in connection with your Award.

 

10.                                AWARD NOT A SERVICE CONTRACT .

 

(a)                                  Nothing in this Agreement (including, but not limited to, the vesting of your RSUs or the issuance of the shares subject to your RSUs), the Plan or any covenant of good faith and fair dealing that may be found implicit in this Agreement or the Plan shall: (i) confer upon you any right to continue in the employ of, or affiliation with, the Company or an Affiliate; (ii) constitute any promise or commitment by the Company or an Affiliate regarding the fact or nature of future positions, future work assignments, future compensation or any other term or condition of employment or affiliation; (iii) confer any right or benefit under this Agreement or the Plan unless such right or benefit has specifically accrued under the terms of this Agreement or Plan; or (iv) deprive the Company of the right to terminate you at will and without regard to any future vesting opportunity that you may have.

 

(b)                                  The Company has the right to reorganize, sell, spin-out or otherwise restructure one or more of its businesses or Affiliates at any time or from time to time, as it deems appropriate (a “ reorganization ”). Such a reorganization could result in the termination of your Continuous Service, or the termination of Affiliate status of your employer and the loss of benefits available to you under this Agreement, including but not limited to, the termination of the right to continue vesting in the Award. This Agreement, the Plan, the transactions contemplated hereunder and the vesting schedule set forth herein or any covenant of good faith and fair dealing that may be found implicit in any of them do not constitute an express or implied promise of continued engagement as an employee or consultant for the term of this Agreement, for any period, or at all, and shall not interfere in any way with the Company’s right to conduct a reorganization.

 

3



 

11.                                WITHHOLDING OBLIGATIONS.

 

(a)                                  On each vesting date, and on or before the time you receive a distribution of the shares underlying your Restricted Stock Units, and at any other time as reasonably requested by the Company in accordance with applicable tax laws, you hereby authorize any required withholding from the Common Stock issuable to you and/or otherwise agree to make adequate provision in cash for any sums required to satisfy the federal, state, local and foreign tax withholding obligations of the Company or any Affiliate that arise in connection with your Award (the “ Withholding Taxes ”).  Additionally, the Company or any Affiliate may, in its sole discretion, satisfy all or any portion of the Withholding Taxes obligation relating to your RSUs by any of the following means or by a combination of such means: (i) withholding from any compensation otherwise payable to you by the Company; (ii) causing you to tender a cash payment; (iii) permitting or requiring you to enter into a “same day sale” commitment, if applicable, with a broker-dealer that is a member of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (a “ FINRA Dealer ”) whereby you irrevocably elect to sell a portion of the shares to be delivered in connection with your Restricted Stock Units to satisfy the Withholding Taxes and whereby the FINRA Dealer irrevocably commits to forward the proceeds necessary to satisfy the Withholding Taxes directly to the Company and/or its Affiliates; or (iv) withholding shares of Common Stock from the shares of Common Stock issued or otherwise issuable to you in connection with the Award with a Fair Market Value (measured as of the date shares of Common Stock are issued to pursuant to Section 6) equal to the amount of such Withholding Taxes; provided , however , that the number of such shares of Common Stock so withheld will not exceed the amount necessary to satisfy the Company’s required tax withholding obligations using the minimum statutory withholding rates for federal, state, local and foreign tax purposes, including payroll taxes, that are applicable to supplemental taxable income; and provided , further, that to the extent necessary to qualify for an exemption from application of Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act, if applicable, such share withholding procedure will be subject to the express prior approval of the Company’s Compensation Committee.

 

(b)                                  Unless the tax withholding obligations of the Company and/or any Affiliate are satisfied, the Company shall have no obligation to deliver to you any Common Stock.

 

(c)                                   In the event the Company’s obligation to withhold arises prior to the delivery to you of Common Stock or it is determined after the delivery of Common Stock to you that the amount of the Company’s withholding obligation was greater than the amount withheld by the Company, you agree to indemnify and hold the Company harmless from any failure by the Company to withhold the proper amount.

 

12.                                TAX CONSEQUENCES. The Company has no duty or obligation to minimize the tax consequences to you of this Award and shall not be liable to you for any adverse tax consequences to you arising in connection with this Award. You are hereby advised to consult with your own personal tax, financial and/or legal advisors regarding the tax consequences of this Award and by signing the Grant Notice, you have agreed that you have done so or knowingly and voluntarily declined to do so. You understand that you (and not the Company) shall be responsible for your own tax liability that may arise as a result of this investment or the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

 

4



 

13.                                UNSECURED OBLIGATION. Your Award is unfunded, and as a holder of vested RSUs, you shall be considered an unsecured creditor of the Company with respect to the Company’s obligation, if any, to issue shares or other property pursuant to this Agreement. You shall not have voting or any other rights as a stockholder of the Company with respect to the shares to be issued pursuant to this Agreement until such shares are issued to you pursuant to Section 6 of this Agreement. Upon such issuance, you will obtain full voting and other rights as a stockholder of the Company. Nothing contained in this Agreement, and no action taken pursuant to its provisions, shall create or be construed to create a trust of any kind or a fiduciary relationship between you and the Company or any other person.

 

14.                                NOTICES . Any notice or request required or permitted hereunder shall be given in writing to each of the other parties hereto and shall be deemed effectively given on the earlier of (i) the date of personal delivery, including delivery by express courier, or delivery via electronic means, or (ii) the date that is five (5) days after deposit in the United States Post Office (whether or not actually received by the addressee), by registered or certified mail with postage and fees prepaid, addressed at the following addresses, or at such other address(es) as a party may designate by ten (10) days’ advance written notice to each of the other parties hereto:

 

COMPANY:

Senseonics, Incorporated

 

Attn: Stock Administrator

 

20451 Seneca Meadows Parkway

 

Germantown, MD 20876

 

 

PARTICIPANT:

Your address as on file with the Company

 

at the time notice is given

 

15.                                HEADINGS . The headings of the Sections in this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and shall not be deemed to constitute a part of this Agreement or to affect the meaning of this Agreement.

 

16.                                MISCELLANEOUS .

 

(a)                                  The rights and obligations of the Company under your Award shall be transferable by the Company to any one or more persons or entities, and all covenants and agreements hereunder shall inure to the benefit of, and be enforceable by, the Company’s successors and assigns.

 

(b)                                  You agree upon request to execute any further documents or instruments necessary or desirable in the sole determination of the Company to carry out the purposes or intent of your Award.

 

(c)                                   You agree that you will not sell, dispose of, transfer, make any short sale of, grant any option for the purchase of, or enter into any hedging or similar transaction with the same economic effect as a sale with respect to any shares of Common Stock or other securities of the Company held by you, for a period of 180 days following the effective date of a registration statement of the Company filed under the Securities Act or such longer period as the underwriters or the Company will request to facilitate compliance with FINRA Rule 2711 or

 

5



 

NYSE Member Rule 472 or any successor or similar rule or regulation (the “ Lock-Up Period ”).  You further agree to execute and deliver such other agreements as may be reasonably requested by the Company or the underwriters that are consistent with the foregoing or that are necessary to give further effect thereto.  In order to enforce the foregoing covenant, the Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to your shares of Common Stock until the end of such Lock-Up Period.  You also agree that any transferee of any shares of Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company held by you will be bound by this Section 16(c).  The underwriters of the Company’s stock are intended third party beneficiaries of this Section 16(c) and will have the right, power and authority to enforce the provisions hereof as though they were a party hereto.

 

(d)                                  You acknowledge and agree that you have reviewed your Award in its entirety, have had an opportunity to obtain the advice of counsel prior to executing and accepting your Award and fully understand all provisions of your Award.

 

(e)                                   This Agreement shall be subject to all applicable laws, rules, and regulations, and to such approvals by any governmental agencies or national securities exchanges as may be required.

 

(f)                                    All obligations of the Company under the Plan and this Agreement shall be binding on any successor to the Company, whether the existence of such successor is the result of a direct or indirect purchase, merger, consolidation, or otherwise, of all or substantially all of the business and/or assets of the Company.

 

17.                                GOVERNING PLAN DOCUMENT . Your Award is subject to all the provisions of the Plan, the provisions of which are hereby made a part of your Award, and is further subject to all interpretations, amendments, rules and regulations which may from time to time be promulgated and adopted pursuant to the Plan. Your Award (and any compensation paid or shares issued under your Award) is subject to recoupment in accordance with The Dodd—Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act and any implementing regulations thereunder, any clawback policy adopted by the Company and any compensation recovery policy otherwise required by applicable law. No recovery of compensation under such a clawback policy will be an event giving rise to a right to voluntarily terminate employment upon a resignation for “good reason,” or for a “constructive termination” or any similar term under any plan of or agreement with the Company.

 

18.                                EFFECT ON OTHER EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS. The value of the RSUs subject to this Agreement or the stock underlying the RSUs upon issuance to you shall not be included as compensation, earnings, salaries, or other similar terms used when calculating benefits under any employee benefit plan (other than the Plan) sponsored by the Company or any Affiliate except as such plan otherwise expressly provides. The Company expressly reserves its rights to amend, modify, or terminate any or all of the employee benefit plans of the Company or any Affiliate.

 

19.                                CHOICE OF LAW. The interpretation, performance and enforcement of this Agreement shall be governed by the law of the State of Delaware without regard to that state’s conflicts of laws rules.

 

6



 

20.                                SEVERABILITY . If all or any part of this Agreement or the Plan is declared by any court or governmental authority to be unlawful or invalid, such unlawfulness or invalidity shall not invalidate any portion of this Agreement or the Plan not declared to be unlawful or invalid. Any Section of this Agreement (or part of such a Section) so declared to be unlawful or invalid shall, if possible, be construed in a manner which will give effect to the terms of such Section or part of a Section to the fullest extent possible while remaining lawful and valid.

 

21.                                OTHER DOCUMENTS . You acknowledge receipt of and the right to receive a document providing the information required by Rule 428(b)(1) promulgated under the Securities Act, which includes the Plan prospectus.  In addition, you acknowledge receipt of the Company’s Insider Trading Policy.

 

22.                                AMENDMENT. This Agreement may not be modified, amended or terminated except by an instrument in writing, signed by you and by a duly authorized representative of the Company. Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Agreement may be amended solely by the Board by a writing which specifically states that it is amending this Agreement, so long as a copy of such amendment is delivered to you, and provided that, except as otherwise expressly provided in the Plan, no such amendment materially adversely affecting your rights hereunder may be made without your written consent. Without limiting the foregoing, the Board reserves the right to change, by written notice to you, the provisions of this Agreement in any way it may deem necessary or advisable to carry out the purpose of the Award as a result of any change in applicable laws or regulations or any future law, regulation, ruling, or judicial decision, provided that any such change shall be applicable only to rights relating to that portion of the Award which is then subject to restrictions as provided herein.

 

23.                                COMPLIANCE WITH SECTION 409A OF THE CODE . This Award is intended to comply with the “short-term deferral” rule set forth in Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(b)(4). Notwithstanding the foregoing, if it is determined that the Award fails to satisfy the requirements of the short-term deferral rule and is otherwise deferred compensation subject to Section 409A, and if you are a “Specified Employee” (within the meaning set forth in Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) of the Code) as of the date of your “separation from service” (within the meaning of Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(h) and without regard to any alternative definition thereunder), then the issuance of any shares that would otherwise be made upon the date of the separation from service or within the first six (6) months thereafter will not be made on the originally scheduled date(s) and will instead be issued in a lump sum on the date that is six (6) months and one day after the date of the separation from service, with the balance of the shares issued thereafter in accordance with the original vesting and issuance schedule set forth above, but if and only if such delay in the issuance of the shares is necessary to avoid the imposition of adverse taxation on you in respect of the shares under Section 409A of the Code. Each installment of shares that vests is intended to constitute a “separate payment” for purposes of Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-2(b)(2).

 

* * * * *

 

This Restricted Stock Unit Agreement shall be deemed to be signed by the Company and the Participant upon the signing by the Participant of the Restricted Stock Unit Grant Notice to which it is attached.

 

7



 

ATTACHMENT II

 

2015 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

 

8




Exhibit 10.9

 

INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT

 

THIS INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT (the “ Agreement ”) is made and entered into as of [DATE] between Senseonics Holdings, Inc. , a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and [NAME OF DIRECTOR/OFFICER] (“ Indemnitee ”).

 

WITNESSETH THAT:

 

WHEREAS, highly competent persons have become more reluctant to serve corporations as directors, officers or in other capacities unless they are provided with adequate protection through insurance or adequate indemnification against inordinate risks of claims and actions against them arising out of their service to and activities on behalf of the corporation;

 

WHEREAS, the Board of Directors of the Company (the “ Board ”) has determined that, in order to attract and retain qualified individuals to serve on the Board or as officers of the Company, the Company will attempt to maintain on an ongoing basis, at its sole expense, liability insurance to protect persons serving the Company and its subsidiaries from certain liabilities.  Although the furnishing of such insurance has been a customary and widespread practice among United States-based corporations and other business enterprises, the Company believes that, given current market conditions and trends, such insurance may be available to it in the future only at higher premiums and with more exclusions.  At the same time, directors, officers, and other persons in service to corporations or business enterprises are being increasingly subjected to expensive and time-consuming litigation relating to, among other things, matters that traditionally would have been brought only against the Company or business enterprise itself.  The Company’s certificate of incorporation (as amended and/or restated and in effect from time to time, the “ Charter ”) and the bylaws of the Company (as amended and/or restated and in effect from time to time, the “ Bylaws ”) authorize the Company to provide indemnification of the officers and directors of the Company.  Indemnitee may also be entitled to indemnification pursuant to the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (“ DGCL ”).  The Charter and Bylaws and the DGCL expressly provide that the indemnification provisions set forth therein are not exclusive, and thereby contemplate that contracts may be entered into between the Company and members of the Board, officers and other persons with respect to indemnification;

 

WHEREAS, the uncertainties relating to such insurance and to indemnification have increased the difficulty of attracting and retaining such persons;

 

WHEREAS, the Board has determined that the increased difficulty in attracting and retaining such persons is detrimental to the best interests of the Company’s stockholders and that the Company should act to assure such persons that there will be increased certainty of such protection in the future;

 

WHEREAS, it is reasonable, prudent and necessary for the Company contractually to obligate itself to indemnify, and to advance expenses on behalf of, such persons to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law so that they will serve or continue to serve the Company free from undue concern that they will not be so indemnified;

 

WHEREAS, this Agreement is a supplement to and in furtherance of the indemnification provisions of the Charter and the Bylaws of the Company and any resolutions adopted pursuant

 



 

thereto, and shall not be deemed a substitute therefor, nor to diminish or abrogate any rights of Indemnitee thereunder; [and]

 

WHEREAS, Indemnitee does not regard the protection available under the Company’s Charter and Bylaws and insurance as adequate in the present circumstances, and may not be willing to serve as an officer or director without adequate protection, and the Company desires Indemnitee to serve in such capacity.  Indemnitee is willing to serve, continue to serve and to take on additional service for or on behalf of the Company on the condition that Indemnitee be so indemnified[.][; and

 

WHEREAS, Indemnitee has certain rights to indemnification and/or insurance provided by [FUND] and certain of its affiliates (collectively, the “ Fund Indemnitors ”) which Indemnitee and the Fund Indemnitors intend to be secondary to the primary obligation of the Company to indemnify Indemnitee as provided herein, with the Company’s acknowledgement and agreement to the foregoing being a material condition to Indemnitee’s willingness to serve on the Board.]

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of Indemnitee’s agreement to serve as a director or officer, the parties hereto agree as follows:

 

1.                                       Indemnity of Indemnitee .  The Company hereby agrees to hold harmless and indemnify Indemnitee to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, as such may be amended from time to time.  In furtherance of the foregoing indemnification, and without limiting the generality thereof:

 

(a)                                  Proceedings Other Than Proceedings by or in the Right of the Company .  Indemnitee shall be entitled to the rights of indemnification provided in this Section l(a)  if, by reason of Indemnitee’s Corporate Status (as hereinafter defined), the Indemnitee was or is, or is threatened to be made, a party to or participant in any Proceeding (as hereinafter defined) other than a Proceeding by or in the right of the Company.  Pursuant to this Section 1(a) , Indemnitee shall be indemnified against all Expenses (as hereinafter defined), judgments, penalties, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee, or on Indemnitee’s behalf, in connection with such Proceeding or any claim, issue or matter therein, if the Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner the Indemnitee reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company, and with respect to any criminal Proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe the Indemnitee’s conduct was unlawful.

 

(b)                                  Proceedings by or in the Right of the Company .  Indemnitee shall be entitled to the rights of indemnification provided in this Section 1(b)  if, by reason of Indemnitee’s Corporate Status, the Indemnitee is or was, or is threatened to be made, a party to or participant in any Proceeding brought by or in the right of the Company.  Pursuant to this Section 1(b) , Indemnitee shall be indemnified against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by the Indemnitee, or on the Indemnitee’s behalf, in connection with such Proceeding if the Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner the Indemnitee reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company; provided, however, if applicable law so provides, no indemnification against such Expenses shall be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter in such Proceeding as to which Indemnitee shall have been adjudged to be liable to the Company unless and to the extent that the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware shall determine that such indemnification may be made.

 



 

(c)                                   Indemnification for Expenses of a Party Who is Wholly or Partly Successful .  Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, to the extent that Indemnitee is, by reason of Indemnitee’s Corporate Status, a party to and is successful, on the merits or otherwise, in any Proceeding, Indemnitee shall be indemnified to the maximum extent permitted by applicable law, as such may be amended from time to time, against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on Indemnitee’s behalf in connection therewith.  If Indemnitee is not wholly successful in such Proceeding but is successful, on the merits or otherwise, as to one or more but less than all claims, issues or matters in such Proceeding, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on Indemnitee’s behalf in connection with each successfully resolved claim, issue or matter.  For purposes of this Section 1(c)  and without limitation, the termination of any claim, issue or matter in such a Proceeding by dismissal, with or without prejudice, shall be deemed to be a successful result as to such claim, issue or matter.

 

[(d)                              Indemnification of Appointing Stockholder .   If (i) Indemnitee is or was affiliated with one or more venture capital funds that has invested in the Company (an “ Appointing Stockholder ”), and (ii) the Appointing Stockholder is, or is threatened to be made, a party to or a participant in any Proceeding relating to or arising by reason of Appointing Stockholder’s position as a stockholder of, or lender to, the Company, or Appointing Stockholder’s appointment of or affiliation with Indemnitee or any other director, including without limitation any alleged misappropriation of a Company asset or corporate opportunity, any claim of misappropriation or infringement of intellectual property relating to the Company, any alleged false or misleading statement or omission made by the Company (or on its behalf) or its employees or agents, or any allegation of inappropriate control or influence over the Company or its Board members, officers, equity holders or debt holders, then the Appointing Stockholder will be entitled to indemnification hereunder for Expenses to the same extent as Indemnitee, and the terms of this Agreement as they relate to procedures for indemnification of Indemnitee and advancement of Expenses shall apply to any such indemnification of Appointing Stockholder.

 

The rights provided to the Appointing Stockholder under this Section 1(d)  shall (i) be suspended during any period during which the Appointing Stockholder does not have a representative on the Board and (ii) terminate on an initial public offering of the Company’s Common Stock; provided, however, that in the event of any such suspension or termination, the Appointing Stockholder’s rights to indemnification will not be suspended or terminated with respect to any Proceeding based in whole or in part on facts and circumstances occurring at any time prior to such suspension or termination regardless of whether the Proceeding arises before or after such suspension or termination. T he Company and Indemnitee agree that the Appointing Stockholder is an express third party beneficiary of the terms of this Section 1(d) .]

 

2.                                       Additional Indemnity .  In addition to, and without regard to any limitations on, the indemnification provided for in Section 1 of this Agreement, the Company shall and hereby does indemnify and hold harmless Indemnitee against all Expenses, judgments, penalties, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on Indemnitee’s behalf if, by reason of Indemnitee’s Corporate Status, Indemnitee was or is, or is threatened to be made, a party to or participant in any Proceeding (including a Proceeding by or in the right of the Company), including, without limitation, all liability arising out of the negligence or active or passive wrongdoing of Indemnitee.  The only limitation that shall exist upon the Company’s obligations pursuant to this Agreement shall be that the Company shall not

 



 

be obligated to make any payment to Indemnitee that is finally determined (under the procedures, and subject to the presumptions, set forth in Sections 6 and 7 hereof) to be unlawful.

 

3.                                       Contribution .

 

(a)                                  Whether or not the indemnification provided in Sections 1 and 2 hereof is available, in respect of any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding in which the Company is jointly liable with Indemnitee (or would be if joined in such action, suit or proceeding), the Company shall pay, in the first instance, the entire amount of any judgment or settlement of such action, suit or proceeding without requiring Indemnitee to contribute to such payment and the Company hereby waives and relinquishes any right of contribution it may have against Indemnitee.  The Company shall not enter into any settlement of any action, suit or proceeding in which the Company is jointly liable with Indemnitee (or would be if joined in such action, suit or proceeding) unless such settlement provides for a full and final release of all claims asserted against Indemnitee.

 

(b)                                  Without diminishing or impairing the obligations of the Company set forth in the preceding subparagraph, if, for any reason, Indemnitee shall elect or be required to pay all or any portion of any judgment or settlement in any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding in which the Company is jointly liable with Indemnitee (or would be if joined in such action, suit or proceeding), the Company shall contribute to the amount of Expenses, judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred and paid or payable by Indemnitee in proportion to the relative benefit received by the Company and all officers, directors or employees of the Company, other than Indemnitee, who are jointly liable with Indemnitee (or would be if joined in such action, suit or proceeding), on the one hand, and Indemnitee, on the other hand, from the transaction or events from which such action, suit or proceeding arose; provided, however, that the proportion determined on the basis of relative benefit may, to the extent necessary to conform to applicable law, be further adjusted by reference to the relative fault of the Company and all officers, directors or employees of the Company other than Indemnitee who are jointly liable with Indemnitee (or would be if joined in such action, suit or proceeding), on the one hand, and Indemnitee, on the other hand, in connection with the transaction or events that resulted in such Expenses, judgments, fines or settlement amounts, as well as any other equitable considerations which applicable law may require to be considered.  The relative fault of the Company and all officers, directors or employees of the Company, other than Indemnitee, who are jointly liable with Indemnitee (or would be if joined in such action, suit or proceeding), on the one hand, and Indemnitee, on the other hand, shall be determined by reference to, among other things, the degree to which their actions were motivated by intent to gain personal profit or advantage, the degree to which their liability is primary or secondary and the degree to which their conduct is active or passive.

 

(c)                                   The Company hereby agrees to fully indemnify and hold Indemnitee harmless from any claims of contribution which may be brought by officers, directors or employees of the Company, other than Indemnitee, who may be jointly liable with Indemnitee.

 

(d)                                  To the fullest extent permissible under applicable law, if the indemnification provided for in this Agreement is unavailable to Indemnitee for any reason whatsoever, the Company, in lieu of indemnifying Indemnitee, shall contribute to the amount incurred by Indemnitee, whether for judgments, fines, penalties, excise taxes, amounts paid or to

 



 

be paid in settlement and/or for Expenses, in connection with any claim relating to an indemnifiable event under this Agreement, in such proportion as is deemed fair and reasonable in light of all of the circumstances of such Proceeding in order to reflect (i) the relative benefits received by the Company and Indemnitee as a result of the event(s) and/or transaction(s) giving cause to such Proceeding; and/or (ii) the relative fault of the Company (and its directors, officers, employees and agents) and Indemnitee in connection with such event(s) and/or transaction(s).

 

4.                                       Indemnification for Expenses of a Witness .  Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, to the extent that Indemnitee is, by reason of Indemnitee’s Corporate Status, a witness, or is made (or asked) to respond to discovery requests, in any Proceeding to which Indemnitee is not a party, Indemnitee shall be indemnified against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on Indemnitee’s behalf in connection therewith.

 

5.                                       Advancement of Expenses .  Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the Company shall advance all Expenses incurred by or on behalf of Indemnitee in connection with any Proceeding by reason of Indemnitee’s Corporate Status within thirty (30) days after the receipt by the Company of a statement or statements from Indemnitee requesting such advance or advances from time to time, whether prior to or after final disposition of such Proceeding.  Such statement or statements shall reasonably evidence each of the Expenses incurred by Indemnitee for which Indemnitee seeks advancement and shall include or be preceded or accompanied by a written undertaking by or on behalf of Indemnitee to repay any Expenses advanced if it shall ultimately be determined that Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified against such Expenses.  Any advances and undertakings to repay pursuant to this Section 5 shall be unsecured and interest free.

 

6.                                       Procedures and Presumptions for Determination of Entitlement to Indemnification .  It is the intent of this Agreement to secure for Indemnitee rights of indemnity that are as favorable as may be permitted under the DGCL and public policy of the State of Delaware.  Accordingly, the parties agree that the following procedures and presumptions shall apply in the event of any question as to whether Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification under this Agreement:

 

(a)                                  To obtain indemnification under this Agreement, Indemnitee shall submit to the Company a written request, including therein or therewith such documentation and information as is reasonably available to Indemnitee and is reasonably necessary to determine whether and to what extent Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification.  The Secretary of the Company shall, promptly upon receipt of such a request for indemnification, advise the Board in writing that Indemnitee has requested indemnification.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, any failure of Indemnitee to provide such a request to the Company, or to provide such a request in a timely fashion, shall not relieve the Company of any liability that it may have to Indemnitee unless, and to the extent that, such failure actually and materially prejudices the interests of the Company.

 

(b)                                  Upon written request by Indemnitee for indemnification pursuant to the first sentence of Section 6(a)  hereof, a determination with respect to Indemnitee’s entitlement thereto shall be made in the specific case by one of the following four methods, which shall be at the election of the Board:  (1) by a majority vote of the Disinterested Directors, even though less than a quorum, (2) by a committee of Disinterested Directors designated by a

 



 

majority vote of the Disinterested Directors, even though less than a quorum, (3) if there are no Disinterested Directors or if the Disinterested Directors so direct, by Independent Counsel in a written opinion to the Board, a copy of which shall be delivered to the Indemnitee, or (4) if so directed by the Board, by the stockholders of the Company.

 

(c)                                   If the determination of entitlement to indemnification is to be made by Independent Counsel pursuant to Section 6(b)  hereof, the Independent Counsel shall be selected as provided in this Section 6(c) .  The Independent Counsel shall be selected by the Board.  Indemnitee may, within 10 days after such written notice of selection shall have been given, deliver to the Company a written objection to such selection; provided, however, that such objection may be asserted only on the ground that the Independent Counsel so selected does not meet the requirements of “ Independent Counsel ” as defined in Section 13 of this Agreement, and the objection shall set forth with particularity the factual basis of such assertion.  Absent a proper and timely objection, the person so selected by the Board shall act as Independent Counsel.  If a written objection is made and substantiated, the Independent Counsel selected may not serve as Independent Counsel unless and until such objection is withdrawn or a court of competent jurisdiction has determined that such objection is without merit.  If, within 20 days after submission by Indemnitee of a written request for indemnification pursuant to Section 6(a)  hereof, no Independent Counsel shall have been selected and not objected to, either the Company or Indemnitee may petition the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware or other court of competent jurisdiction for resolution of any objection which shall have been made by the Indemnitee to the Company’s selection of Independent Counsel and/or for the appointment as Independent Counsel of a person selected by the court or by such other person as the court shall designate, and the person with respect to whom all objections are so resolved or the person so appointed shall act as Independent Counsel under Section 6(b)  hereof.  The Company shall pay any and all reasonable fees and expenses of Independent Counsel incurred by such Independent Counsel in connection with acting pursuant to Section 6(b)  hereof, and the Company shall pay all reasonable fees and expenses incident to the procedures of this Section 6(c) , regardless of the manner in which such Independent Counsel was selected or appointed.

 

(d)                                  In making a determination with respect to entitlement to indemnification hereunder, the person or persons or entity making such determination shall presume that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification under this Agreement.  Anyone seeking to overcome this presumption shall have the burden of proof and the burden of persuasion by clear and convincing evidence.  Neither the failure of the Company (including by its directors or Independent Counsel) to have made a determination prior to the commencement of any action pursuant to this Agreement that indemnification is proper in the circumstances because Indemnitee has met the applicable standard of conduct, nor an actual determination by the Company (including by its directors or Independent Counsel) that Indemnitee has not met such applicable standard of conduct, shall be a defense to the action or create a presumption that Indemnitee has not met the applicable standard of conduct.

 

(e)                                   Indemnitee shall be deemed to have acted in good faith if Indemnitee’s action is based on the records or books of account of the Enterprise (as hereinafter defined), including financial statements, or on information supplied to Indemnitee by the officers of the Enterprise in the course of their duties, or on the advice of legal counsel for the Enterprise or on information or records given or reports made to the Enterprise by an independent certified public accountant or by an appraiser or other expert selected with reasonable care by the Enterprise.  In addition, the knowledge and/or actions, or failure to act, of any director, officer,

 



 

agent or employee of the Enterprise shall not be imputed to Indemnitee for purposes of determining the right to indemnification under this Agreement.  Whether or not the foregoing provisions of this Section 6(e)  are satisfied, it shall in any event be presumed that Indemnitee has at all times acted in good faith and in a manner Indemnitee reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company.  Anyone seeking to overcome this presumption shall have the burden of proof and the burden of persuasion by clear and convincing evidence.

 

(f)                                    If the person, persons or entity empowered or selected under Section 6 to determine whether Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification shall not have made a determination within sixty (60) days after receipt by the Company of the request therefor, the requisite determination of entitlement to indemnification shall be deemed to have been made and Indemnitee shall be entitled to such indemnification absent (i) a misstatement by Indemnitee of a material fact, or an omission of a material fact necessary to make Indemnitee’s statement not materially misleading, in connection with the request for indemnification, or (ii) a prohibition of such indemnification under applicable law; provided, however, that such 60-day period may be extended for a reasonable time, not to exceed an additional thirty (30) days, if the person, persons or entity making such determination with respect to entitlement to indemnification in good faith requires such additional time to obtain or evaluate documentation and/or information relating thereto; and provided, further, that the foregoing provisions of this Section 6(g)  shall not apply if the determination of entitlement to indemnification is to be made by the stockholders pursuant to Section 6(b)  of this Agreement and if (A) within fifteen (15) days after receipt by the Company of the request for such determination, the Board or the Disinterested Directors, if appropriate, resolve to submit such determination to the stockholders for their consideration at an annual meeting thereof to be held within seventy-five (75) days after such receipt and such determination is made thereat, or (B) a special meeting of stockholders is called within fifteen (15) days after such receipt for the purpose of making such determination, such meeting is held for such purpose within sixty (60) days after having been so called and such determination is made thereat.

 

(g)                                   Indemnitee shall cooperate with the person, persons or entity making such determination with respect to Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification, including providing to such person, persons or entity upon reasonable advance request any documentation or information which is not privileged or otherwise protected from disclosure and which is reasonably available to Indemnitee and reasonably necessary to such determination.  Any Independent Counsel, member of the Board or stockholder of the Company shall act reasonably and in good faith in making a determination regarding the Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification under this Agreement.  Any costs or Expenses (including attorneys’ fees and disbursements) incurred by Indemnitee in so cooperating with the person, persons or entity making such determination shall be borne by the Company (irrespective of the determination as to Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification) and the Company hereby indemnifies and agrees to hold Indemnitee harmless therefrom.

 

(h)                                  The Company acknowledges that a settlement or other disposition short of final judgment may be successful if it permits a party to avoid expense, delay, distraction, disruption and uncertainty.  In the event that any action, claim or proceeding to which Indemnitee is a party is resolved in any manner other than by adverse judgment against Indemnitee (including, without limitation, settlement of such action, claim or proceeding with or without payment of money or other consideration) it shall be presumed that Indemnitee has been successful on the merits or otherwise in such action, suit or proceeding.  Anyone seeking to

 


 

overcome this presumption shall have the burden of proof and the burden of persuasion by clear and convincing evidence.

 

(i)                                      The termination of any Proceeding or of any claim, issue or matter therein, by judgment, order, settlement or conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not (except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement) of itself adversely affect the right of Indemnitee to indemnification or create a presumption that Indemnitee did not act in good faith and in a manner which Indemnitee reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company or, with respect to any criminal Proceeding, that Indemnitee had reasonable cause to believe that Indemnitee’s conduct was unlawful.

 

7.                                       Remedies of Indemnitee .

 

(a)                                  In the event that (i) a determination is made pursuant to Section 6 of this Agreement that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification under this Agreement, (ii) advancement of Expenses is not timely made pursuant to Section 5 of this Agreement, (iii) no determination of entitlement to indemnification is made pursuant to Section 6(b)  of this Agreement within 90 days after receipt by the Company of the request for indemnification, (iv) payment of indemnification is not made pursuant to this Agreement within ten (10) days after receipt by the Company of a written request therefor or (v) payment of indemnification is not made within ten (10) days after a determination has been made that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification or such determination is deemed to have been made pursuant to Section 6 of this Agreement, Indemnitee shall be entitled to an adjudication in an appropriate court of the State of Delaware, or in any other court of competent jurisdiction, of Indemnitee’s entitlement to such indemnification.  Indemnitee shall commence such proceeding seeking an adjudication within 180 days following the date on which Indemnitee first has the right to commence such proceeding pursuant to this Section 7(a) .  The Company shall not oppose Indemnitee’s right to seek any such adjudication.

 

(b)                                  In the event that a determination shall have been made pursuant to Section 6(b)  of this Agreement that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification, any judicial proceeding commenced pursuant to this Section 7 shall be conducted in all respects as a de novo trial on the merits, and Indemnitee shall not be prejudiced by reason of the adverse determination under Section 6(b) .

 

(c)                                   If a determination shall have been made pursuant to Section 6(b)  of this Agreement that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification, the Company shall be bound by such determination in any judicial proceeding commenced pursuant to this Section 7 , absent (i) a misstatement by Indemnitee of a material fact, or an omission of a material fact necessary to make Indemnitee’s misstatement not materially misleading in connection with the application for indemnification, or (ii) a prohibition of such indemnification under applicable law.

 

(d)                                  In the event that Indemnitee, pursuant to this Section 7 , seeks a judicial adjudication of Indemnitee’s rights under, or to recover damages for breach of, this Agreement, or to recover under any directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policies maintained by the Company, the Company shall pay on Indemnitee’s behalf, in advance, any and all expenses (of the types described in the definition of Expenses in Section 13 of this Agreement) actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee in such judicial adjudication,

 



 

regardless of whether Indemnitee ultimately is determined to be entitled to such indemnification, advancement of expenses or insurance recovery.

 

(e)                                   The Company shall be precluded from asserting in any judicial proceeding commenced pursuant to this Section 7 that the procedures and presumptions of this Agreement are not valid, binding and enforceable and shall stipulate in any such court that the Company is bound by all the provisions of this Agreement.  The Company shall indemnify Indemnitee against any and all Expenses and, if requested by Indemnitee, shall (within ten (10) days after receipt by the Company of a written request therefore) advance, to the extent not prohibited by applicable law, such Expenses to Indemnitee, which are incurred by Indemnitee in connection with any action brought by Indemnitee for indemnification or advance of Expenses from the Company under this Agreement or under any directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policies maintained by the Company, regardless of whether Indemnitee ultimately is determined to be entitled to such indemnification, advancement of Expenses or insurance recovery, as the case may be.

 

(f)                                    Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, no determination as to entitlement to indemnification under this Agreement shall be required to be made prior to the final disposition of the Proceeding.

 

8.                                       Non-Exclusivity; Survival of Rights; Insurance; Primacy of Indemnification; Subrogation .

 

(a)                                  The rights of indemnification and the right to receive advancement of Expenses as provided by this Agreement shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which Indemnitee may at any time be entitled under applicable law, the Charter, the By-laws, any agreement, a vote of stockholders, a resolution of directors of the Company, or otherwise.  No amendment, alteration or repeal of this Agreement or of any provision hereof shall limit or restrict any right of Indemnitee under this Agreement in respect of any action taken or omitted by such Indemnitee in Indemnitee’s Corporate Status prior to such amendment, alteration or repeal.  To the extent that a change in the DGCL, whether by statute or judicial decision, permits greater indemnification or advancement of Expenses than would be afforded currently under the Charter, By-laws and this Agreement, it is the intent of the parties hereto that Indemnitee shall enjoy by this Agreement the greater benefits so afforded by such change.  No right or remedy herein conferred is intended to be exclusive of any other right or remedy, and every other right and remedy shall be cumulative and in addition to every other right and remedy given hereunder or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or otherwise.  The assertion or employment of any right or remedy hereunder, or otherwise, shall not prevent the concurrent assertion or employment of any other right or remedy.

 

(b)                                  To the extent that the Company maintains an insurance policy or policies providing liability insurance for directors, officers, employees, or agents or fiduciaries of the Company or of any other corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise that such person serves at the request of the Company, Indemnitee shall be covered by such policy or policies in accordance with its or their terms to the maximum extent of the coverage available for any director, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary under such policy or policies.  If, at the time of the receipt of a notice of a claim pursuant to the terms hereof, the Company has directors’ and officers’ liability insurance in effect, the Company shall give prompt

 



 

notice of the commencement of such proceeding to the insurers in accordance with the procedures set forth in the respective policies.  The Company shall thereafter take all necessary or desirable action to cause such insurers to pay, on behalf of the Indemnitee, all amounts payable as a result of such proceeding in accordance with the terms of such policies.

 

(c)                                   [The Company hereby acknowledges that Indemnitee may have certain rights to indemnification, advancement of expenses and/or insurance provided by the Fund Indemnitors.  The Company hereby agrees (i) that it is the indemnitor of first resort (i.e., its obligations to Indemnitee are primary and any obligation of the Fund Indemnitors to advance expenses or to provide indemnification for the same expenses or liabilities incurred by Indemnitee are secondary), (ii) that it shall be required to advance the full amount of Expenses incurred by Indemnitee and shall be liable for the full amount of all Expenses, judgments, penalties, fines and amounts paid in settlement to the extent legally permitted and as required by the terms of this Agreement and the Charter or Bylaws of the Company (or any other agreement between the Company and Indemnitee), without regard to any rights Indemnitee may have against the Fund Indemnitors, and, (iii)  that it irrevocably waives, relinquishes and releases the Fund Indemnitors from any and all claims against the Fund Indemnitors for contribution, subrogation or any other recovery of any kind in respect thereof.  The Company further agrees that no advancement or payment by the Fund Indemnitors on behalf of Indemnitee with respect to any claim for which Indemnitee has sought indemnification from the Company shall affect the foregoing and the Fund Indemnitors shall have a right of contribution and/or be subrogated to the extent of such advancement or payment to all of the rights of recovery of Indemnitee against the Company.  The Company and Indemnitee agree that the Fund Indemnitors are express third party beneficiaries of the terms of this Section 8(c) .]

 

(d)                                  [Except as provided in paragraph (c) above,] [I][i]n the event of any payment under this Agreement, the Company shall be subrogated to the extent of such payment to all of the rights of recovery of Indemnitee [(other than against the Fund Indemnitors)], who shall execute all papers required and take all action necessary to secure such rights, including execution of such documents as are necessary to enable the Company to bring suit to enforce such rights.

 

(e)                                   [Except as provided in paragraph (c) above,] [T][t]he Company shall not be liable under this Agreement to make any payment of amounts otherwise indemnifiable hereunder if and to the extent that Indemnitee has otherwise actually received such payment under any insurance policy, contract, agreement or otherwise.

 

(f)                                    [Except as provided in paragraph (c) above,] [T][t]he Company’s obligation to indemnify or advance Expenses hereunder to Indemnitee who is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee or agent of any other corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise shall be reduced by any amount Indemnitee has actually received as indemnification or advancement of expenses from or on behalf of or with respect to such other corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise.

 

9.                                       Exception to Right of Indemnification . Notwithstanding any provision in this Agreement, the Company shall not be obligated under this Agreement to make any indemnity in connection with any claim made against Indemnitee:

 



 

(a)                                  for which payment has actually been made to or on behalf of Indemnitee under any insurance policy or other indemnity provision, except with respect to any excess beyond the amount paid under any insurance policy or other indemnity provision[, provided, that the foregoing shall not affect the rights of Indemnitee or the Fund Indemnitors set forth in Section 8(c)  above]; or

 

(b)                                  for an accounting of profits made from the purchase and sale (or sale and purchase) by Indemnitee of securities of the Company within the meaning of Section 16(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or similar provisions of state statutory law or common law;

 

(c)                                   as to which Indemnitee’s conduct shall have been adjudged by the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware (or such other court of competent jurisdiction) to have been knowingly fraudulent or deliberately dishonest or to constitute willful misconduct; or

 

(d)                                  in connection with any Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding) initiated by Indemnitee, including any Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding) initiated by Indemnitee against the Company or its directors, officers, employees or other indemnitees, unless (i) the Board authorized the Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding) prior to its initiation or (ii) the Company provides the indemnification, in its sole discretion, pursuant to the powers vested in the Company under applicable law.

 

10.                                Duration of Agreement .  All agreements and obligations of the Company contained herein shall continue during the period Indemnitee is an officer or director of the Company (or is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise) and shall continue thereafter so long as Indemnitee shall be subject to any Proceeding (or any proceeding commenced under Section 7 hereof) by reason of Indemnitee’s Corporate Status, whether or not Indemnitee is acting or serving in any such capacity at the time any liability or expense is incurred for which indemnification can be provided under this Agreement.  This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the parties hereto and their respective successors (including any direct or indirect successor by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise to all or substantially all of the business or assets of the Company), assigns, spouses, heirs, executors and personal and legal representatives.

 

11.                                Security .  To the extent requested by Indemnitee and approved by the Board, the Company may at any time and from time to time provide security to Indemnitee for the Company’s obligations hereunder through an irrevocable bank line of credit, funded trust or other collateral.  Any such security, once provided to Indemnitee, may not be revoked or released without the prior written consent of the Indemnitee.

 

12.                                Enforcement .

 

(a)                                  The Company expressly confirms and agrees that it has entered into this Agreement and assumes the obligations imposed on it hereby in order to induce Indemnitee to serve as an officer and/or director of the Company, and the Company acknowledges that Indemnitee is relying upon this Agreement in serving as an officer and/or director of the Company.

 



 

(b)                                  This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings, oral, written and implied, between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof.

 

(c)                                   The Company shall not seek from a court, or agree to, a “bar order” which would have the effect of prohibiting or limiting the Indemnitee’s rights to receive advancement of Expenses under this Agreement.

 

13.                                Definitions .  For purposes of this Agreement:

 

(a)                                  Corporate Status ” describes the status of a person who is or was a director, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary of the Company or of any other corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise that such person is or was serving at the express written request of the Company.

 

(b)                                  Disinterested Director ” means a director of the Company who is not and was not a party to the Proceeding in respect of which indemnification is sought by Indemnitee.

 

(c)                                   Enterprise ” shall mean the Company and any other corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise that Indemnitee is or was serving at the express written request of the Company as a director, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary.

 

(d)                                  Expenses ” shall include all reasonable attorneys’ fees, retainers, court costs, transcript costs, fees of experts, witness fees, travel expenses, duplicating costs, printing and binding costs, telephone charges, postage, delivery service fees and all other disbursements or expenses of the types customarily incurred in connection with prosecuting, defending, preparing to prosecute or defend, investigating, participating, or being or preparing to be a witness in a Proceeding, or responding to, or objecting to, a request to provide discovery in any Proceeding.  Expenses also shall include Expenses incurred in connection with any appeal resulting from any Proceeding and any federal, state, local or foreign taxes imposed on the Indemnitee as a result of the actual or deemed receipt of any payments under this Agreement, including without limitation the premium, security for, and other costs relating to any cost bond, supersede as bond, or other appeal bond or its equivalent.  Expenses, however, shall not include amounts paid in settlement by Indemnitee or the amount of judgments or fines against Indemnitee.

 

(e)                                   Independent Counsel ” means a law firm, or a member of a law firm, that is experienced in matters of corporation law and neither presently is, nor in the past five years has been, retained to represent:  (i) the Company or Indemnitee in any matter material to either such party (other than with respect to matters concerning Indemnitee under this Agreement, or of other indemnitees under similar indemnification agreements), or (ii) any other party to the Proceeding giving rise to a claim for indemnification hereunder.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the term “Independent Counsel” shall not include any person who, under the applicable standards of professional conduct then prevailing, would have a conflict of interest in representing either the Company or Indemnitee in an action to determine Indemnitee’s rights under this Agreement.  The Company agrees to pay the reasonable fees of the Independent

 



 

Counsel referred to above and to fully indemnify such counsel against any and all Expenses, claims, liabilities and damages arising out of or relating to this Agreement or its engagement pursuant hereto.

 

(f)                                    Proceeding ” includes any threatened, pending or completed action, suit, arbitration, alternate dispute resolution mechanism, investigation, inquiry, administrative hearing or any other actual, threatened or completed proceeding, whether brought by or in the right of the Company or otherwise and whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, in which Indemnitee was, is or will be involved as a party or otherwise, by reason of his or her Corporate Status, by reason of any action taken by Indemnitee or of any inaction on Indemnitee’s part while acting in his or her Corporate Status; in each case whether or not Indemnitee is acting or serving in any such capacity at the time any liability or expense is incurred for which indemnification can be provided under this Agreement; including one pending on or before the date of this Agreement, but excluding one initiated by an Indemnitee pursuant to Section 7 of this Agreement to enforce his or her rights under this Agreement.

 

14.                                Severability .  The invalidity or unenforceability of any provision hereof shall in no way affect the validity or enforceability of any other provision.  [Further, the invalidity or unenforceability of any provision hereof as to either Indemitee or Appointing Stockholder shall in no way affect the validity or enforceability of any provision hereof as to the other.]  Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, this Agreement is intended to confer upon Indemnitee [and Appointing Stockholder] indemnification rights to the fullest extent permitted by applicable laws.  In the event any provision hereof conflicts with any applicable law, such provision shall be deemed modified, consistent with the aforementioned intent, to the extent necessary to resolve such conflict.

 

15.                                Modification and Waiver .  No supplement, modification, termination or amendment of this Agreement shall be binding unless executed in writing by both of the parties hereto.  No waiver of any of the provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed or shall constitute a waiver of any other provisions hereof (whether or not similar) nor shall such waiver constitute a continuing waiver.

 

16.                                Notice By Indemnitee .  Indemnitee agrees promptly to notify the Company in writing upon being served with or otherwise receiving any summons, citation, subpoena, complaint, indictment, information or other document relating to any Proceeding or matter which may be subject to indemnification covered hereunder.  The failure to so notify the Company shall not relieve the Company of any obligation which it may have to Indemnitee under this Agreement or otherwise unless and only to the extent that such failure or delay materially prejudices the Company.

 

17.                                Notices .  All notices and other communications given or made pursuant to this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed effectively given:  (a) upon personal delivery to the party to be notified, (b) when sent by confirmed electronic mail or facsimile if sent during normal business hours of the recipient, and if not so confirmed, then on the next business day, (c) five (5) days after having been sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, or (d) one (1) day after deposit with a nationally recognized overnight courier, specifying next day delivery, with written verification of receipt.  All communications shall be sent:

 



 

(a)                                  To Indemnitee at the address set forth below Indemnitee signature hereto.

 

(b)                                  To the Company at:

 

20451 Seneca Meadows Parkway

Germantown, Maryland 20876

facsimile (301) 515-0988

Attention: President

 

with a copy to

 

Christian E. Plaza

Cooley LLP

11951 Freedom Drive

Reston, Virginia 20190

facsimile (703) 456-8100

 

or to such other address as may have been furnished to Indemnitee by the Company or to the Company by Indemnitee, as the case may be.

 

18.                                Counterparts .  This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same Agreement.  This Agreement may also be executed and delivered by facsimile signature and in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

 

19.                                Headings .  The headings of the paragraphs of this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and shall not be deemed to constitute part of this Agreement or to affect the construction thereof.

 

20.                                Governing Law and Consent to Jurisdiction.   This Agreement and the legal relations among the parties shall be governed by, and construed and enforced in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to its conflict of laws rules. The Company and Indemnitee hereby irrevocably and unconditionally (i) agree that any action or proceeding arising out of or in connection with this Agreement shall be brought only in the Chancery Court of the State of Delaware (the “ Delaware Court ”), and not in any other state or federal court in the United States of America or any court in any other country, (ii) consent to submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of the Delaware Court for purposes of any action or proceeding arising out of or in connection with this Agreement, (iii) waive any objection to the laying of venue of any such action or proceeding in the Delaware Court, and (iv) waive, and agree not to plead or to make, any claim that any such action or proceeding brought in the Delaware Court has been brought in an improper or inconvenient forum.

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO FOLLOW

 



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Indemnification Agreement on and as of the day and year first above written.

 

 

 

SENSEONICS HOLDINGS, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

Timothy T. Goodnow

 

 

Title:

Chief Executive Office and President

 

 

 

INDEMNITEE

 

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

 

Address:

 

 

[Signature Page to Indemnification Agreement]

 




Exhibit 10.10

 

AMENDED AND RESTATED EXECUTIVE EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

 

This AMENDED AND RESTATED EXECUTIVE EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”), is entered into as of the 24th day of July, 2015 (the “ Effective Date ”), by and between, TIMOTHY T. GOODNOW (the “ Executive ”) and SENSEONICS, INCORPORATED (“ Company ”).

 

WHEREAS , the Company wishes to continue to employ Executive as the Chief Executive Officer of the Company, and the Executive wishes to continue to serve as Chief Executive Officer of the Company and be its employee, subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement;

 

WHEREAS , the Company and Executive desire to amend and restate the Prior Agreement, which is hereby superseded by this Agreement;

 

WHEREAS , the Executive entered into an employment agreement with the Company dated March 1, 2011 (the “ Prior Agreement ”);

 

WHEREAS , the Company and the Executive desire to set forth their respective rights and obligations in this Agreement; and

 

WHEREAS , this Agreement has been duly approved and its execution has been duly authorized by the Company’s Board of Directors.

 

NOW , THEREFORE , in consideration of the mutual promises and covenants contained herein, the parties agree to the following:

 

1.                                       Employment by the Company .

 

1.1                                Position .  Subject to the terms set forth herein, the Company agrees to continue to employ Executive in the position of President and Chief Executive Officer, and Executive hereby accepts such continued employment on the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement.

 

1.2                                Duties .  Executive will report to the Board of Directors of the Company, performing such duties as are normally associated with his then current position and such duties as are assigned to him from time to time, subject to the oversight and direction of the Board of Directors.  As President and Chief Executive Officer, Executive will perform such duties as are normally associated with his position and such duties as are assigned to him from time to time by the Board of Directors.  During the term of Executive’s employment with the Company, Executive will work on a full-time basis for the Company and will devote Executive’s best efforts and substantially all of Executive’s business time and attention to the business of the Company.  Executive shall perform Executive’s duties under this Agreement principally out of the Company’s corporate headquarters.  In addition, Executive shall make such business trips to such places as may be necessary or advisable for the efficient operations of the Company.

 

1



 

1.3                                Company Policies and Benefits .  The employment relationship between the parties shall also be subject to the Company’s personnel policies and procedures as they may be interpreted, adopted, revised or deleted from time to time in the Company’s sole discretion.  Executive will be eligible to participate on the same basis as similarly situated employees in the Company’s benefit plans in effect from time to time during his employment.  All matters of eligibility for coverage or benefits under any benefit plan shall be determined in accordance with the provisions of such plan.  The Company reserves the right to change, alter, or terminate any benefit plan in its sole discretion.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that the terms of this Agreement differ from or are in conflict with the Company’s general employment policies or practices, this Agreement shall control.

 

2.                                       Compensation .

 

2.1                                Salary .  Executive shall receive for Executive’s services to be rendered under this Agreement an initial base salary of $365,791 on an annualized basis, subject to review and adjustment by the Company in its sole discretion, payable subject to standard federal and state payroll withholding requirements in accordance with the Company’s standard payroll practices (“ Base Salary ”).

 

2.2                                Bonus .  During the period Executive is employed with the Company, Executive shall be eligible to earn for Executive’s services to be rendered under this Agreement a discretionary annual cash bonus of up to 50% of Base Salary (“ Target Amount ”), subject to review and adjustment by the Company in its sole discretion, payable subject to standard federal and state payroll withholding requirements.  Whether or not Executive earns any bonus will be dependent upon (a) Executive’s continuous performance of services to the Company through the date any bonus is paid; and (b) the actual achievement by Executive and the Company of the applicable performance targets and goals set by the Board of Directors of the Company (“ Board ”).  The annual period over which performance is measured for purposes of this bonus is January 1 through December 31.  The Board will determine in its sole discretion the extent to which Executive and the Company have achieved the performance goals upon which the bonus is based and the amount of the bonus, which could be above or below the Target Amount (and may be zero).  Any bonus shall be subject to the terms of any applicable incentive compensation plan adopted by the Company.  Any bonus, if earned, will be paid to Executive within the time period set forth in the incentive compensation plan.

 

2.3                                Expense Reimbursement .  The Company will reimburse Executive for reasonable business expenses in accordance with the Company’s standard expense reimbursement policy, as the same may be modified by the Company from time to time.  The Company shall reimburse Executive for all customary and appropriate business-related expenses actually incurred and documented in accordance with Company policy, as in effect from time to time.  For the avoidance of doubt, to the extent that any reimbursements payable to Executive are subject to the provisions of Section 409A of the Code:  (a) any such reimbursements will be paid no later than December 31 of the year following the year in which the expense was incurred, (b) the amount of expenses reimbursed in one year will not affect the amount eligible for reimbursement in any subsequent year, and (c) the right to reimbursement under this Agreement will not be subject to liquidation or exchange for another benefit.

 

2



 

3.                                       Proprietary Information, Inventions, Non-Competition and Non-Solicitation Obligations.   As a condition of employment, Executive agrees to execute and abide by a Employee Proprietary Information, Inventions, Non-Competition and Non-Solicitation Agreement attached as Exhibit A (“ Proprietary Information Agreement ”), which may be amended by the parties from time to time without regard to this Agreement.  The Proprietary Information Agreement contains provisions that are intended by the parties to survive and do survive termination of this Agreement.

 

4.                                       Outside Activities during Employment .  Except with the prior written consent of the Company’s Board of Directors, including consent given to Executive prior to the signing of this Agreement, Executive will not, while employed by the Company, undertake or engage in any other employment, occupation or business enterprise that would interfere with Executive’s responsibilities and the performance of Executive’s duties hereunder except for (i) reasonable time devoted to volunteer services for or on behalf of such religious, educational, non-profit and/or other charitable organization as Executive may wish to serve, (ii) reasonable time devoted to activities in the non-profit and business communities consistent with Executive’s duties; and (iii) such other activities as may be specifically approved by the Board. This restriction shall not, however, preclude Executive (x) from owning less than one percent (1%) of the total outstanding shares of a publicly traded company, or (y) from employment or service in any capacity with Affiliates of the Company.  As used in this Agreement, “Affiliates” means an entity under common management or control with the Company.

 

5.                                       No Conflict with Existing Obligations .  Executive represents that Executive’s performance of all the terms of this Agreement does not and will not breach any agreement or obligation of any kind made prior to Executive’s employment by the Company, including agreements or obligations Executive may have with prior employers or entities for which Executive has provided services.  Executive has not entered into, and Executive agrees that Executive will not enter into, any agreement or obligation, either written or oral, in conflict herewith.

 

6.                                       Termination of Employment .  The parties acknowledge that Executive’s employment relationship with the Company is at-will, meaning either the Company or Executive may terminate Executive’s employment at any time, with or without cause or advanced notice.  The provisions in this Section govern the amount of compensation, if any, to be provided to Executive upon termination of employment and do not alter this at-will status.

 

6.1                                Termination by the Company without Cause or for Good Reason .

 

(a)                                  The Company shall have the right to terminate Executive’s employment with the Company pursuant to this Section 6.1 at any time, in accordance with Section 6.6, without “Cause” (as defined in Section 6.2(b) below) by giving notice as described in Section 8.1 of this Agreement.  A termination pursuant to Section 6.5 below is not a termination without “Cause” for purposes of receiving the benefits described in this Section 6.1 .

 

(b)                                  If the Company terminates Executive’s employment at any time without Cause or Executive terminates his employment with the Company for Good Reason and provided that such termination constitutes a “separation from service” (as defined under Treasury

 

3



 

Regulation Section 1.409A-1(h), without regard to any alternative definition thereunder, a “ Separation from Service ”), then Executive shall be entitled to receive the Accrued Obligations (defined below).  If Executive complies with the obligations in Section 6.1(c) below, Executive shall also be eligible to receive the following severance benefits: (1) an amount equal to Executive’s then current Base Salary for eighteen (18) months, less all applicable withholdings and deductions (“ Severance ”), paid in equal installments beginning on the Company’s first regularly scheduled payroll date following the Release Effective Date (as defined in Section 6.1(c) below), with the remaining installments occurring on the Company’s regularly scheduled payroll dates thereafter and (2) 100% of Executive’s Target Amount for the performance year in which Executive’s termination occurs, payable as a lump sum payment on the Release Effective Date (as defined below) (“ Bonus Severance ”).

 

(c)                                   Executive will be paid all of the Accrued Obligations on the Company’s first payroll date after Executive’s date of termination from employment or earlier if required by law.  Executive shall receive the Severance and Bonus Severance pursuant to Section 6.1(b) of this Agreement and the payments pursuant to Section 6.1(d) if:  (i) by the 60th day following the date of Executive’s Separation from Service, he has signed and delivered to the Company a separation agreement containing an effective, general release of claims in favor of the Company and its affiliates and representatives, in a form acceptable to the Company (the “ Release ”), which cannot be revoked in whole or part by such date (the date that the Release can no longer be revoked is referred to as the “ Release Effective Date ”); and (ii) if he holds any other positions with the Company, he resigns such position(s) to be effective no later than the date of Executive’s termination date (or such other date as requested by the Board); (iii) he returns all Company property; (iv) he complies with his post-termination obligations under this Agreement and the Proprietary Information Agreement; and (v) he complies with the terms of the Release, including without limitation any non-disparagement and confidentiality provisions contained in Release.  To the extent that any severance payments are deferred compensation under Section 409A of the Code, and are not otherwise exempt from the application of Section 409A, then, if the period during which Executive may consider and sign the Release spans two calendar years, the payment of Severance will not be made or begin until the later calendar year.

 

(d)                                  If Executive timely elects continued coverage under COBRA for himself and his covered dependents under the Company’s group health plans following such termination, then the Company shall pay the COBRA premiums necessary to continue Executive’s and his covered dependents’ health insurance coverage in effect for himself (and his covered dependents) on the termination date until the earliest of: (i) eighteen (18) months following the termination date (the “ COBRA Severance Period ”); (ii) the date when Executive becomes eligible for substantially equivalent health insurance coverage in connection with new employment or self-employment; or (iii) the date Executive ceases to be eligible for COBRA continuation coverage for any reason, including plan termination (such period from the termination date through the earlier of (i)-(iii), (the “ COBRA Payment Period ”).  Notwithstanding the foregoing, if at any time the Company determines that its payment of COBRA premiums on Executive’s behalf would result in a violation of applicable law (including, but not limited to, the 2010 Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act, as amended by the 2010 Health Care and Education Reconciliation Act), then in lieu of paying COBRA premiums pursuant to this Section, the Company shall pay Executive on the last day of each remaining month of the COBRA Payment Period, a fully taxable cash payment equal to the

 

4



 

COBRA premium for such month, subject to applicable tax withholding (such amount, the “ Special Severance Payment ”), such Special Severance Payment to be made without regard to the COBRA period prior to the end of the COBRA Payment Period.  Nothing in this Agreement shall deprive Executive of his rights under COBRA or ERISA for benefits under plans and policies arising under his employment by the Company.

 

(e)                                   For purposes of this Agreement, “ Accrued Obligations ” are (i) Executive’s accrued but unpaid salary through the date of termination, (ii) any unreimbursed business expenses incurred by Executive payable in accordance with the Company’s standard expense reimbursement policies, and (iii) benefits owed to Executive under any qualified retirement plan or health and welfare benefit plan in which Executive was a participant in accordance with applicable law and the provisions of such plan.

 

(f)                                    The Severance and Bonus Severance provided to Executive pursuant to this Section 6.1 are in lieu of, and not in addition to, any benefits to which Executive may otherwise be entitled under any Company severance plan, policy or program.

 

(g)                                   Any damages caused by the termination of Executive’s employment without Cause would be difficult to ascertain; therefore, the Severance and Bonus Severance for which Executive is eligible pursuant to Section 6.1(b) above in exchange for the Release is agreed to by the parties as liquidated damages, to serve as full compensation, and not a penalty.

 

(h)                                  For purposes of this Agreement, “ Good Reason ” shall mean the occurrence of any of the following events without Executive’s consent: (i) a material reduction in Executive’s Base Salary of at least 10%; (ii) a material breach of this Agreement by the Company; (iii) any material diminution in Executive’s duties, responsibilities, authority, reporting structure, status or title, unless approved in writing by Executive; or (iv) the relocation of Executive’s principal place of employment, without Executive’s consent, in a manner that lengthens his one-way commute distance by fifty (50) or more miles from his then-current principal place of employment immediately prior to such relocation; provided, however, that, any such termination by Executive shall only be deemed for Good Reason pursuant to this definition if: (1) Executive gives the Company written notice of his intent to terminate for Good Reason within thirty (30) days following the first occurrence of the condition(s) that he believes constitute(s) Good Reason, which notice shall describe such condition(s); (2) the Company fails to remedy such condition(s) within thirty (30) days following receipt of the written notice (the “ Cure Period ”); and (3) Executive voluntarily terminates his employment within thirty (30) days following the end of the Cure Period.

 

(i)                                      Any damages caused by the termination of Executive’s employment without Cause or for Good Reason would be difficult to ascertain; therefore, the payments for which Executive is eligible pursuant to this Section 6.1 above in exchange for the Release is agreed to by the parties as liquidated damages, to serve as full compensation, and not a penalty.

 

5



 

6.2                                Termination by the Company without Cause or for Good Reason Following a Change in Control .

 

(a)                                  If Executive’s employment by the Company is terminated by the Company without “Cause” (and not due to Disability or death) or by Executive for Good Reason coincident with a Change in Control (as defined below), then the Company shall pay or provide Executive with the Accrued Obligations and all of the benefits described in Section 6.1 above, subject to compliance with Section 6.1(c) ; provided that: (i) in lieu of the bonus described in Section 6.1(b) , the Company shall pay Executive 150% of the Target Amount for the performance year in which Executive’s termination occurs, payable as a lump sum payment on the Release Effective Date; and (ii) 50% of the unvested portion of any equity awards granted to Executive shall become fully vested, provided that if Executive’s employment by the Company or any successor entity is terminated by the Company or the successor entity without “Cause” (and not due to Disability or death) within twelve (12) months following a Change in Control, 100% of the then unvested portion of the equity awards granted to Executive shall become fully vested.

 

(b)                                  For purposes of this Agreement, a “ Change in Control ” means (a) any consolidation or merger of the Company with or into any other corporation or other entity or person, or any other corporate reorganization, other than any such consolidation, merger or reorganization in which the stockholders of the Company immediately prior to such consolidation, merger or reorganization, continue to hold a majority of the voting power of the surviving entity (or, if the surviving entity is a wholly owned subsidiary, its parent) immediately after such consolidation, merger or reorganization; (b) any transaction or series of related transactions to which the Company is a party in which in excess of fifty percent (50%) of the Company’s voting power is transferred; provided that the foregoing shall not include any transaction or series of transactions principally for bona fide equity financing purposes in which cash is received by the Company or indebtedness of the Company is cancelled or converted or a combination thereof; or (c) a sale, lease, exclusive license or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company.  In the event of any interpretation of this definition, the Board of Directors of the Company, upon advice of legal counsel, shall have final and conclusive authority, so long as such authority is exercised in good faith.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Change in Control will only be deemed to occur for purposes of this Agreement it is also meets the definition used for purposes of Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-3(a)(5), that is, as defined under Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-3(i)(5).

 

(c)                                   Any damages caused by the termination of Executive’s employment without Cause or for Good Reason following a Change in Control would be difficult to ascertain; therefore, the payments for which Executive is eligible pursuant to Section 6.2 above in exchange for the Release is agreed to by the parties as liquidated damages, to serve as full compensation, and not a penalty.

 

6.3                                Termination by the Company for Cause.

 

(a)                                  The Company shall have the right to terminate Executive’s employment with the Company at any time, in accordance with Section 6.6 , for Cause by giving notice as described in Section 8.1 of this Agreement.  In the event Executive’s

 

6



 

employment is terminated at any time for Cause, Executive will not receive Severance, a Severance Bonus or any other severance compensation or benefits, except that, pursuant to the Company’s standard payroll policies, the Company shall pay to Executive the Accrued Obligations.

 

(b)                                  “Cause” for termination shall mean that the Company has determined in its sole discretion that Executive has engaged in any of the following: (i) a material breach of any covenant or condition under this Agreement or any other agreement between the parties; (ii) any act constituting dishonesty, fraud, immoral or disreputable conduct; (iii) any conduct which constitutes a felony under applicable law; (iv) violation of any written Company policy or any act of misconduct; (v) refusal to follow or implement a clear and reasonable directive of the Company; (vi) negligence or incompetence in the performance of Executive’s duties or failure to perform such duties in a manner satisfactory to the Company after the expiration of ten (10) days without cure after written notice of such failure; or (vii) breach of fiduciary duty.

 

6.4                                Resignation by Executive .

 

(a)                                  Executive may resign from Executive’s employment with the Company at any time, in accordance with Section 6.6 , by giving notice as described in Section 8.1.

 

(b)                                  In the event Executive resigns from Executive’s employment with the Company for any reason, Executive will not receive Severance, a Severance Bonus or any other severance compensation or benefits, except that, pursuant to the Company’s standard payroll policies, the Company shall pay to Executive the Accrued Obligations.

 

6.5                                Termination by Virtue of Death or Disability of Executive .

 

(a)                                  In the event of Executive’s death while employed pursuant to this Agreement, all obligations of the parties hereunder shall terminate immediately, in accordance with Section 6.6, and the Company shall, pursuant to the Company’s standard payroll policies, pay to Executive’s legal representatives all Accrued Obligations.

 

(b)                                  Subject to applicable state and federal law, the Company shall at all times have the right, upon written notice to Executive and in accordance with Section 6.6 , to terminate this Agreement based on Executive’s Disability.  Termination by the Company of Executive’s employment based on “ Disability ” shall mean termination because Executive is unable due to a physical or mental condition to perform the essential functions of his position with or without reasonable accommodation for 180 days in the aggregate during any twelve (12) month period or based on the written certification by two licensed physicians of the likely continuation of such condition for such period.  This definition shall be interpreted and applied consistent with the Americans with Disabilities Act, the Family and Medical Leave Act, and other applicable law.  In the event Executive’s employment is terminated based on Executive’s Disability, Executive will not receive Severance, a Severance Bonus or any other severance compensation or benefit, except that, pursuant to the Company’s standard payroll policies, the Company shall pay to Executive the Accrued Obligations.

 

7



 

6.6                                Notice; Effective Date of Termination.

 

(a)                                  Termination of Executive’s employment pursuant to this Agreement shall be effective on the earliest of:

 

(i)                                     immediately after the Company gives notice to Executive of Executive’s termination, with or without Cause, unless pursuant to Section 6.3 (b)(vi) in which case ten (10) days after notice if not cured or unless the Company specifies a later date, in which case, termination shall be effective as of such later date;

 

(ii)                                 immediately upon the Executive’s death;

 

(iii)                             ten (10) days after the Company gives notice to Executive of Executive’s termination on account of Executive’s Disability, unless the Company specifies a later date, in which case, termination shall be effective as of such later date, provided that Executive has not returned to the full time performance of Executive’s duties prior to such date;

 

(iv)                              ten (10) days after the Executive gives written notice to the Company of Executive’s resignation, provided that the Company may set a termination date at any time between the date of notice and the date of resignation, in which case the Executive’s resignation shall be effective as of such other date.  Executive will receive compensation through any required notice period; or

 

(v)                                  for a termination for Good Reason, immediately upon Executive’s full satisfaction of the requirements of Section 6.1 (h).

 

(b)                                  In the event notice of a termination under subsections (a)(i), (iii), (iv) and (iv) is given orally, at the other party’s request, the party giving notice must provide written confirmation of such notice within five (5) business days of the request in compliance with the requirement of Section 8.1 below.  In the event of a termination for Cause or Good Reason, written confirmation shall specify the subsection(s) of the definition of Cause or Good Reason relied on to support the decision to terminate.

 

6.7                                Cooperation with Company after Termination of Employment .  Following termination of Executive’s employment for any reason, Executive agrees to cooperate fully with the Company in connection with its actual or contemplated defense, prosecution, or investigation of any claims or demands by or against third parties, or other matters arising from events, acts, or failures to act that occurred during the period of Executive’s employment by the Company.  Such cooperation includes, without limitation, making Executive available to the Company upon reasonable notice, without subpoena, to provide complete, truthful and accurate information in witness interviews, depositions and trial testimony.  In addition, for six months after Executive’s employment with the Company ends for any reason, Executive agrees to cooperate fully with the Company in all matters relating to the transition of Executive’s work and responsibilities on behalf of the Company, including, but not limited to, any present, prior or subsequent relationships and the orderly transfer of any such work and institutional knowledge to such other persons as may be designated by the Company.  The Company will reimburse Executive for reasonable out-of-pocket expenses Executive incurs in connection with any such

 

8



 

cooperation (excluding forgone wages, salary, or other compensation) and will make reasonable efforts to accommodate Executive’s scheduling needs.

 

6.8                                Application of Section 409A .  It is intended that all of the severance payments payable under this Agreement satisfy, to the greatest extent possible, the exemptions from the application of Section 409A of the Code and the regulations and other guidance thereunder and any state law of similar effect (collectively, “ Section 409A ”) provided under Treasury Regulations Sections 1.409A-1(b)(4) and 1.409A-1(b)(9), and this Agreement will be construed in a manner that complies with Section 409A.  If not so exempt, this Agreement (and any definitions hereunder) will be construed in a manner that complies with Section 409A, and incorporates by reference all required definitions and payment terms.  No severance payments will be made under this Agreement unless Executive’s termination of employment constitutes a “separation from service” (as defined under Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(h)).  For purposes of Section 409A (including, without limitation, for purposes of Treasury Regulations Section 1.409A-2(b)(2)(iii)), Executive’s right to receive any installment payments under this Agreement (whether severance payments or otherwise) shall be treated as a right to receive a series of separate payments and, accordingly, each installment payment hereunder shall at all times be considered a separate and distinct payment.  If the Company determines that the severance benefits provided under this Agreement constitutes “deferred compensation” under Section 409A and if Executive is a “specified employee” of the Company, as such term is defined in Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) of the Code at the time of Executive’s Separation from Service, then, solely to the extent necessary to avoid the incurrence of the adverse personal tax consequences under Section 409A, the timing of the Severance will be delayed as follows:  on the earlier to occur of (a) the date that is six months and one day after Executive’s Separation from Service, and (b) the date of Executive’s death (such earlier date, the “ Delayed Initial Payment Date ”), the Company will (i) pay to Executive a lump sum amount equal to the sum of the severance benefits that Executive would otherwise have received through the Delayed Initial Payment Date if the commencement of the payment of the severance benefits had not been delayed pursuant to this Section 6.8 and (ii) commence paying the balance of the severance benefits in accordance with the applicable payment schedule set forth in Section 6.  No interest shall be due on any amounts deferred pursuant to this Section 6.8.

 

7.                                       Section 280G .

 

7.1                                Anything in this Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding, in the event that the amount of any compensation, payment or distribution by the Company to or for the benefit of Executive, whether paid or payable or distributed or distributable pursuant to the terms of this Agreement or otherwise, calculated in a manner consistent with Section 280G of the Code and the applicable regulations thereunder (the “ Aggregate Payments ”), would be subject to the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Code, then the Aggregate Payments shall be reduced (but not below zero) so that the sum of all of the Aggregate Payments shall be $1.00 less than the amount at which Executive becomes subject to the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Code; provided that such reduction shall only occur if it would result in Executive receiving a higher After Tax Amount (as defined below) than Executive would receive if the Aggregate Payments were not subject to such reduction.  In such event, the Aggregate Payments shall be reduced in the following order, in each case, in reverse chronological order beginning with the Aggregate Payments that are to be paid the furthest in time from consummation of the

 

9



 

transaction that is subject to Section 280G of the Code:  (1) cash payments not subject to Section 409A of the Code; (2) cash payments subject to Section 409A of the Code; (3) equity-based payments and acceleration; and (4) non-cash forms of benefits; provided that in the case of all the foregoing Aggregate Payments all amounts or payments that are not subject to calculation under Treas. Reg. §1.280G-1, Q&A-24(b) or (c) shall be reduced before any amounts that are subject to calculation under Treas. Reg. §1.280G-1, Q&A-24(b) or (c).

 

7.2                                For purposes of this Section 5, the “ After Tax Amount ” means the amount of the Aggregate Payments less all federal, state, and local income, excise and employment taxes imposed on Executive as a result of Executive’s receipt of the Aggregate Payments.  For purposes of determining the After Tax Amount, Executive shall be deemed to pay federal income taxes at the highest marginal rate of federal income taxation applicable to individuals for the calendar year in which the determination is to be made, and state and local income taxes at the highest marginal rates of individual taxation in each applicable state and locality, net of the maximum reduction in federal income taxes which could be obtained from deduction of such state and local taxes.

 

8.                                       General Provisions .

 

8.1                                Notices .  Any notices required hereunder to be in writing shall be deemed effectively given:  (a) upon personal delivery to the party to be notified, (b) when sent by electronic mail or confirmed facsimile if sent during normal business hours of the recipient, and if not, then on the next business day, (c) five (5) days after having been sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, or (d) one (1) day after deposit with a nationally recognized overnight courier, specifying next day delivery, with written verification of receipt.  All communications shall be sent to the Company at its primary office location and to Executive at either Executive’s address as listed on the Company payroll or Company-issued email address, or at such other address as the Company or Executive may designate by ten (10) days advance written notice to the other.

 

8.2                                Severability .  Whenever possible, each provision of this Agreement will be interpreted in such manner as to be effective and valid under applicable law, but if any provision of this Agreement is held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect under any applicable law or rule in any jurisdiction, such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability will not affect any other provision or any other jurisdiction, but this Agreement will be reformed, construed and enforced in such jurisdiction as if such invalid, illegal or unenforceable provisions had never been contained herein.

 

8.3                                Survival .  Provisions of this Agreement which by their terms must survive the termination of this Agreement in order to effectuate the intent of the parties will survive any such termination, whether by expiration of the term, termination of Executive’s employment, or otherwise, for such period as may be appropriate under the circumstances.

 

8.4                                Waiver .  If either party should waive any breach of any provisions of this Agreement, it shall not thereby be deemed to have waived any preceding or succeeding breach of the same or any other provision of this Agreement.

 

10



 

8.5                                Complete Agreement .  This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between Executive and the Company with regard to the subject matter hereof.  This Agreement is the complete, final, and exclusive embodiment of their agreement with regard to this subject matter and supersedes any prior oral discussions or written communications and agreements, including the Prior Agreement.  This Agreement is entered into without reliance on any promise or representation other than those expressly contained herein, and it cannot be modified or amended except in writing signed by Executive and an authorized officer of the Company.  The parties have entered into a separate Proprietary Information Agreement and have or may enter into separate agreements related to equity.  These separate agreements govern other aspects of the relationship between the parties, have or may have provisions that survive termination of Executive’s employment under this Agreement, may be amended or superseded by the parties without regard to this Agreement and are enforceable according to their terms without regard to the enforcement provision of this Agreement.

 

8.6                                Counterparts .  This Agreement may be executed in separate counterparts, any one of which need not contain signatures of more than one party, but all of which taken together will constitute one and the same Agreement.  The parties agree that facsimile and scanned image copies of signatures will suffice as original signatures.

 

8.7                                Headings .  The headings of the sections hereof are inserted for convenience only and shall not be deemed to constitute a part hereof nor to affect the meaning thereof.

 

8.8                                Successors and Assigns .  The Company shall assign this Agreement and its rights and obligations hereunder in whole, but not in part, to any Company or other entity with or into which the Company may hereafter merge or consolidate or to which the Company may transfer all or substantially all of its assets, if in any such case said Company or other entity shall by operation of law or expressly in writing assume all obligations of the Company hereunder as fully as if it had been originally made a party hereto, but may not otherwise assign this Agreement or its rights and obligations hereunder.  Executive may not assign or transfer this Agreement or any rights or obligations hereunder, other than to his estate upon his death.

 

8.9                                Choice of Law .  All questions concerning the construction, validity and interpretation of this Agreement will be governed by the laws of the State of Maryland.

 

8.10                         Dispute Resolution .  The parties recognize that litigation in federal or state courts or before federal or state administrative agencies of disputes arising out of the Executive’s employment with the Company or out of this Agreement, or the Executive’s termination of employment or termination of this Agreement, may not be in the best interests of either the Executive or the Company, and may result in unnecessary costs, delays, complexities, and uncertainty.  The parties agree that any dispute between the parties arising out of or relating to the negotiation, execution, performance or termination of this Agreement or the Executive’s employment, including, but not limited to, any claim arising out of this Agreement, claims under Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, as amended, the Civil Rights Act of 1991, the Age Discrimination in Employment Act of 1967, the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990, Section 1981 of the Civil Rights Act of 1966, as amended, the Family Medical Leave Act, the Executive Retirement Income Security Act, and any similar federal, state or local law, statute,

 

11



 

regulation, or any common law doctrine, whether that dispute arises during or after employment, shall be settled by binding arbitration in accordance with the National Rules for the Resolution of Employment Disputes of the American Arbitration Association; provided however, that this dispute resolution provision shall not apply to any separate agreements between the parties that do not themselves specify arbitration as an exclusive remedy. The location for the arbitration shall be the Washington, DC metropolitan area.  Any award made by such panel shall be final, binding and conclusive on the parties for all purposes, and judgment upon the award rendered by the arbitrators may be entered in any court having jurisdiction thereof. The arbitrators’ fees and expenses and all administrative fees and expenses associated with the filing of the arbitration shall be borne by the Company; provided however , that at the Executive’s option, Executive may voluntarily pay up to one-half the costs and fees. The parties acknowledge and agree that their obligations to arbitrate under this Section survive the termination of this Agreement and continue after the termination of the employment relationship between Executive and the Company. The parties each further agree that the arbitration provisions of this Agreement shall provide each party with its exclusive remedy , and each party expressly waives any right it might have to seek redress in any other forum, except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement.  By election arbitration as the means for final settlement of all claims, the parties hereby waive their respective rights to, and agree not to, sue each other in any action in a Federal, State or local court with respect to such claims, but may seek to enforce in court an arbitration award rendered pursuant to this Agreement.  The parties specifically agree to waive their respective rights to a trial by jury, and further agree that no demand, request or motion will be made for trial by jury. .

 

12



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties have duly executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

 

TIMOTHY T. GOODNOW

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Timothy T. Goodnow

 

Timothy T. Goodnow

 

 

 

 

 

SENSEONICS, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Stephen DeFalco

 

 

Stephen DeFalco

 

 

Chairman of the Board

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

 




Exhibit 10.11

 

AMENDED AND RESTATED EXECUTIVE EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

 

This AMENDED AND RESTATED EXECUTIVE EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT (“ Agreement ”) is entered into as of the 30th day of July, 2015 (“ Effective Date ”), by and between MUKUL JAIN (“ Executive ”) and SENSEONICS, INCORPORATED (“ Company ”).

 

WHEREAS , the Company wishes to continue to employ Executive as the Vice President Operations, Quality & Regulatory Sciences of the Company and Executive wishes to continue to serve as Vice President Operations, Quality & Regulatory Sciences of the Company and be its employee, subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement;

 

WHEREAS , Executive entered into an employment agreement with the Company dated November 30, 2011 (the “ Prior Agreement ”);

 

WHEREAS , the Company and Executive desire to amend and restate the Prior Agreement, which is hereby superseded by this Agreement;

 

WHEREAS , the Company and Executive desire to set forth their respective rights and obligations in this Agreement; and

 

WHEREAS , this Agreement has been duly approved and its execution has been duly authorized by the Company’s Board of Directors.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual promises and covenants contained herein, the parties agree to the following:

 

1.                                       Employment by the Company .

 

1.1                                Position .  Subject to the terms set forth herein, the Company agrees to continue to employ Executive in the position of Vice President Operations, Quality & Regulatory Sciences, and Executive hereby accepts such continued employment on the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement.

 

1.2                                Duties .  As Vice President Operations, Quality & Regulatory Sciences, Executive will report to the Chief Executive Officer (“ CEO ”) and/or such executive designated by the CEO, performing such duties as are normally associated with his position and such duties as are assigned to him from time to time, subject to the oversight and direction of the CEO or his designee.  During the term of Executive’s employment with the Company, Executive will work on a full-time basis for the Company and will devote Executive’s best efforts and substantially all of Executive’s business time and attention to the business of the Company.  Executive shall perform Executive’s duties under this Agreement principally out of the Company’s corporate headquarters.  In addition, Executive shall make such business trips to such places as may be necessary or advisable for the efficient operations of the Company.

 

1.3                                Company Policies and Benefits .  The employment relationship between the parties shall also be subject to the Company’s personnel policies and procedures as they may be interpreted, adopted, revised or deleted from time to time in the Company’s sole discretion.

 

1



 

Executive will be eligible to participate on the same basis as similarly situated employees in the Company’s benefit plans in effect from time to time during his employment.  All matters of eligibility for coverage or benefits under any benefit plan shall be determined in accordance with the provisions of such plan.  The Company reserves the right to change, alter, or terminate any benefit plan in its sole discretion.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that the terms of this Agreement differ from or are in conflict with the Company’s general employment policies or practices, this Agreement shall control.

 

2.                                       Compensation .

 

2.1                                Salary .  Executive shall receive for Executive’s services to be rendered under this Agreement an initial base salary of $240,000 on an annualized basis, subject to review and adjustment by the Company in its sole discretion, payable subject to standard federal and state payroll withholding requirements in accordance with the Company’s standard payroll practices (“ Base Salary ”).

 

2.2                                Bonus .  During the period Executive is employed with the Company, Executive shall be eligible to earn for Executive’s services to be rendered under this Agreement a discretionary annual cash bonus of up to 25% of Base Salary (“ Target Amount ”), subject to review and adjustment by the Company in its sole discretion, payable subject to standard federal and state payroll withholding requirements.  Whether or not Executive earns any bonus will be dependent upon (a) Executive’s continuous performance of services to the Company through the date any bonus is paid; and (b) the actual achievement by Executive and the Company of the applicable performance targets and goals set by the Board of Directors of the Company (“ Board ”).  The annual period over which performance is measured for purposes of this bonus is January 1 through December 31.  The Board will determine in its sole discretion the extent to which Executive and the Company have achieved the performance goals upon which the bonus is based and the amount of the bonus, which could be above or below the Target Amount (and may be zero).  Any bonus shall be subject to the terms of any applicable incentive compensation plan adopted by the Company.  Any bonus, if earned, will be paid to Executive within the time period set forth in the incentive compensation plan.

 

2.3                                Expense Reimbursement .  The Company will reimburse Executive for reasonable business expenses in accordance with the Company’s standard expense reimbursement policy, as the same may be modified by the Company from time to time.  The Company shall reimburse Executive for all customary and appropriate business-related expenses actually incurred and documented in accordance with Company policy, as in effect from time to time.  For the avoidance of doubt, to the extent that any reimbursements payable to Executive are subject to the provisions of Section 409A of the Code:  (a) any such reimbursements will be paid no later than December 31 of the year following the year in which the expense was incurred, (b) the amount of expenses reimbursed in one year will not affect the amount eligible for reimbursement in any subsequent year, and (c) the right to reimbursement under this Agreement will not be subject to liquidation or exchange for another benefit.

 

3.                                       Proprietary Information, Inventions, Non-Competition and Non-Solicitation Obligations.     As a condition of employment, Executive agrees to execute and abide by a Employee Proprietary Information, Inventions, Non-Competition and Non-Solicitation

 

2



 

Agreement attached as Exhibit A (“ Proprietary Information Agreement ”), which may be amended by the parties from time to time without regard to this Agreement.  The Proprietary Information Agreement contains provisions that are intended by the parties to survive and do survive termination of this Agreement.

 

4.                                       Outside Activities during Employment .  Except with the prior written consent of the CEO, including consent given to Executive prior to the signing of this Agreement, Executive will not, while employed by the Company, undertake or engage in any other employment, occupation or business enterprise that would interfere with Executive’s responsibilities and the performance of Executive’s duties hereunder except for (i) reasonable time devoted to volunteer services for or on behalf of such religious, educational, non-profit and/or other charitable organization as Executive may wish to serve, (ii) reasonable time devoted to activities in the non-profit and business communities consistent with Executive’s duties; and (iii) such other activities as may be specifically approved by the Board. This restriction shall not, however, preclude Executive (x) from owning less than one percent (1%) of the total outstanding shares of a publicly traded company, or (y) from employment or service in any capacity with Affiliates of the Company.  As used in this Agreement, “Affiliates” means an entity under common management or control with the Company.

 

5.                                       No Conflict with Existing Obligations .  Executive represents that Executive’s performance of all the terms of this Agreement does not and will not breach any agreement or obligation of any kind made prior to Executive’s employment by the Company, including agreements or obligations Executive may have with prior employers or entities for which Executive has provided services.  Executive has not entered into, and Executive agrees that Executive will not enter into, any agreement or obligation, either written or oral, in conflict herewith.

 

6.                                       Termination of Employment .  The parties acknowledge that Executive’s employment relationship with the Company is at-will, meaning either the Company or Executive may terminate Executive’s employment at any time, with or without cause or advanced notice.  The provisions in this Section govern the amount of compensation, if any, to be provided to Executive upon termination of employment and do not alter this at-will status.

 

6.1                                Termination by the Company without Cause or for Good Reason .

 

(a)                                  The Company shall have the right to terminate Executive’s employment with the Company pursuant to this Section 6.1 at any time, in accordance with Section 6.6 , without “Cause” (as defined in Section 6.2(b) below) by giving notice as described in Section 8.1 of this Agreement.  A termination pursuant to Section 6.5 below is not a termination without “Cause” for purposes of receiving the benefits described in this Section 6.1 .

 

(b)                                  If the Company terminates Executive’s employment at any time without Cause or Executive terminates his employment with the Company for Good Reason and provided that such termination constitutes a “separation from service” (as defined under Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(h), without regard to any alternative definition thereunder, a “ Separation from Service ”), then Executive shall be entitled to receive the Accrued Obligations (defined below).  If Executive complies with the obligations in Section 6.1(c) below, Executive

 

3



 

shall also be eligible to receive the following severance benefits: (1) an amount equal to Executive’s then current Base Salary for nine (9) months, less all applicable withholdings and deductions (“ Severance ”), paid in equal installments beginning on the Company’s first regularly scheduled payroll date following the Release Effective Date (as defined in Section 6.1(c) below), with the remaining installments occurring on the Company’s regularly scheduled payroll dates thereafter and (2) a pro rata portion of Executive’s Target Amount for the performance year in which Executive’s termination occurs, with such pro rata portion calculated based upon the number of days that Executive was employed during such performance year divided by the total number of days in such performance year, payable as a lump sum payment on the Release Effective Date (as defined below) (“ Bonus Severance ”).

 

(c)                                   Executive will be paid all of the Accrued Obligations on the Company’s first payroll date after Executive’s date of termination from employment or earlier if required by law.  Executive shall receive the Severance and Bonus Severance pursuant to Section 6.1(b) of this Agreement and the payments pursuant to Section 6.1(d) if:  (i) by the 60th day following the date of Executive’s Separation from Service, he has signed and delivered to the Company a separation agreement containing an effective, general release of claims in favor of the Company and its affiliates and representatives, in a form acceptable to the Company (the “ Release ”), which cannot be revoked in whole or part by such date (the date that the Release can no longer be revoked is referred to as the “ Release Effective Date ”); and (ii) if he holds any other positions with the Company, he resigns such position(s) to be effective no later than the date of Executive’s termination date (or such other date as requested by the Board); (iii) he returns all Company property; (iv) he complies with his post-termination obligations under this Agreement and the Proprietary Information Agreement; and (v) he complies with the terms of the Release, including without limitation any non-disparagement and confidentiality provisions contained in Release.  To the extent that any severance payments are deferred compensation under Section 409A of the Code, and are not otherwise exempt from the application of Section 409A, then, if the period during which Executive may consider and sign the Release spans two calendar years, the payment of Severance will not be made or begin until the later calendar year.

 

(d)                                  If Executive timely elects continued coverage under COBRA for himself and his covered dependents under the Company’s group health plans following such termination, then the Company shall pay the COBRA premiums necessary to continue Executive’s and his covered dependents’ health insurance coverage in effect for himself (and his covered dependents) on the termination date until the earliest of: (i) nine (9) months following the termination date (the “ COBRA Severance Period ”); (ii) the date when Executive becomes eligible for substantially equivalent health insurance coverage in connection with new employment or self-employment; or (iii) the date Executive ceases to be eligible for COBRA continuation coverage for any reason, including plan termination (such period from the termination date through the earlier of (i)-(iii), (the “ COBRA Payment Period ”).  Notwithstanding the foregoing, if at any time the Company determines that its payment of COBRA premiums on Executive’s behalf would result in a violation of applicable law (including, but not limited to, the 2010 Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act, as amended by the 2010 Health Care and Education Reconciliation Act), then in lieu of paying COBRA premiums pursuant to this Section, the Company shall pay Executive on the last day of each remaining month of the COBRA Payment Period, a fully taxable cash payment equal to the COBRA premium for such month, subject to applicable tax withholding (such amount, the

 

4



 

Special Severance Payment ”), such Special Severance Payment to be made without regard to the COBRA period prior to the end of the COBRA Payment Period.  Nothing in this Agreement shall deprive Executive of his rights under COBRA or ERISA for benefits under plans and policies arising under his employment by the Company.

 

(e)                                   For purposes of this Agreement, “ Accrued Obligations ” are (i) Executive’s accrued but unpaid salary through the date of termination, (ii) any unreimbursed business expenses incurred by Executive payable in accordance with the Company’s standard expense reimbursement policies, and (iii) benefits owed to Executive under any qualified retirement plan or health and welfare benefit plan in which Executive was a participant in accordance with applicable law and the provisions of such plan.

 

(f)                                    The Severance and Bonus Severance provided to Executive pursuant to this Section 6.1 are in lieu of, and not in addition to, any benefits to which Executive may otherwise be entitled under any Company severance plan, policy or program.

 

(g)                                   Any damages caused by the termination of Executive’s employment without Cause would be difficult to ascertain; therefore, the Severance and Bonus Severance for which Executive is eligible pursuant to Section 6.1(b) above in exchange for the Release is agreed to by the parties as liquidated damages, to serve as full compensation, and not a penalty.

 

(h)                                  For purposes of this Agreement, “ Good Reason ” shall mean the occurrence of any of the following events without Executive’s consent: (i) a material reduction in Executive’s Base Salary of at least 10%; (ii) a material breach of this Agreement by the Company; (iii) any material diminution in Executive’s duties, responsibilities, authority, reporting structure, status or title, unless approved in writing by Executive; or (iv) the relocation of Executive’s principal place of employment, without Executive’s consent, in a manner that lengthens his one-way commute distance by fifty (50) or more miles from his then-current principal place of employment immediately prior to such relocation; provided, however, that, any such termination by Executive shall only be deemed for Good Reason pursuant to this definition if: (1) Executive gives the Company written notice of his intent to terminate for Good Reason within thirty (30) days following the first occurrence of the condition(s) that he believes constitute(s) Good Reason, which notice shall describe such condition(s); (2) the Company fails to remedy such condition(s) within thirty (30) days following receipt of the written notice (the “ Cure Period ”); and (3) Executive voluntarily terminates his employment within thirty (30) days following the end of the Cure Period.

 

(i)                                      Any damages caused by the termination of Executive’s employment without Cause or for Good Reason would be difficult to ascertain; therefore, the payments for which Executive is eligible pursuant to this Section 6.1 above in exchange for the Release is agreed to by the parties as liquidated damages, to serve as full compensation, and not a penalty.

 

5



 

6.2                                Termination by the Company without Cause or for Good Reason Following a Change in Control .

 

(a)                                  If Executive’s employment by the Company is terminated by the Company without “Cause” (and not due to Disability or death) or by Executive for Good Reason coincident with a Change in Control (as defined below), then the Company shall pay or provide Executive with the Accrued Obligations and all of the benefits described in Section 6.1 above, subject to compliance with Section 6.1(c) ; provided that: (i) in lieu of the bonus described in Section 6.1(b), the Company shall pay Executive the larger of a pro-rata amount as described in Section 6.1(b) or 75% of the Target Amount for the performance year in which Executive’s termination occurs, payable as a lump sum payment on the Release Effective Date; and (ii) if Executive’s employment by the Company or any successor entity is terminated by the Company or the successor entity without “Cause” (and not due to Disability or death) within twelve (12) months following a Change in Control, 100% of the then unvested portion of the equity awards granted to Executive shall become fully vested.

 

(b)                                  For purposes of this Agreement, a “ Change in Control ” means (a) any consolidation or merger of the Company with or into any other corporation or other entity or person, or any other corporate reorganization, other than any such consolidation, merger or reorganization in which the stockholders of the Company immediately prior to such consolidation, merger or reorganization, continue to hold a majority of the voting power of the surviving entity (or, if the surviving entity is a wholly owned subsidiary, its parent) immediately after such consolidation, merger or reorganization; (b) any transaction or series of related transactions to which the Company is a party in which in excess of fifty percent (50%) of the Company’s voting power is transferred; provided that the foregoing shall not include any transaction or series of transactions principally for bona fide equity financing purposes in which cash is received by the Company or indebtedness of the Company is cancelled or converted or a combination thereof; or (c) a sale, lease, exclusive license or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company.  In the event of any interpretation of this definition, the Board of Directors of the Company, upon advice of legal counsel, shall have final and conclusive authority, so long as such authority is exercised in good faith.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Change in Control will only be deemed to occur for purposes of this Agreement it is also meets the definition used for purposes of Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-3(a)(5), that is, as defined under Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-3(i)(5).

 

(c)                                   Any damages caused by the termination of Executive’s employment without Cause or for Good Reason following a Change in Control would be difficult to ascertain; therefore, the payments for which Executive is eligible pursuant to Section 6.2 above in exchange for the Release is agreed to by the parties as liquidated damages, to serve as full compensation, and not a penalty.

 

6.3                                Termination by the Company for Cause.

 

(a)                                  The Company shall have the right to terminate Executive’s employment with the Company at any time, in accordance with Section 6.6 , for Cause by giving notice as described in Section 8.1 of this Agreement.  In the event Executive’s employment is terminated at any time for Cause, Executive will not receive Severance, a

 

6



 

Severance Bonus or any other severance compensation or benefits, except that, pursuant to the Company’s standard payroll policies, the Company shall pay to Executive the Accrued Obligations.

 

(b)                                  “Cause” for termination shall mean that the Company has determined in its sole discretion that Executive has engaged in any of the following: (i) a material breach of any covenant or condition under this Agreement or any other agreement between the parties; (ii) any act constituting dishonesty, fraud, immoral or disreputable conduct; (iii) any conduct which constitutes a felony under applicable law; (iv) violation of any written Company policy or any act of misconduct; (v) refusal to follow or implement a clear and reasonable directive of the Company; (vi) negligence or incompetence in the performance of Executive’s duties or failure to perform such duties in a manner satisfactory to the Company after the expiration of ten (10) days without cure after written notice of such failure; or (vii) breach of fiduciary duty.

 

6.4                                Resignation by Executive .

 

(a)                                  Executive may resign from Executive’s employment with the Company at any time, in accordance with Section 6.6 , by giving notice as described in Section 8.1 .

 

(b)                                  In the event Executive resigns from Executive’s employment with the Company for any reason, Executive will not receive Severance, a Severance Bonus or any other severance compensation or benefits, except that, pursuant to the Company’s standard payroll policies, the Company shall pay to Executive the Accrued Obligations.

 

6.5                                Termination by Virtue of Death or Disability of Executive .

 

(a)                                  In the event of Executive’s death while employed pursuant to this Agreement, all obligations of the parties hereunder shall terminate immediately, in accordance with Section 6.6 , and the Company shall, pursuant to the Company’s standard payroll policies, pay to Executive’s legal representatives all Accrued Obligations.

 

(b)                                  Subject to applicable state and federal law, the Company shall at all times have the right, upon written notice to Executive, and in accordance with Section 6.6 , to terminate this Agreement based on Executive’s Disability.  Termination by the Company of Executive’s employment based on “ Disability ” shall mean termination because Executive is unable due to a physical or mental condition to perform the essential functions of his position with or without reasonable accommodation for 180 days in the aggregate during any twelve (12) month period or based on the written certification by two licensed physicians of the likely continuation of such condition for such period.  This definition shall be interpreted and applied consistent with the Americans with Disabilities Act, the Family and Medical Leave Act, and other applicable law.  In the event Executive’s employment is terminated based on Executive’s Disability, Executive will not receive Severance, a Severance Bonus or any other severance compensation or benefit, except that, pursuant to the Company’s standard payroll policies, the Company shall pay to Executive the Accrued Obligations.

 

7



 

6.6                                Notice; Effective Date of Termination.

 

(a)                                  Termination of Executive’s employment pursuant to this Agreement shall be effective on the earliest of:

 

(i)                                     immediately after the Company gives notice to Executive of Executive’s termination, with or without Cause, unless pursuant to Section 6.3(b)(vi) in which case ten (10) days after notice if not cured or unless the Company specifies a later date, in which case, termination shall be effective as of such later date;

 

(ii)                                 immediately upon the Executive’s death;

 

(iii)                             ten (10) days after the Company gives notice to Executive of Executive’s termination on account of Executive’s Disability, unless the Company specifies a later date, in which case, termination shall be effective as of such later date, provided that Executive has not returned to the full time performance of Executive’s duties prior to such date;

 

(iv)                              ten (10) days after the Executive gives written notice to the Company of Executive’s resignation, provided that the Company may set a termination date at any time between the date of notice and the date of resignation, in which case the Executive’s resignation shall be effective as of such other date.  Executive will receive compensation through any required notice period; or

 

(v)                                  for a termination for Good Reason, immediately upon Executive’s full satisfaction of the requirements of Section 6.1(h).

 

(b)                                  In the event notice of a termination under subsections (a)(i), (iii), (iv) and (iv) is given orally, at the other party’s request, the party giving notice must provide written confirmation of such notice within five (5) business days of the request in compliance with the requirement of Section 8.1 below.  In the event of a termination for Cause or Good Reason, written confirmation shall specify the subsection(s) of the definition of Cause or Good Reason relied on to support the decision to terminate.

 

6.7                                Cooperation with Company after Termination of Employment .  Following termination of Executive’s employment for any reason, Executive agrees to cooperate fully with the Company in connection with its actual or contemplated defense, prosecution, or investigation of any claims or demands by or against third parties, or other matters arising from events, acts, or failures to act that occurred during the period of Executive’s employment by the Company.  Such cooperation includes, without limitation, making Executive available to the Company upon reasonable notice, without subpoena, to provide complete, truthful and accurate information in witness interviews, depositions and trial testimony.  In addition, for six months after Executive’s employment with the Company ends for any reason, Executive agrees to cooperate fully with the Company in all matters relating to the transition of Executive’s work and responsibilities on behalf of the Company, including, but not limited to, any present, prior or subsequent relationships and the orderly transfer of any such work and institutional knowledge to such other persons as may be designated by the Company.  The Company will reimburse Executive for reasonable out-of-pocket expenses Executive incurs in connection with any such cooperation (excluding forgone wages, salary, or other compensation) and will make reasonable efforts to accommodate Executive’s scheduling needs.

 

8



 

6.8                                Application of Section 409A .  It is intended that all of the severance payments payable under this Agreement satisfy, to the greatest extent possible, the exemptions from the application of Section 409A of the Code and the regulations and other guidance thereunder and any state law of similar effect (collectively, “ Section 409A ”) provided under Treasury Regulations Sections 1.409A-1(b)(4) and 1.409A-1(b)(9), and this Agreement will be construed in a manner that complies with Section 409A.  If not so exempt, this Agreement (and any definitions hereunder) will be construed in a manner that complies with Section 409A, and incorporates by reference all required definitions and payment terms.  No severance payments will be made under this Agreement unless Executive’s termination of employment constitutes a “separation from service” (as defined under Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(h)).  For purposes of Section 409A (including, without limitation, for purposes of Treasury Regulations Section 1.409A-2(b)(2)(iii)), Executive’s right to receive any installment payments under this Agreement (whether severance payments or otherwise) shall be treated as a right to receive a series of separate payments and, accordingly, each installment payment hereunder shall at all times be considered a separate and distinct payment.  If the Company determines that the severance benefits provided under this Agreement constitutes “deferred compensation” under Section 409A and if Executive is a “specified employee” of the Company, as such term is defined in Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) of the Code at the time of Executive’s Separation from Service, then, solely to the extent necessary to avoid the incurrence of the adverse personal tax consequences under Section 409A, the timing of the Severance will be delayed as follows:  on the earlier to occur of (a) the date that is six months and one day after Executive’s Separation from Service, and (b) the date of Executive’s death (such earlier date, the “ Delayed Initial Payment Date ”), the Company will (i) pay to Executive a lump sum amount equal to the sum of the severance benefits that Executive would otherwise have received through the Delayed Initial Payment Date if the commencement of the payment of the severance benefits had not been delayed pursuant to this Section 6.8 and (ii) commence paying the balance of the severance benefits in accordance with the applicable payment schedule set forth in Section 6.  No interest shall be due on any amounts deferred pursuant to this Section 6.8.

 

7.                                       Section 280G .

 

7.1                                Anything in this Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding, in the event that the amount of any compensation, payment or distribution by the Company to or for the benefit of Executive, whether paid or payable or distributed or distributable pursuant to the terms of this Agreement or otherwise, calculated in a manner consistent with Section 280G of the Code and the applicable regulations thereunder (the “ Aggregate Payments ”), would be subject to the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Code, then the Aggregate Payments shall be reduced (but not below zero) so that the sum of all of the Aggregate Payments shall be $1.00 less than the amount at which Executive becomes subject to the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Code; provided that such reduction shall only occur if it would result in Executive receiving a higher After Tax Amount (as defined below) than Executive would receive if the Aggregate Payments were not subject to such reduction.  In such event, the Aggregate Payments shall be reduced in the following order, in each case, in reverse chronological order beginning with the Aggregate Payments that are to be paid the furthest in time from consummation of the transaction that is subject to Section 280G of the Code:  (1) cash payments not subject to Section 409A of the Code; (2) cash payments subject to Section 409A of the Code; (3) equity-based payments and acceleration; and (4) non-cash forms of benefits; provided that in the case of all

 

9



 

the foregoing Aggregate Payments all amounts or payments that are not subject to calculation under Treas. Reg. §1.280G-1, Q&A-24(b) or (c) shall be reduced before any amounts that are subject to calculation under Treas. Reg. §1.280G-1, Q&A-24(b) or (c).

 

7.2                                For purposes of this Section 5, the “ After Tax Amount ” means the amount of the Aggregate Payments less all federal, state, and local income, excise and employment taxes imposed on Executive as a result of Executive’s receipt of the Aggregate Payments.  For purposes of determining the After Tax Amount, Executive shall be deemed to pay federal income taxes at the highest marginal rate of federal income taxation applicable to individuals for the calendar year in which the determination is to be made, and state and local income taxes at the highest marginal rates of individual taxation in each applicable state and locality, net of the maximum reduction in federal income taxes which could be obtained from deduction of such state and local taxes

 

8.                                       General Provisions .

 

8.1                                Notices .  Any notices required hereunder to be in writing shall be deemed effectively given:  (a) upon personal delivery to the party to be notified, (b) when sent by electronic mail or confirmed facsimile if sent during normal business hours of the recipient, and if not, then on the next business day, (c) five (5) days after having been sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, or (d) one (1) day after deposit with a nationally recognized overnight courier, specifying next day delivery, with written verification of receipt.  All communications shall be sent to the Company at its primary office location and to Executive at either Executive’s address as listed on the Company payroll, or Company-issued email address, or at such other address as the Company or Executive may designate by ten (10) days advance written notice to the other.

 

8.2                                Severability .  Whenever possible, each provision of this Agreement will be interpreted in such manner as to be effective and valid under applicable law, but if any provision of this Agreement is held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect under any applicable law or rule in any jurisdiction, such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability will not affect any other provision or any other jurisdiction, but this Agreement will be reformed, construed and enforced in such jurisdiction as if such invalid, illegal or unenforceable provisions had never been contained herein.

 

8.3                                Survival .  Provisions of this Agreement which by their terms must survive the termination of this Agreement in order to effectuate the intent of the parties will survive any such termination, whether by expiration of the term, termination of Executive’s employment, or otherwise, for such period as may be appropriate under the circumstances.

 

8.4                                Waiver .  If either party should waive any breach of any provisions of this Agreement, it shall not thereby be deemed to have waived any preceding or succeeding breach of the same or any other provision of this Agreement.

 

8.5                                Complete Agreement .  This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between Executive and the Company with regard to the subject matter hereof.  This Agreement is the complete, final, and exclusive embodiment of their agreement with regard to this subject

 

10



 

matter and supersedes any prior oral discussions or written communications and agreements, including the Prior Agreement.  This Agreement is entered into without reliance on any promise or representation other than those expressly contained herein, and it cannot be modified or amended except in writing signed by Executive and an authorized officer of the Company.  The parties have entered into a separate Proprietary Information Agreement and have or may enter into separate agreements related to equity.  These separate agreements govern other aspects of the relationship between the parties, have or may have provisions that survive termination of Executive’s employment under this Agreement, may be amended or superseded by the parties without regard to this Agreement and are enforceable according to their tennis without regard to the enforcement provision of this Agreement.

 

8.6                                Counterparts .  This Agreement may be executed in separate counterparts, any one of which need not contain signatures of more than one party, but all of which taken together will constitute one and the same Agreement.  The parties agree that facsimile and scanned image copies of signatures will suffice as original signatures.

 

8.7                                Headings .  The headings of the sections hereof are inserted for convenience only and shall not be deemed to constitute a part hereof nor to affect the meaning thereof.

 

8.8                                Successors and Assigns .  The Company shall assign this Agreement and its rights and obligations hereunder in whole, but not in part, to any Company or other entity with or into which the Company may hereafter merge or consolidate or to which the Company may transfer all or substantially all of its assets, if in any such case said Company or other entity shall by operation of law or expressly in writing assume all obligations of the Company hereunder as fully as if it had been originally made a party hereto, but may not otherwise assign this Agreement or its rights and obligations hereunder.  Executive may not assign or transfer this Agreement or any rights or obligations hereunder, other than to his estate upon his death.

 

8.9                                Choice of Law .  All questions concerning the construction, validity and interpretation of this Agreement will be governed by the laws of the State of Delaware.

 

8.10                         Dispute Resolution .  The parties recognize that litigation in federal or state courts or before federal or state administrative agencies of disputes arising out of the Executive’s employment with the Company or out of this Agreement, or the Executive’s termination of employment or termination of this Agreement, may not be in the best interests of either the Executive or the Company, and may result in unnecessary costs, delays, complexities, and uncertainty.  The parties agree that any dispute between the parties arising out of or relating to the negotiation, execution, performance or termination of this Agreement or the Executive’s employment, including, but not limited to, any claim arising out of this Agreement, claims under Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, as amended, the Civil Rights Act of 1991, the Age Discrimination in Employment Act of 1967, the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990, Section 1981 of the Civil Rights Act of 1966, as amended, the Family Medical Leave Act, the Executive Retirement Income Security Act, and any similar federal, state or local law, statute, regulation, or any common law doctrine, whether that dispute arises during or after employment, shall be settled by binding arbitration in accordance with the National Rules for the Resolution of Employment Disputes of the American Arbitration Association; provided however, that this

 

11



 

dispute resolution provision shall not apply to any separate agreements between the parties that do not themselves specify arbitration as an exclusive remedy. The location for the arbitration shall be the Washington, DC metropolitan area.  Any award made by such panel shall be final, binding and conclusive on the parties for all purposes, and judgment upon the award rendered by the arbitrators may be entered in any court having jurisdiction thereof. The arbitrators’ fees and expenses and all administrative fees and expenses associated with the filing of the arbitration shall be borne by the Company; provided however , that at the Executive’s option, Executive may voluntarily pay up to one-half the costs and fees. The parties acknowledge and agree that their obligations to arbitrate under this Section survive the termination of this Agreement and continue after the termination of the employment relationship between Executive and the Company. The parties each further agree that the arbitration provisions of this Agreement shall provide each party with its exclusive remedy , and each party expressly waives any right it might have to seek redress in any other forum, except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement.  By election arbitration as the means for final settlement of all claims, the parties hereby waive their respective rights to, and agree not to, sue each other in any action in a Federal, State or local court with respect to such claims, but may seek to enforce in court an arbitration award rendered pursuant to this Agreement.  The parties specifically agree to waive their respective rights to a trial by jury, and further agree that no demand, request or motion will be made for trial by jury.

 

[SIGNATURES TO FOLLOW ON NEXT PAGE]

 

12



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties have duly executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

 

SENSEONICS, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Tim Goodnow

 

 

Tim Goodnow, Ph.D.

 

 

President & Chief Executive Officer

 

 

 

 

 

EXECUTIVE

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Mukul Jain

 

Mukul Jain, Ph.D.

 




Exhibit 10.12

 

EXECUTIVE EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

 

This EXECUTIVE EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT (“ Agreement ”) is entered into as of the 10th day of August, 2015 (“ Effective Date ”), by and between MIRASOL PANLILIO (“ Executive ”) and SENSEONICS, INCORPORATED (“ Company ”).

 

WHEREAS , the Company wishes to continue to employ Executive and Executive wishes to continue to be its employee, subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement;

 

WHEREAS , the Company and Executive desire to set forth their respective rights and obligations in this Agreement; and

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual promises and covenants contained herein, the parties agree to the following:

 

1.                                       Employment by the Company .

 

1.1                                Position .  Subject to the terms set forth herein, the Company agrees to continue to employ Executive in the position of Vice President, Global Sales and Marketing, and Executive hereby accepts such continued employment on the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement.

 

1.2                                Duties .  As Vice President, Global Sales and Marketing, Executive will report to the Chief Executive Officer (“ CEO ”) and/or such executive designated by the CEO, performing such duties as are normally associated with her position and such duties as are assigned to her from time to time, subject to the oversight and direction of the CEO or his designee.  During the term of Executive’s employment with the Company, Executive will work on a full-time basis for the Company and will devote Executive’s best efforts and substantially all of Executive’s business time and attention to the business of the Company.  Executive shall perform Executive’s duties under this Agreement principally out of the Company’s corporate headquarters.  In addition, Executive shall make such business trips to such places as may be necessary or advisable for the efficient operations of the Company.

 

1.3                                Company Policies and Benefits .  The employment relationship between the parties shall also be subject to the Company’s personnel policies and procedures as they may be interpreted, adopted, revised or deleted from time to time in the Company’s sole discretion.  Executive will be eligible to participate on the same basis as similarly situated employees in the Company’s benefit plans in effect from time to time during her employment.  All matters of eligibility for coverage or benefits under any benefit plan shall be determined in accordance with the provisions of such plan.  The Company reserves the right to change, alter, or terminate any benefit plan in its sole discretion.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that the terms of this Agreement differ from or are in conflict with the Company’s general employment policies or practices, this Agreement shall control.

 

1



 

2.                                       Compensation .

 

2.1                                Salary .  Executive shall receive for Executive’s services to be rendered under this Agreement an initial base salary of $221,450 on an annualized basis, subject to review and adjustment by the Company in its sole discretion, payable subject to standard federal and state payroll withholding requirements in accordance with the Company’s standard payroll practices (“ Base Salary ”).

 

2.2                                Bonus .  During the period Executive is employed with the Company, Executive shall be eligible to earn for Executive’s services to be rendered under this Agreement a discretionary annual cash bonus of up to 25% of Base Salary (“ Target Amount ”), subject to review and adjustment by the Company in its sole discretion, payable subject to standard federal and state payroll withholding requirements.  Whether or not Executive earns any bonus will be dependent upon (a) Executive’s continuous performance of services to the Company through the date any bonus is paid; and (b) the actual achievement by Executive and the Company of the applicable performance targets and goals set by the CEO.  The annual period over which performance is measured for purposes of this bonus is January 1 through December 31.  The Board will determine in its sole discretion the extent to which Executive and the Company have achieved the performance goals upon which the bonus is based and the amount of the bonus, which could be above or below the Target Amount (and may be zero).  Any bonus shall be subject to the terms of any applicable incentive compensation plan adopted by the Company.  Any bonus, if earned, will be paid to Executive within the time period set forth in the incentive compensation plan.

 

2.3                                Expense Reimbursement .  The Company will reimburse Executive for reasonable business expenses in accordance with the Company’s standard expense reimbursement policy, as the same may be modified by the Company from time to time.  The Company shall reimburse Executive for all customary and appropriate business-related expenses actually incurred and documented in accordance with Company policy, as in effect from time to time.  For the avoidance of doubt, to the extent that any reimbursements payable to Executive are subject to the provisions of Section 409A of the Code:  (a) any such reimbursements will be paid no later than December 31 of the year following the year in which the expense was incurred, (b) the amount of expenses reimbursed in one year will not affect the amount eligible for reimbursement in any subsequent year, and (c) the right to reimbursement under this Agreement will not be subject to liquidation or exchange for another benefit.

 

3.                                       Proprietary Information, Inventions, Non-Competition and Non-Solicitation Obligations.   As a condition of employment, Executive agrees to execute and abide by an Employee Proprietary Information, Inventions, Non-Competition and Non-Solicitation Agreement attached as Exhibit A (“ Proprietary Information Agreement ”), which may be amended by the parties from time to time without regard to this Agreement.  The Proprietary Information Agreement contains provisions that are intended by the parties to survive and do survive termination of this Agreement.

 

4.                                       Outside Activities during Employment .  Except with the prior written consent of the Company’s Board of Directors, including consent given to Executive prior to the signing of this Agreement, Executive will not, while employed by the Company, undertake or engage in any other employment, occupation or business enterprise that would interfere with Executive’s responsibilities and the performance of Executive’s duties hereunder except for (i) reasonable

 

2



 

time devoted to volunteer services for or on behalf of such religious, educational, non-profit and/or other charitable organization as Executive may wish to serve, (ii) reasonable time devoted to activities in the non-profit and business communities consistent with Executive’s duties; and (iii) such other activities as may be specifically approved by the CEO. This restriction shall not, however, preclude Executive (x) from owning less than one percent (1%) of the total outstanding shares of a publicly traded company, or (y) from employment or service in any capacity with Affiliates of the Company.  As used in this Agreement, “Affiliates” means an entity under common management or control with the Company.

 

5.                                       No Conflict with Existing Obligations .  Executive represents that Executive’s performance of all the terms of this Agreement does not and will not breach any agreement or obligation of any kind made prior to Executive’s employment by the Company, including agreements or obligations Executive may have with prior employers or entities for which Executive has provided services.  Executive has not entered into, and Executive agrees that Executive will not enter into, any agreement or obligation, either written or oral, in conflict herewith.

 

6.                                       Termination of Employment .  The parties acknowledge that Executive’s employment relationship with the Company is at-will, meaning either the Company or Executive may terminate Executive’s employment at any time, with or without cause or advanced notice.  The provisions in this Section govern the amount of compensation, if any, to be provided to Executive upon termination of employment and do not alter this at-will status.

 

6.1                                Termination by the Company without Cause or for Good Reason .

 

(a)                                  The Company shall have the right to terminate Executive’s employment with the Company pursuant to this Section 6.1 at any time, in accordance with Section 6.6 , without “Cause” (as defined in Section 6.2(b) below) by giving notice as described in Section 8.1 of this Agreement.  A termination pursuant to Section 6.5 below is not a termination without “Cause” for purposes of receiving the benefits described in this Section 6.1 .

 

(b)                                  If the Company terminates Executive’s employment at any time without Cause or Executive terminates her employment with the Company for Good Reason and provided that such termination constitutes a “separation from service” (as defined under Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(h), without regard to any alternative definition thereunder, a “ Separation from Service ”), then Executive shall be entitled to receive the Accrued Obligations (defined below).  If Executive complies with the obligations in Section 6.1(c) below, Executive shall also be eligible to receive the following severance benefits: (1) an amount equal to Executive’s then current Base Salary for nine (9) months, less all applicable withholdings and deductions (“ Severance ”), paid in equal installments beginning on the Company’s first regularly scheduled payroll date following the Release Effective Date (as defined in Section 6.1(c) below), with the remaining installments occurring on the Company’s regularly scheduled payroll dates thereafter and (2) a pro rata portion of Executive’s Target Amount for the performance year in which Executive’s termination occurs, with such pro rata portion calculated based upon the number of days that Executive was employed during such performance year divided by the total number of days in such performance year, payable as a lump sum payment on the Release Effective Date (as defined below) (“ Bonus Severance ”).

 

3



 

(c)                                   Executive will be paid all of the Accrued Obligations on the Company’s first payroll date after Executive’s date of termination from employment or earlier if required by law.  Executive shall receive the Severance and Bonus Severance pursuant to Section 6.1(b) of this Agreement and the payments pursuant to Section 6.1(d) if:  (i) by the 60th day following the date of Executive’s Separation from Service, she has signed and delivered to the Company a separation agreement containing an effective, general release of claims in favor of the Company and its affiliates and representatives, in a form acceptable to the Company (the “ Release ”), which cannot be revoked in whole or part by such date (the date that the Release can no longer be revoked is referred to as the “ Release Effective Date ”); and (ii) if she holds any other positions with the Company, she resigns such position(s) to be effective no later than the date of Executive’s termination date (or such other date as requested by the Board); (iii) she returns all Company property; (iv) she complies with her post-termination obligations under this Agreement and the Proprietary Information Agreement; and (v) she complies with the terms of the Release, including without limitation any non-disparagement and confidentiality provisions contained in Release.  To the extent that any severance payments are deferred compensation under Section 409A of the Code, and are not otherwise exempt from the application of Section 409A, then, if the period during which Executive may consider and sign the Release spans two calendar years, the payment of Severance will not be made or begin until the later calendar year.

 

(d)                                  If Executive timely elects continued coverage under COBRA for herself and her covered dependents under the Company’s group health plans following such termination, then the Company shall pay the COBRA premiums necessary to continue Executive’s and her covered dependents’ health insurance coverage in effect for herself (and her covered dependents) on the termination date until the earliest of: (i) nine (9) months following the termination date (the “ COBRA Severance Period ”); (ii) the date when Executive becomes eligible for substantially equivalent health insurance coverage in connection with new employment or self-employment; or (iii) the date Executive ceases to be eligible for COBRA continuation coverage for any reason, including plan termination (such period from the termination date through the earlier of (i)-(iii), (the “ COBRA Payment Period ”).  Notwithstanding the foregoing, if at any time the Company determines that its payment of COBRA premiums on Executive’s behalf would result in a violation of applicable law (including, but not limited to, the 2010 Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act, as amended by the 2010 Health Care and Education Reconciliation Act), then in lieu of paying COBRA premiums pursuant to this Section, the Company shall pay Executive on the last day of each remaining month of the COBRA Payment Period, a fully taxable cash payment equal to the COBRA premium for such month, subject to applicable tax withholding (such amount, the “ Special Severance Payment ”), such Special Severance Payment to be made without regard to the COBRA period prior to the end of the COBRA Payment Period.  Nothing in this Agreement shall deprive Executive of her rights under COBRA or ERISA for benefits under plans and policies arising under her employment by the Company.

 

(e)                                   For purposes of this Agreement, “ Accrued Obligations ” are (i) Executive’s accrued but unpaid salary through the date of termination, (ii) any unreimbursed business expenses incurred by Executive payable in accordance with the Company’s standard expense reimbursement policies, and (iii) benefits owed to Executive under any qualified retirement plan or health and welfare benefit plan in which Executive was a participant in accordance with applicable law and the provisions of such plan.

 

4



 

(f)                                    The Severance and Bonus Severance provided to Executive pursuant to this Section 6.1 are in lieu of, and not in addition to, any benefits to which Executive may otherwise be entitled under any Company severance plan, policy or program.

 

(g)                                   Any damages caused by the termination of Executive’s employment without Cause would be difficult to ascertain; therefore, the Severance and Bonus Severance for which Executive is eligible pursuant to Section 6.1(b) above in exchange for the Release is agreed to by the parties as liquidated damages, to serve as full compensation, and not a penalty.

 

(h)                                  For purposes of this Agreement, “ Good Reason ” shall mean the occurrence of any of the following events without Executive’s consent: (i) a material reduction in Executive’s Base Salary of at least 10%; (ii) a material breach of this Agreement by the Company; (iii) any material diminution in Executive’s duties, responsibilities, authority, reporting structure, status or title, unless approved in writing by Executive; or (iv) the relocation of Executive’s principal place of employment, without Executive’s consent, in a manner that lengthens her one-way commute distance by fifty (50) or more miles from her then-current principal place of employment immediately prior to such relocation; provided, however, that, any such termination by Executive shall only be deemed for Good Reason pursuant to this definition if: (1) Executive gives the Company written notice of her intent to terminate for Good Reason within thirty (30) days following the first occurrence of the condition(s) that she believes constitute(s) Good Reason, which notice shall describe such condition(s); (2) the Company fails to remedy such condition(s) within thirty (30) days following receipt of the written notice (the “ Cure Period ”); and (3) Executive voluntarily terminates her employment within thirty (30) days following the end of the Cure Period.

 

(i)                                      Any damages caused by the termination of Executive’s employment without Cause or for Good Reason would be difficult to ascertain; therefore, the payments for which Executive is eligible pursuant to this Section 6.1 above in exchange for the Release is agreed to by the parties as liquidated damages, to serve as full compensation, and not a penalty.

 

6.2                                Termination by the Company without Cause or for Good Reason Following a Change in Control .

 

(a)                                  If Executive’s employment by the Company is terminated by the Company without “Cause” (and not due to Disability or death) or by Executive for Good Reason coincident with a Change in Control (as defined below), then the Company shall pay or provide Executive with the Accrued Obligations and all of the benefits described in Section 6.1 above, subject to compliance with Section 6.1(c) ; provided that: (i) in lieu of the bonus described in Section 6.1(b), the Company shall pay Executive the larger of a pro-rata amount as described in Section 6.1(b) or 75% of the Target Amount for the performance year in which Executive’s termination occurs, payable as a lump sum payment on the Release Effective Date; and (ii) if Executive’s employment by the Company or any successor entity is terminated by the Company or the successor entity without “Cause” (and not due to Disability or death) within twelve (12) months following a Change in Control, 100% of the then unvested portion of the equity awards granted to Executive shall become fully vested.

 

5



 

(b)                                  For purposes of this Agreement, a “ Change in Control ” means (a) any consolidation or merger of the Company with or into any other corporation or other entity or person, or any other corporate reorganization, other than any such consolidation, merger or reorganization in which the stockholders of the Company immediately prior to such consolidation, merger or reorganization, continue to hold a majority of the voting power of the surviving entity (or, if the surviving entity is a wholly owned subsidiary, its parent) immediately after such consolidation, merger or reorganization; (b) any transaction or series of related transactions to which the Company is a party in which in excess of fifty percent (50%) of the Company’s voting power is transferred; provided that the foregoing shall not include any transaction or series of transactions principally for bona fide equity financing purposes in which cash is received by the Company or indebtedness of the Company is cancelled or converted or a combination thereof; or (c) a sale, lease, exclusive license or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company.  In the event of any interpretation of this definition, the Board of Directors of the Company, upon advice of legal counsel, shall have final and conclusive authority, so long as such authority is exercised in good faith.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Change in Control will only be deemed to occur for purposes of this Agreement it is also meets the definition used for purposes of Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-3(a)(5), that is, as defined under Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-3(i)(5).

 

(c)                                   Any damages caused by the termination of Executive’s employment without Cause or for Good Reason following a Change in Control would be difficult to ascertain; therefore, the payments for which Executive is eligible pursuant to Section 6.2 above in exchange for the Release is agreed to by the parties as liquidated damages, to serve as full compensation, and not a penalty.

 

6.3                                Termination by the Company for Cause.

 

(a)                                  The Company shall have the right to terminate Executive’s employment with the Company at any time, in accordance with Section 6.6 , for Cause by giving notice as described in Section 8.1 of this Agreement.  In the event Executive’s employment is terminated at any time for Cause, Executive will not receive Severance, a Severance Bonus or any other severance compensation or benefits, except that, pursuant to the Company’s standard payroll policies, the Company shall pay to Executive the Accrued Obligations.

 

(b)                                  “Cause” for termination shall mean that the Company has determined in its sole discretion that Executive has engaged in any of the following: (i) a material breach of any covenant or condition under this Agreement or any other agreement between the parties; (ii) any act constituting dishonesty, fraud, immoral or disreputable conduct; (iii) any conduct which constitutes a felony under applicable law; (iv) violation of any written Company policy or any act of misconduct; (v) refusal to follow or implement a clear and reasonable directive of the Company; (vi) negligence or incompetence in the performance of Executive’s duties or failure to perform such duties in a manner satisfactory to the Company after the expiration of ten (10) days without cure after written notice of such failure; or (vii) breach of fiduciary duty.

 

6



 

6.4                                Resignation by Executive .

 

(a)                                  Executive may resign from Executive’s employment with the Company at any time, in accordance with Section 6.6 , by giving notice as described in Section 8.1 .

 

(b)                                  In the event Executive resigns from Executive’s employment with the Company for any reason, Executive will not receive Severance, a Severance Bonus or any other severance compensation or benefits, except that, pursuant to the Company’s standard payroll policies, the Company shall pay to Executive the Accrued Obligations.

 

6.5                                Termination by Virtue of Death or Disability of Executive .

 

(a)                                  In the event of Executive’s death while employed pursuant to this Agreement, all obligations of the parties hereunder shall terminate immediately, in accordance with Section 6.6 , and the Company shall, pursuant to the Company’s standard payroll policies, pay to Executive’s legal representatives all Accrued Obligations.

 

(b)                                  Subject to applicable state and federal law, the Company shall at all times have the right, upon written notice to Executive, and in accordance with Section 6.6 , to terminate this Agreement based on Executive’s Disability.  Termination by the Company of Executive’s employment based on “ Disability ” shall mean termination because Executive is unable due to a physical or mental condition to perform the essential functions of her position with or without reasonable accommodation for 180 days in the aggregate during any twelve (12) month period or based on the written certification by two licensed physicians of the likely continuation of such condition for such period.  This definition shall be interpreted and applied consistent with the Americans with Disabilities Act, the Family and Medical Leave Act, and other applicable law.  In the event Executive’s employment is terminated based on Executive’s Disability, Executive will not receive Severance, a Severance Bonus or any other severance compensation or benefit, except that, pursuant to the Company’s standard payroll policies, the Company shall pay to Executive the Accrued Obligations.

 

6.6                                Notice; Effective Date of Termination.

 

(a)                                  Termination of Executive’s employment pursuant to this Agreement shall be effective on the earliest of:

 

(i)                                     immediately after the Company gives notice to Executive of Executive’s termination, with or without Cause, unless pursuant to Section 6.3(b)(vi) in which case ten (10) days after notice if not cured or unless the Company specifies a later date, in which case, termination shall be effective as of such later date;

 

(ii)                                 immediately upon the Executive’s death;

 

(iii)                             ten (10) days after the Company gives notice to Executive of Executive’s termination on account of Executive’s Disability, unless the Company specifies a later date, in which case, termination shall be effective as of such later date, provided that Executive has not returned to the full time performance of Executive’s duties prior to such date;

 

7



 

(iv)                              ten (10) days after the Executive gives written notice to the Company of Executive’s resignation, provided that the Company may set a termination date at any time between the date of notice and the date of resignation, in which case the Executive’s resignation shall be effective as of such other date.  Executive will receive compensation through any required notice period; or

 

(v)                                  for a termination for Good Reason, immediately upon Executive’s full satisfaction of the requirements of Section 6.1(h).

 

(b)                                  In the event notice of a termination under subsections (a)(i), (iii), (iv) and (iv) is given orally, at the other party’s request, the party giving notice must provide written confirmation of such notice within five (5) business days of the request in compliance with the requirement of Section 8.1 below.  In the event of a termination for Cause or Good Reason, written confirmation shall specify the subsection(s) of the definition of Cause or Good Reason relied on to support the decision to terminate.

 

6.7                                Cooperation with Company after Termination of Employment .  Following termination of Executive’s employment for any reason, Executive agrees to cooperate fully with the Company in connection with its actual or contemplated defense, prosecution, or investigation of any claims or demands by or against third parties, or other matters arising from events, acts, or failures to act that occurred during the period of Executive’s employment by the Company.  Such cooperation includes, without limitation, making Executive available to the Company upon reasonable notice, without subpoena, to provide complete, truthful and accurate information in witness interviews, depositions and trial testimony.  In addition, for six months after Executive’s employment with the Company ends for any reason, Executive agrees to cooperate fully with the Company in all matters relating to the transition of Executive’s work and responsibilities on behalf of the Company, including, but not limited to, any present, prior or subsequent relationships and the orderly transfer of any such work and institutional knowledge to such other persons as may be designated by the Company.  The Company will reimburse Executive for reasonable out-of-pocket expenses Executive incurs in connection with any such cooperation (excluding forgone wages, salary, or other compensation) and will make reasonable efforts to accommodate Executive’s scheduling needs.

 

6.8                                Application of Section 409A .  It is intended that all of the severance payments payable under this Agreement satisfy, to the greatest extent possible, the exemptions from the application of Section 409A of the Code and the regulations and other guidance thereunder and any state law of similar effect (collectively, “ Section 409A ”) provided under Treasury Regulations Sections 1.409A-1(b)(4) and 1.409A-1(b)(9), and this Agreement will be construed in a manner that complies with Section 409A.  If not so exempt, this Agreement (and any definitions hereunder) will be construed in a manner that complies with Section 409A, and incorporates by reference all required definitions and payment terms.  No severance payments will be made under this Agreement unless Executive’s termination of employment constitutes a “separation from service” (as defined under Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(h)).  For purposes of Section 409A (including, without limitation, for purposes of Treasury Regulations Section 1.409A-2(b)(2)(iii)), Executive’s right to receive any installment payments under this Agreement (whether severance payments or otherwise) shall be treated as a right to receive a series of separate payments and, accordingly, each installment payment hereunder shall at all

 

8



 

times be considered a separate and distinct payment.  If the Company determines that the severance benefits provided under this Agreement constitutes “deferred compensation” under Section 409A and if Executive is a “specified employee” of the Company, as such term is defined in Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) of the Code at the time of Executive’s Separation from Service, then, solely to the extent necessary to avoid the incurrence of the adverse personal tax consequences under Section 409A, the timing of the Severance will be delayed as follows:  on the earlier to occur of (a) the date that is six months and one day after Executive’s Separation from Service, and (b) the date of Executive’s death (such earlier date, the “ Delayed Initial Payment Date ”), the Company will (i) pay to Executive a lump sum amount equal to the sum of the severance benefits that Executive would otherwise have received through the Delayed Initial Payment Date if the commencement of the payment of the severance benefits had not been delayed pursuant to this Section 6.8 and (ii) commence paying the balance of the severance benefits in accordance with the applicable payment schedule set forth in Section 6.  No interest shall be due on any amounts deferred pursuant to this Section 6.8.

 

7.                                       Section 280G .

 

7.1                                Anything in this Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding, in the event that the amount of any compensation, payment or distribution by the Company to or for the benefit of Executive, whether paid or payable or distributed or distributable pursuant to the terms of this Agreement or otherwise, calculated in a manner consistent with Section 280G of the Code and the applicable regulations thereunder (the “ Aggregate Payments ”), would be subject to the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Code, then the Aggregate Payments shall be reduced (but not below zero) so that the sum of all of the Aggregate Payments shall be $1.00 less than the amount at which Executive becomes subject to the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Code; provided that such reduction shall only occur if it would result in Executive receiving a higher After Tax Amount (as defined below) than Executive would receive if the Aggregate Payments were not subject to such reduction.  In such event, the Aggregate Payments shall be reduced in the following order, in each case, in reverse chronological order beginning with the Aggregate Payments that are to be paid the furthest in time from consummation of the transaction that is subject to Section 280G of the Code:  (1) cash payments not subject to Section 409A of the Code; (2) cash payments subject to Section 409A of the Code; (3) equity-based payments and acceleration; and (4) non-cash forms of benefits; provided that in the case of all the foregoing Aggregate Payments all amounts or payments that are not subject to calculation under Treas. Reg. §1.280G-1, Q&A-24(b) or (c) shall be reduced before any amounts that are subject to calculation under Treas. Reg. §1.280G-1, Q&A-24(b) or (c).

 

7.2                                For purposes of this Section 5, the “ After Tax Amount ” means the amount of the Aggregate Payments less all federal, state, and local income, excise and employment taxes imposed on Executive as a result of Executive’s receipt of the Aggregate Payments.  For purposes of determining the After Tax Amount, Executive shall be deemed to pay federal income taxes at the highest marginal rate of federal income taxation applicable to individuals for the calendar year in which the determination is to be made, and state and local income taxes at the highest marginal rates of individual taxation in each applicable state and locality, net of the maximum reduction in federal income taxes which could be obtained from deduction of such state and local taxes.

 

9



 

8.                                       General Provisions .

 

8.1                                Notices .  Any notices required hereunder to be in writing shall be deemed effectively given:  (a) upon personal delivery to the party to be notified, (b) when sent by electronic mail or confirmed facsimile if sent during normal business hours of the recipient, and if not, then on the next business day, (c) five (5) days after having been sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, or (d) one (1) day after deposit with a nationally recognized overnight courier, specifying next day delivery, with written verification of receipt.  All communications shall be sent to the Company at its primary office location and to Executive at either Executive’s address as listed on the Company payroll, or Company-issued email address, or at such other address as the Company or Executive may designate by ten (10) days advance written notice to the other.

 

8.2                                Severability .  Whenever possible, each provision of this Agreement will be interpreted in such manner as to be effective and valid under applicable law, but if any provision of this Agreement is held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect under any applicable law or rule in any jurisdiction, such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability will not affect any other provision or any other jurisdiction, but this Agreement will be reformed, construed and enforced in such jurisdiction as if such invalid, illegal or unenforceable provisions had never been contained herein.

 

8.3                                Survival .  Provisions of this Agreement which by their terms must survive the termination of this Agreement in order to effectuate the intent of the parties will survive any such termination, whether by expiration of the term, termination of Executive’s employment, or otherwise, for such period as may be appropriate under the circumstances.

 

8.4                                Waiver .  If either party should waive any breach of any provisions of this Agreement, it shall not thereby be deemed to have waived any preceding or succeeding breach of the same or any other provision of this Agreement.

 

8.5                                Complete Agreement .  This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between Executive and the Company with regard to the subject matter hereof.  This Agreement is the complete, final, and exclusive embodiment of their agreement with regard to this subject matter and supersedes any prior oral discussions or written communications and agreements, including the Employment Offer Letter from with the Company dated May 1, 2014.  This Agreement is entered into without reliance on any promise or representation other than those expressly contained herein, and it cannot be modified or amended except in writing signed by Executive and an authorized officer of the Company.  The parties have entered into a separate Proprietary Information Agreement and have or may enter into separate agreements related to equity.  These separate agreements govern other aspects of the relationship between the parties, have or may have provisions that survive termination of Executive’s employment under this Agreement, may be amended or superseded by the parties without regard to this Agreement and are enforceable according to their terms without regard to the enforcement provision of this Agreement.

 

8.6                                Counterparts .  This Agreement may be executed in separate counterparts, any one of which need not contain signatures of more than one party, but all of which taken

 

10



 

together will constitute one and the same Agreement.  The parties agree that facsimile and scanned image copies of signatures will suffice as original signatures.

 

8.7                                Headings .  The headings of the sections hereof are inserted for convenience only and shall not be deemed to constitute a part hereof nor to affect the meaning thereof.

 

8.8                                Successors and Assigns .  The Company shall assign this Agreement and its rights and obligations hereunder in whole, but not in part, to any Company or other entity with or into which the Company may hereafter merge or consolidate or to which the Company may transfer all or substantially all of its assets, if in any such case said Company or other entity shall by operation of law or expressly in writing assume all obligations of the Company hereunder as fully as if it had been originally made a party hereto, but may not otherwise assign this Agreement or its rights and obligations hereunder.  Executive may not assign or transfer this Agreement or any rights or obligations hereunder, other than to her estate upon her death.

 

8.9                                Choice of Law .  All questions concerning the construction, validity and interpretation of this Agreement will be governed by the laws of the State of Maryland.

 

8.10                         Dispute Resolution .  The parties recognize that litigation in federal or state courts or before federal or state administrative agencies of disputes arising out of the Executive’s employment with the Company or out of this Agreement, or the Executive’s termination of employment or termination of this Agreement, may not be in the best interests of either the Executive or the Company, and may result in unnecessary costs, delays, complexities, and uncertainty.  The parties agree that any dispute between the parties arising out of or relating to the negotiation, execution, performance or termination of this Agreement or the Executive’s employment, including, but not limited to, any claim arising out of this Agreement, claims under Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, as amended, the Civil Rights Act of 1991, the Age Discrimination in Employment Act of 1967, the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990, Section 1981 of the Civil Rights Act of 1966, as amended, the Family Medical Leave Act, the Executive Retirement Income Security Act, and any similar federal, state or local law, statute, regulation, or any common law doctrine, whether that dispute arises during or after employment, shall be settled by binding arbitration in accordance with the National Rules for the Resolution of Employment Disputes of the American Arbitration Association; provided however, that this dispute resolution provision shall not apply to any separate agreements between the parties that do not themselves specify arbitration as an exclusive remedy. The location for the arbitration shall be the Washington, DC metropolitan area.  Any award made by such panel shall be final, binding and conclusive on the parties for all purposes, and judgment upon the award rendered by the arbitrators may be entered in any court having jurisdiction thereof. The arbitrators’ fees and expenses and all administrative fees and expenses associated with the filing of the arbitration shall be borne by the Company; provided however , that at the Executive’s option, Executive may voluntarily pay up to one-half the costs and fees. The parties acknowledge and agree that their obligations to arbitrate under this Section survive the termination of this Agreement and continue after the termination of the employment relationship between Executive and the Company. The parties each further agree that the arbitration provisions of this Agreement shall provide each party with its exclusive remedy , and each party expressly waives any right it might have to seek redress in any other forum, except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement.  By

 

11



 

election arbitration as the means for final settlement of all claims, the parties hereby waive their respective rights to, and agree not to, sue each other in any action in a Federal, State or local court with respect to such claims, but may seek to enforce in court an arbitration award rendered pursuant to this Agreement.  The parties specifically agree to waive their respective rights to a trial by jury, and further agree that no demand, request or motion will be made for trial by jury.

 

[SIGNATURES TO FOLLOW ON NEXT PAGE]

 

12



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties have duly executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

 

SENSEONICS, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Tim Goodnow

 

 

Tim Goodnow, Ph.D.

 

 

President & Chief Executive Officer

 

 

 

 

 

EXECUTIVE

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Mirasol Panlilio

 

Mirasol Panlilio

 




Exhibit 10.13

 

AMENDED AND RESTATED EXECUTIVE EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

 

This AMENDED AND RESTATED EXECUTIVE EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT (“ Agreement ”) is entered into as of the 27th day of July, 2015 (“ Effective Date ”), by and between R. DON ELSEY (“ Executive ”) and SENSEONICS, INCORPORATED (“ Company ”).

 

WHEREAS , the Company wishes to continue to employ Executive as the Chief Financial Officer of the Company and Executive wishes to continue to serve as Chief Financial Officer of the Company and be its employee, subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement;

 

WHEREAS , Executive entered into an employment agreement with the Company dated December 5, 2014 (the “ Prior Agreement ”);

 

WHEREAS , the Company and Executive desire to amend and restate the Prior Agreement, which is hereby superseded by this Agreement;

 

WHEREAS , the Company and Executive desire to set forth their respective rights and obligations in this Agreement; and

 

WHEREAS , this Agreement has been duly approved and its execution has been duly authorized by the Company’s Board of Directors.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual promises and covenants contained herein, the parties agree to the following:

 

1.                                       Employment by the Company .

 

1.1                                Position .  Subject to the terms set forth herein, the Company agrees to continue to employ Executive in the position of Chief Financial Officer, and Executive hereby accepts such continued employment on the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement.

 

1.2                                Duties .  As Chief Financial Officer, Executive will report to the Chief Executive Officer (“ CEO ”) and/or such executive designated by the CEO, performing such duties as are normally associated with his position and such duties as are assigned to him from time to time, subject to the oversight and direction of the CEO or his designee.  During the term of Executive’s employment with the Company, Executive will work on a full-time basis for the Company and will devote Executive’s best efforts and substantially all of Executive’s business time and attention to the business of the Company.  Executive shall perform Executive’s duties under this Agreement principally out of the Company’s corporate headquarters.  In addition, Executive shall make such business trips to such places as may be necessary or advisable for the efficient operations of the Company.

 

1.3                                Company Policies and Benefits .  The employment relationship between the parties shall also be subject to the Company’s personnel policies and procedures as they may be interpreted, adopted, revised or deleted from time to time in the Company’s sole discretion.  Executive will be eligible to participate on the same basis as similarly situated employees in the Company’s benefit plans in effect from time to time during his employment.  All matters of

 

1



 

eligibility for coverage or benefits under any benefit plan shall be determined in accordance with the provisions of such plan.  The Company reserves the right to change, alter, or terminate any benefit plan in its sole discretion.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that the terms of this Agreement differ from or are in conflict with the Company’s general employment policies or practices, this Agreement shall control.

 

2.                                       Compensation .

 

2.1                                Salary .  Executive shall receive for Executive’s services to be rendered under this Agreement an initial base salary of $320,000 on an annualized basis, subject to review and adjustment by the Company in its sole discretion, payable subject to standard federal and state payroll withholding requirements in accordance with the Company’s standard payroll practices (“ Base Salary ”).

 

2.2                                Bonus .  During the period Executive is employed with the Company, Executive shall be eligible to earn for Executive’s services to be rendered under this Agreement a discretionary annual cash bonus of up to 35% of Base Salary (“ Target Amount ”), subject to review and adjustment by the Company in its sole discretion, payable subject to standard federal and state payroll withholding requirements.  Whether or not Executive earns any bonus will be dependent upon (a) Executive’s continuous performance of services to the Company through the date any bonus is paid; and (b) the actual achievement by Executive and the Company of the applicable performance targets and goals set by the Board of Directors of the Company (“ Board ”).  The annual period over which performance is measured for purposes of this bonus is January 1 through December 31.  The Board will determine in its sole discretion the extent to which Executive and the Company have achieved the performance goals upon which the bonus is based and the amount of the bonus, which could be above or below the Target Amount (and may be zero).  Any bonus shall be subject to the terms of any applicable incentive compensation plan adopted by the Company.  Any bonus, if earned, will be paid to Executive within the time period set forth in the incentive compensation plan.

 

2.3                                Expense Reimbursement .  The Company will reimburse Executive for reasonable business expenses in accordance with the Company’s standard expense reimbursement policy, as the same may be modified by the Company from time to time.  The Company shall reimburse Executive for all customary and appropriate business-related expenses actually incurred and documented in accordance with Company policy, as in effect from time to time.  For the avoidance of doubt, to the extent that any reimbursements payable to Executive are subject to the provisions of Section 409A of the Code:  (a) any such reimbursements will be paid no later than December 31 of the year following the year in which the expense was incurred, (b) the amount of expenses reimbursed in one year will not affect the amount eligible for reimbursement in any subsequent year, and (c) the right to reimbursement under this Agreement will not be subject to liquidation or exchange for another benefit.

 

3.                                       Proprietary Information, Inventions, Non-Competition and Non-Solicitation Obligations.   As a condition of employment, Executive agrees to execute and abide by a Employee Proprietary Information, Inventions, Non-Competition and Non-Solicitation Agreement attached as Exhibit A (“ Proprietary Information Agreement ”), which may be amended by the parties from time to time without regard to this Agreement.  The Proprietary

 

2



 

Information Agreement contains provisions that are intended by the parties to survive and do survive termination of this Agreement .

 

4.                                       Outside Activities during Employment .  Except with the prior written consent of the CEO, including consent given to Executive prior to the signing of this Agreement, Executive will not, while employed by the Company, undertake or engage in any other employment, occupation or business enterprise that would interfere with Executive’s responsibilities and the performance of Executive’s duties hereunder except for (i) reasonable time devoted to volunteer services for or on behalf of such religious, educational, non-profit and/or other charitable organization as Executive may wish to serve, (ii) reasonable time devoted to activities in the non-profit and business communities consistent with Executive’s duties; and (iii) such other activities as may be specifically approved by the Board. This restriction shall not, however, preclude Executive (x) from owning less than one percent (1%) of the total outstanding shares of a publicly traded company, or (y) from employment or service in any capacity with Affiliates of the Company.  As used in this Agreement, “Affiliates” means an entity under common management or control with the Company.

 

5.                                       No Conflict with Existing Obligations .  Executive represents that Executive’s performance of all the terms of this Agreement does not and will not breach any agreement or obligation of any kind made prior to Executive’s employment by the Company, including agreements or obligations Executive may have with prior employers or entities for which Executive has provided services.  Executive has not entered into, and Executive agrees that Executive will not enter into, any agreement or obligation, either written or oral, in conflict herewith.

 

6.                                       Termination of Employment .  The parties acknowledge that Executive’s employment relationship with the Company is at-will, meaning either the Company or Executive may terminate Executive’s employment at any time, with or without cause or advanced notice.  The provisions in this Section govern the amount of compensation, if any, to be provided to Executive upon termination of employment and do not alter this at-will status.

 

6.1                                Termination by the Company without Cause or for Good Reason .

 

(a)                                  The Company shall have the right to terminate Executive’s employment with the Company pursuant to this Section 6.1 at any time, in accordance with Section 6.6 , without “Cause” (as defined in Section 6.2(b) below) by giving notice as described in Section 8.1 of this Agreement.  A termination pursuant to Section 6.5 below is not a termination without “Cause” for purposes of receiving the benefits described in this Section 6.1 .

 

(b)                                  If the Company terminates Executive’s employment at any time without Cause or Executive terminates his employment with the Company for Good Reason and provided that such termination constitutes a “separation from service” (as defined under Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(h), without regard to any alternative definition thereunder, a “ Separation from Service ”), then Executive shall be entitled to receive the Accrued Obligations (defined below).  If Executive complies with the obligations in Section 6.1(c) below, Executive shall also be eligible to receive the following severance benefits: (1) an amount equal to Executive’s then current Base Salary for one (1) year, less all applicable withholdings and

 

3



 

deductions (“ Severance ”), paid in equal installments beginning on the Company’s first regularly scheduled payroll date following the Release Effective Date (as defined in Section 6.1(c) below), with the remaining installments occurring on the Company’s regularly scheduled payroll dates thereafter and (2) a pro rata portion of Executive’s Target Amount for the performance year in which Executive’s termination occurs, with such pro rata portion calculated based upon the number of days that Executive was employed during such performance year divided by the total number of days in such performance year, payable as a lump sum payment on the Release Effective Date (as defined below) (“ Bonus Severance ”).

 

(c)                                   Executive will be paid all of the Accrued Obligations on the Company’s first payroll date after Executive’s date of termination from employment or earlier if required by law.  Executive shall receive the Severance and Bonus Severance pursuant to Section 6.1(b) of this Agreement and the payments pursuant to Section 6.1(d) if:  (i) by the 60th day following the date of Executive’s Separation from Service, he has signed and delivered to the Company a separation agreement containing an effective, general release of claims in favor of the Company and its affiliates and representatives, in a form acceptable to the Company (the “ Release ”), which cannot be revoked in whole or part by such date (the date that the Release can no longer be revoked is referred to as the “ Release Effective Date ”); and (ii) if he holds any other positions with the Company, he resigns such position(s) to be effective no later than the date of Executive’s termination date (or such other date as requested by the Board); (iii) he returns all Company property; (iv) he complies with his post-termination obligations under this Agreement and the Proprietary Information Agreement; and (v) he complies with the terms of the Release, including without limitation any non-disparagement and confidentiality provisions contained in Release.  To the extent that any severance payments are deferred compensation under Section 409A of the Code, and are not otherwise exempt from the application of Section 409A, then, if the period during which Executive may consider and sign the Release spans two calendar years, the payment of Severance will not be made or begin until the later calendar year.

 

(d)                                  If Executive timely elects continued coverage under COBRA for himself and his covered dependents under the Company’s group health plans following such termination, then the Company shall pay the COBRA premiums necessary to continue Executive’s and his covered dependents’ health insurance coverage in effect for himself (and his covered dependents) on the termination date until the earliest of: (i) twelve (12) months following the termination date (the “ COBRA Severance Period ”); (ii) the date when Executive becomes eligible for substantially equivalent health insurance coverage in connection with new employment or self-employment; or (iii) the date Executive ceases to be eligible for COBRA continuation coverage for any reason, including plan termination (such period from the termination date through the earlier of (i)-(iii), (the “ COBRA Payment Period ”).  Notwithstanding the foregoing, if at any time the Company determines that its payment of COBRA premiums on Executive’s behalf would result in a violation of applicable law (including, but not limited to, the 2010 Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act, as amended by the 2010 Health Care and Education Reconciliation Act), then in lieu of paying COBRA premiums pursuant to this Section, the Company shall pay Executive on the last day of each remaining month of the COBRA Payment Period, a fully taxable cash payment equal to the COBRA premium for such month, subject to applicable tax withholding (such amount, the “ Special Severance Payment ”), such Special Severance Payment to be made without regard to the COBRA period prior to the end of the COBRA Payment Period.  Nothing in this Agreement

 

4



 

shall deprive Executive of his rights under COBRA or ERISA for benefits under plans and policies arising under his employment by the Company.

 

(e)                                   For purposes of this Agreement, “ Accrued Obligations ” are (i) Executive’s accrued but unpaid salary through the date of termination, (ii) any unreimbursed business expenses incurred by Executive payable in accordance with the Company’s standard expense reimbursement policies, and (iii) benefits owed to Executive under any qualified retirement plan or health and welfare benefit plan in which Executive was a participant in accordance with applicable law and the provisions of such plan.

 

(f)                                    The Severance and Bonus Severance provided to Executive pursuant to this Section 6.1 are in lieu of, and not in addition to, any benefits to which Executive may otherwise be entitled under any Company severance plan, policy or program.

 

(g)                                   Any damages caused by the termination of Executive’s employment without Cause would be difficult to ascertain; therefore, the Severance and Bonus Severance for which Executive is eligible pursuant to Section 6.1(b) above in exchange for the Release is agreed to by the parties as liquidated damages, to serve as full compensation, and not a penalty.

 

(h)                                  For purposes of this Agreement, “ Good Reason ” shall mean the occurrence of any of the following events without Executive’s consent: (i) a material reduction in Executive’s Base Salary of at least 10%; (ii) a material breach of this Agreement by the Company; (iii) any material diminution in Executive’s duties, responsibilities, authority, reporting structure, status or title, unless approved in writing by Executive; or (iv) the relocation of Executive’s principal place of employment, without Executive’s consent, in a manner that lengthens his one-way commute distance by fifty (50) or more miles from his then-current principal place of employment immediately prior to such relocation; provided, however, that, any such termination by Executive shall only be deemed for Good Reason pursuant to this definition if: (1) Executive gives the Company written notice of his intent to terminate for Good Reason within thirty (30) days following the first occurrence of the condition(s) that he believes constitute(s) Good Reason, which notice shall describe such condition(s); (2) the Company fails to remedy such condition(s) within thirty (30) days following receipt of the written notice (the “ Cure Period ”); and (3) Executive voluntarily terminates his employment within thirty (30) days following the end of the Cure Period.

 

(i)                                      Any damages caused by the termination of Executive’s employment without Cause or for Good Reason would be difficult to ascertain; therefore, the payments for which Executive is eligible pursuant to this Section 6.1 above in exchange for the Release is agreed to by the parties as liquidated damages, to serve as full compensation, and not a penalty.

 

6.2                                Termination by the Company without Cause or for Good Reason Following a Change in Control .

 

(a)                                  If Executive’s employment by the Company is terminated by the Company without “Cause” (and not due to Disability or death) or by Executive for Good Reason

 

5



 

coincident with a Change in Control (as defined below), then the Company shall pay or provide Executive with the Accrued Obligations and all of the benefits described in Section 6.1 above, subject to compliance with Section 6.1(c) ; provided that: (i) in lieu of the bonus described in Section 6.1(b), the Company shall pay Executive 125% of the Target Amount for the performance year in which Executive’s termination occurs, payable as a lump sum payment on the Release Effective Date; and (ii) 50% of the unvested portion of any equity awards granted to Executive shall become fully vested, provided that if Executive’s employment by the Company or any successor entity is terminated by the Company or the successor entity without “Cause” (and not due to Disability or death) within twelve (12) months following a Change in Control, 100% of the then unvested portion of the equity awards granted to Executive shall become fully vested.

 

(b)                                  For purposes of this Agreement, a “ Change in Control ” means (a) any consolidation or merger of the Company with or into any other corporation or other entity or person, or any other corporate reorganization, other than any such consolidation, merger or reorganization in which the stockholders of the Company immediately prior to such consolidation, merger or reorganization, continue to hold a majority of the voting power of the surviving entity (or, if the surviving entity is a wholly owned subsidiary, its parent) immediately after such consolidation, merger or reorganization; (b) any transaction or series of related transactions to which the Company is a party in which in excess of fifty percent (50%) of the Company’s voting power is transferred; provided that the foregoing shall not include any transaction or series of transactions principally for bona fide equity financing purposes in which cash is received by the Company or indebtedness of the Company is cancelled or converted or a combination thereof; or (c) a sale, lease, exclusive license or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company.  In the event of any interpretation of this definition, the Board of Directors of the Company, upon advice of legal counsel, shall have final and conclusive authority, so long as such authority is exercised in good faith.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Change in Control will only be deemed to occur for purposes of this Agreement it is also meets the definition used for purposes of Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-3(a)(5), that is, as defined under Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-3(i)(5).

 

(c)                                   Any damages caused by the termination of Executive’s employment without Cause or for Good Reason following a Change in Control would be difficult to ascertain; therefore, the payments for which Executive is eligible pursuant to Section 6.2 above in exchange for the Release is agreed to by the parties as liquidated damages, to serve as full compensation, and not a penalty.

 

6.3                                Termination by the Company for Cause.

 

(a)                                  The Company shall have the right to terminate Executive’s employment with the Company at any time, in accordance with Section 6.6 , for Cause by giving notice as described in Section 8.1 of this Agreement.  In the event Executive’s employment is terminated at any time for Cause, Executive will not receive Severance, a Severance Bonus or any other severance compensation or benefits, except that, pursuant to the Company’s standard payroll policies, the Company shall pay to Executive the Accrued Obligations.

 

6



 

(b)                                  “Cause” for termination shall mean that the Company has determined in its sole discretion that Executive has engaged in any of the following: (i) a material breach of any covenant or condition under this Agreement or any other agreement between the parties; (ii) any act constituting dishonesty, fraud, immoral or disreputable conduct; (iii) any conduct which constitutes a felony under applicable law; (iv) violation of any written Company policy or any act of misconduct; (v) refusal to follow or implement a clear and reasonable directive of the Company; (vi) negligence or incompetence in the performance of Executive’s duties or failure to perform such duties in a manner satisfactory to the Company after the expiration of ten (10) days without cure after written notice of such failure; or (vii) breach of fiduciary duty.

 

6.4                                Resignation by Executive .

 

(a)                                  Executive may resign from Executive’s employment with the Company at any time, in accordance with Section 6.6 , by giving notice as described in Section 8.1 .

 

(b)                                  In the event Executive resigns from Executive’s employment with the Company for any reason, Executive will not receive Severance, a Severance Bonus or any other severance compensation or benefits, except that, pursuant to the Company’s standard payroll policies, the Company shall pay to Executive the Accrued Obligations.

 

6.5                                Termination by Virtue of Death or Disability of Executive .

 

(a)                                  In the event of Executive’s death while employed pursuant to this Agreement, all obligations of the parties hereunder shall terminate immediately, in accordance with Section 6.6 , and the Company shall, pursuant to the Company’s standard payroll policies, pay to Executive’s legal representatives all Accrued Obligations.

 

(b)                                  Subject to applicable state and federal law, the Company shall at all times have the right, upon written notice to Executive, and in accordance with Section 6.6 , to terminate this Agreement based on Executive’s Disability.  Termination by the Company of Executive’s employment based on “ Disability ” shall mean termination because Executive is unable due to a physical or mental condition to perform the essential functions of his position with or without reasonable accommodation for 180 days in the aggregate during any twelve (12) month period or based on the written certification by two licensed physicians of the likely continuation of such condition for such period.  This definition shall be interpreted and applied consistent with the Americans with Disabilities Act, the Family and Medical Leave Act, and other applicable law.  In the event Executive’s employment is terminated based on Executive’s Disability, Executive will not receive Severance, a Severance Bonus or any other severance compensation or benefit, except that, pursuant to the Company’s standard payroll policies, the Company shall pay to Executive the Accrued Obligations.

 

6.6                                Notice; Effective Date of Termination.

 

(a)                                  Termination of Executive’s employment pursuant to this Agreement shall be effective on the earliest of:

 

7



 

(i)                                     immediately after the Company gives notice to Executive of Executive’s termination, with or without Cause, unless pursuant to Section 6.3(b)(vi) in which case ten (10) days after notice if not cured or unless the Company specifies a later date, in which case, termination shall be effective as of such later date;

 

(ii)                                 immediately upon the Executive’s death;

 

(iii)                             ten (10) days after the Company gives notice to Executive of Executive’s termination on account of Executive’s Disability, unless the Company specifies a later date, in which case, termination shall be effective as of such later date, provided that Executive has not returned to the full time performance of Executive’s duties prior to such date;

 

(iv)                              ten (10) days after the Executive gives written notice to the Company of Executive’s resignation, provided that the Company may set a termination date at any time between the date of notice and the date of resignation, in which case the Executive’s resignation shall be effective as of such other date.  Executive will receive compensation through any required notice period; or

 

(v)                                  for a termination for Good Reason, immediately upon Executive’s full satisfaction of the requirements of Section 6.1(h).

 

(b)                                  In the event notice of a termination under subsections (a)(i), (iii), (iv) and (iv) is given orally, at the other party’s request, the party giving notice must provide written confirmation of such notice within five (5) business days of the request in compliance with the requirement of Section 8.1 below.  In the event of a termination for Cause or Good Reason, written confirmation shall specify the subsection(s) of the definition of Cause or Good Reason relied on to support the decision to terminate.

 

6.7                                Cooperation with Company after Termination of Employment .  Following termination of Executive’s employment for any reason, Executive agrees to cooperate fully with the Company in connection with its actual or contemplated defense, prosecution, or investigation of any claims or demands by or against third parties, or other matters arising from events, acts, or failures to act that occurred during the period of Executive’s employment by the Company.  Such cooperation includes, without limitation, making Executive available to the Company upon reasonable notice, without subpoena, to provide complete, truthful and accurate information in witness interviews, depositions and trial testimony.  In addition, for six months after Executive’s employment with the Company ends for any reason, Executive agrees to cooperate fully with the Company in all matters relating to the transition of Executive’s work and responsibilities on behalf of the Company, including, but not limited to, any present, prior or subsequent relationships and the orderly transfer of any such work and institutional knowledge to such other persons as may be designated by the Company.  The Company will reimburse Executive for reasonable out-of-pocket expenses Executive incurs in connection with any such cooperation (excluding forgone wages, salary, or other compensation) and will make reasonable efforts to accommodate Executive’s scheduling needs.

 

6.8                                Application of Section 409A .  It is intended that all of the severance payments payable under this Agreement satisfy, to the greatest extent possible, the exemptions

 

8



 

from the application of Section 409A of the Code and the regulations and other guidance thereunder and any state law of similar effect (collectively, “ Section 409A ”) provided under Treasury Regulations Sections 1.409A-1(b)(4) and 1.409A-1(b)(9), and this Agreement will be construed in a manner that complies with Section 409A.  If not so exempt, this Agreement (and any definitions hereunder) will be construed in a manner that complies with Section 409A, and incorporates by reference all required definitions and payment terms.  No severance payments will be made under this Agreement unless Executive’s termination of employment constitutes a “separation from service” (as defined under Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(h)).  For purposes of Section 409A (including, without limitation, for purposes of Treasury Regulations Section 1.409A-2(b)(2)(iii)), Executive’s right to receive any installment payments under this Agreement (whether severance payments or otherwise) shall be treated as a right to receive a series of separate payments and, accordingly, each installment payment hereunder shall at all times be considered a separate and distinct payment.  If the Company determines that the severance benefits provided under this Agreement constitutes “deferred compensation” under Section 409A and if Executive is a “specified employee” of the Company, as such term is defined in Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) of the Code at the time of Executive’s Separation from Service, then, solely to the extent necessary to avoid the incurrence of the adverse personal tax consequences under Section 409A, the timing of the Severance will be delayed as follows:  on the earlier to occur of (a) the date that is six months and one day after Executive’s Separation from Service, and (b) the date of Executive’s death (such earlier date, the “ Delayed Initial Payment Date ”), the Company will (i) pay to Executive a lump sum amount equal to the sum of the severance benefits that Executive would otherwise have received through the Delayed Initial Payment Date if the commencement of the payment of the severance benefits had not been delayed pursuant to this Section 6.8 and (ii) commence paying the balance of the severance benefits in accordance with the applicable payment schedule set forth in Section 6.  No interest shall be due on any amounts deferred pursuant to this Section 6.8.

 

7.                                       Section 280G .

 

7.1                                Anything in this Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding, in the event that the amount of any compensation, payment or distribution by the Company to or for the benefit of Executive, whether paid or payable or distributed or distributable pursuant to the terms of this Agreement or otherwise, calculated in a manner consistent with Section 280G of the Code and the applicable regulations thereunder (the “ Aggregate Payments ”), would be subject to the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Code, then the Aggregate Payments shall be reduced (but not below zero) so that the sum of all of the Aggregate Payments shall be $1.00 less than the amount at which Executive becomes subject to the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Code; provided that such reduction shall only occur if it would result in Executive receiving a higher After Tax Amount (as defined below) than Executive would receive if the Aggregate Payments were not subject to such reduction.  In such event, the Aggregate Payments shall be reduced in the following order, in each case, in reverse chronological order beginning with the Aggregate Payments that are to be paid the furthest in time from consummation of the transaction that is subject to Section 280G of the Code:  (1) cash payments not subject to Section 409A of the Code; (2) cash payments subject to Section 409A of the Code; (3) equity-based payments and acceleration; and (4) non-cash forms of benefits; provided that in the case of all the foregoing Aggregate Payments all amounts or payments that are not subject to calculation

 

9



 

under Treas. Reg. §1.280G-1, Q&A-24(b) or (c) shall be reduced before any amounts that are subject to calculation under Treas. Reg. §1.280G-1, Q&A-24(b) or (c).

 

7.2                                For purposes of this Section 5, the “ After Tax Amount ” means the amount of the Aggregate Payments less all federal, state, and local income, excise and employment taxes imposed on Executive as a result of Executive’s receipt of the Aggregate Payments.  For purposes of determining the After Tax Amount, Executive shall be deemed to pay federal income taxes at the highest marginal rate of federal income taxation applicable to individuals for the calendar year in which the determination is to be made, and state and local income taxes at the highest marginal rates of individual taxation in each applicable state and locality, net of the maximum reduction in federal income taxes which could be obtained from deduction of such state and local taxes

 

8.                                       General Provisions .

 

8.1                                Notices .  Any notices required hereunder to be in writing shall be deemed effectively given:  (a) upon personal delivery to the party to be notified, (b) when sent by electronic mail or confirmed facsimile if sent during normal business hours of the recipient, and if not, then on the next business day, (c) five (5) days after having been sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, or (d) one (1) day after deposit with a nationally recognized overnight courier, specifying next day delivery, with written verification of receipt.  All communications shall be sent to the Company at its primary office location and to Executive at either Executive’s address as listed on the Company payroll, or Company-issued email address, or at such other address as the Company or Executive may designate by ten (10) days advance written notice to the other.

 

8.2                                Severability .  Whenever possible, each provision of this Agreement will be interpreted in such manner as to be effective and valid under applicable law, but if any provision of this Agreement is held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect under any applicable law or rule in any jurisdiction, such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability will not affect any other provision or any other jurisdiction, but this Agreement will be reformed, construed and enforced in such jurisdiction as if such invalid, illegal or unenforceable provisions had never been contained herein.

 

8.3                                Survival .  Provisions of this Agreement which by their terms must survive the termination of this Agreement in order to effectuate the intent of the parties will survive any such termination, whether by expiration of the term, termination of Executive’s employment, or otherwise, for such period as may be appropriate under the circumstances.

 

8.4                                Waiver .  If either party should waive any breach of any provisions of this Agreement, it shall not thereby be deemed to have waived any preceding or succeeding breach of the same or any other provision of this Agreement.

 

8.5                                Complete Agreement .  This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between Executive and the Company with regard to the subject matter hereof.  This Agreement is the complete, final, and exclusive embodiment of their agreement with regard to this subject matter and supersedes any prior oral discussions or written communications and agreements,

 

10



 

including the Prior Agreement.  This Agreement is entered into without reliance on any promise or representation other than those expressly contained herein, and it cannot be modified or amended except in writing signed by Executive and an authorized officer of the Company.  The parties have entered into a separate Proprietary Information Agreement and have or may enter into separate agreements related to equity.  These separate agreements govern other aspects of the relationship between the parties, have or may have provisions that survive termination of Executive’s employment under this Agreement, may be amended or superseded by the parties without regard to this Agreement and are enforceable according to their tennis without regard to the enforcement provision of this Agreement.

 

8.6                                Counterparts .  This Agreement may be executed in separate counterparts, any one of which need not contain signatures of more than one party, but all of which taken together will constitute one and the same Agreement.  The parties agree that facsimile and scanned image copies of signatures will suffice as original signatures.

 

8.7                                Headings .  The headings of the sections hereof are inserted for convenience only and shall not be deemed to constitute a part hereof nor to affect the meaning thereof.

 

8.8                                Successors and Assigns .  The Company shall assign this Agreement and its rights and obligations hereunder in whole, but not in part, to any Company or other entity with or into which the Company may hereafter merge or consolidate or to which the Company may transfer all or substantially all of its assets, if in any such case said Company or other entity shall by operation of law or expressly in writing assume all obligations of the Company hereunder as fully as if it had been originally made a party hereto, but may not otherwise assign this Agreement or its rights and obligations hereunder.  Executive may not assign or transfer this Agreement or any rights or obligations hereunder, other than to his estate upon his death.

 

8.9                                Choice of Law .  All questions concerning the construction, validity and interpretation of this Agreement will be governed by the laws of the State of Delaware.

 

8.10                         Dispute Resolution .  The parties recognize that litigation in federal or state courts or before federal or state administrative agencies of disputes arising out of the Executive’s employment with the Company or out of this Agreement, or the Executive’s termination of employment or termination of this Agreement, may not be in the best interests of either the Executive or the Company, and may result in unnecessary costs, delays, complexities, and uncertainty.  The parties agree that any dispute between the parties arising out of or relating to the negotiation, execution, performance or termination of this Agreement or the Executive’s employment, including, but not limited to, any claim arising out of this Agreement, claims under Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, as amended, the Civil Rights Act of 1991, the Age Discrimination in Employment Act of 1967, the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990, Section 1981 of the Civil Rights Act of 1966, as amended, the Family Medical Leave Act, the Executive Retirement Income Security Act, and any similar federal, state or local law, statute, regulation, or any common law doctrine, whether that dispute arises during or after employment, shall be settled by binding arbitration in accordance with the National Rules for the Resolution of Employment Disputes of the American Arbitration Association; provided however, that this dispute resolution provision shall not apply to any separate agreements between the parties that

 

11



 

do not themselves specify arbitration as an exclusive remedy. The location for the arbitration shall be the Washington, DC metropolitan area.  Any award made by such panel shall be final, binding and conclusive on the parties for all purposes, and judgment upon the award rendered by the arbitrators may be entered in any court having jurisdiction thereof. The arbitrators’ fees and expenses and all administrative fees and expenses associated with the filing of the arbitration shall be borne by the Company; provided however , that at the Executive’s option, Executive may voluntarily pay up to one-half the costs and fees. The parties acknowledge and agree that their obligations to arbitrate under this Section survive the termination of this Agreement and continue after the termination of the employment relationship between Executive and the Company. The parties each further agree that the arbitration provisions of this Agreement shall provide each party with its exclusive remedy , and each party expressly waives any right it might have to seek redress in any other forum, except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement.  By election arbitration as the means for final settlement of all claims, the parties hereby waive their respective rights to, and agree not to, sue each other in any action in a Federal, State or local court with respect to such claims, but may seek to enforce in court an arbitration award rendered pursuant to this Agreement.  The parties specifically agree to waive their respective rights to a trial by jury, and further agree that no demand, request or motion will be made for trial by jury.

 

[SIGNATURES TO FOLLOW ON NEXT PAGE]

 

12



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties have duly executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

 

SENSEONICS, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Tim Goodnow

 

 

Tim Goodnow, Ph.D.

 

 

President & Chief Executive Officer

 

 

 

 

 

EXECUTIVE

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ R. Don Elsey

 

R. Don Elsey

 




Exhibit 10.14

 

LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT

 

THIS LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT (as the same may from time to time be amended, modified, supplemented or restated, this “ Agreement ”) dated as of July 31, 2014 (the “ Effective Date ”) among OXFORD FINANCE LLC, a Delaware limited liability company with an office located at 133 North Fairfax Street, Alexandria, Virginia 22314 (“ Oxford ”), as collateral agent (in such capacity, “ Collateral Agent ”), the Lenders listed on Schedule 1.1 hereof or otherwise a party hereto from time to time including Oxford in its capacity as a Lender (each a “ Lender ” and collectively, the “ Lenders ”), and SENSEONICS, INCORPORATED with an office located at 20451 Seneca Meadows Parkway, Germantown, Maryland 20876 (“ Borrower ”), provides the terms on which the Lenders shall lend to Borrower and Borrower shall repay the Lenders. The parties agree as follows:

 

1.                                       ACCOUNTING AND OTHER TERMS

 

1.1                                Accounting terms not defined in this Agreement shall be construed in accordance with GAAP. Calculations and determinations must be made in accordance with GAAP. Capitalized terms not otherwise defined in this Agreement shall have the meanings set forth in Section 13. All other terms contained in this Agreement, unless otherwise indicated, shall have the meaning provided by the Code to the extent such terms are defined therein. All references to “ Dollars ” or “ $ ” are United States Dollars, unless otherwise noted.

 

2.                                       LOANS AND TERMS OF PAYMENT

 

2.1                                Promise to Pay. Borrower hereby unconditionally promises to pay each Lender, the outstanding principal amount of all Term Loans advanced to Borrower by such Lender and accrued and unpaid interest thereon and any other amounts due hereunder as and when due in accordance with this Agreement.

 

2.2                                Term Loans.

 

(a)                                  Availability .

 

(i)                                      Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, the Lenders agree, severally and not jointly, to make term loans to Borrower on the Effective Date in an aggregate amount of Four Million Dollars ($4,000,000) according to each Lender’s Term A Loan Commitment as set forth on Schedule 1.1 hereto (such term loans are hereinafter referred to singly as a “ Term A Loan ”, and collectively as the “ Term A Loans ”). After repayment, no Term A Loan may be re-borrowed.

 

(ii)                                   Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, the Lenders agree, severally and not jointly, during the Second Draw Period, to make term loans to Borrower in an aggregate amount up to Six Million Dollars ($6,000,000) according to each Lender’s Term B Loan Commitment as set forth on Schedule 1.1 hereto (such term loans are hereinafter referred to singly as a “ Term B Loan ”, and collectively as the “ Term B Loans ”; each Term A Loan or Term B Loan is hereinafter referred to singly as a “ Term Loan ” and the Term A Loans and the Term B Loans are hereinafter referred to collectively as the “ Term Loans ”). After repayment, no Term B Loan may be re-borrowed.

 

(b)                                  Repayment . Borrower shall make monthly payments of interest only commencing on the first (1 st ) Payment Date following the Funding Date of each Term Loan, and continuing on the Payment Date of each successive month thereafter through and including the Payment Date immediately preceding the Amortization Date. Borrower agrees to pay, on the Funding Date of each Term Loan, any initial partial monthly interest payment otherwise due for the period between the Funding Date of such Term Loan and the first Payment Date thereof. Commencing on the Amortization Date, and continuing on the Payment Date of each month thereafter, Borrower shall make consecutive equal monthly payments of principal and interest, in arrears, to each Lender, as calculated by Collateral Agent (which calculations shall be deemed correct absent manifest error) based upon: (1) the amount of such Lender’s Term Loan then outstanding, (2) the effective rate of interest, as determined in Section 2.3(a), and (3) a repayment schedule with respect to the Term Loans equal to (A) thirty-six (36) months if the CE Mark Approval Event occurs, and (B) forty-two months if the CE Mark Approval Event does not occur. All unpaid principal and

 

1



 

accrued and unpaid interest with respect to each Term Loan is due and payable in full on the Maturity Date. Each Term Loan may only be prepaid in accordance with Sections 2.2(c) and 2.2(d).

 

(c)                                   Mandatory Prepayments . If the Term Loans are accelerated following the occurrence of an Event of Default, Borrower shall immediately pay to Lenders, payable to each Lender in accordance with its respective Pro Rata Share, an amount equal to the sum of: (i) all outstanding principal of the Term Loans plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon through the prepayment date, (ii) the Final Payment, (iii) the Prepayment Fee, plus (iv) all other Obligations that are due and payable, including Lenders’ Expenses and interest at the Default Rate with respect to any past due amounts. Notwithstanding (but without duplication with) the foregoing, on the Maturity Date, if the Final Payment had not previously been paid in full in connection with the prepayment of the Term Loans in full, Borrower shall pay to Collateral Agent, for payment to each Lender in accordance with its respective Pro Rata Share, the Final Payment in respect of the Term Loan(s).

 

(d)                                  Permitted Prepayment of Term Loans . Borrower shall have the option to prepay all, but not less than all, of the Term Loans advanced by the Lenders under this Agreement, provided Borrower (i) provides written notice to Collateral Agent of its election to prepay the Term Loans at least fifteen (15) days prior to such prepayment, and (ii) pays to the Lenders on the date of such prepayment, payable to each Lender in accordance with its respective Pro Rata Share, an amount equal to the sum of (A) all outstanding principal of the Term Loans plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon through the prepayment date, (B) the Final Payment, (C) the Prepayment Fee, plus (D) all other Obligations that are due and payable, including Lenders’ Expenses and interest at the Default Rate with respect to any past due amounts.

 

2.3                                Payment of Interest on the Credit Extensions.

 

(a)                                  Interest Rate. Subject to Section 2.3(b), the principal amount outstanding under the Term Loans shall accrue interest at a fixed per annum rate (which rate shall be fixed for the duration of the applicable Term Loan) equal to the Basic Rate, which interest shall be payable monthly in arrears in accordance with Sections 2.2(b) and 2.3(e). Interest shall accrue on each Term Loan commencing on, and including, the Funding Date of such Term Loan, and shall accrue on the principal amount outstanding under such Term Loan through and including the day on which such Term Loan is paid in full.

 

(b)                                  Default Rate . Immediately upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, Obligations shall accrue interest at a fixed per annum rate equal to the rate that is otherwise applicable thereto plus five percentage points (5.00%) (the “ Default Rate ”). Payment or acceptance of the increased interest rate provided in this Section 2.3(b) is not a permitted alternative to timely payment and shall not constitute a waiver of any Event of Default or otherwise prejudice or limit any rights or remedies of Collateral Agent.

 

(c)                                   360-Day Year . Interest shall be computed on the basis of a three hundred sixty (360) day year consisting of twelve (12) months of thirty (30) days.

 

(d)                                  Debit of Accounts . Collateral Agent and each Lender may debit (or ACH) any deposit accounts, maintained by Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, including the Designated Deposit Account, for principal and interest payments or any other amounts Borrower owes the Lenders under the Loan Documents when due. Any such debits (or ACH activity) shall not constitute a set-off.

 

(e)                                   Payments . Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, all payments by Borrower under the Loan Documents shall be made to the respective Lender to which such payments are owed, at such Lender’s office in immediately available funds on the date specified herein. Unless otherwise provided, interest is payable monthly on the Payment Date of each month. Payments of principal and/or interest received after 3:00 p.m. Eastern time are considered received at the opening of business on the next Business Day. When a payment is due on a day that is not a Business Day, the payment is due the next Business Day and additional fees or interest, as applicable, shall continue to accrue until paid. All payments to be made by Borrower hereunder or under any other Loan Document, including payments of principal and interest, and all fees, expenses, indemnities and reimbursements, shall be made without set-off, recoupment or counterclaim, in lawful money of the United States and in immediately available funds.

 

2



 

2.4                                Secured Promissory Notes. The Term Loans shall be evidenced by a Secured Promissory Note or Notes in the form attached as Exhibit D hereto (each a “ Secured Promissory Note ”), and shall be repayable as set forth in this Agreement. Borrower irrevocably authorizes each Lender to make or cause to be made, on or about the Funding Date of any Term Loan or at the time of receipt of any payment of principal on such Lender’s Secured Promissory Note, an appropriate notation on such Lender’s Secured Promissory Note Record reflecting the making of such Term Loan or (as the case may be) the receipt of such payment. The outstanding amount of each Term Loan set forth on such Lender’s Secured Promissory Note Record shall be prima facie evidence of the principal amount thereof owing and unpaid to such Lender, but the failure to record, or any error in so recording, any such amount on such Lender’s Secured Promissory Note Record shall not limit or otherwise affect the obligations of Borrower under any Secured Promissory Note or any other Loan Document to make payments of principal of or interest on any Secured Promissory Note when due. Upon receipt of an affidavit of an officer of a Lender as to the loss, theft, destruction, or mutilation of its Secured Promissory Note, Borrower shall issue, in lieu thereof, a replacement Secured Promissory Note in the same principal amount thereof and of like tenor.

 

2.5                                Fees. Borrower shall pay to Collateral Agent:

 

(a)                                  Facility Fee . A fully earned, non-refundable facility fee of Fifty Thousand Dollars ($50,000) to be shared between the Lenders pursuant to their respective Commitment Percentages, which was paid by Borrower on or about July 2, 2014;

 

(b)                                  Final Payment . The Final Payment, when due hereunder, to be shared between the Lenders in accordance with their respective Pro Rata Shares;

 

(c)                                   Prepayment Fee . The Prepayment Fee, when due hereunder, to be shared between the Lenders in accordance with their respective Pro Rata Shares; and

 

(d)                                  Lenders’ Expenses . All Lenders’ Expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses for documentation and negotiation of this Agreement) incurred through and after the Effective Date, when due.

 

2.6                                Withholding. Payments received by the Lenders from Borrower hereunder will be made free and clear of and without deduction for any and all present or future taxes, levies, imposts, duties, deductions, withholdings, assessments, fees or other charges imposed by any governmental authority (including any interest, additions to tax or penalties applicable thereto). Specifically, however, if at any time any Governmental Authority, applicable law, regulation or international agreement requires Borrower to make any withholding or deduction from any such payment or other sum payable hereunder to the Lenders, Borrower hereby covenants and agrees that the amount due from Borrower with respect to such payment or other sum payable hereunder will be increased to the extent necessary to ensure that, after the making of such required withholding or deduction, each Lender receives a net sum equal to the sum which it would have received had no withholding or deduction been required and Borrower shall pay the full amount withheld or deducted to the relevant Governmental Authority. Borrower will, upon request, furnish the Lenders with proof reasonably satisfactory to the Lenders indicating that Borrower has made such withholding payment; provided, however, that Borrower need not make any withholding payment if the amount or validity of such withholding payment is contested in good faith by appropriate and timely proceedings and as to which payment in full is bonded or reserved against by Borrower. The agreements and obligations of Borrower contained in this Section 2.6 shall survive the termination of this Agreement.

 

3.                                       CONDITIONS OF LOANS

 

3.1                                Conditions Precedent to Initial Credit Extension. Each Lender’s obligation to make a Term A Loan is subject to the condition precedent that Collateral Agent and each Lender shall consent to or shall have received, in form and substance satisfactory to Collateral Agent and each Lender, such documents, and completion of such other matters, as Collateral Agent and each Lender may reasonably deem necessary or appropriate, including, without limitation:

 

3



 

(a)                                  original Loan Documents, each duly executed by Borrower and each Subsidiary, as applicable;

 

(b)                                  duly executed original Control Agreements with respect to any Collateral Accounts maintained by Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries;

 

(c)                                   duly executed original Secured Promissory Notes in favor of each Lender according to its Term A Loan Commitment Percentage;

 

(d)                                  the Operating Documents and good standing certificates of Borrower and its Subsidiaries certified by the Secretary of State (or equivalent agency) of Borrower’s and such Subsidiaries’ jurisdiction of organization or formation and each jurisdiction in which Borrower and each Subsidiary is qualified to conduct business, each as of a date no earlier than thirty (30) days prior to the Effective Date ;

 

(e)                                   a completed Perfection Certificate for Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries;

 

(f)                                    the Annual Projections, for the current calendar year;

 

(g)                                   duly executed original officer’s certificate for Borrower and each Subsidiary that is a party to the Loan Documents, in a form acceptable to Collateral Agent and the Lenders;

 

(h)                                  certified copies, dated as of date no earlier than thirty (30) days prior to the Effective Date, of financing statement searches, as Collateral Agent shall request, accompanied by written evidence (including any UCC termination statements) that the Liens indicated in any such financing statements either constitute Permitted Liens or have been or, in connection with the initial Credit Extension, will be terminated or released;

 

(i)                                      a landlord’s consent executed in favor of Collateral Agent in respect of all of Borrower’s and each Subsidiaries’ leased locations;

 

(j)                                     a bailee waiver executed in favor of Collateral Agent in respect of each third party bailee where Borrower or any Subsidiary maintains Collateral having a book value in excess of Two Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($250,000.00);

 

(k)                                  a duly executed legal opinion of counsel to Borrower dated as of the Effective Date;

 

(l)                                      evidence satisfactory to Collateral Agent and the Lenders that the insurance policies required by Section 6.5 hereof are in full force and effect, together with appropriate evidence showing loss payable and/or additional insured clauses or endorsements in favor of Collateral Agent, for the ratable benefit of the Lenders;

 

(m)                              a copy of any applicable Registration Rights Agreement or Investors’ Rights Agreement and any amendments thereto; and

 

(n)                                  payment of the fees and appropriately itemized Lenders’ Expenses then due as specified in Section 2.5 hereof.

 

3.2                                Conditions Precedent to all Credit Extensions. The obligation of each Lender to make each Credit Extension, including the initial Credit Extension, is subject to the following conditions precedent:

 

(a)                                  receipt by Collateral Agent of an executed Disbursement Letter in the form of Exhibit B attached hereto;

 

(b)                                  the representations and warranties in Section 5 hereof shall be true, accurate and complete in all material respects on the date of the Disbursement Letter and on the Funding Date of each Credit Extension; provided, however, that such materiality qualifier shall not be applicable to any representations and warranties that already are qualified or modified by materiality in the text thereof; and provided, further that those

 

4



 

representations and warranties expressly referring to a specific date shall be true, accurate and complete in all material respects as of such date, and no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or result from the Credit Extension. Each Credit Extension is Borrower’s representation and warranty on that date that the representations and warranties in Section 5 hereof are true, accurate and complete in all material respects; provided, however, that such materiality qualifier shall not be applicable to any representations and warranties that already are qualified or modified by materiality in the text thereof; and provided, further that those representations and warranties expressly referring to a specific date shall be true, accurate and complete in all material respects as of such date;

 

(c)                                   in such Lender’s sole discretion, there has not been any Material Adverse Change or any material adverse deviation by Borrower from the Annual Projections of Borrower presented to and accepted by Collateral Agent and each Lender;

 

(d)                                  to the extent not delivered at the Effective Date, duly executed original Secured Promissory Notes and Warrants, in number, form and content acceptable to each Lender, and in favor of each Lender according to its Commitment Percentage, with respect to each Credit Extension made by such Lender after the Effective Date; and

 

(e)                                   payment of the fees and appropriately itemized Lenders’ Expenses then due as specified in Section 2.5 hereof.

 

3.3                                Covenant to Deliver. Borrower agrees to deliver to Collateral Agent and the Lenders each item required to be delivered to Collateral Agent under this Agreement as a condition precedent to any Credit Extension. Borrower expressly agrees that a Credit Extension made prior to the receipt by Collateral Agent or any Lender of any such item shall not constitute a waiver by Collateral Agent or any Lender of Borrower’s obligation to deliver such item, and any such Credit Extension in the absence of a required item shall be made in each Lender’s sole discretion.

 

3.4                                Procedures for Borrowing. Subject to the prior satisfaction of all other applicable conditions to the making of a Term Loan set forth in this Agreement, to obtain a Term Loan, Borrower shall notify the Lenders (which notice shall be irrevocable) by electronic mail, facsimile, or telephone by 12:00 noon Eastern time three (3) Business Days prior to the date the Term Loan is to be made. Together with any such electronic, facsimile or telephonic notification, Borrower shall deliver to the Lenders by electronic mail or facsimile a completed Disbursement Letter executed by a Responsible Officer or his or her designee. The Lenders may rely on any telephone notice given by a person whom a Lender reasonably believes is a Responsible Officer or designee. On the Funding Date, each Lender shall credit and/or transfer (as applicable) to the Designated Deposit Account, an amount equal to its Term Loan Commitment.

 

4.                                       CREATION OF SECURITY INTEREST

 

4.1                                Grant of Security Interest. Borrower hereby grants Collateral Agent, for the ratable benefit of the Lenders, to secure the payment and performance in full of all of the Obligations, a continuing security interest in, and pledges to Collateral Agent, for the ratable benefit of the Lenders, the Collateral, wherever located, whether now owned or hereafter acquired or arising, and all proceeds and products thereof. Borrower represents, warrants, and covenants that the security interest granted herein is and shall at all times continue to be a first priority perfected security interest in the Collateral, subject only to Permitted Liens that are permitted by the terms of this Agreement to have priority to Collateral Agent’s Lien. If Borrower shall acquire a commercial tort claim (as defined in the Code), Borrower, shall promptly notify Collateral Agent in a writing signed by Borrower after Borrower becomes aware of such tort claim, as the case may be, of the general details thereof (and further details as may be required by Collateral Agent) and grant to Collateral Agent, for the ratable benefit of the Lenders, in such writing a security interest therein and in the proceeds thereof, all upon the terms of this Agreement, with such writing to be in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Collateral Agent.

 

If this Agreement is terminated, Collateral Agent’s Lien in the Collateral shall continue until the Obligations (other than inchoate indemnity obligations) are repaid in full in cash. Upon payment in full in cash of the Obligations (other than inchoate indemnity obligations) and at such time as the Lenders’ obligation to make

 

5



 

Credit Extensions has terminated, Collateral Agent shall, at the sole cost and expense of Borrower, release its Liens in the Collateral and all rights therein shall revert to Borrower.

 

4.2                                Authorization to File Financing Statements. Borrower hereby authorizes Collateral Agent to file financing statements or take any other action required to perfect Collateral Agent’s security interests in the Collateral, without notice to Borrower, with all appropriate jurisdictions to perfect or protect Collateral Agent’s interest or rights under the Loan Documents, including a notice that any disposition of the Collateral, except to the extent permitted by the terms of this Agreement, by Borrower, or any other Person, shall be deemed to violate the rights of Collateral Agent under the Code.

 

5.                                       REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

 

Borrower represents and warrants to Collateral Agent and the Lenders as follows:

 

5.1                                Due Organization, Authorization: Power and Authority. Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries is duly existing and in good standing as a Registered Organization in its jurisdictions of organization or formation and Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries is qualified and licensed to do business and is in good standing in any jurisdiction in which the conduct of its businesses or its ownership of property requires that it be qualified except where the failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Change. In connection with this Agreement, Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries has delivered to Collateral Agent a completed perfection certificate signed by an officer of Borrower or such Subsidiary (each a “ Perfection Certificate ” and collectively, the “ Perfection Certificates ”). Borrower represents and warrants that (a) Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries’ exact legal name is that which is indicated on its respective Perfection Certificate and on the signature page of each Loan Document to which it is a party; (b) Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries is an organization of the type and is organized in the jurisdiction set forth on its respective Perfection Certificate; (c) each Perfection Certificate accurately sets forth each of Borrower’s and its Subsidiaries’ organizational identification number or accurately states that Borrower or such Subsidiary has none; (d) each Perfection Certificate accurately sets forth Borrower’s and each of its Subsidiaries’ place of business, or, if more than one, its chief executive office as well as Borrower’s and each of its Subsidiaries’ mailing address (if different than its chief executive office); (e) Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries (and each of its respective predecessors) have not, in the past five (5) years, changed its jurisdiction of organization, organizational structure or type, or any organizational number assigned by its jurisdiction; and (f) all other information set forth on the Perfection Certificates pertaining to Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries, is accurate and complete in all material respects (it being understood and agreed that Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries may from time to time update certain information in the Perfection Certificates (including the information set forth in clause (d) above) after the Effective Date to the extent permitted by one or more specific provisions in this Agreement); such updated Perfection Certificates subject to the review and approval of Collateral Agent. If Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries is not now a Registered Organization but later becomes one, Borrower shall notify Collateral Agent of such occurrence and provide Collateral Agent with such Person’s organizational identification number within five (5) Business Days of receiving such organizational identification number.

 

The execution, delivery and performance by Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries of the Loan Documents to which it is a party have been duly authorized, and do not (i) conflict with any of Borrower’s or such Subsidiaries’ organizational documents, including its respective Operating Documents, (ii) contravene, conflict with, constitute a default under or violate any material Requirement of Law applicable thereto, (iii) contravene, conflict or violate any applicable order, writ, judgment, injunction, decree, determination or award of any Governmental Authority by which Borrower or such Subsidiary, or any of their property or assets may be bound or affected, (iv) require any action by, filing, registration, or qualification with, or Governmental Approval from, any Governmental Authority (except such Governmental Approvals which have already been obtained and are in full force and effect) or are being obtained pursuant to Section 6.1(b), or (v) constitute an event of default under any material agreement by which Borrower or any of such Subsidiaries, or their respective properties, is bound. Neither Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries is in default under any agreement to which it is a party or by which it or any of its assets is bound in which such default could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Change.

 

6



 

5.2                                Collateral.

 

(a)                                  Borrower and each its Subsidiaries have good title to, have rights in, and the power to transfer each item of the Collateral upon which it purports to grant a Lien under the Loan Documents, free and clear of any and all Liens except Permitted Liens, and neither Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries have any Deposit Accounts, Securities Accounts, Commodity Accounts or other investment accounts other than the Collateral Accounts or the other investment accounts, if any, described in the Perfection Certificates delivered to Collateral Agent in connection herewith with respect of which Borrower or such Subsidiary has given Collateral Agent notice and taken such actions as are necessary to give Collateral Agent a perfected security interest therein. The Accounts are bona fide, existing obligations of the Account Debtors.

 

(b)                                  On the Effective Date, and except as disclosed on the Perfection Certificate (i) the Collateral is not in the possession of any third party bailee (such as a warehouse), and (ii) no such third party bailee possesses components of the Collateral in excess of Two Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($250,000.00). None of the components of the Collateral shall be maintained at locations other than as disclosed in the Perfection Certificates on the Effective Date or as permitted pursuant to Section 6.11.

 

(c)                                   All Inventory is in all material respects of good and marketable quality, free from material defects.

 

(d)                                  Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries is the sole owner of the Intellectual Property each respectively purports to own, free and clear of all Liens other than Permitted Liens. Except as noted on the Perfection Certificates, neither Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries is a party to, nor is bound by, any material license or other material agreement with respect to which Borrower or such Subsidiary is the licensee that (i) prohibits or otherwise restricts Borrower or its Subsidiaries from granting a security interest in Borrower’s or such Subsidiaries’ interest in such material license or material agreement or any other property, or (ii) for which a default under or termination of could interfere with Collateral Agent’s or any Lender’s right to sell any Collateral. Borrower shall provide written notice to Collateral Agent and each Lender within twenty (20) days of Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries entering into or becoming bound by any license or agreement with respect to which Borrower or any Subsidiary is the licensee (other than over-the-counter software that is commercially available to the public).

 

5.3                                Litigation. Except as disclosed (i) on the Perfection Certificates, or (ii) in accordance with Section 6.9 hereof, there are no actions, suits, investigations, or proceedings pending or, to the knowledge of the Responsible Officers, threatened in writing by or against Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries involving more than Two Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($250,000.00).

 

5.4                                No Material Deterioration in Financial Condition; Financial Statements. All consolidated financial statements for Borrower and its Subsidiaries, delivered to Collateral Agent fairly present, in conformity with GAAP, in all material respects the consolidated financial condition of Borrower and its Subsidiaries, and the consolidated results of operations of Borrower and its Subsidiaries. Lender understands that interim financial statements may not be audited and may be subject to ordinary course year-end adjustments, such as for the sake of example only, changes in the fair market value of warrants. Lender therefore understands and agrees that such financial statements are therefore considered to be in draft form and subject to adjustment. There has not been any material deterioration in the consolidated financial condition of Borrower and its Subsidiaries since the date of the most recent financial statements submitted to any Lender.

 

5.5                                Solvency. Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries is Solvent.

 

5.6                                Regulatory Compliance. Neither Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries is an “investment company” or a company “controlled” by an “investment company” under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended. Neither Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries is engaged as one of its important activities in extending credit for margin stock (under Regulations X, T and U of the Federal Reserve Board of Governors). Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries has complied in all material respects with the Federal Fair Labor Standards Act. Neither Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries is a “holding company” or an “affiliate” of a “holding company” or a “subsidiary company” of a “holding company” as each term is defined and used in the Public Utility Holding Company Act of 2005. Neither Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries has violated any laws, ordinances or rules, the

 

7



 

violation of which could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Change. Neither Borrower’s nor any of its Subsidiaries’ properties or assets has been used by Borrower or such Subsidiary or, to Borrower’s knowledge, by previous Persons, in disposing, producing, storing, treating, or transporting any hazardous substance other than in material compliance with applicable laws. Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries has obtained all consents, approvals and authorizations of, made all declarations or filings with, and given all notices to, all Governmental Authorities that are necessary to continue their respective businesses as currently conducted.

 

None of Borrower, any of its Subsidiaries, or any of Borrower’s or its Subsidiaries’ Affiliates or any of their respective agents acting or benefiting in any capacity in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement is (i) in violation of any Anti-Terrorism Law, (ii) engaging in or conspiring to engage in any transaction that evades or avoids, or has the purpose of evading or avoiding or attempts to violate, any of the prohibitions set forth in any Anti-Terrorism Law, or (iii) is a Blocked Person. None of Borrower, any of its Subsidiaries, or to the knowledge of Borrower and any of their Affiliates or agents, acting or benefiting in any capacity in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, (x) conducts any business or engages in making or receiving any contribution of funds, goods or services to or for the benefit of any Blocked Person, or (y) deals in, or otherwise engages in any transaction relating to, any property or interest in property blocked pursuant to Executive Order No. 13224, any similar executive order or other Anti-Terrorism Law.

 

5.7                                Investments. Neither Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries owns any stock, shares, partnership interests or other equity securities except for Permitted Investments.

 

5.8                                Tax Returns and Payments; Pension Contributions. Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries has timely filed or filed extensions for all required tax returns and reports, and Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries, has timely paid or filed extensions for all foreign, federal, state, and local taxes, assessments, deposits and contributions owed by Borrower and such Subsidiaries, in all jurisdictions in which Borrower or any such Subsidiary is subject to taxes, including the United States, unless such taxes are being contested in accordance with the following sentence. Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries, may defer payment of any contested taxes, provided that Borrower or such Subsidiary, (a) in good faith contests its obligation to pay the taxes by appropriate proceedings promptly and diligently instituted and conducted, (b) notifies Collateral Agent in writing of the commencement of, and any material development in, the proceedings, and (c) posts bonds or takes any other steps required to prevent the Governmental Authority levying such contested taxes from obtaining a Lien upon any of the Collateral that is other than a “ Permitted Lien .” Neither Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries is aware of any claims or adjustments proposed in writing for any of Borrower’s or such Subsidiaries’, prior tax years which could result in additional taxes becoming due and payable by Borrower or its Subsidiaries. Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries have paid all amounts necessary to fund all present pension, profit sharing and deferred compensation plans in accordance with their terms, and neither Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries have, withdrawn from participation in, and have not permitted partial or complete termination of, or permitted the occurrence of any other event with respect to, any such plan which could reasonably be expected to result in any liability of Borrower or its Subsidiaries, including any liability to the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation or its successors or any other Governmental Authority.

 

5.9                                Use of Proceeds. Borrower shall use the proceeds of the Credit Extensions solely as working capital and to fund its general business requirements in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement, and not for personal, family, household or agricultural purposes.

 

5.10                         Full Disclosure. No written representation, warranty or other statement of Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries in any certificate or written statement given to Collateral Agent or any Lender, as of the date such representation, warranty, or other statement was made, taken together with all such written certificates and written statements given to Collateral Agent or any Lender, contains any untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact necessary to make the statements contained in the certificates or statements not misleading (it being recognized that the projections and forecasts provided by Borrower in good faith and based upon reasonable assumptions are not viewed as facts and that actual results during the period or periods covered by such projections and forecasts may differ from the projected or forecasted results).

 

5.11                         Definition of Knowledge. ” For purposes of the Loan Documents, whenever a representation or warranty is made to Borrower’s knowledge or awareness, to the “best of” Borrower’s knowledge, or with a similar

 

8



 

qualification, knowledge or awareness means the actual knowledge, after reasonable investigation, of the Responsible Officers.

 

6.                                       AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS

 

Borrower shall, and shall cause each of its Subsidiaries to, do all of the following:

 

6.1                                Government Compliance.

 

(a)                                  Maintain its and all its Subsidiaries’ legal existence and good standing in their respective jurisdictions of organization and maintain qualification in each jurisdiction in which the failure to so qualify could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Change. Comply with all laws, ordinances and regulations to which Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries is subject, the noncompliance with which could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Change.

 

(b)                                  Obtain and keep in full force and effect, all of the material Governmental Approvals necessary for the performance by Borrower and its Subsidiaries of their respective businesses and obligations under the Loan Documents and the grant of a security interest to Collateral Agent for the ratable benefit of the Lenders, in all of the Collateral. Borrower shall promptly notify Collateral Agent of any material Governmental Approvals obtained by Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries and upon Collateral Agent’s request shall promptly provide copies thereof to Collateral Agent.

 

6.2                                Financial Statements, Reports, Certificates.

 

(a)                                  Deliver to each Lender:

 

(i)                                      as soon as available, but no later than thirty (30) days after the last day of each month, a company prepared consolidated and consolidating balance sheet, income statement and cash flow statement covering the consolidated operations of Borrower and its Subsidiaries for such month certified by a Responsible Officer and in a form reasonably acceptable to Collateral Agent;

 

(ii)                                   as soon as available, but no later than one hundred twenty (120) days after the last day of Borrower’s fiscal year or within five (5) days of filing with the SEC, audited consolidated financial statements prepared under GAAP, consistently applied, together with an unqualified opinion on the financial statements from an independent certified public accounting firm acceptable to Collateral Agent in its reasonable discretion;

 

(iii)                                as soon as available after approval thereof by Borrower’s Board of Directors, but no later than thirty (30) days after the last day of each of Borrower’s fiscal years, Borrower’s annual financial projections for the entire current fiscal year as approved by Borrower’s Board of Directors, which such annual financial projections shall be set forth in a quarterly format (such annual financial projections as originally delivered to Collateral Agent and the Lenders are referred to herein as the “ Annual Projections ”; provided that, any revisions of the Annual Projections approved by Borrower’s Board of Directors shall be delivered to Collateral Agent and the Lenders no later than thirty (30) Business Days after such approval);

 

(iv)                               within five (5) days of delivery, copies of all statements, reports and notices made available to Borrower’s security holders or holders of Subordinated Debt;

 

(v)                                  in the event that Borrower becomes subject to the reporting requirements under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, within five (5) days of filing, all reports on Form 10-K, 10-Q and 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission;

 

(vi)                               prompt notice of any amendments to the Operating Documents of Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, or of any material changes to the capitalization table, together with any copies reflecting such amendments or changes with respect thereto;

 

9



 

(vii)                            prompt notice of any event that could reasonably be expected to materially and adversely affect the value of the Intellectual Property;

 

(viii)                         as soon as available, but no later than thirty (30) days after the last day of each month, copies of the month-end account statements for each Collateral Account maintained by Borrower or its Subsidiaries, which statements may be provided to Collateral Agent and each Lender by Borrower or directly from the applicable institution(s); and

 

(ix)                               other information as reasonably requested by Collateral Agent or any Lender.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, documents required to be delivered pursuant to the terms hereof (to the extent any such documents are included in materials otherwise filed with the SEC) may be delivered electronically and if so delivered, shall be deemed to have been delivered on the date on which Borrower posts such documents, or provides a link thereto, on Borrower’s website on the internet at Borrower’s website address.

 

(b)                                  Concurrently with the delivery of the financial statements specified in Section 6.2(a)(i) above but no later than thirty (30) days after the last day of each month, deliver to each Lender, a duly completed Compliance Certificate signed by a Responsible Officer.

 

(c)                                   Keep proper books of record and account in accordance with GAAP in all material respects, in which full, true and correct entries shall be made of all dealings and transactions in relation to its business and activities. Borrower shall, and shall cause each of its Subsidiaries to, allow, at the sole cost of Borrower, Collateral Agent or any Lender, during regular business hours upon reasonable prior notice (provided that no notice shall be required when an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing), to visit and inspect any of its properties, to examine and make abstracts or copies from any of its books and records, and to conduct a collateral audit and analysis of its operations and the Collateral. Such audits shall be conducted no more often than once every twelve months unless (and more frequently if) an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing.

 

6.3                                Inventory; Returns. Keep all Inventory in good and marketable condition, free from material defects. Returns and allowances between Borrower, or any of its Subsidiaries, and their respective Account Debtors shall follow Borrower’s, or such Subsidiary’s, customary practices as they exist at the Effective Date. Borrower must promptly notify Collateral Agent and the Lenders of all returns, recoveries, disputes and claims that involve more than Two Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($250,000.00) individually or in the aggregate in any calendar year.

 

6.4                                Taxes; Pensions. Timely file and require each of its Subsidiaries to timely file, all required tax returns and reports and timely pay, and require each of its Subsidiaries to timely file, all foreign, federal, state, and local taxes, assessments, deposits and contributions owed by Borrower or its Subsidiaries, except for deferred payment of any taxes contested pursuant to the terms of Section 5.8 hereof, and shall deliver to Lenders, on demand, appropriate certificates attesting to such payments, and pay all amounts necessary to fund all present pension, profit sharing and deferred compensation plans in accordance with the terms of such plans.

 

6.5                                Insurance. Keep Borrower’s and its Subsidiaries’ business and the Collateral insured for risks and in amounts standard for companies in Borrower’s and its Subsidiaries’ industry and location and as Collateral Agent may reasonably request. Insurance policies shall be in a form, with companies, and in amounts that are reasonably satisfactory to Collateral Agent and Lenders. All property policies shall have a lender’s loss payable endorsement showing Collateral Agent as lender loss payee and waive subrogation against Collateral Agent, and all liability policies shall show, or have endorsements showing, Collateral Agent, as additional insured. The Collateral Agent shall be named as lender loss payee and/or additional insured with respect to any such insurance providing coverage in respect of any Collateral, and each provider of any such insurance shall agree, by endorsement upon the policy or policies issued by it or by independent instruments furnished to the Collateral Agent, that it will give the Collateral Agent twenty (20) days prior written notice before any such policy or policies shall be materially altered or canceled, and ten (10) days prior written notice due cancellation for non-payment of premium. At Collateral Agent’s request, Borrower shall deliver certified copies of policies and evidence of all premium payments. Proceeds payable under any policy shall, at Collateral Agent’s option, be payable to Collateral Agent, for the ratable benefit of the Lenders, on account of the Obligations. Notwithstanding the foregoing, (a) so long as no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, Borrower shall have the option of applying the proceeds of any casualty policy up to

 

10


 

Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($500,000.00) with respect to any loss, but not exceeding Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($500,000.00), in the aggregate for all losses under all casualty policies in any one year, toward the replacement or repair of destroyed or damaged property; provided that any such replaced or repaired property (i) shall be of equal or like value as the replaced or repaired Collateral and (ii) shall be deemed Collateral in which Collateral Agent has been granted a first priority security interest, and (b) after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, all proceeds payable under such casualty policy shall, at the option of Collateral Agent, be payable to Collateral Agent, for the ratable benefit of the Lenders, on account of the Obligations. If Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries fails to obtain insurance as required under this Section 6.5 or to pay any amount or furnish any required proof of payment to third persons, Collateral Agent and/or any Lender may make, at Borrower’s expense, all or part of such payment or obtain such insurance policies required in this Section 6.5, and take any action under the policies Collateral Agent or such Lender deems prudent.

 

6.6                                Operating Accounts.

 

(a)                                  Maintain all of Borrower’s and its Subsidiaries’ Collateral Accounts with Silicon Valley Bank and PNC Bank in accounts which are subject to a Control Agreement in favor of Collateral Agent (except as provided in subsections (b) or (d) below).

 

(b)                                  Borrower shall provide Collateral Agent five (5) days’ prior written notice before Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries establishes any Collateral Account at or with any Person other than Silicon Valley Bank and PNC Bank. In addition, for each Collateral Account that Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, at any time maintains, Borrower or such Subsidiary shall cause the applicable bank or financial institution at or with which such Collateral Account is maintained to execute and deliver a Control Agreement or other appropriate instrument with respect to such Collateral Account to perfect Collateral Agent’s Lien in such Collateral Account in accordance with the terms hereunder prior to the establishment of such Collateral Account, which Control Agreement may not be terminated without prior written consent of Collateral Agent. The provisions of this Section 6.6 shall not apply to deposit accounts exclusively used for payroll, payroll taxes and other employee wage and benefit payments to or for the benefit of Borrower’s, or any of its Subsidiaries’, employees and identified to Collateral Agent by Borrower as such in the Perfection Certificates.

 

(c)                                   Neither Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries shall maintain any Collateral Accounts except Collateral Accounts maintained in accordance with Sections 6.6(a), (b) and (d).

 

(d)                                  The provisions of subsections (a) — (c) above shall not apply to (i) Borrower’s account ending 3749 maintained with PNC Bank (the “ PNC Account ”), provided that the balance in the PNC Account shall not exceed $15,000; and (ii) Borrower’s account ending              containing cash and cash equivalents maintained by Borrower with Silicon Bank solely for the purpose of securing credit cards issued by Silicon Bank or its affiliates (the “ Credit Card Account ”), provided, however, that (A) the balance in such account shall not exceed $250,000 and (B) upon termination of such security interest or all of Borrower’s obligations secured thereby, Borrower shall, within five (5) Business Days, either (x) grant the Collateral Agent a first priority Lien in the Credit Card Account and cause Silicon Valley Bank to enter into a Control Agreement with respect thereto in favor of Collateral Agent, or (y) provide evidence of closure (reasonably acceptable to Collateral Agent) of the Credit Card Account.

 

6.7                                Protection of Intellectual Property Rights. Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries shall: (a) use commercially reasonable efforts to protect, defend and maintain the validity and enforceability of its Intellectual Property that is material to Borrower’s business; (b) promptly advise Collateral Agent in writing of material infringement by a third party of its material Intellectual Property; and (c) not allow any Intellectual Property material to Borrower’s business to be abandoned, forfeited or dedicated to the public without Collateral Agent’s prior written consent.

 

6.8                                Litigation Cooperation. Commencing on the Effective Date and continuing through the termination of this Agreement, make available to Collateral Agent and the Lenders, without expense to Collateral Agent or the Lenders, Borrower and each of Borrower’s officers, employees and agents and Borrower’s Books, to the extent that Collateral Agent or any Lender may reasonably deem them necessary to prosecute or defend any third-party suit or proceeding instituted by or against Collateral Agent or any Lender with respect to any Collateral or relating to Borrower.

 

11



 

6.9                                Notices of Litigation and Default. Borrower will give prompt written notice to Collateral Agent and the Lenders of any litigation or governmental proceedings pending or threatened (in writing) against Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, which could reasonably be expected to result in damages or costs to Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries of Two Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($250,000.00) or more or which could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Change. Without limiting or contradicting any other more specific provision of this Agreement, promptly (and in any event within five (5) Business Days) upon Borrower becoming aware of the existence of any Event of Default or event which, with the giving of notice or passage of time, or both, would constitute an Event of Default, Borrower shall give written notice to Collateral Agent and the Lenders of such occurrence, which such notice shall include a reasonably detailed description of such Event of Default or event which, with the giving of notice or passage of time, or both, would constitute an Event of Default.

 

6.10                         Intentionally Omitted.

 

6.11                         Landlord Waivers; Bailee Waivers. In the event that Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, after the Effective Date, intends to add any new offices or business locations, including warehouses, or otherwise store any portion of the Collateral with, or deliver any portion of the Collateral to, a bailee, in each case pursuant to Section 7.2, then Borrower or such Subsidiary will first receive the written consent of Collateral Agent and, in the event that the Collateral at any new location is valued in excess of Two Hundred Fifty Thousand ($250,000.00) in the aggregate, such bailee or landlord, as applicable, must execute and deliver a bailee waiver or landlord waiver, as applicable, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Collateral Agent prior to the addition of any new offices or business locations, or any such storage with or delivery to any such bailee, as the case may be.

 

6.12                         Creation/Acquisition of Subsidiaries. In the event Borrower, or any of its Subsidiaries creates or acquires any Subsidiary, Borrower shall provide prior written notice to Collateral Agent and each Lender of the creation or acquisition of such new Subsidiary and take all such action as may be reasonably required by Collateral Agent or any Lender to cause each such Subsidiary to become a co-Borrower hereunder or to guarantee the Obligations of Borrower under the Loan Documents and, in each case, grant a continuing pledge and security interest in and to the assets of such Subsidiary (substantially as described on Exhibit A hereto); and Borrower (or its Subsidiary, as applicable) shall grant and pledge to Collateral Agent, for the ratable benefit of the Lenders, a perfected security interest in (i) 100% of the stock, units or other evidence of ownership of each such newly created Domestic Subsidiary; and (ii) not more than 65% of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock entitled to vote the shares of capital stock (the “ Shares ”) of any Foreign Subsidiary, if Borrower demonstrates to Collateral Agent’s reasonable satisfaction that a pledge of more than sixty five percent (65%) of the Shares of such Subsidiary creates a present and existing adverse tax consequence to Borrower under the U.S. Internal Revenue Code.

 

6.13                         Further Assurances.

 

(a)                                  Execute any further instruments and take further action as Collateral Agent or any Lender reasonably requests to perfect or continue Collateral Agent’s Lien in the Collateral or to effect the purposes of this Agreement.

 

(b)                                  Deliver to Collateral Agent and Lenders, within five (5) days after the same are sent or received, copies of all material correspondence, reports, documents and other filings with any Governmental Authority that could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on any of the Governmental Approvals material to Borrower’s business or otherwise could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Change.

 

7.                                       NEGATIVE COVENANTS

 

Borrower shall not, and shall not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, do any of the following without the prior written consent of the Required Lenders:

 

7.1                                Dispositions. Convey, sell, lease, transfer, assign, or otherwise dispose of (collectively, “ Transfer ”), or permit any of its Subsidiaries to Transfer, all or any part of its business or property, except for Transfers (a) of Inventory in the ordinary course of business; (b) of worn out, surplus or obsolete Equipment; and (c) in connection with Permitted Liens, Permitted Investments and Permitted Licenses.

 

12



 

7.2                                Changes in Business, Management, Ownership, or Business Locations. (a) Engage in or permit any of its Subsidiaries to engage in any business other than the businesses engaged in by Borrower as of the Effective Date or reasonably related thereto; (b) liquidate or dissolve; or (c) (i) any Key Person shall cease to be employed by Borrower unless written notice thereof is provided to Collateral Agent within 5 Business Days of such change, or (ii) enter into any transaction or series of related transactions in which the stockholders of Borrower who were not stockholders immediately prior to the first such transaction own more than forty nine percent (49%) of the voting stock of Borrower immediately after giving effect to such transaction or related series of such transactions (other than by the sale of Borrower’s equity securities in a public offering, a private placement of public equity or to venture capital investors so long as Borrower identifies to Collateral Agent the venture capital investors prior to the closing of the transaction). Borrower shall not, without at least twenty (20) days’ prior written notice to Collateral Agent: (A) add any new offices or business locations, including warehouses (unless such new offices or business locations contain less than Two Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($250,000.00) in assets or property of Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries); (B) change its jurisdiction of organization, (C) change its organizational structure or type, (D) change its legal name, or (E) change any organizational number (if any) assigned by its jurisdiction of organization.

 

7.3                                Mergers or Acquisitions. Merge or consolidate, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to merge or consolidate, with any other Person, or acquire, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to acquire, all or substantially all of the capital stock, shares or property of another Person other than pursuant to a Permitted Acquisition. A Subsidiary may merge or consolidate into another Subsidiary (provided such surviving Subsidiary is a “co-Borrower” hereunder or has provided a secured guaranty of Borrower’s Obligations hereunder) or with (or into) Borrower provided Borrower is the surviving legal entity, and as long as no Event of Default is occurring prior thereto or arises as a result therefrom. Without limiting the foregoing, Borrower shall not, without Collateral Agent’s prior written consent, enter into any binding contractual arrangement with any Person to attempt to facilitate a merger or acquisition of Borrower, unless (i) no Event of Default exists when such agreement is entered into by Borrower, (ii) such agreement does not give such Person the right to claim any fees, payments or damages from Borrower in excess of Two Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($250,000), and (iii) Borrower notifies Collateral Agent in advance of entering into such an agreement.

 

7.4                                Indebtedness. Create, incur, assume, or be liable for any Indebtedness, or permit any Subsidiary to do so, other than Permitted Indebtedness.

 

7.5                                Encumbrance. Create, incur, allow, or suffer any Lien on any of its property, or assign or convey any right to receive income, including the sale of any Accounts, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to do so, except for Permitted Liens, or permit any Collateral not to be subject to the first priority security interest granted herein (except for Permitted Liens that are permitted by the terms of this Agreement to have priority over Collateral Agent’s Lien), or enter into any agreement, document, instrument or other arrangement (except with or in favor of Collateral Agent, for the ratable benefit of the Lenders) with any Person which directly or indirectly prohibits or has the effect of prohibiting Borrower, or any of its Subsidiaries, from assigning, mortgaging, pledging, granting a security interest in or upon, or encumbering any of Borrower’s or such Subsidiary’s Intellectual Property, except as is otherwise permitted in Section 7.1 hereof and the definition of “ Permitted Liens ” herein.

 

7.6                                Maintenance of Collateral Accounts. Maintain any Collateral Account except pursuant to the terms of Section 6.6 hereof.

 

7.7                                Distributions; Investments. (a) Pay any dividends (other than dividends payable solely in capital stock) or make any distribution or payment in respect of or redeem, retire or purchase any capital stock (other than repurchases pursuant to the terms of employee stock purchase plans, employee restricted stock agreements, stockholder rights plans, director or consultant stock option plans, or similar plans, provided such repurchases do not exceed Two Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($250,000.00) in the aggregate per fiscal year) or (b) directly or indirectly make any Investment other than Permitted Investments, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to do so.

 

7.8                                Transactions with Affiliates. Directly or indirectly enter into or permit to exist any material transaction with any Affiliate of Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, except for (a) transactions that are in the ordinary course of Borrower’s or such Subsidiary’s business, upon fair and reasonable terms that are no less favorable to Borrower or such Subsidiary than would be obtained in an arm’s length transaction with a non-affiliated

 

13



 

Person, (b) Subordinated Debt or equity investments by Borrower’s investors in Borrower or its Subsidiaries, (c) any transaction contemplated in Section 7.1, (d) compensation and indemnification of, and other employment arrangements with, directors, officers and employees of Borrower or any Subsidiary entered into in the ordinary course of business in accordance with Borrower’s Annual Projections and corporate governance practices, and (e) loans and advances otherwise explicitly permitted hereunder to be made to the applicable Affiliate.

 

7.9                                Subordinated Debt. (a) Make or permit any payment on any Subordinated Debt, except under the terms of the subordination, intercreditor, or other similar agreement to which such Subordinated Debt is subject, or (b) amend any provision in any document relating to the Subordinated Debt which would increase the amount thereof or adversely affect the subordination thereof to Obligations owed to the Lenders.

 

7.10                         Compliance. Become an “investment company” or a company controlled by an “investment company”, under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, or undertake as one of its important activities extending credit to purchase or carry margin stock (as defined in Regulation U of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System), or use the proceeds of any Credit Extension for that purpose; fail to meet the minimum funding requirements of ERISA, permit a Reportable Event or Prohibited Transaction, as defined in ERISA, to occur; fail to comply with the Federal Fair Labor Standards Act or violate any other law or regulation, if the violation could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Change, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to do so; withdraw or permit any Subsidiary to withdraw from participation in, permit partial or complete termination of, or permit the occurrence of any other event with respect to, any present pension, profit sharing and deferred compensation plan which could reasonably be expected to result in any liability of Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, including any liability to the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation or its successors or any other Governmental Authority.

 

7.11                         Compliance with Anti-Terrorism Laws. Collateral Agent hereby notifies Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries that pursuant to the requirements of Anti-Terrorism Laws, and Collateral Agent’s policies and practices, Collateral Agent is required to obtain, verify and record certain information and documentation that identifies Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries and their principals, which information includes the name and address of Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries and their principals and such other information that will allow Collateral Agent to identify such party in accordance with Anti-Terrorism Laws. Neither Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries shall, nor shall Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries permit any Affiliate to, directly or indirectly, knowingly enter into any documents, instruments, agreements or contracts with any Person listed on the OFAC Lists. Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries shall immediately notify Collateral Agent if Borrower or such Subsidiary has knowledge that Borrower, or any Subsidiary or Affiliate of Borrower, is listed on the OFAC Lists or (a) is convicted on, (b) pleads nolo contendere to, (c) is indicted on, or (d) is arraigned and held over on charges involving money laundering or predicate crimes to money laundering. Neither Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries shall, nor shall Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, permit any Affiliate to, directly or indirectly, (i) conduct any business or engage in any transaction or dealing with any Blocked Person, including, without limitation, the making or receiving of any contribution of funds, goods or services to or for the benefit of any Blocked Person, (ii) deal in, or otherwise engage in any transaction relating to, any property or interests in property blocked pursuant to Executive Order No. 13224 or any similar executive order or other Anti-Terrorism Law, or (iii) engage in or conspire to engage in any transaction that evades or avoids, or has the purpose of evading or avoiding, or attempts to violate, any of the prohibitions set forth in Executive Order No. 13224 or other Anti-Terrorism Law.

 

8.                                       EVENTS OF DEFAULT

 

Any one of the following shall constitute an event of default (an “ Event of Default ”) under this Agreement:

 

8.1                                Payment Default. Borrower fails to (a) make any payment of principal or interest on any Credit Extension on its due date, or (b) pay any other Obligations within three (3) Business Days after such Obligations are due and payable (which three (3) Business Day grace period shall not apply to payments due on the Maturity Date or the date of acceleration pursuant to Section 9.1 (a) hereof). During the cure period, the failure to cure the payment default is not an Event of Default (but no Credit Extension will be made during the cure period);

 

14



 

8.2                                Covenant Default.

 

(a)                                  Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries fails or neglects to perform any obligation in Sections 6.2 (Financial Statements, Reports, Certificates), 6.4 (Taxes), 6.5 (Insurance), 6.6 (Operating Accounts), 6.7 (Protection of Intellectual Property Rights), 6.9 (Notice of Litigation and Default), 6.11 (Landlord Waivers; Bailee Waivers) or 6.12 (Creation/Acquisition of Subsidiaries) or Borrower violates any covenant in Section 7; or

 

(b)                                  Borrower, or any of its Subsidiaries, fails or neglects to perform, keep, or observe any other term, provision, condition, covenant or agreement contained in this Agreement or any Loan Documents, and as to any default (other than those specified in this Section 8) under such other term, provision, condition, covenant or agreement that can be cured, has failed to cure the default within ten (10) days after the occurrence thereof; provided, however, that if the default cannot by its nature be cured within the ten (10) day period or cannot after diligent attempts by Borrower be cured within such ten (10) day period, and such default is likely to be cured within a reasonable time, then Borrower shall have an additional period (which shall not in any case exceed thirty (30) days) to attempt to cure such default, and within such reasonable time period the failure to cure the default shall not be deemed an Event of Default (but no Credit Extensions shall be made during such cure period). Grace periods provided under this Section shall not apply, among other things, to financial covenants, if any, or any other covenants set forth in subsection (a) above;

 

8.3                                Material Adverse Change. A Material Adverse Change occurs;

 

8.4                                Attachment; Levy; Restraint on Business.

 

(a)                                  (i) The service of process seeking to attach, by trustee or similar process, any funds of Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or of any entity under control of Borrower or its Subsidiaries on deposit with any Lender or any Lender’s Affiliate or any bank or other institution at which Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries maintains a Collateral Account, or (ii) a notice of lien, levy, or assessment is filed against Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or their respective assets by any government agency, and the same under subclauses (i) and (ii) hereof are not, within ten (10) days after the occurrence thereof, discharged or stayed (whether through the posting of a bond or otherwise); provided, however, no Credit Extensions shall be made during any ten (10) day cure period; and

 

(b)                                  (i) any material portion of Borrower’s or any of its Subsidiaries’ assets is attached, seized, levied on, or comes into possession of a trustee or receiver, or (ii) any court order enjoins, restrains, or prevents Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries from conducting any part of its business;

 

8.5                                Insolvency. (a) Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries is or becomes Insolvent; (b) Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries begins an Insolvency Proceeding; or (c) an Insolvency Proceeding is begun against Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries and not dismissed or stayed within forty-five (45) days (but no Credit Extensions shall be made while Borrower or any Subsidiary is Insolvent and/or until any Insolvency Proceeding is dismissed);

 

8.6                                Other Agreements. There is a default in any agreement to which Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries is a party with a third party or parties resulting in a right by such third party or parties, whether or not exercised, to accelerate the maturity of any Indebtedness in an amount in excess of Two Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($250,000.00) or that could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Change;

 

8.7                                Judgments. One or more judgments, orders, or decrees for the payment of money in an amount, individually or in the aggregate, of at least Two Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($250,000.00) (not covered by independent third-party insurance as to which liability has been accepted by such insurance carrier) shall be rendered against Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries and shall remain unsatisfied, unvacated, or unstayed for a period of ten (10) days after the entry thereof (provided that no Credit Extensions will be made prior to the satisfaction, vacation, or stay of such judgment, order or decree);

 

8.8                                Misrepresentations. Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or any Person acting for Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries makes any representation, warranty, or other statement now or later in this Agreement, any Loan Document or in any writing delivered to Collateral Agent and/or Lenders or to induce Collateral Agent and/or

 

15



 

the Lenders to enter this Agreement or any Loan Document, and such representation, warranty, or other statement is incorrect in any material respect when made;

 

8.9                                Subordinated Debt. A default or breach occurs under any agreement between Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries and any creditor of Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries that signed a subordination, intercreditor, or other similar agreement with Collateral Agent or the Lenders, or any creditor that has signed such an agreement with Collateral Agent or the Lenders breaches any terms of such agreement;

 

8.10                         [Reserved.]

 

8.11                         Governmental Approvals. Any Governmental Approval shall have been revoked, rescinded, suspended, modified in an adverse manner, or not renewed in the ordinary course for a full term and such revocation, rescission, suspension, modification or non-renewal has resulted in or could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Change; or

 

8.12                         Lien Priority . Any Lien created hereunder or by any other Loan Document shall at any time fail to constitute a valid and perfected Lien on any of the Collateral purported to be secured thereby, subject to no prior or equal Lien, other than Permitted Liens which are permitted to have priority in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

 

9.                                       RIGHTS AND REMEDIES

 

9.1                                Rights and Remedies.

 

(a)                                  Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, Collateral Agent may, and at the written direction of Required Lenders shall, without notice or demand, do any or all of the following: (i) deliver notice of the Event of Default to Borrower, (ii) by notice to Borrower declare all Obligations immediately due and payable (but if an Event of Default described in Section 8.5 occurs all Obligations shall be immediately due and payable without any action by Collateral Agent or the Lenders) or (iii) by notice to Borrower suspend or terminate the obligations, if any, of the Lenders to advance money or extend credit for Borrower’s benefit under this Agreement or under any other agreement between Borrower and Collateral Agent and/or the Lenders (but if an Event of Default described in Section 8.5 occurs all obligations, if any, of the Lenders to advance money or extend credit for Borrower’s benefit under this Agreement or under any other agreement between Borrower and Collateral Agent and/or the Lenders shall be immediately terminated without any action by Collateral Agent or the Lenders).

 

(b)                                  Without limiting the rights of Collateral Agent and the Lenders set forth in Section 9.1(a) above, upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, Collateral Agent shall have the right at the written direction of the Required Lenders, without notice or demand, to do any or all of the following:

 

(i)                                      foreclose upon and/or sell or otherwise liquidate, the Collateral;

 

(ii)                                   apply to the Obligations any (a) balances and deposits of Borrower that Collateral Agent or any Lender holds or controls, or (b) any amount held or controlled by Collateral Agent or any Lender owing to or for the credit or the account of Borrower; and/or

 

(iii)                                commence and prosecute an Insolvency Proceeding or consent to Borrower commencing any Insolvency Proceeding.

 

(c)                                   Without limiting the rights of Collateral Agent and the Lenders set forth in Sections 9.1(a) and (b) above, upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, Collateral Agent shall have the right, without notice or demand, to do any or all of the following:

 

16



 

(i)                                      settle or adjust disputes and claims directly with Account Debtors for amounts on terms and in any order that Collateral Agent considers advisable, notify any Person owing Borrower money of Collateral Agent’s security interest in such funds, and verify the amount of such account;

 

(ii)                                   make any payments and do any acts it considers necessary or reasonable to protect the Collateral and/or its security interest in the Collateral. Borrower shall assemble the Collateral if Collateral Agent requests and make it available in a location as Collateral Agent reasonably designates. Collateral Agent may enter premises where the Collateral is located, take and maintain possession of any part of the Collateral, and pay, purchase, contest, or compromise any Lien which appears to be prior or superior to its security interest and pay all expenses incurred. Borrower grants Collateral Agent a license to enter and occupy any of its premises, without charge, to exercise any of Collateral Agent’s rights or remedies;

 

(iii)                                ship, reclaim, recover, store, finish, maintain, repair, prepare for sale, and/or advertise for sale, the Collateral. Collateral Agent is hereby granted a non-exclusive, royalty-free license or other right to use, without charge, Borrower’s and each of its Subsidiaries’ labels, patents, copyrights, mask works, rights of use of any name, trade secrets, trade names, trademarks, service marks, and advertising matter, or any similar property as it pertains to the Collateral, in completing production of, advertising for sale, and selling any Collateral and, in connection with Collateral Agent’s exercise of its rights under this Section 9.1, Borrower’s and each of its Subsidiaries’ rights under all licenses and all franchise agreements inure to Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the Lenders;

 

(iv)                               place a “hold” on any account maintained with Collateral Agent or the Lenders and/or deliver a notice of exclusive control, any entitlement order, or other directions or instructions pursuant to any Control Agreement or similar agreements providing control of any Collateral;

 

(v)                                  demand and receive possession of Borrower’s Books;

 

(vi)                               appoint a receiver to seize, manage and realize any of the Collateral, and such receiver shall have any right and authority as any competent court will grant or authorize in accordance with any applicable law, including any power or authority to manage the business of Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries; and

 

(vii)                            subject to clauses 9.1(a) and (b), exercise all rights and remedies available to Collateral Agent and each Lender under the Loan Documents or at law or equity, including all remedies provided under the Code (including disposal of the Collateral pursuant to the terms thereof).

 

Notwithstanding any provision of this Section 9.1 to the contrary, upon the occurrence of any Event of Default, Collateral Agent shall have the right to exercise any and all remedies referenced in this Section 9.1 without the written consent of Required Lenders following the occurrence of an Exigent Circumstance. As used in the immediately preceding sentence, “ Exigent Circumstance ” means any event or circumstance that, in the reasonable judgment of Collateral Agent, imminently threatens the ability of Collateral Agent to realize upon all or any material portion of the Collateral, such as, without limitation, fraudulent removal, concealment, or abscondment thereof, destruction or material waste thereof, or failure of Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries after reasonable demand to maintain or reinstate adequate casualty insurance coverage, or which, in the judgment of Collateral Agent, could reasonably be expected to result in a material diminution in value of the Collateral.

 

9.2                                Power of Attorney. Borrower hereby irrevocably appoints Collateral Agent as its lawful attorney-in-fact, exercisable upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, to: (a) endorse Borrower’s or any of its Subsidiaries’ name on any checks or other forms of payment or security; (b) sign Borrower’s or any of its Subsidiaries’ name on any invoice or bill of lading for any Account or drafts against Account Debtors; (c) settle and adjust disputes and claims about the Accounts directly with Account Debtors, for amounts and on terms Collateral Agent determines reasonable; (d) make, settle, and adjust all claims under Borrower’s insurance policies; (e) pay, contest or settle any Lien, charge, encumbrance, security interest, and adverse claim in or to the Collateral, or any judgment based thereon, or otherwise take any action to terminate or discharge the same; and (f) transfer the Collateral into the name of Collateral Agent or a third party as the Code or any applicable law permits. Borrower hereby appoints Collateral Agent as its lawful attorney-in-fact to sign Borrower’s or any of its Subsidiaries’ name on any documents necessary to perfect or continue the perfection of

 

17



 

Collateral Agent’s security interest in the Collateral regardless of whether an Event of Default has occurred until all Obligations (other than inchoate indemnity obligations) have been satisfied in full and Collateral Agent and the Lenders are under no further obligation to make Credit Extensions hereunder. Collateral Agent’s foregoing appointment as Borrower’s or any of its Subsidiaries’ attorney in fact, and all of Collateral Agent’s rights and powers, coupled with an interest, are irrevocable until all Obligations (other than inchoate indemnity obligations) have been fully repaid and performed and Collateral Agent’s and the Lenders’ obligation to provide Credit Extensions terminates.

 

9.3                                Protective Payments. If Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries fail to obtain the insurance called for by Section 6.5 or fails to pay any premium thereon or fails to pay any other amount which Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries is obligated to pay under this Agreement or any other Loan Document, Collateral Agent may obtain such insurance or make such payment, and all amounts so paid by Collateral Agent are Lenders’ Expenses and immediately due and payable, bearing interest at the Default Rate, and secured by the Collateral. Collateral Agent will make reasonable efforts to provide Borrower with notice of Collateral Agent obtaining such insurance or making such payment at the time it is obtained or paid or within a reasonable time thereafter. No such payments by Collateral Agent are deemed an agreement to make similar payments in the future or Collateral Agent’s waiver of any Event of Default.

 

9.4                                Application of Payments and Proceeds. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, (a) Borrower irrevocably waives the right to direct the application of any and all payments at any time or times thereafter received by Collateral Agent from or on behalf of Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries of all or any part of the Obligations, and, as between Borrower on the one hand and Collateral Agent and Lenders on the other, Collateral Agent shall have the continuing and exclusive right to apply and to reapply any and all payments received against the Obligations in such manner as Collateral Agent may deem advisable notwithstanding any previous application by Collateral Agent, and (b) the proceeds of any sale of, or other realization upon all or any part of the Collateral shall be applied: first, to the Lenders’ Expenses; second, to accrued and unpaid interest on the Obligations (including any interest which, but for the provisions of the United States Bankruptcy Code, would have accrued on such amounts); third, to the principal amount of the Obligations outstanding; and fourth, to any other indebtedness or obligations of Borrower owing to Collateral Agent or any Lender under the Loan Documents. Any balance remaining shall be delivered to Borrower or to whoever may be lawfully entitled to receive such balance or as a court of competent jurisdiction may direct. In carrying out the foregoing, (x) amounts received shall be applied in the numerical order provided until exhausted prior to the application to the next succeeding category, and (y) each of the Persons entitled to receive a payment in any particular category shall receive an amount equal to its pro rata share of amounts available to be applied pursuant thereto for such category. Any reference in this Agreement to an allocation between or sharing by the Lenders of any right, interest or obligation “ratably,” “proportionally” or in similar terms shall refer to Pro Rata Share unless expressly provided otherwise. Collateral Agent, or if applicable, each Lender, shall promptly remit to the other Lenders such sums as may be necessary to ensure the ratable repayment of each Lender’s portion of any Term Loan and the ratable distribution of interest, fees and reimbursements paid or made by Borrower. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Lender receiving a scheduled payment shall not be responsible for determining whether the other Lenders also received their scheduled payment on such date; provided, however, if it is later determined that a Lender received more than its ratable share of scheduled payments made on any date or dates, then such Lender shall remit to Collateral Agent or other Lenders such sums as may be necessary to ensure the ratable payment of such scheduled payments, as instructed by Collateral Agent. If any payment or distribution of any kind or character, whether in cash, properties or securities, shall be received by a Lender in excess of its ratable share, then the portion of such payment or distribution in excess of such Lender’s ratable share shall be received by such Lender in trust for and shall be promptly paid over to the other Lender for application to the payments of amounts due on the other Lenders’ claims. To the extent any payment for the account of Borrower is required to be returned as a voidable transfer or otherwise, the Lenders shall contribute to one another as is necessary to ensure that such return of payment is on a pro rata basis. If any Lender shall obtain possession of any Collateral, it shall hold such Collateral for itself and as agent and bailee for Collateral Agent and other Lenders for purposes of perfecting Collateral Agent’s security interest therein.

 

9.5                                Liability for Collateral. So long as Collateral Agent and the Lenders comply with reasonable banking practices regarding the safekeeping of the Collateral in the possession or under the control of Collateral Agent and the Lenders, Collateral Agent and the Lenders shall not be liable or responsible for: (a) the safekeeping of

 

18



 

the Collateral; (b) any loss or damage to the Collateral; (c) any diminution in the value of the Collateral; or (d) any act or default of any carrier, warehouseman, bailee, or other Person. Borrower bears all risk of loss, damage or destruction of the Collateral.

 

9.6                                No Waiver; Remedies Cumulative. Failure by Collateral Agent or any Lender, at any time or times, to require strict performance by Borrower of any provision of this Agreement or any other Loan Document shall not waive, affect, or diminish any right of Collateral Agent or any Lender thereafter to demand strict performance and compliance herewith or therewith. No waiver hereunder shall be effective unless signed by Collateral Agent and the Required Lenders and then is only effective for the specific instance and purpose for which it is given. The rights and remedies of Collateral Agent and the Lenders under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents are cumulative. Collateral Agent and the Lenders have all rights and remedies provided under the Code, any applicable law, by law, or in equity. The exercise by Collateral Agent or any Lender of one right or remedy is not an election, and Collateral Agent’s or any Lender’s waiver of any Event of Default is not a continuing waiver. Collateral Agent’s or any Lender’s delay in exercising any remedy is not a waiver, election, or acquiescence.

 

9.7                                Demand Waiver. Borrower waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, demand, notice of default or dishonor, notice of payment and nonpayment, notice of any default, nonpayment at maturity, release, compromise, settlement, extension, or renewal of accounts, documents, instruments, chattel paper, and guarantees held by Collateral Agent or any Lender on which Borrower or any Subsidiary is liable.

 

10.                                NOTICES

 

All notices, consents, requests, approvals, demands, or other communication (collectively, Communication” ) by any party to this Agreement or any other Loan Document must be in writing and shall be deemed to have been validly served, given, or delivered: (a) upon the earlier of actual receipt and three (3) Business Days after deposit in the U.S. mail, first class, registered or certified mail return receipt requested, with proper postage prepaid; (b) upon transmission, when sent by electronic mail (if an email address is specified herein) or facsimile transmission; (c) one (1) Business Day after deposit with a reputable overnight courier with all charges prepaid; or (d) when delivered, if hand-delivered by messenger, all of which shall be addressed to the party to be notified and sent to the address, facsimile number, or email address indicated below. Any of Collateral Agent, Lender or Borrower may change its mailing address or facsimile number by giving the other party written notice thereof in accordance with the terms of this Section 10.

 

If to Borrower:                                                                          SENSEONICS, INCORPORATED

20451 Seneca Meadows Parkway

Germantown, Maryland 20876

Attn: Tim Goodnow, President and Chief

Executive Officer

Fax: (301) 515-0988

Email: tim.goodnow@senseonics.com

 

with a copy (which                                                     COOLEY LLP

shall not constitute                                                     One Freedom Square

notice) to:                                                                                                    Reston Town Center

11951 Freedom Drive

Reston, Virginia 20190-5656

Attn: Christian Plaza

Fax: (703) 456-8100

Email: cplaza@cooley.com

 

If to Collateral Agent:                                    OXFORD FINANCE LLC

133 North Fairfax Street

Alexandria, Virginia 22314

Attention: Legal Department

Fax: (703) 519-5225

Email: LegalDepartment@oxfordfinance.com

 

19



 

with a copy (which                                                     Greenberg Traurig, LLP

shall not constitute                                                     One International Place

notice) to:                                                                                                    Boston, MA 02110

Attn: Jonathan Bell, Esq.

Fax: (617) 310-6001

Email: bellj@gtlaw.com

 

11.                                CHOICE OF LAW, VENUE AND JURY TRIAL WAIVER

 

New York law governs the Loan Documents without regard to principles of conflicts of law. Borrower, Lenders and Collateral Agent each submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of the State and Federal courts in the City of New York, Borough of Manhattan. NOTWITHSTANDING THE FOREGOING, COLLATERAL AGENT AND THE LENDERS SHALL HAVE THE RIGHT TO BRING ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING AGAINST BORROWER OR ITS PROPERTY IN THE COURTS OF ANY OTHER JURISDICTION WHICH COLLATERAL AGENT AND THE LENDERS (IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE PROVISIONS OF SECTION 9.1) DEEM NECESSARY OR APPROPRIATE TO REALIZE ON THE COLLATERAL OR TO OTHERWISE ENFORCE COLLATERAL AGENT’S AND THE LENDERS’ RIGHTS AGAINST BORROWER OR ITS PROPERTY. Borrower expressly submits and consents in advance to such jurisdiction in any action or suit commenced in any such court, and Borrower hereby waives any objection that it may have based upon lack of personal jurisdiction, improper venue, or forum non conveniens and hereby consents to the granting of such legal or equitable relief as is deemed appropriate by such court. Borrower hereby waives personal service of the summons, complaints, and other process issued in such action or suit and agrees that service of such summons, complaints, and other process may be made by registered or certified mail addressed to Borrower at the address set forth in, or subsequently provided by Borrower in accordance with, Section 10 of this Agreement and that service so made shall be deemed completed upon the earlier to occur of Borrower’s actual receipt thereof or three (3) days after deposit in the U.S. mails, first class, registered or certified mail return receipt requested, proper postage prepaid.

 

TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, BORROWER, COLLATERAL AGENT, AND THE LENDERS EACH WAIVE THEIR RIGHT TO A JURY TRIAL OF ANY CLAIM OR CAUSE OF ACTION ARISING OUT OF OR BASED UPON THIS AGREEMENT, THE LOAN DOCUMENTS OR ANY CONTEMPLATED TRANSACTION, INCLUDING CONTRACT, TORT, BREACH OF DUTY AND ALL OTHER CLAIMS. THIS WAIVER IS A MATERIAL INDUCEMENT FOR EACH PARTY TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT. EACH PARTY HAS REVIEWED THIS WAIVER WITH ITS COUNSEL.

 

12.                                GENERAL PROVISIONS

 

12.1                         Successors and Assigns. This Agreement binds and is for the benefit of the successors and permitted assigns of each party. Borrower may not transfer, pledge or assign this Agreement or any rights or obligations under it without Collateral Agent’s and each Lender’s prior written consent (which may be granted or withheld in Collateral Agent’s and each Lender’s discretion, subject to Section 12.6). The Lenders have the right, without the consent of or notice to Borrower, to sell, transfer, assign, pledge, negotiate, or grant participation in (any such sale, transfer, assignment, negotiation, or grant of a participation, a “Lender Transfer”) all or any part of, or any interest in, the Lenders’ obligations, rights, and benefits under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents; provided , however , that any such Lender Transfer (other than a transfer, pledge, sale or assignment to an Eligible Assignee) of its obligations, rights, and benefits under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents shall require the prior written consent of the Required Lenders (such approved assignee, an “ Approved Lender ”) . Borrower and Collateral Agent shall be entitled to continue to deal solely and directly with such Lender in connection with the interests so assigned until Collateral Agent shall have received and accepted an effective assignment agreement in form satisfactory to Collateral Agent executed, delivered and fully completed by the applicable parties thereto, and shall have received such other information regarding such Eligible Assignee or Approved Lender as Collateral Agent reasonably shall require. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, so long as no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, no Lender Transfer (other than a Lender Transfer (i) in respect of the Warrants or (ii) in connection with (x) assignments by a Lender due to a forced divestiture at the request of any

 

20


 

regulatory agency; or (y) upon the occurrence of a default, event of default or similar occurrence with respect to a Lender’s own financing or securitization transactions) shall be permitted, without Borrower’s consent, to any Person which is an Affiliate or Subsidiary of Borrower, a direct competitor of Borrower or a vulture hedge fund, each as determined by Collateral Agent in its reasonable good faith business discretion.

 

12.2                         Indemnification. Borrower agrees to indemnify, defend and hold Collateral Agent and the Lenders and their respective directors, officers, employees, agents, attorneys, or any other Person affiliated with or representing Collateral Agent or the Lenders (each, an Indemnified Person” ) harmless against: (a) all obligations, demands, claims, and liabilities (collectively, Claims” ) asserted by any other party in connection with; related to; following; or arising from, out of or under, the transactions contemplated by the Loan Documents; and (b) all losses or Lenders’ Expenses incurred, or paid by Indemnified Person in connection with; related to; following; or arising from, out of or under, the transactions contemplated by the Loan Documents between Collateral Agent, and/or the Lenders and Borrower (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses), except for Claims and/or losses directly caused by such Indemnified Person’s gross negligence or willful misconduct. Borrower hereby further indemnifies, defends and holds each Indemnified Person harmless from and against any and all liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, claims, costs, expenses and disbursements of any kind or nature whatsoever (including the fees and disbursements of counsel for such Indemnified Person) in connection with any investigative, response, remedial, administrative or judicial matter or proceeding, whether or not such Indemnified Person shall be designated a party thereto and including any such proceeding initiated by or on behalf of Borrower, and the reasonable expenses of investigation by engineers, environmental consultants and similar technical personnel and any commission, fee or compensation claimed by any broker (other than any broker retained by Collateral Agent or Lenders) asserting any right to payment for the transactions contemplated hereby which may be imposed on, incurred by or asserted against such Indemnified Person as a result of or in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby and the use or intended use of the proceeds of the loan proceeds except for liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, claims, costs, expenses and disbursements directly caused by such Indemnified Person’s gross negligence or willful misconduct.

 

12.3                         Time of Essence. Time is of the essence for the performance of all Obligations in this Agreement.

 

12.4                         Severability of Provisions. Each provision of this Agreement is severable from every other provision in determining the enforceability of any provision.

 

12.5                         Correction of Loan Documents. Collateral Agent and the Lenders may correct patent errors and fill in any blanks in this Agreement and the other Loan Documents consistent with the agreement of the parties, so long as Collateral Agent provides Borrower with written notice of such correction and allows the Borrower at least ten (10) days to object to such correction. In the event of such objection, such correction shall not be made except by and amendment signed by Lenders, Collateral Agent and Borrower.

 

12.6                         Amendments in Writing; Integration. (a) No amendment, modification, termination or waiver of any provision of this Agreement or any other Loan Document, no approval or consent thereunder, or any consent to any departure by Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries therefrom, shall in any event be effective unless the same shall be in writing and signed by Borrower, Collateral Agent and the Required Lenders provided that:

 

(i)                                      no such amendment, waiver or other modification that would have the effect of increasing or reducing a Lender’s Term Loan Commitment or Commitment Percentage shall be effective as to such Lender without such Lender’s written consent;

 

(ii)                                   no such amendment, waiver or modification that would affect the rights and duties of Collateral Agent shall be effective without Collateral Agent’s written consent or signature;

 

(iii)                                no such amendment, waiver or other modification shall, unless signed by all the Lenders directly affected thereby, (A) reduce the principal of, rate of interest on or any fees with respect to any Term Loan or forgive any principal, interest (other than default interest) or fees (other than late charges) with respect to any Term Loan (B) postpone the date fixed for, or waive, any payment of principal of any Term Loan or of interest on any Term Loan (other than default interest) or any fees provided for hereunder (other than late charges or

 

21



 

for any termination of any commitment); (C) change the definition of the term Required Lenders” or the percentage of Lenders which shall be required for the Lenders to take any action hereunder; (D) release all or substantially all of any material portion of the Collateral, authorize Borrower to sell or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all or any material portion of the Collateral or release any guarantor of all or any portion of the Obligations or its guaranty obligations with respect thereto, except, in each case with respect to this clause (D), as otherwise may be expressly permitted under this Agreement or the other Loan Documents (including in connection with any disposition permitted hereunder); (E) amend, waive or otherwise modify this Section 12.6 or the definitions of the terms used in this Section 12.6 insofar as the definitions affect the substance of this Section 12.6; (F) consent to the assignment, delegation or other transfer by Borrower of any of its rights and obligations under any Loan Document or release Borrower of its payment obligations under any Loan Document, except, in each case with respect to this clause (F), pursuant to a merger or consolidation permitted pursuant to this Agreement; (G) amend any of the provisions of Section 9.4 or amend any of the definitions of Pro Rata Share, Term Loan Commitment, Commitment Percentage or that provide for the Lenders to receive their Pro Rata Shares of any fees, payments, setoffs or proceeds of Collateral hereunder; (H) subordinate the Liens granted in favor of Collateral Agent securing the Obligations; or (I) amend any of the provisions of Section 12.10. It is hereby understood and agreed that all Lenders shall be deemed directly affected by an amendment, waiver or other modification of the type described in the preceding clauses (C), (D), (E), (F), (G) and (H) of the preceding sentence;

 

(iv)                               the provisions of the foregoing clauses (i), (ii) and (iii) are subject to the provisions of any interlender or agency agreement among the Lenders and Collateral Agent pursuant to which any Lender may agree to give its consent in connection with any amendment, waiver or modification of the Loan Documents only in the event of the unanimous agreement of all Lenders.

 

(b)                                  Other than as expressly provided for in Section 12.6(a)(i)-(iii), Collateral Agent may, if requested by the Required Lenders, from time to time designate covenants in this Agreement less restrictive by notification to a representative of Borrower.

 

(c)                                   This Agreement and the Loan Documents represent the entire agreement about this subject matter and supersede prior negotiations or agreements. All prior agreements, understandings, representations, warranties, and negotiations between the parties about the subject matter of this Agreement and the Loan Documents merge into this Agreement and the Loan Documents.

 

12.7                         Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and by different parties on separate counterparts, each of which, when executed and delivered, is an original, and all taken together, constitute one Agreement.

 

12.8                         Survival. All covenants, representations and warranties made in this Agreement continue in full force and effect until this Agreement has terminated pursuant to its terms and all Obligations (other than inchoate indemnity obligations and any other obligations which, by their terms, are to survive the termination of this Agreement) have been satisfied. The obligation of Borrower in Section 12.2 to indemnify each Lender and Collateral Agent, as well as the confidentiality provisions in Section 12.9 below, shall survive until the statute of limitations with respect to such claim or cause of action shall have run.

 

12.9                         Confidentiality. In handling any confidential information of Borrower, the Lenders and Collateral Agent shall exercise the same degree of care that it exercises for their own proprietary information, but disclosure of information may be made: (a) subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, to the Lenders’ and Collateral Agent’s Subsidiaries or Affiliates, or in connection with a Lender’s own financing or securitization transactions and upon the occurrence of a default, event of default or similar occurrence with respect to such financing or securitization transaction; (b) to prospective transferees (other than those identified in (a) above) or purchasers of any interest in the Credit Extensions (provided, however, the Lenders and Collateral Agent shall, except upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, obtain such prospective transferee’s or purchaser’s agreement to the terms of this provision or to similar confidentiality terms); (c) as required by law, regulation, subpoena, or other order; (d) to Lenders’ or Collateral Agent’s regulators or as otherwise required in connection with an examination or audit; (e) as Collateral Agent reasonably considers appropriate in exercising remedies under the Loan Documents; and (f) to third party service providers of the Lenders and/or Collateral Agent so long as such service providers have executed a confidentiality agreement with the Lenders and Collateral Agent

 

22



 

with terms no less restrictive than those contained herein. Confidential information does not include information that either: (i) is in the public domain or in the Lenders’ and/or Collateral Agent’s possession when disclosed to the Lenders and/or Collateral Agent, or becomes part of the public domain after disclosure to the Lenders and/or Collateral Agent; or (ii) is disclosed to the Lenders and/or Collateral Agent by a third party, if the Lenders and/or Collateral Agent does not know that the third party is prohibited from disclosing the information. Collateral Agent and the Lenders may use confidential information for any purpose, including, without limitation, for the development of client databases, reporting purposes, and market analysis, so long as Collateral Agent and Lenders do not disclose Borrower’s identity or the identity of any person associated with Borrower unless otherwise expressly permitted by this Agreement. The agreements provided under this Section 12.9 supersede all prior agreements, understanding, representations, warranties, and negotiations between the parties about the subject matter of this Section 12.9.

 

12.10                  Right of Set Off. Borrower hereby grants to Collateral Agent and to each Lender, a lien, security interest and right of set off as security for all Obligations to Collateral Agent and each Lender hereunder, whether now existing or hereafter arising upon and against all deposits, credits, collateral and property, now or hereafter in the possession, custody, safekeeping or control of Collateral Agent or the Lenders or any entity under the control of Collateral Agent or the Lenders (including a Collateral Agent affiliate) or in transit to any of them. At any time after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, without demand or notice, Collateral Agent or the Lenders may set off the same or any part thereof and apply the same to any liability or obligation of Borrower even though unmatured and regardless of the adequacy of any other collateral securing the Obligations. ANY AND ALL RIGHTS TO REQUIRE COLLATERAL AGENT TO EXERCISE ITS RIGHTS OR REMEDIES WITH RESPECT TO ANY OTHER COLLATERAL WHICH SECURES THE OBLIGATIONS, PRIOR TO EXERCISING ITS RIGHT OF SETOFF WITH RESPECT TO SUCH DEPOSITS, CREDITS OR OTHER PROPERTY OF BORROWER ARE HEREBY KNOWINGLY, VOLUNTARILY AND IRREVOCABLY WAIVED.

 

12.11                  Cooperation of Borrower. If necessary, Borrower agrees to (i) execute any documents (including new Secured Promissory Notes) reasonably required to effectuate and acknowledge each assignment of a Term Loan Commitment or Loan to an assignee in accordance with Section 12.1, (ii) make Borrower’s management available to meet with Collateral Agent and prospective participants and assignees of Term Loan Commitments or Credit Extensions (which meetings shall be conducted no more often than once every twelve months unless an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing), and (iii) provide Collateral Agent or the Lenders such information regarding the financial affairs of Borrower as any prospective participant or assignee of a Term Loan Commitment or Term Loan reasonably may request, in each case provided such assignment is in accordance with Section 12.1. Subject to the provisions of Section 12.9, Borrower authorizes each Lender to disclose to any prospective participant or assignee of a Term Loan Commitment, any and all information in such Lender’s possession concerning Borrower and its financial affairs which has been delivered to such Lender by or on behalf of Borrower pursuant to this Agreement, or which has been delivered to such Lender by or on behalf of Borrower in connection with such Lender’s credit evaluation of Borrower prior to entering into this Agreement.

 

13.                                DEFINITIONS

 

13.1                         Definitions. As used in this Agreement, the following terms have the following meanings:

 

Account ” is any “account” as defined in the Code with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made, and includes, without limitation, all accounts receivable and other sums owing to Borrower.

 

Account Debtor ” is any “account debtor” as defined in the Code with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made.

 

Affiliate ” of any Person is a Person that owns or controls directly or indirectly the Person, any Person that controls or is controlled by or is under common control with the Person, and each of that Person’s senior executive officers, directors, partners and, for any Person that is a limited liability company, that Person’s managers and members.

 

Agreement ” is defined in the preamble hereof.

 

23



 

Amortization Date ” is, February 1, 2016, if the CE Mark Approval Event does not occur, and August 1, 2016, if the CE Mark Approval Event does occur.

 

Annual Projections ” is defined in Section 6.2(a).

 

Anti-Terrorism Laws ” are any laws relating to terrorism or money laundering, including Executive Order No. 13224 (effective September 24, 2001), the USA PATRIOT Act, the laws comprising or implementing the Bank Secrecy Act, and the laws administered by OFAC.

 

Approved Fund ” is any (i) investment company, fund, trust, securitization vehicle or conduit that is (or will be) engaged in making, purchasing, holding or otherwise investing in commercial loans and similar extensions of credit in the ordinary course of its business or (ii) any Person (other than a natural person) which temporarily warehouses loans for any Lender or any entity described in the preceding clause (i) and that, with respect to each of the preceding clauses (i) and (ii), is administered or managed by (a) a Lender, (b) an Affiliate of a Lender or (c) a Person (other than a natural person) or an Affiliate of a Person (other than a natural person) that administers or manages a Lender.

 

Approved Lender ” is defined in Section 12.1.

 

Basic Rate ” is, with respect to a Term Loan, the per annum rate of interest (based on a year of three hundred sixty (360) days) equal to Six and Ninety-Five Hundredths percent (6.95%).

 

Blocked Person ” is any Person: (a) listed in the annex to, or is otherwise subject to the provisions of, Executive Order No. 13224, (b) a Person owned or controlled by, or acting for or on behalf of, any Person that is listed in the annex to, or is otherwise subject to the provisions of, Executive Order No. 13224, (c) a Person with which any Lender is prohibited from dealing or otherwise engaging in any transaction by any Anti-Terrorism Law, (d) a Person that commits, threatens or conspires to commit or supports “terrorism” as defined in Executive Order No. 13224, or (e) a Person that is named a “specially designated national” or “blocked person” on the most current list published by OFAC or other similar list.

 

Borrower ” is defined in the preamble hereof.

 

Borrower’s Books ” are Borrower’s or any of its Subsidiaries’ books and records including ledgers, federal, and state tax returns, records regarding Borrower’s or its Subsidiaries’ assets or liabilities, the Collateral, business operations or financial condition, and all computer programs or storage or any equipment containing such information.

 

Business Day ” is any day that is not a Saturday, Sunday or a day on which Collateral Agent is closed.

 

Cash Equivalents ” are (a) marketable direct obligations issued or unconditionally guaranteed by the United States or any agency or any State thereof having maturities of not more than one (1) year from the date of acquisition; (b) commercial paper maturing no more than one (1) year after its creation and having the highest rating from either Standard & Poor’s Ratings Group or Moody’s Investors Service, Inc., and (c) certificates of deposit maturing no more than one (1) year after issue provided that the account in which any such certificate of deposit is maintained is subject to a Control Agreement in favor of Collateral Agent. For the avoidance of doubt, the direct purchase by Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries of any Auction Rate Securities, or purchasing participations in, or entering into any type of swap or other derivative transaction, or otherwise holding or engaging in any ownership interest in any type of Auction Rate Security by Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries shall be conclusively determined by the Lenders as an ineligible Cash Equivalent, and any such transaction shall expressly violate each other provision of this Agreement governing Permitted Investments. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Cash Equivalents does not include and Borrower, and each of its Subsidiaries, are prohibited from purchasing, purchasing participations in, entering into any type of swap or other equivalent derivative transaction, or otherwise holding or engaging in any ownership interest in any type of debt instrument, including, without limitation, any corporate or

 

24



 

municipal bonds with a long-term nominal maturity for which the interest rate is reset through a dutch auction and more commonly referred to as an auction rate security (each, an “ Auction Rate Security ”).

 

CE Mark Approval Event ” means the receipt by Borrower of approval for CE Mark, on or before February 1, 2016 (provided that no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing when Borrower received such approval) and the receipt by Collateral Agent of evidence thereof that is reasonably acceptable to Collateral Agent on or before such date.

 

Claims ” are defined in Section 12.2.

 

Code ” is the Uniform Commercial Code, as the same may, from time to time, be enacted and in effect in the State of New York; provided, that, to the extent that the Code is used to define any term herein or in any Loan Document and such term is defined differently in different Articles or Divisions of the Code, the definition of such term contained in Article or Division 9 shall govern; provided further, that in the event that, by reason of mandatory provisions of law, any or all of the attachment, perfection, or priority of, or remedies with respect to, Collateral Agent’s Lien on any Collateral is governed by the Uniform Commercial Code in effect in a jurisdiction other than the State of New York, the term “Code” shall mean the Uniform Commercial Code as enacted and in effect in such other jurisdiction solely for purposes of the provisions thereof relating to such attachment, perfection, priority, or remedies and for purposes of definitions relating to such provisions.

 

Collateral ” is any and all properties, rights and assets of Borrower described on Exhibit A .

 

Collateral Account ” is any Deposit Account, Securities Account, or Commodity Account, or any other bank account maintained by Borrower or any Subsidiary at any time.

 

Collateral Agent ” is, Oxford, not in its individual capacity, but solely in its capacity as agent on behalf of and for the benefit of the Lenders.

 

Commitment Percentage ” is set forth in Schedule 1.1 , as amended from time to time.

 

Commodity Account ” is any “commodity account” as defined in the Code with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made.

 

Communication ” is defined in Section 10.

 

Compliance Certificate ” is that certain certificate in the form attached hereto as Exhibit C .

 

Contingent Obligation ” is, for any Person, any direct or indirect liability, contingent or not, of that Person for (a) any indebtedness, lease, dividend, letter of credit or other obligation of another such as an obligation directly or indirectly guaranteed, endorsed, co-made, discounted or sold with recourse by that Person, or for which that Person is directly or indirectly liable; (b) any obligations for undrawn letters of credit for the account of that Person; and (c) all obligations from any interest rate, currency or commodity swap agreement, interest rate cap or collar agreement, or other agreement or arrangement designated to protect a Person against fluctuation in interest rates, currency exchange rates or commodity prices; but “Contingent Obligation” does not include endorsements in the ordinary course of business. The amount of a Contingent Obligation is the stated or determined amount of the primary obligation for which the Contingent Obligation is made or, if not determinable, the maximum reasonably anticipated liability for it determined by the Person in good faith; but the amount may not exceed the maximum of the obligations under any guarantee or other support arrangement.

 

Control Agreement ” is any control agreement entered into among the depository institution at which Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries maintains a Deposit Account or the securities intermediary or commodity intermediary at which Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries maintains a Securities Account or a Commodity Account, Borrower and such Subsidiary, and Collateral Agent pursuant to which Collateral Agent obtains control (within the meaning of the Code) for the benefit of the Lenders over such Deposit Account, Securities Account, or Commodity Account.

 

25



 

Copyrights ” are any and all copyright rights, copyright applications, copyright registrations and like protections in each work or authorship and derivative work thereof, whether published or unpublished and whether or not the same also constitutes a trade secret.

 

Credit Card Account ” has is defined in Section 6.6(d).

 

Credit Extension ” is any Term Loan or any other extension of credit by Collateral Agent or Lenders for Borrower’s benefit.

 

Default Rate ” is defined in Section 2.3(b).

 

Deposit Account ” is any “deposit account” as defined in the Code with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made.

 

Designated Deposit Account ” is Borrower’s deposit account, account number 3300887858 , maintained with Silicon Valley Bank.

 

Disbursement Letter ” is that certain form attached hereto as Exhibit B .

 

Dollars ,” “ dollars ” and “$” each mean lawful money of the United States.

 

Domestic Subsidiary ” is any Subsidiary of Borrower (and its subsidiaries) that is not a Foreign Subsidiary.

 

Effective Date ” is defined in the preamble of this Agreement.

 

Eligible Assignee ” is (i) a Lender, (ii) an Affiliate of a Lender, (iii) an Approved Fund and (iv) any commercial bank, savings and loan association or savings bank or any other entity which is an “accredited investor” (as defined in Regulation D under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended) and which extends credit or buys loans as one of its businesses, including insurance companies, mutual funds, lease financing companies and commercial finance companies, in each case, which either (A) has a rating of BBB or higher from Standard & Poor’s Rating Group and a rating of Baa2 or higher from Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. at the date that it becomes a Lender or (B) has total assets in excess of Five Billion Dollars ($5,000,000,000.00), and in each case of clauses (i) through (iv), which, through its applicable lending office, is capable of lending to Borrower without the imposition of any withholding or similar taxes; provided that notwithstanding the foregoing, “Eligible Assignee” shall not include, unless an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, (i) Borrower or any of Borrower’s Affiliates or Subsidiaries or (ii) a direct competitor of Borrower or a vulture hedge fund, each as determined by Collateral Agent in its reasonable good faith business discretion. Notwithstanding the foregoing, (x) in connection with assignments by a Lender due to a forced divestiture at the request of any regulatory agency, the restrictions set forth herein shall not apply and Eligible Assignee shall mean any Person or party and (y) in connection with a Lender’s own financing or securitization transactions, the restrictions set forth herein shall not apply and Eligible Assignee shall mean any Person or party providing such financing or formed to undertake such securitization transaction and any transferee of such Person or party upon the occurrence of a default, event of default or similar occurrence with respect to such financing or securitization transaction; provided that no such sale, transfer, pledge or assignment under this clause (y) shall release such Lender from any of its obligations hereunder or substitute any such Person or party for such Lender as a party hereto until Collateral Agent shall have received and accepted an effective assignment agreement from such Person or party in form satisfactory to Collateral Agent executed, delivered and fully completed by the applicable parties thereto, and shall have received such other information regarding such Eligible Assignee as Collateral Agent reasonably shall require.

 

Equipment ” is all “equipment” as defined in the Code with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made, and includes without limitation all machinery, fixtures, goods, vehicles (including motor vehicles and trailers), and any interest in any of the foregoing.

 

ERISA ” is the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, and its regulations.

 

26



 

Event of Default ” is defined in Section 8.

 

Final Payment ” is a payment (in addition to and not a substitution for the regular monthly payments of principal plus accrued interest) due on the earliest to occur of (a) the Maturity Date, or (b) the acceleration of any Term Loan, or (c) the prepayment of a Term Loan pursuant to Section 2.2(c) or (d), equal to the original principal amount of such Term Loan multiplied by the Final Payment Percentage, payable to Lenders in accordance with their respective Pro Rata Shares.

 

Final Payment Percentage ” is Eight and One-Half percent (8.50%), if the CE Mark Approval Event does not occur, and Nine and One-Tenths percent (9.10%), if the CE Mark Approval Event does occur.

 

Foreign Subsidiary ” is a Subsidiary that is not an entity organized under the laws of the United States, any state thereof, or any territory thereof.

 

Funding Date ” is any date on which a Credit Extension is made to or on account of Borrower which shall be a Business Day.

 

GAAP ” is generally accepted accounting principles set forth in the opinions and pronouncements of the Accounting Principles Board of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and statements and pronouncements of the Financial Accounting Standards Board or in such other statements by such other Person as may be approved by a significant segment of the accounting profession in the United States, which are applicable to the circumstances as of the date of determination.

 

General Intangibles ” are all “general intangibles” as defined in the Code in effect on the date hereof with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made, and includes without limitation, all copyright rights, copyright applications, copyright registrations and like protections in each work of authorship and derivative work, whether published or unpublished, any patents, trademarks, service marks and, to the extent permitted under applicable law, any applications therefor, whether registered or not, any trade secret rights, including any rights to unpatented inventions, payment intangibles, royalties, contract rights, goodwill, franchise agreements, purchase orders, customer lists, route lists, telephone numbers, domain names, claims, income and other tax refunds, security and other deposits, options to purchase or sell real or personal property, rights in all litigation presently or hereafter pending (whether in contract, tort or otherwise), insurance policies (including without limitation key man, property damage, and business interruption insurance), payments of insurance and rights to payment of any kind.

 

Governmental Approval ” is any consent, authorization, approval, order, license, franchise, permit, certificate, accreditation, registration, filing or notice, of, issued by, from or to, or other act by or in respect of, any Governmental Authority.

 

Governmental Authority ” is any nation or government, any state or other political subdivision thereof, any agency, authority, instrumentality, regulatory body, court, central bank or other entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial, taxing, regulatory or administrative functions of or pertaining to government, any securities exchange and any self-regulatory organization.

 

Indebtedness ” is (a) indebtedness for borrowed money or the deferred price of property or services, such as reimbursement and other obligations for surety bonds and letters of credit, (b) obligations evidenced by notes, bonds, debentures or similar instruments, (c) capital lease obligations, and (d) Contingent Obligations.

 

Indemnified Person ” is defined in Section 12.2.

 

Insolvency Proceeding ” is any proceeding by or against any Person under the United States Bankruptcy Code, or any other bankruptcy or insolvency law, including assignments for the benefit of creditors, compositions, extensions generally with its creditors, or proceedings seeking reorganization, arrangement, or other relief.

 

Insolvent ” means not Solvent.

 

27



 

Intellectual Property ” means all of Borrower’s or any Subsidiary’s right, title and interest in and to the following:

 

(a)                                  its Copyrights, Trademarks and Patents, and applications therefor and reissues, extensions, or renewals thereof, together with rights to sue for past, present and future infringement of Intellectual Property;

 

(a)                                  any and all trade secrets and trade secret rights, including, without limitation, any rights to unpatented inventions, know-how, operating manuals;

 

(b)                                  any and all source code;

 

(c)                                   any and all design rights which may be available to Borrower;

 

(d)                                  any and all claims for damages by way of past, present and future infringement of any of the foregoing, with the right, but not the obligation, to sue for and collect such damages for said use or infringement of the Intellectual Property rights identified above; and

 

(e)                                   all amendments, renewals and extensions of any of the Copyrights, Trademarks or Patents.

 

Inventory ” is all “inventory” as defined in the Code in effect on the date hereof with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made, and includes without limitation all merchandise, raw materials, parts, supplies, packing and shipping materials, work in process and finished products, including without limitation such inventory as is temporarily out of any Person’s custody or possession or in transit and including any returned goods and any documents of title representing any of the above.

 

Investment ” is any beneficial ownership interest in any Person (including stock, partnership interest or other securities), and any loan, advance, payment or capital contribution to any Person.

 

Key Person ” is each of Borrower’s (i) Chief Executive Officer, who is Tim Goodnow as of the Effective Date, (ii) Chief Financial Officer, when the Company appoints a Chief Financial Officer and until a Chief Financial Officer is appointed by the Company, the Company’s Assistant Corporate Secretary, who is Carroll Cummings as of the Effective Date, and (iii) Vice President of the Company’s operations, who is Mukul Jain as of the Effective Date.

 

Lender ” is any one of the Lenders.

 

Lenders ” are the Persons identified on Schedule 1.1 hereto and each assignee that becomes a party to this Agreement pursuant to Section 12.1.

 

Lenders’ Expenses ” are all audit fees and expenses, costs, and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses, as well as appraisal fees, fees incurred on account of lien searches, inspection fees, and filing fees) for preparing, amending, negotiating, administering, defending and enforcing the Loan Documents (including, without limitation, those incurred in connection with appeals or Insolvency Proceedings) or otherwise incurred by Collateral Agent and/or the Lenders in connection with the Loan Documents.

 

Lien ” is a claim, mortgage, deed of trust, levy, charge, pledge, security interest, or other encumbrance of any kind, whether voluntarily incurred or arising by operation of law or otherwise against any property.

 

Loan Documents ” are, collectively, this Agreement, the Warrants, the Perfection Certificates, each Compliance Certificate, each Disbursement Letter, the Post Closing Letter, any subordination agreements, any note, or notes or guaranties executed by Borrower or any other Person, and any other present or future agreement entered into by Borrower, any guarantor or any other Person for the benefit of the Lenders and Collateral Agent in connection with this Agreement; all as amended, restated, or otherwise modified.

 

28



 

Material Adverse Change ” is (a) a material impairment in the perfection or priority of Collateral Agent’s Lien in the Collateral or in the value of such Collateral; (b) a material adverse change in the business, operations or condition (financial or otherwise) of Borrower or any Subsidiary; or (c) a material impairment of the prospect of repayment of any portion of the Obligations.

 

Maturity Date ” is, for each Term Loan, July 1, 2019.

 

Obligations ” are all of Borrower’s obligations to pay when due any debts, principal, interest, Lenders’ Expenses, the Prepayment Fee, the Final Payment, and other amounts Borrower owes the Lenders now or later, in connection with, related to, following, or arising from, out of or under, this Agreement or, the other Loan Documents (other than the Warrants), or otherwise, and including interest accruing after Insolvency Proceedings begin (whether or not allowed) and debts, liabilities, or obligations of Borrower assigned to the Lenders and/or Collateral Agent, and the performance of Borrower’s duties under the Loan Documents (other than the Warrants).

 

OFAC ” is the U.S. Department of Treasury Office of Foreign Assets Control.

 

OFAC Lists ” are, collectively, the Specially Designated Nationals and Blocked Persons List maintained by OFAC pursuant to Executive Order No. 13224, 66 Fed. Reg. 49079 (Sept. 25, 2001) and/or any other list of terrorists or other restricted Persons maintained pursuant to any of the rules and regulations of OFAC or pursuant to any other applicable Executive Orders.

 

Operating Documents ” are, for any Person, such Person’s formation documents, as certified by the Secretary of State (or equivalent agency) of such Person’s jurisdiction of organization on a date that is no earlier than thirty (30) days prior to the Effective Date, and, (a) if such Person is a corporation, its bylaws in current form, (b) if such Person is a limited liability company, its limited liability company agreement (or similar agreement), and (c) if such Person is a partnership, its partnership agreement (or similar agreement), each of the foregoing with all current amendments or modifications thereto.

 

Patents ” means all patents, patent applications and like protections including without limitation improvements, divisions, continuations, renewals, reissues, extensions and continuations-in-part of the same.

 

Payment Date ” is the first (1 st ) calendar day of each calendar month, commencing on August 1, 2014.

 

Perfection Certificate ” and “ Perfection Certificates ” is defined in Section 5.1.

 

Permitted Acquisition ” means an acquisition by Borrower of all or substantially all of the assets of, all of the ownership interests in, or a business line or unit or division of another Person and shall include any foreign corporations in the acceptable jurisdictions listed below in this definition; provided that (a) no Event of Default or event that with the passage of time would result in an Event of Default shall exist immediately before or immediately after the consummation of such acquisition, (b) such acquired Person or assets shall be in the same line of business as is conducted by Borrower as of the Effective Date (or a line of business reasonably related thereto), (c) such acquisition shall not cause the focus or locations of Borrower’s and its Subsidiaries’ operations (when taken as a whole) to be located outside of the United States, (d) such acquisition shall not constitute a hostile acquisition, (e) any Person acquired as a result of such acquisition shall, if requested by Collateral Agent become a secured guarantor, (f) in connection with such acquisition, neither Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries (including for this purpose, the target of the acquisition) shall acquire or be subject to any Indebtedness or Liens that are not otherwise permitted hereunder, (g) all of the consideration paid in connection with such acquisition shall be in the form of stock of Borrower, except that Borrower shall be permitted to pay reasonable closing costs in cash, (h) Borrower has notified the Lenders at least ten (10) Business Days in advance of entering into such transaction, which notice shall include a reasonably detailed description of such transaction, (i) such transaction shall only involve assets and entities located in the United States, Canada, the United Kingdom and Germany, (j) Collateral Agent and the Lenders have received evidence, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to them that Borrower has sufficient cash on hand to pay its projected expenses and all debt service when due for a period of twelve (12) months after the consummation of such transaction, (k) all transactions related to such acquisition shall be consummated in all material respects in accordance with applicable law; and (l) Borrower shall provide to the Lenders as soon as

 

29



 

available but in any event not later than five (5) Business Days after the execution thereof, a copy of the executed purchase agreement or similar agreement with respect to any such acquisition.

 

Permitted Indebtedness ” is:

 

(a)                                  Borrower’s Indebtedness to the Lenders and Collateral Agent under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents;

 

(b)                                  Indebtedness existing on the Effective Date and disclosed on the Perfection Certificate(s);

 

(c)                                   Subordinated Debt;

 

(d)                                  unsecured Indebtedness to trade creditors incurred in the ordinary course of business;

 

(e)                                   Indebtedness consisting of capitalized lease obligations and purchase money Indebtedness, in each case incurred by Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries to finance the acquisition, repair, improvement or construction of fixed or capital assets of such person, provided that (i) the aggregate outstanding principal amount of all such Indebtedness does not exceed Two Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($250,000.00) at any time and (ii) the principal amount of such Indebtedness does not exceed the lower of the cost or fair market value of the property so acquired or built or of such repairs or improvements financed with such Indebtedness (each measured at the time of such acquisition, repair, improvement or construction is made);

 

(f)                                    Indebtedness incurred as a result of endorsing negotiable instruments received in the ordinary course of Borrower’s business;

 

(g)                                   business credit card Indebtedness for credit cards issued by Silicon Valley Bank, in an aggregate principal amount not in excess of $250,000 at any time outstanding;

 

(h)                                  Indebtedness arising in connection with the financing of insurance premiums not to exceed $250,000 in the aggregate;

 

(i)                                      Other unsecured Indebtedness not to exceed $100,000 at any time outstanding; and

 

(j)                                     extensions, refinancings, modifications, amendments and restatements of any items of Permitted Indebtedness (a) through (e) above, provided that the principal amount thereof is not increased or the terms thereof are not modified to impose materially more burdensome terms upon Borrower, or its Subsidiary, as the case may be.

 

Permitted Investments ” are:

 

(a)                                  Investments disclosed on the Perfection Certificate(s) and existing on the Effective Date;

 

(b)                                  (i) Investments consisting of cash and Cash Equivalents, and (ii) any Investments permitted by Borrower’s investment policy, as amended from time to time, provided that such investment policy (and any such amendment thereto) has been approved in writing by Collateral Agent;

 

(c)                                   Investments consisting of the endorsement of negotiable instruments for deposit or collection or similar transactions in the ordinary course of Borrower;

 

(d)                                  Investments consisting of Deposit Accounts in which Collateral Agent has a perfected security interest (except as otherwise permitted under Section 6.6(d);

 

(e)                                   Investments in connection with Transfers permitted by Section 7.1;

 

30


 

(f)            Investments consisting of (i) travel advances and employee relocation loans and other employee loans and advances in the ordinary course of business, and (ii) loans to employees, officers or directors relating to the purchase of equity securities of Borrower or its Subsidiaries pursuant to employee stock purchase plans or agreements approved by Borrower’s Board of Directors; not to exceed Two Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($250,000) in the aggregate for (i) and (ii) in any fiscal year;

 

(g)           Investments in Borrower’s Subsidiaries not to exceed $100,000 in any year;

 

(h)           Investments (including debt obligations) received in connection with the bankruptcy or reorganization of customers or suppliers and in settlement of delinquent obligations of, and other disputes with, customers or suppliers arising in the ordinary course of business;

 

(i)            Investments consisting of notes receivable of, or prepaid royalties and other credit extensions, to customers and suppliers who are not Affiliates, in the ordinary course of business; provided that this paragraph (h) shall not apply to Investments of Borrower in any Subsidiary;

 

(j)            non-cash Investments in joint ventures or strategic alliances in the ordinary course of Borrower’s business consisting of the non-exclusive licensing of technology, the development of technology or the providing of technical support;

 

(k)           other Investments not otherwise permitted herein provided that the aggregate amount of all such Investments in any year shall not exceed $50,000; and

 

(l)            Permitted Acquisitions, including any investments that are held by acquired Persons acquired pursuant to Permitted Acquisitions, to the extent permitted in accordance with the definition of such term “Permitted Acquisition”.

 

Permitted Licenses ” are (A) licenses of over-the-counter software that is commercially available to the public, and (B) non-exclusive and exclusive licenses for the use of the Intellectual Property of Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries entered into in the ordinary course of business, provided , that, with respect to each such license described in clause (B), (i) no Event of Default has occurred or is continuing at the time of such license; (ii) the license constitutes an arms-length transaction, the terms of which, on their face, do not provide for a sale or assignment of any Intellectual Property and do not restrict the ability of Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, as applicable, to pledge, grant a security interest in or lien on, or assign or otherwise Transfer any Intellectual Property; (iii) in the case of any exclusive license, (x) Borrower delivers ten (10) days’ prior written notice and a brief summary of the terms of the proposed license to Collateral Agent and the Lenders and delivers to Collateral Agent and the Lenders copies of the final executed licensing documents in connection with the exclusive license promptly upon consummation thereof and (y) any such license could not result in a legal transfer of title of the licensed property but may be exclusive in respects other than territory and may be exclusive as to territory only as to discrete geographical areas outside of the United States; and (iv) all upfront payments, royalties, milestone payments or other proceeds arising from the licensing agreement that are payable to Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries are paid to a Deposit Account that is governed by a Control Agreement.

 

Permitted Liens ” are:

 

(a)           Liens existing on the Effective Date and disclosed on the Perfection Certificates or arising under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents;

 

(b)           Liens for taxes, fees, assessments or other government charges or levies, either (i) not due and payable or (ii) being contested in good faith and for which Borrower maintains adequate reserves on its Books, provided that no notice of any such Lien has been filed or recorded under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and the Treasury Regulations adopted thereunder;

 

(c)           liens securing Indebtedness permitted under clause (e) of the definition of “ Permitted Indebtedness ,” provided that (i) such liens exist prior to the acquisition of, or attach substantially simultaneous

 

31



 

with, or within twenty (20) days after the, acquisition, lease, repair, improvement or construction of, such property financed or leased by such Indebtedness and (ii) such liens do not extend to any property of Borrower other than the property (and proceeds thereof) acquired, leased or built, or the improvements or repairs, financed by such Indebtedness;

 

(d)           Liens of carriers, warehousemen, suppliers, mechanics, materialmen, or other Persons that are possessory in nature arising in the ordinary course of business so long as such Liens attach only to Inventory, securing liabilities in the aggregate amount not to exceed Twenty Five Thousand Dollars ($25,000.00), and which are not delinquent or remain payable without penalty or which are being contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings which proceedings have the effect of preventing the forfeiture or sale of the property subject thereto;

 

(e)           Liens to secure payment of workers’ compensation, employment insurance, old-age pensions, social security and other like obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business (other than Liens imposed by ERISA);

 

(f)            leases or subleases of real property granted in the ordinary course of Borrower’s business (or, if referring to another Person, in the ordinary course of such Person’s business), and leases, subleases, non-exclusive licenses or sublicenses of personal property (other than Intellectual Property) granted in the ordinary course of Borrower’s business (or, if referring to another Person, in the ordinary course of such Person’s business), if the leases, subleases, licenses and sublicenses do not prohibit granting Collateral Agent or any Lender a security interest therein;

 

(g)           banker’s liens, rights of setoff and Liens in favor of financial institutions incurred in the ordinary course of business arising in connection with Borrower’s deposit accounts or securities accounts held at such institutions solely to secure payment of fees and similar costs and expenses and provided such accounts are maintained in compliance with Section 6.6 hereof;

 

(h)           Liens arising from judgments, decrees or attachments in circumstances not constituting an Event of Default under Section 8.4 or 8.7;

 

(i)            Liens on the Credit Card Account securing Permitted Indebtedness described in clause (g) of the definition of “Permitted Indebtedness”, provided that such Liens are restricted to the Credit Card Account and secure only such Permitted Indebtedness;

 

(j)            easements, zoning restrictions, rights-of-way and similar encumbrances on real property imposed by law or arising in the ordinary course of business, and other minor title imperfections with respect to real property that do not secure any monetary obligations and do not materially detract from the value of the affected property or interfere with the ordinary conduct of business of Borrower or any Subsidiary;

 

(k)           Liens consisting of Permitted Licenses; and

 

(l)            Liens incurred in the extension, renewal or refinancing of the indebtedness secured by Liens described in (a) through (e), but any extension, renewal or replacement Lien must be limited to the property encumbered by the existing Lien and the principal amount of the indebtedness may not increase.

 

Person ” is any individual, sole proprietorship, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, company, trust, unincorporated organization, association, corporation, institution, public benefit corporation, firm, joint stock company, estate, entity or government agency.

 

Post Closing Letter ” is that certain Post Closing Letter dated as of the Effective Date by and between Collateral Agent and Borrower.

 

32



 

Prepayment Fee ” is, with respect to any Term Loan subject to prepayment prior to the Maturity Date, whether by mandatory or voluntary prepayment, acceleration or otherwise, an additional fee payable to the Lenders in amount equal to:

 

(i)            for a prepayment made on or after the Funding Date of such Term Loan through and including the first anniversary of the Funding Date of such Term Loan, three percent (3.00%) of the principal amount of such Term Loan prepaid;

 

(ii)           for a prepayment made after the date which is after the first anniversary of the Funding Date of such Term Loan through and including the second anniversary of the Funding Date of such Term Loan, two percent (2.00%) of the principal amount of the Term Loans prepaid; and

 

(iii)          for a prepayment made after the date which is after the second anniversary of the Funding Date of such Term Loan and prior to the Maturity Date, one percent (1.00%) of the principal amount of the Term Loans prepaid.

 

Pro Rata Share ” is, as of any date of determination, with respect to each Lender, a percentage (expressed as a decimal, rounded to the ninth decimal place) determined by dividing the outstanding principal amount of Term Loans held by such Lender by the aggregate outstanding principal amount of all Term Loans.

 

Registered Organization ” is any “registered organization” as defined in the Code with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made.

 

Required Lenders ” means (i) for so long as all of the Persons that are Lenders on the Effective Date (each an “ Original Lender ”) have not assigned or transferred any of their interests in their Term Loan, Lenders holding one hundred percent (100%) of the aggregate outstanding principal balance of the Term Loan, or (ii) at any time from and after any Original Lender has assigned or transferred any interest in its Term Loan, Lenders holding at least sixty six percent (66%) of the aggregate outstanding principal balance of the Term Loan and, in respect of this clause (ii), (A) each Original Lender that has not assigned or transferred any portion of its Term Loan, (B) each assignee or transferee of an Original Lender’s interest in the Term Loan, but only to the extent that such assignee or transferee is an Affiliate or Approved Fund of such Original Lender, and (C) any Person providing financing to any Person described in clauses (A) and (B) above; provided, however, that this clause (C) shall only apply upon the occurrence of a default, event of default or similar occurrence with respect to such financing.

 

Requirement of Law ” is as to any Person, the organizational or governing documents of such Person, and any law (statutory or common), treaty, rule or regulation or determination of an arbitrator or a court or other Governmental Authority, in each case applicable to or binding upon such Person or any of its property or to which such Person or any of its property is subject.

 

Responsible Officer ” is any of the President, Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer Assistant Corporate Secretary, or Controller of Borrower acting alone.

 

Second Draw Period ” is the period commencing on the Effective Date and ending on the earlier of (i) December 31, 2014 and (ii) the occurrence of an Event of Default.

 

Secured Promissory Note ” is defined in Section 2.4.

 

Secured Promissory Note Record ” is a record maintained by each Lender with respect to the outstanding Obligations owed by Borrower to Lender and credits made thereto.

 

Securities Account ” is any “securities account” as defined in the Code with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made.

 

Solvent ” is, with respect to any Person: the fair salable value of such Person’s consolidated assets (including goodwill minus disposition costs) exceeds the fair value of such Person’s liabilities; such Person is not

 

33



 

left with unreasonably small capital after the transactions in this Agreement; and such Person is able to pay its debts (including trade debts) as they mature.

 

Subordinated Debt ” is indebtedness incurred by Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries subordinated to all Indebtedness of Borrower and/or its Subsidiaries to the Lenders (pursuant to a subordination, intercreditor, or other similar agreement in form and substance satisfactory to Collateral Agent and the Lenders entered into between Collateral Agent, Borrower, and/or any of its Subsidiaries, and the other creditor), on terms acceptable to Collateral Agent and the Lenders.

 

Subsidiary ” is, with respect to any Person, any Person of which more than fifty percent (50%) of the voting stock or other equity interests (in the case of Persons other than corporations) is owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by such Person or through one or more intermediaries.

 

Term Loan ” is defined in Section 2.2(a)(ii) hereof.

 

Term A Loan ” is defined in Section 2.2(a)(i) hereof.

 

Term B Loan ” is defined in Section 2.2(a)(ii) hereof.

 

Term Loan Commitment ” is, for any Lender, the obligation of such Lender to make a Term Loan, up to the principal amount shown on Schedule 1.1 . “ Term Loan Commitments ” means the aggregate amount of such commitments of all Lenders.

 

Trademarks ” means any trademark and servicemark rights, whether registered or not, applications to register and registrations of the same and like protections, and the entire goodwill of the business of Borrower connected with and symbolized by such trademarks.

 

Transfer ” is defined in Section 7.1.

 

Warrants ” are those certain Warrants to Purchase Stock dated as of the Effective Date, or any date thereafter, issued by Borrower in favor of each Lender or such Lender’s Affiliates.

 

[ Balance of Page Intentionally Left Blank ]

 

34


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed as of the Effective Date.

 

BORROWER:

 

SENSEONICS, INCORPORATED

 

 

 

By

/s/ Timothy T. Goodnow

 

Name:

Timothy T. Goodnow

 

Title:

President & CEO

 

 

COLLATERAL AGENT AND LENDER:

 

OXFORD FINANCE LLC

 

By

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

[ Signature Page to Loan and Security Agreement ]

 



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed as of the Effective Date.

 

BORROWER:

 

SENSEONICS, INCORPORATED

 

By

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

COLLATERAL AGENT AND LENDER:

 

OXFORD FINANCE LLC

 

By

/s/ Tim Lex

 

Name:

Tim Lex

 

Title:

COO

 

 

[ Signature Page to Loan and Security Agreement ]

 


 

SCHEDULE 1.1

 

Lenders and Commitments

 

Term A Loans

 

Lender

 

Term Loan Commitment

 

Commitment Percentage

 

OXFORD FINANCE LLC

 

$

4,000,000

 

100.00

%

TOTAL

 

$

4,000,000

 

100.00

%

 

Term B Loans

 

Lender

 

Term Loan Commitment

 

Commitment Percentage

 

OXFORD FINANCE LLC

 

$

6,000,000

 

100.00

%

TOTAL

 

$

6,000,000

 

100.00

%

 

Aggregate (all Term Loans)

 

Lender

 

Term Loan Commitment

 

Commitment Percentage

 

OXFORD FINANCE LLC

 

$

10,000,000

 

100.00

%

TOTAL

 

$

10,000,000

 

100.00

%

 



 

EXHIBIT A

 

Description of Collateral

 

The Collateral consists of all of Borrower’s right, title and interest in and to the following personal property:

 

All goods, Accounts (including health-care receivables), Equipment, Inventory, contract rights or rights to payment of money, leases, license agreements, franchise agreements, General Intangibles (except as noted below), commercial tort claims, documents, instruments (including any promissory notes), chattel paper (whether tangible or electronic), cash, deposit accounts and other Collateral Accounts, all certificates of deposit, fixtures, letters of credit rights (whether or not the letter of credit is evidenced by a writing), securities, and all other investment property, supporting obligations, and financial assets, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, wherever located; and

 

All Borrower’s Books relating to the foregoing, and any and all claims, rights and interests in any of the above and all substitutions for, additions, attachments, accessories, accessions and improvements to and replacements, products, proceeds and insurance proceeds of any or all of the foregoing.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Collateral does not include (i) any Intellectual Property; provided, however, the Collateral shall include all Accounts and all proceeds of Intellectual Property; provided that, if a judicial authority (including a U.S. Bankruptcy Court) would hold that a security interest in the underlying Intellectual Property is necessary to have a security interest in such Accounts and such property that are proceeds of Intellectual Property, then the Collateral shall automatically, and effective as of the Effective Date, include the Intellectual Property to the extent necessary to permit perfection of Collateral Agent’s security interest in such Accounts and such other property of Borrower that are proceeds of the Intellectual Property; or (ii) more than 65% of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock entitled to vote the shares of capital stock (the “ Shares ”) of any Foreign Subsidiary, if Borrower demonstrates to Collateral Agent’s reasonable satisfaction that a pledge of more than sixty five percent (65%) of the Shares of such Subsidiary creates a present and existing adverse tax consequence to Borrower under the U.S. Internal Revenue Code.

 

Pursuant to the terms of a certain negative pledge arrangement with Collateral Agent and the Lenders, Borrower has agreed not to encumber any of its Intellectual Property.

 



 

EXHIBIT B

 

Form of Disbursement Letter

 

[see attached]

 



 

DISBURSEMENT LETTER

 

[DATE]

 

The undersigned, being the duly elected and acting           of SENSEONICS, INCORPORATED, a Delaware corporation with offices located at 20451 Seneca Meadows Parkway, Germantown, Maryland 20876 (“ Borrower ”), does hereby certify to OXFORD FINANCE LLC (“ Oxford ” and “ Lender ”), as collateral agent (the “ Collateral Agent ”) in connection with that certain Loan and Security Agreement dated as of July 31, 2014, by and among Borrower, Collateral Agent and the Lenders from time to time party thereto (the “ Loan Agreement ”; with other capitalized terms used below having the meanings ascribed thereto in the Loan Agreement) that:

 

1.             The representations and warranties made by Borrower in Section 5 of the Loan Agreement and in the other Loan Documents are true and correct in all material respects as of the date hereof.

 

2.             No event or condition has occurred that would constitute an Event of Default under the Loan Agreement or any other Loan Document.

 

3.             Borrower is in compliance with the covenants and requirements contained in Sections 4, 6 and 7 of the Loan Agreement.

 

4.             All conditions referred to in Section 3 of the Loan Agreement to the making of the Loan to be made on or about the date hereof have been satisfied or waived by Collateral Agent.

 

5.             No Material Adverse Change has occurred.

 

6.             The undersigned is a Responsible Officer.

 

[Balance of Page Intentionally Left Blank]

 


 

7.                                       The proceeds of the Term [A][B] Loan shall be disbursed as follows:

 

Disbursement from Oxford:

 

 

Loan Amount

$

 

Plus:

$

 

—Deposit Received

 

 

 

 

 

Less:

 

 

—Facility Fee

($

 )

[—Interim Interest

($

)]

—Lender’s Legal Fees

($

 )*

 

 

 

Net Proceeds due from Oxford:

$

 

 

 

 

TOTAL TERM [A][B] LOAN NET PROCEEDS FROM
LENDERS

$

 

 

8.                                       The [initial][Term Loan][Term A Loan] shall amortize in accordance with the Amortization Table attached hereto.

 

9.                                       The aggregate net proceeds of the Term Loans shall be transferred to the Designated Deposit Account as follows:

 

Account Name:

 

SENSEONICS, INCORPORATED

 

 

 

Bank Name:

 

[

]

 

 

 

 

Bank Address:

 

[

]

 

 

 

 

Account Number:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

ABA Number:

 

[

]

 

[Balance of Page Intentionally Left Blank]

 


* Legal fees and costs are through the Effective Date. Post-closing legal fees and costs, payable after the Effective Date, to be invoiced and paid post-closing.

 



 

Dated as of the date first set forth above.

 

 

 

BORROWER:

 

 

 

SENSEONICS, INCORPORATED

 

 

 

 

 

By

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

 

COLLATERAL AGENT AND LENDER:

 

 

 

OXFORD FINANCE LLC

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

[ Signature Page to Disbursement Letter ]

 



 

AMORTIZATION TABLE

(Term [A][B] Loan)

 

[see attached]

 



 

EXHIBIT C

 

Compliance Certificate

 

TO:                                                                             OXFORD FINANCE LLC, as Collateral Agent and Lender

 

FROM:                                                         SENSEONICS, INCORPORATED

 

The undersigned authorized officer (“ Officer ”) of SENSEONICS, INCORPORATED (“ Borrower ”), hereby certifies that in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Loan and Security Agreement by and among Borrower, Collateral Agent, and the Lenders from time to time party thereto (the “ Loan Agreement ;” capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings given them in the Loan Agreement),

 

(a)                                  Borrower is in complete compliance for the period ending with all required covenants except as noted below;

 

(b)                                  There are no Events of Default, except as noted below;

 

(c)                                   Except as noted below, all representations and warranties of Borrower stated in the Loan Documents are true and correct in all material respects on this date and for the period described in (a), above; provided, however, that such materiality qualifier shall not be applicable to any representations and warranties that already are qualified or modified by materiality in the text thereof; and provided, further that those representations and warranties expressly referring to a specific date shall be true, accurate and complete in all material respects as of such date.

 

(d)                                  Borrower, and each of Borrower’s Subsidiaries, has timely filed all required tax returns and reports, Borrower, and each of Borrower’s Subsidiaries, has timely paid all foreign, federal, state, and local taxes, assessments, deposits and contributions owed by Borrower, or Subsidiary, except as otherwise permitted pursuant to the terms of Section 5.8 of the Loan Agreement;

 

(e)                                   No Liens have been levied or claims made against Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries relating to unpaid employee payroll or benefits of which Borrower has not previously provided written notification to Collateral Agent and the Lenders.

 

Attached are the required documents, if any, supporting our certification(s). The Officer, on behalf of Borrower, further certifies that the attached financial statements are prepared in accordance with Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (GAAP) and are consistently applied from one period to the next except as explained in an accompanying letter or footnotes and except, in the case of unaudited financial statements, for the absence of footnotes and subject to year-end audit adjustments as to the interim financial statements.

 

Please indicate compliance status since the last Compliance Certificate by circling Yes, No, or N/A under “Complies” column.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Reporting Covenant

 

Requirement

 

Actual

 

Complies

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1)

 

Financial statements

 

Monthly within 30 days

 

 

 

Yes

 

No

 

N/A

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2)

 

Annual (CPA Audited) statements

 

Within 120 days after FYE

 

 

 

Yes

 

No

 

N/A

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3)

 

Annual Financial Projections/Budget (prepared on a quarterly basis)

 

Annually (within 30 days of FYE), and when revised

 

 

 

Yes

 

No

 

N/A

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4)

 

A/R & A/P agings

 

If applicable

 

 

 

Yes

 

No

 

N/A

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

5)

 

8-K, 10-K and 10-Q Filings

 

If applicable, within 5 days of filing

 

 

 

Yes

 

No

 

N/A

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

6)

 

Compliance Certificate

 

Monthly within 30 days

 

 

 

Yes

 

No

 

N/A

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

7)

 

IP Report

 

When required

 

 

 

Yes

 

No

 

N/A

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

8)

 

Total amount of Borrower’s cash and cash equivalents at the last day of the measurement period

 

 

 

$

 

 

Yes

 

No

 

N/A

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

9)

 

Total amount of Borrower’s Subsidiaries’ cash and cash equivalents at the last day of the measurement period

 

 

 

$

 

 

Yes

 

No

 

N/A

 

Deposit and Securities Accounts

(Please list all accounts; attach separate sheet if additional space needed)

 

Institution Name

 

Account Number

 

New Account?

 

Account Control Agreement in place?

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1)

 

 

 

 

 

Yes

 

No

 

Yes

 

No

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2)

 

 

 

 

 

Yes

 

No

 

Yes

 

No

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3)

 

 

 

 

 

Yes

 

No

 

Yes

 

No

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4)

 

 

 

 

 

Yes

 

No

 

Yes

 

No

 

Other Matters

 

1)

 

Have there been any changes in any Key Person since the last Compliance Certificate?

 

Yes

 

No

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2)

 

Have there been any transfers/sales/disposals/retirement of Collateral or IP prohibited by the Loan Agreement?

 

Yes

 

No

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3)

 

Have there been any new or pending claims or causes of action against Borrower that involve more than Two Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($250,000.00)?

 

Yes

 

No

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4)

 

Have there been any material changes to the capitalization table of Borrower or any amendments of or other changes to the Operating Documents of Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries? If yes, provide copies of any such amendments or changes with this Compliance Certificate.

 

Yes

 

No

 


 

Exceptions

 

Please explain any exceptions with respect to the certification above: (If no exceptions exist, state “No exceptions.” Attach separate sheet if additional space needed.)

 

 

SENSEONICS, INCORPORATED

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

Date:

 

 

LENDER USE ONLY

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Received by:

 

 

Date:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Verified by:

 

 

Date:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Compliance Status:

Yes

No

 



 

EXHIBIT D

 

Form of Secured Promissory Note

 

[see attached]

 



 

SECURED PROMISSORY NOTE

(Term [A][B] Loan)

 

$

Dated: [DATE]

 

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned, SENSEONICS, INCORPORATED, a Delaware corporation with offices located at 20451 Seneca Meadows Parkway, Germantown, Maryland 20876 (“ Borrower ”) HEREBY PROMISES TO PAY to the order of OXFORD FINANCE LLC (“ Lender ”) the principal amount of [                      ] MILLION DOLLARS ($                                ) or such lesser amount as shall equal the outstanding principal balance of the Term [A][B] Loan made to Borrower by Lender, plus interest on the aggregate unpaid principal amount of such Term [A][B] Loan, at the rates and in accordance with the terms of the Loan and Security Agreement dated July 31, 2014 by and among Borrower, Lender, Oxford Finance LLC, as Collateral Agent, and the other Lenders from time to time party thereto (as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Loan Agreement ”). If not sooner paid, the entire principal amount and all accrued and unpaid interest hereunder shall be due and payable on the Maturity Date as set forth in the Loan Agreement. Any capitalized term not otherwise defined herein shall have the meaning attributed to such term in the Loan Agreement.

 

Principal, interest and all other amounts due with respect to the Term [A][B] Loan, are payable in lawful money of the United States of America to Lender as set forth in the Loan Agreement and this Secured Promissory Note (this “ Note ”). The principal amount of this Note and the interest rate applicable thereto, and all payments made with respect thereto, shall be recorded by Lender and, prior to any transfer hereof, endorsed on the grid attached hereto which is part of this Note.

 

The Loan Agreement, among other things, (a) provides for the making of a secured Term [A][B] Loan by Lender to Borrower, and (b) contains provisions for acceleration of the maturity hereof upon the happening of certain stated events.

 

This Note may not be prepaid except as set forth in Section 2.2(c) and Section 2.2(d) of the Loan Agreement.

 

This Note and the obligation of Borrower to repay the unpaid principal amount of the Term [A][B] Loan, interest on the Term [A][B] Loan and all other amounts due Lender under the Loan Agreement is secured under the Loan Agreement.

 

Presentment for payment, demand, notice of protest and all other demands and notices of any kind in connection with the execution, delivery, performance and enforcement of this Note are hereby waived.

 

Borrower shall pay all reasonable fees and expenses, including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees and costs, incurred by Lender in the enforcement or attempt to enforce any of Borrower’s obligations hereunder not performed when due.

 

This Note shall be governed by, and construed and interpreted in accordance with, the internal laws of the State of New York.

 

The ownership of an interest in this Note shall be registered on a record of ownership maintained by Lender or its agent. Notwithstanding anything else in this Note to the contrary, the right to the principal of, and stated interest on, this Note may be transferred only if the transfer is registered on such record of ownership and the transferee is identified as the owner of an interest in the obligation. Borrower shall be entitled to treat the registered holder of this Note (as recorded on such record of ownership) as the owner in fact thereof for all purposes and shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in this Note on the part of any other person or entity.

 

[Balance of Page Intentionally Left Blank]

 



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Borrower has caused this Note to be duly executed by one of its officers thereunto duly authorized on the date hereof.

 

 

BORROWER:

 

 

 

SENSEONICS, INCORPORATED

 

 

 

 

 

By

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

Term [A][B] Loan Secured Promissory Note

 



 

LOAN INTEREST RATE AND PAYMENTS OF PRINCIPAL

 

 

 

Principal

 

 

 

Scheduled

 

 

 

Date

 

Amount

 

Interest Rate

 

Payment Amount

 

Notation By

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

CORPORATE BORROWING CERTIFICATE

 

BORROWER:

SENSEONICS, INCORPORATED

DATE : [DATE]

LENDER:

OXFORD FINANCE LLC, as Collateral Agent and Lender

 

 

I hereby certify as follows, as of the date set forth above:

 

1.             I am the Secretary, Assistant Secretary or other officer of Borrower. My title is as set forth below.

 

2.             Borrower’s exact legal name is set forth above. Borrower is a corporation existing under the laws of the State of Delaware.

 

3.             Attached hereto as Exhibit A and Exhibit B , respectively, are true, correct and complete copies of (i) Borrower’s Articles/Certificate of Incorporation (including amendments), as filed with the Secretary of State of the state in which Borrower is incorporated as set forth in paragraph 2 above; and (ii) Borrower’s Bylaws. Neither such Articles/Certificate of Incorporation nor such Bylaws have been amended, annulled, rescinded, revoked or supplemented, and such Articles/Certificate of Incorporation and such Bylaws remain in full force and effect as of the date hereof.

 

4.             The following resolutions were duly and validly adopted by Borrower’s Board of Directors at a duly held meeting of such directors (or pursuant to a unanimous written consent or other authorized corporate action). Such resolutions are in full force and effect as of the date hereof and have not been in any way modified, repealed, rescinded, amended or revoked, and the Lenders may rely on them until each Lender receives written notice of revocation from Borrower.

 

[ Balance of Page Intentionally Left Blank ]

 


 

RESOLVED , that any one of the following officers or employees of Borrower, whose names, titles and signatures are below, may act on behalf of Borrower:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Authorized to

 

 

 

 

 

 

Add or Remove

Name

 

Title

 

Signature

 

Signatories

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

o

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

o

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

o

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

o

 

RESOLVED FURTHER, that any one of the persons designated above with a checked box beside his or her name may, from time to time, add or remove any individuals to and from the above list of persons authorized to act on behalf of Borrower.

 

RESOLVED FURTHER, that such individuals may, on behalf of Borrower:

 

Borrow Money . Borrow money from the Lenders.

 

Execute Loan Documents . Execute any loan documents any Lender requires.

 

Grant Security . Grant Collateral Agent a security interest in any of Borrower’s assets.

 

Negotiate Items . Negotiate or discount all drafts, trade acceptances, promissory notes, or other indebtedness in which Borrower has an interest and receive cash or otherwise use the proceeds.

 

Issue Warrants . Issue warrants for Borrower’s capital stock.

 

Further Acts . Designate other individuals to request advances, pay fees and costs and execute other documents or agreements (including documents or agreement that waive Borrower’s right to a jury trial) they believe to be necessary to effectuate such resolutions.

 

RESOLVED FURTHER, that all acts authorized by the above resolutions and any prior acts relating thereto are ratified.

 

[ Balance of Page Intentionally Left Blank ]

 



 

5.                                       The persons listed above are Borrower’s officers or employees with their titles and signatures shown next to their names.

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

*** If the Secretary, Assistant Secretary or other certifying officer executing above is designated by the resolutions set forth in paragraph 4 as one of the authorized signing officers, this Certificate must also be signed by a second authorized officer or director of Borrower.

 

I, the                                                of Borrower, hereby certify as to paragraphs 1 through 5 above, as  

[print title]

of the date set forth above.

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

[ Signature Page to Corporate Borrowing Certificate ]

 



 

EXHIBIT A

 

Articles/Certificate of Incorporation (including amendments)

 

[see attached]

 



 

EXHIBIT B

 

Bylaws

 

[see attached]

 



 

DEBTOR:

SENSEONICS, INCORPORATED

SECURED PARTY:

OXFORD FINANCE LLC,

 

as Collateral Agent

 

EXHIBIT A TO UCC FINANCING STATEMENT

 

Description of Collateral

 

The Collateral consists of all of Debtor’s right, title and interest in and to the following personal property:

 

All goods, Accounts (including health-care receivables), Equipment, Inventory, contract rights or rights to payment of money, leases, license agreements, franchise agreements, General Intangibles (except as noted below), commercial tort claims, documents, instruments (including any promissory notes), chattel paper (whether tangible or electronic), cash, deposit accounts and other Collateral Accounts, all certificates of deposit, fixtures, letters of credit rights (whether or not the letter of credit is evidenced by a writing), securities, and all other investment property, supporting obligations, and financial assets, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, wherever located; and

 

All Borrower’s Books relating to the foregoing, and any and all claims, rights and interests in any of the above and all substitutions for, additions, attachments, accessories, accessions and improvements to and replacements, products, proceeds and insurance proceeds of any or all of the foregoing.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Collateral does not include (i) any Intellectual Property; provided, however, the Collateral shall include all Accounts and all proceeds of Intellectual Property; provided that, if a judicial authority (including a U.S. Bankruptcy Court) would hold that a security interest in the underlying Intellectual Property is necessary to have a security interest in such Accounts and such property that are proceeds of Intellectual Property, then the Collateral shall automatically, and effective as of the Effective Date, include the Intellectual Property to the extent necessary to permit perfection of Collateral Agent’s security interest in such Accounts and such other property of Borrower that are proceeds of the Intellectual Property; or (ii) more than 65% of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock entitled to vote the shares of capital stock (the “ Shares ”) of any Foreign Subsidiary, if Borrower demonstrates to Collateral Agent’s reasonable satisfaction that a pledge of more than sixty five percent (65%) of the Shares of such Subsidiary creates a present and existing adverse tax consequence to Borrower under the U.S. Internal Revenue Code.

 

Pursuant to the terms of a certain negative pledge arrangement with Collateral Agent and the Lenders, Debtor has agreed not to encumber any of its Intellectual Property.

 

Capitalized terms used but not defined herein have the meanings ascribed in the Uniform Commercial Code in effect in the State of New York as in effect from time to time (the “Code”) or, if not defined in the Code, then in the Loan and Security Agreement by and between Debtor, Secured Party and the other Lenders party thereto (as modified, amended and/or restated from time to time).

 


 

CONSENT AND FIRST AMENDMENT TO LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT

 

THIS CONSENT AND FIRST AMENDMENT to Loan and Security Agreement (this “ Amendment ”) is entered into as of December 7, 2015 (the “ Amendment Date ”), by and among OXFORD FINANCE LLC, a Delaware limited liability company with an office located at 133 North Fairfax Street, Alexandria, Virginia 22314 (in its individual capacity, “ Oxford ”; and in its capacity as Collateral Agent, “ Collateral Agent ”), the Lenders listed on Schedule 1.1 thereof  from time to time including Oxford in its capacity as a Lender (each a “ Lender ” and collectively, the “ Lenders ”), SENSEONICS, INCORPORATED with an office located at 20451 Seneca Meadows Parkway, Germantown, Maryland 20876 (“ Existing Borrower ”) and SENSEONICS HOLDINGS, INC., a Delaware corporation (formerly ASN TECHNOLOGIES, INC., a Nevada corporation) with offices located at 20451 Seneca Meadows Parkway, Germantown, Maryland 20876 (“ New Borrower ” and together with Existing Borrower, individually and collectively, jointly and severally, “ Borrower ”).

 

WHEREAS, Collateral Agent, Existing Borrower and the Lenders party thereto from time to time have entered into that certain Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of July 31, 2014 (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Loan Agreement ”) pursuant to which the Lenders have provided to Borrower certain loans in accordance with the terms and conditions thereof; and

 

WHEREAS , New Borrower is entering into that certain Agreement and Plan of Merger and Reorganization, by and among Existing Borrower, SMSI MERGER SUB, INC., a Delaware corporation (“ Merger Sub ”) and New Borrower dated as of December 4, 2015 in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A (without any amendments to the terms thereof, “ Merger Agreement ”) pursuant to which, among other things, the Merger Sub will merge with and into Existing Borrower and Existing Borrower shall become a wholly owned subsidiary of New Borrower (the “ Merger ”);

 

WHEREAS, Borrower, Lenders and Collateral Agent desire to amend certain provisions of the Loan Agreement as provided herein and subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein;

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the promises, covenants and agreements contained herein, and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and adequacy of which are hereby acknowledged, Borrower, Lenders and Collateral Agent hereby agree as follows:

 

1.               Definitions.   Capitalized terms used herein but not otherwise defined shall have the respective meanings given to them in the Loan Agreement.

 

2.               Joinder.

 

a.               New Borrower .  New Borrower hereby is added as a “Borrower” under the Loan Agreement.  All references in the Agreement to “Borrower” shall hereafter mean and include the Existing Borrower and New Borrower individually and collectively, jointly and severally; and New Borrower shall hereafter have all rights, duties and obligations of “Borrower” thereunder.

 

b.               Joinder to Loan Agreement.   New Borrower hereby joins the Loan Agreement and each of the Loan Documents, and agrees to comply with and be bound by all of the terms, conditions and covenants of the Loan Agreement and Loan Documents, as if it were originally named a “Borrower” therein (effective as of the date of this Amendment).  Without limiting the generality of the preceding sentence, New Borrower agrees that it will be jointly and severally liable, together with Existing Borrower, for the payment and performance of all obligations and liabilities of Borrower under the Loan Agreement, including, without limitation, the Obligations.  Either Borrower may, acting singly, request Credit Extensions pursuant to the Loan Agreement.  Each Borrower hereby appoints the other as agent for the other for all purposes hereunder, including with respect to requesting Credit Extensions pursuant to the Loan Agreement.  Each Borrower hereunder shall be obligated to repay all Credit Extensions made pursuant to the Loan Agreement, regardless of which Borrower actually receives said Credit Extension, as if each Borrower hereunder directly received all Credit Extensions.

 



 

c.                Subrogation and Similar Rights.   Each Borrower waives (a) any suretyship defenses available to it under the Code or any other applicable law and (b) any right to require Collateral Agent or any Lender to: (i) proceed against any Borrower or any other person; (ii) proceed against or exhaust any security; or (iii) pursue any other remedy.  Collateral Agent and any Lender may each exercise or not exercise any right or remedy it has against any Borrower or any security it holds (including the right to foreclose by judicial or non-judicial sale) without affecting any Borrower’s liability.  Notwithstanding any other provision of this Amendment, the Loan Agreement, the Loan Documents or any related documents, until the Obligations have been indefeasibly paid in full and at such time as each Lender’s obligation to make Credit Extensions has terminated, each Borrower irrevocably waives all rights that it may have at law or in equity (including, without limitation, any law subrogating Borrower to the rights of Collateral Agent and/or Lenders under this Amendment and the Loan Agreement) to seek contribution, indemnification or any other form of reimbursement from any other Borrower, or any other Person now or hereafter primarily or secondarily liable for any of the Obligations, for any payment made by Borrower with respect to the Obligations in connection with this Amendment, the Loan Agreement or otherwise and all rights that it might have to benefit from, or to participate in, any security for the Obligations as a result of any payment made by Borrower with respect to the Obligations in connection with this Amendment, the Loan Agreement or otherwise.  Any agreement providing for indemnification, reimbursement or any other arrangement prohibited under this section shall be null and void.  If any payment is made to a Borrower in contravention of this section, such Borrower shall hold such payment in trust for Collateral Agent, for the ratable benefit of Lenders, and such payment shall be promptly delivered to Collateral Agent, for the ratable benefit of Lenders, for application to the Obligations, whether matured or unmatured.

 

d.               Grant of Security Interest.   To secure the prompt payment and performance of all of the Obligations, New Borrower hereby grants to Collateral Agent, for the ratable benefit of Lenders, a continuing lien upon and security interest in all of New Borrower’s now existing or hereafter arising rights and interest in the Collateral, whether now owned or existing or hereafter created, acquired, or arising, and wherever located.  New Borrower further covenants and agrees that by its execution hereof it shall provide all such information, complete all such forms, and take all such actions, and enter into all such agreements, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Collateral Agent and each Lender that are reasonably deemed necessary by Collateral Agent or any Lender in order to grant a valid, perfected first priority security interest to Collateral Agent, for the ratable benefit of Lenders, in the Collateral.  New Borrower hereby authorizes Collateral Agent to file financing statements, without notice to Borrower, with all appropriate jurisdictions in order to perfect or protect Collateral Agent’s and/or any Lender’s interest or rights hereunder, including a notice that any disposition of the Collateral, except to the extent such disposition are permitted pursuant to the Loan Agreement, by either Borrower or any other Person, shall be deemed to violate the rights of Collateral Agent and each Lender under the Code.  Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, New Borrower hereby grants and pledges to Collateral Agent, for the ratable benefit of the Lenders, to secure the prompt payment and performance of all of the Obligations, a perfected security interest in all of the issued and outstanding shares of capital stock of the Existing Borrower and shall simultaneously herewith deliver to  Collateral Agent one or more original stock certificates, if certificated, representing such shares together with duly executed instruments of transfer or assignment in blank, all in form and substance satisfactory to Collateral Agent.

 

e.                Representations and Warranties.   New Borrower hereby represents and warrants to Collateral Agent and each Lender that all representations and warranties in the Loan Documents made on the part of Existing Borrower are true and correct on the date hereof (as updated by the Perfection Certificate delivered to Oxford on or around the date of this Amendment) with respect to Existing Borrower and New Borrower, with the same force and effect as if New Borrower were named as “Borrower” in the Loan Documents in addition to Existing Borrower.

 

2



 

3.               Consent.

 

a.               Collateral Agent and Oxford, which constitutes the Required Lenders, hereby consent to Existing Borrower, New Borrower and Merger Sub entering into the Merger Agreement and consummating the Merger on the date hereof, strictly in accordance with the terms of the Merger Agreement and, to the extent that any waivers under the Loan Agreement or any other Loan Document, including, without limitations, Section 7.3 of the Loan Agreement, are required for Borrower to enter into the Merger Agreement and consummate the Merger, Collateral Agent and Required Lenders hereby provide such waivers.

 

b.               Without limiting the generality of the consent set forth in Section 3(a), Collateral Agent and Required Lenders hereby consent to the New Borrower entering into the Note Purchase Agreement (as defined herein) and consummating the transactions contemplated therein; provided, however, Energy Capital, prior to the Note Purchase Agreement becoming effective, must agree to the subordination of any and all Indebtedness of Borrower and/or any of its Subsidiaries to Energy Capital (pursuant to the terms of the Energy Capital Subordination Agreement) to all Indebtedness of Borrower and/or its Subsidiaries to the Lenders.

 

c.                Collateral Agent and the Required Lenders hereby acknowledge and agree that immediately following the Merger, the holders of the outstanding equity interests of Existing Borrower immediately prior to the Merger will own approximately 80% of the outstanding equity interests of New Borrower, on a fully-diluted basis.  Each warrant of Existing Borrower that is outstanding and unexercised as of immediately prior to the Merger, including, without limitation, all Warrants issued to any Lender in connection with the Loan Agreement and Loan Documents, will be exchanged for warrants to purchase common stock of New Borrower.  Collateral Agent and the Required Lenders hereby consent to the proposed treatment of the Warrants.

 

d.               Collateral Agent and Oxford each hereby acknowledge receipt of advance notice of the Merger.

 

4.               Section 2.2(a)(ii) is hereby amended and restated in its entirety as follows:

 

(ii)           Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, the Lenders agree, severally and not jointly, during the Second Draw Period, to make term loans to Borrower in an aggregate amount up to Six Million Dollars ($6,000,000) according to each Lender’s Term B Loan Commitment as set forth on Schedule 1.1 hereto (such term loans are hereinafter referred to singly as a “ Term B Loan ”, and collectively as the “ Term B Loans ”).  After repayment, no Term B Loan may be re-borrowed.

 

5.               Section 2.2(a) is hereby amended by adding the following subsection (iii) thereto:

 

(iii)          Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, the Lenders agree, severally and not jointly, during the Third Draw Period, to make term loans to Borrower in an aggregate amount up to Five Million Dollars ($5,000,000) according to each Lender’s Term C Loan Commitment as set forth on Schedule 1.1 hereto (such term loans are hereinafter referred to singly as a “ Term C Loan ”, and collectively as the “ Term C Loans ”; each Term A Loan, Term B Loan or Term C Loan is hereinafter referred to singly as a “ Term Loan ” and the Term A Loans, the Term B Loans and the Term C Loans are hereinafter referred to collectively as the “ Term Loans ”).  After repayment, no Term C Loan may be re-borrowed.

 

6.               Section 2.5(a) is hereby amended and restated in its entirety as follows:

 

Facility Fee .  A facility fee comprising of (i) Fifty Thousand Dollars ($50,000) to be shared between the Lenders pursuant to their respective Commitment Percentages, which was paid by Borrower on or about July 2, 2014, which is fully earned, non-refundable; and (ii) Twenty Five Thousand Dollars ($25,000) to be shared between the Lenders pursuant to their respective Commitment Percentages, which shall be earned, due, payable and non-refundable on the Funding Date of the Term C Loan.

 

7.               The following Section 7.12 is hereby added  to the Loan Agreement:

 

3



 

7.12         Payments under the Note Purchase Agreement.   Neither Borrower nor any Guarantor, nor any Subsidiary of any of them, shall make any payment pursuant to the Note Purchase Agreement unless such payment is in accordance with the terms of the Energy Capital Subordination Agreement and at the time of making such payment (i) no Event of Default has occurred and continuing, (ii) Borrower, after the Amendment Date, shall have received unrestricted net cash proceeds of not less than Forty Five Million Dollars ($45,000,000) from the issuance and sale by New Borrower of its equity securities, as determined by Collateral Agent and (iii) Borrower shall have in its Collateral Accounts, cash and Cash Equivalents (after giving effect to such payment) in an aggregate amount of not less than the aggregate consolidated operating expenses and debt payments of Borrower and all of its Subsidiaries for the then immediately following 15-month period, consistent with the then applicable Annual Projections.

 

8.               The following Section 12.12 is hereby added to the Loan Agreement:

 

12.12       Borrower Liability .  Either Borrower may, acting singly, request Credit Extensions hereunder.  Each Borrower hereby appoints the other as agent for the other for all purposes hereunder, including with respect to requesting Credit Extensions hereunder.  Each Borrower hereunder shall be jointly and severally obligated to repay all Credit Extensions made hereunder, regardless of which Borrower actually receives said Credit Extension, as if each Borrower hereunder directly received all Credit Extensions.  Each Borrower waives (a) any suretyship defenses available to it under the Code or any other applicable law, and (b) any right to require Collateral Agent or any Lender to: (i) proceed against any Borrower or any other person; (ii) proceed against or exhaust any security; or (iii) pursue any other remedy.  Collateral Agent and or any Lender may exercise or not exercise any right or remedy it has against any Borrower or any security it holds (including the right to foreclose by judicial or non-judicial sale) without affecting any Borrower’s liability.  Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement or other related document, each Borrower irrevocably waives all rights that it may have at law or in equity (including, without limitation, any law subrogating Borrower to the rights of Collateral Agent and the Lenders under this Agreement) to seek contribution, indemnification or any other form of reimbursement from any other Borrower, or any other Person now or hereafter primarily or secondarily liable for any of the Obligations, for any payment made by Borrower with respect to the Obligations in connection with this Agreement or otherwise and all rights that it might have to benefit from, or to participate in, any security for the Obligations as a result of any payment made by Borrower with respect to the Obligations in connection with this Agreement or otherwise.  Any agreement providing for indemnification, reimbursement or any other arrangement prohibited under this Section shall be null and void.  If any payment is made to a Borrower in contravention of this Section, such Borrower shall hold such payment in trust for Collateral Agent and the Lenders and such payment shall be promptly delivered to Collateral Agent for application to the Obligations, whether matured or unmatured.

 

9.               Section 13.1 of the Loan Agreement is hereby amended by adding the following definitions thereto in alphabetical order:

 

Amendment Date ” is December 7, 2015.

 

Energy Capital ” is Energy Capital, LLC, a Florida limited liability company.

 

Energy Capital Subordination Agreement ” is that certain subordination agreement, in form and substance satisfactory to Collateral Agent and the Lenders, entered into between Collateral Agent and Energy Capital on the Amendment Date.

 

Equity Event ” is the receipt by Borrower on or after August 1, 2015 of unrestricted net cash proceeds of not less than Ten Million Dollars ($10,000,000.00) from the issuance and sale by Borrower of its equity securities and the receipt by Collateral Agent of evidence thereof that is reasonably acceptable to Collateral Agent, which Borrower has received, and Collateral Agent hereby confirms it has received evidence thereof acceptable to Collateral Agent.

 

“Existing Borrower” is SENSEONICS, INCORPORATED with an office located at 20451 Seneca Meadows Parkway, Germantown, Maryland 20876.

 

4



 

Note Purchase Agreement ” is that certain Note Purchase Agreement, dated as of the Amendment Date and in the form provided to and approved by Collateral Agent on the Amendment Date, by and between Energy Capital and New Borrower, pursuant to which New Borrower may borrow up to $10,000,000 from Energy Capital.

 

Merger Agreement ” is that certain Agreement and Plan of Merger and Reorganization (in the form provided to the Collateral Agent on the Amendment Date), by and among Existing Borrower, SMSI MERGER SUB, INC., a Delaware corporation (“ Merger Sub ”) and New Borrower dated as of December 4, 2015 pursuant to which, among other things, the Merger Sub will merge with and into Existing Borrower and Existing Borrower shall become a wholly owned subsidiary of New Borrower (the “ Merger ”).

 

New Borrower ” is SENSEONICS HOLDINGS, INC., a Delaware corporation (formerly ASN TECHNOLOGIES, INC., a Nevada corporation) with offices located at 20451 Seneca Meadows Parkway, Germantown, Maryland 20876.

 

Term C Loan ” is defined in Section 2.2(a)(iii).

 

Third Draw Period ” is the period commencing on the later of the occurrence of the Equity Event and the CE Mark Approval Event and ending on the earlier of (i) December 31, 2015, (ii) the date that is thirty days after the first date by which both the Equity Event and the CE Mark Approval Event have occurred and (iii) the occurrence of an Event of Default; provided, however, that the Third Draw Period shall not commence if on the date of the occurrence of the Equity Event or the CE Mark Approval Event, an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing; provided, further, that unless both the Equity Event and the CE Mark Approval Event have occurred before December 31, 2015, the Third Draw Period shall not commence.

 

10.        Section 13.1 of the Loan Agreement is hereby amended by amending and restating the following definitions therein as follows:

 

Basic Rate ” is, (i) with respect to each Term A Loan and Term B Loan, the per annum rate of interest (based on a year of three hundred sixty (360) days) equal to Six and Ninety-Five Hundredths percent (6.95%); and (ii) with respect to Term C Loan, the per annum rate of interest (based on a year of three hundred sixty (360) days) equal to the sum of (i) Six and Seventy-Six Hundredths percent (6.76%); plus (ii) the greater of (a) Nineteen-Hundredths percent (0.19%); and (b) the thirty (30) day U.S. LIBOR rate reported in the Wall Street Journal five (5) Business Days prior to the Funding Date of such Term Loan.

 

Borrower ” is individually and collectively, jointly and severally, New Borrower and the Existing Borrower.

 

Term Loan ” is defined in Section 2.2(a)(iii).

 

11.        Schedule 1.1 to the Loan Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety as set forth on Schedule 1.1 hereto.

 

12.        Exhibit C to the Loan Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety as set forth on Exhibit A hereto.

 

13.        Exhibit D to the Loan Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety as set forth on Exhibit D hereto.

 

14.        The Perfection Certificate delivered on the Effective Date of the Loan Agreement is hereby updated by the Perfection Certificate delivered to Collateral Agent on or around the date of this Amendment.

 

15.        Limitation of Amendment.

 

5



 

a.               The amendments set forth in Sections 2 through 14 above are effective for the purposes set forth herein and shall be limited precisely as written and shall not be deemed to (a) be a consent to any amendment, waiver or modification of any other term or condition of any Loan Document, or (b) otherwise prejudice any right, remedy or obligation which Lenders or Borrower may now have or may have in the future under or in connection with any Loan Document, as amended hereby.

 

b.               This Amendment shall be construed in connection with and as part of the Loan Documents and all terms, conditions, representations, warranties, covenants and agreements set forth in the Loan Documents, except as herein amended, are hereby ratified and confirmed and shall remain in full force and effect.  For the avoidance of doubt, this Amendment shall be considered part of the Loan Documents.

 

16.        To induce Collateral Agent and Lenders to enter into this Amendment, Borrower hereby represents and warrants to Collateral Agent and Lenders as follows:

 

a.               The Merger Sub had no liabilities or outstanding litigation immediately prior to the consummation of the Merger and the New Borrower has no material liabilities or outstanding litigation immediately prior to the consummation of the Merger (this does not take away from any other representation or warranty previously made or being made herein by Borrower).

 

b.               Immediately after giving effect to this Amendment (a) the representations and warranties contained in the Loan Documents are true, accurate and complete in all respects as of the date hereof (except to the extent such representations and warranties relate to an earlier date, in which case they are true and correct as of such date), and (b) no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing;

 

c.                Borrower has the power and due authority to execute and deliver this Amendment and to perform its obligations under the Loan Agreement, as amended by this Amendment;

 

d.               The organizational documents of Borrower delivered to Collateral Agent on the Effective Date, and updated pursuant to subsequent deliveries by the Borrower to the Collateral Agent, remain true, accurate and complete and have not been amended, supplemented or restated and are and continue to be in full force and effect;

 

e.                The execution and delivery by Borrower of this Amendment and the performance by Borrower of its obligations under the Loan Agreement, as amended by this Amendment, have been duly authorized;

 

f.                 The execution and delivery by Borrower of this Amendment and the performance by Borrower of its obligations under the Loan Agreement, as amended by this Amendment, do not and will not contravene (i) any law or regulation binding on or affecting Borrower, (ii) any contractual restriction with a Person binding on Borrower, (iii) any order, judgment or decree of any court or other governmental or public body or authority, or subdivision thereof, binding on Borrower, or (iv) the organizational documents of Borrower;

 

g.                The execution and delivery by Borrower of this Amendment and the performance by Borrower of its obligations under the Loan Agreement, as amended by this Amendment, do not require any order, consent, approval, license, authorization or validation of, or filing, recording or registration with, or exemption by any governmental or public body or authority, or subdivision thereof, binding on Borrower, except as already has been obtained or made; and

 

h.               This Amendment has been duly executed and delivered by Borrower and is the binding obligation of Borrower, enforceable against Borrower in accordance with its terms, except as such enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, liquidation, moratorium or other similar laws of general application and equitable principles relating to or affecting creditors’ rights.

 

6



 

17.        Except as expressly set forth herein, the Loan Agreement shall continue in full force and effect without alteration or amendment.  This Amendment and the Loan Documents represent the entire agreement about this subject matter and supersede prior negotiations or agreements.

 

18.        This Amendment shall be deemed effective as of the Amendment Date upon (a) the due execution and delivery to Collateral Agent of this Amendment by each party hereto, (b) receipt by Collateral Agent of a true and complete executed copy of the Merger Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated thereunder, and (c) fulfillment of all conditions of Section 3.1 of the Loan Agreement (as they may be applicable to the New Borrower) and Section 3.2 of the Loan Agreement (as they may be applicable to Borrower), including, without limitation, receipt of Warrants exercisable for the common shares of New Borrower in lieu of the Warrants outstanding immediately prior to this Amendment becoming effective.

 

19.        Borrower hereby covenants to the following:

 

a.               On the date hereof, deliver to Collateral Agent, copies of the filed and stamped: certificate of incorporation of Existing Borrower effective as of the Merger, certificate of incorporation and conversion of New Borrower effective as of the Merger and certificate of Merger, certificates of good standing for New Borrower for the State of Delaware and any other state in which it is required to be qualified to do business.

 

b.               On or before December 9, 2015, deliver original signature pages of Borrower to this Amendment, the Promissory Notes being issued on the date hereof being in lieu of the existing Promissory Notes and the new Warrants being issued on the date hereof in lieu of the existing Warrants.

 

c.                On or before December 11, 2015, deliver a copy of the form W-9 for the New Borrower to Collateral Agent.

 

d.               On or before December 11, 2015, deliver to Collateral Agent an original stock representing all outstanding shares of the Existing Borrower, together with duly executed instrument of transfer or assignment in blank, all in form and substance satisfactory to Collateral Agent.

 

e.                On or before January 7, 2016, Borrower shall deliver evidence satisfactory to Collateral Agent that the insurance policies for New Borrower required by Section 6.5 of the Loan Agreement are in full force and effect, together with appropriate evidence showing loss payable and/or additional insured clauses or endorsements in favor of Collateral Agent.

 

20.        This Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, and all of which, taken together, shall constitute one and the same instrument.

 

21.        This Amendment and the rights and obligations of the parties hereto shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York.

 

[ Balance of Page Intentionally Left Blank ]

 

7



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties hereto have caused this Consent and First Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement to be executed as of the date first set forth above.

 

BORROWER:

 

 

 

SENSEONICS, INCORPORATED

 

 

 

 

 

By

/s/ R. Don Elsey

 

Name:

R. Don Elsey

 

Title:

CFO

 

 

 

BORROWER:

 

 

 

SENSEONICS HOLDINGS, INC.

 

 

 

By

/s/ R. Don Elsey

 

Name:

R. Don Elsey

 

Title:

CFO

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

COLLATERAL AGENT AND LENDER:

 

 

 

OXFORD FINANCE LLC

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Mark Davis

 

Name:

Mark Davis

 

Title:

Vice President — Finance, Secretary & Treasurer

 

 



 

SCHEDULE 1.1

 

Lenders and Commitments

 

Term A Loans

 

Lender

 

Term Loan Commitment

 

Commitment Percentage

 

OXFORD FINANCE LLC

 

$

4,000,000

 

100.00

%

TOTAL

 

$

4,000,000

 

100.00

%

 

Term B Loans

 

Lender

 

Term Loan Commitment

 

Commitment Percentage

 

OXFORD FINANCE LLC

 

$

6,000,000

 

100.00

%

TOTAL

 

$

6,000,000

 

100.00

%

 

Term C Loans

 

Lender

 

Term Loan Commitment

 

Commitment Percentage

 

OXFORD FINANCE LLC

 

$

5,000,000

 

100.00

%

TOTAL

 

$

5,000,000

 

100.00

%

 

Aggregate (all Term Loans)

 

Lender

 

Term Loan Commitment

 

Commitment Percentage

 

OXFORD FINANCE LLC

 

$

15,000,000

 

100.00

%

TOTAL

 

$

15,000,000

 

100.00

%

 


 

EXHIBIT C

 

Compliance Certificate

 

TO:

OXFORD FINANCE LLC, as Collateral Agent and Lender

 

 

FROM:

SENSEONICS HOLDINGS, INC. for itself and on behalf of all Borrowers

 

The undersigned authorized officer (“ Officer ”) of SENSEONICS HOLDINGS, INC. for itself and on behalf of all Borrowers under the and as defined in the Loan Agreement (as defined herein below) (individually and collectively, severally and jointly, “ Borrower ”), hereby certifies that in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Loan and Security Agreement by and among Borrower, Collateral Agent, and the Lenders from time to time party thereto (the “ Loan Agreement ;” capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings given them in the Loan Agreement),

 

(a)                                  Borrower is in complete compliance for the period ending                 with all required covenants except as noted below;

 

(b)                                  There are no Events of Default, except as noted below;

 

(c)                                   Except as noted below, all representations and warranties of Borrower stated in the Loan Documents are true and correct in all material respects on this date and for the period described in (a), above; provided, however, that such materiality qualifier shall not be applicable to any representations and warranties that already are qualified or modified by materiality in the text thereof; and provided, further that those representations and warranties expressly referring to a specific date shall be true, accurate and complete in all material respects as of such date.

 

(d)                                  Borrower, and each of Borrower’s Subsidiaries, has timely filed all required tax returns and reports, Borrower, and each of Borrower’s Subsidiaries, has timely paid all foreign, federal, state, and local taxes, assessments, deposits and contributions owed by Borrower, or Subsidiary, except as otherwise permitted pursuant to the terms of Section 5.8 of the Loan Agreement;

 

(e)                                   No Liens have been levied or claims made against Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries relating to unpaid employee payroll or benefits of which Borrower has not previously provided written notification to Collateral Agent and the Lenders.

 

Attached are the required documents, if any, supporting our certification(s).  The Officer, on behalf of Borrower, further certifies that the attached financial statements are prepared in accordance with Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (GAAP) and are consistently applied from one period to the next except as explained in an accompanying letter or footnotes and except, in the case of unaudited financial statements, for the absence of footnotes and subject to year-end audit adjustments as to the interim financial statements.

 

Please indicate compliance status since the last Compliance Certificate by circling Yes, No, or N/A under “Complies” column.

 

 

 

Reporting Covenant

 

Requirement

 

Actual

 

Complies

1)

 

Financial statements

 

Monthly within 30 days

 

 

 

Yes

No

N/A

2)

 

Annual (CPA Audited) statements

 

Within 120 days after FYE

 

 

 

Yes

No

N/A

3)

 

Annual Financial Projections/Budget (prepared on a

 

Annually (within 30 days of FYE), and when revised

 

 

 

Yes

No

N/A

 



 

 

 

quarterly basis)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4)

 

A/R & A/P agings

 

If applicable

 

 

 

Yes

No

N/A

5)

 

8-K, 10-K and 10-Q Filings

 

If applicable, within 5 days of filing

 

 

 

Yes

No

N/A

6)

 

Compliance Certificate

 

Monthly within 30 days

 

 

 

Yes

No

N/A

7)

 

IP Report

 

When required

 

 

 

Yes

No

N/A

8)

 

Total amount of Borrower’s cash and cash equivalents at the last day of the measurement period

 

 

 

$

        

 

Yes

No

N/A

9)

 

Total amount of Borrower’s Subsidiaries’ cash and cash equivalents at the last day of the measurement period

 

 

 

$

        

 

Yes

No

N/A

 

Deposit and Securities Accounts

(Please list all accounts; attach separate sheet if additional space needed)

 

 

 

Institution Name

 

Account Number

 

New Account?

 

Account Control Agreement in
place?

1)

 

 

 

 

 

Yes

No

 

Yes

No

2)

 

 

 

 

 

Yes

No

 

Yes

No

3)

 

 

 

 

 

Yes

No

 

Yes

No

4)

 

 

 

 

 

Yes

No

 

Yes

No

 

Other Matters

 

1)

 

Have there been any changes in any Key Person since the last Compliance Certificate?

 

Yes

 

No

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2)

 

Have there been any transfers/sales/disposals/retirement of Collateral or IP prohibited by the Loan Agreement?

 

Yes

 

No

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3)

 

Have there been any new or pending claims or causes of action against Borrower that involve more than Two Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($250,000.00)?

 

Yes

 

No

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4)

 

Have there been any material changes to the capitalization table of Borrower or any amendments of or other changes to the Operating Documents of Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries? If yes, provide copies of any such amendments or changes with this Compliance Certificate.

 

Yes

 

No

 



 

Exceptions

 

Please explain any exceptions with respect to the certification above: (If no exceptions exist, state “No exceptions.”  Attach separate sheet if additional space needed.)

 

SENSEONICS HOLDINGS, INC. for itself and on behalf of all Borrowers

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

Date:

 

 

LENDER USE ONLY

 

 

 

 

 

Received by:

 

 

Date:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Verified by:

 

 

Date:

 

 

 

 

Compliance Status:

Yes

 No

 



 

EXHIBIT D

 

Form of Secured Promissory Note

 



 

SECURED PROMISSORY NOTE
(Term [A][B][C] Loan)

 

$

Dated: [DATE]

 

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned, SENSEONICS, INCORPORATED, a Delaware corporation with offices located at 20451 Seneca Meadows Parkway, Germantown, Maryland 20876 and SENSEONICS HOLDINGS, INC. a Delaware corporation (formerly ASN TECHNOLOGIES, INC. a Nevada corporation), with offices located at [ ] (individually, collectively, jointly and severally “ Borrower ”)  (“ Borrower ”) HEREBY PROMISES TO PAY to the order of OXFORD FINANCE LLC (“ Lender ”) the principal amount of [           ] MILLION DOLLARS ($              ) or such lesser amount as shall equal the outstanding principal balance of the Term [A][B][C] Loan made to Borrower by Lender, plus interest on the aggregate unpaid principal amount of such Term [A][B][C] Loan, at the rates and in accordance with the terms of the Loan and Security Agreement dated July 31, 2014 by and among Borrower, Lender, Oxford Finance LLC, as Collateral Agent, and the other Lenders from time to time party thereto (as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Loan Agreement ”).  If not sooner paid, the entire principal amount and all accrued and unpaid interest hereunder shall be due and payable on the Maturity Date as set forth in the Loan Agreement.  Any capitalized term not otherwise defined herein shall have the meaning attributed to such term in the Loan Agreement.

 

Principal, interest and all other amounts due with respect to the Term [A][B][C] Loan, are payable in lawful money of the United States of America to Lender as set forth in the Loan Agreement and this Secured Promissory Note (this “ Note ”).  The principal amount of this Note and the interest rate applicable thereto, and all payments made with respect thereto, shall be recorded by Lender and, prior to any transfer hereof, endorsed on the grid attached hereto which is part of this Note.

 

The Loan Agreement, among other things, (a) provides for the making of a secured Term [A][B][C] Loan by Lender to Borrower, and (b) contains provisions for acceleration of the maturity hereof upon the happening of certain stated events.

 

This Note may not be prepaid except as set forth in Section 2.2 (c) and Section 2.2(d) of the Loan Agreement.

 

This Note and the obligation of Borrower to repay the unpaid principal amount of the Term [A][B][C] Loan, interest on the Term [A][B][C] Loan and all other amounts due Lender under the Loan Agreement is secured under the Loan Agreement.

 

Presentment for payment, demand, notice of protest and all other demands and notices of any kind in connection with the execution, delivery, performance and enforcement of this Note are hereby waived.

 

Borrower shall pay all reasonable fees and expenses, including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees and costs, incurred by Lender in the enforcement or attempt to enforce any of Borrower’s obligations hereunder not performed when due.

 

This Note shall be governed by, and construed and interpreted in accordance with, the internal laws of the State of New York.

 

The ownership of an interest in this Note shall be registered on a record of ownership maintained by Lender or its agent.  Notwithstanding anything else in this Note to the contrary, the right to the principal of, and stated interest on, this Note may be transferred only if the transfer is registered on such record of ownership and the transferee is identified as the owner of an interest in the obligation.  Borrower shall be entitled to treat the registered holder of this Note (as recorded on such record of ownership) as the owner in fact thereof for all purposes and shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in this Note on the part of any other person or entity.

 



 

[Except as otherwise set forth herein, this Amended and Restated Secured Promissory Note is intended to and does completely amend and restate, without novation, that certain Secured Promissory Note [    ] issued [July 31,2014][ December 23, 2014], by Senseonics, Incorporated, Inc. in favor of Lender.]

 

[Balance of Page Intentionally Left Blank]

 



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Borrower has caused this Note to be duly executed by one of its officers thereunto duly authorized on the date hereof.

 

 

BORROWER:

 

 

 

SENSEONICS, INCORPORATED

 

 

 

 

 

By

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

 

SENSEONICS HOLDINGS, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

By

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 




Exhibit 10.15

 

SECURED PROMISSORY NOTE
(Term [A][B] Loan)

 

$                    

Dated:                          

 

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned, SENSEONICS, INCORPORATED, a Delaware corporation with offices located at 20451 Seneca Meadows Parkway, Germantown, Maryland 20876 (“ Borrower ”) HEREBY PROMISES TO PAY to the order of OXFORD FINANCE LLC (“ Lender ”) the principal amount of [   ] million dollars ($     ) or such lesser amount as shall equal the outstanding principal balance of the Term  [A][B] Loan made to Borrower by Lender, plus interest on the aggregate unpaid principal amount of such Term [A][B] Loan, at the rates and in accordance with the terms of the Loan and Security Agreement dated July 31, 2014 by and among Borrower, Lender, Oxford Finance LLC, as Collateral Agent, and the other Lenders from time to time party thereto (as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Loan Agreement ”).  If not sooner paid, the entire principal amount and all accrued and unpaid interest hereunder shall be due and payable on the Maturity Date as set forth in the Loan Agreement.  Any capitalized term not otherwise defined herein shall have the meaning attributed to such term in the Loan Agreement.

 

Principal, interest and all other amounts due with respect to the Term [A][B] Loan, are payable in lawful money of the United States of America to Lender as set forth in the Loan Agreement and this Secured Promissory Note (this “ Note ”).  The principal amount of this Note and the interest rate applicable thereto, and all payments made with respect thereto, shall be recorded by Lender and, prior to any transfer hereof, endorsed on the grid attached hereto which is part of this Note.

 

The Loan Agreement, among other things, (a) provides for the making of a secured Term [A][B] Loan by Lender to Borrower, and (b) contains provisions for acceleration of the maturity hereof upon the happening of certain stated events.

 

This Note may not be prepaid except as set forth in Section 2.2 (c) and Section 2.2(d) of the Loan Agreement.

 

This Note and the obligation of Borrower to repay the unpaid principal amount of the Term [A][B] Loan, interest on the Term [A][B] Loan and all other amounts due Lender under the Loan Agreement is secured under the Loan Agreement.

 

Presentment for payment, demand, notice of protest and all other demands and notices of any kind in connection with the execution, delivery, performance and enforcement of this Note are hereby waived.

 

Borrower shall pay all reasonable fees and expenses, including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees and costs, incurred by Lender in the enforcement or attempt to enforce any of Borrower’s obligations hereunder not performed when due.

 

This Note shall be governed by, and construed and interpreted in accordance with, the internal laws of the State of New York.

 

The ownership of an interest in this Note shall be registered on a record of ownership maintained by Lender or its agent.  Notwithstanding anything else in this Note to the contrary, the right to the principal of, and stated interest on, this Note may be transferred only if the transfer is registered on such record of ownership and the transferee is identified as the owner of an interest in the obligation.  Borrower shall be entitled to treat the registered holder of this Note (as recorded on such record of ownership) as the owner in fact thereof for all purposes and shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in this Note on the part of any other person or entity.

 

[Balance of Page Intentionally Left Blank]

 



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Borrower has caused this Note to be duly executed by one of its officers thereunto duly authorized on the date hereof.

 

 

BORROWER:

 

 

 

 

SENSEONICS, INCORPORATED

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

Term    Loan Secured Promissory Note #            

 



 

LOAN INTEREST RATE AND PAYMENTS OF PRINCIPAL

 

Date

 

Principal
Amount

 

Interest Rate

 

Scheduled
Payment Amount

 

Notation By

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 




Exhibit 10.16

 

SECURED PROMISSORY NOTE
(Term [A][B][C] Loan)

 

$

Dated: December 7, 2015

 

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned, SENSEONICS, INCORPORATED, a Delaware corporation with offices located at 20451 Seneca Meadows Parkway, Germantown, Maryland 20876 and SENSEONICS HOLDINGS, INC. a Delaware corporation (formerly ASN TECHNOLOGIES, INC. a Nevada corporation), with offices located at [ ] (individually, collectively, jointly and severally “ Borrower ”)  (“ Borrower ”) HEREBY PROMISES TO PAY to the order of OXFORD FINANCE LLC (“ Lender ”) the principal amount of [           ] MILLION DOLLARS ($              ) or such lesser amount as shall equal the outstanding principal balance of the Term [A][B][C] Loan made to Borrower by Lender, plus interest on the aggregate unpaid principal amount of such Term [A][B][C] Loan, at the rates and in accordance with the terms of the Loan and Security Agreement dated July 31, 2014 by and among Borrower, Lender, Oxford Finance LLC, as Collateral Agent, and the other Lenders from time to time party thereto (as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Loan Agreement ”).  If not sooner paid, the entire principal amount and all accrued and unpaid interest hereunder shall be due and payable on the Maturity Date as set forth in the Loan Agreement.  Any capitalized term not otherwise defined herein shall have the meaning attributed to such term in the Loan Agreement.

 

Principal, interest and all other amounts due with respect to the Term [A][B][C] Loan, are payable in lawful money of the United States of America to Lender as set forth in the Loan Agreement and this Secured Promissory Note (this “ Note ”).  The principal amount of this Note and the interest rate applicable thereto, and all payments made with respect thereto, shall be recorded by Lender and, prior to any transfer hereof, endorsed on the grid attached hereto which is part of this Note.

 

The Loan Agreement, among other things, (a) provides for the making of a secured Term [A][B][C] Loan by Lender to Borrower, and (b) contains provisions for acceleration of the maturity hereof upon the happening of certain stated events.

 

This Note may not be prepaid except as set forth in Section 2.2 (c) and Section 2.2(d) of the Loan Agreement.

 

This Note and the obligation of Borrower to repay the unpaid principal amount of the Term [A][B][C] Loan, interest on the Term [A][B][C] Loan and all other amounts due Lender under the Loan Agreement is secured under the Loan Agreement.

 

Presentment for payment, demand, notice of protest and all other demands and notices of any kind in connection with the execution, delivery, performance and enforcement of this Note are hereby waived.

 

Borrower shall pay all reasonable fees and expenses, including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees and costs, incurred by Lender in the enforcement or attempt to enforce any of Borrower’s obligations hereunder not performed when due.

 

This Note shall be governed by, and construed and interpreted in accordance with, the internal laws of the State of New York.

 

The ownership of an interest in this Note shall be registered on a record of ownership maintained by Lender or its agent.  Notwithstanding anything else in this Note to the contrary, the right to the principal of, and stated interest on, this Note may be transferred only if the transfer is registered on such record of ownership and the transferee is identified as the owner of an interest in the obligation.  Borrower shall be entitled to treat the registered holder of this Note (as recorded on such record of ownership) as the owner in fact thereof for all purposes and shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in this Note on the part of any other person or entity.

 



 

[Except as otherwise set forth herein, this Amended and Restated Secured Promissory Note is intended to and does completely amend and restate, without novation, that certain Secured Promissory Note [    ] issued [July 31,2014][ December 23, 2014], by Senseonics, Incorporated, Inc. in favor of Lender.]

 

[Balance of Page Intentionally Left Blank]

 



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Borrower has caused this Note to be duly executed by one of its officers thereunto duly authorized on the date hereof.

 

 

BORROWER:

 

 

 

SENSEONICS, INCORPORATED

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

SENSEONICS HOLDINGS, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 




Exhibit 10.17

 

THIS WARRANT AND THE SHARES ISSUABLE HEREUNDER HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ ACT ”), OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE AND, EXCEPT AS SET FORTH IN SECTION 5.3 BELOW, MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED UNLESS AND UNTIL REGISTERED UNDER SAID ACT AND LAWS OR, IN THE OPINION OF LEGAL COUNSEL IN FORM AND SUBSTANCE SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY, SUCH OFFER, SALE, PLEDGE OR OTHER TRANSFER IS EXEMPT FROM SUCH REGISTRATION.

 

WARRANT TO PURCHASE STOCK

 

Company:

 

SENSEONICS HOLDINGS, INC., a Delaware corporation (formerly ASN Technologies, Inc., a Nevada corporation)

Number of Shares:

 

[       ]

Type/Series of Stock:

 

Common Stock

Warrant Price:

 

$1.790207 per share

Issue Date:

 

December 7, 2015

Expiration Date:

 

July 31, 2024 - See also Section 5.1(b).

Credit Facility:

 

This Warrant to Purchase Stock (“ Warrant ”) is issued in connection with that certain Loan and Security Agreement dated July 31, 2014 among Oxford Finance LLC, as Lender and Collateral Agent, the Lenders from time to time party thereto, and the Company (as modified, amended and/or restated from time to time, the “ Loan Agreement ”).

 

THIS WARRANT CERTIFIES THAT, for good and valuable consideration, OXFORD FINANCE LLC (“ Oxford ” and, together with any successor or permitted assignee or permitted transferee of this Warrant or of any shares issued upon exercise hereof, “ Holder ”) is entitled to purchase the number of fully paid and non-assessable shares (the “ Shares ”) of the above-stated Type/Series of Stock (the “ Class ”) of the above-named company (the “ Company ”) at the above-stated Warrant Price, all as set forth above and as adjusted pursuant to Section 2 of this Warrant, subject to the provisions and upon the terms and conditions set forth in this Warrant.

 

SECTION 1.                             EXERCISE.

 

1.1                                Method of Exercise .  Holder may at any time and from time to time prior to the Expiration Date exercise this Warrant, in whole or in part, by delivering to the Company the original of this Warrant together with a duly executed Notice of Exercise in substantially the form attached hereto as Appendix 1 and, unless Holder is exercising this Warrant pursuant to a cashless exercise set forth in Section 1.2, a check, wire transfer of same-day funds (to an account designated by the Company), or other form of payment acceptable to the Company for the aggregate Warrant Price for the Shares being purchased.

 

1.2                                Cashless Exercise .  On any exercise of this Warrant, in lieu of payment of the aggregate Warrant Price in the manner as specified in Section 1.1 above, but otherwise in accordance with the requirements of Section 1.1, Holder may elect to receive Shares equal to the value of this Warrant, or portion hereof as to which this Warrant is being exercised.  Thereupon, the Company shall issue to the Holder such number of fully paid and non-assessable Shares as are computed using the following formula:

 

X = Y(A-B)/A

 

where:

 

X =                              the number of Shares to be issued to the Holder;

 

Y =                              the number of Shares with respect to which this Warrant is being exercised (inclusive of the Shares surrendered to the Company in payment of the aggregate Warrant Price);

 

1



 

A =                              the Fair Market Value (as determined pursuant to Section 1.3 below) of one Share; and

 

B =                              the Warrant Price.

 

1.3                                Fair Market Value .  If the Company’s common stock is then traded or quoted on a nationally recognized securities exchange, inter-dealer quotation system or over-the-counter market (a “ Trading Market ”) and the Class is common stock, the fair market value of a Share shall be the closing price or last sale price of a share of common stock reported for the Business Day immediately before the date on which Holder delivers this Warrant together with its Notice of Exercise to the Company.  If the Company’s common stock is then traded in a Trading Market and the Class is a series of the Company’s convertible preferred stock, the fair market value of a Share shall be the closing price or last sale price of a share of the Company’s common stock reported for the Business Day immediately before the date on which Holder delivers this Warrant together with its Notice of Exercise to the Company multiplied by the number of shares of the Company’s common stock into which a Share is then convertible.  If the Company’s common stock is not traded in a Trading Market, the Board of Directors of the Company shall determine the fair market value of a Share in its reasonable good faith judgment.

 

1.4                                Delivery of Certificate and New Warrant .  Within a reasonable time after Holder exercises this Warrant in the manner set forth in Section 1.1 or 1.2 above, the Company shall deliver to Holder a certificate representing the Shares issued to Holder upon such exercise and, if this Warrant has not been fully exercised and has not expired, a new warrant of like tenor representing the Shares not so acquired.

 

1.5                                Replacement of Warrant .  On receipt of evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Company of the loss, theft, destruction or mutilation of this Warrant and, in the case of loss, theft or destruction, on delivery of an indemnity agreement reasonably satisfactory in form, substance and amount to the Company or, in the case of mutilation, on surrender of this Warrant to the Company for cancellation, the Company shall, within a reasonable time, execute and deliver to Holder, in lieu of this Warrant, a new warrant of like tenor and amount.

 

1.6                                Treatment of Warrant Upon Acquisition of Company .

 

(a)                                  Acquisition .  For the purpose of this Warrant, “ Acquisition ” means (A) any transaction or series of related transactions involving: (i) the sale, lease, exclusive license, or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company (ii) any merger or consolidation of the Company into or with another person or entity (other than a merger or consolidation effected exclusively to change the Company’s domicile), or any other corporate reorganization, in which the stockholders of the Company in their capacity as such immediately prior to such merger, consolidation or reorganization, own less than a majority of the Company’s (or the surviving or successor entity’s) outstanding voting power immediately after such merger, consolidation or reorganization (or, if such Company stockholders beneficially own a majority of the outstanding voting power of the surviving or successor entity as of immediately after such merger, consolidation or reorganization, such surviving or successor entity is not the Company); or (iii) any sale or other transfer by the stockholders of the Company of shares representing at least a majority of the Company’s then-total outstanding combined voting power; or (B) any Asset Transfer or Acquisition, each as defined in the Company’s Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, as may be amended from time to time (the “ Charter ”).

 

(b)                                  Treatment of Warrant at Acquisition .  In the event of an Acquisition in which the consideration to be received by the Company’s stockholders consists solely of cash, solely of Marketable Securities or a combination of cash and Marketable Securities (a “ Cash/Public Acquisition ”), either (i) Holder shall exercise this Warrant pursuant to Section 1.1 and/or 1.2 and such exercise will be deemed effective immediately prior to and contingent upon the consummation of such Acquisition or (ii) if Holder elects not to exercise the Warrant, this Warrant will expire immediately prior to the consummation of such Acquisition.

 

(c)                                   The Company shall provide Holder with written notice of its request relating to the Cash/Public Acquisition (together with such reasonable information as Holder may reasonably require regarding the treatment of this Warrant in connection with such contemplated Cash/Public Acquisition giving rise to such notice),

 

2



 

which is to be delivered to Holder not less than seven (7) Business Days prior to the closing of the proposed Cash/Public Acquisition.  In the event the Company does not provide such notice, then if, immediately prior to the Cash/Public Acquisition, the fair market value of one Share (or other security issuable upon the exercise hereof) as determined in accordance with Section 1.3 above would be greater than the Warrant Price in effect on such date, then this Warrant shall automatically be deemed on and as of such date to be exercised pursuant to Section 1.2 above as to all Shares (or such other securities) for which it shall not previously have been exercised, and the Company shall promptly notify the Holder of the number of Shares (or such other securities) issued upon such exercise to the Holder and Holder shall be deemed to have restated each of the representations and warranties in Section 4 of the Warrant as the date thereof.

 

(d)                                  Upon the closing of any Acquisition other than a Cash/Public Acquisition, the Company will use commercially reasonable efforts to cause (i) the acquirer of the Company, (ii) successor or surviving entity or (iii) parent entity in an Acquisition (the “ Acquirer ”) to assume this Warrant as a part of such Acquisition. If the Acquirer assumes the obligations of this Warrant, then this Warrant shall thereafter be exercisable for the same securities and/or other property as would have been paid for the Shares issuable upon exercise of the unexercised portion of this Warrant as if such Shares were outstanding on and as of the closing of such Acquisition, subject to further adjustment from time to time in accordance with the provisions of this Warrant. If the Acquirer refuses to assume this Warrant, the Warrant shall be treated in accordance with Section 1.6(b).

 

(e)                                   As used in this Warrant, “ Marketable Securities ” means securities meeting all of the following requirements: (i) the issuer thereof is then subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “ Exchange Act ”), and is then current in its filing of all required reports and other information under the Act and the Exchange Act; (ii) the class and series of shares or other security of the issuer that would be received by Holder in connection with the Acquisition were Holder to exercise this Warrant on or prior to the closing thereof is then traded in Trading Market, and (iii) following the closing of such Acquisition, Holder would not be restricted from publicly re-selling all of the issuer’s shares and/or other securities that would be received by Holder in such Acquisition were Holder to exercise or convert this Warrant in full on or prior to the closing of such Acquisition, except to the extent that any such restriction (x) arises solely under federal or state securities laws, rules or regulations, and (y) does not extend beyond six (6) months from the closing of such Acquisition.

 

SECTION 2.                             ADJUSTMENTS TO THE SHARES AND WARRANT PRICE.

 

2.1                                Stock Dividends, Splits, Etc .  If the Company declares or pays a dividend or distribution on the outstanding shares of the Class payable in common stock or other securities or property (other than cash), then upon exercise of this Warrant, for each Share acquired, Holder shall receive, without additional cost to Holder, the total number and kind of securities and property which Holder would have received had Holder owned the Shares of record as of the date the dividend or distribution occurred.  If the Company subdivides the outstanding shares of the Class by reclassification or otherwise into a greater number of shares, the number of Shares purchasable hereunder shall be proportionately increased and the Warrant Price shall be proportionately decreased.  If the outstanding shares of the Class are combined or consolidated, by reclassification or otherwise, into a lesser number of shares, the Warrant Price shall be proportionately increased and the number of Shares shall be proportionately decreased.

 

2.2                                Reclassification, Exchange, Combinations or Substitution .  Upon any event whereby all of the outstanding shares of the Class are reclassified, exchanged, combined, substituted, or replaced for, into, with or by Company securities of a different class and/or series, then from and after the consummation of such event, this Warrant will be exercisable for the number, class and series of Company securities that Holder would have received had the Shares been outstanding on and as of the consummation of such event, and subject to further adjustment thereafter from time to time in accordance with the provisions of this Warrant.  The provisions of this Section 2.2 shall similarly apply to successive reclassifications, exchanges, combinations substitutions, replacements or other similar events.

 

3



 

2.3                                Conversion of Preferred Stock .  If the Class is a class and series of the Company’s convertible preferred stock, in the event that all outstanding shares of the Class are converted, automatically or by action of the holders thereof, into common stock pursuant to the provisions of the Charter, including, without limitation, in connection with the Company’s initial, underwritten public offering and sale of its common stock pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Act after the Issue Date (the “ IPO ”), then from and after the date on which all outstanding shares of the Class have been so converted, this Warrant shall be exercisable for such number of shares of common stock into which the Shares would have been converted had the Shares been outstanding on the date of such conversion, and the Warrant Price shall equal the Warrant Price in effect as of immediately prior to such conversion divided by the number of shares of common stock into which one Share would have been converted, all subject to further adjustment thereafter from time to time in accordance with the provisions of this Warrant.

 

2.4                                Adjustments for Diluting Issuances .  Without duplication of any adjustment otherwise provided for in this Section 2, the number of shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of the Shares shall be subject to anti-dilution adjustment from time to time in the manner set forth in the Company’s Articles or Certificate of Incorporation as if the Shares were issued and outstanding on and as of the date of any such required adjustment.

 

2.5                                No Fractional Share .  No fractional Share shall be issuable upon exercise of this Warrant and the number of Shares to be issued shall be rounded down to the nearest whole Share.  If a fractional Share interest arises upon any exercise of the Warrant, the Company shall eliminate such fractional Share interest by paying Holder in cash the amount computed by multiplying the fractional interest by (i) the fair market value (as determined in accordance with Section 1.3 above) of a full Share, less (ii) the then-effective Warrant Price.

 

2.6                                Notice/Certificate as to Adjustments .  Upon each adjustment of the Warrant Price, Class and/or number of Shares, the Company, at the Company’s expense, shall notify Holder in writing within a reasonable time setting forth the adjustments to the Warrant Price, Class and/or number of Shares and facts upon which such adjustment is based.  The Company shall, upon written request from Holder, furnish Holder with a certificate of an officer of the Company, including computations of such adjustment and the Warrant Price, Class and number of Shares in effect upon the date of such adjustment.

 

SECTION 3.                             REPRESENTATIONS AND COVENANTS OF THE COMPANY.

 

3.1                                Representations and Warranties .  The Company represents and warrants to, and agrees with, the Holder as follows:

 

(a)                                  All Shares which may be issued upon the exercise of this Warrant, and all securities, if any, issuable upon conversion of the Shares, shall, upon issuance, be duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable, and free of any liens and encumbrances except for restrictions on transfer provided for herein or under applicable federal and state securities laws.  The Company covenants that it shall at all times cause to be reserved and kept available out of its authorized and unissued capital stock such number of shares of the Class, common stock and other securities as will be sufficient to permit the exercise in full of this Warrant and the conversion of the Shares into common stock or such other securities.

 

(b)                                  The Company’s capitalization table attached hereto as Schedule 1 is true and complete, in all material respects, as of the Issue Date.

 

3.2                                Notice of Certain Events .  If the Company proposes at any time to:

 

(a)                                  declare any dividend or distribution upon the outstanding shares of the Class or common stock, whether in cash, property, stock, or other securities and whether or not a regular cash dividend;

 

4



 

(b)                                  offer for subscription or sale pro rata to the holders of the outstanding shares of the Class any additional shares of any class or series of the Company’s stock (other than pursuant to contractual pre-emptive rights);

 

(c)                                   effect any reclassification, exchange, combination, substitution, reorganization or recapitalization of the outstanding shares of the Class;

 

(d)                                  effect an Acquisition or to liquidate, dissolve or wind up; or

 

(e)                                   effect an IPO;

 

then, in connection with each such event, the Company shall give Holder:

 

(1)                                  at least seven (7) Business Days prior written notice of the date on which a record will be taken for such dividend, distribution, or subscription rights (and specifying the date on which the holders of outstanding shares of the Class will be entitled thereto) or for determining rights to vote, if any, in respect of the matters referred to in (a) and (b) above;

 

(2)                                  in the case of the matters referred to in (c) and (d) above at least seven (7) Business Days prior written notice of the date when the same will take place (and specifying the date on which the holders of outstanding shares of the Class will be entitled to exchange their shares for the securities or other property deliverable upon the occurrence of such event); and

 

(3)                                  with respect to the IPO, at least seven (7) Business Days prior written notice of the date on which the Company proposes to file its registration statement in connection therewith.

 

Reference is made to Section 1.6(c) whereby this Warrant will be deemed to be exercised pursuant to Section 1.2 hereof if the Company does not give written notice to Holder of a Cash/Public Acquisition as required by the terms hereof.  Company will also provide information requested by Holder that is reasonably necessary to enable Holder to comply with Holder’s accounting or reporting requirements.  In handling any confidential information of the Company, including the information requested pursuant to this Section 3.2, the Holder shall exercise the same degree of care specified in Section 12.9 of the Loan Agreement.

 

SECTION 4.                             REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES OF THE HOLDER.

 

The Holder represents and warrants to the Company as follows:

 

4.1                                Purchase for Own Account .  This Warrant and the securities to be acquired upon exercise of this Warrant by Holder are being acquired for investment for Holder’s account, not as a nominee or agent, and not with a view to the public resale or distribution within the meaning of the Act.  Holder also represents that it has not been formed for the specific purpose of acquiring this Warrant or the Shares.

 

4.2                                Disclosure of Information .  Holder is aware of the Company’s business affairs and financial condition and has received or has had full access to all the information it considers necessary or appropriate to make an informed investment decision with respect to the acquisition of this Warrant and its underlying securities.  Holder further has had an opportunity to ask questions and receive answers from the Company regarding the terms and conditions of the offering of this Warrant and its underlying securities and to obtain additional information (to the extent the Company possessed such information or could acquire it without unreasonable effort or expense) necessary to verify any information furnished to Holder or to which Holder has access.

 

4.3                                Investment Experience .  Holder understands that the purchase of this Warrant and its underlying securities involves substantial risk.  Holder has experience as an investor in securities of companies in the development stage and acknowledges that Holder can bear the economic risk of such Holder’s investment in

 

5



 

this Warrant and its underlying securities and has such knowledge and experience in financial or business matters that Holder is capable of evaluating the merits and risks of its investment in this Warrant and its underlying securities and/or has a preexisting personal or business relationship with the Company and certain of its officers, directors or controlling persons of a nature and duration that enables Holder to be aware of the character, business acumen and financial circumstances of such persons.

 

4.4                                Accredited Investor Status .  Holder is an “accredited investor” within the meaning of Regulation D promulgated under the Act.

 

4.5                                The Act .  Holder understands that this Warrant and the Shares issuable upon exercise hereof have not been registered under the Act in reliance upon a specific exemption therefrom, which exemption depends upon, among other things, the bona fide nature of the Holder’s investment intent as expressed herein.  Holder understands that this Warrant and the Shares issued upon any exercise hereof must be held indefinitely unless subsequently registered under the Act and qualified under applicable state securities laws, or unless exemption from such registration and qualification are otherwise available.  Holder is aware of the provisions of Rule 144 promulgated under the Act.

 

4.6                                Market Stand-off Agreement .  The Holder agrees that the Shares shall be subject to the Market Standoff provisions in Section 2.7 of the Registration Rights Agreement by and among the Company and certain stockholders thereof dated December 7, 2015 or similar agreement (the “ Registration Rights Agreement ”).

 

4.7                                No Voting Rights .  Holder, as a Holder of this Warrant, will not have any voting rights until the exercise of this Warrant.

 

SECTION 5.                             MISCELLANEOUS.

 

5.1                                Term; Automatic Cashless Exercise Upon Expiration .

 

(a)                                  Term .  Subject to the provisions of Section 1.6 above, this Warrant is exercisable in whole or in part at any time and from time to time on or before 6:00 PM, Eastern time, on the Expiration Date and shall be void thereafter.

 

(b)                                  Automatic Cashless Exercise upon Expiration .  In the event that, upon the Expiration Date, the fair market value of one Share (or other security issuable upon the exercise hereof) as determined in accordance with Section 1.3 above is greater than the Warrant Price in effect on such date, then this Warrant shall automatically be deemed on and as of such date to be exercised pursuant to Section 1.2 above as to all Shares (or such other securities) for which it shall not previously have been exercised, and the Company shall, within a reasonable time, deliver a certificate representing the Shares (or such other securities) issued upon such exercise to Holder.

 

5.2                                Legends .  Each certificate evidencing Shares (and each certificate evidencing the securities issued upon conversion of any Shares, if any) shall be imprinted with a legend in substantially the following form:

 

THE SHARES EVIDENCED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ ACT ”), OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE AND, EXCEPT AS SET FORTH IN THAT CERTAIN WARRANT TO PURCHASE STOCK ISSUED BY THE ISSUER TO OXFORD FINANCE LLC DATED DECEMBER 7, 2015 MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED UNLESS AND UNTIL REGISTERED UNDER SAID ACT AND LAWS OR, IN THE OPINION OF LEGAL COUNSEL IN FORM AND SUBSTANCE SATISFACTORY TO THE

 

6



 

ISSUER, SUCH OFFER, SALE, PLEDGE OR OTHER TRANSFER IS EXEMPT FROM SUCH REGISTRATION.

 

5.3                                Compliance with Securities Laws on Transfer .  This Warrant and the Shares issued upon exercise of this Warrant (and the securities issuable, directly or indirectly, upon conversion of the Shares, if any) may not be transferred or assigned in whole or in part except in compliance with applicable federal and state securities laws by the transferor and the transferee (including, without limitation, the delivery of investment representation letters and legal opinions reasonably satisfactory to the Company, as reasonably requested by the Company).  The Company shall not require Holder to provide an opinion of counsel if the transfer is an affiliate of Holder, provided that any such transferee is an “accredited investor” as defined in Regulation D promulgated under the Act.  Additionally, the Company shall also not require an opinion of counsel if there is no material question as to the availability of Rule 144 promulgated under the Act.

 

5.4                                Registration Rights .  The Shares which may be issued upon the exercise of this Warrant (the “ Warrant Shares ”) shall be considered “Registrable Stock” for purposes of Section 1.3 of the Registration Statement and, only with respect to the rights to receive notice of, and to include the Warrant Shares in, a registration pursuant filed pursuant to such sections, Sections 1.2 and 1.4 of the Registration Rights Agreement.  For the avoidance of doubt, Holder shall not be entitled to make any demand for a registration statement under Section 1.2 or Section 1.4 of the Registration Rights Agreement.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Warrant Shares shall not be Registrable Stock to the extent that they (a) have been registered under the Act pursuant to an effective registration statement filed thereunder and disposed of in accordance with the registration statement covering them, (b) have been publicly sold pursuant to Rule 144, or (c) are eligible to be sold without restriction under Rule 144 in a single sale.

 

5.5                                Transfer Procedure .  After receipt by Oxford of the executed Warrant, Oxford may transfer all or part of this Warrant to one or more of Oxford’s affiliates (each, an “ Oxford Affiliate ”), by execution of an Assignment substantially in the form of Appendix 2.  Subject to the provisions of Section 5.3 and upon providing the Company with written notice, Oxford, any such Oxford Affiliate and any subsequent Holder, may transfer all or part of this Warrant or the Shares issuable upon exercise of this Warrant (or the Shares issuable directly or indirectly, upon conversion of the Shares, if any) to any other transferee, provided, however, in connection with any such transfer, the Oxford Affiliate(s) or any subsequent Holder will give the Company notice of the portion of the Warrant or Shares being transferred with the name, address and taxpayer identification number of the transferee and Holder will surrender this Warrant or any Share certificate to the Company for reissuance to the transferee(s) (and Holder if applicable).  Notwithstanding any contrary provision herein, at all times prior to the IPO, Holder may not, without the Company’s prior written consent, transfer this Warrant or any portion hereof, or any Shares issued upon any exercise hereof, or any shares or other securities issued upon any conversion of any Shares issued upon any exercise hereof, to any person or entity who directly competes with the Company, except in connection with an Acquisition of the Company by such a direct competitor.

 

5.6                                Notices .  All notices and other communications hereunder from the Company to the Holder, or vice versa, shall be deemed delivered and effective (i) when given personally, (ii) on the third (3rd) Business Day after being mailed by first-class registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, (iii) upon actual receipt if given by facsimile or electronic mail and such receipt is confirmed in writing by the recipient, or (iv) on the first Business Day following delivery to a reliable overnight courier service, courier fee prepaid, in any case at such address as may have been furnished to the Company or Holder, as the case may be, in writing by the Company or such Holder from time to time in accordance with the provisions of this Section 5.5.  All notices to Holder shall be addressed as follows until the Company receives notice of a change of address in connection with a transfer or otherwise:

 

Oxford Finance LLC

133 N. Fairfax Street

Alexandria, VA 22314

Attn: Legal Department

Telephone: (703) 519-4900

 

7



 

Facsimile: (703) 519-5225
Email: LegalDepartment@oxfordfinance.com

 

Notice to the Company shall be addressed as follows until Holder receives notice of a change in address:

 

SENSEONICS HOLDINGS, INC.

20451 Seneca Meadows Parkway

Germantown, Maryland 20876

Attn: Tim Goodnow, President and Chief Executive Officer

Fax:  (301) 515-0988

Email: tim.goodnow@senseonics.com

 

With a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

 

COOLEY LLP

One Freedom Square

Reston Town Center

11951 Freedom Drive

Reston, Virginia 20190-5656

Attn: Christian Plaza

Fax:  (703) 456-8100

Email: cplaza@cooley.com

 

5.7                                Waiver .  This Warrant and any term hereof may be changed, waived, discharged or terminated (either generally or in a particular instance and either retroactively or prospectively) only by an instrument in writing signed by the party against which enforcement of such change, waiver, discharge or termination is sought.

 

5.8                                Attorneys’ Fees .  In the event of any dispute between the parties concerning the terms and provisions of this Warrant, the party prevailing in such dispute shall be entitled to collect from the other party all costs incurred in such dispute, including reasonable attorneys’ fees.

 

5.9                                Counterparts; Facsimile/Electronic Signatures .  This Warrant may be executed in counterparts, all of which together shall constitute one and the same agreement.  Any signature page delivered electronically or by facsimile shall be binding to the same extent as an original signature page with regards to any agreement subject to the terms hereof or any amendment thereto.

 

5.10                         Governing Law .  This Warrant shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York, without giving effect to its principles regarding conflicts of law.

 

5.11                         Headings .  The headings in this Warrant are for purposes of reference only and shall not limit or otherwise affect the meaning of any provision of this Warrant.

 

5.12                         Business Days .  “Business Day” is any day that is not a Saturday, Sunday or a day on which banks in the State of New York are closed.

 

5.13                         Replacement of Prior Warrant .  This Warrant is issued in lieu of that certain Warrant to Purchase Stock — 1 issued on July 31, 2014 by Senseonics, Incorporated a Delaware corporation, to Oxford (“ Old Warrant ”), and upon Company’s execution and delivery of this Warrant and Oxford’s acceptance of the same, Old Warrant shall be declared null and void.

 

[Remainder of page left blank intentionally]

 

8


 

[Signature page follows]

 

9



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Warrant to Purchase Stock to be executed by their duly authorized representatives effective as of the Issue Date written above.

 

“COMPANY”

 

 

 

SENSEONICS HOLDINGS, INC. 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

(Print)

 

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

“HOLDER”

 

 

 

 

 

OXFORD FINANCE LLC

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

(Print)

 

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

[ Signature Page to Warrant to Purchase Stock ]

 



 

APPENDIX 1

 

NOTICE OF EXERCISE

 

1.             The undersigned Holder hereby exercises its right purchase             shares of the [    ] Stock of SENSEONICS HOLDINGS, INC. (the “ Company ”) in accordance with the attached Warrant To Purchase Stock, and tenders payment of the aggregate Warrant Price for such shares as follows:

 

[    ]         check in the amount of $         payable to order of the Company enclosed herewith

 

[    ]         Wire transfer of immediately available funds to the Company’s account

 

[    ]         Cashless Exercise pursuant to Section 1.2 of the Warrant

 

[    ]         Other [Describe]

 

2.             Please issue a certificate or certificates representing the Shares in the name specified below:

 

 

 

Holder’s Name

 

 

 

(Address)

 

3.             By its execution below and for the benefit of the Company, Holder hereby restates each of the representations and warranties in Section 4 of the Warrant to Purchase Stock as of the date hereof.

 

 

HOLDER:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

Date:

 

 



 

APPENDIX 2

 

ASSIGNMENT

 

For value received, Oxford Finance LLC hereby sells, assigns and transfers unto

 

Name:

OXFORD TRANSFEREE

 

 

Address:

 

 

 

Tax ID:

 

 

that certain Warrant to Purchase Stock issued by SENSEONICS HOLDINGS, INC.  (the “ Company ”), on December 7, 2015 (the “ Warrant ”) together with all rights, title and interest therein.

 

 

 

OXFORD FINANCE LLC

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Date:

 

 

 

 

 

By its execution below, and for the benefit of the Company, [OXFORD TRANSFEREE] makes each of the representations and warranties set forth in Article 4 of the Warrant and agrees to all other provisions of the Warrant as of the date hereof.

 

 

[OXFORD TRANSFEREE]

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

]

 



 

SCHEDULE 1

 

Company Capitalization Table

 

See attached

 




Exhibit 10.18

 

THIS WARRANT AND THE UNDERLYING SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ACT”), OR UNDER THE SECURITIES LAWS OF CERTAIN STATES AND MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD, MORTGAGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED OR HYPOTHECATED EXCEPT AS PERMITTED UNDER THE IRA (AS DEFINED BELOW), THE ACT AND APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT OR AN EXEMPTION THEREFROM.  THE ISSUER OF THESE SECURITIES MAY REQUIRE AN OPINION OF COUNSEL REASONABLY SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER THAT SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR HYPOTHECATION OTHERWISE COMPLIES WITH THE ACT AND ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS.  THESE SECURITIES HAVE BEEN ACQUIRED FOR INVESTMENT BY THE HOLDER AND NOT WITH A VIEW TO DISTRIBUTION OR RESALE.

 

THE SALE, PLEDGE, HYPOTHECATION OR TRANSFER OF THIS WARRANT AND THE SECURITIES ISSUABLE HEREUNDER IS SUBJECT TO THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF A CERTAIN AMENDED AND RESTATED NOTE AND WARRANT PURCHASE AGREEMENT BY AND BETWEEN THE HOLDER, THE COMPANY AND OTHER PARTIES NAMED THEREIN.

 

SENSORS FOR MEDICINE AND SCIENCE, INC.

 

WARRANT TO PURCHASE PREFERRED STOCK

 

No. PSW-

                 

 

Void After                         

 

THIS CERTIFIES THAT , for value received,                      , with its principal office at                          , or assigns (the “Holder” ), is entitled to subscribe for and purchase at the Exercise Price (defined below) from SENSORS FOR MEDICINE AND SCIENCE, INC. , a Delaware corporation (the “Company” ), that number of Exercise Shares (as defined below) as set forth herein, during the Exercise Period (as defined below).

 

This Warrant is being issued pursuant to the terms of the Amended and Restated Note and Warrant Purchase Agreement, dated as of [     ], by and among the Company and the Purchasers listed on the Schedules of Purchasers attached thereto (the “Purchase Agreement” ).  Capitalized terms used and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings given them in the Purchase Agreement.

 

1.                                       DEFINITIONS.  As used herein, the following terms shall have the following respective meanings:

 

(a)                                  “Exercise Period” shall mean the period commencing on the date hereof and ending on             .

 

(b)                                  “Exercise Price” shall mean (i) in the event this Warrant is exercised for Qualified Financing Shares (as defined in the Notes), the price per share of Qualified Financing Shares in the Qualified Financing (as defined in the Notes), (ii) in the event this Warrant is

 



 

exercised for Series C Preferred Stock, $4.00, or (iii) if the Exercise Shares are Non-Qualified Financing Stock (as defined below), the price per share for which such Non-Qualified Financing Stock is purchased in such non-Qualified Financing.

 

(c)                                   “Exercise Shares” shall mean (i) after the closing of a Qualified Financing, that number of fully paid and non-assessable shares of Qualified Financing Shares, (ii) after the conversion of the Notes pursuant to Section 5.2(a) of the Notes, that number of fully paid and non-assessable shares of Series C Preferred Stock or (iii) after the conversion of the Notes pursuant to Section 5.2(b) of the Notes, that number of fully paid and non-assessable shares of the class and series of stock issued in such financing that is not a Qualified Financing (“ Non-Qualified Financing Stock ”), each as determined in accordance with Section 2 and calculated in accordance with the following formula:

 

Exercise Shares

 

=

A / B

 

 

 

 

               where:

A

=

the Principal Amount

 

 

 

 

 

B

=

(i) if the Exercise Shares are Qualified Financing Shares, the price per share of Qualified Financing Shares (as defined in the Notes), (ii) if the Exercise Shares are Series C Preferred Stock, $4.00, or (iii) if the Exercise Shares are Non-Qualified Financing Stock, the price per share for which such Non-Qualified Financing Stock is purchased in such non-Qualified Financing.

 

2.                                       EXERCISE OF WARRANT.  The rights represented by this Warrant may be exercised in whole or in part at any time during the Exercise Period, by delivery of the following to the Company at its address set forth above (or at such other address as it may designate by notice in writing to the Holder):

 

(a)                                  An executed Notice of Exercise in the form attached hereto;

 

(b)                                  payment of the Exercise Price either (i) in cash or by check, or (ii) by cancellation of indebtedness; and

 

(c)                                   this Warrant.

 

In the event this Warrant is exercised in connection with, or after the closing of, a Qualified Financing, Exercise Shares shall be Qualified Financing Shares.  In the event the Notes are repaid pursuant to Section 3 or Section 4 of the Notes, Exercise Shares shall be Series C Preferred Stock.

 

Upon the exercise of the rights represented by this Warrant, a certificate or certificates for the Exercise Shares so purchased, registered in the name of the Holder or persons affiliated with the Holder, if the Holder so designates, shall be issued and delivered to the Holder within a reasonable time after the rights represented by this Warrant shall have been so exercised.   In case such exercise is in part only, a new warrant or warrants (dated the date hereof) of like tenor, calling in the aggregate on the face or faces thereof for the number of Exercise Shares equal to

 

2



 

the number of such Exercise Shares called for on the face of this Warrant minus the number of Exercise Shares purchased by the Holder upon all exercises made in accordance with this Section 2.

 

The person in whose name any certificate or certificates for Exercise Shares are to be issued upon exercise of this Warrant shall be deemed to have become the holder of record of such shares on the date on which this Warrant was surrendered and payment of the Exercise Price was made, irrespective of the date of delivery of such certificate or certificates, except that, if the date of such surrender and payment is a date when the stock transfer books of the Company are closed, such person shall be deemed to have become the holder of such shares at the close of business on the next succeeding date on which the stock transfer books are open.

 

2.1                                Net Exercise .  Notwithstanding any provisions herein to the contrary, if the fair market value of one share of the Exercise Shares is greater than the Exercise Price (at the date of calculation as set forth below), in lieu of exercising this Warrant by payment of cash, the Holder may elect to receive shares equal to the value (as determined below) of this Warrant (or the portion thereof being canceled) by surrender of this Warrant at the principal office of the Company together with the properly endorsed Notice of Exercise in which event the Company shall issue to the Holder a number of shares of Exercise Shares computed using the following formula:

 

X = Y (A-B)

A

 

Where

X =

the number of shares of Exercise Shares to be issued to the Holder

 

 

 

 

Y =

the number of shares of Exercise Shares purchasable under the Warrant or, if only a portion of the Warrant is being exercised, the portion of the Warrant being canceled (at the date of such calculation)

 

 

 

 

A =

the fair market value of one share of the Company’s Exercise Shares (at the date of such calculation)

 

 

 

 

B =

Exercise Price (as adjusted to the date of such calculation)

 

For purposes of the above calculation, the fair market value of one share of the Exercise Shares shall be determined by the Company’s Board of Directors in good faith; provided, however, that in the event that this Warrant is exercised pursuant to this Section 2.1 in connection with the Company’s initial public offering of its Common Stock, the fair market value per share of Exercise Shares shall be the per share offering price to the public of the Company’s initial public offering.

 

2.2                                Automatic Exercise .  Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 2 if the Holder has not exercised this Warrant prior to the closing of a Company Sale (as defined in the Notes) or an initial public offering, this Warrant shall automatically be deemed to be exercised in full in the manner set forth in Section 2.1, without any further action on behalf of the Holder, immediately prior to such closing.

 

3



 

3.                                       COVENANTS OF THE COMPANY.

 

3.1                                Covenants as to Exercise Shares.   The Company covenants and agrees that all Exercise Shares that may be issued upon the exercise of the rights represented by this Warrant will, upon issuance, be validly issued and outstanding, fully paid and nonassessable, and free from all taxes, liens and charges with respect to the issuance thereof.  The Company further covenants and agrees that the Company will at all times during the Exercise Period, have authorized and reserved, free from preemptive rights, a sufficient number of shares of its (a) Preferred Stock to provide for the exercise of the rights represented by this Warrant and (b) Common Stock to provide for the conversion of such shares of Preferred Stock.  If at any time during the Exercise Period the number of authorized but unissued shares of (x) Preferred Stock shall not be sufficient to permit exercise of this Warrant or (y) Common Stock shall not be sufficient to permit the conversion of such shares of Preferred Stock, the Company will take such corporate action as may, in the opinion of its counsel, be necessary to increase its authorized but unissued shares of Preferred Stock or Common Stock, as applicable, to such number of shares as shall be sufficient for such purposes.

 

3.2                                No Impairment .  Except and to the extent as waived or consented to by the Holder, the Company will not, by amendment of its Certificate of Incorporation or through any reorganization, transfer of assets, consolidation, merger, dissolution, issue or sale of securities or any other voluntary action, avoid or seek to avoid the observance or performance of any of the terms to be observed or performed hereunder by the Company, but will at all times in good faith assist in the carrying out of all the provisions of this Warrant and in the taking of all such action as may be necessary or appropriate in order to protect the exercise rights of the Holder against impairment.

 

3.3                                Notices of Record Date.   In the event of any taking by the Company of a record of the holders of any class of securities for the purpose of determining the holders thereof who are entitled to receive any dividend (other than a cash dividend which is the same as cash dividends paid in previous quarters) or other distribution, the Company shall mail to the Holder, at least ten (10) days prior to the date specified herein, a notice specifying the date on which any such record is to be taken for the purpose of such dividend or distribution.

 

4.                                       REPRESENTATIONS OF HOLDER.

 

4.1                                Acquisition of Warrant for Personal Account.   The Holder represents and warrants that it is acquiring the Warrant and the Exercise Shares solely for its account for investment and not with a view to or for sale or distribution of said Warrant or Exercise Shares or any part thereof.  The Holder also represents that the entire legal and beneficial interests of the Warrant and Exercise Shares the Holder is acquiring is being acquired for, and will be held for, its account only.

 

4.2                                Securities Are Not Registered; Shareholder Agreements.

 

(a)                                  The Holder understands that the Warrant and the Exercise Shares have not been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Act” ) on the basis that no distribution or public offering of the stock of the Company is to be effected.  The Holder

 

4



 

realizes that the basis for the exemption may not be present if, notwithstanding its representations, the Holder has a present intention of acquiring the securities for a fixed or determinable period in the future, selling (in connection with a distribution or otherwise), granting any participation in, or otherwise distributing the securities.

 

(b)                                  The Holder recognizes that the Warrant and the Exercise Shares must be held indefinitely unless they are subsequently registered under the Act or an exemption from such registration is available.  The Holder recognizes that the Company has no obligation to register the Warrant or the Exercise Shares of the Company, or to comply with any exemption from such registration.

 

(c)                                   The Holder is aware that neither the Warrant nor the Exercise Shares may be sold pursuant to Rule 144 adopted under the Act unless certain conditions are met, including, among other things, the existence of a public market for the shares, the availability of certain current public information about the Company, the resale following the required holding period under Rule 144 and the number of shares being sold during any three month period not exceeding specified limitations.  Holder is aware that the conditions for resale set forth in Rule 144 have not been satisfied and that the Company presently has no plans to satisfy these conditions in the foreseeable future.

 

(d)                                  The parties acknowledge and agree that the Company and its stockholders have entered into certain agreements that, among other things, set forth certain rights, obligations and responsibilities of each party in connection with the stockholders’ ownership of the capital stock of the Company (the “Stockholder Agreements” ), including, but not limited to, that certain Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement, as amended, by and between the Company and the stockholders identified therein (the “IRA” ).  Holder agrees that it shall enter into each Stockholder Agreement, including, but not limited to, the IRA promptly upon exercise of this Warrant pursuant to Section 2 hereof.

 

5.                                       ADJUSTMENT OF EXERCISE PRICE.  In the event of changes in the outstanding Preferred Stock of the Company by reason of stock dividends, split-ups, recapitalizations, reclassifications, combinations or exchanges of shares, separations, reorganizations, liquidations, or the like, the number and class of shares available under the Warrant in the aggregate and the Exercise Price shall be correspondingly adjusted to give the Holder of the Warrant, on exercise for the same aggregate Exercise Price, the total number, class, and kind of shares as the Holder would have owned had the Warrant been exercised prior to the event and had the Holder continued to hold such shares until after the event requiring adjustment.  The form of this Warrant need not be changed because of any adjustment in the number of Exercise Shares subject to this Warrant.

 

6.                                       FRACTIONAL SHARES.  No fractional shares shall be issued upon the exercise of this Warrant as a consequence of any adjustment pursuant hereto.  All Exercise Shares (including fractions) issuable upon exercise of this Warrant may be aggregated for purposes of determining whether the exercise would result in the issuance of any fractional share.  If, after aggregation, the exercise would result in the issuance of a fractional share, the Company shall, in lieu of issuance of any fractional share, pay the Holder otherwise entitled to such fraction a sum in cash

 

5



 

equal to the product resulting from multiplying the then-current fair market value of an Exercise Share by such fraction.

 

7.                                       NO STOCKHOLDER RIGHTS.  This Warrant in and of itself shall not entitle the Holder to any voting rights or other rights as a stockholder of the Company.

 

8.                                       MODIFICATION; WAIVER.   Any provision of this Warrant may be amended or waived by the written consent of the Company and the Holder or by the Company and the Requisite Holders; provided that, the written consent of the Holder shall be required to amend or waive Sections 1(b) and 1(c).  Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Warrant may not be amended and the observance of any term may not be waived with respect to any Holder without the written consent of such Holder unless such amendment or waiver applies to all similarly situated Holders in the same manner.

 

9.                                       TRANSFER OF WARRANT.  The Company may elect not to permit a transfer of the Warrant if it has not obtained reasonably satisfactory assurance that such transfer has complied with the terms of the IRA with transfer of this Warrant deemed to constitute a “transfer of Preferred Shares or Conversion Shares” as described in Section 1 of the IRA and for such purpose thereunder.

 

10.                                LOST, STOLEN, MUTILATED OR DESTROYED WARRANT.  If this Warrant is lost, stolen, mutilated or destroyed, the Company shall, on such terms as to indemnity or otherwise as it may reasonably impose upon the advice of counsel (which shall, in the case of a mutilated Warrant, include the surrender thereof), issue a new Warrant of like denomination and tenor as the Warrant so lost, stolen, mutilated or destroyed.  Any such new Warrant shall constitute an original contractual obligation of the Company, whether or not the allegedly lost, stolen, mutilated or destroyed Warrant shall be at any time enforceable by anyone.

 

11.                                ASSIGNMENT .  Except as otherwise provided herein, the terms and conditions of this Warrant shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the respective successors and assigns of the parties, provided , however , that the Company may not assign its obligations under this Warrant without the written consent of the Requisite Holders

 

12.                                SEVERABILITY .  If any provision of this Warrant is held to be unenforceable under applicable law, such provision shall be excluded from this Warrant and the balance of the Warrant shall be interpreted as if such provision were so excluded and shall be enforceable in accordance with its terms.

 

13.                                NOTICES, ETC.  All notices required or permitted hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed effectively given if delivered in accordance with the Purchase Agreement.

 

14.                                ACCEPTANCE.  Receipt of this Warrant by the Holder shall constitute acceptance of and agreement to all of the terms and conditions contained herein.

 

15.                                GOVERNING LAW.  This Warrant and all rights, obligations and liabilities hereunder shall be governed by the laws of the State of Delaware.

 

6



 

16.                                LEGENDS.  Exercise Shares (and the securities issuable, directly or indirectly, upon conversion of the Exercise Shares) shall be imprinted with a legend in substantially the form set forth in the IRA.

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]

 

7


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the Company has caused this Warrant to be executed by its duly authorized officer as of the date first written above.

 

 

SENSORS FOR MEDICINE AND SCIENCE, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

TIMOTHY GOODNOW

 

President and CEO

 

 

 

Address:

20451 Seneca Meadows Parkway

 

 

Germantown, Maryland 20876

 

Acknowledged and Accepted:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

Address:

 

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO WARRANT TO PURCHASE PREFERRED STOCK]

 



 

NOTICE OF EXERCISE

 

TO:  SENSORS FOR MEDICINE AND SCIENCE, INC.

 

(1)            o             The undersigned hereby elects to purchase          shares of the  Preferred Stock of Sensors for Medicine and Science, Inc. (the “Company”) pursuant to the terms of the attached Warrant, and tenders herewith payment of the exercise price in full, together with all applicable transfer taxes, if any.

 

o             The undersigned hereby elects to purchase          shares of the  Preferred Stock of Sensors for Medicine and Science, Inc. (the “Company”) pursuant to the terms of the net exercise provisions set forth in Section 2.1 of the attached Warrant, and shall tender payment of all applicable transfer taxes, if any.

 

(2)            Please issue a certificate or certificates representing said shares of Preferred Stock in the name of the undersigned or in such other name as is specified below:

 

 

(Name)

 

 

(Address)

 

(3)            The undersigned represents that (i) the aforesaid shares of  Preferred Stock are being acquired for the account of the undersigned for investment and not with a view to, or for resale in connection with, the distribution thereof and that the undersigned has no present intention of distributing or reselling such shares; (ii) the undersigned is aware of the Company’s business affairs and financial condition and has acquired sufficient information about the Company to reach an informed and knowledgeable decision regarding its investment in the Company; (iii) the undersigned is experienced in making investments of this type and has such knowledge and background in financial and business matters that the undersigned is capable of evaluating the merits and risks of this investment and protecting the undersigned’s own interests; (iv) the undersigned understands that the shares of  Preferred Stock issuable upon exercise of this Warrant have not been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), by reason of a specific exemption from the registration provisions of the Securities Act, which exemption depends upon, among other things, the bona fide nature of the investment intent as expressed herein, and, because such securities have not been registered under the Securities Act, they must be held indefinitely unless subsequently registered under the Securities Act or an exemption from such registration is available; (v) the undersigned is aware that the aforesaid shares of  Preferred Stock may not be sold pursuant to Rule 144 adopted under the Securities Act unless certain conditions are met and until the undersigned has held the shares for the number of years prescribed by Rule 144, that among the conditions for use of the Rule is the availability of current information to the public about the Company and the Company has not made such information available and has no present plans to do so; and (vi) the undersigned agrees not to make any disposition of all or any part of the aforesaid shares of  Preferred Stock unless and until there is then in effect a registration statement under the Securities Act covering such proposed disposition and such disposition is made in accordance with said registration

 



 

statement, or the undersigned has provided the Company with an opinion of counsel satisfactory to the Company, stating that such registration is not required.

 

 

 

 

(Date)

 

(Signature)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Print name)

 



 

ASSIGNMENT FORM

 

(To assign the foregoing Warrant, execute this form and supply required information.  Do not use this form to purchase shares.)

 

FOR VALUE RECEIVED , the foregoing Warrant and all rights evidenced thereby are hereby assigned to

 

Name:

 

(Please Print)

 

Address:

 

 

(Please Print)

 

Dated:           , 20

 

Holder’s

 

 

Signature:

 

 

 

Holder’s

 

 

Address:

 

 

 

NOTE :  The signature to this Assignment Form must correspond with the name as it appears on the face of the Warrant, without alteration or enlargement or any change whatever.  Officers of corporations and those acting in a fiduciary or other representative capacity should file proper evidence of authority to assign the foregoing Warrant.

 




Exhibit 10.19

 

[EXECUTION VERSION]

 

COMMON STOCK REPURCHASE AGREEMENT

 

This COMMON STOCK REPURCHASE AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”) is made as of December 4, 2015, by and between ASN Technologies, Inc., a Nevada corporation (“Parent”), and the undersigned shareholder, Laura Magrone, a Florida resident (the “Shareholder”).

 

WHEREAS, simultaneously with the execution and delivery of this Agreement, Parent entered into that certain Agreement and Plan of Merger and Reorganization (the “Merger Agreement”), among Parent, SMSI Merger Sub, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Merger Sub”), and Senseonics, Incorporated, a Delaware corporation (“Senseonics”), pursuant to which, among other things, Merger Sub will merge with and into Senseonics and Senseonics will become a direct, wholly-owned subsidiary of Parent (the “Merger”).

 

WHEREAS, the execution and delivery of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby are required in connection with the Merger Agreement.

 

WHEREAS, the Shareholder desires to sell to Parent, and Parent desires to repurchase from the Shareholder, an aggregate of 119,979,892 shares of common stock, par value of $0.001 per share, of Parent (the “Shares”).

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements set forth herein and for good and valuable consideration, the receipt and adequacy of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

 

ARTICLE 1

REPURCHASE OF SHARES

 

1.1                                Purchase and Sale .  At the Closing, the Shareholder shall sell, convey and deliver to Parent the Shares, free and clear of any and all claims, liens, pledges, options, charges, security interests, encumbrances or other rights of third parties, and Parent shall purchase and accept such Shares from the Shareholder for $0.0001 per share, or an aggregate purchase price of Eleven Thousand Nine Hundred Ninety-seven and 98/100 ($11,997.98) (the “Purchase Price”).

 

1.2                                Closing; Delivery .  The closing of the purchase and sale of the Shares pursuant to this Agreement (the “Closing”) shall occur immediately after the Effective Time (as defined in the Merger Agreement) (i.e., immediately after the time of the closing of the Merger).  At the Closing, (i) the Shareholder shall deliver to Parent the Shares in certificate form, and (ii) Parent shall deliver the Purchase Price to the Shareholder, by check or wire transfer, as designated by the Shareholder. Each of Parent’s and the Shareholder’s obligation to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby at the Closing is independent, absolute and irrevocable and not subject to any condition precedent.  Upon the consummation of the Closing, the Shares shall be canceled and returned to the authorized but unissued shares of the Company.

 

ARTICLE 2

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE SHAREHOLDER

 

In connection with the purchase and sale of the Shares, the Shareholder makes the following representations and warranties for the benefit of Parent:

 



 

2.1                                Authorization .  The Shareholder has the legal capacity and full power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement and to perform the Shareholder’s obligations hereunder, and has taken or shall take, as applicable, all actions necessary in order to execute, deliver and perform this Agreement and to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

 

2.2                                Due Execution and Delivery .  The Shareholder represents that this Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by her and constitutes the legal, valid and binding obligation of the Shareholder enforceable in accordance with the terms hereof (subject to bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent transfer, reorganization, moratorium and similar laws of general applicability relating to or affecting creditors’ rights and to general equity principles).

 

2.3                                Title to Shares .  The Shareholder owns all right, title and interest (legal and beneficial) in and to the Shares, free and clear of all Liens other than restrictions under federal and state securities laws; provided that none of such restrictions under federal or state securities laws in any manner restrict or otherwise impede the Shareholder’s ability to sell the Shares to Parent as contemplated hereby.  Upon delivery of the Shares to Parent and payment to the Shareholder of the Purchase Price, Parent will acquire good, valid and marketable title to such Shares free and clear of all Liens other than (i) restrictions under federal and state securities laws, and (ii) any Liens created by Parent.  For the purposes of this Agreement, “Lien” shall mean any lien, pledge, claim, security interest, encumbrance, charge, restriction or limitation of any kind, whether arising by agreement, operation of law or otherwise.  The Shares represent approximately 86.96% of the outstanding shares of capital stock in Parent, on a fully-diluted basis, as calculated immediately prior to the closing of the Merger Agreement.

 

2.4                                No Conflicts .  The execution and delivery of this Agreement and the performance by the Shareholder hereunder does not and will not result in the breach or violation of any of the terms or provisions of, or constitute a default under, or accelerate the performance required by the terms of any indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, loan agreement or any other agreement or instrument to which she is a party or by which she is bound, nor will any such action result in any violation of the provisions of, or in any way conflict with, any law, statute or other legal requirement or any order, rule or regulation of any court or governmental agency or body having jurisdiction over the Shareholder or her property.

 

2.5                                Litigation .  There is not pending, threatened in writing or, to the Shareholder’s knowledge, otherwise threatened against the Shareholder (or any affiliate or related person thereof) any action, suit or proceeding at law or in equity before any court, tribunal, governmental body, agency or official or any arbitrator relating to the Shares or that might affect the legality, validity or enforceability against the Shareholder of this Agreement or the Shareholder’s ability to perform her obligations hereunder.  There is no lawsuit, proceeding or investigation pending or threatened against the Shareholder that would, if adversely determined, prevent or delay the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby.

 

2.6                                Information Regarding the Shares .  The Shareholder has been furnished with such documents, materials and information as the Shareholder deems necessary or appropriate for evaluating the financial condition of Parent, including information regarding the Merger and a copy of the Merger Agreement, and has had the opportunity to ask questions of, and receive answers from, the officers of Parent, concerning Parent and the terms and conditions of the Merger.  The Shareholder acknowledges and explicitly agrees that although she has received certain information from Parent as to its financial condition and other matters and the Merger, the Shareholder understands that, upon completion of the Merger, the Shares will be worth more than the Purchase Price to be paid to the Shareholder but that the Shareholder is desirous for her own reasons to pursue the sale of the Shares at the Purchase Price to be paid to Shareholder by Parent. Further, the Shareholder acknowledges that, in the months following the

 

2



 

Merger, Parent may attempt to consummate a public offering, which public offering may be at a price substantially higher than the price per share of the Shares.

 

2.7                                No Broker .  The Shareholder has not, directly or indirectly, dealt with anyone acting in the capacity of a finder or broker, nor has the Shareholder incurred any obligations for any finder’s or broker’s fee or commission, in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

 

ARTICLE 3

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF PARENT

 

In connection with the purchase and sale of the Shares, Parent makes the following representations and warranties for the benefit of the Shareholder:

 

3.1                                Authorization .  Parent represents that, as of the date hereof, it is duly incorporated, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of Nevada and has all necessary power and authority to enter into this Agreement and to carry out the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, without the consent, waiver, approval or authorization of, or filing with, any other person or entity or under any applicable law, and has taken all actions necessary in order to execute, deliver and perform this Agreement and to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

 

3.2                                Due Execution and Delivery .  Parent represents that this Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by it and constitutes the legal, valid and binding obligation of Parent enforceable in accordance with the terms hereof (subject to bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent transfer, reorganization, moratorium and similar laws of general applicability relating to or affecting creditors’ rights and to general equity principles).

 

ARTICLE 4

MISCELLANEOUS

 

4.1                                Release .  As a material inducement to Parent to enter into this Agreement, and in consideration of the Purchase Price and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the Shareholder, on behalf of herself and her current and former affiliates, related persons, partners, fiduciaries, heirs, agents, representatives, attorneys and all persons acting by, through, under or in concert with any of them, hereby irrevocably and unconditionally release, acquit, and forever discharge Parent, Senseonics, Merger Sub and each of their respective current, present and future predecessors, parents, subsidiaries, affiliates, divisions, any related entity, successors and assigns, and all of their past, current and former agents, officers, directors, equity holders, partners, employees, members, trustees, fiduciaries, representatives, attorneys and all persons acting by, through, under or in concert with any of them (collectively, the “Released Parties”) from any and all claims, suits, charges, complaints, liabilities, obligations, promises, agreements, damages, causes of action, demands, losses, debts, attorneys fees and expenses of any nature whatsoever, known or unknown which the Shareholder has, had, claims to have or ever may have against any Released Party up to and including the date the Shareholder signs this Agreement, or any other matter related to the Shareholder’s ownership of the Shares or otherwise related to the Shareholder being a stakeholder of Parent, except for obligations of Parent arising hereunder to pay the Purchase Price, and the Shareholder shall reimburse, indemnify and hold harmless each Released Party in connection with the foregoing or any breach of this Agreement by the Shareholder.  At the Closing, the Shareholder shall be deemed to have reaffirmed this Section 4.1 as of the Closing.

 

3



 

4.2                                Successors and Assigns . This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the successors and permitted assigns of the parties hereto. No person or entity other than the parties hereto and their successors and permitted assigns is intended to be a beneficiary of this Agreement, except as set forth in Section 4.1 . No party hereto may assign any of its rights or delegate any of its obligations under this Agreement without the prior written consent of the other party hereto.

 

4.3                                Notices . All notices, requests and other communications to any party hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed given (a) when delivered or sent if delivered in person, (b) on the third (3rd) Business Day after dispatch by registered certified mail, (c) on the next Business Day if transmitted by national overnight courier or (d) on the date delivered if sent by email (provided confirmation of email receipt is obtained other than by an automatically-generated reply), in each case as follows:

 

(a)                                  If, after the Closing, to Parent:

 

Senseonics Holdings, Inc.
20451 Seneca Meadows Pkwy
Germantown, MD 20876
Attn: R. Don Elsey
E-Mail: Don.Elsey@senseonics.com

 

With a copy to:

 

Cooley LLP
One Freedom Square
11951 Freedom Drive, 15th Floor
Reston, VA 20190
Attn: Christian E. Plaza and Marc A. Samuel

 

(b)                                  If to the Shareholder:

 

Laura Magrone
12435 Mossy Oak Drive

Orlando, FL 32832
E-Mail: lauraemily11@gmail.com

 

4.4                                Amendment and Waiver .  No failure or delay on the part of Parent or the Shareholder in exercising any right, power or remedy hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any such right, power or remedy preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power or remedy. The remedies provided for herein are cumulative and are not exclusive of any remedies that may be available to Parent or the Shareholder at law, in equity or otherwise (including that each party hereto shall be entitled to specific performance in the event the other party fails to perform any of its obligations hereunder).  Any amendment, supplement or modification of or to any provision of this Agreement and any waiver of any provision of this Agreement shall be effective only if it is made or given in writing and signed by Parent and the Shareholder.

 

4.5                                Entire Agreement .  This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement of the parties hereto and supersedes any and all prior negotiations, correspondence, understandings and agreements between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof.

 

4.6                                Governing Law; Jurisdiction and Venue .  This agreement, and any matter or dispute arising hereunder or in connection with this Agreement, will be governed by and construed in accordance

 

4



 

with the laws of Delaware without giving effect to conflict of laws or principles thereof.  Each party hereto irrevocably consents to the exclusive jurisdiction of any state courts of the state of Delaware and any federal court located in Delaware, as well as to the jurisdiction of all courts to which an appeal may be taken from such courts, for the purpose of any suit, action or other proceeding arising out of, or in connection with, this agreement or any of the transactions contemplated hereby.  Each party hereby expressly waives any and all rights to bring any suit, action or other proceeding in or before any court or tribunal other than those located in Delaware.  In addition, each party consents to the service of process by personal service or any other manner in which notices may be delivered hereunder in accordance with this agreement.

 

4.7                                Severability .  If any term or other provision of this Agreement is invalid, illegal or incapable of being enforced by any rule of law or public policy, all other conditions and provisions of this Agreement will nevertheless remain in full force and effect and such term or other provision shall be adjusted rather than voided, if possible, in order to achieve the intent of the parties to the extent possible.  If any event, all other provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed valid and enforceable to the fullest extent practicable.

 

4.8                                Headings .  The headings appearing at the beginning of sections contained herein have been inserted for the convenience of the parties hereto and shall not be used to determine the construction or interpretation of this Agreement.

 

4.9                                Counterparts .  This Agreement may be executed and delivered (including by facsimile or other electronic transmission) in counterparts, all of which will be considered one and the same agreement.

 

4.10                         Further Assurances . Each of the parties shall execute such documents and perform such further acts (including, without limitation, obtaining any consents, exemptions, authorizations, or other actions by, or giving any notices to, or making any filings with, any governmental authority or any other person or entity) as may be reasonably required or desirable to carry out or to perform the provisions of this Agreement.

 

[ Signature Page Follows ]

 

5



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed as of the date first set forth above.

 

 

 

ASN TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Daniel Davis

 

 

Daniel Davis

 

 

Chief Executive Officer

 

 

 

 

 

SHAREHOLDER:

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Laura Magrone

 

Laura Magrone

 

 

 

 

This Agreement is hereby ratified and

 

 

confirmed as of December 7, 2015

 

 

 

 

 

SENSEONIC HOLDINGS, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Timothy T. Goodnow

 

 

 

Timothy T. Goodnow

 

 

 

Chief Executive Officer and President

 

 

 

[Signature Page to Common Stock Repurchase Agreement]

 




Exhibit 10.20

 

[EXECUTION VERSION]

 

SPIN-OUT AGREEMENT

 

THIS SPIN-OUT AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”) is entered into as of December 4, 2015 by and between Daniel Davis, an individual (the “ Buyer ”), and ASN Technologies, Inc., a Nevada corporation (the “ Seller ”).

 

RECITALS

 

WHEREAS, Seller designed and developed a location-based mobile application named “death-valley” that allows users to share information about nearby social and other events (the “ Business ”).

 

WHEREAS, Seller entered into that certain Agreement and Plan of Merger and Reorganization (the “ Merger Agreement ”), dated as of the date hereof, by and among Seller, SMSI Merger Sub, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“ Merger Sub ”), and Senseonics, Incorporated, a Delaware corporation (“ Senseonics ”), pursuant to which Seller will acquire 100% of the outstanding capital stock of Senseonics (the “ Senseonics Shares ”).

 

WHEREAS, the execution and delivery of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby are required in connection with the Merger Agreement.

 

WHEREAS, pursuant to the Merger Agreement, Seller shall convert to a Delaware corporation prior to the Closing (as defined below).

 

WHEREAS, Buyer desires to buy all of Seller’s assets (for the avoidance of doubt, excluding the Senseonics Shares, which Seller shall not acquire until after the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby), and to assume, as between Seller and Buyer, all responsibility for any debts, obligations and liabilities of Seller, on the terms and subject to the conditions specified in this Agreement.

 

WHEREAS, Seller desires to sell and transfer the Assets to the Buyer, on the terms and subject to the conditions specified in this Agreement.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the covenants, promises and agreements herein set forth and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto, intending legally to be bound, agree as follows:

 

1.                                       Sale and Purchase of Assets . On the terms and subject to the conditions of this Agreement and for the consideration set forth herein, at the closing of the transactions contemplated hereby (the “ Closing ” and, the date of the Closing, the “ Closing Date ”), Seller shall sell, convey, assign, transfer and deliver to Buyer, and Buyer shall purchase and acquire from Seller, all of the assets and properties of Seller as of immediately prior to the closing under the Merger Agreement (the “ Merger Closing ”), including, without limitation, those assets of Seller identified in Exhibit A (but, for the avoidance of doubt, excluding the Senseonics Shares and any assets of Senseonics, which Seller shall acquire immediately prior to the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby upon the Merger Closing) (the “ Assets ”).

 



 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Assets shall not include the Senseonics Shares, any assets of Senseonics, the Merger Agreement, the rights of Seller under the Merger Agreement or any other document contemplated thereby, Seller’s employer identification number, certificate of incorporation and other organizational documents, corporate books and records described in Section 1.4 hereof or the equity interests in, or documents relating to, Merger Sub.

 

1.1                          Purchase Price .  Subject to the other terms and conditions of this Agreement, and in full consideration for the Assets, Buyer shall satisfy Seller’s indebtedness to Buyer in the aggregate principal amount of $9,000 (plus accrued and unpaid interest if any) pursuant to the promissory note dated August 27, 2015 (the “ Promissory Note ”) and Buyer shall assume all Liabilities (as such term is defined below) of Seller pursuant to Section 1.2 hereof (collectively, the “ Purchase Price ”).

 

1.2                          Assignment and Assumption of Liabilities . In connection with the purchase and sale of the Assets pursuant to this Agreement, at the Closing, Seller shall assign to Buyer, and Buyer shall assume and pay, honor and discharge when due, and shall indemnify Seller and Seller’s affiliates against, all debts, adverse claims, liabilities, judgments and obligations, including tax obligations, of Seller relating to, arising from or otherwise attributable to the period on or prior to the Closing Date, whether accrued, contingent or otherwise and whether known or unknown, including those arising under any law (including common law) or any rule or regulation of any governmental authority or imposed by any court or any arbitrator in a binding arbitration resulting from, arising out of or relating to the assets, activities, operations, actions or omissions of Seller, or products manufactured or sold thereby or services provided thereby, or under contracts, agreements (whether written or oral), leases, commitments or undertakings thereof (collectively, the “ Liabilities ”).  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Liabilities shall not include the Liabilities of Seller under the Merger Agreement or any other document contemplated thereby.

 

1.3                          Seller’s Deliveries .  At the Closing, Seller shall deliver or cause to be delivered to Buyer (a) a Bill of Sale, attached hereto as Exhibit B , for the Assets, (b) an Assignment of Intellectual Property, attached hereto as Exhibit C and (c) an Assignment and Assumption agreement regarding the Liabilities, attached hereto as Exhibit D .

 

1.4                          Buyer’s Deliveries .  At the Closing, Buyer shall deliver or cause to be delivered to Seller against delivery of the Bill of Sale (a) the original Promissory Note annotated by the Seller as “Paid in Full” and (b) an Assignment and Assumption agreement regarding the Liabilities, attached hereto as Exhibit D .  From and after the Closing, Buyer shall deliver or cause to be delivered to Seller such other documents and instruments as shall be reasonably requested by the Seller to effect the transactions contemplated hereby.  To the extent not already in Seller’s possession, the Buyer shall transfer to Seller all of the existing corporate books and records in the possession of Buyer relating to Seller, including, but not limited to, all corporate minute books, stock ledgers, certificates and corporate seals of Seller and all agreements, litigation files, real property files, personnel files and filings with governmental agencies.

 

1.5                          Closing .  The Closing shall occur immediately following the Merger Closing. Seller shall keep Buyer reasonably informed of the anticipated date of the Closing.

 

2



 

2.                                       Representations and Warranties of Seller .  Seller hereby represents and warrants to Buyer that:

 

2.1                          Organization and Authority .  Seller (a) is a corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Nevada and Utah (and at the Closing shall be duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware), and (b) has all necessary corporate power to own and lease its properties and to enter into and perform this Agreement.

 

2.2                          Authority Relating to this Agreement .  The execution and delivery of this Agreement and the performance hereunder by Seller have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action on the part of Seller and, assuming due execution of this Agreement by Buyer, this Agreement will constitute a legal, valid and binding obligation of Seller, enforceable against Seller in accordance with its terms, subject as to enforcement (a) to bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, arrangement, moratorium and other laws of general applicability relating to or affecting creditors’ rights and (b) to general principles of equity, whether such enforcement is considered in a proceeding in equity or at law.

 

2.3                                Change of Name .  Seller shall take such corporate action as is necessary to change the Seller’s name as soon as reasonably practicable after the date hereof.  Promptly after the name change, Seller shall notify Buyer, whereupon, Buyer shall be free to utilize the name “ASN Technologies, Inc.” free of any claims from Seller; provided that, notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, (a) Seller retains all rights to use such name as reasonably necessary to comply with applicable laws or the rules of any securities exchange on which its securities are traded or otherwise as reasonably necessary in connection with the transition to Seller’s new name, and (b) Buyer shall not use such name in any manner detrimental to Seller or its affiliates.

 

2.4                                Use of Websites and Intellectual Property .  Seller shall immediately cease using the website http://death-valley.asnti.com (the “Website” ) and shall deliver to Buyer such information and authorizations held by Seller as shall be reasonably necessary for Buyer’s utilization of the Website.  Buyer shall refrain from using the name “ASN Technologies, Inc.” until such time as Seller has changed its name.

 

2.5                                Liabilities .  Seller incurred no material Liabilities, other than those incurred in the ordinary course of business, between September 30, 2015 and the date hereof.

 

3.                                       Representations and Warranties of Buyer .  Buyer hereby represents and warrants to Seller that:

 

3.1                          Authority Relating to this Agreement .  Buyer has the legal capacity and full power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement and to perform Buyer’s obligations hereunder.  This Agreement constitutes the valid and legally binding obligation of Buyer, enforceable against Buyer in accordance with its terms, subject as to enforcement (a) to bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, arrangement, moratorium and other laws of general applicability relating to or affecting creditors’ rights and (b) to general principles of equity, whether such enforcement is considered in a proceeding in equity or at law.

 

3



 

3.2                          Compliance . Neither the execution and delivery of this Agreement nor the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby by Buyer will result in the breach of any term or provision of, or constitute a default under, or require the consent of or the giving of notice to a third party under, or violate any agreement, indenture, instrument, order, law or regulation to which Buyer is a party or by which Buyer is bound.

 

3.3                          Liabilities . Following the Closing, Seller will have no liability for any of the Assets or the Business or any Liabilities, or the business or activities of Seller prior to the date hereof, and, there are no outstanding guaranties, performance or payment bonds, letters of credit or other contingent contractual obligations that have been undertaken by Seller directly or indirectly in relation to Assets or the Business, or the business of Seller prior to the date hereof.

 

3.4                          Litigation .  There is no action, suit, claim, litigation or proceeding pending or threatened against Buyer or Seller, nor has Buyer or Seller been party to, or had threatened against it, any action, suit, claim, litigation or proceeding.

 

3.5                          Employees .  Seller has no, and has never had any, employees or employee plans, programs, agreements or other arrangements.

 

3.6                          Subsidiaries . Except for Merger Sub, Seller does not own, and has never owned, any equity interests in any other person.

 

4.                                       Other Agreement.

 

4.1                          Access to Information; Cooperation .

 

(a)                                        Buyer shall afford to Seller and its authorized accountants, counsel and other designated representatives, reasonable access (and including using reasonable efforts to give access to persons or firms possessing information) and duplicating rights during normal business hours to allow records, books, contracts, instruments, computer data and other data and information (collectively, “ Information ”) within the possession or control of Buyer or its affiliates insofar as such access is reasonably required by Seller. Information may be requested under this Section 4.1(a) , for, without limitation, audit, accounting, claims, litigation and tax purposes, as well as for purposes of fulfilling disclosure and reporting obligations and performing this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby. No files, books or records relating to the Assets, the Business or the Liabilities existing on the date hereof shall be destroyed by Buyer after the date hereof but prior to the expiration of any period during which such files, books or records are required to be maintained and preserved by applicable law without giving Seller at least 30 days’ prior written notice, during which time Seller shall have the right to examine and to remove any such files, books and records prior to their destruction.

 

(b)                                        Buyer and his respective affiliates, employees and agents shall each hold in strict confidence all Information concerning the Seller in their possession or furnished by the Seller or Seller’s representative pursuant to this Agreement with the same degree of care as Buyer utilizes as to Buyer’s own confidential information, which shall be no less than a reasonable degree of care (except to the extent that such Information is in the public domain through no fault of Seller), and Buyer shall not release or disclose such Information to any other person, except Buyer’s auditors, attorneys, financial advisors, bankers, other consultants and

 

4



 

advisors or persons under a substantially similar obligation of confidentiality (it be understood that Buyer shall be responsible for a breach of the confidentiality obligations in this Section 4.1(b)  as if any such person were party hereto), unless compelled to disclose such Information by judicial or administrative process or, as advised by its counsel, by other requirements of law (in connection with which Buyer shall use its best efforts to obtain confidential treatment, and otherwise to minimize any disclosure, thereof.

 

(c)                                         Buyer shall use his best efforts to forward promptly to the Seller all notices, claims, correspondence and other materials which are received and determined to pertain to the Seller.

 

4.2                          Guarantees, Surety Bonds and Letter of Credit Obligations . In the event that Seller is obligated for any debts, obligations or liabilities related to the Assets or the Business or any Liabilities or the business or activities of Seller prior to the date hereof by virtue of any outstanding guarantee, performance or surety bond or letter of credit provided or arranged by Seller on or prior to the date hereof, Buyer shall use his best efforts to cause to be issued replacements of such bonds, letters of credit and guarantees and to obtain any amendments, novations, releases and approvals necessary to release and discharge fully Seller and its affiliates from any liability thereunder. Buyer shall be responsible for, and shall indemnify, hold harmless and defend Seller from and against, any costs or losses incurred by Seller or any of its affiliates arising from such bonds, letters of credit and guarantees and any liabilities arising therefrom and shall reimburse Seller for any payments that Seller may be required to pay pursuant to enforcement of its obligations relating to such bonds, letters of credit and guarantees.

 

4.3                          Insurance . Buyer acknowledges that any insurance coverage and bonds provided by Seller for the Business will terminate with respect to any insured damages resulting from matters occurring subsequent to the date hereof.

 

4.4                          Agreements Regarding Taxes .

 

(a)                                        Returns for Periods Through the Pre-Closing Date . Seller will include the income and loss of the Business on Seller’s federal and state income tax returns for all periods through the date hereof and pay any federal and state income taxes attributable to such income. Seller and Buyer agree to allocate income, gain, loss, deductions and credits between the period up to and including the Closing Date (the “ Pre-Closing Period ”) and the period from and after the Closing Date (the “ Post-Closing Period ”) based on a closing of the books of the Business. Buyer agrees to indemnify Seller for any additional tax owed by Seller (including tax owed by Seller due to this indemnification payment) in any way attributable to the Pre-Closing Period or on the date hereof before Buyer’s purchase of the Assets.

 

(b)                                        Audits . In the event that after the date hereof any tax authority informs Buyer of any notice of proposed audit, claim, assessment or other dispute concerning an amount of taxes which pertain to Seller, or to the Business, during the period prior to the Closing, Buyer must promptly notify Seller of the same within 15 calendar days of the date of the notice from the tax authority. To the extent of any conflict or inconsistency, the provisions of this Section 4.5 shall control over the provisions of Section 5.1 below.

 

5



 

(c)                                         Cooperation on Tax Matters . Buyer and Seller shall cooperate fully, as and to the extent reasonably requested by any party, in connection with the filing of tax returns pursuant to this Section 4.5 and any audit, litigation or other proceeding with respect to taxes, in each case, subject to Seller’s control of each of the foregoing matters. Such cooperation shall include the retention and (upon the other party’s request) the provision of records and information which are reasonably relevant to any such audit, litigation or other proceeding and making employees available on a mutually convenient basis to provide additional information and explanation of any material provided hereunder. Buyer shall (i) retain all books and records with respect to tax matters pertinent to the Business and Seller relating to any taxable period beginning before the date hereof until the expiration of the statute of limitations (and, to the extent notified by Seller, any extensions thereof) of the respective taxable periods, and abide by all record retention agreements entered into with any taxing authority, and (ii) give Seller reasonable written notice prior to transferring, destroying or discarding any such books and records and, if Seller so requests, Buyer agrees to allow Seller to take possession of such books and records.

 

4.5                          As Is; No other Representations and Warranties .  Except with respect to the representations and warranties contained in Section 2 , Buyer is acquiring the Assets AS IS, WHERE IS. SELLER MAKES NO OTHER REPRESENTATION OR WARRANTY, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, AND SELLER DISCLAIMS THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE WITH RESPECT THERETO.  EXCEPT FOR THE REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES SET FORTH IN SECTION 2 , NONE OF THE SELLER OR ITS AFFILIATES OR ANY OTHER PERSON MAKES ANY REPRESENTATION OR WARRANTY, WRITTEN OR ORAL, STATUTORY, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, WITH RESPECT TO THE ASSETS OR THE OPERATIONS, LIABILITIES, CONDITION (FINANCIAL OR OTHERWISE) OR PROSPECTS OF THE BUSINESS.

 

5.                                       Indemnity; Release .

 

5.1                          Buyer’s Indemnity .  Buyer shall indemnify and hold harmless and reimburse Seller from and against any and all losses, costs, expenses, liabilities, obligations, claims, demands, causes of action, suits, settlements and judgments of every nature, including the costs and expenses associated therewith and reasonable attorneys’ and witness fees incurred (“ Seller’s Damages ” and when used together with or in the alternative to Buyer’s Damages, “ Damages ”), which arise out of:

 

(a)                                        the breach by Buyer of any representation or warranty made by Buyer pursuant to this Agreement;

 

(b)                                        any breach or nonfulfillment of any covenant or agreement (including any other agreement of Buyer to indemnity set forth in this Agreement) on the part of Buyer under this Agreement;

 

(c)                                         the Assets, the Business, any Liability or other debt, liability or obligation of the Seller attribute to the period prior to the Closing;

 

6



 

(d)                                        the conduct and operations of the business of Seller prior to the Closing;

 

(e)                                         the conduct and operations of the business of Seller pertaining to the Assets, the Liabilities or the Business whether before or after the Closing;

 

(f)                                          any federal or state tax payable by Seller and attributable to the transaction contemplated by this Agreement or to the business of Seller in the Pre-Closing Period; and

 

(g)                                         claims of any type or nature relating to the retention, or alleged retention by Buyer, or any of Buyer’s affiliates or agents, of any broker or finder in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

 

5.2                          Seller’s Indemnity .  Seller shall indemnify and hold harmless Buyer from and against any and all losses, costs, expenses, liabilities, obligations, claims, demands, causes of action, suits, settlements and judgments of every nature, including the costs and expenses associated therewith and reasonable attorneys’ and witness fees incurred (“ Buyer’s Damages ”), which arise out of the breach by Seller of any representation or warranty made by Seller pursuant to this Agreement, or the conduct and operations of the business of Seller subsequent to the Closing.

 

5.3                          Release .  The Buyer, on behalf of Buyer and Buyer’s heirs, personal representatives, successors and assigns (collectively, the “ Releasors ”), hereby forever fully and irrevocably releases and discharges the Seller and each of its affiliates, and each of their respective predecessors, successors, direct or indirect subsidiaries, directors, officers, employees, agents and other representatives (collectively, the “ Released Parties ”), from any and all actions, suits, claims, demands, debts, agreements, obligations, promises, judgments and liabilities of any kind whatsoever in law or equity and causes of action of every kind and nature or otherwise (including, claims for damages, costs, expenses, and attorneys’, brokers’ and accountants’ fees and expenses) arising out of or related to events, facts, conditions or circumstances existing or arising prior to or after the date hereof or the Closing, which the Releasors can, shall or may have against the Released Parties, whether known or unknown, suspected or unsuspected, anticipated or unanticipated (collectively, the “ Released Claims ”). The Releasors irrevocably agree to refrain from instituting any suit, action or proceeding of any kind, in any court or before any tribunal, against any Released Party based upon, arising out of, or relating to any Released Claim, participating, assisting or cooperating in any such suit, action or proceeding or encouraging or soliciting any third party to institute any such suit, action or proceeding.  Notwithstanding the preceding sentences of this Section 5.3 , “Released Claims” does not include, and the provisions of this Section 5.3 shall not release or otherwise diminish, the obligations of either party hereto set forth in or arising under any provisions of this Agreement.

 

5.4                          Notice .  In the event that either party hereto suffers Damages, such party making a claim for indemnification (“ Indemnitee ”) shall, within sixty (60) days of discovering or incurring such damages, give the other party hereto (“ Indemnitor ”) written notice thereof (“ Notice of Claim ”); provided , however, that the failure to give such notice shall not relieve the Indemnitor of its obligations hereunder except to the extent that such Indemnitor is materially prejudiced by such failure.  The Notice of Claim shall state in reasonable detail the nature of the claim, the specific provisions in this Agreement alleged to have been breached and, if

 

7



 

practicable, the amount of the claim for indemnification representing the Indemnitee’s good faith estimate of the Damages.  The Indemnitor shall have 30 days from receipt of the Notice of Claim to accept or reject the claim for indemnification, after which time the Indemnitor shall be deemed to have waived any right to contest such claim for indemnification.

 

6.                                       Miscellaneous .

 

6.1                          Assignment; Beneficiaries .  This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the successors and assigns of the parties hereto, and none of the rights or obligations herein may be assigned or delegated without the prior written consent of the other party hereto.  Except as expressly set forth herein, the covenants and agreements set forth in this Agreement are for the sole benefit of the parties hereto and their successors and permitted assigns and shall not be construed as conferring any rights on any other Persons.

 

6.2                          Allocation of Purchase Price .  Seller and Buyer shall mutually agree that the allocation of the Purchase Price among the various items included in the Assets being transferred by Seller to Buyer shall be as follows:  If there is a balance in Accounts Receivable at the time of Closing, that amount up to the full amount of the Purchase Price will be allocated to Accounts Receivable with the balance of the Purchase Price allocated to Intangible Assets.  If there is no balance in Account Receivable at the time of Closing, then the entire Purchase Price will be allocated to Intangible Assets.  Buyer and Seller shall file all tax returns and reports in a manner consistent with such allocation.

 

6.3                          Transfer Taxes .  Any sales, use or other transfer taxes arising out of or incurred in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, including, without limitation, Nevada and Utah state sales taxes, shall be paid by the Buyer.

 

6.4                          Transaction Expenses .  Buyer shall pay all of his expenses incurred in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby, and the Seller shall pay all of its expenses incurred in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby (including in each case all of the fees and expenses of all advisers used in the transactions contemplated hereby, such as accounting and legal services).

 

6.5                          Notices .  All notices and other communications hereunder will be in writing and will be deemed given if delivered by hand, mailed by registered or certified mail (return receipt requested), sent by facsimile or sent by Federal Express or other recognized overnight courier to either party hereto at the following addresses (or at such other address for such party as will be specified by like notice):

 

8


 

If to Buyer:                                                         Daniel Davis

10291 South 1300 East, #118

Sandy, UT 84094

Phone: (385) 444-0767

 

With a copy to:                                     Joe Laxague, Esq.

Laxague Law, Inc.

1 East Liberty, Suite 600

Reno, NV 89501

Phone:  (775) 234-5221

 

If to Seller, after the Closing, to:

 

Senseonics, Incorporated

20451 Seneca Meadows Parkway

Germantown, MD 20876-7005

Phone:  (301) 556-1602

 

with a copy to:                                        Cooley LLP

One Freedom Square

11951 Freedom Drive, 15th Floor

Reston, VA 20190

Attention:                  Christian E. Plaza

Marc A. Samuel

 

The above addresses may be changed at any time by notice given as provided above; provided , that any such notice of change of address by a party hereto will be effective only upon receipt by the other party hereto.  All notices, requests or instructions given in accordance herewith will be deemed received on the date of delivery, if hand delivered, on the date of receipt, if transmitted by facsimile, three days after the date of mailing, if mailed by registered or certified mail return receipt requested and one day after the date of sending if sent by Federal Express or other recognized overnight courier.

 

6.6                          Entire Agreement and Amendment .  This Agreement (including the Exhibits hereto) constitutes the entire agreement of the parties hereto and supersedes any and all prior negotiations, correspondence, understandings and agreements between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof.  This Agreement may only be amended by written instrument signed by both parties hereto.

 

6.7                          Governing Law; Jurisdiction and Venue .  This Agreement, and any matter or dispute arising hereunder or in connection with this Agreement, will be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the state of Delaware without giving effect to conflict of laws principles thereof.  Each party hereto irrevocably consents to the exclusive jurisdiction of any state courts of the state of Delaware and any federal court located in the state of Delaware, as well as to the jurisdiction of all courts to which an appeal may be taken from such courts, for the purpose of any suit, action or other proceeding arising out of, or in connection with, this agreement or any of the transactions contemplated hereby.  Each party hereby expressly waives

 

9



 

any and all rights to bring any suit, action or other proceeding in or before any court or tribunal other than those located in the state of Delaware.  In addition, each party consents to the service of process by personal service or any other manner in which notices may be delivered hereunder in accordance with this agreement.

 

6.8                          Severability .  If any provision of this Agreement is held to be unenforceable for any reason, it shall be adjusted rather than voided, if possible, in order to achieve the intent of the parties to the extent possible.  In any event, all other provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed valid and enforceable to the fullest extent practicable.

 

6.9                          Headings .  The headings appearing at the beginning of sections contained herein have been inserted for the convenience of the parties hereto and shall not be used to determine the construction or interpretation of this Agreement.

 

6.10                   Counterparts .  This Agreement may be executed and delivered (including by facsimile transmission) in counterparts, both of which will be considered one and the same agreement.

 

6.11                   Bulk Sales Statutes .  Buyer hereby waives compliance by Seller with any applicable bulk sales statutes in any jurisdiction in connection with the transactions under this Agreement.

 

6.12                   Headings .  The headings used in this Agreement are for convenience only and are not a part of this Agreement nor affect the interpretation of any of its provisions.

 

[SIGNATURE PAGES TO FOLLOW]

 

10



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Spin-Out Agreement to be executed as of the date first written above.

 

 

BUYER:

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Daniel Davis

 

Daniel Davis

 

 

 

 

 

SELLER:

 

 

 

ASN TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Daniel Davis

 

 

Daniel Davis

 

 

Chief Executive Officer

 

 

 

 

This Agreement is hereby ratified and

 

 

confirmed as of December 7, 2015

 

 

 

 

 

SENSEONICS HOLDINGS, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Timothy T. Goodnow

 

 

 

Timothy T. Goodnow

 

 

 

Chief Executive Officer and President

 

 

 

11



 

[EXECUTION VERSION]

 

TABLE OF EXHIBITS

 

Exhibit A

Description of Assets Sold

Exhibit B

Form of Bill of Sale (including an attached Exhibit A)

Exhibit C

Form of Assignment of Intellectual Property

Exhibit D

Assignment and Assumption Agreement

 



 

EXHIBIT A TO SPIN-OUT AGREEMENT

 

DESCRIPTION OF ASSETS SOLD

 

The website http://death-valley.asnti.com/.

 

All software, inventions, trade secrets, know-how, service marks, trade names, trademarks,  copyrights, source and object codes, ideas, algorithms, processes, computer software programs or applications (in code and object code form), tangible or intangible proprietary information and any other intellectual property and similar items and related rights owned by or licensed to Seller which comprise the location-based application named “death-valley”, together with any goodwill associated therewith and all rights of action on account of past, present and future unauthorized use or infringement thereof; provided that in no event shall Buyer be permitted to bring any action in the name of Seller.

 

All rights to the name “ASN Technologies, Inc.” after Name Change.

 



 

EXHIBIT B TO SPIN-OUT AGREEMENT

BILL OF SALE

 

THIS BILL OF SALE (“ Bill of Sale ”) is delivered as of December 7, 2015, from Senseonics Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“ Seller ”), to Daniel Davis (“ Buyer ”).

 

Seller and Buyer have entered into a Spin-Out Agreement dated as of December 7, 2015 (the “ Agreement ”), providing for the sale by Seller to Buyer of the Assets (as defined therein), including the assets described on Exhibit A attached hereto at the Closing.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, for good and valuable consideration, Seller does hereby sell, convey, assign, transfer and deliver good title in and to the Assets, including the assets which are listed on Exhibit A attached hereto, as they exist as of the Closing.  In the event of any conflict between this Bill of Sale and the Agreement, the Agreement shall control.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Bill of Sale has been duly executed as of the day and year first above written.

 

 

 

SELLER:

 

 

 

SENSEONICS HOLDINGS, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Timothy T. Goodnow

 

 

Chief Executive Officer and President

 

 

 

 

Acknowledged and Agreed:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

BUYER:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Daniel Davis

 

 

 



 

EXHIBIT A to BILL OF SALE

 

DESCRIPTION OF ASSETS SOLD

 

The website http://death-valley.asnti.com/.

 

All software, inventions, trade secrets, know-how, service marks, trade names, trademarks,  copyrights, source and object codes, ideas, algorithms, processes, computer software programs or applications (in code and object code form), tangible or intangible proprietary information and any other intellectual property and similar items and related rights owned by or licensed to Seller which comprise the location-based application named “death-valley”, together with any goodwill associated therewith and all rights of action on account of past, present and future unauthorized use or infringement thereof; provided that in no event shall Buyer be permitted to bring any action in the name of Seller.

 

All rights to the name “ASN Technologies, Inc.” after Name Change.

 



 

EXHIBIT C TO SPIN-OUT AGREEMENT

 

ASSIGNMENT OF INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY

 

THIS ASSIGNMENT OF INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY (“ Assignment of IP ”) is delivered as of December 7, 2015, from SENSEONICS HOLDINGS, INC., a Delaware corporation (“ Seller ”), to Daniel Davis (“ Buyer ”).

 

WHEREAS , Seller and Buyer have entered into a Spin-Out Agreement dated as of December 7, 2015 (the “ Agreement ”), providing for the sale by Seller to Buyer of the Seller’s intellectual property, including, but not limited to, all of the intellectual property relating to the development of the website http://death-valley.asnti.com and the location-based application named “death-valley” (collectively, the “ Specified IP ”).

 

AND WHEREAS , Buyer wishes to receive the Documents and IP and assume all liabilities associated with the Documents and IP; and

 

NOW THEREFORE in consideration of the premises and the mutual agreements and covenants herein contained, the parties hereto hereby covenant and agree as follows:

 

Definitions

 

1.01                                                                         In this Agreement the following definitions shall apply:

 

a)                                      “Documents” shall mean file memoranda, notes, records, charts and other documents made, received, held or used by the Seller in respect to the IP, as defined herein.

 

b)                                      “IP” shall mean the Specified IP, all concepts, source code, domain names, discoveries, designs, inventions, developments and improvements made, invented, authored, written, registered or discovered, solely, jointly or partly by the Seller relating to the Specified IP and all intellectual property rights attaching thereto, including, for greater certainty any trade secrets, patents, trade-marks and copyrights.

 

Article 2 - Assignment

 

2.01                                                                         The Seller hereby irrevocably sells, assigns and transfers, and agrees to sell, assign, and transfer exclusively to Buyer, all of its right, title and interest in and to the Documents and the IP, and Buyer hereby accepts the Documents and IP and assumes all liabilities in connection therewith.

 

2.02                                                                         The Seller hereby irrevocably waives all moral rights or similar rights that it may have in the Documents or the IP in favour of Buyer to the extent they cannot be assigned to Buyer.

 



 

Article 3 - General Provisions

 

3.01                                                                         This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the assigns of the parties.

 

3.02                                                                         This Assignment shall be governed by and construed in accordance of the laws of the state of Delaware.

 

3.03                                                                         In the event of any conflict between this Assignment and the Agreement, the Agreement shall control.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Assignment of IP has been duly executed as of the day and year first above written.

 

 

 

SELLER:

 

 

 

SENSEONICS HOLDINGS, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Timothy T. Goodnow

 

 

Chief Executive Officer and President

 

 

 

 

Acknowledged and Agreed:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

BUYER:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Daniel Davis

 

 

 



 

EXHIBIT D TO SPIN-OUT AGREEMENT

 

ASSIGNMENT AND ASSUMPTION AGREEMENT

 

THIS ASSIGNMENT AND ASSUMPTION AGREEMENT (this “ Assignment and Assumption Agreement ”) is made as of December 7, 2015, between Senseonics Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“ Seller ”), and Daniel Davis (“ Buyer ”).

 

Seller and Buyer have entered into a Spin-Out Agreement dated as of December 7, 2015 (the “ Agreement ”), providing for the assignment to and assumption by Buyer of the Liabilities (as defined therein).

 

NOW, THEREFORE, for good and valuable consideration, Seller does hereby assign to Buyer, and Buyer does hereby assume and agree to pay, honor and discharge when due the Liabilities.  In the event of any conflict between this Bill of Sale and the Agreement, the Agreement shall control.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Bill of Sale has been duly executed as of the day and year first above written.

 

 

 

SELLER:

 

 

 

SENSEONICS HOLDINGS, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Timothy T. Goodnow

 

 

Chief Executive Officer and President

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

BUYER:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Daniel Davis

 




Exhibit 10.21

 

SENSEONICS HOLDINGS, INC.

 

NOTE PURCHASE AGREEMENT

 

THIS NOTE PURCHASE AGREEMENT (the “ Agreement ”) is made as of the 7 th  day of December, 2015 (the “ Effective Date ”) by and among Senseonics Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and Energy Capital, LLC, a Florida limited liability company (“ Lender ”).

 

RECITAL

 

To provide the Company with additional resources to conduct its business, Lender is willing to loan to the Company, in one or more disbursements, up to an aggregate amount of Ten Million Dollars and No/100 ($10,000,000), subject to the conditions specified herein.

 

AGREEMENT

 

NOW, THEREFORE , in consideration of the foregoing, and the representations, warranties, covenants and conditions set forth below, the Company and Lender, intending to be legally bound, hereby agree as follows:

 

1.                                       AMOUNT AND TERMS OF THE LOANS

 

1.1                          Definitions.   For purposes of this Agreement, the term “Triggering Event” shall mean February 29, 2016, if prior to that date the Company has not received at least $20,000,000 from the sale of the Company’s capital stock in an offering of the Company’s equity securities (excluding any security granted, issued and/or sold by the Company to any employee or consultant in such capacity), following the date hereof.

 

1.2                          Arms-Length Transaction .  The Company and Lender, as a result of arm’s length bargaining, agree that:

 

(i)                                     Neither Lender nor any affiliated company has rendered any services to the Company in connection with this Agreement; and

 

(ii)                                 All tax returns and other information returns of each party relative to this Agreement and the Note issued pursuant hereto shall consistently reflect the matters agreed to in (i) above.

 

1.3                          The Loans .  Subject to the terms of this Agreement and the Triggering Event, Lender agrees to lend to the Company, based upon the Company’s request in accordance with its cash burn, up to an aggregate amount of Ten Million Dollars and No/100 ($10,000,000) (the “ Loan ”), in multiple disbursements of no more than $2,500,000 each during successive thirty-day periods beginning after the first disbursement, against the issuance and delivery by the Company of a promissory note, in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit A (the “ Note ”).  If the Triggering Event occurs, the Company may request the first disbursement no

 

1



 

earlier than March 15, 2016, unless the Company provides documentation to Lender that its available cash is lower than $500,000 (the “ Cash Threshold ”), in which case the Company may request the first disbursement at any point after March 1, 2016 upon reaching the Cash Threshold. The Company may request additional disbursements which shall be advanced no earlier than thirty (30) days from the prior disbursement. The Cash Threshold shall only apply to the early payment of the first disbursement and not to subsequent disbursements, which subsequent disbursements must be requested prior to June 30, 2016. The Note shall be due and payable in the event that the Company issues and sells shares of its equity securities in an Underwritten Public Offering with total proceeds to the Company of not less than $45,000,000 (excluding the Note) (the “$45 Million Equity Offering ”), whereupon the outstanding principal balance of the Note, plus all accrued but unpaid interest thereon, will become due within ten (10) days after the closing of the $45 Million Equity Offering (the “ Maturity Date ”).

 

2.                                       THE CLOSING

 

2.1                                Closing Date.   The closing of the sale and purchase of the Note (the “ Closing ”) shall be held on the Effective Date, or at such other time as the Company and Lender shall agree (the “ Closing Date ”).

 

2.2                                Delivery.   At the Closing, the Company shall issue and deliver to Lender a Note in favor of Lender with an aggregate principal amount of $10,000,000.

 

3.                                       Advance Requests.  After the Triggering Event, Lender shall make available to the Company the principal amount indicated on the face of the Note for borrowings by the Company from time to time; provided that whenever the Company desires a loan at any one time hereunder, the Company shall notify Lender by e-mail and telephone no later than 3:00 p.m. Eastern time, five (5) business days prior to the date on which the loan is requested to be made.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, Lender shall not be required to fund more than $2,500,000 in any thirty-day period.

 

4.                                       REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES AND COVENANTS OF THE COMPANY

 

The Company hereby represents and warrants to Lender as follows:

 

4.1                                Organization, Good Standing and Qualification .  The Company is a corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware.  The Company has the requisite corporate power to own and operate its properties and assets and to carry on its business as now conducted and as proposed to be conducted.  The Company is duly qualified and is authorized to do business and is in good standing as a foreign corporation in all jurisdictions in which the nature of its activities and of its properties (both owned and leased) makes such qualification necessary, except for those jurisdictions in which failure to do so would not have a material adverse effect on the Company or its business.

 

4.2                                Corporate Power .  The Company will have at the Closing Date all requisite corporate power to execute and deliver this Agreement, to issue the Note (collectively, the “ Loan Documents ”), and to carry out and perform its obligations under the terms of this Agreement and under the terms of the Note.  The Company’s Board of Directors has approved the Loan

 

2



 

Documents based upon a reasonable belief that the Loan is appropriate for the Company after reasonable inquiry concerning the Company’s financing objectives and financial situation.

 

4.3                                Authorization.   All corporate action on the part of the Company, its directors and its stockholders necessary for the authorization, execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement by the Company and the performance of the Company’s obligations hereunder, including the issuance and delivery of the Note has been taken or will be taken prior to the issuance of such Note.  This Agreement and the Note, when executed and delivered by the Company, shall constitute valid and binding obligations of the Company enforceable in accordance with their terms, subject to laws of general application relating to bankruptcy, insolvency, the relief of debtors and, with respect to rights to indemnity, subject to federal and state securities laws.  The Note will be validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable and free of any liens or encumbrances and issued in compliance with all applicable federal and securities laws.

 

4.4                                Governmental Consents .  All consents, approvals, orders, or authorizations of, or registrations, qualifications, designations, declarations, or filings with, any governmental authority, required on the part of the Company in connection with the valid execution and delivery of this Agreement, the offer, sale or issuance of the Note or the consummation of any other transaction contemplated hereby shall have been obtained and will be effective at the Closing.

 

4.5                                Compliance with Laws .  To its knowledge, the Company is not in violation of any applicable statute, rule, regulation, order or restriction of any domestic or foreign government or any instrumentality or agency thereof in respect of the conduct of its business or the ownership of its properties, which violation of which would materially and adversely affect the business, assets, liabilities, financial condition, operations or prospects of the Company.

 

4.6                                Compliance with Other Instruments .  The Company is not in violation or default of any term of its certificate of incorporation or bylaws, or of any provision of any mortgage, indenture or contract to which it is a party and by which it is bound or of any judgment, decree, order or writ, other than such violation(s) that would not have a material adverse effect on the Company. The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the Note, and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby will not result in any such violation or be in conflict with, or constitute, with or without the passage of time and giving of notice, either a default under any such provision, instrument, judgment, decree, order or writ or an event that results in the creation of any lien, charge or encumbrance upon any assets of the Company or the suspension, revocation, impairment, forfeiture, or nonrenewal of any material permit, license, authorization or approval applicable to the Company, its business or operations or any of its assets or properties.  Without limiting the foregoing, the Company has obtained all waivers reasonably necessary with respect to any preemptive rights, rights of first refusal or similar rights, including any notice or offering periods provided for as part of any such rights, in order for the Company to consummate the transactions contemplated hereunder without any third party obtaining any rights to cause the Company to offer or issue any securities of the Company as a result of the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereunder.

 

3



 

4.7                                Offering.   Assuming the accuracy of the representations and warranties of Lender contained in Section 4 hereof, the offer, issue, and sale of the Note will be exempt from the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Act, and have been registered or qualified (or are exempt from registration and qualification) under the registration, permit, or qualification requirements of all applicable state securities laws.

 

4.8                                Use of Proceeds.  The Company shall use the proceeds of the Loan solely for the operations of its business, and not for any personal, family or household purpose.

 

5.                                       REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF LENDER

 

5.1                                Purchase for Own Account .  Lender represents that it is acquiring the Note solely for its own account and beneficial interest for investment and not for sale or with a view to distribution of the Note or any part thereof, has no present intention of selling (in connection with a distribution or otherwise), granting any participation in, or otherwise distributing the same, and does not presently have reason to anticipate a change in such intention.

 

5.2                                Information and Sophistication . Without lessening or obviating the representations and warranties of the Company set forth in Section 4, Lender hereby: (i) acknowledges that it has received all the information it has requested from the Company and it considers necessary or appropriate for deciding whether to acquire the Note, (ii) represents that it has had an opportunity to ask questions and receive answers from the Company regarding the terms and conditions of the offering of the Note and to obtain any additional information necessary to verify the accuracy of the information given Lender and (iii) further represents that it has such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters that it is capable of evaluating the merits and risk of this investment.

 

5.3                                Ability to Bear Economic Risk .  Lender acknowledges that investment in the Note involves a high degree of risk, and represents that it is able, without materially impairing its financial condition, to hold the Note for an indefinite period of time and to suffer a complete loss of its investment.

 

5.4                                Further Limitations on Disposition .  Without in any way limiting the representations set forth above, Lender further agrees not to make any disposition of all or any portion of the Note unless and until:

 

(a)                                  Lender shall have notified the Company of the proposed disposition and shall have furnished the Company with a detailed statement of the circumstances surrounding the proposed disposition, and if reasonably requested by the Company, Lender shall have furnished the Company with an opinion of counsel, reasonably satisfactory to the Company, that such disposition will not require registration under the Act or any applicable state securities laws, provided that no such opinion shall be required for dispositions in compliance with Rule 144, except in unusual circumstances.

 

(b)                                  Notwithstanding the provisions of paragraph (a) above, no such registration statement or opinion of counsel shall be necessary for a transfer by Lender to a partner (or retired partner) or member (or retired member) of Lender in accordance with partnership or limited liability company interests, or transfers by gift, will or intestate succession

 

4



 

to any spouse or lineal descendants or ancestors, if all transferees agree in writing to be subject to the terms hereof to the same extent as if they were Lender hereunder.

 

5.5                                Accredited Investor Status.   Lender is an “accredited investor” as such term is defined in Rule 501 under the Act.

 

5.6                                Further Assurances.   Lender agrees and covenants that at any time and from time to time it will promptly execute and deliver to the Company such further instruments and documents and take such further action as the Company may reasonably require in order to carry out the full intent and purpose of this Agreement and to comply with state or federal securities laws or other regulatory approvals.

 

6.                                       MISCELLANEOUS

 

6.1                                Binding Agreement .  The terms and conditions of this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the respective successors and assigns of the parties.  Nothing in this Agreement, expressed or implied, is intended to confer upon any third party any rights, remedies, obligations, or liabilities under or by reason of this Agreement, except as expressly provided in this Agreement.

 

6.2                                Governing Law.   This Agreement shall be governed by and construed under the laws of the State of Delaware as applied to agreements among Delaware residents, made and to be performed entirely within the State of Delaware, without giving effect to conflicts of laws principles.

 

6.3                                Counterparts.   This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

 

6.4                                Titles and Subtitles .  The titles and subtitles used in this Agreement are used for convenience only and are not to be considered in construing or interpreting this Agreement.

 

6.5                                Notices.   All notices required or permitted hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed effectively given: (a) upon personal delivery to the party to be notified, (b) when sent by confirmed telex, electronic mail or facsimile if sent during normal business hours of the recipient, if not, then on the next business day, (c) five (5) days after having been sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, or (d) one (1) day after deposit with a nationally recognized overnight courier, specifying next day delivery, with written verification of receipt.  All communications shall be sent to the Company at Attn: Chief Financial Officer, 20451 Seneca Meadows Parkway, Germantown, MD 20876-7005, and to Lender at 13650 Fiddlesticks Blvd., Suite 202-324, Ft. Myers, FL 33912, or at such other addresses as the Company or Lender may designate by ten (10) days advance written notice to the other parties hereto.

 

6.6                                Modification; Waiver .  No modification or waiver of any provision of this Agreement or consent to departure therefrom shall be effective unless in writing and approved by the Company and Lender.  Any provision of the Note may be amended or waived by the written consent of the Company and Lender.

 

5



 

6.7                                Expenses.   The Company and Lender shall each bear its respective expenses and legal fees incurred with respect to this Agreement and the transactions contemplated herein.

 

6.8                                Delays or Omissions.   It is agreed that no delay or omission to exercise any right, power or remedy accruing to Lender, upon any breach or default of the Company under this Agreement or the Note shall impair any such right, power or remedy, nor shall it be construed to be a waiver of any such breach or default, or any acquiescence therein, or of or in any similar breach or default thereafter occurring; nor shall any waiver of any single breach or default be deemed a waiver of any other breach or default theretofore or thereafter occurring.  It is further agreed that any waiver, permit, consent or approval of any kind or character by Lender of any breach or default under this Agreement, or any waiver by Lender of any provisions or conditions of this Agreement must be in writing and shall be effective only to the extent specifically set forth in writing and that all remedies, either under this Agreement, or by law or otherwise afforded to Lender, shall be cumulative and not alternative.

 

6.9                                Unsecured Subordinated Debt.  Any and all loans made hereunder shall be unsecured indebtedness of the Company and be subject to the terms of a subordination agreement dated as of December 7, 2015, by and among the Lender and OXFORD FINANCE LLC (the “ Subordination Agreement ”).  The Subordination Agreement contains provisions restricting, among other things, certain payments and the exercise of certain rights and remedies by the parties hereto.  In the event of any inconsistency between hereof and the Subordination Agreement, the terms of the Subordination Agreement shall control.

 

6.10                         Entire Agreement.   This Agreement and the Exhibit hereto constitute the full and entire understanding and agreement between the parties with regard to the subjects hereof and no party shall be liable or bound to any other party in any manner by any representations, warranties, covenants and agreements except as specifically set forth herein.

 

6



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this NOTE PURCHASE AGREEMENT as of the date first written above.

 

 

COMPANY:

 

LENDER:

 

 

 

 

 

 

SENSEONICS HOLDINGS, INC.

 

ENERGY CAPITAL, LLC

 

 

 

By:

/s/ R. Don Elsey

 

By:

/s/ Robert J. Smith

 

Name:

R. Don Elsey

 

 

Name:

Robert J. Smith

 

Title:

Chief Financial Officer

 

 

Title:

Managing Member

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO NOTE PURCHASE AGREEMENT

 



 

Exhibit A

 

Form of Promissory Note

 

THIS CONVERTIBLE UNSECURED PROMISSORY NOTE HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED.  NO SALE OR DISPOSITION MAY BE EFFECTED EXCEPT IN COMPLIANCE WITH RULE 144 UNDER SAID ACT OR AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT RELATED THERETO OR AN OPINION OF COUNSEL FOR THE HOLDER SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY THAT SUCH REGISTRATION IS NOT REQUIRED UNDER THE ACT OR RECEIPT OF A NO-ACTION LETTER FROM THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.

 

THIS CONVERTIBLE UNSECURED PROMISSORY NOTE IS SUBJECT TO THE TERMS OF A SUBORDINATION AGREEMENT DATED AS OF DECEMBER 7, 2015, BY AND AMONG THE HOLDER (AS DEFINED HEREIN), THE COMPANY (AS DEFINED HEREIN), AND OXFORD FINANCE LLC (THE “SUBORDINATION AGREEMENT”).  THE SUBORDINATION AGREEMENT CONTAINS PROVISIONS RESTRICTING, AMONG OTHER THINGS, CERTAIN PAYMENTS AND THE EXERCISE OF CERTAIN RIGHTS AND REMEDIES BY THE HOLDER.  IN THE EVENT OF ANY INCONSISTENCY BETWEEN THIS NOTE AND THE SUBORDINATION AGREEMENT, THE TERMS OF THE SUBORDINATION AGREEMENT SHALL CONTROL.

 

UNSECURED PROMISSORY NOTE

 

$ 10,000,000

December 7, 2015

 

Germantown, MD

 

For value received Senseonics Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company ”) promises to pay to Energy Capital LLC, a Florida limited liability company (the “ Holder ”), the principal sum of up to Ten Million Dollars and No/100 ($10,000,000) , or such lesser amount as may be outstanding hereunder as outlined on Exhibit 1 attached hereto, with simple interest on the outstanding principal amount at the rate of Six and Ninety-Five Hundredths percent (6.95%) per annum.  Interest on the outstanding principal amount shall commence with the date of the first advance and shall continue on the outstanding principal until paid in full or converted.  Interest shall be computed on the basis of a year of 365 days for the actual number of days elapsed.

 

1.                                       This note (the “ Note ”) is to be issued to Holder pursuant to the terms of that certain Note Purchase Agreement (the “ Agreement ”), dated as of December 7, 2015 (the “ Agreement Date ”), by and between the Company and the Holder.

 

2.                                       All payments of interest and principal shall be in lawful money of the United States of America.  All payments shall be applied first to accrued interest, and thereafter to principal.

 

3.                                       The Note shall be due and payable in the event that the Company issues and sells shares of its equity securities in an Underwritten Public Offering with total proceeds to the Company of not less than $45,000,000 (excluding this Note) (the “$45 Million Equity Offering ”), whereupon the outstanding principal balance of the Note, plus all accrued but unpaid interest thereon, will become due within ten (10) days after the closing of the $45 Million Equity Offering (the “ Maturity Date ”).

 

A- 1



 

4.                                       The entire outstanding principal balance and all unpaid accrued interest shall become fully due and payable on the Maturity Date.

 

5.                                       In the event of any default hereunder, the Company shall pay all reasonable attorneys’ fees and court costs incurred by Holder in enforcing and collecting this Note.

 

6.                                       If there shall be any Event of Default hereunder, at the option and upon the declaration of Holder of this Note and upon written notice to the Company (which election and notice shall not be required in the case of an Event of Default under Section 7(c) or 7(d)), this Note shall accelerate and all principal and unpaid accrued interest shall become due and payable. The occurrence of any one or more of the following shall constitute an Event of Default:

 

(a)                                  The Company fails to pay timely any of the principal amount due under this Note on the date the same becomes due and payable or any accrued interest or other amounts due under this Note on the date the same becomes due and payable;

 

(b)                                  The Company shall default in its performance of any covenant under the Agreement;

 

(c)                                   The Company files any petition or action for relief under any bankruptcy, reorganization, insolvency or moratorium law or any other law for the relief of, or relating to, debtors, now or hereafter in effect, or makes any assignment for the benefit of creditors or takes any corporate action in furtherance of any of the foregoing; or

 

(d)                                  An involuntary petition is filed against the Company (unless such petition is dismissed or discharged within sixty (60) days under any bankruptcy statute now or hereafter in effect, or a custodian, receiver, trustee, assignee for the benefit of creditors (or other similar official) is appointed to take possession, custody or control of any property of the Company.

 

7.                                       The Company hereby waives demand, notice, presentment, protest and notice of dishonor.

 

8.                                       This Note shall be governed by and construed under the laws of the State of Delaware, as applied to agreements among Delaware residents, made and to be performed entirely within the State of Delaware, without giving effect to conflicts of laws principles.

 

9.                                       The indebtedness evidenced by this Note is subordinated in right of payment to the prior payment in full of any senior indebtedness in existence on the date of this Note.  “ Senior Indebtedness ” shall mean, unless expressly subordinated to or made on a parity with the amounts due under this Note, all amounts due in connection with (a) indebtedness of the Company to banks or other lending institutions regularly engaged in the business of lending money (excluding venture capital, investment banking or similar institutions and their affiliates, which sometimes engage in lending activities but which are primarily engaged in investments in equity securities), including without limitation, pursuant to that certain Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of July 31, 2014, by and among, Company and Senseonics, Incorporated, as borrowers, and Oxford Finance LLC, as collateral agent and a lender and the other lenders party thereto from time to time have (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time) and (b) any such indebtedness or any debentures, notes or other evidence of indebtedness issued in exchange for such Senior Indebtedness, or any indebtedness arising from the satisfaction of such Senior Indebtedness by a guarantor.

 

2



 

10.                                Any term of this Note may be amended or waived with the written consent of the Company and Holder.

 

11.                                This Note may be transferred only upon its surrender to the Company for registration of transfer, duly endorsed, or accompanied by a duly executed written instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to the Company.  Thereupon, this Note shall be reissued to, and registered in the name of, the transferee, or a new Note for like principal amount and interest shall be issued to, and registered in the name of, the transferee.  Interest and principal shall be paid solely to the registered holder of this Note.  Such payment shall constitute full discharge of the Company’s obligation to pay such interest and principal.

 

 

 

SENSEONICS HOLDINGS, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

R. Don Elsey

 

 

Title:

Chief Financial Officer

 

3



 

EXHIBIT 1

 

SCHEDULE OF ADVANCES UNDER PROMISSORY NOTE

 

DATE

 

ACTION

 

AMOUNT

 

OUTSTANDING
PRINCIPAL
BALANCE

 

MAKER’S
INITIAL

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4




Exhibit 10.22

 

THIS CONVERTIBLE UNSECURED PROMISSORY NOTE HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED.  NO SALE OR DISPOSITION MAY BE EFFECTED EXCEPT IN COMPLIANCE WITH RULE 144 UNDER SAID ACT OR AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT RELATED THERETO OR AN OPINION OF COUNSEL FOR THE HOLDER SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY THAT SUCH REGISTRATION IS NOT REQUIRED UNDER THE ACT OR RECEIPT OF A NO-ACTION LETTER FROM THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.

 

THIS CONVERTIBLE UNSECURED PROMISSORY NOTE IS SUBJECT TO THE TERMS OF A SUBORDINATION AGREEMENT DATED AS OF DECEMBER 7, 2015, BY AND AMONG THE HOLDER (AS DEFINED HEREIN), THE COMPANY (AS DEFINED HEREIN), AND OXFORD FINANCE LLC (THE “SUBORDINATION AGREEMENT”).  THE SUBORDINATION AGREEMENT CONTAINS PROVISIONS RESTRICTING, AMONG OTHER THINGS, CERTAIN PAYMENTS AND THE EXERCISE OF CERTAIN RIGHTS AND REMEDIES BY THE HOLDER.  IN THE EVENT OF ANY INCONSISTENCY BETWEEN THIS NOTE AND THE SUBORDINATION AGREEMENT, THE TERMS OF THE SUBORDINATION AGREEMENT SHALL CONTROL.

 

UNSECURED PROMISSORY NOTE

 

$ 10,000,000

December 7, 2015

 

Germantown, MD

 

For value received Senseonics Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company ”) promises to pay to Energy Capital LLC, a Florida limited liability company (the “ Holder ”), the principal sum of up to Ten Million Dollars and No/100 ($10,000,000) , or such lesser amount as may be outstanding hereunder as outlined on Exhibit 1 attached hereto, with simple interest on the outstanding principal amount at the rate of Six and Ninety-Five Hundredths percent (6.95%) per annum.  Interest on the outstanding principal amount shall commence with the date of the first advance and shall continue on the outstanding principal until paid in full or converted.  Interest shall be computed on the basis of a year of 365 days for the actual number of days elapsed.

 

1.                                       This note (the “ Note ”) is to be issued to Holder pursuant to the terms of that certain Note Purchase Agreement (the “ Agreement ”), dated as of December 7, 2015 (the “ Agreement Date ”), by and between the Company and the Holder.

 

2.                                       All payments of interest and principal shall be in lawful money of the United States of America.  All payments shall be applied first to accrued interest, and thereafter to principal.

 

3.                                       The Note shall be due and payable in the event that the Company issues and sells shares of its equity securities in an Underwritten Public Offering with total proceeds to the Company of not less than $45,000,000 (excluding this Note) (the “$45 Million Equity Offering ”), whereupon the outstanding principal balance of the Note, plus all accrued but unpaid interest thereon, will become due within ten (10) days after the closing of the $45 Million Equity Offering (the “ Maturity Date ”).

 

4.                                       The entire outstanding principal balance and all unpaid accrued interest shall become fully due and payable on the Maturity Date.

 

1



 

5.                                       In the event of any default hereunder, the Company shall pay all reasonable attorneys’ fees and court costs incurred by Holder in enforcing and collecting this Note.

 

6.                                       If there shall be any Event of Default hereunder, at the option and upon the declaration of Holder of this Note and upon written notice to the Company (which election and notice shall not be required in the case of an Event of Default under Section 7(c) or 7(d)), this Note shall accelerate and all principal and unpaid accrued interest shall become due and payable. The occurrence of any one or more of the following shall constitute an Event of Default:

 

(a)                                  The Company fails to pay timely any of the principal amount due under this Note on the date the same becomes due and payable or any accrued interest or other amounts due under this Note on the date the same becomes due and payable;

 

(b)                                  The Company shall default in its performance of any covenant under the Agreement;

 

(c)                                   The Company files any petition or action for relief under any bankruptcy, reorganization, insolvency or moratorium law or any other law for the relief of, or relating to, debtors, now or hereafter in effect, or makes any assignment for the benefit of creditors or takes any corporate action in furtherance of any of the foregoing; or

 

(d)                                  An involuntary petition is filed against the Company (unless such petition is dismissed or discharged within sixty (60) days under any bankruptcy statute now or hereafter in effect, or a custodian, receiver, trustee, assignee for the benefit of creditors (or other similar official) is appointed to take possession, custody or control of any property of the Company.

 

7.                                       The Company hereby waives demand, notice, presentment, protest and notice of dishonor.

 

8.                                       This Note shall be governed by and construed under the laws of the State of Delaware, as applied to agreements among Delaware residents, made and to be performed entirely within the State of Delaware, without giving effect to conflicts of laws principles.

 

9.                                       The indebtedness evidenced by this Note is subordinated in right of payment to the prior payment in full of any senior indebtedness in existence on the date of this Note.  “ Senior Indebtedness ” shall mean, unless expressly subordinated to or made on a parity with the amounts due under this Note, all amounts due in connection with (a) indebtedness of the Company to banks or other lending institutions regularly engaged in the business of lending money (excluding venture capital, investment banking or similar institutions and their affiliates, which sometimes engage in lending activities but which are primarily engaged in investments in equity securities), including without limitation, pursuant to that certain Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of July 31, 2014, by and among, Company and Senseonics, Incorporated, as borrowers, and Oxford Finance LLC, as collateral agent and a lender and the other lenders party thereto from time to time have (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time) and (b) any such indebtedness or any debentures, notes or other evidence of indebtedness issued in exchange for such Senior Indebtedness, or any indebtedness arising from the satisfaction of such Senior Indebtedness by a guarantor.

 

10.                                Any term of this Note may be amended or waived with the written consent of the Company and Holder.

 

2



 

11.                                This Note may be transferred only upon its surrender to the Company for registration of transfer, duly endorsed, or accompanied by a duly executed written instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to the Company.  Thereupon, this Note shall be reissued to, and registered in the name of, the transferee, or a new Note for like principal amount and interest shall be issued to, and registered in the name of, the transferee.  Interest and principal shall be paid solely to the registered holder of this Note.  Such payment shall constitute full discharge of the Company’s obligation to pay such interest and principal.

 

 

 

SENSEONICS HOLDINGS, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ R. Don Elsey

 

 

Name:

R. Don Elsey

 

 

Title:

Chief Financial Officer

 

3



 

EXHIBIT 1

 

SCHEDULE OF ADVANCES UNDER PROMISSORY NOTE

 

DATE

 

ACTION

 

AMOUNT

 

OUTSTANDING
PRINCIPAL
BALANCE

 

MAKER’S
INITIAL

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4




Exhibit 10.23

 

LETTER OF RESIGNATION

 

December 7, 2015

 

Board of Directors

ASN Technologies, Inc.

210291 South 1300 East, #118

Sandy, UT 84094

 

Dear Board of Directors and Secretary,

 

Effective as of the Effective Time and contingent upon the consummation of the Merger, I hereby resign as a member of the board of directors of ASN Technologies, Inc. (the “ Company ”).

 

I hereby acknowledge and confirm that I have no claim or right of action of any kind for compensation or otherwise against the Company or any of its officers or employees in respect of the termination of my office or otherwise. To the extent that any such claim or right of action exists or may exist, I irrevocably waive such claim or right of action and release and forever discharge the Company, its officers and employees from all and any liability in respect thereof.

 

Capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed to them in that certain Agreement and Plan of Merger and Reorganization, dated as of December 4, 2015, by and among Parent, SMSI Merger Sub, Inc., a Delaware corporation and wholly owned subsidiary of Parent, and Senseonics, Incorporated, a Delaware corporation.

 

Yours faithfully,

 

 

/s/ Daniel Davis

 

Daniel Davis

 

 




Exhibit 10.24

 

EXCLUSIVE DISTRIBUTION AGREEMENT

 

This EXCLUSIVE DISTRIBUTION AGREEMENT (“ Agreement ”) is entered into and effective as of September 14, 2015 (“ Effective Date ”), by and between Senseonics, Inc ., a company organized and existing under the laws of Delaware, with its principal place of business located at 20451 Seneca Meadows Parkway, Germantown, MD 20876-7005, (“ Company ”) and Rubin Medical , a company organized and existing under the laws of Sweden, with its principal place of business located at Krossverksgatan 5, 216 16 Limhamn, Sweden (“ Distributor ”). Company and Distributor are each referred to herein by name or as a “ Party ” or, collectively, as the “ Parties ”.

 

R E C I T A L S

 

WHEREAS, Company is engaged in the development, manufacturing and distribution of the Product (as defined below);

 

WHEREAS, Distributor has the capability and resources sell the Product in the Territory and Field (each as defined below) and to fulfill the needs and requirements of customers who purchase the Product in the Field and Territory; and

 

WHEREAS, Company desires to appoint Distributor, and Distributor desires to accept from Company, the rights to market, sell, offer for sale and distribute the Product, all on the terms and subject to the conditions stated herein.

 

AGREEMENT

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, the Parties agree as follows:

 

ARTICLE I — DEFINITIONS

 

When used in this Agreement, capitalized terms will have the meanings as defined below and throughout this Agreement.

 

1.1                                Affiliate ” shall mean any Person, whether de jure or de facto , that directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries controls, is controlled by or is under common control with a Party, regardless of whether such Affiliate is or becomes an Affiliate on or after the Effective Date. A Person shall be deemed to “control” another Person if it (a) owns, directly or indirectly, beneficially or legally, at least fifty percent (50%) of the outstanding voting securities or capital stock (or such lesser percentage which is the maximum allowed to be owned by a Person in a particular jurisdiction) of such other Person, or has other comparable ownership interest with respect to any Person other than a corporation; or (b) has the power, whether pursuant to contract, ownership of securities or otherwise, to direct the management and policies of the Person.

 

Confidential and Proprietary

 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED FOR PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT. THE COPY FILED HEREWITH OMITS THE INFORMATION SUBJECT TO A CONFIDENTIALITY REQUEST. OMISSIONS ARE DESIGNATED [***]. A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.

 



 

1.2                                Anti-Corruption Laws ” shall mean all applicable laws, regulations, orders, judicial decisions, conventions and international financial institution rules regarding corruption, bribery, ethical business conduct, money laundering, political contributions, gifts and gratuities, or lawful expenses to public officials and private persons, agency relationships, commissions, lobbying, books and records, and financial controls.

 

1.3                                Applicable Laws ” shall mean any and all laws, rules, regulations, directives, and guidance of any governmental authority in the Territory pertaining to the development, manufacture, extrusion, packaging, labeling, storage, marketing, sale, distribution or intended use of a Product, as amended from time-to-time.

 

1.4                                Change of Control ” shall mean, with respect to a Party, the acquisition, directly or indirectly, of beneficial ownership of a percentage of the voting power of such Party sufficient to exercise control over the policies and business decisions of such Party or of all or substantially all of the business or assets of such Party (whether by way of merger, sale of stock, sale of assets or otherwise) by any person.

 

1.5                                Commercially Reasonable Efforts ” shall mean the performance of obligations or tasks in a continuous, sustained manner consistent with the reasonable best practices of the medical device industry for marketing, promotion, sale and distribution of a product having similar technical and regulatory factors and similar market potential, profit potential and strategic value, and that is at a similar stage in its product life cycle.

 

1.6                                Confidential Information ” shall have the meaning in Section 14.1.

 

1.7                                Dollars ” shall mean U.S. dollars, and “$” shall be interpreted accordingly.

 

1.8                                FCPA ” shall mean the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act (15 U.S.C. Section 78dd-1, et seq .) as amended.

 

1.9                                Field ” shall mean continuous glucose monitoring for people with diabetes.

 

1.10                         Forecast ” shall have the meaning in Section 4.2.

 

1.11                         Initial Term ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 14.1.

 

1.12                         Launch Date ” will be the initial date that the Product is available for sale by Distributor.

 

1.13                         Launch Year ” shall have the meaning of the Launch Date to December 31, 2016.

 

1.14                         Minimum Purchase Requirement ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6.2(a).

 

Confidential and Proprietary

 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED FOR PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT. THE COPY FILED HEREWITH OMITS THE INFORMATION SUBJECT TO A CONFIDENTIALITY REQUEST. OMISSIONS ARE DESIGNATED [***]. A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.

 

2



 

1.15                         Notified Body ” shall mean any organization accredited by a Member State in the European Union to assess and designate that the Products conforms to the Council Directive 93/42/EEC concerning medical devices.

 

1.16                         Person ” shall mean any natural person or any corporation, partnership, Limited Liability Company, business association, joint venture or other entity.

 

1.17                         Product Approvals ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.1 (a).

 

1.18                         Products ” shall mean the products identified in Exhibit A hereto.

 

1.19                         Public Official or Entity ” shall mean (i) any officer, employee, agent, representative, department, agency, de facto official, corporate entity, instrumentality or subdivision of any government, military or international organization, including, but not limited to, any state-owned or affiliated company or hospital, or (ii) any candidate for political office, any political party or any official of a political party.

 

1.20                         Purchase Order ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.3.

 

1.21                         Purchase Price ” shall mean the price at which the product is sold to the Distributor. This price does not include sales, use, excise, value added, transfer or any other taxes or duties levied or assessed by any governmental authority within the Territory, all of which shall be paid by the distributor.

 

1.22                         Regulatory Authority ” shall mean any applicable government regulatory authority, or Notified Body, involved in granting approvals, CE-marking, or certification for the promotion, sale, distribution, import/export, use, handling, reimbursement and/or pricing of a Product in the Territory.

 

1.23                         Regulatory Data ” shall mean all regulatory information, data and results relating to the Products which are necessary for CE-marking, certification, Product Approvals, including in-vitro Product testing data and study data, data queries, data tables reports and case report forms generated during any pre-clinical or clinical study or registry study, for the Products.

 

1.24                         Regulatory Materials ” shall mean all regulatory applications, submissions, notifications, communications, correspondence, registrations, Product Approvals, CE-marking, certification and/or other filings made to, received from or otherwise conducted with a Regulatory Authority or a Notified Body for the use, distribution, promotion, importation, exportation, pricing, reimbursement, marketing and sale of the Products in a particular country or jurisdiction.

 

1.25                         Renewal Term ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 14.1.

 

1.26                         SDN ” shall mean Specially Designated Nationals and Blocked Persons as designated by the U.S. Treasury Department’s Office of Foreign Assets Control.

 

1.27                         Selling Price ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 7.1.

 

Confidential and Proprietary

 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED FOR PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT. THE COPY FILED HEREWITH OMITS THE INFORMATION SUBJECT TO A CONFIDENTIALITY REQUEST. OMISSIONS ARE DESIGNATED [***]. A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.

 

3



 

1.28                         Term ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 14.1.

 

1.29                         Territory ” shall consist of Sweden, Norway and Denmark

 

1.30                         Third Party ” means any entity other than Company, Distributor or their respective Affiliates.

 

1.31                         U.S. ” shall mean the United States of America, including all possessions and territories thereof.

 

1.32                         U.S. Export Control Laws ” shall mean all applicable U.S. laws and regulations relating to the export or re-export of commodities, technologies, or services, including, but not limited to, the Export Administration Act of 1979, 24 U.S.C. §§ 2401-2420, the International Emergency Economic Powers Act, 50 U.S.C. §§ 1701-1706, the Trading with the Enemy Act, 50 U.S.C. §§ 1 et. seq ., the Arms Export Control Act, 22 U.S.C. §§ 2778 and 2779, and the International Boycott Provisions of Section 999 of the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986.

 

ARTICLE II — DISTRIBUTORSHIP TERMS

 

2.1                                Appointment. Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement, Company hereby appoints Distributor, during the Term, as Company’s sole and exclusive distributor of the Product to purchasers in the Territory and for use in the Field, and Distributor hereby accepts such appointment and agrees to promote and sell the Product on the terms and conditions set forth herein.

 

2.2                                Subdistributors . Distributor may appoint subdistributors on such terms and conditions as Distributor determines to be necessary to fulfill its obligations under this Agreement to facilitate sales of Products within the Territory, purchase from Distributor and deliver to customers the Products and collect from customers and deliver to Distributor payment from customers for the Products; provided that no such appointment or delegation shall relieve Distributor from any obligations (whether delegated to a subdistributor or not) under this Agreement. Company acknowledges and accepts that Distributor will use subdistributors in the sale of Products, the use of said subdistributors being a normal business custom in the Territory. Distributor shall notify Company following the appointment of any subdistributor that is not an Affiliate of Distributor within ten (10) days of such appointment. Distributor shall remain primarily responsible for all of its subdistributor’s activities and any and all failures by its subdistributor have to comply with the applicable terms of this Agreement.

 

2.3                                Limitations on Activities of Distributor.

 

(a)                                  For the Initial Term, Distributor shall not, and shall cause its Affiliates not to, either directly or indirectly, design, manufacture, develop, in the Territory any products that compete directly with the Products.

 

Confidential and Proprietary

 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED FOR PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT. THE COPY FILED HEREWITH OMITS THE INFORMATION SUBJECT TO A CONFIDENTIALITY REQUEST. OMISSIONS ARE DESIGNATED [***]. A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.

 

4



 

(b)                                  Unless otherwise expressly authorized by Company in writing, Distributor shall not, except to the extent prohibited by law, (i) actively seek prospective purchasers for Products outside of the Territory or the Field; (ii) engage in any advertising or promotional activities relating to the Products directed primarily to prospective purchasers outside the Territory or the Field; and (iii) actively solicit orders from any prospective purchaser for sale outside the Territory or the Field.

 

(c)                                   Distributor acknowledges and agrees that the restrictions set forth in this Section 2.3 are considered by the Parties to be reasonable for the purposes of protecting the goodwill and value of Company’s business. Distributor acknowledges that Company may be irreparably harmed and that monetary damages would not provide an adequate remedy to Company in the event the covenants contained in this section were not complied with in accordance with their terms. Accordingly, Distributor agrees that any breach by it of any provision of this section shall entitle Company to injunctive and other equitable relief to secure the enforcement of these provisions, in addition to any other remedies (including damages) which may be available to Company.

 

(d)                                  It is the desire and intent of the Parties that the provisions of this section be enforced to the fullest extent permissible under the laws and public policies of each jurisdiction in which enforcement is sought. If any provisions of this section relating to the time period, scope of activities or geographic area of restrictions is declared by a court of competent jurisdiction to exceed the maximum permissible time period, scope of activities or geographic area, as the case may be, the time period, scope of activities or geographic area shall be reduced to the maximum which such court deems enforceable. If any provisions of this section other than those described in the preceding sentence are adjudicated to be invalid or unenforceable, the invalid or unenforceable provisions shall be deemed amended (with respect only to the jurisdiction in which such adjudication is made) in such manner as to render them enforceable and to effectuate as nearly as possible the original intentions and agreement of the Parties.

 

2.4                                Conditions of Sale. The Products to be offered for sale and/or sold by Company to Distributor under this Agreement are subject in each and every case to the condition that such sale does not convey any license, expressly or by implication, to manufacture, duplicate or otherwise copy or reproduce any of the Products. The Products to be offered for sale and/or sold by Distributor to its customers are subject in each and every case to the condition that such sale does not convey any license, expressly or by implication, to manufacture, duplicate or otherwise copy or reproduce any of Company’s products. Except as otherwise may be expressly permitted in this Agreement with respect to translations of labeling and country-specific packaging for the Product, Distributor shall not make any changes, alterations, modifications or additions to the Products without prior written approval of Company, which approval Company, in its sole discretion, can withhold. Distributor shall take appropriate steps to inform purchasers of, and if possible assure compliance with, the restrictions contained in this Section 2.4.

 

2.5                                No Implied Rights; Retained Rights. Notwithstanding the exclusive rights granted to Distributor under this Agreement, nothing in this Agreement prevents Company or its Affiliates from using the Products or the intellectual property therein to make, have made, develop, sell, license, distribute and/or market products other than the Product in and outside the

 

Confidential and Proprietary

 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED FOR PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT. THE COPY FILED HEREWITH OMITS THE INFORMATION SUBJECT TO A CONFIDENTIALITY REQUEST. OMISSIONS ARE DESIGNATED [***]. A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.

 

5



 

Field and the Product outside the Field. Except for the limited distribution rights expressly granted under Section 2.1 or the limited right to perform clinical trials in accordance with Section 3.1(e), no right, title or interest with respect to the Products, Field or any intellectual property right of Company is granted by Company to Distributor hereunder. Company retains all rights and interests other than expressly granted under this Agreement.

 

ARTICLE III — PRODUCT APPROVAL; REGULATORY MATTERS

 

3.1                                Product Approvals.

 

(a)                            Company shall be responsible for obtaining, maintaining, renewing and complying with all processes for obtaining, maintaining and renewing the CE mark for all Products in accordance with EU Directive 93/42/EEC, including any amendment thereof (hereinafter “EU Directive”) as well as all other authorizations, permits and approvals (if any) that are issued by a Regulatory Authority and necessary for the use, distribution, promotion and/or sale of a Product in a particular regulatory jurisdiction in the Territory in the Field (each, a “ Product Approval ”).

 

(b)                            The Parties shall be responsible for complying with the provisions of the EU Directive and the monitoring of the performance of the Products. The Company shall be responsible for the appointment of an authorized representative in the EU. Distributor shall notify Company without unreasonable delay of any communication from any Regulatory Authority within the Territory relating to the Products, the marketing thereof or any related matter and shall keep Company reasonably apprised of regulatory interactions and similar activities with governmental authorities and international bodies in connection with the Products anywhere in the Territory. The Parties shall provide each other with reasonable assistance and cooperation for purposes of obtaining, maintaining and complying with all regulatory requirements and approvals necessary to promote and sell the Products in the Territory. Company shall develop and be responsible for the regulatory strategy for the Product in the Field in the Territory and for contacts with Regulatory Authorities. Distributor shall refer all regulatory inquiries to Company.

 

(c)                             Distributor shall promptly notify Company of any Regulatory Materials (other than routine correspondence) received by Distributor from any Regulatory Authority in the

 

Confidential and Proprietary

 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED FOR PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT. THE COPY FILED HEREWITH OMITS THE INFORMATION SUBJECT TO A CONFIDENTIALITY REQUEST. OMISSIONS ARE DESIGNATED [***]. A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.

 

6



 

Territory and shall provide Company with copies thereof within ten (10) business days after receipt.

 

( d )                            Company shall use Commercially Reasonable Efforts to obtain the Product Approvals (including CE-marking) for the Product by utilizing Company’s Regulatory Data. If for whatever reason the Product Approval cannot be obtained by December 2016 Distributor shall have the right to terminate this agreement.

 

3.2                                Product Development Activities. Distributor agrees that nothing in this Agreement shall give it the right to conduct, directly or indirectly, any clinical development activity using the Product, including product comparisons and the evaluation of the Product for use in additional fields or applications, and it shall not sell the Product for any such purpose. In the event that Distributor becomes aware that a Third Party desires to purchase Product for such purpose, shall promptly notify Company of such potential activities.

 

ARTICLE IV — PRODUCT SUPPLY

 

4.1                                Product Supply. Company shall supply all of Distributor’s requirements of Products in accordance with the terms of this Agreement. During the Initial Term Distributor shall purchase all of its requirements of Products from Company and after the Initial Term, Distributor shall purchase no less than [***] of its requirements for Products from Company. Company shall use commercially reasonable efforts to manufacture, sell and deliver the Products to Distributor in accordance with this Agreement and the Forecasts. Company shall not be required to supply any Products to the extent that it would require Company or its Affiliates to violate any Applicable Laws. Company shall (a) use Commercially Reasonable Efforts to provide at least one hundred and twenty (120) days prior written notice to Distributor prior to a substantial modification, or discontinuing a Product and (b) with respect to Products that Distributor is obligated to resell pursuant to publicly procured contracts, Company shall offer for sale to Distributor Products with substantially the same or greater functionality than the Products being substantially modified or discontinued, at the same Purchase Prices and on the same terms and conditions, unless otherwise agreed by the Parties.

 

4.2                                Forecasts. No later than the 15 th  day of each month, Distributor shall supply monthly rolling forecasts of anticipated requirements of Products for successive twelve (12) calendar month periods (each, a “ Forecast ”). Each Forecast shall provide Distributor’s good faith estimate of the number of units of Products Distributor will need each calendar month, with the first three (3) months after the month of submission of such Forecast to be binding.

 

4.3                                Purchase Orders; Acceptance of Orders. Distributor shall submit purchase orders for Product to Company on a standard form purchase order which Company may employ from time to time and provide to Distributor (“ Purchase Order ”). Distributor shall place purchase orders for Product as needed; provided, that Distributor shall be obligated to provide purchase orders for the quantity of Product set forth in the first (3) months of each rolling

 

Confidential and Proprietary

 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED FOR PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT. THE COPY FILED HEREWITH OMITS THE INFORMATION SUBJECT TO A CONFIDENTIALITY REQUEST. OMISSIONS ARE DESIGNATED [***]. A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.

 

7



 

forecast of as set forth in Section 4.2, which portion of each forecast shall be binding on Distributor. Distributor shall ensure that Company receives its purchase orders at least thirty (30) days prior to the delivery dates requested in the order. No Purchase Order shall be binding upon Company unless and until accepted by Company in writing; provided, that Purchase Orders shall be binding upon Company if Company does not notify Distributor of its rejection of the Purchase Order in writing within three (3) days of the date of the Purchase Order. All Purchase Orders shall be subject to the terms and conditions contained herein, and nothing in any Purchase Order or any other document submitted by Distributor to Company shall in any way modify, add or delete any terms or conditions to those contained in this Agreement. Distributor’s Affiliates Rubin Medical ApS (Denmark) and Rubin Medical ApS (Norway) shall be entitled to place Purchase Orders for Products under this Agreement.

 

4.4                                Modification of Orders. No accepted Purchase Order shall be modified or canceled except upon the written agreement of Distributor and Company. Mutually agreed-upon change orders shall be subject to all of the provisions of this Agreement, whether or not the change order so states.

 

4.5                                Shipment Terms. Company shall ship all Products EXW (Incoterms 2010) Company’s distribution facility in UK city to be named in accordance with Distributor’s delivery instructions set forth in the relevant Purchase Order and consistent with the terms of this Agreement. If Distributor does not provide delivery instructions, Company shall request instructions from Distributor. Company shall use Commercially Reasonable Efforts to deliver Products at the times specified in accepted Purchase Orders, or as otherwise agreed by the Parties. Company shall promptly notify Distributor of any delays.

 

4.6                                Packaging. All Products ordered by Distributor shall be packed for shipment and handled in accordance with Company’s standard commercial practices and the form of packaging as the Parties may reasonably agree. Company shall be responsible for packaging and labeling the Product for sale in the Territory pursuant to the EU Directive. Distributor shall not repackage or label Products supplied to Distributor by Company hereunder without the prior written consent of Company.

 

4.7                                Changes. Company may, in its sole discretion, make changes to its documentation, shipping, manufacturing process, the Products (including materials, packaging, and directions for use) or component suppliers, with at least sixty (60) days’ prior notice to Distributor; provided, that this shall not release Company of its obligations to supply Product covered by accepted Purchase Orders. If Distributor becomes aware of any alteration or modification of Products, packaging, marking or Territory specific language instructions for use required by Applicable Laws in the Territory, Distributor shall promptly notify Company and Company shall promptly make any necessary alterations or modifications. Distributor shall not re-sterilize any Product.

 

4.8                                Defective Products. As regards Products which Distributor has not yet delivered to customers, Company shall not accept any returns of defective Products except under the following conditions (Distributor’s right to return Products under the Limited Product Warranty shall be governed exclusively by Article IX and shall not be limited by this Section 4.9):

 

Confidential and Proprietary

 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED FOR PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT. THE COPY FILED HEREWITH OMITS THE INFORMATION SUBJECT TO A CONFIDENTIALITY REQUEST. OMISSIONS ARE DESIGNATED [***]. A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.

 

8


 

(a)                              Distributor shall use Commercially Reasonable Efforts within seven (7) business days of receipt to inspect each Product package and promptly notify Company in writing of any defect reasonably observable in such inspection. Distributor shall notify Company in writing of any other defects (i.e. defects which are not reasonably observable in such inspection) promptly after observing such defects and in any case within one (1) year of receipt of the defective Product.

 

(b)                              Distributor shall return the defective Product to Company at Company’s expense or, if instructed by Company, at Company’s expense provide such other evidence of the deficiency of the Product, as Company shall reasonably specify. Company shall, at Distributor’s option, promptly issue a credit for the defective Product or deliver replacement Product(s) to Distributor at Company’s expense. Any credits issued will be limited to the Purchase Price for the defective Product. Distributor shall be entitled to withhold payment for defective Products awaiting the receipt of credit notes.

 

ARTICLE V — PURCHASE PRICE AND PAYMENTS

 

5.1                                Purchase Price. Except as may be otherwise agreed by the Parties, Distributor shall pay Company the purchase price (the “Purchase Price”) for the Products set forth on Exhibit B , as may be amended on an annual basis by Company, in its sole discretion, upon ninety (90) days written notice to Distributor; provided, (a) that Company may not increase the Purchase Price during the Launch Year, (b) that the aggregate price increase for a Product may not exceed [***] and (c) that Company [***]. Distributor shall notify Company of all publically procured contracts in writing. The Purchase Prices do not include sales, use, excise, value added, transfer or any other taxes or duties levied or assessed by any governmental authority within the Territory, all of which shall be paid by Distributor.

 

5.2                                Payments. All payments to Company shall be due within [***] from the end of the calendar month in which such Product was delivered to Distributor, unless otherwise specified on Exhibit D . Payments shall be made in Dollars and without any deduction, including for taxes, duties, foreign exchange or other conversions. The Purchase Prices do not include sales, use, excise, value added, transfer or any other taxes or duties levied or assessed by any governmental authority within the Territory, all of which shall be paid by Distributor. All import and export licenses, consents and approvals shall be obtained by Distributor at its own expense. If and when the Company has the legal obligation to collect such taxes, the appropriate amount shall be invoiced with specification to Distributor’s and paid by Distributor within [***]

 

Confidential and Proprietary

 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED FOR PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT. THE COPY FILED HEREWITH OMITS THE INFORMATION SUBJECT TO A CONFIDENTIALITY REQUEST. OMISSIONS ARE DESIGNATED [***]. A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.

 

9



 

unless Distributor provides Company with a valid tax exemption certificate authorized by the appropriate taxing authority.

 

5.3                                Late Payments. Any amount due not received by the due date shall be subject to a charge equal to the lesser of (i) [***] and (ii) the maximum rate permitted by Applicable Law governing this Agreement. Distributor shall pay all of Company’s reasonable costs and expenses (including reasonable attorney’s fees) to enforce and preserve Company’s rights and cost of collection. In the event that Distributor is more than thirty (30) days past due on any payment due hereunder, Company shall have the right, at its sole discretion, to elect to: (a) terminate this Agreement upon written notice to Distributor pursuant to Section 15.2; (b) convert this distributorship to non-exclusive in the Territory in the Field; or (c) require Distributor to effect payment by means of an irrevocable letter of credit, in form and substance satisfactory to Company, drawn on a U.S. bank approved by Company in writing and in an amount equal to the Purchase Price for the Products plus all applicable taxes, shipping charges, and other costs to be borne by Distributor. Company may not exercise the aforementioned rights unless Company has reminded Distributor of the overdue payments in writing and afforded Distributor reasonable time to act on such reminder.

 

5.4                                Sales Reports. Within thirty (30) days after the end of each calendar quarter during the Term, Distributor shall provide to Company true and correct written reports of all sales of Products in the Territory by Distributor, its Affiliates and permitted sub-distributors. Each such written report shall be in a form and format reasonably acceptable to Company with information specifically identifying the Products (by type) sold during such period.

 

ARTICLE VI — DILIGENCE

 

6.1                                General. Distributor shall use Commercially Reasonable Efforts to promote and sell the Products in the Territory, to develop a market for Products to the maximum number of customers in the Territory, focusing on well qualified prospects within the Territory. Promptly after the Effective Date, Distributor shall provide to Company for review and comment, a marketing and promotion plan outlining Distributor’s good faith plan for the promotion, sale and distribution of the Product in the Field and Territory during the Initial Term (the “ Marketing and Promotion Plan ”).

 

6.2                                Minimum Purchase Requirements.

 

a)              Company and Distributor have agreed to the annual minimum number of units of product to be ordered by distributor for each 12 month period during the Initial Term (each such minimum for a given 12 month period, a Minimum Purchase Requirement) as shown in Exhibit C.

 

b)              If, for any applicable twelve (12) month period during the Term, Distributor fails to purchase at least one hundred percent (100%) of the applicable Minimum Purchase Requirements by the end of the applicable twelve (12) month period, then Company, as its sole remedy, shall have the right, at its sole discretion, to convert this distributorship to non-exclusive in the

 

Confidential and Proprietary

 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED FOR PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT. THE COPY FILED HEREWITH OMITS THE INFORMATION SUBJECT TO A CONFIDENTIALITY REQUEST. OMISSIONS ARE DESIGNATED [***]. A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.

 

10



 

Territory in the Field. In no event shall Distributor be obliged to compensate Company for any loss arising out of or related to Distributor’s failure to meet the Minimum Purchase Requirements.

 

ARTICLE VII — CERTAIN OBLIGATIONS OF DISTRIBUTOR

 

7.1                                Selling Price. Distributor may sell the Products at such prices (such price, the “ Selling Price ”) Distributor, in its sole discretion, shall determine, utilizing Commercially Reasonable Efforts to maintain as high of an average selling price per unit as reasonably practicable.

 

7.2                                Product Commercialization. Distributor shall be responsible, at its expense, for the promotion, sale and distribution of the Product in the Field and Territory, including reimbursement, storage, shipment, transportation and invoicing of customers in the Field and Territory. Distributor shall store and handle all Product in accordance with the applicable storage and handling requirements in the Product specifications as provided by Company and in compliance with Applicable Laws. Company or its designated representatives may inspect Distributor’s storage, warehouse and distribution facilities during regular business hours upon reasonable notice to ensure Distributor’s compliance with this Section 7.2. Distributor shall not sell any Product with an expired shelf life and shall dispose of any Product with an expired shelf life in the manner required by Company and in accordance with all Applicable Laws. Such disposal of expired Product shall be at Distributor’s expense.

 

7.3                                Compliance with Laws.

 

(a)                                  Both Parties shall comply with all Applicable Laws pertaining to the use, import, export, transport, handling, storage, distribution, sales, and marketing, of the Products or otherwise pertaining to performance of the obligations under this Agreement. Company shall be responsible for the maintenance of ongoing quality assurance and testing procedures to comply with applicable regulatory requirements. Distributor shall promote Products only for their approved indications.

 

(b)                                  The Parties agree, in their performance of this Agreement, to comply with all applicable law, including the FCPA, U.S. Export Control Laws and Anti-Corruption Laws in the Territory.

 

(c)                                   Each Party represents and warrants that it is not identified on the List of Specially Designated Nationals & Blocked Persons (“ SDNs ”) as designated by the U.S. Treasury Department’s Office of Foreign Assets Control. In connection with this Agreement, neither Party shall sell any Product or engage in any other transaction in, to, or with (i) any of the following countries: Cuba, Iran, Sudan, North Korea, or Syria, or any other country that becomes subject to sanctions imposed by the U.S. Government, or (ii) any individual or entity that is listed in the following: (A) List of Specially Designated Nationals & Blocked Persons, Office of Foreign Assets Control, U.S. Treasury Department; (B) List of Debarred Parties, Directorate of Defense Trade Controls, U.S. State Department; (C) Denied Persons List, Bureau of Industry and

 

Confidential and Proprietary

 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED FOR PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT. THE COPY FILED HEREWITH OMITS THE INFORMATION SUBJECT TO A CONFIDENTIALITY REQUEST. OMISSIONS ARE DESIGNATED [***]. A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.

 

11



 

Security, U.S. Department of Commerce; (D) Entity List, Bureau of Industry and Security, U.S. Department of Commerce; (E) Unverified List, Bureau of Industry and Security, U.S. Department of Commerce; or (F) the Palestinian Legislative Counsel (PLC) List, Office of Foreign Assets Control, U.S. Treasury Department. Each Party agrees that it will notify the other Party promptly upon the occurrence of any event that would breach this covenant or render this representation and warranty incorrect.

 

(d)                                  Each Party represents and warrants that it shall take no action that would cause the other Party to be in violation of the FCPA, U.S. Export Control Laws or any other applicable Anti-Corruption Laws in the Territory. Further, the Parties shall immediately notify each other if any of them has any information or suspicion that there may be a violation of the FCPA or any other Anti-Corruption Law in connection with the performance of this Agreement.

 

(e)                                   The Parties and their employees, agents and subdistributors, if any, have not, and shall not, directly or indirectly through Third Parties, pay, promise or offer to pay, or authorize the payment of, any money or give any promise or offer to give, or authorize the giving of anything of value, to a Public Official, Entity or other person for purposes of corruptly obtaining or retaining business for or with, or directing business to, any Person, including, without limitation, Company or Distributor, by (i) influencing any official act, decision or omission of such Public Official or Entity; (ii) inducing such Public Official or Entity to do or omit to do any act in violation of the lawful duty of such Public Official or Entity; (iii) securing any improper advantage; or (iv) inducing such Public Official or Entity to affect or influence any act or decision of another Public Official or Entity.

 

(f)                                    The Parties and their employees, agents and subdistributors, if any, have not and shall not directly or indirectly promise, offer or provide any corrupt payment, gratuity, emolument, bribe, kickback, excessive gift or hospitality or other illegal or unethical benefit to a customer or a Third Party customer or to a Public Official or Entity. In addition, the Parties and their employees and agents shall ensure that no part of any payment, commission, reimbursement or fee paid by a Party pursuant to this Agreement or otherwise will be used directly or indirectly as a corrupt payment, gratuity, emolument, bribe, kickback, excessive gift or hospitality or other illegal or unethical benefit to a customer or to Third Party customer or to a Public Official or Entity. Distributor hereby covenants that (i) it will promptly notify Company in the event it becomes aware that one of its approved subdistributors is in violation of the FCPA or any other Anti-Corruption Law with respect to any other product; and (ii) upon Company’s request after receiving any such notice, Distributor will terminate its relationship with such subdistributor with respect to the Product.

 

(g)                                  No owner, shareholder (direct or beneficial), officer, director, employee, third-party representative, agent, or other individual with any direct or indirect beneficial interest in any of the Parties or any immediate family relation of any such person (collectively, “ Interested Persons ”), is a Public Official or Entity. Each Party shall notify the other Party immediately if, during the term of this Agreement, (i) any Interested Person becomes a Public Official or Entity, or (ii) any Public Official or Entity acquires a legal or beneficial interest in such Party.

 

Confidential and Proprietary

 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED FOR PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT. THE COPY FILED HEREWITH OMITS THE INFORMATION SUBJECT TO A CONFIDENTIALITY REQUEST. OMISSIONS ARE DESIGNATED [***]. A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.

 

12



 

(h)                                  Each Party agrees that in the event that any of the covenants contained in this Section 7.3 are not complied with in accordance with their terms, the other Party, as its sole remedy, shall have the right, at its sole discretion, to terminate this Agreement immediately upon written notice to the non-complying Party.

 

(i)                                     The Parties agree to reasonably cooperate with each other with respect to any investigation or audit relating to the performance of this Agreement and the FCPA, U.S. Export Control Laws or any other Anti-Corruption Law in the Territory.

 

7.4                                Customer Support. Distributor shall be fully responsible for any and all technical support of Distributor’s customers in the Territory and Field. Company shall supply Distributor with copies of its standard response information for the Products as well as any updates thereto. Distributor shall use such information to respond to any such inquiries from customers within the Territory. Upon Distributor’s request, Company shall provide the support Distributor may reasonably request in order for Distributor to provide support to its customers. Distributor shall provide the Company with routine reports related to the technical support of Distributor’s customers.

 

7.5                                Product Information. Distributor shall distribute products with all packaging, warranties, disclaimers, patient consent forms, and product information as designated by Company.

 

7.6                                Product Recalls. Company has the sole discretion to make a decision for recalling, or issuing an advisory letter or other safety-related communication with respect to, Products in the Territory. Distributor may execute recalls and other actions to the extent these are required for Distributor to comply with Applicable Law. Distributor shall use Commercially Reasonable Efforts to consult with Company prior to commencing such actions. Company shall notify Distributor in a timely manner in connection with any such action. Each Party agrees to provide reasonable assistance to the other Party in the event of any recall or issuance of any advisory letter. If and when Distributor becomes aware of any information that reasonably suggests that a Product may have caused or contributed to a death or serious injury or has malfunctioned and that the Product would be likely to cause or contribute to a death or serious injury if the malfunction were to recur, Distributor agrees to have in place the necessary procedures and personnel training for Distributor (a) to furnish such information to Company within twenty-four (24) hours of Distributor’s receipt of the same; and (b) to make, maintain and retain records of such information. Distributor agrees to use its best efforts to investigate the information as requested by Company and furnish to Company such information in writing. In order to assist with such an event, Distributor must maintain a current list of all customers who have ordered Product and in what amount, which list shall include lot numbers and any other information reasonably necessary to track each unit of Product sold by Distributor to a customer. Company shall reimburse Distributor for any out-of-pocket costs incurred by Distributor in connection with any Product recall not caused by an act or omission of Distributor.

 

7.7                                Reporting. Distributor shall notify Company as soon as reasonably practicable if it becomes aware of any issue with a Product or its testing, manufacture, labeling or packaging, including any issue relating to regulatory compliance, safety or efficacy of a Product. Without

 

Confidential and Proprietary

 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED FOR PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT. THE COPY FILED HEREWITH OMITS THE INFORMATION SUBJECT TO A CONFIDENTIALITY REQUEST. OMISSIONS ARE DESIGNATED [***]. A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.

 

13



 

limiting the generality of the foregoing, Distributor will notify Company within twenty-four (24) hours if it becomes aware of any death or serious bodily injury caused by a Product (or suspected to be caused by a Product) or any malfunction of a Product likely to lead to death or serious bodily injury (in each case, whether occurring within the Territory or outside of the Territory), so that Company can comply with its regulatory reporting requirements. If Distributor receives a complaint about a Product, Distributor shall forward the complaint information to Company promptly, but in any event no more than two (2) business days from receipt of such initial complaint by Distributor. Company may provide Distributor from time to time with Company’s standard operating procedures for complaint handling and problem reporting, in which case the reporting procedures and deadlines set forth in any such standard operating procedures shall supersede those in this Section 7.7. Company shall be responsible for the handling of any Product complaints in relation to Regulatory Authorities; provided that Distributor shall provide reasonable assistance to Company.

 

7.8                                Records. Distributor shall maintain complete and accurate books and records with respect to the sale and distribution of Products in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles and as required by regulatory requirements that are applicable to the Territory. Company shall have the right, no more than once every twelve (12) months, during reasonable business hours and with at least thirty (30) days prior written notice, to inspect such books and records of Distributor which record the sale, administration and stocking of Products for regulatory affairs reasons. Company shall use all reasonable efforts to comply with Distributor’s requests so as to minimize any disruption to Distributor’s business during any such audit. Information obtained in the audit shall be used for internal purposes only and may not be disclosed to third parties except as may be required by government agencies. Distributor shall not be obliged to disclose to Company any confidential information that may be protected from disclosure under statute or under agreements with customers, suppliers or other third parties. Distributor shall maintain all records and reports required under this Agreement relating to Products for a period of five (5) years or longer as required by Applicable Law.

 

7.9                                Alliance Manager. Distributor shall appoint one of its employees as the “ Alliance Manager ” for this Agreement. The Alliance Manager shall be responsible for coordinating with Company regarding this Agreement and serving as a single point of contact for product training, technical support and management of Distributor’s sales activities.

 

7.10                         Additional Obligations.

 

(a)                              The Parties understand, acknowledge and agree that the continued maintenance of an image of excellence and a high level of ethical marketing of Products is essential to the success of sales of Products within the Territory. Accordingly, Distributor agrees that its sales, marketing, distribution or advertising efforts will not reflect unfavorably on, or dilute in any way, the image of excellence of Company and the high level of ethical marketing practiced by Company and its other distributors. Distributor shall not take any action, or omit to take any action, that, directly or

 

Confidential and Proprietary

 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED FOR PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT. THE COPY FILED HEREWITH OMITS THE INFORMATION SUBJECT TO A CONFIDENTIALITY REQUEST. OMISSIONS ARE DESIGNATED [***]. A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.

 

14



 

indirectly, would impair such image or lower the prestige of the Products or of Company.

 

(b)                              Distributor agrees that it will (i) present the Products fairly to potential customers; (ii) not disparage in any manner the Products and any trademarks, trade names, or service marks owned or used by Company, whether in connection with sales of Products or otherwise; (iii) not modify the Product or any such trademarks, trade names, or service marks in any way except as permitted by this Agreement; (iv) not attempt to register or otherwise assert any rights in or to any trademarks, trade names, or service marks owned or used by Company in connection with the Products, or (v) do all things reasonably necessary and appropriate to promote the reputation of the Products and the value of any such trademarks, trade names, or service marks.

 

(c)                               Distributor shall not (and shall not permit third parties to) attempt to disassemble or reverse-engineer the Products.

 

7.11                         Insurance.

 

(a)                                        To the extent appropriate to cover its activities with respect to this Agreement, Distributor shall obtain and maintain at its own cost and expense commercial general liability insurance including, but not limited to bodily injury, property damage and premises liability Such insurance policies shall be in such amounts and subject to such deductibles as are customary and appropriate in the Territory. .

 

(b)                                        The insurance required herein shall be maintained during the term of this Agreement and, if on a “claims made” basis, for a period of at least five (5) years thereafter. Distributor shall be solely responsible for the payment of any deductible under any such policies.

 

ARTICLE VIII — PROMOTIONAL MATERIALS; TRAINING

 

8.1                                Promotional Materials. Company shall provide Distributor with reasonable quantities of instructions for use, service and operator manuals and other Product data (the “Product Materials”) in the local country languages of the Territory and otherwise adapted for use in the Territory without need for any further adaptation by Distributor. In addition, Company shall provide Distributor with marketing and technical information concerning the Products as well as reasonable quantities of brochures, advertising literature and promotional materials, in each case to the extent that Company considers such information and materials necessary to assist with the promotion of Products (the “ Marketing Materials ”). All such Marketing

 

Confidential and Proprietary

 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED FOR PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT. THE COPY FILED HEREWITH OMITS THE INFORMATION SUBJECT TO A CONFIDENTIALITY REQUEST. OMISSIONS ARE DESIGNATED [***]. A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.

 

15



 

Materials will be available only in the English language and such material so provided shall remain the property of Company and Distributor shall return the same to Company upon termination to the extent they are then in Distributor’s possession or control. Distributor shall bear the cost of preparing sales literature and other Marketing Materials for the Products in the local country language(s) of the Territory; provided that all final copies of any such translated materials shall be provided to Company in advance of any use by Distributor for review and written approval. In addition, Distributor may propose the creation of advertising, promotional and other materials relating to the Product for use in the Territory at its expense. Distributor shall provide such materials (in English translated versions) to Company for its review and approval. Any liability or consumer claim arising from any inaccurate translation provided by the Distributor or the creation of additional marketing materials not approved by Company shall be the responsibility of the Distributor, and the Distributor shall indemnify Company for any such liabilities and claims pursuant to Section 12.1(c).

 

8.2                                Trademarks. Other than as contained in the Marketing Materials or as approved in writing by Company, Distributor shall not use Company’s name or any trademark or trade name (or any mark or name closely resembling or similar to the same) now or hereafter owned or licensed by Company or any of its Affiliates. Distributor shall not make or permit alteration or removal of any tags, labels, or other identifying marks placed by Company on the Products or the Marketing Materials.

 

8.3                                Training. Company shall free of charge provide Product-specific training on a planned and periodic basis for Distributor personnel at a mutually agreed upon time and facility as described on Exhibit D . Distributor shall ensure that all of its employees and agents who are engaged in the promotion and sales of the Product under this Agreement are adequately trained with respect to the Products.

 

ARTICLE IX — LIMITED PRODUCT WARRANTY

 

9.1                                Limited Warranty. Company warrants to Distributor that the Products to be purchased hereunder shall, at the time of shipment to Distributor, (a) conform to Company’s specifications for such Product, as described in the User Guide, Exhibit E, (b) be fit for their intended purpose as described in the User Guide, provided that the Products are used in accordance with the instructions set out in the User Guide and (c) be free from defects in material and workmanship provided, however , that Company shall not be liable for any of the foregoing with respect to any product labeling or package inserts provided by Distributor without Company’s approval or for any noncompliance with the foregoing due to the negligent handling of Product by Distributor in a manner inconsistent with Company’s written instructions provided to Distributor. Any Products that do not conform to such warranty shall, at Company’s sole option and cost, be promptly replaced by Company or the amount actually paid by Distributor for such Products shall promptly be refunded by Company. In addition, Company shall compensate Distributor for any direct and reasonable costs incurred by Distributor as a result of the breach of warranty. This warranty is expressly made contingent upon proper use of Products in the

 

Confidential and Proprietary

 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED FOR PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT. THE COPY FILED HEREWITH OMITS THE INFORMATION SUBJECT TO A CONFIDENTIALITY REQUEST. OMISSIONS ARE DESIGNATED [***]. A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.

 

16



 

application for which they were intended in accordance with any instructions for use or labeling included with the Product.

 

9.2                                Warranty Disclaimer. EXCEPT AS EXPRESSLY PROVIDED IN THIS ARTICLE 9, NO WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, ARE GIVEN IN RESPECT OF PRODUCTS, AND ANY IMPLIED WARRANTY OIS HEREBY EXPRESSLY DISCLAIMED. DISTRIBUTOR SHALL NOTIFY COMPANY IN WRITING OF ANY ALLEGED BREACH OF ANY CONTRACT OF SALE OR OF THE ABOVE-STATED WARRANTY IN RESPECT OF PRODUCTS SOLD BY COMPANY TO DISTRIBUTOR WITHIN REASONABLE TIME AND, IN ANY CASE, NOT LATER THAN ONE (1) YEAR AFTER DISTRIBUTOR BECAME AWARE OF THE BREACH.

 

9.3                                Limitation of Damages. NOTWITHSTANDING ANYTHING ELSE IN THIS AGREEMENT OR OTHERWISE, COMPANY WILL NOT BE LIABLE WITH RESPECT TO ANY SUBJECT MATTER OF THIS AGREEMENT UNDER ANY CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE, STRICT LIABILITY, OR OTHER LEGAL OR EQUITABLE THEORY FOR (I) AMOUNTS THAT IN THE AGGREGATE ARE IN EXCESS OF THE GREATER OF (A) AMOUNTS PAID TO COMPANY HEREUNDER DURING THE TWELVE-MONTH PERIOD PRIOR TO DATE THE CAUSE OF ACTION AROSE AND (B) THE VALUE FOR THE YEAR IN WHICH THE CAUSE OF ACTION AROSE OF THE AGGREGATE OF THE MINIMUM PURCHASE REQUIREMENTS SET OUT IN EXHIBIT C OR (II) ANY INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES, LOST PROFITS OR LOST DATA OR (III) COST OF PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS, TECHNOLOGY, OR SERVICES. COMPANY SHALL HAVE NO LIABILITY FOR ANY FAILURE OR DELAY DUE TO MATTERS BEYOND ITS REASONABLE CONTROL. THIS LIMITATION OF LIABILITY SHALL NOT LIMIT COMPANY’S LIABILITY UNDER THE INDEMNIFICATION OBLIGATION SET OUT IN ARTICLE 12.2 OF THIS AGREEMENT.

 

ARTICLE X — INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY

 

10.1                         Intellectual Property Ownership. The Parties acknowledge and agree that, as between the Parties, except for the right to distribute the Product under the trademarks and trade names of Company as granted herein, all right, title and interest in and to any intellectual property rights in or covering the Product shall reside solely in Company. Any inventions made, developed, conceived, or reduced to practice by Distributor that relate to the Product, and any intellectual property relating thereto, shall be owned solely by Company. Distributor hereby assigns and transfers to Company, except to the extent prohibited by law, all right, title, and interest in and to such inventions and related intellectual property and agrees to take all further acts reasonably required to evidence such assignment and transfer to Company, all at Company’s expense. Company hereby grants to Distributor a nonexclusive, royalty-free, nontransferable, nonsublicenseable license to such improvements made by Distributor for uses other than in the Product. Distributor shall promptly notify Company in writing of any patent or copyright

 

Confidential and Proprietary

 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED FOR PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT. THE COPY FILED HEREWITH OMITS THE INFORMATION SUBJECT TO A CONFIDENTIALITY REQUEST. OMISSIONS ARE DESIGNATED [***]. A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.

 

17


 

infringement or unauthorized use of Company trade secrets or trademarks in the Territory of which Distributor becomes aware. Company shall have the exclusive right in its sole discretion to institute (and to settle) any proceedings against such Third Party in its name and on its behalf. Distributor shall cooperate fully with Company in any legal action taken by Company against such third parties, provided, however , that Company shall pay all expenses of such action.

 

10.2                         Protection of Rights.

 

(a)                              Company shall have the right to terminate this Agreement if Distributor disputes or contests or assists others to dispute or contest the validity of any of Company’s rights to letters patents, trademarks, copyrights, Product Approvals or other Product registrations and approvals, know-how or other intangible property concerning Products.

 

(b)                              Distributor shall not omit or alter any patent numbers, trade names, trademarks, CE marks, numbers, serial numbers or other Company markings affixed on the Products obtained from Company, or alter Product labeling, except with the prior consent of Company.

 

(c)                               Distributor is not authorized to use the trademark and trade name in any manner except to indicate that Distributor is the exclusive distributor of the Products, during the term of this Agreement and only in the Territory. Distributor shall acquire no right, title or interest in or to any Company trademarks or trade names, or any other trademark or service mark owned by Company. Distributor understands and agrees that it is not authorized to use the name in connection with its general business or to imply to third parties that its relationship with Company is other than a distributor under this Agreement.

 

(d)                              Distributor agrees to give Company written notice of any unfair competition against the Products that Distributor becomes aware of. Distributor agrees to cooperate with Company, at Company’s request and expense, and take whatever reasonable action is required to cause the termination of such conduct. Company reserves the right to take whatever action it deems appropriate to protect its patents, trade secrets, trademarks, trade names, and any other intellectual properties.

 

10.3                         Product Infringement Claims.

 

(a)                              Distributor shall promptly advise Company in writing of any patent, trademark or copyright infringement or potential infringement or unauthorized use of Company patents,

 

Confidential and Proprietary

 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED FOR PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT. THE COPY FILED HEREWITH OMITS THE INFORMATION SUBJECT TO A CONFIDENTIALITY REQUEST. OMISSIONS ARE DESIGNATED [***]. A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.

 

18



 

copyrights, trade secrets, trademarks or other intellectual property by Third Parties of which Distributor becomes aware relating to the Products. Company shall have the exclusive right, but not the obligation to institute any proceedings against such alleged infringers. If any action, suit or other proceeding is brought by Company, Company shall control the prosecution thereof and be entitled to retain all amounts recovered in full by reason of such infringement. Distributor agrees to cooperate with and reasonably assist Company, at Company’s expense, in any such action, suit or other proceeding. Company shall have sole control over and the exclusive right to defend and/or negotiate and approve any settlement of such suits.

 

(b)                              In the event that the manufacture, use or sale of the Product infringes Third Party intellectual property rights in the Territory, Company may, in its sole discretion, (i) obtain for Distributor the right to continue to market, sell and distribute the Product in the Territory, or (ii) replace or modify the Product so as to make the Product non-infringing. Company may, in its sole discretion, enter into a settlement with the Third Party, including but not limited to obtaining the rights described in (i) above. In the event the Product(s) are enjoined or Company reasonably believes the Product(s) may be infringing, Company shall have the right to remove such Products from Exhibit A and terminate Distributor’s distribution rights with respect to such Products, in which event Company shall refund any and all amounts paid by Distributor to Company for Products in Distributor’s inventory and compensate Distributor for any direct and reasonable costs incurred by Distributor as a result of the termination.

 

(c)                               Company shall have no liability for any infringement claim resulting from the use or combination of the Product with good, materials, or services not supplied by Company, or included in the Product Approvals, or any modification or alteration of the Product, where such infringement claim results from the use, combination, modification or alteration.

 

ARTICLE XI — REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

 

11.1                         Representations and Warranties of Each Party. Each Party hereby represents and warrants to the other Party as of the Effective Date that:

 

(a)                              such Party is duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its

 

Confidential and Proprietary

 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED FOR PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT. THE COPY FILED HEREWITH OMITS THE INFORMATION SUBJECT TO A CONFIDENTIALITY REQUEST. OMISSIONS ARE DESIGNATED [***]. A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.

 

19



 

incorporation and has full corporate power and authority to enter into this Agreement and to carry out the provisions hereof;

 

(b)                              such Party has taken all necessary action on its part to authorize the execution and delivery of this Agreement and the performance of its obligations hereunder;

 

(c)                               this Agreement has been duly executed and delivered on behalf of such Party, and constitutes a legal, valid, binding obligation, enforceable against it in accordance with the terms hereof; and

 

(d)                              the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement by such Party does not conflict with any agreement or any provision thereof, or any instrument or understanding, oral or written, to which it is a party or by which it is bound, nor violate any law or regulation of any court, governmental body or administrative or other agency having jurisdiction over such Party

 

ARTICLE XII — INDEMNIFICATION

 

12.1                         Indemnification by Distributor. Distributor shall indemnify Company and their respective officers, directors, and employees, for any reasonable out-of-pocket costs and expenses (including court and arbitration costs and reasonable attorneys’ fees), non-appealed or non-appealable judicial or arbitration damage awards, and settlement payments (collectively, “Losses” ) payable or owed by such parties in connection with any demands, investigations, lawsuits and other legal actions of third parties ( “Third Party Claims” ) to the extent arising from: (a) any breach of representation, warranty, covenant or agreement on the part of Distributor under this Agreement, (b) product claims, whether written or oral, made by Distributor in its advertising, publicity, promotion or sale of any Products where such product claims were not provided by or approved, in writing, by Company, (c) negligent handling by Distributor of the Products or changes, additions or modifications to the Products by Distributor or made at Distributor’s request, (d) other negligence or intentional misconduct of Distributor; or (e) any change, alteration, repackaging, re-sterilization, or relabeling of any Product following delivery of such Product to Distributor.

 

12.2                         Indemnification by Company. Company shall indemnify Distributor and its Affiliates, and their respective officers, directors, and employees, for any Losses payable or owed by such parties in connection with any Third Party Claim to the extent arising from: (a) personal injury, death, or property damage sustained by any person(s) resulting from a defect in Product supplied by Company, provided that (i) such defect existed at the time the Product was shipped by Company, (ii) no modifications to the Product was made without Company’s written consent, (iii) the Product was not re-sterilized and was not expired at the time of use, and (iv) the Product was used in accordance with such Product’s instructions for use; (b) any breach of representation,

 

Confidential and Proprietary

 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED FOR PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT. THE COPY FILED HEREWITH OMITS THE INFORMATION SUBJECT TO A CONFIDENTIALITY REQUEST. OMISSIONS ARE DESIGNATED [***]. A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.

 

20



 

warranty, covenant or agreement on the part of Company under this Agreement; (c) Distributor’s use of product claims, whether written or oral, in its advertising, publicity, promotion or sale of any Products where such product claims were provided by or approved, in writing, by Company; (d) any negligence or intentional misconduct of Company; or (e) any infringement of Third Party intellectual property rights caused by the offer for sale, sale, use, possession or importation of Products or Documentation; provided that such infringement was not caused by any modification made by Distributor and the Product was used and promoted in accordance with the Company direction and instructions.

 

12.3                         Conditions and Limitations of Indemnification Obligation. In order to maintain the right to be indemnified by the other Party ( “Indemnitor” ), the Party claiming indemnification ( “Indemnitee” ) shall: (a) notify the Indemnitor promptly after learning of a Third Party Claim; (b) allow the Indemnitor to manage and control (by way of intervention or otherwise) the defense and/or settlement of any such Third Party Claim against the Indemnitee; (c) cooperate with the Indemnitor in the defense or the settlement negotiations of Third Party Claims as reasonably required by the Indemnitor; and (d) abstain from making any statements or taking any actions which prejudice the defense against a Third Party Claim (including, without limitation, any statements against the interest of the Indemnitee or admissions of causation or guilt). The Indemnitor shall not agree to any settlement that adversely affects the Indemnitee’s rights or interest without the Indemnitee’s prior written approval (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld).

 

ARTICLE XIII — CONFIDENTIALITY

 

13.1                         Confidentiality; Exceptions. Except to the extent expressly authorized by this Agreement or otherwise agreed in writing, the Parties agree that the receiving Party (the “Receiving Party” ) shall keep confidential and shall not publish or otherwise disclose or use for any purpose other than as provided for in this Agreement any information or other confidential and proprietary information and materials, patentable or otherwise, in any form (written, oral, photographic, electronic, magnetic, or otherwise) which is disclosed to it by the other Party (the “Disclosing Party” ) or otherwise received or accessed by a Receiving Party in the course of performing its obligations or exercising its rights under this Agreement, including but not limited to trade secrets, know-how, inventions or discoveries, proprietary information, formulae, processes, techniques and information relating to a Party’s past, present and future marketing, financial, and research and development activities of any product or potential product or useful technology of the Disclosing Party and the pricing thereof (collectively, “Confidential Information” ), except to the extent that it can be established by the Receiving Party that such Confidential Information: (a) was in the lawful knowledge and possession of the Receiving Party prior to the time it was disclosed to, or learned by, the Receiving Party, or was otherwise developed independently by the Receiving Party, as evidenced by written records kept in the ordinary course of business, or other documentary proof of actual use by the Receiving Party; (b) was generally available to the public or otherwise part of the public domain at the time of its disclosure to the Receiving Party; (c) became generally available to the public or otherwise part of the public domain after its disclosure and other than through any act or omission of the

 

Confidential and Proprietary

 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED FOR PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT. THE COPY FILED HEREWITH OMITS THE INFORMATION SUBJECT TO A CONFIDENTIALITY REQUEST. OMISSIONS ARE DESIGNATED [***]. A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.

 

21



 

Receiving Party in breach of this Agreement; or (d) was disclosed to the Receiving Party, other than under an obligation of confidentiality, by a Third Party who had no obligation to the Disclosing Party not to disclose such information to others.

 

13.2                         Authorized Disclosure. Except as expressly provided otherwise in this Agreement, a Receiving Party may use and disclose Confidential Information of the Disclosing Party as follows: (a) to the Receiving Party’s Affiliates, potential and actual sublicensees, employees, officers, directors, agents, consultants, and/or other Third Parties under appropriate confidentiality provisions no less stringent than those in this Agreement, in connection with the performance of its obligations or exercise of its rights under this Agreement; or (b) to the extent such disclosure is reasonably necessary in defending litigation, complying with applicable governmental regulations or otherwise required by applicable Law; provided, however , that if a Receiving Party is required by applicable Law to make any such disclosure of a Disclosing Party’s Confidential Information it will, except where impracticable for necessary disclosures, for example in the event of medical emergency, give reasonable advance notice to the Disclosing Party of such disclosure requirement and, except to the extent inappropriate in the case of Patents, will use its reasonable efforts to secure confidential treatment of such Confidential Information required to be disclosed; or (c) to potential or actual acquirers, merger candidates or investors or venture capital firms, investment bankers or other financial institutions or investors, provided that in connection with such disclosure, such Receiving Party shall inform each disclosee of the confidential nature of such Confidential Information and cause each disclosee to treat such Confidential Information as confidential; or (d) to the extent mutually agreed to in writing by the Parties; provided, however, that, in each of the above situations, the Receiving Party shall remain responsible for any failure by any Person who receives the Confidential Information pursuant to this Section 13.2 to treat such Confidential Information as required under this Article 13.

 

13.3                         Disclosure of Agreement. Neither Party shall be free to issue any press release or other public disclosure regarding the Agreement or the Parties’ activities hereunder, or any results or data arising hereunder, except (a) with the other Party’s prior written consent, or (b) for any disclosure that is reasonably necessary to comply with applicable national securities exchange listing requirements or Applicable Laws, with the other Party’s consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed beyond a time reasonably in advance of the required disclosure deadline necessary to comply with applicable national securities exchange listing requirements or Applicable Laws. The Parties agree to consult with each other reasonably and in good faith with respect to the text and timing of any such press releases prior to the issuance thereof, and a Party may not unreasonably withhold consent to such releases. Except to the extent required by Applicable Law or as otherwise permitted in accordance with this Section 13.3, neither Party shall make any public announcements concerning this Agreement or the subject matter hereof without the prior written consent of the other, which shall not be unreasonably withheld. Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent information regarding this Agreement has already been publicly disclosed in the same context, either Party may subsequently disclose the same information to the public without the consent of the other Party. Each Party shall be permitted to disclose the terms of this Agreement, in each case under appropriate confidentiality provisions substantially equivalent to those of this Agreement, to any actual or potential investors, acquirers, merger partners, or purchasers of assets of such Party and to the professional advisors thereof.

 

Confidential and Proprietary

 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED FOR PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT. THE COPY FILED HEREWITH OMITS THE INFORMATION SUBJECT TO A CONFIDENTIALITY REQUEST. OMISSIONS ARE DESIGNATED [***]. A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.

 

22



 

Each Party shall give the other Party a reasonable opportunity to review all filings with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission describing the terms of this Agreement prior to submission of such filings, and shall give due consideration to any reasonable comments by the non-filing Party relating to such filing, including without limitation the provisions of this Agreement for which confidential treatment should be sought.

 

ARTICLE XIV — TERM AND TERMINATION

 

14.1                         Term. The Initial Term of this Agreement shall commence on the Effective Date and unless earlier terminated pursuant to Article 6.2, or this Article 14, shall continue in full force and effect for five (5) years following the date of Effective Date (the “Initial Term” ). The term shall be automatically renewed for up to two (2) periods of five (5) years each (each a “Renewal Term” and together with the Initial Term, the “Term” ). provided that the Parties a) have agreed in writing to the minimum purchase requirements and the Purchase Price for the applicable Renewal Term, and b) the Company may not increase the Purchase Price of Products that are currently under existing publicly procured contracts unless and to the extent that Distributor is entitled to pass through such price increase to the customer. In the event that the Parties fail to agree on such requirements applicable to any renewal at least one hundred and eighty (180) days prior to the expiration of the applicable Term, then this Agreement shall expire and no longer be in effect as of the expiry of such Term.

 

14.2                         Termination by Company for Breach. Company shall have the right to terminate this Agreement upon thirty (30) days notice if Distributor materially breaches this Agreement and does not cure such breach within thirty (30) days (except as otherwise provided in this Agreement) following written notice by Company, including, without limitation, any of the following:

 

(a)                              the failure by Distributor to make payment for Products purchased in accordance with Section 5.3 of this Agreement;

 

(b)                              the failure to comply with Section 2.3;

 

(c)                               the unauthorized disclosure or use of Company confidential or proprietary information;

 

(d)                              the failure to comply with material requirements stipulated in Applicable Laws regarding the marketing, distribution and sale of Products within the Territory (including, by way of explanation but not by limitation, compliance with any local currency restrictions); or

 

(e)                               violation of any of the material obligations of Distributor with respect to patents, trademarks, copyrights, labeling,

 

Confidential and Proprietary

 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED FOR PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT. THE COPY FILED HEREWITH OMITS THE INFORMATION SUBJECT TO A CONFIDENTIALITY REQUEST. OMISSIONS ARE DESIGNATED [***]. A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.

 

23


 

Product registrations, know-how, trade names or Company confidential or proprietary information.

 

14.3                         Termination by Distributor for Breach. Distributor shall have the right to terminate this Agreement upon thirty (30) days notice if Company materially breaches this Agreement and does not cure such breach within thirty (30) days following written notice by Distributor, including, without limitation, any of the following:

 

(a)                              the failure by Company to comply with its obligations set out in Section 3.1(a), 3.1 (b)and/or Section 4;

 

(b)                              the failure to honor warranties;

 

(c)                               the unauthorized disclosure or use of Distributor confidential or proprietary information;

 

(d)                              the failure to comply with material requirements stipulated in Applicable Laws

 

14.4                         Insolvency Event. Either Company or Distributor may terminate this Agreement in the event that the other becomes insolvent, files a petition in bankruptcy, or is declared bankrupt, or makes an assignment for benefit of creditors, during the term of this Agreement. Termination under this Section 14.4 shall be effective upon twenty (20) days prior written notice.

 

14.5                         Termination by either Party for Other Events. Each party may terminate this Agreement immediately by delivering to the other Party or its representative written notice of such termination in the event of the occurrence of either of the following:

 

(a)                              The conviction of the other Party or any principal officer or manager of the other Party of any crimes which may adversely affect the ownership, operation, management, business or interest of Distributor or Company; or

 

(b)                              The other Party becomes subject to any injunction or enforcement action by a regulatory or other governmental authority that prohibits or restricts the other Party’s ability to sell or distribute the Products in the Territory.

 

14.6                         Change of Control. This contract will remain in force, irrespective of a Change in Control, from the execution date of this contract until December 31, 2017. After December 31, 2017 the Company may terminate this Agreement effective upon one hundred eighty (180) days written notice by delivering to the Distributor or its representative such written notice following any Change in Control of the Company subject to payment by the Company to the Distributor of a termination fee (“Termination Fee”) as described in Exhibit D. In addition to the Termination Fee, the Company agrees to continue to supply the Distributor with Products necessary to fulfil Accepted Tenders for the remaining term of each Accepted Tender on the terms and conditions of this Agreement. An Accepted Tender, for the purposes of this Agreement, shall be a supply

 

Confidential and Proprietary

 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED FOR PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT. THE COPY FILED HEREWITH OMITS THE INFORMATION SUBJECT TO A CONFIDENTIALITY REQUEST. OMISSIONS ARE DESIGNATED [***]. A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.

 

24



 

agreement entered into between the Distributor and a healthcare provider (such as a county council, contracting authority, hospital, clinic or other entity providing or organizing care to patients) where (i) the term of such supply agreement expires prior to expiry of the Term; or (ii) such supply agreement (a) has a maximum duration of no more than four (4) years and (b) has been notified to the Company pursuant to this Section 14.6 within ninety (90) days of its signature. The Distributor agrees to notify any tender to the Company, such notification to comprise at least the identity of the healthcare provider, the initial term of the agreement together with any extensions to the term which may be exercised by either party and the Distributor’s non-binding expected volume of sales on an product by product and annual basis. The Distributor agrees not to extend the term or scope of any such Accepted Tender after it has received a notice from the Company pursuant to this Section 14.6 (although the Company acknowledges that the counterparty to such Accepted Tender may have a unilateral right to extend the term of the Accepted Tender). For the avoidance of doubt, a healthcare provider shall not include any sub-distributor or any Third Party which resells the relevant Products other than to individual patients. The Distributor covenant that it shall only use Products supplied to it under this Section 14.6 to supply the relevant healthcare providers and that it shall, on the request of the Company, provide evidence that such Products have been supplied only to the relevant healthcare providers. Any breach of this obligation will permit the Company, at its sole discretion, to terminate its obligation to supply Products pursuant to this Section 14.6 by written notice to the Distributor.

 

14.7                         Effect of Expiration and Termination. Upon any expiration or termination of this Agreement, or with respect to a particular country, then the following consequences shall apply:

 

(a)                              Distributor’s rights and each of Distributor and Company’s obligations under this Agreement with respect to the Territory or such country (as applicable) shall terminate, except as otherwise contemplated by this Section 14.8.

 

(b)                              All trademarks, marks, trade names, patents, copyrights, designs, drawings, formulas or other data, photographs, samples, literature, and sales and promotional aids of every kind shall remain the sole and exclusive property of Company. Upon Company’s request and at Company’s expense, Distributor shall destroy all tangible items bearing, containing, or contained in, any of the foregoing, in its possession or control and provide written certification of such destruction, or prepare such tangible items for shipment to Company, as Company may direct. Distributor shall not make or retain any copies of any confidential or proprietary items or information, which may have been entrusted to it. Effective upon the termination of this Agreement, Distributor shall cease to use all trademarks and trade names of Company, except as provided for in Section 14.8(d).

 

(c)                               Distributor shall not be released from paying any amount which may then be owed to Company.

 

Confidential and Proprietary

 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED FOR PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT. THE COPY FILED HEREWITH OMITS THE INFORMATION SUBJECT TO A CONFIDENTIALITY REQUEST. OMISSIONS ARE DESIGNATED [***]. A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.

 

25



 

(d)                              Distributor shall provide Company with a complete inventory of Products in Distributor’s possession or in transit to Distributor from Company or otherwise in Distributor’s control, within ten (10) days after the effective date of the expiration or termination. Company may inspect Distributor’s Product inventory and audit Distributor’s records in the manner provided hereinabove. Acceptance of any order from, or sale or license of, any Product to Distributor after the effective date of termination of this Agreement shall not be construed as a renewal or extension hereof, or as a waiver of termination of this Agreement.

 

(e)                               Company shall repurchase from Distributor, and Distributor shall sell to Company, all of the Products or parts in Distributor’s stock, if in saleable condition, at the applicable Purchase Price actually paid by Distributor for such Product(s). Such repurchase shall be made within sixty (60) days after the effective date of termination, and Distributor shall promptly ship such Products and parts at Company’s cost to a destination specified by Company in accordance with shipping instructions used by Company to Distributor. The Products and parts so delivered shall be subject to inspection by Company and payment therefore shall be made within forty five (45) days of shipment. If the returned Products or parts require reconditioning, the cost thereof will be deducted from the price paid.

 

(f)                                Termination, relinquishment or expiration of this Agreement for any reason shall be without prejudice to any rights that shall have accrued to the benefit of any Party prior to such termination, relinquishment or expiration including the payment obligations hereunder and any and all damages or remedies arising from any breach hereunder. Such termination, relinquishment or expiration shall not relieve any Party from obligations which are expressly indicated to survive termination of this Agreement. Any provisions of this Agreement which by their nature are intended to survive the expiration or termination of this Agreement shall survive the expiration or termination of this Agreement for any reason. All other rights and obligations of the Parties shall cease upon expiration or termination of this Agreement.

 

ARTICLE XV — DISPUTES

 

15.1                         Disputes. The Parties shall attempt to resolve all disputes between the Parties arising out of or relating to this Agreement and all related agreements, collectively or separately, amicably through good faith discussions upon the written request of any Party. In the event that

 

Confidential and Proprietary

 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED FOR PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT. THE COPY FILED HEREWITH OMITS THE INFORMATION SUBJECT TO A CONFIDENTIALITY REQUEST. OMISSIONS ARE DESIGNATED [***]. A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.

 

26



 

any such dispute cannot be resolved thereby within a period of sixty (60) days after such notice has been given (the last day of such sixty (60) day period being herein referred to as the “Arbitration Date” ), such dispute shall be finally settled by arbitration in accordance with the terms of this Article 16.

 

15.2                         Arbitration. All disputes arising out of or in connection with this Agreement shall be finally settled under the Rules of Arbitration of the International Chamber of Commerce by one or more arbitrators appointed in accordance with the said Rules. The place of arbitration shall be Hamburg, Germany, and the language of the arbitration shall be English.

 

15.3                         Exclusions. Nothing in Section 15.2 shall preclude a Party from seeking and obtaining in a court of competent jurisdiction injunctive or equitable relief to preserve the status quo or prevent immediate harm to the Party.

 

ARTICLE XVI — MISCELLANEOUS

 

16.1                         Force Majeure. Nonperformance by either Party shall be excused to the extent that performance is rendered beyond such Party’s reasonable control by industrial conflicts, mobilization, requisition, embargo, currency restriction, insurrection, general shortage of transport, material or power supply, fire, flood, earthquake, explosion, stroke of lightning, other force majeure and similar casualties or other events beyond either Party’s reasonable control, as well as default in deliveries from subcontractors due to such circumstances as defined in this Section 16.1. If a Force Majeure event exists for more than 180 days, then the affected Party shall have the right to terminate this Agreement upon written notice to the other Party and the terms of Section 14.8 shall apply.

 

16.2                         Performance by Affiliates. Each Party agrees to cause its Affiliates to comply with the provisions of this Agreement as applicable to such Affiliate and to guarantee the payment and performance thereof. Any breach by a Party’s Affiliate of any of such Party’s obligations under this Agreement will be deemed a breach by such Party, and the other Party may proceed directly against such Party without any obligation to first proceed against such Party’s Affiliate.

 

16.3                         Independent Contractors. It is understood that both Parties are independent contractors and are engaged in the operation of their own respective businesses. Neither Party is the agent of the other for any purpose whatsoever, and neither Party has any authority, express or implied, to enter into any contracts or assume any obligations for the other, to pledge the credit of the other or make any warranties or representations on behalf of the other, except where expressly authorized in writing to do so. Nothing in this Agreement or in the activities of either Party shall be deemed to create an agency, partnership or joint venture relationship.

 

16.4                         Notices. All notices, requests, claims, demands and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be given (and shall be deemed to have been duly given upon receipt) by delivery in person or via internationally recognized overnight delivery, or by registered or certified mail (postage prepaid, return receipt requested), or by facsimile with

 

Confidential and Proprietary

 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED FOR PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT. THE COPY FILED HEREWITH OMITS THE INFORMATION SUBJECT TO A CONFIDENTIALITY REQUEST. OMISSIONS ARE DESIGNATED [***]. A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.

 

27



 

confirming letter sent by mail as provided above, to the following address (or at such other address for which such Party gives notice hereunder):

 

If to Distributor:

 

Rubin Medical AB

 

 

Krossverksgatan 5

 

 

SE-216 16 Limhamn

 

 

Sweden

 

 

Attention: Emina Ibrahimbegovic

 

 

E-mail: emina@rubinmedical.se

 

 

 

If to Company:

 

Senseonics, Inc.

 

 

20451 Seneca Meadows Parkway

 

 

Germantown, MD 20876-7005

 

 

United States

 

 

Attention: R. D. Elsey

 

 

 

 

 

E-mail: don.elsey@senseonics.com

 

 

 

with a copy to (which shall not constitute notice):

 

 

Cooley LLP

 

 

One Freedom Square

 

 

Reston Town Center

 

 

11951 Freedom Drive

 

 

Reston, VA 20190-5656

 

 

United States of America

 

 

Attention: Ken Krisko

 

Notices shall be considered delivered when mailed or sent by confirmed email or facsimile in accordance with the provisions of this Section 16.4, subject to proof of receipt or facsimile confirmation or by mail receipt.

 

16.5                         Governing Law. This Agreement, and the rights and obligations of the parties hereunder, shall be governed, construed and interpreted in accordance with the laws of Germany without reference to conflict of laws and choice of law principles and excluding the United Nations Convention on Contracts for the International Sale of Good and.

 

16.6                         Entire Agreement. This Agreement, including the Exhibits, sets forth the entire agreement and understanding of the parties relating to the subject matter hereof, and supersedes all prior oral and written, and all contemporaneous oral, agreements, understandings and arrangements. No modification of or amendment to this Agreement shall be effective unless signed by the Parties.

 

16.7                         Assignment. Each Party agrees that its rights and obligations under this Agreement may not be transferred or assigned, directly or indirectly, to any Person without the prior written consent of the other Party; provided, however , that each Party may transfer or assign this Agreement to an Affiliate (for so long as such Person remains an Affiliate). Subject to the

 

Confidential and Proprietary

 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED FOR PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT. THE COPY FILED HEREWITH OMITS THE INFORMATION SUBJECT TO A CONFIDENTIALITY REQUEST. OMISSIONS ARE DESIGNATED [***]. A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.

 

28



 

foregoing, this Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to, the benefit of the Parties and their respective successors and permitted assigns.

 

16.8                         Severability. If any provision of this Agreement is held to be invalid by a court of competent jurisdiction, then the remaining provisions shall remain, nevertheless, in full force and effect. The parties agree to renegotiate in good faith any term held invalid and to be bound by the agreed substitute provision in order to give the most approximate effect intended by the parties.

 

16.9                         Headings. The headings contained in this Agreement are for reference purposes only and shall not affect in any way the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement. Any article, section, recital, exhibit, schedule or party references are to this Agreement unless otherwise stated. No Party or its counsel shall be deemed to be the drafter of this Agreement for purposes of construing the provisions hereof, and all provisions of this Agreement shall be construed in accordance with their fair meaning, and not strictly for or against any Party.

 

16.10                  Export Control. Distributor understands and acknowledges that Company is subject to regulation by agencies of the U.S. Government, including but not limited to, the FDA and the U.S. Department of Commerce, which prohibit and/or regulate export or diversion of certain products and technology to certain countries. Any and all obligations of Company to provide the Products as well as any other technical information and assistance shall be subject in all respects to such United States laws and regulations as shall from time to time govern the license and delivery of technology and products abroad by persons subject to the jurisdiction of the United States, including without limitation the Administration Act of 1979, as amended, any successor legislation, and the Export Administration Regulations issued by the Department of Commerce, Bureau of Import Administration. Distributor agrees to cooperate with Company, including, without limitation, providing required documentation, in order to obtain export licenses or exemptions there from.

 

16.11                  Waiver. No waiver of any term or condition of this Agreement shall be valid or binding on either Party unless agreed in writing by the Party to be charged. The failure of either Party to enforce at any time any of the provisions of the Agreement, or the failure to require at any time performance by the other Party of any of the provisions of this Agreement, shall in no way be construed to be a present or future waiver of such provisions, nor in any way affect the validity of either Party to enforce each and every such provision thereafter.

 

16.12                  Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but both of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument. Each Party may execute this Agreement by facsimile transmission or in Adobe TM  Portable Document Format (PDF) sent by electronic mail. In addition, facsimile or PDF signatures of authorized signatories of any Party will be deemed to be original signatures and will be valid and binding, and delivery of a facsimile or PDF signature by any Party will constitute due execution and delivery of this Agreement.

 

[REMAINDER OF PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

 

Confidential and Proprietary

 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED FOR PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT. THE COPY FILED HEREWITH OMITS THE INFORMATION SUBJECT TO A CONFIDENTIALITY REQUEST. OMISSIONS ARE DESIGNATED [***]. A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.

 

29


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, and intending to be legally bound hereby, the Parties have caused this Agreement to be executed by their duly authorized representatives as of the Effective Date.

 

 

Senseonics, Inc.

 

By:

/s/ Tim Goodnow

 

 

 

 

Name:

Tim Goodnow

 

 

 

 

Title:

President & CEO

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Rubin Medical

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Karl-Johan Öhman

 

 

 

 

Name:

Karl-Johan Öhman

 

 

 

 

Title:

CEO, Member of the Board

 

 

Confidential and Proprietary

 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED FOR PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT. THE COPY FILED HEREWITH OMITS THE INFORMATION SUBJECT TO A CONFIDENTIALITY REQUEST. OMISSIONS ARE DESIGNATED [***]. A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.

 



 

EXHIBIT A

 

1.                                       “Product” means;

 

a.               Eversense™ Sensor — 90 day — A biosensor (approximately 3.3 mm [0.130”] diameter x 15.7 mm [0.620”] length) implanted subcutaneously under the skin with a duration of up to 90 days.

 

b.               Eversense™ Insertion Kit—A disposable kit containing a Blunt Dissector and Insertion Tool used for the implantation of the sensor subcutaneously.

 

c.                Eversense™ Smart Transmitter — A reusable transmitter that wirelessly powers the sensor, calculates glucose values and sends data to the mobile app via Bluetooth Low Energy

 

d.               Eversense™ Mobile App — An IOS and Android-platform application used to display glucose data from the Eversense Smart Transmitter.

 

e.                Eversense™ Adhesive Pack (30)—A 30-day supply of adhesive patch for use in securing the smart transmitter on to the skin.

 

f.                 Eversense™ Transmitter Armband — A biocompatible armband for use with securing the smart transmitter on to the skin.

 

Product also means any improvements, replacements, modifications and extensions of the products specified above that Company elects to launch in the Territory.

 

Confidential and Proprietary

 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED FOR PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT. THE COPY FILED HEREWITH OMITS THE INFORMATION SUBJECT TO A CONFIDENTIALITY REQUEST. OMISSIONS ARE DESIGNATED [***]. A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.

 

Exhibits i



 

EXHIBIT B

 

1.                                       Product Purchase Price . The “ Purchase Price ” for the Product (including component elements thereof) shall be equal to:

 

 

 

Eversense Sensor

 

Eversense Smart

 

Component

 

Pack

 

Transmitter Pack

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

[***]

 

[***]

 

[***]

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

[***]

 

[***]

 

[***]

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

[***]

 

[***]

 

[***]

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

[***]

 

[***]

 

[***]

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

[***]

 

[***]

 

[***]

 

 

Eversense™ Sensor Pack contains the following:

 

1                                          Sensor Insertion Kit — Includes Blunt Dissector, Insertion Tool, Insertion Template, Adhesive Patch 30-Pack (3). Insertion and Removal Instruction Guide

1                                          Sensor Kit - Includes Sensor Pouch

 

Eversense™ Smart Transmitter Pack contains the following:

 

1                                          Smart Transmitter

1                                          Power Supply

1                                          User Guide

1                                          Quick Reference Guide

 

Confidential and Proprietary

 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED FOR PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT. THE COPY FILED HEREWITH OMITS THE INFORMATION SUBJECT TO A CONFIDENTIALITY REQUEST. OMISSIONS ARE DESIGNATED [***]. A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.

 

Exhibits ii



 

EXHIBIT C

 

MINIMUM PURCHASE REQUIREMENT - QUANTITY

 

 

 

Eversense Sensor

 

Eversense Smart

 

Component

 

Pack

 

Transmitter Pack

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

[***]

 

[***]

 

[***]

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

[***]

 

[***]

 

[***]

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

[***]

 

[***]

 

[***]

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

[***]

 

[***]

 

[***]

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

[***]

 

[***]

 

[***]

 

 

Confidential and Proprietary

 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED FOR PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT. THE COPY FILED HEREWITH OMITS THE INFORMATION SUBJECT TO A CONFIDENTIALITY REQUEST. OMISSIONS ARE DESIGNATED [***]. A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.

 

Exhibits iii



 

EXHIBIT D

 

TERMINATION FEE

 

YEAR

 

TERMINATION FEE

1/1/2016 – 12/31/2016

 

N/A

1/1/2017 – 12/31/2017

 

N/A

1/1/2018 – 12/31/2018

 

[***]

1/1/2019 – 12/31/2019

 

[***]

1/1/2020 – 12/31/2020

 

[***]

 

Confidential and Proprietary

 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED FOR PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT. THE COPY FILED HEREWITH OMITS THE INFORMATION SUBJECT TO A CONFIDENTIALITY REQUEST. OMISSIONS ARE DESIGNATED [***]. A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.

 

Exhibits iv



 

EXHIBIT E

 

USER GUIDE

 

Confidential and Proprietary

 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED FOR PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT. THE COPY FILED HEREWITH OMITS THE INFORMATION SUBJECT TO A CONFIDENTIALITY REQUEST. OMISSIONS ARE DESIGNATED [***]. A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.

 

Exhibits v


 

User GuideEversense Continuous Glucose Honitoring System

GRAPHIC

 

Confidential and Proprietary

 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED FOR PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT. THE COPY FILED HEREWITH OMITS THE INFORMATION SUBJECT TO A CONFIDENTIALITY REQUEST. OMISSIONS ARE DESIGNATED [***]. A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.

 


Contents Glossary 5 Legal Notices 6 Eversense Trademark 6 Apple Legal Notice 6 Android Legal Notice 6 About Bluetooth’ 7 Bluetooth’ Trademark 7 1. Introduction 8 Eversense CGM System Components 8 System Requirements 10 Indication for Use 10 Contraindications 10 what is included in this Pad age 11 How to Use this User Guide 11 2. Benefits and Risks 12 Expectation is of the System 12 Warnings 13 Cautions 14 3. Getting Started 15 Step 1 Charge your Smart Transmitter 16 Step 2 Download the App 17 Step 3 Set up the App - Pairing and Settings 18 4. Inserting and Linking the Sensor - In Clinic Procedure 22 5. Using the App 24 Chad your Mobile Device Setting 24 Get To Know the ‘My Glucose’ [ILLEGIBLE] 25 Glance View 27 Trend Arrows 29 Trend Graph 30 Menu Options 31 6. Using the Smart Transmitter 32 Daily Use 33 Secure the Smart Transmitter over Inserted Sensor 34 [ILLEGIBLE] the Smart Transmitter ON and OFF 36 Smart Transmitter Maintenance 37 Battery [ILLEGIBLE] 37 LED Status indicators 38 Senseonics_UG_[ILLEGIBLE] [ILLEGIBLE] 7. Calibrating the System 39 Calibration Phases 40 How To Calibrate 41 8. Customizing Your Settings 44 Setting Glucose Target Levels 45 Setting Glucose Alarm Levels 46 Setting Predictive Alarms 47 Setting Rate of Change Alarms 48 Set Daily Calibration Times 49 Setting Systems Information 50 Setting Mealtimes Schedule 51 9. Alarms Descriptions 52 Alarms Types 52 Alarm History 53 Alarm Description and Actions 54 10. Logging Events 62 Glucose 63 Meals 64 Insulin 65 Health 66 Exercise 67 11. Glucose Reports and Sharing 68 Weekly Modal Summary 69 Glucose Pre Chart 70 Glucose Statistics 70 Eversense Data Management Software (DMS) Program 71 12. About the Sensor 72 Insertion Steps 72 Removal Steps 73 13. Troubleshooting 74 Smart Transmitter 74 Smart Transmitter Battery and Charging 75 Connection with Smart Transmitter 76 Calibration 78 Alarms 80 Glucose Readings 82 Trend Arrows 83 App 83 Sensor 84 Traveling with CGM 84 Events 85 Other 85 Senseonics_UG_[ILLEGIBLE] [ILLEGIBLE] 14. System Performance 86 15. Technical Specifications 88 Sensor 88 Smart Transmitter 88 Symbols can App Alarms. Alerts and Notifications 89 Symbols on Packaging and Device 91 Index 94 [ILLEGIBLE] Senseonics_UG_[ILLEGIBLE] [ILLEGIBLE]

GRAPHIC

 

Confidential and Proprietary

 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED FOR PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT. THE COPY FILED HEREWITH OMITS THE INFORMATION SUBJECT TO A CONFIDENTIALITY REQUEST. OMISSIONS ARE DESIGNATED [***]. A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.

 


Glossary Alarm An alarm warns you that a situation needs your attention and that you respond/take appropriate action. Alert An alert lets you know of a situation that may require attention. An alert is less serious than an alarm. Blood Glucose Meter A commercially available device used to measure glucose using a blood sample from a fingerstick. Bluetooth’ A brand name for a wireless networking technology that uses short wave radio frequencies (RF) to connect mobile devices and other wireless electronic devices. Calibration Blood glucose reading from a fingerstick sample entered in the Eversense App to check the accuracy of the system. CGM Continuous Glucose Monitoring. Continuously monitoring your glucose levels from interstitial fluid every few minutes. Contraindication Acondition or circumstance in which a person should not use the device. CT Computed Tomography Electromagnetic Interference A strong field of energy generated by electrical or magnetic devices. EULA End User License Agreement FAQ Frequently Asked Questions “Hi” Reading Indicates a sensor glucose reading is > 22.2 mmol/L (400 mg/dL). Interstitial Fluid (ISF) The fluid between cells in the body. The Eversense CGM measures glucose from an interstitial fluid sample, versus glucose in a blood sample obtained from a fingerstick. LEO Light Emitting Diode Linked Sensor A sensor that is connected to a smart transmitter. “LO” Reading Indicates sensor glucose reading is < 2.2 mmol/L (40 mg/dL). Mobile Device A handheld device built on a mobile operating system that runs the Eversense App and communicates with the smart transmitter. MRI Magnetic Resonance imaging Eversense App Software program that is installed on a mobile device and is used to display CGM glucose data sent from the smart transmitter. Sensor A device inserted subcutaneously for continually measuring interstitial fluid glucose levels. Subcutaneous Located beneath the skin. Smart Transmitter A reusable device worn externally over the inserted sensor that powers the sensor and sends glucose information to the mobile device for display in the Eversense App. Eversense CGH User Guide 5 Senseonics_UG_[ILLEGIBLE] [ILLEGIBLE] Legal Notices Eversense Trademark Eversense, Eversense Continuous Glucose Monitoring, Eversense CGM, Eversense Sensor, Eversense Smart Transmitter and Eversense App are trademarks of Senseonics. Incorporated. Other brands and their products are trademarks or registered trademarks of their respective holders. Apple Legal Notice “Made for iPod touch”, “Made for iPhone” and “Made for iPad” mean that an electronic accessory has been designed to connect specifically to iPod touch, iPhone or iPad, respectively, and has been certified by the developer to meet Apple performance standards. Apple is not responsible for the operation of this device or its compliance with safety and regulatory standards. Please note that the use of this accessory with iPod touch, iPhone or iPad may affect wireless performance. Apple, iPad, iPhone, iPod, and iPod touch are trademarks of Apple Inc., registered in the U.S. and other countries. Android Legal Notice [TBD] 6 Eversense CGM User Guide Senseonics_UG_[ILLEGIBLE] [ILLEGIBLE] About Bluetooth’ Bluetooth’ is a type of wireless (RF) communication. Mobile devices like smartphones use Bluetooth’ technology as do many other devices. Your smart Transmitter uses Bluetooth’ Smart to pair with the mobile device and to send results to the app. You smart transmitter is subject to and complies with U.S. federal guidelines, Part 15 of the FCC rules for devices with RF capability. These rules state two-conditions specific to the operation of the device. They are: • This device may not cause harmful interference. • This device must accept arty interference received, including interference that may cause undesirable operation. These guidelines help ensure that your smart transmitter will not affect the operation or other nearby electronic devices. Additionally, other electronic devices should not affect the use of your smart transmitter. With the exception of your mobile device, other electronic wireless devices that are in use nearby, such as a cell phone, microwave or a wireless network. may prevent or delay the transmission of data from your smart transmitter to the app. Moving away from or turning off these electronic devices may allow communication. The smart transmitter has been tested and found to be appropriate for use at home. In most cases, it should not interfere with other home electronic devices if used as instructed. However, this smart transmitter gives off RF energy. If not used correctly, your smart transmitter may interfere with your TV, radio or other electronic devices that receive or transmit RF signals. If you experience smart transmitter interference problems, try moving away from the source of the interference. You can also move the electronic device or its antenna to another location to solve the problem. If you continue to experience interference, contact Your clinical study center. Or contact support service for the manufacturer of the electronic device causing the interference. Bluetooth’ Trademark The Bluetooth’ word mark and logos are owned by the Bluetooth’ SIG, Inc. and any use of such marks by Senseonics, Inc. is under license. Other trademarks and trade names are those of their respective owners. [ILLEGIBLE] Eversense CGM User Guide 7 Senseonics_UG_[ILLEGIBLE] [ILLEGIBLE]

GRAPHIC

 

Confidential and Proprietary

 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED FOR PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT. THE COPY FILED HEREWITH OMITS THE INFORMATION SUBJECT TO A CONFIDENTIALITY REQUEST. OMISSIONS ARE DESIGNATED [***]. A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.

 

 


1 1. Introduction This section reviews how to use this guide and describes your new Eversense. CGM System. Including its components and Intended purpose. Congratulations on having the latest diabetes technology to assist you in managing your diabetes. Your Eversense CGM System is intended to continually measure glucose levels for up to 90 days after your sensor is inserted. Glucose information collected by the system is automatically sent to your mobile device. You must contact your doctor to schedule the insertion and removal of your sensor. Eversense CGM System Components The System includes 1) a small sensor inserted subcutaneously by a doctor, 2) a removable smart transmitter worn over the sensor, and 3) a mobile: app to display the glucose readings. Eversense Sensor The sensor is inserted under the skin (upper arm) and measures glucose in interstitial fluid for up to 90 days. These glucose levels are then calculated by the smart transmitter and sent to the app. Eversense Smart Transmitter The removable smart transmitter is worn externally over the sensor and powers the sensor. It wirelessly sends glucose data (via Bluetooth) to the mobile device app. The smart transmitter also provides vibratory alarms based on pre-set glucose level settings. It has a rechargeable battery and is reusable for up to one year. Eversense App The Eversense App is a software application that runs on a mobile device (e.g., smartphone or tablet) and displays glucose data in a variety of ways. It also provides alarms based on pre-set glucose level settings. 8 Eversene CGM User Guide Senseonics_UG_[ILLEGIBLE] [ILLEGIBLE] 1 Disposable adhesive patches for daily use are also included as part of the system components. The patch has an acrylic adhesive side that attaches to the back of the smart transmitter, and a silicone adhesive side that attaches to the skin. A separate blood glucose monitoring system is required for calibrating the CGM System when used properly, these components work together to help ensure you get continuous glucose monitoring for up to 90 days. To ensure you receive continuous glucose readings and other information, follow these daily use tips: • Wear your smart transmitter all the times except during showering/bathing or any other water related activity. • Make sure your smart transmitter has enough battery power at all times. Charge daily. • Perform two blood glucose meter calibration tests each day when prompted • Pay attention to alarms and notifications you receive from your smart transmitter and mobile device. Some of the features of the Eversense CGM System • Wireless communication with the sensor, smart transmitter and app. • Long-term sensor wear in the upper arm for up to 90 days. • Alarms when pre-set Low or High Glucose Alarms levels (hypoglycemia or hyperglycemia) are reached. • Predicted alarms to alert you before reaching pre-set Low or High Glucose Alarm levels. • Use of mobile device (e.g., smartphone) to display glucose readings. • On-body vibe alerts with the smart transmitter even when mobile device is not nearby. • Provides readings within 2.2 - 22.2 mmol/L (40 - 400 mg/dL) range every 5 minutes. • Trend arrows that show whether your glucose values ate rising or falling and how fast. • Graphs and statistics that show your glucose results in easy-to-understand formats. • Removable and rechargeable smart transmitter. • Event entry capabilities (like meals, exercise and insulin). • Stores glucose data in the app and on the smart transmitter. Eversense CGM User Guide 9 Senseonics_UG_[ILLEGIBLE] [ILLEGIBLE] 1 System Requirements • The Eversense CGM System • A compatible mobile device that has Bluetooth’ Smart (or Bluetooth’ Low Energy). For a list of compatible devices, please go to www.senseonics.com/product • A compatible Apple device with iOS 4.3 or higher, including the iPhone and iPodA (or a compatible Android device with version 4.4 or higher) • The Eversense App downloaded to your mobile device from the Apple App Store or Google Play Store Indication for Use The Eversense CGM System is indicated for continually measuring interstitial fluid glucose levels in adults with diabetes for the operating life of the sensor. The system is intended to: • Aid in the management of diabetes. • Provide real-time glucose readings. • Provide glucose Irend information. • Provide alarms for the detection and prediction of episodes of low blood glucose (hypoglycemia) and high blood glucose (hyperglycemia). The Eversense CGM System has not been tested in women who are pregnant and in people under the age of 18. Contraindications The sensor and smart transmitter are incompatible with magnetic resonance imaging (MRI) procedures. DO NOT undergo an MRI procedure while the sensor is inserted or when wearing the smart transmitter. Should an MRI be required, please contact your doctor to arrange for sensor removal before the procedure. The system is contraindicated in patients for whom dexamethasone or dexamethasone acetate may be contraindicated. [ILLEGIBLE] 10 Eversense CGM User Guide Senseonics_UG_[ILLEGIBLE] [ILLEGIBLE]

GRAPHIC

 

Confidential and Proprietary

 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED FOR PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT. THE COPY FILED HEREWITH OMITS THE INFORMATION SUBJECT TO A CONFIDENTIALITY REQUEST. OMISSIONS ARE DESIGNATED [***]. A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.

 


1 What is Included in this Package This Eversense Smart Transmitter Pack contains the following: Also included is this User Guide (not shown). Materials (e.g., adhesives) that contact the skin have been selected for their biocompatibility, Please see the Technical Specifications section for a list of the specific skin-contacting materials. If you are allergic to or have any sensitivity to these materials, consult your doctor. How to Use This User Guide This guide describes how to use your CGM System. Read the entire guide before using the system. Ask your health care provider to explain anything that is unclear. · Each chapter is focused on single topic and appears in order of experience with the CGM System In some instances a description of the chapter content is included along with an overview or background information, followed by step-by-step instructions. · Any warnings or cautions are highlighted in a box. · User tips are preceded by the ü symbol. Eversense CGM User Guide 11 Senseonics_UG_[ILLEGIBLE] [ILLEGIBLE] 2. Benefits and Risks 2 This Section describes the benefits, expectations and risks associated with using the Eversense CGM System. Expectations of the System Continuous glucose monitoring aids in the management of diabetes and glucose control, which can improve your quality of life. Best results are achieved when you are fully informed about the risks and benefits, insertion procedure, follow-up requirements, and self-care responsibilities. You should not have the sensor inserted if you cannot properly operate the CGM System. The safety and effectiveness of the CGM System has not been established for the following: · Children or adolescents (18 years of age or younger). · Women who are pregnant or nursing. The CGM System measures glucose in interstitial fluid (ISF) between the body’s cells. Physiologic differences between ISF and blood from a fingerstick may result in differences in glucose measurements. These differences are especially evident during times of rapid change in blood glucose (e.g., after eating, dosing insulin, or exercising.) On average, glucose levels in ISF lag behind glucose levels in blood by about 5-7 minutes. The sensor has a silicone ring that contains a small amount of an anti-inflammatory drug (dexamethasone). It has not been determined whether the risks associated with injectable dexamethasone apply to the dexamethasone elution ring inside the sensor. The elution ring releases a small amount of dexamethasone when the sensor comes in contact with body fluids and serves to minimize the body’s inflammatory response to the inserted sensor. Dexamethasone in the ring may also cause other adverse events not previously seen with the injectable form. For a listing of potentially adverse effects related to dexamethasone, contact your doctor. Always follow your doctor’s instructions for care after the sensor insertion or removal. Contact your doctor if any of the following events occur: · You have pain, redness, or swelling at the incision site(s) later than 5 days after the sensor insertion or removal. · Your CGM System is not working properly. 12 Eversense CGM User Guide Senseonics_UG_[ILLEGIBLE] [ILLEGIBLE] 2 Warnings · If at any time your have symptoms of a low or high blood glucose level OR if your symptoms are not consistent with the sensor glucose readings, you should test your glucose with a blood glucose meter. · Always test your glucose with your blood glucose meter before making a treatment decision. · If your smart transmitter is damaged or cracked, DO NOT use, as this could create an electrical safety hazard or malfunction, and could result in electrical shock. · Avoid close contact with direct electromagnetic interference (EMI) while wearing the smart transmitter. Electromagnetic interference can come from any device emitting electromagnetic energy, such as theft detectors, CB radio antennae, electric are welding equipment, linear power amplifier, and industrial equipment that generates high levels of electromagnetic Interference. Consult your doctor if you are unsure whether something is affecting your device. · Use only the AC power adaptor and USB cable provided with the smart transmitter when charging the smart transmitter battery. Use of another power supply could damage the battery, or not allow it to charge properly. Eversense CGM User Guide 13 Senseonics_UG_[ILLEGIBLE] [ILLEGIBLE] [ILLEGIBLE]

GRAPHIC

 

Confidential and Proprietary

 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED FOR PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT. THE COPY FILED HEREWITH OMITS THE INFORMATION SUBJECT TO A CONFIDENTIALITY REQUEST. OMISSIONS ARE DESIGNATED [***]. A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.

 


Cautions 2 • DO NOT wear the smart transmitter during medical x-rays or computed tomography (CT) scans. Remove the smart transmitter before undergoing medical x-ray or CT scans. Make sure your doctor knows about your smart transmitter. • To ensure correct insertion date of the sensor, the sensor and smart transmitter should be linked the day of insertion. • The following medical therapies or procedures may cause permanent damage to the sensor particularly if used in close proximity to the device: • Diathermy – Do not use diathermy on patients who have an inserted sensor. Energy from the diathermy can transfer through the sensor and cause tissue damage in the insertion area. • Electrocautery – The use of electrocautery near the inserted sensor may damage the device. Follow these precautions if the use of electrocautery is unavoidable: • Do not use monopolar electrocautery, only bipolar electrocautery is recommended. • Do not allow the inserted sensor to come in contact with the electrocautery instrument. • Place grounding plates as far away from the inserted sensor as possible. • Steroid use – It has not been determined whether the risks usually associated with injectable dexamethasone apply to the use of this dexamethasone elution ring, a highly localized, controlled-release device. The dexamethasone ring could cause other adverse events not listed or previously seen • If the sensor feels warm, remove the smart transmitter immediately and contact your doctor for further advice. • DO NOT immerse the smart transmitter in water or use the smart transmitter for any activity where it might be submerged in water. Immersing the smart transmitter in water may result in electric shock. Always remove the smart transmitter before bathing or swimming. • DO NOT wear more than one smart transmitter per sensor at a time or it may result in inaccurate glucose measurements. • Remove the smart transmitter from your arm before charging the smart transmitter battery. • DO NOT attempt to use the Eversense App while operating a motor vehicle. • You should not receive massage therapy near the inserted sensor site. 14 Evarsense CGM User Guide Senseonics_UG_[ILLEGIBLE] [ILLEGIBLE] 3. Getting Started This section describes the initial start-up steps required before you can begin using your new Eversense CGM system on a daily basis. You may perform these steps before your sector inserts the session. 3 To get started you need: • This Eversense Smart Transmitter Pack that includes your smart transmitter, power supply, adhesive patch. • Your mobile device to download the Eversense App. • Wireless internet connection. You may complete the following start-up steps before your sensor is inserted so that you can familiarize yourself with the system. 3 easy start-up step: 1. Charge your smart transmitter. 2. Download the Eversense App to your mobile device. 3. Set up the app – Pairing and Settings. Eversense CGM User Guide 15 Senseonics_UG_[ILLEGIBLE] [ILLEGIBLE] Step 1. Charge your Smart Transmitter 3 It is important to charge the smart transmitter battery daily to ensure data is collected from the sensor and sent to the app. The smart transmitter does not collect information from the sensor or send it to the app while charging. You may also charge your smart transmitter by connecting the USB cable to a computer USB port instead of the AC power adapter. Using a computer may take longer than 15 minutes to fully charge the smart transmitter battery. Caution: Use only the AC power adapter and USB cable provided with the smart transmitter when charging the smart transmitter battery. Use of another power supply could damage the battery, or not allow it to charge properly. 1. Plug the standard end of the USB cable 2. Plug the micro end of the USB cable into 3. Plug the adapter into an AC power outlet. into the adapter USB port. the smart transmitter USB port. • Once fully changed (about 15 minutes). a small green LED light appears on the top front of the smart transmitter (above the power button). • Disconnect the power supply from the smart transmitter after it is fully charged. 16 Eversense CGM User Guide Senseonics_UG_[ILLEGIBLE] [ILLEGIBLE] [ILLEGIBLE]

GRAPHIC

 

Confidential and Proprietary

 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED FOR PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT. THE COPY FILED HEREWITH OMITS THE INFORMATION SUBJECT TO A CONFIDENTIALITY REQUEST. OMISSIONS ARE DESIGNATED [***]. A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.

 


Step 2. Download the App The app is designed to work with the smart transmitter to automatically receive and display sensor glucose data. 3 1. Select the mobile device you would like 2. Download the free app from the 3. On the install screen, top install to use to display your glucose readings. In Apple App Store or Google Play Store. application and follow the installation most cases, this would be a smartphone. instructions. j IMPORTANT: After 1 - 2 minutes, check Make sure that you have a wireless internet your mobile device display connection and that Bluetooth is turned ON for the Eversense App icon before continuing. (appears as shown here). Eversense CGM User Guide 17 Senseonics_UG_[ILLEGIBLE] [ILLEGIBLE] 3 Step 3. Set up the App - Pairing and Settings Once the app is downloaded, connect the app and smart transmitter by pairing the smart transmitter with your mobile device. 1. Launch the app by tapping the 2. When you accept the Agreement, 3. Choose one of the two options depending Eversense App icon on your mobile a WELCOME screen appears. on whether you already have your smart device. The END USER LICENSE transmitter or not: AGREEMENT will appear. • Review the Agreement and tap I have a Smart Transmitter Accept to agree to the terms of the License Agreement. (proceed to step 4 that follows on page 19). I do not have a Smart Transmitter (proceed to step 9 that follows on page 20). 18 Eversense CGM User Guide Senseonics_UG_[ILLEGIBLE] [ILLEGIBLE] 4. When the PAIR YOUR 5. On the PAIR YOUR 6. A BLUETOOTH PAIRING TRANSMITTER screen appears TRANSMlTTER screen, the smart REQUEST pop-up screen appears. 3 on your mobile device, set your smart transmitter lD detected by the app Tap Pair to complete the pairing process. transmitter to “Discoverable” mode is listed as “Not Connected”. (Your NOTE: The smart transmitter can only be for the mobile device to find the smart smart transmitter ID matches the serial paired with one mobile device at a time. transmitter: number found on the back of the smart • Press the smart transmitter power transmitter.) button three times. Make sure your Tap Not Connected to begin pairing Bluetooth Pairing Request smart transmitter is not plugged to the process. [ILLEGIBLE] power supply. [ILLEGIBLE] • The green and amber LED will blink [ILLEGIBLE] to indicate the app has began the [ILLEGIBLE] searching process. Eversense CGM User Guide 19 Senseonics_UG_[ILLEGIBLE] [ILLEGIBLE] [ILLEGIBLE]

GRAPHIC

 

Confidential and Proprietary

 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED FOR PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT. THE COPY FILED HEREWITH OMITS THE INFORMATION SUBJECT TO A CONFIDENTIALITY REQUEST. OMISSIONS ARE DESIGNATED [***]. A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.

 


3 7. “Connected” appears next to the 8. The DAILY CALIBRATION screen 9. The UNIT OF MEASUREMENT smart transmitter ID once the pairing appears for you to set your morning and screen appears and indicates the standard is compete. The smart transmitter will evening reminder times for your twice-a- unit of measurement for your region. Your provide intermittent vibrations until day calibrations. You will automatically glucose readings will always be displayed the smart transmitter is linked with the receive a notification when it is time to in this unit of measurement. inserted sensor (see section 4). make a calibration entry. • Tap Next. • Tap Morning to change the time and repeat for Evening. • Tap Next when done. 20 Eversense CGM User Guide Senseonics_UG_[ILLEGIBLE] [ILLEGIBLE] Cautton: DO NOT change the unit of 10. Next, the MY GLUCOSE screen To begin using the app with your smart measurement unless have discussed it appears. The screen will not have any transmitter, you will need to have the sensor 3 with your doctor. If the unit of measurement glucose data to display at this time. inserted by your doctor and complete your is changed at this time, all glucose readings 24 hour warm up phase before you can start will be displayed in that unit. If you want to calibrating your system. If you have not yet had change the unit of measurement, you will your sensor inserted, you can review chapter have to uninstall and then re-install the app. 5 through 11 to become familiar with the app When the unit of measurement is and its features. confirmed, tap Finish. Eversense CGM User Guide 21 Senseonics_UG_[ILLEGIBLE] [ILLEGIBLE] 4. Inserting and Linking the Sensor - In clinic Procedure This Section describes how to link the sensor and smart transmitter after your doctors has inserted the sensor. See chapter 12 to learn more about the sensor. 4 When it is time for your sensor insertion by your doctor, make sure to bring the smart transmitter (if sent to your directly) and your mobile device to your appointment. Once your doctor has inserted your sensor, you must link your smart transmitter and the sensor to start the warm up phase and begin collecting glucose data. Your smart transmitter can only be linked to one sensor at a time. Your doctor can help you complete the following steps. 1. Make sure your smart transmitter is turned 2. To link the smart transmitter and sensor, 3. When the smart transmitter and sensor ON (see page 36) and that your mobile tap Link Sensor on either the New are successfully linked, the LINKED device has access to the internet. Sensor Detected pop-up screen or by SENSOR screen appears and displays • Position the smart transmitter directly tapping Menu > Settings > System> the sensor ID number. over the inserted sensor until the Linked Sensor and then tap Link Placement Guide shows some Sensor. connection. The Placement Guide page is located in Menu > Placement Guide. Note: The connection between the sensor and the smart transmitter is sensitive to the orientation of the transmitter. If the smart transmitter is over the senor with no connection, try rotating the smart transmitter to connect. 22 Eversense CGM User Guide Senseonics_UG_[ILLEGIBLE] [ILLEGIBLE] [ILLEGIBLE]

GRAPHIC

 

Confidential and Proprietary

 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED FOR PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT. THE COPY FILED HEREWITH OMITS THE INFORMATION SUBJECT TO A CONFIDENTIALITY REQUEST. OMISSIONS ARE DESIGNATED [***]. A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.

 


Caution: To ensure comet insertion date of the sensor, the sensor and the smart transmitter should be linked the day of the sensor insertion. Note: The sensor requires 24 hours to stabilize in your body before glucose values will be collected by the smart transmitter. Therefore, you do not need to secure the smart transmitter over the sensor during the first 24 hours after insertion. If you decide to secure the smart transmitter over the sensor within 4 the first 24 hours after insertion, you will receive a message indicating a “Warm-Up Phase” of the system and a 24-hour countdown will begin Eversense CGM User Guide 23 Senseonics_UG_[ILLEGIBLE] [ILLEGIBLE] 5. Using the App This section describes the use and functions of the Eversense App including description of the main screen, trend graph, trend allows, and the menu navigation screen. The app communicates with the smart transmitter to receive then display glucose data, trends, graphs, alarms and alerts. The app also stores your glucose value history and statistics. 5 On the MY GLUCOSE screen, you have easy access to: • Real-time sensor glucose measurements. • Rate and direction of your changing glucose levels. • Graphical trends of your glucose levels. • Alarms (hypoglycemia or hyperglycemia). • Events such as meals, exercise, and medications. Note: A wireless internet connection is required to download or update the Eversense App. Check Your Mobile Device Setting You will need a mobile device (such as your smartphone) to use the Eversense CGM System. It is very important that your mobile device system is set properly to ensure accurate display of your glucose data in the app. Follow the manufacturer instructions for your mobile device for the following: • Time and date setting. • Bluetooth turned ON (enabled). • Notifications setting. • Battery power/charging. • Geographic zone (time and date). 24 Eversense CGM User Guide Senseonics_UG_ [ILLEGIBLE] [ILLEGIBLE] Get To Know the “My Glucose” Screen The MY GLUCOSE screen is the main display screen for the app. It displays a variety of data, inducing sensor glucose readings, direction and rate of change arrow, trend graph, events, calibrations, alarms and notifications. Eversense CGM User Guide 25 Senseonics_UG_[ILLEGIBLE] [ILLEGIBLE] [ILLEGIBLE]

GRAPHIC

 

Confidential and Proprietary

 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED FOR PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT. THE COPY FILED HEREWITH OMITS THE INFORMATION SUBJECT TO A CONFIDENTIALITY REQUEST. OMISSIONS ARE DESIGNATED [***]. A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.

 


 Status bar Status of your most recent glucose reading. Smart Transmitter ID This is the smart transmitter yon are now using. You can change the name by tapping Settings > System. 5 Current glucose reading Current real-time glucose level. This is updated every 5 minutes. Date and time Current date and time You can scroll left or right to see different dates and times. Smart Transmitter battery power Indicates battery power left in the smart transmitter. Smart Transmitter connection to sensor Indicates the strength of your smart transmitter connection with the sensor. Trend arrow Shows the direction your glucose levels are moving. Unit of measurement This is the unit of measurement used to display all glucose data. High/Low Glucose alarm level The levels set for the high and low glucose threshold alarms. High/Low Glucose Target level The levels set for the high and low glucose targets (target range). Stacked events mark Indicates several events have occurred at the same time. Event mark Indicates manually entered events (e.g., exercise). See Logging Events for more information. Calibration mark Indicates a blood glucose calibration entry. Glucose trend graph Glucose levels over time. You can scroll back and forth to see trends or zoom in to display as few as 3 hours of data, or zoom out to see up to 3 days. See page 30 for more information. Menu Provides easy navigation to various sections of the Eversense App: My Glucose Reports Settings Calibrate Share My Data About Alarm History Placement Guide Event Log Connect 26 Eversense CGM User Guide Senseonics_UG_[ILLEGIBLE] [ILLEGIBLE] Glance View You can take a shortcut glance of your glucose readings without having to open up the Eversense App first. From your mobile device home screen, swipe down to view your current glucose reading, trend arrow, glucose status and smart transmitter battery level. 5 Eversense CGM User Guide 27 Senseonics_UG_[ILLEGIBLE] [ILLEGIBLE] [ILLEGBILE] 5 28 Eversansa CGM User Guide Senseonics_UG_[ILLEGIBLE] [ILLEGIBLE] [ILLEGIBLE]

GRAPHIC

 

Confidential and Proprietary

 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED FOR PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT. THE COPY FILED HEREWITH OMITS THE INFORMATION SUBJECT TO A CONFIDENTIALITY REQUEST. OMISSIONS ARE DESIGNATED [***]. A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.

 


Trend Arrows There are five (5) different trend arrows that show the current direction of your glucose levels, and how fast they are changing. Gradually rising or falling glucose levels, falling or rising at a rate between 0.00 mmol/L and 0.06 mmol/L (0.0 mg/dL and 1.0 mg/dL) per minute. Moderately rising glucose level, rising at a rate between 0.06 mmol/L and 0.11 mmol/L (1.0 mg/dL and 2.0 mg/dL) per minute. 5 Moderately falling glucose levels, falling at a rate between 0.06 mmol/L and 0.11 mmol/L (1.0 mg/dL and 2.0 mg/dL) per minute. Very rapidly rising glucose levels, rising at a rate more than 0.11 mmol/L (2.0 mg/dL) per minute. Very rapidly falling glucose levels, falling at a rate more than 0.11 mmol/L (2.0 mg/dL) per minute. The app uses the last 20 minutes of continuous glucose data for calculating which arrow to display. When there are not enough sensor values available for the calculation, the arrow is displayed in gray. Note: Trend arrows are different from the predicted glucose alarms. Trend arrows indicate the rate and direction of change in glucose levels, regardless of the current glucose level. As a result, you may have a trend arrow that points tip or down (indicating slow or rapid changes), but not have a predicted glucose alarm. Predicted glucose alarms notify you when your glucose levels are expected to reach a certain glucose level based on current trends. As a result, you can have a predicted glucose alarm and still have a stable trend arrow. Eversense CGM User Guide 29 Senseonics_UG_[ILLEGIBLE] [ILLEGIBLE] Trend Graph The trend graph is used to review and analyze historical data and trends in your glucose values over time. It also displays marks for events you have manually logged in the app (e.g., calibration tests, exercise, etc). There are several ways you can use the trend graph: 5 • Quickly review now well you are doing when compared to your glucose targets and alarm thresholds. The red dashed lines indicate your High and Low Glucose Alarm levels, and the green dashed lines indicate your high and low glucose target levels (your target range). • Shaded areas of the graph are color coded as follows depending on your glucose level status: • Glucose values that are outside of your glucose alarm levels will be coded red. • Glucose values that are within your glucose target levels will be coded in green. • Glucose values that are [ILLEGIBLE] will be coded yellow. • Press and hold any point in the line graph to view specific glucose reading for that point in time. • Tap any of the marks on the app screen to get more information about the event or alert. • Pinch the screen with your thumb and index finger to display different day/time ranges on the trend graph. You can zoom in and out to display as few as 3 hours or up to 3 days of information. • To view trend graph data for a different date, tap the date on the screen and enter the desired date. • You can view the trend graph in either portrait or landscape mode. • You can also take a screenshot of the trend graph. Note: All of your glucose data will be stored in the app as long as you have memory available on your mobile device. 30 Eversense CGM User Guide Senseonics_UG_[ILLEGIBLE] [ILLEGIBLE] Menu Options The Menu icon ( ) appears at the top left corner of all app screens and provides easy navigation to other app features. The following menu items are available: Menu Options Description My Glucose Main app screen that displays Current CGM reading, direction and rate of change, trend graph, events and alarms. 5 Calibrate Enter calibration test values. The CALIBRATION screen automatically appears when it is time to calibrate but you can always enter additional values using this menu option. Alarm History Review past alarms, alerts and notifications. See page 53 for descriptions. Event Log Enter information about activities such as blood glucose tests, meals, insulin, health and exercise. See page 62 for more information. Reports Review a variety of reports about your CGM data. See page 68 for more information. Share My Data Download or export your CGM data. Placement Check and adjust the signal strength between the smart transmitter and sensor. Use this screen whenever you are Guide attaching the smart transmitter to be sure your signal is either “Good” or “Excellent”. Connect Check the connection between the smart transmitter and mobile device. A Bluetooth connection is required to send data to the app. Settings Customize settings such as glucose target levels, alarm thresholds, and calibration reminder times. See page 44 for more information. About View information about your CGM System, including sensor and smart transmitter ID numbers, Frequently Asked Questions and a digital copy of this complete User Guide can be viewed here. Eversense CGM User Guide 31 Senseonics_UG_[ILLEGIBLE] [ILLEGIBLE] [ILLEGIBLE]

GRAPHIC

Confidential and Proprietary

 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED FOR PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT. THE COPY FILED HEREWITH OMITS THE INFORMATION SUBJECT TO A CONFIDENTIALITY REQUEST. OMISSIONS ARE DESIGNATED [***]. A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.

 


6. Using, the Smart Transmitter This section describes the many features of the smart transmitter and how get uninterrupted and continuous monitoring of your glucose levels. Your smart transmitter communicates with both the sensor and the app to provide CGM information. The smart transmitter powers the sensor, calculates the glucose concentration, stores glucose data, provides vibratory alarms, and sends data to the Eversense App on your mobile device wirelessly via Bluetooth. 6 Your Eversense Smart Transmitter does the following: • Power the sensor. • Calculates and stores up to 90 days of glucose data • Provides on-body vibe alerts when you have reached your glucose alarm thresholds. • sends information to the app via Bluetooth. • USB port to download data from external application or use for charging. • Multi-color LED to indicate various modes of the smart transmitter. • Communicates with mobile device up to a distance of 1 meter (3 feet). • Charges in 10-15 minutes. • Can be powered ON or OFF. LED indicator (lights green or amber) USB port (power supply) power button The following sections have been previously covered in the following section and pages: • Charging the Smart Transmitter - page 16 • Pairing the Smart Transmitter and Mobile Device - page 19 • Linking the Smart Transmitter and Sensor - page 22 32 Eversense CGM User Guide Senseonics_UG_[ILLEGIBLE] [ILLEGIBLE] 6 Daily Use To receive continuous glucose readings and information, keep the following in mind when using your smart transmitter: • Wear your smart transmitter at all times, except during showering/bathing or any other water-related activity. The smart transmitter is not waterproof. • Make sure your smart transmitter has enough battery at all times. Charge daily. • Make sure there is a connection between the smart transmitter and sensor at all times. • Pay attention to glucose alarms and notifications from your smart transmitter. They may signal actions you need to take which are displayed on the app. • Replace the smart transmitter with a new adhesive patch on a daily basis. • You can remove the smart transmitter from the upper arm at any time, except during calibration. Remember that no data are collected when the smart transmitter is not communicating with the sensor. When you place the smart transmitter back on the sensor site, it will take 10 minutes for sensor communication to re-start and for glucose readings to appear in the app. • When the smart transmitter and mobile device are not within range of each other, any data gathered by the smart transmitter is stored and sent to the app when the mobile device and smart transmitter are back within range. • It is safe for you to wear your sensor and smart transmitter when you go through metal detectors at airports. While flying, the smart transmitter performs similar to any other Bluetooth device. Be sure to follow the specific safety guidelines mandated by the airline. Caution: • Your smart transmitter is not waterproof. DO NOT wear it during any water-related activities. DO NOT submerge in water. • DO NOT wear your smart transmitter if it is cracked or damaged. • Always remove the smart transmitter from your body before charging the battery. Eversense CGM User Guide 33 Senseonics_UG_[ILLEGIBLE] [ILLEGIBLE] Secure the Smart Transmitter over Inserted Sensor The smart transmitter must be secured on the skin directly over the sensor with the disposable adhesive patch. Each adhesive patch is designed for daily use and has an acrylic adhesive side that attaches to the back of the smart transmitter and a silicone adhesive side that attaches to the skin. Both the skin and smart transmitter surfaces should be clean and dry to secure the adhesive surfaces of the patch. Caution: if you have any concerns about allergic reaction to silicones, contact your doctor prior to use. DO NOT reuse the adhesive patch. Discard the patch after 24 hours of use. 6 1. Hold the tabbed side of the patch and 2. Align the smart transmitter over the sticky 3. Remove the backing labeled “2”and remove the backing labeled “1”. Try not to side of patch and press firmly to secure. position the smart transmitter directly Touch the sticky portion of the adhesive. • The smart Transmitter should be placed over the sensor. so that its sides face the wings of the • For the maximum signal strength, the patch (as shown). smart transmitter must remain directly above the sensor. Signal strength can also be improved by rotating the smart transmitter over the sensor such that the sensor aligns with the smart transmitter. [ILLEGIBLE] 34 Eversense CGM User Guide Senseonics_US_[ILLEGIBLE] [ILLEGIBLE]

GRAPHIC

 

Confidential and Proprietary

 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED FOR PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT. THE COPY FILED HEREWITH OMITS THE INFORMATION SUBJECT TO A CONFIDENTIALITY REQUEST. OMISSIONS ARE DESIGNATED [***]. A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.

 


4. Check the signal strength between the 5. press the adhesive patch firmly/on skin 6. Remove the two remaining clear liner tabs smart transmitter and the sensor. surface over the sensor. labeled “3” by pulling on the tabs. • Tap Menu > Placement Guide. • The smart transmitter should be • Smooth the adhesive onto the skin. Make • Adjust the placement of the smart positioned so that the patch wings lay Sure the patch is flat on the skin surface. transmitter over the sensor until there horizontally on the arm. • Once the smart transmitter is secured is some connection between the sensor over the sensor, return to the MY and smart transmitter. GLUCOSE screen. Tap Menu. 6 6 Eversense CGM User Guide 35 Senseonics_UG_[ILLEGIBLE] [ILLEGIBLE] Turn the Smart Transmitter ON and OFF The smart transmitter has a power button to turn the device on and off. The power button and two light emitting diodes (LED) lights are also used to indicate the remaining battery power. 6 1. To turn the smart transmitter ON, press and hold the power button 2. To turn the smart transmitter OFF, press and hold the power button for about five seconds. for abort five seconds. • The smart transmitter will vibrate once. • The smart transmitter will vibrate once. • Release the power button and a green LED will blink once indicating • Release the power button and an amber light will blink once, the power is ON. indicating the power is OFF. At any time, you can press the power button once to see if the smart transmitter is ON. If the green LED appears, the smart transmitter is ON. If no green LED appears, the smart transmitter is OFF. 36 Eversense CGM User Guide Senseonics_UG_[ILLEGIBLE] [ILLEGIBLE] Smart Transmitter Maintenance • Keep the smart transmitter clean (free of visible dirt) and protected when not in use. Wipe the outside with a cloth between uses to keep clean. • DO NOT spill fluid on the smart transmitter or submerge it in any liquid. • Charge the smart transmitter whenever the battery power is low. • Use only the power supply supplied with your system to charge the smart transmitter battery. DO NOT use the power supply if it is damaged in any way. 6 Battery Indicator The smart transmitter battery power can be checked using the app, the power button or LED status. With the app: • Tap Menu > About > My Transmitter Scroll down to the Battery Level line that indicates amount of battery left. • Check the battery icon on the upper right corner on the main MY GLUCOSE screen. A red battery icon indicates the smart transmitter battery is empty. With the power button: With the smart transmitter ON, press and release the power button. A green LED will blink once if the battery is charged. An amber LED will blink once if the battery is low. See page 38. With the LED Status Indicators, see page 38. [ILLEGIBLE] Eversense CGM User Guide 37 Senseonics_US_[ILLEGIBLE] [ILLEGIBLE]

GRAPHIC

 

Confidential and Proprietary

 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED FOR PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT. THE COPY FILED HEREWITH OMITS THE INFORMATION SUBJECT TO A CONFIDENTIALITY REQUEST. OMISSIONS ARE DESIGNATED [***]. A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.

 


LED Status Indicators The smart transmitter communicates several different states based upon the color of the LED. • During smart transmitter use: LED Status Status Action Alternating green and amber when power button is Pairing mode Pair smart transmitter with mobile pressed 3 times in 5 seconds device Does not blink when power button is pressed Smart transmitter off Hold down power button for 5 seconds To turn on Blinks green (once) when power button is pressed 30% - 90% battery power No immediate action required Blinks amber (once) when power button is pressed Low battery, less than 30% battery power remaining Charge battery soon LED is amber for one minute An alarm has been triggered Check the app on your mobile device to understand the alarm LED is amber and smart transmitter is not connected Smart transmitter is looking for the sensor Place smart transmitter over sensor to sensor or turn off transmitter by holding the power button for 5 seconds • During smart transmitter charging: LED Status Battery Status Action Solid amber when connected to the USB cable Not yet fully charged Continue charging until complete Solid green when connected to the USB cable 100% charged Disconnect from power supply 38 Eversense CGM User Guide Senseonics_UG_[ILLEGIBLE] [ILLEGIBLE] 7. Calibrating the System This section describes the calibration procedure and schedule to help check the accuracy of your Eversense CGM System. To check the accuracy of the Eversense CGM System, routine calibration is required using fingerstick readings from a blood glucose meter. Do not use alternate test site such as your forearm for calibration. Any commercially available meter may be used for calibration. There are two calibration phases: Initialization Phase - 24 hours after sensor insertion you must complete 4 fingerstick calibration tests, spaced 2 to 12 hours apart. Daily Calibration Phase - Everyday thereafter, you must complete 2 fingerstick calibration tests per day, spaced 10 to 14 hours apart. Routine calibration is critically important to checking the accuracy of the Eversense CGM System. The following tips can help you improve your calibration measurements: 7 Tips for ensuring good calibration: Calibration will NOT be complete or results NOT accepted if: Calibrate at times when glucose is NOT changing rapidly (e.g., before The smart transmitter has not been worn for at least 25 minutes before meals, before an insulin bolus, before bedtime). and after calibration test. Calibrate when you know you will not be removing the transmitter Sensor glucose values are changing rapidly, > 0.14 mmol/L/min during the next 25 minutes. (25 mg/dL/min). Wash your hands with warm, soapy water and dry thoroughly before Blood glucose meter reading is less than or equal to 2.2 mmol/L taking a blood glucose meter reading. It is very important to have (40mg/da clean, dry hands when you test your blond glucose. Blood glucose meter leading is greater than or equal to 22.2 mmol/L Always follow the blood glucose meter manufacturer Instructions to get (400mg/dL). accurate blood glucose readings for calibration. Blood glucose meter reading was taken more than 5 minutes before Be sure the code on test strip vial matches the code on your blood entering the result in the Eversense App. glucose meter (if coding is required), Sensor glucose reading is significantly different than the blood glucose meter reading. It is not yet time for your scheduled calibration. Eversense CGM User Guide 39 Senseonics_UG_[ILLEGIBLE] [ILLEGIBLE] 7 Calibration Phases A. Initialization Phase (24 hours after Insertion) The Initialization Phase begins after the first 24 hours of sensor insertion. You will have to complete 4 fingerstick blood glucose meter tests during this phase. • The 4 calibration tests must be spaced 2 to 12 hours apart from each other, and all 4 tests must be completed within a 36 hourperiod • 1st calibration= 24 hours after sensor insertion. • 2nd calibration = 2 to 12 hours after 1st successful calibration. • 3rdcalibration = 2 to 12 hours alter 2nd successful calibration. • 4th calibration = 2 to 12 hours after 3rd successful calibration. • Glucose readings will start displaying in the app after the 2nd calibration is successfully completed. Re-Entering initialization Phase The following will cause the system to re-enter Initialization Phase. • Not completing a calibration test within a 12-hour period during the initialization Phase. • Not completing all 4 calibration tests within 36 hours during the Initialization Phase. • Not completing 2 calibration tests within a24-hour period during the Daily Calibration Phase (see C. Daily Calibration phase). • When the last several blood glucose meter measurements are significantly different than the sensor glucose values. • If the smart transmitter runs out of battery power for more than 16 hours. B. Daily Calibration Phase The Daily Calibration Phase requires 2 blood glucose meter tests at the scheduled morning and evening calibration times. The first Daily Calibration Phase will begin after successful completion of the Initialization Phase. • Your system will automatically tell you when it is time to perform the twice-daily calibration test. • Daily Calibration times must be spaced 10 to 14 hours apart from each other. • The system allows the calibration test to be taken up to 2 hours before the scheduled time and the system will prompt hourly after your scheduled time for calibration. • The CALIBRATE screen provides the next allowable calibration time. Note: If a Daily Calibration test is missed, no additional CGM readings will be displayed after 16 hours have elapsed since the last accepted calibration result. If a calibration test result is not entered within 24 hours from the last accepted calibration, the system will re-enter the Initialization Phase. [ILLEGIBLE] 40 Eversense CGM User Guide Senseonics_UG_[ILLEGIBLE] [ILLEGIBLE]

GRAPHIC

 

Confidential and Proprietary

 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED FOR PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT. THE COPY FILED HEREWITH OMITS THE INFORMATION SUBJECT TO A CONFIDENTIALITY REQUEST. OMISSIONS ARE DESIGNATED [***]. A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.

 


How To Calibrate Caution: Always calibrate the system using only a fingerstick blood sample. DO NOT use an alternate site (such as forearm or palm) blood glucose reading to calibrate the system. Notes: 1. When it is time for calibration, the app 2. Obtain a fingerstick reading from your • For daily Calibrations your CGM System will displays the CALIBRATE NOW blood glucose meter. alert you when it is time to calibrate based screen. on your scheduled calibration times. • Tap Calibrate. • You can change your daily scheduled • The CALIBRATE screen appears. calibration times to better fit your schedule. • Tap Not Now if you want to wait Tap Menu > Settings > Daily until later. Calibration. • You can calibrate up to 2 hours before. The system will prompt hourly after your scheduled time (or calibration. You can enter additional calibration readings as long as each calibration is at least one hour apart. Tap Menu > Calibrate. • If the time chosen is not within the calibration time frame, the CALIBRATE screen will indicate that it is not yet time for a calibration test. 7 Eversense CGM User Guide 41 Senseonics_UG_ [ILLEGIBLE] 41 [ILLEGIBLE] 3. Tap Time and enter the time of day when 4. Tap Glucose and enter the value from 5. The CALIBRATE screen now shows the the fingerstick blood glucose test was your fingerstick blood glucose test. time and glucose reading you entered. lf taken. • Tap Done. net correct, repeat steps 3 and 4. • Tap Done. • When correct, tap Submit. 7 42 Eversense CGH User Guide Senseonics_UG_ [ILLEGIBLE] 42 [ILLEGIBLE] 6. A CONFIRM CALIBRATION screen 7. The CALIBRATION ACCEPTED 8. The MY GLUCOSE screen appears appears. Make sure that the fingerstick screen appears. With a red blood drop icon to identify your blood glucose test result you entered is • Tap OK. fingerstick calibration. correct. • Tap Cancel to go back and re-enter Calibration Accepted the correct time or glucose test result. Your blood glucose value •When correct, tap Submit. has been successfully used for calibration. Warning: your Transmitter Confirm Calibration Should not be removed from the sensor for 25 Minutes. If the Transmitter is Time: 01:08 PM removed, the calibration will Value: [ILLEGIBLE] need to be repeated. ILLEGIBLE OK Cancel submit Note: There may be conditions when your calibration result is NOT accepted. Please see page 39 For more information. IMPORTANT The smart transmitter should not be removed from over the sensor for at least 25 minute while calibration is in progress. 7 [ILLEGIBLE] Senseonics_UG_ [ILLEGIBLE] 43 [ILLEGIBLE] [ILLEGIBLE]

GRAPHIC

 

Confidential and Proprietary

 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED FOR PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT. THE COPY FILED HEREWITH OMITS THE INFORMATION SUBJECT TO A CONFIDENTIALITY REQUEST. OMISSIONS ARE DESIGNATED [***]. A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.

 


8. Customizing your Settings This section describes how to customize various settings in your Eversense CGH System including various glucose level settings, system identification, and notification times. By customizing your settings, you can create a glucose profile that better meets your individual needs. Areas where you can customize app settings include: • Glucose – glucose levels and change rates that will trigger an alarm. • Daily Calibration – your morning and afternoon calibration reminders. • System – identifies or lets you enter personalized information about your system. • Mealtimes – your times for each meal so that glucose reports can help show how meals may affect readings. 8 Glucose Levels The Eversense CGM is designed to provide alarms on your smart transmitter and mobile device when your glucose level has reached your selected targets/alarm levels. You will decide the values for your glucose alarms, targets, and rates of change values based on input from your health care provider. Caution: • Before adjusting treatment for your diabetes, perform a fingerstick blood glucose test to confirm the sensor glucose result. • The Low and High Glucose Alarms are designed to assist you in managing your diabetes and should not be exclusively used to detect hypoglycemia or hyperglycemia. The alarms should always be used in conjunction with other indications of glycemic state such as your glucose level, trend, line graph etc. • Low and High Glucose Alarms are different from your Low and High Glucose Targets. Low and High Glucose Alarms alert you on your mobile device and smart transmitter when you have crossed a certain low or high value. Glucose Targets allow the reports and line graphs to show how your glucose levels have been performing compared to your set targets. You will not receive an alarm when you have reached your Glucose Target levels. 44 Eversense CGH User Guide Senseonics_UG_ [ILLEGIBLE] 44 Setting Glucose Target Levels Glucose Targets are the low and high levels of the range you are aiming for throughout the day. These target level appear on the trend graph displayed on the MY GLUCOSE screen to show how your glucose levels have been performing compared to your target levels. Default Low: 4.44 mmol/L 1.Tap Menu > Settings > Glucose to 2 Under Glucose Target Levels, tap setting (80 mg/dL) display the GLUCOSE SETTINGS High Target and select the appropriate High: 7.78 mmol/L screen. High Glucose Target level. (140 mg/dL) • Tap Done when complete. You can change this target • Repeat step to make your Low Target range based or what you selection. and your doctor agree are the right target levels for you. Allowable Low: 4.44 - 5.83 mmol/L setting (80 - 105 mg/dL) High: 7.78 - 10.00 mmol/L (140 - 180 mg/dL) On/Off Always ON setting (Cannot be turned OFF) Notification Appears as green area on trend graph screen. 8 Eversense CGH User Guide 45 Senseonics_UG_ [ILLEGIBLE] 45 [ILLEGIBLE] Setting Glucose Alarm Levels Glucose Alarm Levels determine when to let you know that your glucose levels are below or above the specific alarm values you have set in the app. When you have reached your low and high low glucose alarm values, the smart transmitter vibrates, your mobile device alarms and the alarm message appears on the screen. You should immediately perform a fingerstick blood glucose test to confirm your current glucose value. 8 Default Low: 3.89 mmol/L 1. Tap Menu > Settings Glucose to 2. Under Glucose Alarm Levels, tap setting (70mg/dL display the GLUCOSE SETTINGS High Alarm and select the appropriate High: 11.11 mmol/L screen. High Glucose Alarm level. (200 mg/dL) • Tap Done when complete. You can change these alarm • Repeat Step to make your Low Alarm levels based on what you and selection. your doctor agree are the right levels for you. Your Low Glucose Alarm cannot be set above your Low Glucose Target, and your High Glucose Alarm cannot be set below your High Glucose Target. Allowable Low: 3.33 - 5.56 mmol/L setting (60 – 100 mg/dL) High: 8.33 - 19.44 mmol/L (150 – 350 mg/dL) On/Off Always ON setting (cannot be turned OFF) Notification Audio notification and visual alarms on your mobile device and smart transmitter vibe alerts. 46 Eversense CGM User Guide Senseonics_UG_ [ILLEGIBLE] 46 [ILLEGIBLE] [ILLEGIBLE]

GRAPHIC

 

Confidential and Proprietary

 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED FOR PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT. THE COPY FILED HEREWITH OMITS THE INFORMATION SUBJECT TO A CONFIDENTIALITY REQUEST. OMISSIONS ARE DESIGNATED [***]. A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.

 


 Setting Predictive Alarms Predictive Alarms let you know in advance of a glucose event that is likely to occur if current trends continue. Predictive Alarms use the Low and High Glucose Alarm levels to provide an “early” warning. You canset the alarm to notify you at 10, 20, 30, 45 or 60 minutes prior to when the Glucose Alarm threshold is expected to be crossed. When you have reached the early warning time, the smart transmitter vibrates, your mobile device alarms and the alarm message appears on the screen. You should immediately perform a fingerstick blood glucose test to confirm your current glucose value. Default OFF 1. To turn this feature ON, tap Menu > 2. Next to Predictive Alerts, slide the setting You can turn this feature ON. Settings > Glucose to display the OFF button right to ON. No predictive alarms will GLUCOSE SETTINGS screen. occur until this feature is turned ON. 3. Tap Minutes to select the amount of Allowable 10, 20, 30, 45, or 60 minutes advance warning 8 setting prior • Tap Done when complete. Notification AUDIO notification and visual alarms on your mobile device and smart transmitter vibe alerts. Note: At any time you can change the Predictive Alarm setting, including turning the feature OFF or ON OF changing the amounts of time. Eversense CGM User Guide 47 Senseonics_UG_[ILLEGIBLE] [ILLEGIBLE] Setting Rate of Change Alarms The Rate of Change Alarms let you know when your glucose level is falling or rising faster than your set Glucose Alarm rate. Default OFF 1. To turn this feature ON, tap Menu > 2. Next to Rate Alerts, slide the OFF setting You can turn this feature ON. Settings > Glucose to display the button right to ON. No rate of change alerts will GLUCOSE SETTINGS screen. occur until this feature is 3. Tap Rate of Change to select the rate. turned ON. • Tap Done when complete. Allowable 0.056 - 0-28 setting mmol/L per minute 8 0.0 - 5.0 mg/dL per minute) Notification Audio notification and visual alarms on your mobile device and transmitter vibration alarms Note: At any time you can change the Rate Alert setting, including turning the feature OFF or ON or changing the rate of change amount. 48 Eversense CGM User Guide Senseonics_UG_[ILLEGIBLE] [ILLEGIBLE] Set Daily Calibration Times The morning and evening calibration times are set to remind you when to calibrate. You can calibrate up to 2 hours before and 1 hour alter your scheduled calibration time. your daily morning and evening calibration times must be between 10 and 14 hours apart. 1. Tap Menu > Settings > Daily 2. Tap Morning to set your morning 4. When both times are correct, tap Save. Calibration. calibration time. • Tap Done when complete. 3. Tap Evening to set your evening calibration time. • Tap Done when complete. 8 Eversense CGM User Guide 49 Senseonics_UG_[ILLEGIBLE] [ILLEGIBLE] [ILLEGIBLE]

GRAPHIC

 

Confidential and Proprietary

 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED FOR PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT. THE COPY FILED HEREWITH OMITS THE INFORMATION SUBJECT TO A CONFIDENTIALITY REQUEST. OMISSIONS ARE DESIGNATED [***]. A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.

 


Setting Systems Information The SYSTEM screen lets you view and edit other settings in your Eversense CGM System. 1. Tap Menu > Settings > System to display the SYSTEMS screen. 2. On the SYSTEMS screen, you can tap each of the following to set: • Glucose Units. The unil of measurement for your glucose readings. The App must be reinstalled to edit this setting. 8 Caution: DO NOT change the unit of measurement unless you have discussed it with your doctor. If the unit of measurement is changed, all glucose readings will be displayed in that unit. If you want to change the unit of measurement, you will have to uninstall and then re-install the app. • Name. A name you can attach to your smart transmitter to allow for easy recognition. • Linked Sensor. The ID of the sensor currently linked with the smart transmitter. Tap this feature access the ability to link or re-link a sensor. • Do Not Disturb. Places the smart transmitter in a “Do Not Disturb” mode. • OFF – ALL notifications – alarms, alerts and notifications – regardless of critical nature will be provided by the smart transmitter and app. • ON – ONLY critical alarms will be provided by the smart transmitter and app. Note: For a list of alarms, please see Alarms Descriptions on page 52. 50 Eversense CGM User Guide Senseonics_UG_[ILLEGIBLE] [ILLEGIBLE] Setting Mealtimes Schedule The MEAL TIMES screen displays the time slots for your Breakfast, Lunch, Snack, Dinner and Sleep times. The time intervals set in the MEAL TIMES screen are used on the Reports graph view to indicate the high, low and average CGM values during each mealtime interval. 1. Tap Menu > Settings > Meal Times to display the MEAL TIMES screen. 2. Tap each meal time listed, then tap Start and End to set a beginning and end mealtime. 8 Eversense CGM User Guide 51 Senseonics_UG_[ILLEGIBLE] [ILLEGIBLE] 9. Alarms Descriptions This section describes the various alarms, alerts and notification messages you may see on the Eversense App MY GLUCOSE screen and appropriate actions you may need to take. Your CGM System provides you with alarms, alerts and notifications, related to glucose readings and system status on both your smart transmitter and mobile device. The smart transmitter provides vibratory alarms to tell you when an alarm level has been reached. The mobile device app sounds an alarm and displays messages on the MY GLUCOSE screen. The table below describes the vibration patterns on the smart transmitter and display patterns on your app. Alarms Types Transmitter Alarms Types Vibration Pattern Critical: Alarms where no glucose values can be displayed 3 long vibes MESSAGE APPEARS IN RED 9 Requires immediate and appropriate action. Critical: Alarms related to Low readings 3 short vibes x3 Low Glucose Alarm, Predicted Low Glucose Alarm, and Out-of-Range Low. MESSAGE APPEARS IN RED Requires immediate and appropriate action. Critical: Alarms related to High readings: High Glucose Alarm, Predicted High Glucose Alarm, and Out-of -Range High. 1 long vibe then 2 short vibes MESSAGE APPEARS IN RED Requires immediate and appropriate action. Non-Critical Alerts 1 short vibe MESSAGE APPEARS IN YELLOW Requires some action but may not be as critical in nature. Non-Critical notifications 1 short vibe MESSAGE APPEARS IN BLUE Requires some action but not critical in nature. 52 Eversense CGM User Guide Senseonics_UG_[ILLEGIBLE] [ILLEGIBLE] [ILLEGIBLE]

GRAPHIC

 

Confidential and Proprietary

 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED FOR PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT. THE COPY FILED HEREWITH OMITS THE INFORMATION SUBJECT TO A CONFIDENTIALITY REQUEST. OMISSIONS ARE DESIGNATED [***]. A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.

 


Alarm History The ALARM HISTORY screen lists alarms, alerts and notifications you have received over time .This lets you review past messages you may have missed and helps you better understand your glucose status. The following icons are used to indicate the 1. Tap Menu > Alarm History. 2. You can choose to include only certain severity level of messages. You can choose • The ALARM HISTORY screen will messages (critical alarms, non-critical to select one or more icons to include for list ALL alarms, alerts, and notifications alerts, etc.) for review by tapping selected reviewing messages. for that day. alarm Icons. • Tap on any message to get more • Tap ALL, then tap icons on top of the Critical Alarms information. screen to select only the types of alarms you want displayed. Non-Critical Alerts • Tap Menu when done. Non-Critical Notifications 9 More than 1 Alarm in Same Period Battery Alarms Eversense CGH User Guide 53 Senseonics_UG_[ILLEGIBLE] [ILLEGIBLE] Alarm Description and Actions The following table lists the alarms, alerts and notifications you may receive on the Eversense App. For each message, you can also tap the information icon [ILLEGIBLE] to receive additional details about the message, including actions that you may need to take. Critical Alarms App Display Description Low Glucose High Glucose Out of Range Low Glucose 9 Appears when your sensor glucose reading Appears when your sensor glucose reading is Appears when your glucose reading is lower is at or below your pre-set low glucose alarm at or above your preset high glucose alarm than 2.2 mmol/L (40 mg/dL). level. level. No glucose reading can be displayed (only LO is displayed on the MY GLUCOSE screen). Actions Pay close attention to your glucose values, Pay close attention to your glucose values, Confirm your glucose value with a blood symptoms, and trends. Confirm your glucose symptoms, and trends. Confirm your glucose glucose meter test before making a treatment value with a blood glucose meter test before value with a blood glucose meter test before decision. Once the sensor glucose value is at or making a treatment decision. making a treatment decision. higher than 2.2 mmol/L (40 mg/dL), glucose readings will resume on the display. 54 Eversense CGM User Guide Senseonics_UG_[ILLEGIBLE] [ILLEGIBLE] Alarm Description and Actions (continued) Critical Alarms App Display Description Out of Range High Glucose Calibration Past Due Calibration Expired Appears when your glucose value is higher Appears when your system is past due for Appears when a calibration has not been than 22.2 mmol/l (400 mg/dL). calibration. performed in 24 hours. The system returns to 9 No glucose reading can be displayed (only HI No glucose readings can be displayed until the Initialization Phase. is displayed on the MY GLUCOSE screen). calibration is performed No glucose reading can be displayed until calibration is performed. Actions Measure your glucose manually by using your Perform a fingerstick calibration in order to In the Initialization Phase, you must perform 4 blood glucose meter. Always confirm your resume displaying glucose values. fingerstick calibration tests spaced 2 – 12 hours glucose value with a blood glucose meter lest apart. Display of glucose readings will resume before making a treatment decision, after the 2nd successful fingerstick calibration Once the sensor glucose value is at or lower test. than 22.2 mmol/L (40 mg/dL), glucose readings will resume on the display Eversense CGH User Guide 55 Senseonics_UG_[ILLEGIBLE] [ILLEGIBLE] [ILLEGIBLE]

GRAPHIC

 

Confidential and Proprietary

 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED FOR PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT. THE COPY FILED HEREWITH OMITS THE INFORMATION SUBJECT TO A CONFIDENTIALITY REQUEST. OMISSIONS ARE DESIGNATED [***]. A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.

 


Alarm Description and Actions (continued) Critical Alarms App Display Description Battery Empty Sensor Replacement High Ambient Light Appears when your smart transmitter battery Appears when your sensor needs to be Appears when your smart transmitter is 9 is empty and needs to be charged. replaced prematurely. receiving too much ambient light. affecting its No glucose reading can be displayed until the No glucose reading can be displayed until the ability to communicate with the sensor. smart transmitter is charged. sensor is replaced No glucose reading can be displayed until ambient light is reduced. Actions Charge the smart transmitter immediately. Contact your doctor to have your sensor Reduce ambient light by considering one or Remove the smart transmitter from your body replaced. more of the following: before connecting it to the power supply. • Move to area where there is less light exposure. • Place a dark material over the smart transmitter. • Wear the smart transmitter underclothing. 56 Eversense CGM User Guide Senseonics_UG_[ILLEGIBLE] [ILLEGIBLE] Alarm Description and Actions (continued) Critical Alarms App Display Description High Smart Transmitter Temperature Vibration Motor Low Sensor Temperature Appears when your smart transmitter temperature Appears when the vibration motor on your Apears when the sensor temperature is is too high. smart transmitter can no longer provide vibe too low. 9 No glucose reading can be displayed until the alerts. You will continue to get glucose readings No glucose reading Can he displayed smart transmitter temperature is within normal up to 72 hours after receiving the alarm message. until the sensor temperature is within operating conditions. You will receive an alarm notification every normal operating conditions. 20 minutes until you replace the smart transmitter. Actions Reduce the smart transmitter temperature by Contact Senseonics Customer Service to have your Go to a warmer environment to increase moving to a cooler environment. Once the smart smart transmitter replaced immediately. the sensor temperature. Keep your transmitter temperature is below 42 °C (108 °F), it smart transmitter turned on so you will will resume displaying glucose values. start receiving glucose values when the You may temporarily remove the smart sensor temperature is between transmitter to cool it down. However, make sure to 27 - 40 °C (81.104 °F). replace the smart transmitter back over the sensor when back to normal temperatures. Eversense CGM User Guide 57 Senseonics_UG_[ILLEGIBLE] [ILLEGIBLE] Alarm Description and Actions (continued) Critical Alarms App Display Description Appears when the sensor temperature is too Appears when the system internal checks Appears when the system internal checks 9 high. No glucose reading tan Ire displayed detects a smart transmitter error. delects instability with the sensor which until the sensor temperature is within normal No glucose reading can be displayed until the requires a return to calibration Initialization operating conditions. error is corrected. Phase. Actions Go to a cooler environment to reduce Contact Senseonics Customer Service In the initialization Phase, yon must perform 4 the sensor temperature. Keep your smart immediately to resolve the issue. fingerstick calibration tests spaced 2 -12 hours transmitter on so you will start receiving apart. Display of glucose readings will resume glucose value when the sensor temperature is alter the 2nd successful fingerstrick calibration between 27 - 40° C (81 - 104 °F). test. 58 Eversense CGM User Guide Senseonics_UG_[ILLEGIBLE] [ILLEGIBLE] [ILLEGIBLE]

GRAPHIC

 

Confidential and Proprietary

 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED FOR PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT. THE COPY FILED HEREWITH OMITS THE INFORMATION SUBJECT TO A CONFIDENTIALITY REQUEST. OMISSIONS ARE DESIGNATED [***]. A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.

 


Alarm Description and Actions (continued) Non-Critical Alerts App Display Description Predicted Low Glucose Predicted High Glucose Rate Falling Appears when your glucose values are Appears when your glucose values are Appears when your glucose values are falling trending low and will reach your Low Glucose trending high and will reach your High Glucose with a rate equal to or faster than your pre-set 9 Alarm threshold within the indicated time Alarm threshold within the indicated time rate of change setting. period. period. Actions Pay close attention to your glucose values, Pay close attention to your glucose values, Pay close attention to your glucose values, symptoms, and trends. Confirm your glucose symptoms, and trends. Confirm your glucose symptoms, and trends. Confirm your glucose value with a blood glucose meter test before value with a blood glucose meter test before value with a blood glucose meter test before making a treatment decision. making a treatment decision. making a treatment decision. Eversense CGM User Guide 59 Senseonics_UG_[ILLEGIBLE] [ILLEGIBLE] Alarm Description and Actions (continued) Non-Critical Alerts and Notifications App Display Description Rate Rising Calibrate Now Charge Smart Transmitter Appears when your glucose value is rising with Appears when it is time for you to calibrate. Appears when smart transmitter battery 9 a rate equal to or faster than your pre-set rate power is very low and you need to charge your of change setting. battery very soon. Actions Pay close attention to your glucose values, Do a fingerstick blood glucose test and enter Please charge your smart transmitter now. symptoms and trends. Confirm your glucose the reading as your calibration value. DO NOT value with a blood glucose meter test before use an alternate site (such as forearm) to making a treatment decision. obtain your blood glucose reading. 60 Eversense CGM User Guide Senseonics_UG_[ILLEGIBLE] [ILLEGIBLE] Alarm Description and Actions (continued) Notifications App Display Description New Sensor Detected Sensor Days Appeal when the smart transmitter detects Appears 30,21,14,7,6,5,4,3,2, and 1 day a new sensor not previously linked to this one. before your sensor has completed its 90-day 9 The inserted sensor and the smart transmitter wear period as a reminder to replace your must be linked to begin communication. sensor. Actions Tap Link Sensor to complete the linking Contact your doctor to schedule the removal Process. Your new sensor will need to and replacement of your sensor. acclimate to your body’s response. Please wait 24 hours before you begin wearing the smart transmitter over the sensor and to begin the calibration Initiation Phase. Eversense CGM User Guide 61 Senseonics_UG_[ILLEGIBLE] [ILLEGIBLE] [ILLEGIBLE]

GRAPHIC

 

Confidential and Proprietary

 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED FOR PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT. THE COPY FILED HEREWITH OMITS THE INFORMATION SUBJECT TO A CONFIDENTIALITY REQUEST. OMISSIONS ARE DESIGNATED [***]. A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.

 


10. Logging Events This section describes how to review and log events to help better track glucose patterns. The Eversense CGM System allows you to log View Events and track events in addition to continually You can view past events entered from the EVENT LOG screen. monitoring glucose levels. You can manually enter events that will appear on the trend 1. Tap Menu > Event Log. graph glucose reports to help you find patterns The EVENT LOG screen will appear. in your glucose profile. Types of Events: 2. All your entered events will be listed. Glucose You can also select specific event types to view by tapping a selected event type. Meals • Tap ALL, then tap icons on top of the screen to select only the types of arms 10 Insulin you want displayed. Health Exercise 62 Eversense CGM User Guide Senseonics_UG_[ILLEGIBLE] [ILLEGIBLE] Log Specific Events Glucose Enter and track BGM blood glucose tests (test results other than calibrations). 1. Tap Menu > Event Log > + > Glucose. 2. Tap Time to enter the correct date and time. Tap Done. 3. Tap Glucose to enter the correct blood glucose value. Tap Done. 4. Tap Save to save entry. 10 5. Tap Submit to confirm the glucose event and return to the EVENT LOG screen, or tap Cancel to exit without saving changes or to edit the information before saving. Note: Glucose Events do not replace calibration measurements. You will still have to enter calibration readings. Eversense CGM User Guide 63 Senseonics_UG_[ILLEGIBLE] [ILLEGIBLE] Meals Enter the type of meal, date and time and carbohydrate count. 1. Tap Menu > Event Log > + > Meals. 2. Tap Time to enter the correct date and time. Tap Done. 3. Tap Type to enter the type of meal. Tap Done. 4. Tap Carbs to enter correct number of carbohydrates. Tap Done. 10 5. Tap Notes to enter any notes. Tap Done. 6. Tap Save to save entry and return to EVENT LOG screen. Tap Cancel to exit without saving changes or to edit the information before saving. 64 Eversense CGM User Guide Senseonics_UG_[ILLEGIBLE] [ILLEGIBLE] [ILLEGIBLE]

GRAPHIC

 

Confidential and Proprietary

 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED FOR PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT. THE COPY FILED HEREWITH OMITS THE INFORMATION SUBJECT TO A CONFIDENTIALITY REQUEST. OMISSIONS ARE DESIGNATED [***]. A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.

 


 Insulin Enter the units of insulin according to Time and insulin type. 1. Tap Menu > Event Log > + > Insulin. 2. Tap Time to enter the correct date and time. Tap Done. 3. Tap Units to enter the correct number of Units. Tap Done. 4. Tap Type to enter the correct Type of Insulin. Tap Done. 5. Tap Notes to enter any notes. 10 Tap Done. 6. Tap Save to save entry and return to EVENT LOG screen. Tap Cancel to exit without saving changes or to edit the information before saving. Eversense CGM User Guide 65 Senseonics_UG_[ILLEGIBLE] [ILLEGIBLE] Health Enter the type of health condition, severity, and date and time. 1. Tap Menu > Event Log > + > Health. 2. Tap Time to enter the correct date and time. Tap Done. 3. Tap Severity to enter Low, Medium or High. Tap Done. 4. Tap Condition to enter the health condition. Tap Done. 10 5. Tap Notes to enter any notes. Tap Done. 6. Tap Save to save entry and return to EVENT LOG screen. Tap Cancel to exit without saving changes or to edit the information before saving. 66 Eversense CGM User Guide Senseonics_UG_[ILLEGIBLE] [ILLEGIBLE] Exercise Enter exercise type, duration, and intensity. 1. Tap Menu > Event Log > + > Exercise. 2. Tap Time to enter the correct date and time. Tap Done. 3. Tap Intensity to enter Low, Medium or High. Tap Done. 4. Tap Duration to enter the duration. Tap Done. 5. Tap Notes to enter any notes. 10 Tap Done. 6. Tap Save to save entry and return to EVENT LOG screen. Tap Cancel to exit without saving changes or to edit the information before saving. Eversense CGM User Guide 67 Senseonics_UG_[ILLEGIBLE] [ILLEGIBLE] [ILLEGIBLE]

GRAPHIC

 

Confidential and Proprietary

 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED FOR PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT. THE COPY FILED HEREWITH OMITS THE INFORMATION SUBJECT TO A CONFIDENTIALITY REQUEST. OMISSIONS ARE DESIGNATED [***]. A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.

 


11. Glucose Reports and Sharing This section describes the different glucose reports available for a summary of you glucose profile. You may choose specific dates or select pre-selected time ranges. You may also send the reports as a pdf file format via email. Types of reports • Weekly Modal Summary • Glucose Pie Chart • Glucose Statistics Note: Be sure to set the mobile device date and time correctly. The accuracy of the line graph and statistical reports depends upon the date and time being correct. To view the glucose reports tap Menu > Reports and swipe to move across the three different reports. You can also email each report as a pdf file by topping the email icon on the top right hand corner. 11 68 Eversense CGM User Guide Senseonics_UG_[ILLEGIBLE] [ILLEGIBLE] Weekly Modal Summary This report shows your last seven days of glucose readings summarized in a 24-hour line graph format to help find patterns during the day. • The blue line is the average of the test seven days of your reading in an hour time block. • The red bars show the highest and lowest actual readings in the same hour time block. • The red horizontal dotted lines are your pre-set High and Low Glucose Alarm levels. • The green horizontal dotted lines are your pre-set High and Low Glucose Target levels. This report also provides summary statistics (average readings, standard deviation of readings), glucose target performance (percent within, above and below glucose target levels), and glucose reading highs and lows (percent of readings that fall within the low and high glucose target levels). The information is shown based on mealtime slots. Note: To review or change the mealtime slots, please see Setting Mealtimes schedule on page 51. 11 Eversense CGM User Guide 69 Senseonics_UG_[ILLEGIBLE] [ILLEGIBLE] Glucose Pie Chart Glucose Statistics This report shows in graphical format what percent of your readings within This report shows your average, low and high glucose readings, along with a grven time period are within, below or above your Glucose Target levels. standard deviation within a mealtime slot period. You con choose the last You can choose the last 1, 7, 14, 30 or 90 days. 1, 7, 14, 30 or 90 days. 11 70 Eversense CGM User Guide Senseonics_UG_[ILLEGIBLE] [ILLEGIBLE] [ILLEGIBLE]

GRAPHIC

 

Confidential and Proprietary

 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED FOR PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT. THE COPY FILED HEREWITH OMITS THE INFORMATION SUBJECT TO A CONFIDENTIALITY REQUEST. OMISSIONS ARE DESIGNATED [***]. A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.

 


Eversense Data Management Software (DMS) Program The Eversense DMS Program is a web-based application that enables patients. caregivers, and health care professionals to view and analyze glucose data that has been transmitted from the Eversense Smart Transmitter or application and various glucose meters produced by other manufacturers (e.g., Roche). This is free-use program for users of the Eversense CGM System for patients who wish to have their glucose data stored in a secure databases later review or for sharing of their data with family members or caregivers. To learn, view and sign up for the Eversense DMS Program, go to [ILLEGIBLE]. You can syncyour glucose readings periodically to trie Eversense DMS by tapping Menu > Share My Data > Sync. • Enter the username and password established when you signed up for the DMS program • Tap Start Sync You may also choose to export your glucose readings to another external data management program by exporting your reading in a CSV-file format. Tap Menu > Share My Data > My Reports • Enter the number of days of your glucose readings you want to export • Tap Export • Email the CSV-file format by tapping the email icon on the top right hand corner 11 Eversense CGM User Guide 71 Senseonics_UG_[ILLEGIBLE] [ILLEGIBLE] 12. About the Sensor This section describes the Eversense Sencor including how its is inserted by your doctor The Eversense Sensor is a miniaturized fluorometer designed to measure glucose in interstitial fluid. The sensor is implanted subcutanecusly (under the skin) on the upper arm, leaving no sensor part protruding from the skin. The sensor may remain in place and provide CGM measurements for up to 90 days. The sensor is encased in biocompatible material and utilizes a unique fluorescent, glucose indicating polymer. A light emitting diode embedded in the sensor excites the polymer, and the polymer then rapidly signals changes in glucose concentration via a change in light output. The measurement is then relayed to the smart transmitter. Measurements are completed automatically and require no action by the user. The sensor is approximately 3.3 mm x 15.7 mm (0.13 in x 0.62 in) and has a silicone ring that contains a small amount of anti-inflammatory steroid drug (dexamethasone). Upon exposure to body fluids the dexamethasone is eluted from the ring in the area near the sensor. The dexamethasone minimizes inflammatory responses, very similar to available pacemaker leads. Insertion Steps Your doctor will explain and perform the simple and quick steps to insert the sensor. You will be fully awake during the approximate 5-minute insertion procedure. 12 Insertion site: It is important to choose a site that is comfortable for you to wear the sensor and smart transmitter for the entire 90 day period. It is recommended to have the sensor inserted toward the back of the upper arm. This area will also help to prevent bumping into doorways, walls or other narrow passageways. If possible, avoid areas with loose skin, scars, tattoos, nevus, or blood vessels that could be incised during the procedure. 72 Eversense CGM User Guide Senseonics_UG_[ILLEGIBLE] [ILLEGIBLE] Step 1: Site preparation – the insertion site will be cleaned, disinfected, then anesthetized using lidocaine. Step 2: Incision – a small (less than 1 centimeter) incision will be made on the insertion site. Step 3: Sensor insertion – a subcutaneous pocket will be created under the skin and the sensor will be inserted in this pocket. Step 4: Site closure – the incision will be closed with en adhesive band. Sutures are not usually required. Step 5: Sensor and smart transmitter linking – link the sensor and smart transmitter to begin the 24-hour countdown untill calibration. Note: After inseztion, link the transmitter and then allow the Incision site to heal 24 hours before replacing the transmitter. The sensor requires 24 hours to stabilize within the insertion site. this period is known as the Warm-up Phase. After the first 24 hours of sensor insertion, position and secure the smart transmitter over the sensor and ensure you have connection, (See Secure the Smart Transmitter over Inserted Sensor on page 34.) Then you can perform your Initialization Phase calibration of 4 fingerstick blood glucose tests to start getting glucose leadings. Removal Steps Similarly to the insertion steps, your doctor will explain the simple and quick steps for the sensor removal and you will be fully awake during the 5-minute (approximate) removal process. Step 1: Site preparation – the sensor site will be cleaned, disinfected, then anesthetized using lidocaine. 12 Step 2: Incision – a small (less than 1 centimeter (0.39 in)) incision will be made on the sensor site. Step 3: Sensor removal – the sensor will be carefully removed and discarded. Step 4: Site closure – once removed, the incision will be closed (adhesive band or stitch). Eversense CGM User Guide 73 Senseonics_UG_[ILLEGIBLE] [ILLEGIBLE] [ILLEGIBLE]

GRAPHIC

 

Confidential and Proprietary

 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED FOR PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT. THE COPY FILED HEREWITH OMITS THE INFORMATION SUBJECT TO A CONFIDENTIALITY REQUEST. OMISSIONS ARE DESIGNATED [***]. A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.

 


13. Troubleshooting This section lists information about troubleshooting your Eversense CGM System and includes 8 list of frequently asked questions [FAQ]. Smart Transmitter Q: How do I turn my transmitter OFF? A: Press and hold the smart transmitter power button for 5 seconds. Release the button when the smart transmitter begins to vibrate. Q: How do I turn my smart transmitter ON? A: Press and hold the smart transmitter power button for 5 seconds. Release the button when the smart transmitter begins to vibrate. Q: How do I properly position the smart transmits over the sensor? A: There are two ways to ensure proper positioning: 13 1. When using the adhesive patch to secure the smart transmitter, make sure the power button symbol on the smart transmitter is on the bottom end and sits perpendicular to the wings of the patch. 2. Use the PLACEMENT GUIDE screen on the app to determine the appropriate wireless signal strength. • Tap Placement Guide. • Position toe smart transmitter over the sensor so that the indicated wireless signal strength is “Good” or “Excellent”. Q: My smart transmitter will not vibrate? Why? A: If the smart transmitter does not vibrate, try the following steps: • Check that the smart transmitter is connected to your mobile device. • Check that the Do Not Disturb is disabled by tapping Menu > Settings>System. • Check that your smart transmitter has enough battery power and charge if necessary. If the smart transmitter still will not vibrate, contact Eversense Customer Service for further troubleshooting. Q: Can I use the same adhesive patch more than once a day? A: The individual adhesive patch is intended to be used once a day, Q: What is the serial number and model number of my smart transmitter? A: You can find toe serial number and model on the back of your smart transmitter. Once you have paired your smart transmitter and mobile device you can also find the serial number and model by tapping Menu > About > My Transmitter. 74 Eversense CGM User Guide Senseonics_UG_[ILLEGIBLE] [ILLEGIBLE] Q: How do I customize the name of my smart transmitter? A: Tap Menu > Settings > System > Transmitter Name to change the name. The updated name of the smart transmitter will appear in your connection status screen. Q: Why does my smart transmitter show a continuous solid amber LED? A: Follow the steps below to troubleshoot the smart transmitter: 1. Make sure the smart transmitter is paired with your mobile device 2. Make sure the smart transmitter is charged. 3. Check your app for any alarms or notifications 4. If the app displays “Transmitter Error”, contact Eversense Customer Service 5. Remove the smart transmitter from your arm and wait for few minutes. A No Sensor Detected message will appear and the smart transmitter should vibrate more frequently as it searches for a sensor. If the smart transmitter does not vibrate or if the app does not show No Sensor Detected, contact your clinical study center. Place the smart transmitter back over the sensor to see if the amber LED disappears and observe any notifications on the app. If the amber LED continues to stay lit, contact Eversense Customer Service. Smart Transmitter Battery and Charging Q: How long does a fully charged smart transmitter battery fast? A: A fully charged smart transmitter battery typically last about a day and half. Q: How long does it take to charge a smart transmitter? A: It takes approximately 15 minutes to fully charge a smart transmitter. It may take a little longer if powering via a computer USB port. Q: How do I check the smart transmitter battery status? A: There are three ways to check battery status: 1. Tap Menu > About> My Transmitter. Scroll down to the Battery Level fine that indicates amount of battery power left. 2. Check the battery symbol in the upper right corner on the MY GLUCOSE screen. A red battery icon indicates the smart transmitter battery is empty. Power ON the smart transmitter. Press and release the smart transmitter power button. An amber LED on toe smart transmitter indicates low battery. A green LED indicates battery is fully charged. 13 Eversense CGM User Guide 75 Senseonics_UG_[ILLEGIBLE] [ILLEGIBLE] Q: What happens if my smart transmitter battery is completely drained? A: No glucose readings will be displayed. If the smart transmitter is without power for 3 days, you will re-enter the initialization Phase (4 fingerstick calibrations). Always charge immediately when the smart transmitter battery is completely drained. 13 Connection with Smart Transmitter Q: My smart transmitter and mobile device do not appear to be connected. A: There may be several reasons why you do not have a connection. • Make sure the Bluetooth setting on your mobile device is ON and the smart transmitter name appears on the device list. • The disconnection may only be temporary. Tap Menu > Connect. It your smart transmittal name indicates Disconnected, tap the smart transmitter name to connect manually. • Your smart transmitter and mobile device may be out of wireless range. Move your mobile device closer to the smart transmitter. • Your smart transmitter may be turned off, out of battery power or is currently being charged. Q: How do I pair my mobile device and smart transmitter? A: Follow the steps below to pair your mobile device and smart transmitter. Please read your User Guide for more detailed information. 1. Launch the Eversense App. 2. Press the smart transmitter power button three times to get it into “Discoverable” mode. [ILLEGIBLE] 76 Eversense CGM User Guide Senseonics_UG_[ILLEGIBLE] [ILLEGIBLE]

GRAPHIC

 

Confidential and Proprietary

 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED FOR PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT. THE COPY FILED HEREWITH OMITS THE INFORMATION SUBJECT TO A CONFIDENTIALITY REQUEST. OMISSIONS ARE DESIGNATED [***]. A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.

 


13 3. When the smart transmitter blinks green and amber, tap the smart transmitter ID on the PAIR YOUR TRANSMITTER screen. The app will then begin the searching process. • Your smart transmitter ID is the same as the serial number listed on the back of the smart transmitter. 4. When the app finds your smart transmitter, a BLUETOOTH PAIRING REQUEST pop-up screen appears. 5. Tap Pair to confirm the pairing. 6. The app will display Connected next to the smart transmitter ID once the pairing is completed. 7. Tap Next. Q: Why am I unable to connect my mobile device to my smart transmitter (No Transmitter Connected is displayed in the app Status bar)? A: The smart transmitter may fail to connect with your mobile device for any of the following reasons: • The smart transmitter is currently charging via USB. • The smart transmitter is turned OFF. • The smart transmitter battery is completely drained • Bluetooth on your mobile device is turned OFF. • Smart transmitter pairing to your mobile device has not been established or has been “un-paired”. You must re-establish pairing. See page 76 for more information. Q: Can other people connect to my smart transmitter? A: The Eversense CGM System utilizes a secure Bluetooth connection and will not allow others to connect. Q: What happens if my smart transmitter is disconnected from my mobile device or app? A: The smart transmitter will vibrate and the app will provide a “Transmitter Disconnected” notification every 30 minutes until the app is launched or the smart transmitter is reconnected. Q: Why do I see Searching on the CONNECTION STATUS screen? A: The app will continue to show Searching for any of the following reasons: • The smart transmitter is currently charging via USB. • The smart transmitter is turned OFF. • The smart transmitter battery is completely drained. • Bluetooth on your mobile device is turned OFF. • Smart transmitter pairing to your mobile device has not been established or has been “un-paired”. You must re-establish pairing. See page 76 for more information. 13 Eversense CGM User Guide 77 Senseonics_UG_[ILLEGIBLE] [ILLEGIBLE] Q: My smart transmitter is not fisted on the CONNECTION STATUS screen? A: The smart transmitter will not be listed on the CONNECTION STATUS screen for any of the following reasons; • The smart transmitters currently charging via USB. • The smart transmitter is turned OFF. • The smart transmitter battery is completely drained. • Bluetooth on your mobile device is turned OFF. • Smart transmitter pairing to your mobile device has not been established or has been “un paired”. You must re-establish pairing. See page 76 for more information. Q: Why do I see other smart transmitters listed on the CONNECTION STATUS screen? A: The app may find other Bluetooth enabled devices in the vicinity. However, the app connects only to the smart transmitter that was paired with your mobile device. DO NOT attempt to pair your mobile device to other smart transmitters that are not yours. Calibration Q: Will doing more than 2 fingerstick calibrations per day affect the accuracy of the system? A: The accuracy will not be impacted if you do more than the required 2 calibrations per day. Q: When should I do a fingerstick test with a blood glucose meter? A: You should perform a blood glucose test on a meter: • When it is time to calibrate. • When you cannot get sensor glucose readings. • Any time you have reached your low or high glucose alarm thresholds. • Any time you have symptoms of low or high blood glucose. • Any time your symptoms that are not consistent with the sensor glucose readings. • Prior to making treatment decisions, such as dosing insulin or consuming carbohydrates. 13 78 Eversense CGM User Guide Senseonics_UG_[ILLEGIBLE] [ILLEGIBLE] Q: Why am I unable to calibrate? A: You may not be able to calibrate for any of the following reasons: • The smart transmitter has not been worn for at least 25 minutes before and after attempting to calibrate. • Sensor glucose values are changing rapidly, 0.14 mmol/L/min (2.5 mg/dL/min). • The blood glucose reading is less than or equal to 2.2 mmol/L (40mg/dL). • The blood glucose reading is greater than or equal to 22.2 mmol/L (400 mg/dL). • The: blood glucose reading was taken more than 5 minutes prior to entering it in the Eversense App. • The fast sensor glucose value is significantly different than the blood glucose reading entered. • It is not time for your calibration. Q: What time should I enter on the CALIBRATE screen when I am notified to calibrate? A: Enter the time you tested your blood glucose with your meter. You must enter the blood glucose reading within 5 minutes of doing the test. Q: Why was my calibration rejected? A: The system will reject the calibration for the any of the following reasons: • The blood glucose reading entered is less than or equal to 2.2 mmol/L (40 mg/dL). • The blood glucose reading entered is greater than or equal to 22.2 mmol/L (400 mg/dL). • The blood glucose reading entered is significantly different from the last sensor glucose reading. If the calibration is rejected, you must re-calibrate. You may need to wait up to 60 minutes before re-calibrating. Q: How do I change my scheduled morning and evening Daily Calibration times? A: Tap >Menu > Settings > Daily Calibration. Select the morning or evening time to change. Morning and evening times must be set a minimum of 10 hours apart and maximum of 14 hours apart. Q: Can I calibrate earliez than my scheduled time? A: You can calibrate up to 2 hours before the scheduled time and the system will prompt hourly after your scheduled time for calibration. To view the next earliest available calibration time, tap > Menu > Calibrate. The next scheduled calibration time window is displayed. 13 Eversense CGM User Guide 79 Senseonics_UG_[ILLEGIBLE] [ILLEGIBLE] [ILLEGIBLE]

GRAPHIC

 

Confidential and Proprietary

 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED FOR PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT. THE COPY FILED HEREWITH OMITS THE INFORMATION SUBJECT TO A CONFIDENTIALITY REQUEST. OMISSIONS ARE DESIGNATED [***]. A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.

 


Q: Where can I find details for Calibration Phase, number of calibrations and last calibration date and time? A: You can view calibration details by tapping Menu > About > My Transmitter. Q: What are the different types of calibration phases? A: The Eversense CGM System has two types of Calibration Phases the Initialization Phase and the Daily Calibration Phase. Initialization Phase begins 24 hours after sensor insertion and requires 4 fingerstick blood glucose tests for calibration. The Daily Calibration Phase occurs after the Initialization Phase and requires 2 daily calibrations (morning and evening) every day for the life of the sensor. Alarms Q: Can I change the vibration alarm pattern on my smart transmitter? A: Smart transmitter alarms are fixed and not changeable. Q: Can t Increase the alarm sound coming from my mobile device? A: You may increase the alarm sound by connecting your mobile device to an external device to amplify the sound. Q: How do I silence glucose alarms? A: Glucose alarms can be silenced by confirming the alarm on your mobile device and taking top appropriate action if necessary. Q: Can I change the number of alarms I receive? A: If you feel that you are getting too many alarms, you should first discuss the alarm settings best suited for you with your doctor. If you need to change your glucose alarm settings, tap Menu > Settings > Glucose. 13 80 Eversense CGH User Guide Senseonics_UG_[ILLEGIBLE] [ILLEGIBLE] Q: What is difference between a notification, alert and alarm? A: A Notification is a non-critical, low priority message (e.g., calibration reminder). An Alert is a non-critical, medium priority message that may require your attention. An alert is less serious than an alarm (e.g., low battery alert). An Alarm is a critical, high priority message that needs your attention and requires that you respond/take the appropriate action (e.g., Low glucose alarm). Q: What are rate of change alarms? A: Rate of Change Alarms notify you when your glucose level is falling or rising taster than your set rate of change alarm thresholds. Q: What are predictive alarms? A: Predictive Alarms notify you in advance of an event that is likely to occur if current trends continue. Predictive Alarms use High and Low Glucose Alarm thresholds to determine when the early warning alarms occur. You tan set the alarms to notify you at 10, 20, 30 or 45 minutes in advance of when the CGM System anticipates you reaching the alarm thresholds. Your transmitter will vibrate, and your app will sound an alarm and display a message on the MY GLUCOSE screen to notify you when you have reached your alarm thresholds. You should immediately perform fingerstick blood glucose test to confirm your glucose value. Q: Why am I unable to see notifications when the app is In the background? A: Refer to your mobile device instructions to enable the notifications in the background. Q: What happens to the notifications if I am disconnected from my smart transmitter? A: If you are disconnected from your smart transmitter, the smart transmitter syncs the alerts and alarms received during the period that the mobile device app was disconnected from the smart transmitter once it reconnects. Q: How can I sort the notifications on the ALARM HISTORY screen? A: The ALARM HISTORY screen has sort filter at the top. You can sort alarms based on the severity levels (red, yellow and blue), glucose alerts/alarms and battery alerts/alarms. Tap the desired sort filler icon. 13 Eversense CGH User Guide 81 Senseonics_UG_[ILLEGIBLE] [ILLEGIBLE] Glucose Readings Q. Why is my sensor leading different from my blood glucose BGM reading? A: The Eversense CGM System measures glucose in interstitial fluid (ISF) between the body’s cells. Physiologic differences between ISF and blood from a fingerstick may result in differences in glucose measurements. These differences are especially evident during times of rapid change in blood glucose (e.g., after eating, dosing insulin, or exercising.) On average, glucose levels in ISF lag behind glucose levels in blood by about 5-7 minutes. Q: I am getting “-- -- -- 23 in place of sensor glucose readings on the app? A: You may not get any sensor glucose readings when there is no connection between your smart transmitter and your sensor or smart transmitter and mobile device. You may also not get any readings when one of the alarms below is activated: • No sensor detected. • Out of Range High or Out of Range Low Glucose Sensor reading. • Low Sensor Temperature. • High Ambient Light. • Sensor Instability. • High Smart Transmitter Temperature. 13 • Low Smart Transmitter Temperature. • High Sensor Temperature. • Empty Battery. • Calibration past due. • New sensor detected. • Sensor replacement. Please follow the instructions provided in the notification message to clear the Alert/Alarm. Q: Can I change the glucose units of measurement? A: The glucose unit of measurement can only be selected at the time of installation of the app. Check with your doctor if you are unsure what your unit of measurement should be. If you have confirmed that you have the incorrect unit of measurement for glucose, delete and re-install the app. 82 Eversense CGM User Guide Senseonics_UG_[ILLEGIBLE] [ILLEGIBLE] [ILLEGIBLE]

GRAPHIC

 

Confidential and Proprietary

 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED FOR PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT. THE COPY FILED HEREWITH OMITS THE INFORMATION SUBJECT TO A CONFIDENTIALITY REQUEST. OMISSIONS ARE DESIGNATED [***]. A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.

 


Trend Arrows Q: My (tend arrows and glucose alarms do not match? A: Trend arrows indicate the rate and direction of change in glucose levels, regardless of the current glucose level. For example, you may have a trend arrow that points up or down (indicating slow or rapid changes) but not have a low or high glucose alarm. Glucose alarms notify you when your current glucose level reaches the alarm threshold, regardless of the rate or direction of change. For example, you can have a low or high glucose alarm and still have a stable trend arrow. Q: My trend arrow is gray instead of blue? A: The CGM System uses the last 20 minutes of continuous glucose data for calculating and displaying the trend arrow. When there are not enough sensor values available for the calculation, the arrow is displayed in gray. App Q: What will happen if I re-Install the app? A: Upon re-installing the app, the app will download glucose readings only from the last 3 days. All other data (alarm history, smart transmitter and sensor ID, logged events, etc.) will be retained. Q: What version of the app is installed on my mobile device? A: You can find the app software version by tapping Menu > About > Product Information. Q: How will my app be updated? A: Visit www.senseonics.com for instructions on updating the app software. Q: What devices are compatible with Eversense App? A: Visit www.senseonics.com for a list of compatible devices. Q: Can I still use the same smart transmitter if I switch to a new mobile device? A: You will needle install the app into your new mobile device and pair the mobile device with your smart transmitter. The last 3 days of glucose data will be downloaded to the new mobile device app. 13 Eversense CGM User Guide 83 Senseonics_UG_[ILLEGIBLE] [ILLEGIBLE] Sensor Q: Can I insert the sensor in another body part besides my upper aim? A: The Eversense CGM System was only tested in the upper arm during clinical studies. Q: When do I need to replace my sensor? A: Your sensor lasts up to 90 days. You can check how many days are remaining on your sensor by lapping Calibrate. You will receive periodic notifications (30, 21, 14, 16, 5, 4, 3, 2, and 1 day prior) to remind you when the sensor needs to be replaced. Contact your doctor to schedule a sensor replacement. Q: Can I extend the 90 days life of the sensor? A: The sensor will no longer provide glucose readings after 90 days of wear and must be replaced. Q: Where can I find the senses serial number? A: You can view the sensor serial number by tapping Menu > About > My Sensor. Q: Why do I see a “New Sensor Detected” notification? A: This message appears when your smart transmitter detects a new sensor so you may link the smart transmitter and sensor. DO NOT use the smart transmitter with a second sensor. The smart transmitter can only be linked to one sensor. If you see a New Sensor Detected message and you already have a sensor inserted and linked to your smart transmitter, tap Not Now. If unsure, contact Eversense Customer Service for more information. Traveling with CGM Q: When I travel and my mobile device automatically updates to the current date and time, will my smart transmitter sync to the same date and tone? A: Yes, the transmitter will sync times and not force you into the initialization mode when time zones are changed. Q: Do I need to remove my smart transmitter and sensor when going through airport security? A: Your smart transmitter and sensor are safe to go through airport security. 13 84 Eversense CGH User Guide84 Senseonics_UG_[ILLEGIBLE] [ILLEGIBLE] Q: What will happen when I travel to a different time zone? A: You will receive a message to adjust your morning and evening Daily Calibration times to the new time zone. Tap Check to view and adjust the times. Q: Why did my CGM System re-enter Initialization Phase? A: You will enter re-enter Initialization Phase for any one of the following reasons: • Calibration period has expired without you having entered a fingerstick test value. • 3 or more blood glucose readings are significantly different than the current sensor glucose readings. • Your smart transmitter has not been charged within 24 hours of the empty battery alarm. • The date and time settings have been manually changed on the mobile device or it the device clock is different from the transmitter clock. Events Q: How can I sort my events on the EVENT LOG screen? A: The EVENT LOG screen has a sort filter at the top of the screen. You can sort events based on event type (Meat, Health, Exercise, Glucose, and Insulin.) Tap the desired sort filter icon. The default sort option is to show All events. Q: When, should I add a blood glucose event on the EVENT LOG screen? A: You may use the EVENT LOG screen to manually record blood glucose readings outside of calibration range for future review with your doctor. Other Q: What is the Do Not Disturb option? A: When Do Not Disturb is enabled, both the app and smart transmitter will stop providing vibratory and visual notification for non-critical alerts/alarms. Critical alarms will still be provided. Q: What is “Discoverable” (Pairing) mode? A: Discoverable mode is the smart transmitter state that enables it to be located by your mobile device for pairing. See page 19 for more information. 13 Eversense CGH User Guide 85 Senseonics_UG_[ILLEGIBLE] [ILLEGIBLE] [ILLEGIBLE]

GRAPHIC

 

Confidential and Proprietary

 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED FOR PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT. THE COPY FILED HEREWITH OMITS THE INFORMATION SUBJECT TO A CONFIDENTIALITY REQUEST. OMISSIONS ARE DESIGNATED [***]. A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.

 


14. System Performance [ILLEGIBLE] 14 86 Eversense CGM User Guide Senseonics_UG_[ILLEGIBLE] [ILLEGIBLE] 14 Eversense CGM User Guide 87 Senseonics_UG_[ILLEGIBLE] [ILLEGIBLE] 15. Technical Specifications Sensor Smart Transmitter Characteristic Description Characteristic Description Dimensions Length: 15.7 mm (0.619 in) Dimensions Length: 3.9 cm (1.54 in) Diameter: 35 mm (0.137 in) Width: 4.2 cm (1.65 in) Materials Polymethylmethacrylate and Thickness: 1.4 cm (0.55 in) Hydroxyethylmethacrylate (HEMA) Materials Body: polycarbonate Copolymer, and Polyethylene glycol (PEG), Strap: contain silicone Silicone, Dexamethasone Acetate (NMT 1.0 mg). Platinum, epoxy 301-2 Operating Temperature 10 - 30°C (50 - 86°F) Glucose Range 2.2 - 22.2 mmol/L (40 - 400 mg/dL) Weight 22g (0.78 02) Sensor Life Up to 90 days Power Supply Rechargeable lithium batteries Calibration Commercially available self-monitoring (not replaceable) blood glucose meter Operational Conditions 5 - 40°C (41 - 104°F) Calibration Range 2.2 - 22.2 mmol/L (40 - 400 mg/dL) Battery life 12 months Sterilization Sterile by Ethylene Oxide Storage Conditions 5 - 35°C (41 - 95°F) Moisture Protection IP22: dripping water when tilted up to 15 degrees Protection Against Type BF applied part Electrical Shock 15 88 Eversense CGM User Guide Senseonics_UG_[ILLEGIBLE] [ILLEGIBLE] [ILLEGIBLE]

GRAPHIC

 

Confidential and Proprietary

 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED FOR PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT. THE COPY FILED HEREWITH OMITS THE INFORMATION SUBJECT TO A CONFIDENTIALITY REQUEST. OMISSIONS ARE DESIGNATED [***]. A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.

 


Symbols on App Alarms, Alerts and Notifications Symbol Explanation Glucose Alarm Appears when the glucose is above the high glucose alarm range and below the low glucose alarm range. The icon appears on the status header and in the ALARM HISTORY screen. Glucose Within Range Appears on the status header when the glucose is within the high and low glucose target levels. Falling Rate Alert Appears when the glucose value is falling beyond a defined rate. The icon appears only in the ALARM HISTORY screen. Rising Rate Alert Appears when the glucose value is rising beyond a defined rate. The icon appears only in ALARM HISTORY screen. Empty Battery Alert Appears when the smart transmitter battery is less than 10% charged. The icon appears only in the ALARM HISTORY screen. Low Battery Alert Appears when the smart transmitter battery is less than 10% charged. The icon appears only in the ALARM HISTORY screen Smart Transmitter/Sensor Alarm Appears when there are sensor-related alerts. The icon appears only in the ALARM HISTORY screen. Smart Transmitter/Sensor Alert Appears when there are alerts related to the smart transmitter or sensor. The icon appears only in the ALARM HISTORY screen. 15 Eversense CGM User Guide 89 Senseonics_UG_[ILLEGIBLE] [ILLEGIBLE] Symbols on App Alarms, Alerts and Notifications (continued) Symbol Explanation Smart Transmitter/Sensor Notifications Appears when there are notifications related to the smart transmitter or sensor. The icon appears only in the ALARM HISTORY screen. Calibration Alarm Appears when there are calibration-related alarms (e.g., expiration period alarms). The icon appears only in the ALARM HISTORY screen. Calibration Alert Appears when there are calibration-related alerts (e.g., grace period alarms). The icon appears only in the ALARM HISTORY screen. Calibration Notification Appears when there are calibration-related alerts (e.g., calibrate notifications and reminders). The icon appears only in the ALARM HISTORY screen. Calibration Failure Appears when the smart transmitter rejects the user-entered calibration value. This icon appears on the popup notification on the CALIBRATION screen. Stacked alerts (more than one alert or event) Appears when there are two or more alerts or events in a short interval. Shown only on the MY GLUCOSE screen. 15 90 Eversense CGM User Guide Senseonics_UG_[ILLEGIBLE] [ILLEGIBLE] Symbols on Packaging and Device Symbol Explanation Symbol Explanation Consult accompanying documents Part number Caution, consult accompanying documents Serial number Use by Type BF Applied Part Manufacture Non-ionizing electromagnetic radiation Authorized representative in the European Latex Free Community Date of manufacture Universal Serial Bus (USB) Storage temperature limits Magnetic Resonance Imaging (MRI) procedures are contraindicated for this device. Lot number European Union WEEE Directive 2012/19/EU 15 Eversense CGM User Guide 91 Senseonics_UG_[ILLEGIBLE] [ILLEGIBLE] [ILLEGIBLE]

GRAPHIC

 

Confidential and Proprietary

 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED FOR PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT. THE COPY FILED HEREWITH OMITS THE INFORMATION SUBJECT TO A CONFIDENTIALITY REQUEST. OMISSIONS ARE DESIGNATED [***]. A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.

 


Limited Warranty Coverage and duration of Eversense Smart Transmitter limited warranty. A limited warranty is provided by Senseonics to the original purchaser of the Eversense Smart Transmitter. The Smart Transmitter shall be free from defects in material and workmanship under normal use (“limited warranty”) for a period of one year commencing on the date of shipment. Note: If you received a replacement smart transmitter, any remaining warranty on the original smart transmitter will transfer to the replacement smart transmitter, and this warranty page will be void. Exclusions to the limited warranty. The limited warranty is conditioned upon proper use of the product by the purchaser. The limited warranty does not cover a) surfaces and exposed parts that may become scratched or damaged due to normal use; b) damage resulting from accident, neglect, misuse, unusual physical, electrical or electromechanical stress, cosmetic damage or modification of any part of the product; c) equipment that has been altered to remove or otherwise make illegible the ID number; d) malfunctions resulting from use with products, accessories or peripheral equipment not furnished or approved by Senseonics; e) water damage (the smart transmitter cannot be exposed to water); f) equipment that has been dissembled; f) damage caused by improper operation, testing, maintenance, installation or adjustment Senseonics’ obligations under the limited warranty. Senseonics will replace, at its sole discretion, without charge to purchaser, any defective Eversense Smart Transmitter, provided the warranty period is still in effect. The purchaser must return the defective product to an authorized Senseonics Customer Service Department in an appropriate shipping container, accompanied by proof of sale showing the date of purchase, the ID number of the product and the seller’s name and address. To find out where to send the Eversense Smart transmitter visit our website www.senseonics.com. Upon receipt, Senseonics will promptly replace the defective product. If Senseonics determines that the product is not covered by the limited warranty, and purchaser wants the smart transmitter returned, the purchaser is responsible for payment of shipping charges. 15 92 Eversense CGM User Guide Senseonics_UG_[ILLEGIBLE] [ILLEGIBLE] Limits of Senseonics’ obligations under the limited warranty. THE LIMITED WARRANTY OF SENSEONICS DESCRIBED ABOVE IS EXCLUSIVE AND IN LEU OF ALL OTHER WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, EITHER IN FACT OR BY OPERATION OF LAW, STATUTORY OR OTHERWISE, AND SENSEONICS EXPRESSLY EXCLUDES AND DISCLAIMS ALL SUCH OTHER WARRANTIES, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, OR NON-INFRINGEMENT. EXCEPT TO THE EXTENT PROHIBITED BY APPLICABLE LAW, SENSEONCIS SHALL NOT BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, CONSEQUENTIAL, OR INDIRECT DAMAGES, HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE SALE, USE, MISUSE OR INABILITY TO USE ANY SENSEONICS EVERSENSE SYSTEM. THE LIMITATION SHALL APPLY EVEN IF SENSEONICS OR ITS AGENT HAS BEEN ADVISED OF SUCH DAMAGES AND NOTWITHSTANDING ANY FAILURE OF ESSENTIAL PURPOSE OF THIS LIMITED REMEDY. THIS LIMITED WARRANTY SHALL NOT EXTEND TO ANYONE OTHER THAN THE ORIGINAL PURCHASER OF THIS PRODUCT AND STATES PURCHASER’S EXCLUSIVE REMEDY. IF ANY PORTION OF THIS LIMITED WARRANTY IS ILLEGAL OR UNENFORCEABLE BY REASON OF ANY LAW, SUCH PARTIAL ILLEGALITY OR ENFORCEABILITY SHALL NOT AFFECT THE ENFORCEABILITY OF THE REMAINDER OF THIS LIMITED WARRANTY WHICH PURCHASER ACKNOWLEDGES IS AND WILL ALWAYS BE CONSTRUED TO BE LIMITED BY ITS TERMS OR AS LIMITED AS THE LAW PERMITS. 15 Eversense CGM User Guide 93 Senseonics_UG_[ILLEGIBLE] [ILLEGIBLE] Index Index Adhesive patch 11,34 Alarms 31, 46, 47, 48, 52, 53, 54, 55, 56, 57, 58 Alerts 52, 59, 60 App, about 8, 31 App, download 17 App, launch 18 App, using 24 Battery, charging 16 Battery power, indicator 37 Bluetooth 7, 31 Butlon on smart transmitter 19, 32, 36 Calibration, Daily Phase 39, 40 Calibration, Initiation Phase 39, 40 Calibration, procedure 31, 39, 41 Calibration, reminders 20, 49 Discoverable mode 19, 76, 85 Events 31, 62 LED indicator 16, 32, 36, 38 Limited Warranty 92 Link, smart transmitter with sensor 22 Mealtime schedule 51 Menu 31 Mobile device 17, 24 MY GLUCOSE screen 21, 24, 25, 31 Notifications 52, 60, 61 Pairing smart transmitter and mobile device 18, 19, 76 Placement guide, signal strength 31, 35 Power adapter 11, 16 Reports 31, 68 RF, radio frequency communicator 7 Sensor 8, 72 Sensor, about 8, 72 Sensor, insertion and removal 22, 72, 73 Settings, app 18, 31, 44, 50 Smart transmitter, about 8, 11 Smart transmitter, attaching 34 Smart transmitter, maintenance 37 Smart transmitter, on/off 36 Smart transmitter, using 32, 33 Symbols, alarms, alerts, notification 89, 90 Symbols, packaging and device 91 System components 8, 11 Target levels 45 Traveling. 84 Trend arrows 29 Trend graph 30 Troubleshooling, FAQs 74 Unit of measurement 20 USB, cable 16 USB, port 16, 32 Wireless 7, 9, 15, 17, 24 94 Eversense CGM User Guide Senseonics_UG_[ILLEGIBLE] [ILLEGIBLE] [ILLEGIBLE]

GRAPHIC

 

Confidential and Proprietary

 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED FOR PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT. THE COPY FILED HEREWITH OMITS THE INFORMATION SUBJECT TO A CONFIDENTIALITY REQUEST. OMISSIONS ARE DESIGNATED [***]. A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.

 


Senseonics_UG_[ILLEGIBLE] [ILLEGIBLE] Senseonics. CORPORATE HEADQUARTERS Senseonics, Incorporated 20451 Seneca Meadows Parkway Germantown, MD 20876-7005 USA Main: (301) 515-7260 Fax: (301) 515-0988 www.seoseonics.com [ILLEGIBLE] [ILLEGIBLE] Senseonics_UG_[ILLEGIBLE] [ILLEGIBLE] [ILLEGIBLE]

GRAPHIC

 

Confidential and Proprietary

 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED FOR PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT. THE COPY FILED HEREWITH OMITS THE INFORMATION SUBJECT TO A CONFIDENTIALITY REQUEST. OMISSIONS ARE DESIGNATED [***]. A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.

 



Exhibit 16.1

 

Securities and Exchange Commission

100 F Street, N.E.

Washington, DC 20549

 

December 10, 2015

 

Commissioners:

 

We have read the statements made by Senseonics Holdings, Inc. (copy attached), which we understand will be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission, pursuant to Item 4.01 of Form 8-K, as part of the Form 8-K of Senseonics Holdings, Inc. dated December 10, 2015. We agree with the statements concerning our Firm in such Form 8-K.

 

Very truly yours,

 

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

 




Exhibit 21.1

 

Subsidiaries of Senseonics Holdings, Inc.

 

Name of Subsidiary

 

Jurisdiction of Incorporation or

Organization

 

 

 

Senseonics, Incorporated

 

Delaware

 




Exhibit 99.1

 

INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

 

2

Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2013 and 2014

 

3

Statements of Operations for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2014

 

4

Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2014

 

5

Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2014

 

6

Notes to Financial Statements

 

7

 

1



 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

 

To the Board of Directors of

Senseonics, Incorporated:

 

In our opinion, the accompanying balance sheets and the related statements of operations, of changes in stockholders’ equity and of cash flows present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Senseonics, Incorporated (the “Company”) at December 31, 2013 and 2014, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2014 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits. We conducted our audits of these statements in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

 

The accompanying financial statements have been prepared assuming that the Company will continue as a going concern. As discussed in Note 2 to the financial statements, the Company has suffered recurring losses from operations and has a net capital deficiency that raise substantial doubt about its ability to continue as a going concern. Management’s plans in regard to these matters are also described in Note 2. The financial statements do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of this uncertainty.

 

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

 

Baltimore, Maryland

July 10, 2015

 

2



 

Senseonics, Incorporated

 

Balance Sheets

 

(in thousands, except share and per share data)

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2013

 

2014

 

Assets

 

 

 

 

 

Current assets:

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

$

8,246

 

$

18,923

 

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

 

197

 

711

 

Total current assets

 

8,443

 

19,634

 

Deposits and other assets

 

59

 

134

 

Property and equipment, net

 

387

 

227

 

Total assets

 

$

8,889

 

$

19,995

 

Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity

 

 

 

 

 

Current liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

Accounts payable

 

$

1,460

 

$

880

 

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities

 

1,255

 

1,161

 

Obligations under capital leases

 

2

 

 

Deferred rent, current portion

 

13

 

 

Total current liabilities

 

2,730

 

2,041

 

Deferred rent

 

 

29

 

Notes payable, net of discount

 

 

9,815

 

Warrant liability

 

 

197

 

Total liabilities

 

2,730

 

12,082

 

Commitments and contingencies (Note 6)

 

 

 

 

 

Stockholders’ equity:

 

 

 

 

 

Series A convertible preferred stock, $0.01 par value per share; 599,997 shares authorized, issued and outstanding ($3,000 liquidation preference)

 

6

 

6

 

Series B convertible preferred stock, $0.01 par value per share; 1,202,497 shares authorized, issued and outstanding ($12,025 liquidation preference)

 

12

 

12

 

Series C convertible preferred stock, $0.01 par value per share; 2,073,749 shares authorized, issued and outstanding ($41,475 liquidation preference)

 

21

 

21

 

Series D convertible preferred stock, $0.01 par value per share; 22,995,265 shares authorized, 14,403,015 and 19,777,349 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2013 and 2014, respectively ($54,011 and $74,165 liquidation preference as of December 31, 2013 and 2014, respectively)

 

144

 

198

 

Common stock, $0.01 par value per share; 31,313,185 authorized, 926,733 and 935,631 shares issued, and 905,800 and 914,698 shares outstanding at December 31, 2013 and 2014, respectively

 

9

 

9

 

Additional paid-in capital

 

118,081

 

138,666

 

Treasury stock, at cost; 20,933 shares of common stock

 

(84

)

(84

)

Accumulated deficit

 

(112,030

)

(130,915

)

Total stockholders’ equity

 

6,159

 

7,913

 

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity

 

$

8,889

 

$

19,995

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

 

3



 

Senseonics, Incorporated

 

Statements of Operations

 

(in thousands, except share and per share data)

 

 

 

Year Ended
December 31,

 

 

 

2013

 

2014

 

Revenue

 

$

17

 

$

 

Expenses:

 

 

 

 

 

Cost of revenue

 

5

 

 

Research and development expenses

 

13,791

 

12,881

 

Administrative expenses

 

5,010

 

5,821

 

Operating loss

 

(18,789

)

(18,702

)

Interest income (expense)

 

10

 

(191

)

Other income

 

 

8

 

Total other income (expense), net

 

10

 

(183

)

Net loss

 

$

(18,779

)

$

(18,885

)

Basic and diluted loss per common share

 

$

(24.66

)

$

(20.75

)

Basic and diluted weighted-average shares outstanding

 

761,627

 

909,934

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

 

4


 

Senseonics, Incorporated

 

Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity for the Years Ended December 31, 2013 and 2014

 

(in thousands, except share data)

 

 

 

Series A
Preferred Stock

 

Series B
Preferred Stock

 

Series C
Preferred Stock

 

Series D
Preferred Stock

 

Common Stock

 

Additional
Paid-In

 

Treasury Stock

 

Accumulated

 

Total
Stockholders’

 

 

 

Shares

 

Amount

 

Shares

 

Amount

 

Shares

 

Amount

 

Shares

 

Amount

 

Shares

 

Amount

 

Capital

 

Shares

 

Amount

 

Deficit

 

Equity

 

Balance, December 31, 2012

 

599,997

 

$

6

 

1,202,497

 

$

12

 

2,073,749

 

$

21

 

14,403,015

 

$

144

 

745,783

 

$

7

 

$

117,427

 

20,933

 

$

(84

)

$

(93,251

)

$

24,282

 

Exercise of stock options for cash

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

180,950

 

2

 

204

 

 

 

 

206

 

Stock-based compensation expense

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

450

 

 

 

 

450

 

Net loss

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(18,779

)

(18,779

)

Balance, December 31, 2013

 

599,997

 

6

 

1,202,497

 

12

 

2,073,749

 

21

 

14,403,015

 

144

 

926,733

 

9

 

118,081

 

20,933

 

(84

)

(112,030

)

6,159

 

Sale of Series D preferred stock

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

5,374,334

 

54

 

 

 

20,036

 

 

 

 

20,090

 

Exercise of stock options for cash

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

8,898

 

 

10

 

 

 

 

10

 

Stock-based compensation expense

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

539

 

 

 

 

539

 

Net loss

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(18,885

)

(18,885

)

Balance, December 31, 2014

 

599,997

 

$

6

 

1,202,497

 

$

12

 

2,073,749

 

$

21

 

19,777,349

 

$

198

 

935,631

 

$

9

 

$

138,666

 

20,933

 

$

(84

)

$

(130,915

)

$

7,913

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

 

5


 

Senseonics, Incorporated

 

Statements of Cash Flows

 

(in thousands)

 

 

 

Year Ended
December 31,

 

 

 

2013

 

2014

 

Cash Flows from Operating Activities

 

 

 

 

 

Net loss

 

$

(18,779

)

$

(18,885

)

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities:

 

 

 

 

 

Depreciation expense

 

220

 

189

 

Non-cash interest expense (debt discount and deferred costs)

 

 

67

 

Change in fair value of derivative liabilities

 

 

(8

)

Stock-based compensation expense

 

450

 

539

 

Changes in assets and liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

Prepaid expenses, deposits and other assets

 

(68

)

(514

)

Accounts payable, accrued expenses and other

 

1,010

 

(674

)

Deferred rent

 

 

16

 

Net cash used in operating activities

 

(17,167

)

(19,270

)

Cash Flows from Investing Activities

 

 

 

 

 

Capital expenditures

 

(118

)

(29

)

Net cash used in investing activities

 

(118

)

(29

)

Cash Flows from Financing Activities

 

 

 

 

 

Sale of Series D convertible preferred stock, net of costs

 

 

20,090

 

Net proceeds from exercise of stock options

 

206

 

10

 

Proceeds from issuance of notes payable, net of costs

 

 

9,879

 

Principal payments under capital lease obligations

 

(2

)

(3

)

Net cash provided by financing activities

 

204

 

29,976

 

Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents

 

(17,081

)

10,677

 

Cash and cash equivalents, at beginning of period

 

25,327

 

8,246

 

Cash and cash equivalents, at end of period

 

$

8,246

 

$

18,923

 

Supplemental Disclosure of Cash Flow Information

 

 

 

 

 

Cash paid during the year for interest

 

$

 

$

93

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

 

6



 

Senseonics, Incorporated

 

Notes to Financial Statements

 

1. Organization

 

Senseonics, Incorporated (the “Company”), a Delaware corporation, is a medical technology company focused on the design, development and commercialization of glucose monitoring systems to improve the lives of people with diabetes. The Company was originally incorporated on October 30, 1996 and commenced operations on January 15, 1997.

 

2. Liquidity

 

The Company’s operations are subject to certain risks and uncertainties including, among others, current and potential competitors with greater resources, lack of operating history as a commercial-stage company and uncertainty of future profitability. Since inception, the Company has incurred substantial operating losses, principally from expenses associated with the Company’s research and development programs. The Company has not generated significant revenues from the sale of products and its ability to generate revenue and achieve profitability largely depends on the Company’s ability, alone or with others, to complete the development of its products or product candidates, and to obtain necessary regulatory approvals for the manufacture, marketing and sales of those products. These activities, including planned significant research and development efforts, will require significant uses of working capital throughout 2015 and beyond. Based on its current operating plans, the Company believes that its existing cash and cash equivalents will not be sufficient to meet the Company’s anticipated operating needs in 2015 and beyond. These factors raise substantial doubt about the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern. The financial statements do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of this uncertainty.

 

Historically, the Company has financed its operating activities through the sale of equity and equity-linked securities and the issuance of debt. The Company plans to continue financing its operations with external capital. However, the Company may not be able to raise additional funds on acceptable terms, or at all. If the Company is unable to secure sufficient capital to fund its research and development and other operating activities, the Company may be required to delay or suspend operations, enter into collaboration agreements with partners that could require the Company to share commercial rights to its products to a greater extent or at earlier stages in the product development process than is currently intended, merge or consolidate with other entities, or liquidate.

 

The accompanying financial statements have been prepared assuming that the Company will continue as a going concern, which contemplates continuity of operations, realization of assets, and satisfaction of liabilities in the ordinary course of business. The propriety of using the going-concern basis is dependent upon, among other things, the achievement of future profitable operations, the ability to generate sufficient cash from operations, and potential other funding sources, including cash on hand, to meet the Company’s obligations as they become due.

 

3. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

 

Basis of Accounting

 

The accompanying financial statements have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“U.S. GAAP”). The Company currently operates in a single business segment.

 

7



 

Use of Estimates

 

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. In the accompanying financial statements, estimates are used for, but not limited to, stock-based compensation, the fair value of derivative liabilities, recoverability of long-lived assets, deferred taxes and valuation allowance, depreciable lives of property and equipment, and estimated accruals for preclinical study costs, which are accrued based on estimates of work performed under contracts. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

 

Fair Value Disclosures

 

The carrying amounts of short-term financial instruments, including cash and cash equivalents, prepaid expenses and other current assets, and accounts payable and other current liabilities, approximate fair value as of December 31, 2013 and 2014, because of the relatively short-term maturity of these instruments. The fair value of long-term notes payable approximates its carrying value as of December 31, 2014 based on current market conditions.

 

See Note 12 for further discussion of fair value measurements.

 

Cash and Cash Equivalents and Concentration of Credit Risk

 

Cash equivalents are highly-liquid instruments with original maturities of three months or less and consist of U.S. Government and U.S. Government agency securities and money market funds with major commercial banks and financial institutions. Cash equivalents totaled approximately $8,056,000 and $18,876,000, respectively, at December 31, 2013 and 2014. Cash equivalents are recorded at cost plus accrued interest.

 

The Company’s cash and cash equivalents potentially subject the Company to credit and liquidity risk. The Company maintains cash deposits at major financial institutions with high credit quality and, at times, the balances of those deposits may exceed the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation limits of $250,000. The Company does not anticipate losses on deposits with commercial banks and financial institutions that exceed the federally insured amounts.

 

Property and Equipment

 

Property and equipment are stated at historical cost and depreciated on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives, generally five years. Equipment under capital leases is depreciated on a straight-line basis over the lesser of its estimated useful life or the lease term. Leasehold improvements are depreciated over the shorter of the remaining lease term or useful lives of the assets. Upon disposition of the assets, the costs and related accumulated depreciation are removed from the accounts and any resulting gain or loss is included in the results of operations. Repairs and maintenance costs are charged to the statements of operations.

 

Management reviews property and equipment for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. Recoverability of the long-lived asset is measured by a comparison of the carrying amount of the asset to future undiscounted net cash flows expected to be generated by the asset. If such assets are considered to be impaired, the impairment to be recognized is measured by the amount by which the carrying amount of the assets exceeds the estimated fair value of the assets. Management determined that no assets were impaired as of December 31, 2013 and 2014.

 

Treasury Stock

 

The Company records purchases of common stock for treasury at cost, and carries the cost of treasury stock as a reduction in stockholders’ equity. The number of treasury shares outstanding as of December 31, 2013 and 2014 was 20,933.

 

Revenue Recognition

 

Revenues are recognized when persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, delivery has occurred, the price is fixed or determinable and collectability is probable. These criteria are generally anticipated to be met as products are shipped to customers.

 

8



 

Research and Development Costs

 

Research and development costs are expensed as incurred. Research and development expenses include costs related to employee compensation, preclinical and clinical trials, manufacturing, supplies, outsource testing, consulting and depreciation and other facilities-related expenses.

 

Stock-Based Compensation

 

The Company recognizes the cost of employee services received in exchange for awards of equity instruments, such as stock options, based on the fair value of those awards at the date of grant. The estimated fair value of stock options on the date of grant is amortized on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period for each separately vesting portion of the award for those awards with service conditions only. For awards that also contain performance conditions, expense is recognized beginning at the time the performance condition is considered probable of being met over the remaining vesting period.

 

The Company uses the Black-Scholes option pricing model to determine the fair value of stock-option awards. Valuation of stock awards requires management to make assumptions and to apply judgment to determine the fair value of the awards. These assumptions and judgments include estimating the fair value of the Company’s common stock, future volatility of the Company’s stock price, dividend yields, future employee turnover rates, and future employee stock option exercise behaviors. Changes in these assumptions can affect the fair value estimate.

 

Income Taxes

 

The Company uses the asset and liability method of accounting for income taxes. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on differences between the financial reporting and tax basis of assets and liabilities and are measured using the enacted tax rates and laws that are in effect when the differences are expected to reverse. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in the period that such tax rate changes are enacted. The measurement of a deferred tax asset is reduced, if necessary, by a valuation allowance if it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax asset will not be realized.

 

Management uses a recognition threshold and a measurement attribute for the financial statement recognition and measurement of tax positions taken or expected to be taken in a tax return, as well as guidance on derecognition, classification, interest and penalties and financial statement reporting disclosures. For those benefits to be recognized, a tax position must be more-likely-than-not to be sustained upon examination by taxing authorities. In the ordinary course of business, transactions occur for which the ultimate outcome may be uncertain. Management does not expect the outcome related to accrued uncertain tax provisions to have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial position, results of operations or cash flows. The Company recognizes interest and penalties accrued on any unrecognized tax exposures as a component of income tax expense. The Company did not have any amounts accrued relating to interest and penalties as of December 31, 2013 and 2014.

 

The Company is subject to taxation in various jurisdictions in the United States and remains subject to examination by taxing jurisdictions for the year 1997 and all subsequent periods due to the availability of net operating loss carryforwards.

 

Loss per Share

 

Basic loss per share is computed by dividing net income (loss) available to common stockholders by the weighted average number of shares of common stock outstanding during the period.

 

For periods of net loss, diluted loss per share is calculated similarly to basic loss per share because the impact of all dilutive potential common shares is anti-dilutive. The total number of anti-dilutive shares, consisting of convertible preferred shares, common stock options and stock purchase warrants exercisable for convertible preferred stock, which have been excluded from the computation of diluted loss per share, was 22,852,122 and 30,043,925 at December 31, 2013 and 2014, respectively.

 

For periods of net income, and when the effects are not anti-dilutive, diluted earnings per share is computed by dividing net income available to common stockholders by the weighted-average number of shares outstanding plus the impact of all potential dilutive common shares, consisting primarily of common stock options and stock purchase warrants using the treasury stock method.

 

9



 

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

 

In July 2013, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued guidance for the presentation of an unrecognized tax benefit when a net operating loss (“NOL”) carryforward, a similar tax loss, or a tax credit carryforward exists. The guidance requires an entity to present in the financial statements an unrecognized tax benefit, or a portion of an unrecognized tax benefit, as a reduction to a deferred tax asset for an NOL carryforward, a similar tax loss, or a tax credit carryforward. If the NOL carryforward, a similar tax loss, or a tax credit carryforward is not available at the reporting date under the tax law of the jurisdiction or the tax law of the jurisdiction does not require the entity to use, and the entity does not intend to use, the deferred tax asset for such purpose, the unrecognized tax benefit will be presented in the financial statements as a liability and will not be combined with deferred tax assets. This guidance does not require any additional recurring disclosures and is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2013. The adoption of this guidance did not have a material impact on the financial statements.

 

In May 2014, the FASB issued guidance for revenue recognition for contracts, superseding the previous revenue recognition requirements, along with most existing industry-specific guidance. The guidance requires an entity to review contracts in five steps: 1) identify the contract, 2) identify performance obligations, 3) determine the transaction price, 4) allocate the transaction price, and 5) recognize revenue. The new standard will result in enhanced disclosures regarding the nature, amount, timing and uncertainty of revenue arising from contracts with customers. The standard is effective for the reporting year beginning January 1, 2017. The Company is currently evaluating the impact, if any, that this new accounting pronouncement will have on its financial statements.

 

In August 2014, the FASB issued guidance requiring management to evaluate on a regular basis whether any conditions or events have arisen that could raise substantial doubt about the entity’s ability to continue as a going concern. The guidance 1) provides a definition for the term “substantial doubt,” 2) requires an evaluation every reporting period, interim periods included, 3) provides principles for considering the mitigating effect of management’s plans to alleviate the substantial doubt, 4) requires certain disclosures if the substantial doubt is alleviated as a result of management’s plans, 5) requires an express statement, as well as other disclosures, if the substantial doubt is not alleviated, and 6) requires an assessment period of one year from the date the financial statements are issued. The standard is effective for the reporting year beginning January 1, 2017 and early adoption is permitted in certain circumstances. The Company does not expect the adoption of this guidance to have a material impact on its financial statements.

 

In April 2015, the FASB issued ASU No. 2015-03, simplifying the Presentation of Debt Issuance Costs. ASU 2015-03 requires debt issuance costs related to a recognized debt liability to be presented in the balance sheet as a direct deduction from the carrying value of that debt liability, consistent with debt discounts. The guidance is effective retrospectively for fiscal years, and interim periods within those years, beginning after December 15, 2015. Early adoption is permitted for financial statements that have not been previously issued. The Company does not expect the impact of adopting this guidance will be material to the financial statements and related disclosures.

 

The Company has evaluated all other issued and unadopted Accounting Standards Updates and believes the adoption of these standards will not have a material impact on the results of operations, financial position, or cash flows.

 

4. Property and Equipment

 

Property and equipment consisted of the following (in thousands):

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2013

 

2014

 

Laboratory equipment

 

$

917

 

$

404

 

Office furniture and equipment

 

404

 

67

 

Software

 

224

 

45

 

Leasehold improvements

 

394

 

394

 

Equipment under capital lease

 

12

 

 

 

 

1,951

 

910

 

Accumulated depreciation:

 

 

 

 

 

Equipment under capital lease

 

(10

)

 

Other

 

(1,554

)

(683

)

 

 

$

387

 

$

227

 

 

10



 

Depreciation for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2014 was $220,008 and $189,325, respectively. The Company disposed of $1,070,595 of fully depreciated property and equipment in 2014 (none in 2013).

 

5. Other Balance Sheet Details

 

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities consisted of the following (in thousands):

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2013

 

2014

 

Clinical and preclinical

 

$

679

 

$

327

 

Compensation and benefits

 

208

 

336

 

Contract manufacturing

 

142

 

141

 

Legal

 

110

 

158

 

Audit and tax related

 

45

 

176

 

Other

 

71

 

23

 

Total

 

$

1,255

 

$

1,161

 

 

6. Commitments and Contingencies

 

Capital Leases

 

In 2013, the Company leased office equipment under a capital lease that expired in 2014.

 

Operating Leases

 

The Company leases approximately 20,000 square feet of research and office space under a non-cancelable operating lease expiring in 2018. The Company has an option to renew the lease for one additional five-year term. Expense recognition is based upon a straight-line basis and was $378,011 and $386,483 during the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2014 respectively. The contractually required cash payments under this lease at December 31, 2014 are as follows (in thousands):

 

2015

 

$

381

 

2016

 

393

 

2017

 

405

 

2018

 

171

 

Total minimum lease payments

 

$

1,350

 

 

Minimum Payments

 

On May 10, 2012, the Company amended the corporate development agreement with a supplier to include minimum payments per year based on the current application-specific integrated circuit or ASIC. Total research and development expense related to the minimum payment was $250,125 and $289,000 during the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2014 respectively. The future minimum payments under this commitment at December 31, 2014 are as follows (in thousands):

 

2015

 

$

552

 

2016

 

820

 

Total minimum payments

 

$

1,372

 

 

7. 401(k) Plan

 

The Company has a defined contribution 401(k) plan available to all full-time employees. Employee contributions are voluntary and are determined on an individual basis subject to the maximum allowable under federal income tax regulations. Participants are fully vested in their contributions. There have been no employer contributions to this plan. Administrative expenses for the plan, which are paid by the Company, were not material in 2013 or 2014.

 

11



 

8. Notes Payable and Stock Purchase Warrants

 

Term Notes Payable

 

On July 31 and December 23, 2014, the Company issued secured notes (the “Oxford notes”) and detachable stock purchase warrants to Oxford Finance in connection with a term loan for gross proceeds of $4,000,000 and $6,000,000, respectively. The maturity date of the Oxford notes is July 1, 2019. The Oxford notes bear interest at a fixed annual rate of 6.95% and require monthly payments. The monthly payments initially consist of interest only. If the Company receives its CE mark by February 1, 2016, the monthly payments will convert to payments of principal and interest, beginning on August 1, 2016, with the principal amount being amortized over the ensuing 36 months. Alternatively, if the Company has not received its CE mark by February 1, 2016, the monthly payments will convert to payments of principal and interest beginning on February 1, 2016, with the principal amount being amortized over the ensuing 42 months. The Oxford notes are collateralized by all of the Company’s assets other than its intellectual property. The Company incurred issuance costs related to the notes of approximately $121,200 which were initially deferred and are being amortized as additional interest expense over the term of the notes using the effective interest method. The fair value of the warrants was recorded as a discount to the notes, which is also being amortized as additional interest expense over the term of the notes using the effective interest method. In addition, the Company is obligated to pay a final fee to Oxford Finance at maturity of $850,000. This fee is being accrued as additional interest expense over the term of the notes using the effective interest method. The Company’s term loan agreement with Oxford Finance also contains certain restrictive covenants that limit the Company’s ability to incur additional indebtedness and liens, merge with other companies or consummate certain changes of control, acquire other companies, engage in new lines of business, make certain investments, pay dividends, transfer or dispose of assets, amend certain material agreements or enter into various specified transactions, as well as financial reporting requirements.

 

The following are the scheduled maturities of the Oxford notes as of December 31, 2014, assuming the Company does not receive its CE mark by February 1, 2016, in which case, principal payments will begin on February 1, 2016 (in thousands):

 

2015

 

$

 

2016

 

2,389

 

2017

 

2,786

 

2018

 

2,985

 

2019

 

1,840

 

Notes payable

 

$

10,000

 

 

Interest expense, including amortization of discount and deferred charges, was $0.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2014.

 

Stock Purchase Warrants

 

In 2014, in connection with the issuance of the Oxford notes, the Company issued to Oxford Finance four 10-year stock purchase warrants to acquire an aggregate of 79,892 shares of the Company’s Series D Convertible Preferred Stock $0.01 par value per share (“Series D Stock”) at an initial exercise price of $3.75 per share. These warrants expire on July 31, 2024. The warrants were initially recorded at their fair value of $205,150 and are classified as a warrant liability on the Company’s balance sheet due to the presence of non-standard anti-dilution provisions. The warrants are being marked to market at every balance sheet date. The change in value of the warrants is recorded as other income (expense) in the Statement of Operations. Upon completion of an initial public offering, these warrants will convert into warrants to purchase common stock.

 

In connection with the issuance of convertible notes in prior years that were subsequently converted into Series D Stock in 2011 (see Note 9), the Company issued to the investors 10-year stock purchase warrants to purchase an aggregate of 2,308,972 shares of the Company’s Series D Stock with an exercise price of $3.75 per share. These warrants expire on November 1, 2020, July 15, 2021 and August 19, 2021, and are classified in equity. Upon the completion of an initial public offering, these warrants will automatically be net exercised for shares of common stock.

 

9. Stockholders’ Equity and Stock Options

 

As of December 31, 2014, the Company’s authorized capital stock consisted of 31,313,185 shares of common stock, 599,997 shares of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock $0.01 par value per share (“Series A Stock”), 1,202,497 shares of

 

12



 

Series B Convertible Preferred Stock $0.01 par value per share (“Series B Stock”), 2,073,749 shares of Series C Convertible Preferred Stock $0.01 par value per share (“Series C Stock”), and 22,995,265 shares of Series D Stock.

 

13



 

Senseonics, Incorporated

 

Notes to Financial Statements

 

9. Stockholders’ Equity and Stock Options

 

Common Stock

 

The Company had 926,733 and 935,631 shares of common stock issued and 905,800 and 914,698 shares of common stock outstanding at December 31, 2013 and 2014, respectively. The Company has repurchased 20,933 shares of common stock, which are held in treasury.

 

Preferred Stock

 

In 1997, the Company completed a private offering of 599,997 shares of Series A Stock for gross proceeds of $3,000,000 at a purchase price of $5.00 per share. In 1998, the Company completed a private offering of 682,497 shares of Series B Stock for gross proceeds of $6,825,000, and in 2000 completed a private offering of 520,000 shares of Series B Stock for gross proceeds of $5,200,000, both at a purchase price of $10.00 per share. In 2002, 2005 and 2009, the Company completed private offerings of an aggregate of 2,073,749 shares of Series C Stock for aggregate gross proceeds of $41,475,000 at a purchase price of $20.00 per share. In 2011 and 2012, the Company completed private offerings of an aggregate of 11,984,151 shares of Series D Stock, for aggregate gross proceeds of $44,940,566 at a purchase price of $3.75 per share. In addition, in 2011, $8,670,272 in principal amount and accrued interest of $412,593 on convertible notes was converted into 2,418,864 shares of Series D Stock at a conversion price of $3.75 per share. On May 20, 2014 and September 23, 2014, the Company completed private offerings of an aggregate of 5,374,334 shares of Series D Stock at a purchase price of $3.75 per share, for gross proceeds of $20,153,753.

 

The Series A Stock, Series B Stock, Series C Stock and Series D Stock (together, the “Preferred Stock”) are classified in equity.

 

Voting

 

The Preferred Stock vote together with all other classes and series of stock of the Company as a single class on all actions to be taken by the stockholders of the Company, except as otherwise required by law. Each share of Preferred Stock entitles each holder to a number of votes per share equal to the number of shares of common stock into which each share of Preferred Stock is then convertible.

 

Dividend and Liquidation Preference

 

The holders of Preferred Stock are entitled to receive such dividends as may be declared by the Board of Directors. In the event of any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company, whether voluntary or involuntary, holders of Series D Stock are entitled to be paid before any payment is made to holders of any other series of Preferred Stock or common stock. Holders of Series A Stock, Series B Stock, and Series C Stock, together, the “Junior Preferred,” are entitled to be paid before any payment is made to any holder of common stock. Payments are equal to the greater of (i) $3.75 per share, in the case of Series D Stock, $5.00 per share, in the case of Series A Stock, $10.00 per share, in the case of Series B Stock, and $20.00 per share, in the case of the Series C Stock, plus declared but unpaid dividends or (ii) such amount per share as would have been payable had each such share been converted to common stock, as described below immediately prior to such liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company.

 

The aggregate liquidation preferences of the Preferred Stock as of December 31, 2014 are $3,000,000 for the Series A Stock, $12,025,000 for the Series B Stock, $41,475,000 for the Series C Stock, and $74,165,059 for the Series D Stock, and in the event of a liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company, if the assets of the Company are insufficient to pay these liquidation preference amounts in full, then all of the assets available for distribution shall be distributed first to the holders of the Series D Stock and then among the holders of all other series of Preferred Stock ratably in proportion to the full amounts to which they would otherwise be respectively entitled.

 

Redemption

 

As of December 31, 2013 and 2014, none of the Preferred Stock contained redemption provisions.

 

14


 

Conversion

 

The holder of any share of Preferred Stock shall have the right, at its option at any time, to convert any such shares of Preferred Stock into such number of shares of common stock as is obtained by (i) multiplying the number of shares of Series A Stock by $5.00, multiplying the number of shares of Series B Stock by $10.00, multiplying the number of shares of Series C Stock by $20.00, or multiplying the number of shares of Series D Stock by $3.75, (ii) dividing the result by the conversion price of $5.00, $10.00, $20.00, or $3.75 per share, as applicable, and adjusted as described in the Certificate of Incorporation for certain additional issuances of common stock, warrants or other rights to subscribe for or to purchase, or any options for the purchase of common stock or any stock or security convertible into or exchangeable for common stock or stock dividends. If at any time the Company shall effect a firm commitment underwritten public offering of shares of common stock in which (i) the aggregate price paid for such shares by the public shall be at least $40,000,000 and (ii) the price paid by the public for such shares shall be at least two times the $3.75 price per share originally paid for the Series D Stock (or $7.50) per share, appropriately adjusted for certain additional issuances of common stock, warrants or other rights to subscribe for or to purchase, or any options for the purchase of, common stock or any stock or security convertible into or exchangeable for common stock or stock dividends, then effective upon the closing of the sale of such shares by the Company pursuant to such public offering, or upon the vote of the holders of a majority of Preferred Stock, voting as a single class, all outstanding shares of Preferred Stock shall automatically convert to shares of common stock as described above.

 

Stock-Based Compensation

 

On May 8, 1997, the Company adopted the 1997 Stock Option Plan (as amended and currently in effect, the “Plan”), under which incentive stock options and non-qualified stock options may be granted to the Company’s employees and certain other persons in accordance with the Plan provisions. The Board of Directors, which administers the Plan, determines the number of options granted the vesting period and the exercise price. The Board of Directors may terminate the Plan at any time. Options granted under the Plan expire ten years after the date of grant. The Company retains the right of first offer to buy any shares issued under the Plan. The total number of shares of common stock that may be issued pursuant to options under the Plan may not exceed, in the aggregate, 4,374,665 shares of common stock, less any shares of common stock issued by the Company as restricted common stock.

 

The Company recognizes the cost of employee services received in exchange for awards of equity instruments, such as stock options, based on the fair value of those awards at the date of grant. The estimated fair value of stock options on the date of grant is amortized on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period for each separately vesting portion of the award for those awards with service conditions only. For awards that also contain performance conditions, expense is recognized beginning at the time the performance condition is considered probable of being met over the remaining vesting period.

 

Employee stock-based compensation expense was $450,293 and $539,198 for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2014, respectively. Stock-based compensation expense recognized in the Statement of Operations for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2014 was as follows (in thousands):

 

 

 

Year Ended
December 31,

 

 

 

2013

 

2014

 

Research and development

 

$

41

 

$

105

 

Administrative

 

409

 

434

 

Total stock-based compensation

 

$

450

 

$

539

 

 

The Company uses the Black-Scholes option pricing model to determine the fair value of stock-option awards. The weighted average fair value of stock options granted in the year ended December 31, 2013 and 2014 was $0.57 and $0.70, respectively. Fair value is estimated at each grant date using the Black-Scholes option pricing model with assumptions summarized in the following table:

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2013

 

2014

 

Expected term of options

 

6.44 Years

 

6.25 - 6.50 Years

 

Expected volatility rate

 

60.77%

 

55.52 - 56.42%

 

Risk-free rate

 

2.2%

 

2.0 - 2.1%

 

Expected dividend yield

 

0%

 

0%

 

 

15



 

The expected term assumption is based on the simplified method because the Company does not believe that the historic option exercise experience will be reflective of future option exercises. Since the Company is not a publicly traded company, the expected volatility rate is based on historical volatility of similar companies within the diabetes device industries. The risk-free rate is based on the U.S. Treasury implied yield at the time of grant.

 

The Company estimates the fair value per share of its common stock at the date of grant taking into account an independent valuation analysis.

 

As of December 31, 2014, there was $1,275,031 of total unrecognized compensation cost related to non-vested employee stock option awards, which is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of 2.7 years. The total intrinsic value of stock options outstanding at December 31, 2013 and 2014 was $0 and $97,832, respectively. The total fair value of options vested during 2013 and 2014 was approximately $418,556 and $515,505, respectively.

 

Stock option activity under the Plan during 2014 is as follows:

 

 

 

Number
of Shares

 

Weighted-
Average
Exercise
Price
Per Share

 

Options outstanding as of December 31, 2013

 

2,263,892

 

$

1.09

 

Options granted

 

1,918,636

 

$

1.13

 

Options exercised

 

(8,898

)

$

1.13

 

Options canceled/forfeited

 

(172,161

)

$

1.08

 

Options outstanding as of December 31, 2014

 

4,001,469

 

$

1.11

 

 

Outstanding stock options at December 31, 2014 have a weighted-average remaining contractual life of 8.54 years, and vest ratably over a minimum period of two years. As of December 31, 2014, outstanding options to purchase 957,136 shares of common stock provide for performance based-conditions required for vesting in addition to service-based vesting. Vesting of these options is based on the Company obtaining CE mark enabling the sale of the Company’s product in Europe. These options will begin vesting once the Company has deemed it probable that the performance condition will be met.

 

At December 31, 2014, there were 1,546,935 exercisable stock options with a weighted-average exercise price of $1.12, and a weighted-average remaining contractual life of 6.93 years. At December 31, 2013, there were 1,127,407 exercisable stock options with a weighted-average exercise price of $1.14, and a weighted-average remaining contractual life of 6.81 years.

 

For the year ended December 31, 2014, 8,898 options were exercised having an aggregate intrinsic value at the time of exercise of $1,557.

 

In December 2014, the Company modified outstanding stock options to acquire an aggregate of 1,515,353 shares of common stock, by reducing the exercise price of these options from $1.46 to $1.13 per share, which affected 29 employees. No other terms of the awards were modified. The modified options included options with both performance and service vesting conditions and options with only service vesting conditions. For options with service vesting conditions only, the modification resulted in $44,026 of incremental compensation expense to be recognized over the vesting period. For options with both performance and service vesting conditions, the modification resulted in a revised total fair value of such options of $546,868, which will be recognized over the remaining vesting period once the performance condition is deemed probable.

 

10. Income Taxes

 

No provision for U.S. federal or state income taxes has been recorded as the Company has incurred net operating losses since inception and provides a full valuation allowance against its net deferred income tax assets. The tax effect of temporary differences that give rise to significant portions of the net deferred income tax asset at December 31, 2013 and 2014 is as follows (in thousands):

 

16



 

 

 

December 31,

 

Deferred Income Tax Assets / Liabilities

 

2013

 

2014

 

Capitalized start-up costs

 

$

14,437

 

$

16,090

 

Property and equipment

 

(35

)

(29

)

Deferred rent

 

5

 

12

 

Research and development credit

 

3,687

 

4,098

 

Net operating loss carryforwards

 

27,649

 

33,361

 

 

 

45,743

 

53,532

 

Less valuation allowance

 

(45,743

)

(53,532

)

Net deferred income tax asset

 

$

 

$

 

 

At December 31, 2013 and 2014, the Company provided a full valuation allowance against its net deferred tax assets since realization of these benefits could not be reasonably assured. Changes in the valuation allowance during years ended December 31, 2013 and 2014 are as follows (in thousands):

 

Year

 

Beginning
of Year

 

Additions

 

Deductions

 

Balance at
End of Year

 

2013

 

$

37,864

 

$

8,360

 

$

(481

)

$

45,743

 

2014

 

45,743

 

7,789

 

 

53,532

 

 

The increase in valuation allowance is primarily due to net losses and credits incurred in both 2013 and 2014. This increase in valuation allowance is based on management’s assessment that it is more likely than not that the Company will not realize these deferred tax assets. In 2013, the decrease in valuation allowance was related to the expiration of certain NOL carryforwards and tax credits which are no longer permitted to carryforward for future use and an adjustment to cumulative deferred income tax assets.

 

Capitalized start-up costs represent expenses incurred in the organization and start-up of the Company. For U.S. federal and state tax purposes, start-up and organizational costs incurred before October 22, 2004 will be amortized over sixty months and those incurred on and after October 22, 2004 will be amortized over one hundred eighty months once an active trade or business commences. At December 31, 2013 and 2014, the Company had NOL carryforwards of $70,096,000 and $84,577,000, respectively. At December 31, 2013 and 2014, the Company had research and development credit carryforwards of $4,609,000 and $5,122,000, respectively. These carryforwards will expire in varying amounts between 2018 and 2034. Under the provisions of the Internal Revenue Code, certain substantial changes in the Company’s ownership may result in a limitation on the amount of NOL carryforwards and research and development credit carryforwards which can be available in future years. No income tax benefit was recognized in the Company’s statements of operations for stock-based compensation arrangements due to the Company’s net loss position.

 

A reconciliation of the Company’s estimated U.S. federal statutory rate to the Company’s effective income tax rate is as follows:

 

 

 

Year Ended
December 31,

 

 

 

2013

 

2014

 

Tax at U.S. Federal Statutory rate

 

34.00

%

34.00

%

State taxes, net

 

5.42

 

5.39

 

Research and development credit

 

3.28

 

3.05

 

Provision to return—R&D credit

 

1.99

 

(0.87

)

Other non-deductible items

 

(2.73

)

(0.33

)

Increase in valuation allowance

 

(41.96

)

(41.24

)

Effective income tax rate

 

0.00

%

0.00

%

 

A breakdown of the Company’s uncertain tax positions during 2013 and 2014 is as follows (in thousands):

 

 

 

Year Ended
December 31,

 

 

 

2013

 

2014

 

Gross unrecognized tax benefit at beginning of year

 

$

689

 

$

922

 

Increase from tax positions taken in prior years

 

121

 

(12

)

Increase from tax positions in current year

 

123

 

115

 

Settlements with taxing authorities

 

 

 

Lapse of statute of limitations / expiration

 

(12

)

 

Gross unrecognized tax benefit at end of year

 

$

921

 

$

1,025

 

 

17



 

As of December 31, 2013 and 2014, of the total gross unrecognized tax benefits, approximately $0.9 million and $1.0 million, respectively, would favorably impact the Company’s effective income tax rate. However, due to the Company’s full valuation allowance, no net impact would result from such tax benefits within the Company’s effective income tax rate.

 

The Company did not incur any penalties or interest payable to taxing authorities for the years ended December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2014.

 

11. Related Party Transactions

 

In 2010, the Company entered into an agreement with a current member of the Board of Directors to serve as chairman and provide consulting services. The director did not provide any consulting services under this agreement in 2013 and 2014, but is entitled to a success fee for serving as the Executive Chairman of 0.75% to 1.25% of the Company’s valuation, in the case of an Exit Transaction. An Exit Transaction, as defined in the agreement, means (a) a merger or consolidation with another company; (b) an underwritten initial public offering of the Company’s securities; or (c) a sale, disposition or lease of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets.

 

12. Fair Value Measurements

 

Fair value is defined as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to settle a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. Fair value has a three level hierarchy from highest priority (Level 1) to lowest priority (Level 3). The fair value hierarchy was established based on whether the inputs are observable from independent sources or rely on unobservable inputs based on the Company’s market assumptions. The three levels of the fair value hierarchy are described below:

 

·                   Level 1—Quoted prices for identical assets or liabilities (unadjusted) in active markets.

 

·                   Level 2—Observable inputs other than quoted prices that are either directly or indirectly observable for the assets or liability.

 

·                   Level 3—Unobservable inputs that are supported by little or no market activity.

 

The levels are not necessarily an indication of the risk of liquidity associated with the financial assets or liabilities disclosed.

 

Financial Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis

 

The Company has segregated its financial assets and liabilities that are measured at fair value on a recurring basis into the most appropriate level within the fair value hierarchy based on the inputs used to determine the fair value at the measurement date in the table below. The inputs used in measuring the fair value of the Company’s money market funds included in cash equivalents are considered to be Level 1 in accordance with the three-tier fair value hierarchy. The fair market values are based on period-end statements supplied by the various banks and brokers that held the majority of the funds.

 

The Company accounts for its warrant liability, consisting solely of certain stock purchase warrants that contain non-standard anti-dilutions provisions at fair value using Level 3 inputs. The Company determines the fair value of this warrant liability using the Black-Scholes option pricing model.

 

When determining the fair value of the Company’s financial instruments using the Black-Scholes option pricing model, the Company is required to use various estimates and unobservable inputs, including, among other things, fair value of the underlying stock, expected volatility of stock price, expected dividends, and the risk-free interest rate. Changes in any of the assumptions related to the unobservable inputs identified above may change the fair value of the instrument. Increases in the fair value of the underlying stock, anticipated volatility and expected dividends generally result in increases in fair value, while decreases in the unobservable inputs generally result in decreases in fair value.

 

The fair value of the warrant liability was measured upon issuance of the warrants and again as of December 31, 2014. The key assumptions used in the Black-Scholes option pricing model with respect to these valuations are summarized in the following table:

 

18



 

 

 

Issuance
Date

 

As of
December 31,
2014

 

Expected term of warrants

 

10 years

 

9.59 years

 

Expected volatility rate

 

58.01

 

55.86

 

Risk-free rate

 

2.44

 

2.42

 

Expected dividend yield

 

0.00%

 

0.00%

 

 

The expected term assumption is based on the warrant’s contractual term. Since the Company is not a publicly traded company, the expected volatility rate is based on historical volatility of similar companies within the diabetes device industries. The risk-free rate is based on the U.S. Treasury implied yield at the time of measurement. The Company estimates the fair value per share of its Series D convertible preferred stock at the date of measurement taking into account recent transactions.

 

The following table represents the fair value hierarchy of the Company’s financial assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis at December 31, 2013 and 2014 (in thousands):

 

 

 

December 31, 2013

 

 

 

Total

 

Level 1

 

Level 2

 

Level 3

 

Money market funds

 

$

8,056

 

$

8,056

 

$

 

$

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2014

 

 

 

Total

 

Level 1

 

Level 2

 

Level 3

 

Money market funds

 

$

18,876

 

$

18,876

 

$

 

$

 

Warrant liability

 

197

 

 

 

197

 

 

The following table presents a summary of changes in the fair value of Level 3 warrant liability measured at fair value on a recurring basis for the year ended December 31, 2014 (there was no warrant liability during the year ended December 31, 2013) (in thousands):

 

 

 

Balance at
December 31,
2013

 

Established
in 2014

 

Change in
Fair Value

 

Balance at
December 31,
2014

 

Warrant liability

 

$

 

$

205

 

$

(8

)

$

197

 

 

Financial Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on a Non-Recurring Basis

 

The Company has no financial assets and liabilities that are measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis.

 

Non-Financial Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis

 

The Company has no non-financial assets and liabilities that are measured at fair value on a recurring basis.

 

Non-Financial Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on a Non-Recurring Basis

 

The Company measures its long-lived assets, including property and equipment, at fair value on a non-recurring basis. These assets are recognized at fair value when they are deemed to be impaired. No such fair value impairment was recognized in the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2014.

 

13. Subsequent Events

 

With respect to the audited financial statements as of and for the year ended December 31, 2014, the Company has evaluated subsequent events through July 10, 2015, the date of the issuance of the financial statements.

 

In June 2015, the Company amended the terms of certain stock options to purchase an aggregate of 577,540 shares of common stock that originally had both service and performance conditions. For certain of these options, the performance condition had been met and the awards had begun vesting prior to the amendment, but for others the performance condition had not yet been met and, therefore, the options had not yet begun to vest. The amendments to these options replaced the

 

19



 

original vesting schedule with a vesting schedule providing that the options vest in 48 equal monthly installments from their respective original dates of grant. This modification resulted in the accelerated vesting, in part, of these awards.

 

20




Exhibit 99.2

 

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

 

The Board of Directors and Stockholders of Senseonics, Inc.

 

We have audited the accompanying balance sheet of Senseonics, Inc. as of September 30, 2015, and the related statements of operations, changes in stockholders’ deficit, and cash flows for the nine-month period ended September 30, 2015. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audit.

 

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. We were not engaged to perform an audit of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Our audit included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audit provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

 

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Senseonics, Inc. at September 30, 2015, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the nine month period ended September 30, 2015, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles .

 

The accompanying financial statements have been prepared assuming that the Company will continue as a going concern. As discussed in Note 2 to the financial statements, the Company has recurring losses from operations and has a net capital deficiency that raise substantial doubt about its ability to continue as a going concern. Management’s plans in regard to these matters are also described in Note 2. The financial statements do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of this uncertainty.

 

 

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

 

 

McLean, VA

 

December 3, 2015

 

 

1



 

Senseonics, Incorporated

Balance Sheet

 

 

 

 

 

Pro forma

 

 

 

September 30,

 

September 30,

 

in thousands, except for share and per share data

 

2015

 

2015

 

 

 

 

 

(unaudited)

 

Assets

 

 

 

 

 

Current assets:

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

$

12,234

 

 

 

 

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

 

394

 

 

 

Total current assets

 

12,628

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deposits and other assets

 

138

 

 

 

Property and equipment, net

 

264

 

 

 

Total assets

 

$

13,030

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity

 

 

 

 

 

Current liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

Accounts payable

 

$

1,996

 

 

 

 

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities

 

2,777

 

 

 

Note payable, current portion

 

1,723

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

 

6,496

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Note payable, net of discount

 

8,149

 

 

 

Accrued interest

 

260

 

 

 

Warrant liabilities

 

197

 

 

 

Deferred rent

 

30

 

 

 

Total liabilities

 

15,132

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commitments and contingencies (Note 6)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Stockholders’ deficit:

 

 

 

 

 

Series A convertible preferred stock, $0.01 par value per share; 599,997 shares authorized, issued and outstanding ($3,000 liquidation preference); no shares issued and outstanding pro forma (unaudited)

 

6

 

 

Series B convertible preferred stock, $0.01 par value per share; 1,202,497 shares authorized, issued and outstanding ($12,025 liquidation preference); no shares issued and outstanding pro forma (unaudited)

 

12

 

 

Series C convertible preferred stock, $0.01 par value per share; 2,073,749 shares authorized, issued and outstanding ($41,475 liquidation preference); no shares issued and outstanding pro forma (unaudited)

 

21

 

 

Series D converible preferred stock, $0.01 par value per share; 22,995,265 shares authorized, 19,777,349 shares issued and outstanding ($74,165 liquidation preference); no shares issued and outstanding pro forma (unaudited)

 

198

 

 

Series E converible preferred stock, $0.01 par value per share; 3,192,537 shares authorized, and 2,711,926 issued and outstanding ($10,658 and liquidation preference); no shares issued and outstanding pro forma (unaudited)

 

27

 

 

Common stock, $0.01 par value per share; 38,000,000 authorized, 953,438 shares issued and 932,505 shares outstanding; 27,318,956 shares issued and 27,298,023 shares outstanding, pro forma (unaudited)

 

10

 

274

 

Additional paid-in capital

 

150,086

 

150,086

 

Treasury stock, at cost; 20,933 shares of common stock

 

(84

)

(84

)

Accumulated deficit

 

(152,378

)

(152,378

)

Total stockholders’ deficit

 

(2,102

)

(2,102

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total liabilities and stockholders’ deficit

 

$

13,030

 

$

13,030

 

 

2



 

Senseonics, Incorporated

Statement of Operations

 

 

 

For the Nine Months Ended

 

 

 

September 30,

 

in thousands, except for share and per share data

 

2015

 

2014

 

 

 

 

 

(unaudited)

 

Grant revenue

 

$

38

 

$

 

Expenses:

 

 

 

 

 

Research and development expenses:

 

13,542

 

9,403

 

Administrative expenses:

 

7,119

 

4,537

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating loss

 

(20,623

)

(13,944

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest income

 

5

 

1

 

Interest expense

 

(834

)

(76

)

Other expenses

 

(11

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net loss

 

(21,463

)

(14,015

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Series E preferred stock beneficial conversion feature

 

(407

)

 

Net loss available to common shareholders

 

$

(21,870

)

$

(14,015

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic and diluted loss per common share

 

$

(23.56

)

$

(15.43

)

Basic and diluted weighted-average shares outstanding

 

928,102

 

908,569

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Pro forma basic and diluted loss per common share (unaudited)

 

$

0.85

 

 

 

Pro forma basic and diluted weighted-average shares outstanding (unaudited)

 

25,130,837

 

 

 

 

3


 

Senseonics, Incorporated

Statement of Changes in Stockholders’ Deficit for the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2015

 

 

 

Series A

 

Series B

 

Series C

 

Series D

 

Series E

 

 

 

 

 

Additional

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

 

 

Preferred Stock

 

Preferred Stock

 

Preferred Stock

 

Preferred Stock

 

Preferred Stock

 

Common stock

 

paid-in

 

Treasury stock

 

Accumulated

 

stockholders’

 

 

 

Shares

 

Amount

 

Shares

 

Amount

 

Shares

 

Amount

 

Shares

 

Amount

 

Shares

 

Amount

 

Shares

 

Amount

 

capital

 

Shares

 

Amount

 

deficit

 

equity

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance, December 31, 2014

 

600

 

$

6

 

1,202

 

$

12

 

2,074

 

$

21

 

19,777

 

$

198

 

 

$

 

936

 

$

9

 

$

138,666

 

21

 

$

(84

)

$

(130,915

)

$

7,913

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Sale Series E preferred stock

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,712

 

27

 

 

 

 

10,615

 

 

 

 

10,642

 

Exercise of stock options for cash

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

18

 

1

 

19

 

 

 

 

20

 

Stock-based compensation expense

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

786

 

 

 

 

786

 

Net loss

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(21,463

)

(21,463

)

Balance, September 30, 2015

 

600

 

6

 

1,202

 

12

 

2,074

 

21

 

19,777

 

198

 

2,712

 

27

 

954

 

10

 

150,086

 

21

 

(84

)

(152,378

)

(2,102

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Conversion of preferred stock to common stock, pro forma (unaudited)

 

(600

)

(6

)

(1,202

)

(12

)

(2,074

)

(21

)

(19,777

)

(198

)

(2,712

)

(27

)

26,365

 

264

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance, September 30, 2015, pro forma (unaudited)

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

27,319

 

$

274

 

$

150,086

 

21

 

$

(84

)

$

(152,378

)

$

(2,102

)

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

 

4


 

Senseonics, Incorporated

Statement of Cash Flows

 

 

 

For the Nine Months Ended

 

 

 

September 30,

 

in thousands

 

2015

 

2014

 

 

 

 

 

(unaudited)

 

Cash flows from operating activities

 

 

 

 

 

Net loss

 

$

  (21,463

)

$

  (14,015

)

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities:

 

 

 

 

 

Depreciation expense

 

90

 

146

 

Non-cash interest expense (debt discount and deferred costs)

 

53

 

32

 

Change in fair value of derivative liabilities

 

 

(3

)

Stock-based compensation expense

 

786

 

379

 

Changes in assets and liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

 

317

 

(331

)

Deposits and other asssets

 

(4

)

 

Accounts payable, accrued expenses and other

 

2,992

 

(363

)

Deferred rent

 

1

 

13

 

Net cash used in operating activities

 

(17,228

)

(14,142

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash flows from investing activities

 

 

 

 

 

Capital expenditures

 

(123

)

(29

)

Net cash used in investing activities

 

(123

)

(29

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash flows from financing activities

 

 

 

 

 

Sale of Series D convertible preferred stock, net of costs

 

 

20,096

 

Sale of Series E convertible preferred stock, net of costs

 

10,642

 

 

Net proceeds from exercise of stock options

 

20

 

7

 

Proceeds from notes payable, net

 

 

3,884

 

Principal payments under capital lease obligations

 

 

(2

)

Net cash provided by financing activities

 

10,662

 

23,985

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net decrease in cash and cash equivalents

 

(6,689

)

9,814

 

Cash and cash equivalents, at beginning of period

 

18,923

 

8,246

 

Cash and cash equivalents, at end of period

 

$

  12,234

 

$

  18,060

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information

 

 

 

 

 

Cash paid during the year for interest

 

$

  487

 

$

23

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

 

5


 

Senseonics, Incorporated

Notes to Financial Statements

 

1.     Organization

 

Senseonics, Incorporated (the “Company”), a Delaware corporation, is a technology company focused on the development and commercialization of sensor products for medical, industrial and environmental markets. The Company was originally incorporated on October 30, 1996 and commenced operations on January 15, 1997.

 

2.     Liquidity

 

The Company’s operations are subject to certain risks and uncertainties including, among others, current and potential competitors with greater resources, lack of operating history and uncertainty of future profitability. Since inception, the Company has incurred substantial operating losses, principally from expenses associated with the Company’s research and development programs.  The Company has not generated significant revenues from the sale of products and its ability to generate revenue and achieve profitability largely depends on the Company’s ability, alone or with others, to complete the development of its products or product candidates, and to obtain necessary regulatory approvals for the manufacture, marketing and sales of those products. These activities, including planned significant research and development efforts, will require significant uses of working capital throughout 2015 and beyond. Based on its current operating plans, the Company believes that its existing cash and cash equivalents will not be sufficient to meet the Company’s anticipated operating needs early 2016 These factors raise substantial doubt about the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern. The financial statements do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of this uncertainty.

 

Historically, the Company has financed its operating activities through the sale of equity and equity-linked securities and the issuance of debt.  The Company plans to continue financing its operations with external capital. However, the Company may not be able to raise additional funds on acceptable terms, or at all. If the Company is unable to secure sufficient capital to fund its research and development and other operating activities, the Company may be required to delay or suspend operations, enter into collaboration agreements with partners that could require the Company to share commercial rights to its products to a greater extent or at earlier stages in the product development process than is currently intended, merge or consolidate with other entities, or liquidate.

 

The accompanying financial statements have been prepared assuming that the Company will continue as a going concern, which contemplates continuity of operations, realization of assets, and satisfaction of liabilities in the ordinary course of business. The notes payable are classified as long-term in the accompanying balance sheet. The terms of the notes include a subjective acceleration clause which management deems as remote. The propriety of using the going-concern basis is dependent upon, among other things, the achievement of future profitable operations, the ability to generate sufficient cash from operations, and potential other funding sources, including cash on hand, to meet the Company’s obligations as they become due.

 

3.      Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

 

Basis of Accounting

 

The accompanying financial statements have been prepared in accordance with the requirements of U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“U.S. GAAP”) for interim financial reporting. In the opinion of management, the financial statements include all recurring adjustments considered necessary for the fair presentation of the financial position, results of operations, and cash flows for the interim periods presented. Interim results are not necessarily indicative of results that may be expected for any other interim period of for an entire year.

 

Unaudited Interim Financial Information

 

The accompanying statements of operations and statements of cash flows for the nine months ended September 30, 2014 are unaudited. The interim unaudited financial statements have been prepared on the same basis as the audited financial statements. The financial data and other information disclosed in these notes related to the nine months ended September 30, 2014 are unaudited. Management believes that the disclosures provided herein are adequate to make the information presented not misleading when these unaudited condensed financial statements are read in conjunction with the audited financial statements and notes for the year ended December 31, 2014 included in Exhibit 99.1.

 

6



 

Senseonics, Incorporated

Notes to Financial Statements

 

Unaudited Pro Forma Information

 

On December 7, 2015, the Company closed its merger with ASN Technologies, Inc., a publicly-held “shell” corporation (the “Acquisition”).  Immediately prior to the completion of the Acquisition, all shares of the Company’s convertible preferred stock (see Note 9) automatically converted into shares of the Company’s common stock pursuant to their original terms.  The accompanying unaudited pro forma balance sheet as of September 30, 2015 has been prepared to give effect to the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of convertible preferred stock into 26,365,518 shares of common stock.  The unaudited pro forma net loss per share is computed using the weighted-average number of shares of common stock outstanding after giving pro forma effect to the conversion of all issued and outstanding shares of convertible preferred stock during the nine months ended September 30, 2015 into shares of common stock as if such conversion had occurred at the earlier of January 1, 2015 or the date of issuance.

 

Segment Information

 

Operating segments are defined as components of an enterprise about which separate discrete financial information is available for evaluation by the chief operating decision-maker (CODM), or decision-making group, in deciding how to allocate resources and in accessing performance. The Company views its operations and manages its business in one segment, glucose monitoring systems.

 

Use of Estimates

 

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period.  In the accompanying financial statements, estimates are used for, but not limited to, valuation of common and preferred stock, stock-based compensation, the fair value of warrant liabilities and beneficial conversion features in convertible securities, recoverability of long-lived assets, deferred taxes and valuation allowances, depreciable lives of property and equipment, and estimated accruals for preclinical study costs, which are accrued based on estimates of work performed under contracts.  Actual results could differ from those estimates; however management does not believe that such differences would be material.

 

Fair Value Disclosures

 

The carrying amounts of short-term financial instruments, including cash and cash equivalents, prepaid expenses and other current assets, and accounts payable and other current liabilities approximate fair value as of September 30, 2015, because of the relatively short-term maturity of these instruments.  The fair value of the note payable approximates its carrying value as of September 30, 2015 and is based on the effective interest rate compared to the current market rates, which is a Level 2 fair value measurement as described below.

 

See Note 12 for further discussion of fair value measurements.

 

Cash and Cash Equivalents and Concentration of Credit Risk

 

Cash equivalents are highly-liquid instruments with original maturities of three months or less and consist of U.S. Government and U.S. Government agency securities and money market funds with major commercial banks and financial institutions.  Cash equivalents are recorded at cost plus accrued interest.

 

7



 

Senseonics, Incorporated

Notes to Financial Statements

 

The Company’s cash and cash equivalents potentially subject the Company to credit and liquidity risk. The Company maintains cash deposits at major financial institutions with high credit quality and, at times, the balances of those deposits may exceed the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation limits of $250,000.  The Company has not experienced and does not anticipate any losses on deposits with commercial banks and financial institutions that exceed the federally insured amounts.

 

Property and Equipment

 

Property and equipment are stated at historical cost and depreciated on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives, generally five years.  Equipment under capital leases is depreciated on a straight-line basis over the lesser of its estimated useful life or the lease term. Leasehold improvements are depreciated over the shorter of the remaining lease term or useful lives of the assets.  Upon disposition of the assets, the costs and related accumulated depreciation are removed from the accounts and any resulting gain or loss is included in the results of operations. Repairs and maintenance costs are included as expense in the accompanying statement of operations.

 

Management reviews property and equipment for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. Recoverability of the long-lived asset is measured by a comparison of the carrying amount of the asset to future undiscounted net cash flows expected to be generated by the asset. If the undiscounted cash flows are less than the carrying amount, the impairment to be recognized is measured by the amount by which the carrying amount of the assets exceeds the estimated fair value of the assets. Management did not identify any indicators of impairment through September 30, 2015.

 

Treasury Stock

 

The Company records purchases of common stock for treasury at cost, and carries the cost of treasury stock as a reduction in stockholders’ equity.  The Company maintained 20,933 shares of common stock in treasury as of September 30, 2015.

 

Revenue Recognition

 

Product sales revenues are recognized when persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, delivery has occurred, the price is fixed or determinable and collectability is probable.  These criteria are generally anticipated to be met as products are shipped to customers. When revenue arrangements provide the customer with a contractual right of return, revenue is deferred until the right of return lapses or a reasonable estimate of returns can be determined.

 

Research and Development Costs

 

Research and development costs are expensed as incurred.  Research and development expenses include costs related to employee compensation, preclinical and clinical trials, manufacturing, supplies, outsource testing, consulting and depreciation and other facilities-related expenses.

 

Stock-Based Compensation

 

The Company recognizes the cost of employee services received in exchange for awards of equity instruments, such as stock options, based on the fair value of those awards at the date of grant.  The estimated fair value of stock options on the date of grant is amortized on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period for each separately vesting portion of the award for those awards with service conditions only.  For awards that also contain performance conditions, expense is recognized beginning at the time the performance condition is considered probable of being met over the remaining vesting period.

 

The Company uses the Black-Scholes option pricing model to determine the fair value of stock-option awards.  Valuation of stock awards requires management to make assumptions and to apply judgment to determine the fair value of the awards. These assumptions and judgments include

 

8



 

Senseonics, Incorporated

Notes to Financial Statements

 

estimating the fair value of the Company’s common stock, future volatility of the Company’s stock price, dividend yields, future employee turnover rates, and future employee stock option exercise behaviors. Changes in these assumptions can affect the fair value estimate.

 

Income Taxes

 

The Company uses the asset and liability method of accounting for income taxes. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on differences between the financial reporting and tax basis of assets and liabilities and are measured using the enacted tax rates and laws that are in effect when the differences are expected to reverse. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in the period that such tax rate changes are enacted. The measurement of a deferred tax asset is reduced, if necessary, by a valuation allowance if it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax asset will not be realized.

 

Management uses a recognition threshold and a measurement attribute for the financial statement recognition and measurement of tax positions taken or expected to be taken in a tax return, as well as guidance on derecognition, classification, interest and penalties and financial statement reporting disclosures. For those benefits to be recognized, a tax position must be more-likely-than-not to be sustained upon examination by taxing authorities. In the ordinary course of business, transactions occur for which the ultimate outcome may be uncertain. Management does not expect the outcome related to accrued uncertain tax provisions to have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial position, results of operations or cash flows.  The Company recognizes interest and penalties accrued on any unrecognized tax exposures as a component of income tax expense. The Company did not have any amounts accrued relating to interest and penalties as of September 30, 2015.

 

The Company is subject to taxation in various jurisdictions in the United States and remains subject to examination by taxing jurisdictions for the years 1996 and all subsequent periods due to the availability of net operating loss carryforwards. In addition, all of the net operating losses and research and development credit carryforwards that may be used in future years are still subject to adjustment.

 

Loss per Share

 

Basic loss per share is computed by dividing net income (loss) available to common shareholders by the weighted average number of shares of common stock outstanding during the period.  During the nine months ended September 30, 2015, the Company recognized “deemed dividends” for the beneficial conversion feature associated with the Series E Stock (see Note 9).

 

For periods of net loss, diluted loss per share is calculated similarly to basic loss per share because the impact of all dilutive potential common shares is anti-dilutive. The total number of anti-dilutive shares, consisting of convertible preferred shares, common stock options and stock purchase warrants exercisable for convertible preferred stock, which have been excluded from the computation of diluted loss per share, was 26,365,518 and 23,635,592 convertible preferred shares, 4,521,095 and 3,654,380 common stock options and 2,388,864 and 2,388,864 stock purchase warrants, at September 30, 2015 and 2014 (unaudited), respectively.

 

For periods of net income, and when the effects are not anti-dilutive, diluted earnings per share is computed by dividing net income available to common shareholders by the weighted-average number of shares outstanding plus the impact of all potential dilutive common shares, consisting primarily of common stock options and stock purchase warrants using the treasury stock method.

 

9



 

Senseonics, Incorporated

Notes to Financial Statements

 

Comprehensive Income

 

ASC 220-10, Reporting Comprehensive Income , requires the presentation of the comprehensive income (loss) and its components, as part of the financial statements. Comprehensive income (loss) is comprised of the net income (loss) and other charges in equity that are excluded from net income (loss). For the nine months ended September 30, 2015 and 2014 (unaudited), the Company’s net loss equals comprehensive loss and accordingly, no additional disclosures are required.

 

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

 

In May 2014, the Financial Accounting Standards Board, or FASB, issued guidance for revenue recognition for contracts, superseding the previous revenue recognition requirements, along with most existing industry-specific guidance. The guidance requires an entity to review contracts in five steps: 1) identify the contract, 2) identify performance obligations, 3) determine the transaction price, 4) allocate the transaction price, and 5) recognize revenue. The new standard will result in enhanced disclosures regarding the nature, amount, timing and uncertainty of revenue arising from contracts with customers. The standard is effective for the Company’s reporting year beginning January 1, 2018 and early adoption is permitted starting January 1, 2017. The Company is currently evaluating the impact, if any, that this new accounting pronouncement will have on its financial statements.

 

In August 2014, the FASB issued guidance requiring management to evaluate on a regular basis whether any conditions or events have arisen that could raise substantial doubt about the entity’s ability to continue as a going concern. The guidance 1) provides a definition for the term “substantial doubt,” 2) requires an evaluation every reporting period, interim periods included, 3) provides principles for considering the mitigating effect of management’s plans to alleviate the substantial doubt, 4) requires certain disclosures if the substantial doubt is alleviated as a result of management’s plans, 5) requires an express statement, as well as other disclosures, if the substantial doubt is not alleviated, and 6) requires an assessment period of one year from the date the financial statements are issued. The standard is effective for the Company’s reporting year beginning January 1, 2017 and early adoption is permitted. The Company is currently evaluating the impact, if any, that this new accounting pronouncement will have on its financial statements.

 

In April 2015, the FASB issued accounting guidance requiring that debt issuance costs related to a recognized liability be presented on the balance sheet as a direct reduction from the carrying amount of that debt liability, consistent with debt discounts. The recognition and measurement guidance for debt issuance costs are not affected. The standard is effective for reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2015.  The Company is currently evaluating the impact, if any, that this new accounting pronouncement will have on its financial statements.

 

In April 2015, the FASB issued accounting guidance related to Internal-Use Software specifically for the Customer’s Accounting for Fees Paid in a Cloud Computing Arrangement. The amendments in this Update provide guidance to customers about whether a cloud computing arrangement includes a software license. If a cloud computing arrangement includes a software license, then the customer should account for the software license element of the arrangement consistent with the acquisition of other software licenses. If a cloud computing arrangement does not include a software license, the customer should account for the arrangement as a service contract. The standard is effective for reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2015. An entity can elect to adopt the amendments either (1) prospectively for all arrangements entered into or materially modified after the effective date or (2) retrospectively. The Company determined to adopt the standards prospectively and will be accounting for the new cloud arrangements in accordance with the new standards.

 

10



 

Senseonics, Incorporated

Notes to Financial Statements

 

The Company has evaluated all other issued and unadopted Accounting Standards Updates and believes the adoption of these standards will not have a material impact on the results of operations, financial position, or cash flows.

 

4.               Property and Equipment

 

Property and equipment consisted of the following as of September 30, 2015:

 

in thousands

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Laboratory equipment

 

$

442

 

Office furniture and equipment

 

13

 

Software

 

45

 

Leasehold improvements

 

394

 

 

 

894

 

Accumulated depreciation

 

(630

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

264

 

 

Depreciation expense for the nine months ended September 30, 2015 and 2014 (unaudited) was $89,603 and $145,677, respectively.

 

5.               Other Balance Sheet Details

 

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities consisted of the following as of September 30, 2015:

 

Clinical and preclinical

 

$

977

 

Compensation and benefits

 

463

 

Financing Costs

 

420

 

Contract manufacturing

 

385

 

Legal

 

226

 

Audit and tax related

 

214

 

Other

 

88

 

Deferred rent, current portion

 

4

 

Total

 

$

2,777

 

 

6.               Commitments and Contingencies

 

The Company leases approximately 20,000 square feet of research and office space under a non-cancelable operating lease expiring in 2018. The Company has an option to renew the lease for one additional five-year term.  Expense recognition is based upon a straight-line basis and was $289,890 and $289,829 during the nine months ended September 30, 2015 and 2014 (unaudited), respectively. The contractually required cash payments under this lease at September 30, 2015 are as follows:

 

2015 (remaining 3 months)

 

$

97

 

2016

 

393

 

2017

 

405

 

2018

 

171

 

Total minimum lease payments

 

$

1,066

 

 

11



 

Senseonics, Incorporated

Notes to Financial Statements

 

On May 10, 2012 the Company amended a corporate development agreement with a supplier to include a minimum purchase commitment per year based on the delivery of the current application-specific integrated circuit or ASIC. Total research and development expense related to the minimum payment was $0 during both the nine months ended September 30, 2015 and 2014 (unaudited).  The future minimum payments under this commitment at September 30, 2015 are as follows:

 

in thousands

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2015 (remaining 3 months)

 

$

552

 

2016

 

820

 

Total minimum payments

 

$

1,372

 

 

7.               401(K) Plan

 

The Company has a defined contribution 401(k) plan available to all full-time employees.  Employee contributions are voluntary and are determined on an individual basis subject to the maximum allowable under federal income tax regulations.  Participants are fully vested in their contributions.  There have been no employer contributions to this plan.  Administrative expenses for the plan, which are paid by the Company, were nominal during the nine months ended September 30, 2015 and 2014 (unaudited).

 

8.               Notes Payable and Stock Purchase Warrants

 

Term Notes Payable

 

On July 31 and December 23, 2014, the Company issued secured notes, the Oxford notes, and detachable stock purchase warrants to Oxford Finance in a private placement, for gross proceeds of $4,000,000 and $6,000,000, respectively.  The Oxford notes bear interest at a fixed annual rate of 6.95%, require monthly interest payments, and mature on July 1, 2019.  If the Company receives its CE mark by February 1, 2016, the monthly payments will convert to payments of principal and interest, beginning on August 1, 2016, with the principal amount being amortized over the ensuing 36 months. Alternatively, if the Company has not received its CE mark by February 1, 2016, monthly payments will convert to payments of principal and interest beginning on February 1, 2016, with the principal amount being amortized over the ensuing 42 months. The Oxford notes are collateralized by all of the Company’s assets other than its intellectual property.  The Company incurred issuance costs related to the notes of approximately $121,200 which were initially deferred and are being amortized as additional interest expense over the term of the notes using the effective interest method.  The fair value of the warrants was recorded as a discount to the notes, which is also being amortized as additional interest expense over the term of the notes using the effective interest method. In addition, the Company is obligated for a final fee at maturity of $850,000; this fee is being accrued as additional interest expense over the term of the note using the effective interest method. For the nine months ended September 30, 2015 and 2014 (unaudited), the Company recorded accretion of debt discount of $56,616 and $10,257, respectively within interest expense in the accompanying statement of operations.

 

The following are the scheduled maturities of the Oxford notes as of September 30, 2015, assuming the Company does not receive its CE mark by February 1, 2016, in which case, principal payments will begin on February 1, 2016 (in thousands):

 

2015 (remaining 3 months)

 

$

 

2016

 

2,389

 

2017

 

2,786

 

2018

 

2,985

 

2019

 

1,840

 

 

12


 

Senseonics, Incorporated

Notes to Financial Statements

 

Stock Purchase Warrants

 

In 2014, in connection with the issuance of the Oxford notes, the Company issued to Oxford Finance four 10-year stock purchase warrants to acquire an aggregate of 79,892 shares of the Company’s Series D Convertible Preferred Stock or shares issued in a future qualified financing, at an initial exercise price of approximately $3.75 per share.  These warrants expire on July 31, 2024. The warrants were initially recorded at their fair value of $205,150 and are classified as a warrant liability on the Company’s balance sheet due to the presence of non-standard anti-dilution provisions. The Company recorded the fair value of the warrants as a discount on debt and is amortizing the discount over the term of the notes using the effective interest method. For the nine months ended September 30, 2015 and 2014 (unaudited), the Company recorded amortization of discount of debt of $56,616 and $10,257 within interest expense in the accompanying statement of operations.

 

The warrants are being marked to market at every balance sheet date.  The change in value of the warrants is recorded as other expense in the Statement of Operations. Upon completion of an initial public offering, these warrants will convert into warrants to purchase common stock.

 

In connection with the issuance of convertible notes in prior years that were subsequently converted into Series D Convertible Preferred Stock in 2011 (see Note 9), the Company issued to the investors 10-year stock purchase warrants to purchase an aggregate of 2,308,972 shares of the Company’s Series D Convertible Preferred Stock with an exercise price of $3.75 per share.  These warrants expire on July 14, 2021 and August 19, 2021, and are classified as equity.  Upon the completion of an initial public offering, these warrants will automatically be net exercised for shares of common stock.

 

9.      Stockholders’ Deficit

 

As of September 30, 2015, the Company’s authorized capital stock consisted of 38 million shares of common stock with a par value of $0.01 per share, 599,997 shares of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock with a par value of $0.01 per share (“Series A Stock”), 1,202,497 shares of Series B Convertible Preferred Stock with a par value of $0.01 per share (“Series B Stock”), 2,073,749 shares of Series C Convertible Preferred Stock with a par value of $0.01 per share (“Series C Stock”), 22,995,265 shares of Series D Convertible Preferred Stock with a par value of $0.01 per share (“Series D Stock”), and 3,192,537 shares of Series E Convertible Preferred Stock with a par value of $0.01 per share (“Series E Stock”).

 

Common Stock

 

At September 30, 2015, the Company had issued 953,438 shares of common stock and maintained 20,933 shares of common stock in treasury.

 

Preferred Stock

 

In 1997, the Company completed a private offering of 599,997 shares of Series A Stock for gross proceeds of $3,000,000 at a purchase price of $5.00 per share.  In 1998, the Company completed a private offering of 682,497 shares of Series B Stock for gross proceeds of $6,825,000, and in 2000 completed a private offering of 520,000 shares of Series B Stock for gross proceeds of $5,200,000, both at a purchase price of $10.00 per share.  In 2002, 2005 and 2009, the Company completed private offerings of an aggregate of 2,073,749 shares of Series C Stock for aggregate gross proceeds

 

13



 

Senseonics, Incorporated

Notes to Financial Statements

 

of $41,475,000 at a purchase price of $20.00 per share.  In 2011 and 2012, the Company completed private offerings of an aggregate of 11,984,151 shares of Series D Stock, for aggregate gross proceeds of $44,940,566 at a purchase price of $3.75 per share.  In addition, in 2011, $8,670,272 in principal amount and accrued interest of convertible notes were converted into 2,418,864 shares of Series D Stock at a conversion price of $3.75 per share. In 2014, the Company completed private offerings of an aggregate of 5,374,334 shares of Series D Stock at a purchase price of $3.75 per share, for total proceeds of $20,153,753.

 

In August 2015, the Company completed a private offering of 2,711,926 shares of Series E Stock at a purchase price of $3.93 per share to total proceeds of $10,657,869.  The Company recognized a beneficial conversion feature of $406,783 associated with the Series E Stock since the initial effective conversion price was determined to be less than the fair value of the underlying common stock into which the Series E Stock is convertible.  The beneficial conversion feature was recognized as a “deemed dividend” at issuance since the Series E Stock is convertible at any time at the option of the holders.

 

The Series A Stock, Series B Stock, Series C Stock, Series D Stock and Series E Stock (together, the “Preferred Stock”) are classified in permanent equity.

 

Voting

 

The Preferred Stock vote together with all other classes and series of stock of the Company, as a single class, on all actions to be taken by the stockholders of the Company, except as otherwise required by law.  Each share of Preferred Stock entitles each holder to a number of votes per share equal to the number of shares of common stock into which each share of Preferred Stock is then convertible.

 

Dividend and Liquidation Preference

 

The holders of Preferred Stock are entitled to receive such dividends as may be declared by the Board of Directors.  In the event of any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company, whether voluntary or involuntary, holders of Series E Stock and Series D Stock are entitled to be paid before any payment is made to holders of any other series of Preferred Stock or common stock.  Holders of Series A Stock, Series B Stock, and Series C Stock, together, the “Junior Preferred,” are entitled to be paid before any payment is made to any holder of common stock.  Payments are equal to the greater of (i) $3.93 per shares for Series E Stock, $3.75 per share for Series D Stock, $5.00 per share for Series A Stock, $10.00 per share for Series B Stock, and $20.00 per share for Series C Stock, plus declared but unpaid dividends or (ii) such amount per share as would have been payable had each such share been converted to common stock, as described below immediately prior to such liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company.

 

The aggregate liquidation preferences of the Preferred Stock as of September 30, 2015 are $3,000,000 for the Series A Stock, $12,025,000 for the Series B Stock, $41,475,000 for the Series C Stock, $74,165,059 for the Series D Stock, and $10,657,869 for the Series E Stock, and in the event of a liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company, if the assets of the Company are insufficient to pay these liquidation preference amounts in full, then all of the assets available for distribution shall be distributed first to the holders of the Series E Stock and Series D Stock, and then among the holders of all other series of Preferred Stock ratably in proportion to the full amounts to which they would otherwise be respectively entitled.

 

Redemption

 

None of the Preferred Stock contain redemption provisions.

 

14



 

Senseonics, Incorporated

Notes to Financial Statements

 

Conversion

 

The holder of any share of Preferred Stock shall have the right, at its option at any time, to convert any such shares of Preferred Stock into such number of shares of common stock as is obtained by (i) multiplying the number of shares of Series A Stock by $5.00, multiplying the number of shares of Series B Stock by $10.00, multiplying the number of shares of Series C Stock by $20.00, multiplying the number of shares of Series D Stock by $3.75, or multiplying the number of shares of Series E Stock by $3.93 (ii) dividing the result by the conversion price of $5.00, $10.00, $20.00, $3.75 or $3.93 per share, as applicable, and adjusted as described in the Certificate of Incorporation for certain additional issuances of common stock, warrants or other rights to subscribe for or to purchase, or any options for the purchase of common stock or any stock or security convertible into or exchangeable for common stock or stock dividends.  If at any time the Company shall effect a firm commitment underwritten public offering of shares of common stock in which (i) the aggregate price paid for such shares by the public shall be at least $50,000,000 and (ii) the price paid by the public for such shares shall be at least two times the $3.93 price per share originally paid for the Series E Stock (or $7.86) per share, appropriately adjusted for certain additional issuances of common stock, warrants or other rights to subscribe for or to purchase, or any options for the purchase of, common stock or any stock or security convertible into or exchangeable for common stock or stock dividends, then effective upon the closing of the sale of such shares by the Company pursuant to such public offering, all outstanding shares of Preferred Stock shall automatically convert to shares of common stock as described above. At September 30, 2015, the Preferred Stock was convertible into 26,365,518 shares of common stock.

 

Stock-Based Compensation

 

On May 8, 1997, the Company adopted the 1997 Stock Option Plan (the “Plan”), under which incentive stock options and non-qualified stock options may be granted to the Company’s employees and certain other persons in accordance with the Plan provisions.  The Plan was amended in September 2001, to clarify certain provisions regarding the method of exercise, amendment and termination of the Plan, and the effect of changes in capitalization of the Company.  The Board of Directors, which administers the Plan, determines the number of options granted, the vesting period and the exercise price.  The Board of Directors may terminate the Plan at any time.  Options granted under the Plan expire ten years after the date of grant.  The Company retains the right of first offer to buy any shares issued under the Plan.  The total number of shares of common stock that may be issued pursuant to options under the Plan may not exceed, in the aggregate, 4,374,665 shares of common stock, less any shares of common stock issued by the Company as restricted common stock.

 

The Company recognizes the cost of employee services received in exchange for awards of equity instruments, such as stock options, based on the fair value of those awards at the date of grant.  The estimated fair value of stock options on the date of grant is amortized on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period for each separately vesting portion of the award for those awards with service conditions only.  For awards that also contain performance conditions, expense is recognized beginning at the time the performance condition is considered probable of being met over the remaining vesting period.

 

Employee stock-based compensation expense was $786,432 and $378,993 for the nine months ended September 30, 2015 and 2014 (unaudited), respectively, of which $348,408 and $81,243 was classified as research and development expenses and $438,024 and $297,750 was classified as administrative expenses in the accompanying Statement of Operations in the 2015 and 2014 (unaudited) periods respectively.

 

The Company uses the Black-Scholes option pricing model to determine the fair value of stock-option awards.

 

15



 

Senseonics, Incorporated

Notes to Financial Statements

 

A discussion of management’s methodology for developing key assumptions used in the fair value model:

 

Fair Value of Common Stock — In the absence of a public trading market, the Company believes that it is appropriate to consider a range of factors to determine the fair market value of the common stock at each grant date. In determining the fair value of its common stock, the Company uses methodologies, approaches and assumptions consistent with the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants (AICPA), Audit and Accounting Practice Aid Series: Valuation of Privately Held Company Equity Securities Issued as Compensation, or the AICPA Practice Guide. In addition, the Company considered various objective and subjective factors, along with input from an independent third-party valuation firm. The factors include (1) the achievement of operational milestones by the Company; (2) the significant risks associated with the Company’s stage of development; (3) capital market conditions for medical device companies; and (4) the Company’s available cash, financial condition, and results of operations.

 

Expected Dividend Yield — The Company has never declared or paid dividends and has no plans to do so in the foreseeable future. Accordingly, the Company assumed an expected dividend yield of 0%.

 

Expected Volatility — Volatility is a measure of the amount by which a financial variable such as share price has fluctuated (historical volatility) or is expected to fluctuate (expected volatility) during a period. The Company does not maintain an internal market for its shares, and its shares are not traded publicly. The Company has been able to identify several public entities of similar size, complexity, stage of development and financial leverage; accordingly, historic volatility has been calculated using historical share price information for periods consistent with the expected term of the associated awards.

 

Risk-Free Interest Rate — The risk-free interest rate is based on the U.S. Treasury rate for the week of each option grant during the period, having a term that most closely resembles the expected life of the option.

 

Expected Term — This is a period of time that the options granted are expected to remain unexercised. Options granted have a maximum term of 10 years. The Company estimates the expected life of the option terms to be 6.5 years. The Company uses the simplified method, as prescribed in Staff Accounting Bulletin 107, whereby the expected life equals the arithmetic average of the vesting term and the maximum contractual term of the option.

 

Expected forfeiture rate — The forfeiture rate is the estimated percentage of options granted that is expected to be forfeited or cancelled on an annual basis before becoming fully vested. The Company estimates the forfeiture rate based on the historical turnover data.

 

The weighted average fair value of stock options granted in the nine months ended September 30, 2015 and 2014 (unaudited) was $3.96 and $0.8079 per share, respectively.  Fair value is estimated at each grant date in 2015 using the Black-Scholes option pricing model with assumptions summarized in the following table:

 

16



 

Senseonics, Incorporated

Notes to Financial Statements

 

 

 

Nine Months
Ended
September 30, 2015

 

Nine Months
Ended
September 30, 2014

 

Expected term

 

6.5 years

 

6.5 years

 

Estimated volatility

 

54.07 - 54.25%

 

55.52%

 

Risk-free rate

 

0.7-1.55%

 

2.10%

 

Expensed dividend yield

 

0%

 

0%

 

 

The expected term assumption is based on the simplified method because the Company does not believe that the historic option exercise experience will be reflective of future option exercises.  Since the Company is not a publicly traded company, the expected volatility rate is based on historical volatility of similar companies within the diabetes device industries.  The risk-free rate is based on the U.S. Treasury implied yield at the time of grant.  The Company estimates the fair value per share of its common stock at the date of grant taking into account an independent valuation analysis.

 

As of September 30, 2015, there was $2,769,558 of total unrecognized compensation cost related to non-vested employee stock option awards, which is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of 3.2 years.  The total intrinsic value of stock options outstanding at September 30, 2015 was $11,413,302.  The total fair value of options that vested during 2015 was approximately $1,823,748.

 

Stock option activity under the Plan during the nine months ended September 30, 2015 is as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted-

 

 

 

Number

 

Average

 

 

 

of Shares

 

Exercise

 

 

 

(in thousands)

 

Price

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Options Outstanding as of December 31, 2014

 

4,001

 

$

1.12

 

Options granted

 

705

 

$

3.96

 

Options exercised

 

(18

)

$

1.09

 

Options canceled/forfeited

 

(167

)

$

1.06

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Options Outstanding as of September 30, 2015

 

4,521

 

$

1.65

 

 

Outstanding stock options at September 30, 2015 have a weighted-average remaining contractual life of 7.85 years, and vest ratably over a minimum period of two years.  As of September 30, 2015, outstanding options to purchase 4,521,095 shares of common stock provide for performance based-conditions required for vesting in addition to service-based vesting, which equals options vested and expected to vest. Vesting of these options is based on the Company obtaining CE Mark enabling the sale of the Company’s product in Europe; vesting begins once the Company has deemed it probable that the performance condition will be met. Total fair value of the options outstanding at September 30, 2015 was 18,446,068.

 

At September 30, 2015, there were 2,273,604 exercisable stock options with a weighted-average exercise price of $1.14, and a weighted-average remaining contractual life of 6.53 years.  Total fair value of the options exercisable at September 30, 2015 was $9,276,304. For the nine months ended September 30, 2015 and 2014 (unaudited), 17,807 and 6,065 options were exercised having an aggregate intrinsic value at the time of exercise of $2,024 and $1,504, respectively.

 

17



 

Senseonics, Incorporated

Notes to Financial Statements

 

During the second quarter 2015, the Company modified certain outstanding stock options, including acceleration of vesting on certain options, and the removal of certain performance conditions on other options.  No other terms of the awards were modified.  The modification of the vesting period resulted in $34,912 of additional expense on the date of modification; the modification of the performance conditions resulted in incremental compensation cost of $933,665, of which $245,636 was expensed upon modification. The remaining incremental compensation cost will be recognized over the remaining vesting of 2 years for the 2013 grants and between 2.68 and 3.18 years for the 2014 grants.

 

The weighted average grant date fair value of the nonvested stock option awards outstanding at December 31, 2014 and September 30, 2015 were $1.02 and $1.31 respectively. The weighted average grant date fair value of the stock option awards exercised and forfeited/cancelled for the period ended September 30, 2015 were $0.71 and $0.72, respectively.

 

10.  Income Taxes

 

No provision for U.S. federal or state income taxes has been recorded as the Company has incurred net operating losses since inception and provides a full valuation allowance against its net deferred income tax assets.  The tax effect of temporary differences that give rise to the net deferred income tax asset at September 30, 2015 is as follows:

 

in thousands

 

 

 

Deferred income tax assets (Liabilities)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net operating loss carryforwards

 

$

39,081

 

Capitalized start-up costs

 

17,948

 

R&E credit carryforwards

 

4,098

 

Stock based compensation

 

731

 

Other

 

(7

)

Deferred income tax assets

 

$

61,851

 

Valuation allowance

 

(61,851

)

Net deferred income tax assets (liabilities)

 

$

 

 

At September 30, 2015, the Company provided a full valuation allowance against its net deferred tax assets since realization of these benefits could not be reasonably assured.  The change in the valuation allowance from December 31, 2014 was $8,319,239. The increase in valuation allowance is primarily due to net losses and credits incurred in 2015, and is based on management’s assessment that it is more likely than not that the Company will not realize these deferred tax assets.

 

Capitalized start-up costs represent expenses incurred in the organization and start-up of the Company.  For U.S. federal and state tax purposes, start-up and organizational costs incurred before October 22, 2004 will be amortized over sixty months and those incurred on and after October 22, 2004 will be amortized over one hundred eighty months once an active trade or business commences. At December 31, 2014, the Company had NOL carryforwards of $83,518,504and had research and experimental credit carryforwards of $5,122,109. These carryforwards will expire in varying amounts between 2018 and 2034.  Under the provisions of the Internal Revenue Code, certain substantial changes in the Company’s ownership may result in a limitation on the amount of NOL carryforwards and research and development credit carryforwards which can be available in future years.  No income tax benefit was recognized in the Company’s Statement of Operations for stock-based compensation arrangements due to the Company’s net loss position.

 

18



 

Senseonics, Incorporated

Notes to Financial Statements

 

A reconciliation of the Company’s estimated U.S. federal statutory rate to the Company’s effective income tax rate for the nine months ended September 30, 2015 is as follows:

 

Tax at U.S. Federal Statutory rate

 

34.00

%

State taxes, net

 

5.45

%

Other non-deductible items

 

-0.69

%

Increase in valuation allowance

 

-38.76

%

Effective income tax rate

 

0.00

%

 

As of September 30, 2015, the Company has uncertain tax positions totaling $1,024. The Company did not incur any penalties or interest payable to taxing authorities for the nine months ended September 30, 2015.

 

The Company’s U.S. Federal and state income tax returns from 1996 to 2014 remain subject to examination by the tax authorities.  The Company’s 1996 through 2010 years remain open for examination, even though the statute of limitations has expired, due to the net operating losses and credits carried forward for use in prospective years.

 

11.    Related Party Transactions

 

In 2010, the Company entered into an agreement with a current member of the Board of Directors to serve as chairman and provide consulting services. The director did not provide any consulting services under this agreement in 2015, but is entitled to a success fee for serving as the Executive Chairman of up to 1.25% of the Company’s valuation, in the case of an Exit Transaction. An Exit Transaction, as defined in the agreement, means (a) a merger or consolidation with another company; (b) an underwritten initial public offering of the Company’s securities; or (c) a sale, disposition or lease of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets.

 

12.    Fair Value Measurements

 

Fair value is defined as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to settle a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date.  Fair value has a three level hierarchy from highest priority (Level 1) to lowest priority (Level 3).  The fair value hierarchy, defined by ASC 820, Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures , was established based on whether the inputs are observable from independent sources or rely on unobservable inputs based on our market assumptions.  The three levels of the fair value hierarchy are described below:

 

·     Level 1 - Quoted prices for identical assets or liabilities (unadjusted) in active markets.

·     Level 2 - Observable inputs other than quoted prices that are either directly or indirectly observable for the assets or liability.

·     Level 3 - Unobservable inputs that are supported by little or no market activity.

 

The levels are not necessarily an indication of the risk of liquidity associated with the financial assets or liabilities disclosed.

 

Financial Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis

 

The Company has segregated its financial assets and liabilities that are measured at fair value on a recurring basis into the most appropriate level within the fair value hierarchy based on the inputs used to determine the fair value at the measurement date in the table below. The inputs used in measuring the fair value of the Company’s money market funds included in cash equivalents are

 

19



 

Senseonics, Incorporated

Notes to Financial Statements

 

considered to be Level 1 in accordance with the three-tier fair value hierarchy. The fair market values are based on period-end statements supplied by the various banks and brokers that held the majority of the funds.

 

The Company accounts for its warrant liability, consisting solely of certain stock purchase warrants that contain non-standard anti-dilutions provisions at fair value using Level 3 inputs. The Company determines the fair value of these derivative liabilities using the Black-Scholes option pricing model when appropriate.

 

When determining the fair value of the Company’s financial instruments using the Black-Scholes option pricing model, the Company is required to use various estimates and unobservable inputs, including, among other things, fair value of the underlying stock, expected volatility of stock price, expected dividends, and the risk-free interest rate. Changes in any of the assumptions related to the unobservable inputs identified above may change the fair value of the instrument. Increases in the fair value of the underlying stock, anticipated volatility and expected dividends generally result in increases in fair value, while decreases in the unobservable inputs generally result in decreases in fair value.

 

The following table represents the fair value hierarchy of the Company’s financial assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis at September 30, 2015:

 

(in thousands)

 

Total

 

Level 1

 

Level 2

 

Level 3

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Money market funds

 

$

12,234

 

$

12,234

 

$

 

$

 

Note Payable

 

$

10,000

 

$

 

$

10,000

 

$

 

Warrant liability

 

$

197

 

$

 

$

 

$

197

 

 

The following table presents a summary of changes in the fair value of Level 3 warrant liability measured at fair value on a recurring basis for the nine months ended September 30, 2015:

 

20



 

Senseonics, Incorporated

Notes to Financial Statements

 

 

 

(unaudited)

 

Description
(in thousands)

 

Balance at
December 31,
2013

 

Established in
2014

 

Change in fair
value during
2014

 

Balance at
September 30,
2014

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Warrant liability

 

$

 

$

  205

 

$

  (3

)

$

  202

 

 

Description
(in thousands)

 

Balance at
December 31,
2014

 

Established in
2015

 

Change in fair
value during
2015

 

Balance at
September 30,
2015

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Warrant liability

 

$

  197

 

$

 

$

 

$

  197

 

 

Financial Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on a Non-Recurring Basis

 

The Company has no financial assets and liabilities that are measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis.

 

Non-Financial Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis

 

The Company has no non-financial assets and liabilities that are measured at fair value on a recurring basis.

 

Non-Financial Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on a Non-Recurring Basis

 

The Company measures its long-lived assets, including property and equipment, at fair value on a non-recurring basis. These assets are recognized at fair value when they are deemed to be impaired. No such fair value impairment was recognized in 2015.

 

13.  Subsequent Events

 

The Company has evaluated subsequent events through December 3, 2015, the date on which the financial statements were issued.

 

21




Exhibit 99.3

 

UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED COMBINED FINANCIAL DATA

 

On December 7, 2015, ASN Technologies, Inc., through a wholly owned acquisition subsidiary, acquired 100% of the outstanding capital stock of Senseonics, Incorporated in a reverse triangular merger and reorganization pursuant to section 368(a) of the Internal Revenue Code (the “Merger”), pursuant to the Agreement and Plan of Merger and Reorganization (the “Merger Agreement”) dated December 4, 2015 by and between ASN Technologies, Inc., a Nevada corporation (the “Company”), Merger Sub, Inc. (“Merger Sub”) and Senseonics Incorporated, a Delaware corporation (“Senseonics”).

 

The following unaudited pro forma condensed combined balance sheet as of September 30, 2015 and the unaudited pro forma condensed combined statements of operations for the nine months ended September 30, 2015 and for the year ended December 31, 2014 are based on the historical financial statements of the Company and Senseonics after giving effect to the Merger.  The Merger will be accounted for as a capital transaction, or reverse recapitalization.

 

The following unaudited pro forma condensed combined statements of operations for the nine months ended September 30, 2015 and for the year ended December 31, 2014 give effect to the Merger as if it had occurred on January 1, 2014. The unaudited pro forma condensed combined balance sheet as of September 30, 2015 assumes that the Merger took place on that date.

 

These unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial statements (the “Pro Forma Financial Statements”) are provided for informational purposes only and are subject to a number of uncertainties and assumptions and do not purport to represent what the companies’ actual performance or financial position would have been had the Merger occurred on the dates indicated and does not purport to indicate the financial position or results of operations as of any future date or for any future period. With respect to the Pro Forma Financial Statements:

 

·                   the unaudited condensed statements of operations for the year ended December 31, 2014 were derived from (i) the Company’s audited financial statements as of and for the periods ended June 30, 2015 and 2014, as included in its Form 10-K, (ii) the Company’s unaudited financial statements as of and for the three months ended September 30, 2014, December 31, 2014 and March 31, 2015 as included in its Forms 10-Q, and (iii) Senseonics’ audited consolidated financial statements as of and for the year ended December 31, 2014 included in the Form 8-K to which these unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial statements are attached; and

 

·                   the unaudited condensed balance sheet and statement of operations as of and for the nine months ended September 30, 2015 were derived from (i) the Company’s audited financial statements as of and for the periods ended June 30, 2015 as included in its Form 10-K, (ii) the Company’s unaudited financial statements as of and for the six months ended December 31, 2014 and as of and for the three months ended September 30, 2015, as included in its Forms 10-Q, and (iii) Senseonics’ audited financial statements as of and for the nine months ended September 30, 2015 included elsewhere in the Form 8-K to which these unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial statements are attached.

 

As required, these unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial statements include adjustments which give effect to the events that are directly attributable to the Merger, expected to have a continuing impact and are factually supportable. Any planned adjustments affecting the combined balance sheet, combined statement of operations or changes in common stock outstanding, subsequent to the closing date of the Merger are not included.

 



 

ASN Technologies, Inc. and Senseonics, Incorporated
Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Balance Sheet
As of September 30, 2015

 

 

 

ASN
Technologies, Inc.
Historical

 

Senseonics
Incorporated
Historical

 

Pro Forma
Adjustments

 

Pro Forma

 

Assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

$

1,807

 

$

12,234,000

 

$

(13,805

)(e), (f)

$

12,222,002

 

Accounts receivable, net

 

 

 

 

 

Inventory, net

 

 

 

 

 

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

 

 

394,000

 

 

394,000

 

Total current assets

 

1,807

 

12,628,000

 

(13,805

)

12,616,002

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Property and equipment, net

 

 

264,000

 

 

264,000

 

Other noncurrent assets

 

 

138,000

 

 

138,000

 

Total assets

 

$

1,807

 

$

13,030,000

 

$

(13,805

)

$

13,018,002

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Liabilities, Preferred Stock and Stockholders’ Equity (Deficit)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accounts payable

 

$

 

$

1,996,000

 

$

 

$

1,996,000

 

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities

 

40,142

 

2,777,000

 

259,858

(f), (h)

3,077,000

 

Current portion of long term notes payable

 

 

1,723,000

 

 

1,723,000

 

Total current liabilities

 

40,142

 

6,496,000

 

259,858

 

6,796,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deferred rent

 

 

30,000

 

 

30,000

 

Note payable, net of discount and current portion

 

9,000

 

8,149,000

 

(9,000

)(f)

8,149,000

 

Accured interest

 

 

260,000

 

 

260,000

 

Warrant liability

 

 

197,000

 

 

197,000

 

Total liabilities

 

49,142

 

15,132,000

 

250,858

 

15,432,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Stockholders’ equity (deficit)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Preferred stock

 

 

264,000

 

(264,000

)(a)

 

Common stock

 

138,000

 

10,000

 

(72,723

)(a), (b), (c), (e)

75,277

 

Additional paid-in capital

 

 

150,086,000

 

102,725

(a), (b), (c), (d)

150,188,725

 

Treasury stock

 

 

(84,000

)

84,000

(b)

 

Accumulated deficit

 

(185,335

)

(152,378,000

)

(114,665

)(f), (h)

(152,678,000

)

Total stockholders’ equity (deficit)

 

(47,335

)

(2,102,000

)

(264,663

)

(2,413,998

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total liabilities, preferred stock and stockholders’ equity (deficit)

 

$

1,807

 

$

13,030,000

 

$

(13,805

)

$

13,018,002

 

 

See accompanying notes to pro forma condensed combined financial statements.

 



 

ASN Technologies, Inc. and Senseonics, Incorporated
Unaudited Pro Forma Combined Income Statement
For the nine months ended September 30, 2015

 

 

 

ASN
Technologies, Inc.
Historical (for the
Quarter Ended
September 30,
2015)

 

Senseonics
Incorporated
Historical (for the
Nine Months
Ended September
30, 2015)

 

Adjustment to ASN
Technologies, Inc.
Historical Period (g)

 

Pro Forma
Adjustments

 

Pro Forma

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Revenue

 

$

 

$

38,000

 

$

 

$

 

$

38,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Expenses:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cost of revenue

 

 

 

 

 

 

Research and development expenses

 

 

13,542,000

 

 

 

13,542,000

 

Administrative expenses

 

1,759

 

7,119,000

 

43,306

 

(45,065

)(f)

7,119,000

 

Operating loss

 

(1,759

)

(20,623,000

)

(43,306

)

45,065

 

(20,623,000

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other income (expense):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest expense

 

(67

)

(829,000

)

 

67

(f)

(191,000

)

Other income (expense)

 

 

(11,000

)

 

 

8,000

 

Total other expense, net

 

(67

)

(183,000

)

 

67

 

(183,000

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net loss

 

$

(1,826

)

$

(20,806,000

)

$

(43,306

)

$

45,132

 

$

(20,806,000

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic and diluted loss per common share

 

$

(.00

)

 

 

 

 

$

(.00

)

$

(.29

)

Basic and diluted weighted-average shares outstanding

 

138,000,000

 

 

 

 

 

(67,269,040

)(a), (c), (e)

70,730,960

 

 

See accompanying notes to pro forma condensed combined financial statements.

 



 

ASN Technologies, Inc. and Senseonics, Incorporated
Unaudited Pro Forma Combined Income Statement
For the year ended December 31, 2014

 

 

 

ASN
Technologies,
Inc. Historical
(for the Year
Ended June, 30,
2015)

 

Senseonics
Incorporated
Historical (for
the Year Ended
December 31,
2014)

 

Adjustment to ASN
Technologies, Inc.
Historical Year (g)

 

Pro Forma
Adjustments

 

Pro Forma

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Revenue

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Expenses:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cost of revenue

 

 

 

 

 

 

Research and development expenses

 

 

12,881,000

 

 

 

12,881,000

 

Administrative expenses

 

67,590

 

5,821,000

 

(40,387

)

(27,203

)(f)

5,821,000

 

Operating loss

 

(67,590

)

(18,702,000

)

40,387

 

27,203

 

(18,702,000

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other income (expense):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest expense

 

 

(191,000

)

 

 

(191,000

)

Other income (expense)

 

 

8,000

 

 

 

8,000

 

Total other expense, net

 

 

(183,000

)

 

 

(183,000

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net loss

 

$

(67,590

)

$

(18,885,000

)

$

40,387

 

$

27,203

 

$

(18,885,000

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic and diluted loss per common share

 

$

(.00

)

 

 

 

 

$

(.00

)

$

(.41

)

Basic and diluted weighted-average shares outstanding

 

130,500,000

 

 

 

 

 

(84,115,758

)(a), (c), (e)

46,384,242

 

 

See accompanying notes to pro forma condensed combined financial statements.

 



 

Note 1 — DESCRIPTION OF TRANSACTION AND BASIS OF PRO FORMA INFORMATION

 

Description of Transaction

 

On December 7, 2015, ASN Technologies, Inc., through a wholly owned acquisition subsidiary, acquired 100% of the outstanding capital stock of Senseonics, Incorporated, a Delaware corporation (“Senseonics”) in a reverse triangular merger and reorganization pursuant to section 368(a) of the Internal Revenue Code (the “Merger”), pursuant to the Agreement and Plan of Merger and Reorganization (the “Merger Agreement”) dated December 4, 2015 by and between ASN Technologies, Inc., a Nevada corporation (the “Company”), Merger Sub, Inc. (“Merger Sub”) and Senseonics.  Pursuant to the terms thereof, the following occurred:

 

·                   In connection with the Closing, the Company transferred its pre-Merger operations to a shareholder and officer of the Company in exchange for satisfaction of a $9,000 promissory note originally issued by the Company to the shareholder.

 

·                   Prior to Closing, 26,365,518 shares of Senseonics Preferred Stock were converted into 26,365,518 shares of Senseonics Common Stock, pursuant to their original terms.

 

·                   In connection with the Closing, 100% of Senseonics Common Stock outstanding immediately prior to the Closing were exchanged for 57,539,506 shares of Company Common Stock at a ratio of 2.0975 Company shares for each Senseonics share of Common Stock.

 

·                   In connection with the Closing, the Company issued 5,090,564 stock purchase warrants to acquire its Common Stock in exchange for previously issued and outstanding stock purchase warrants to acquire Senseonics preferred stock immediately prior to the Closing.

 

·                   In connection with the Closing, the Company issued 9,450,224 options to acquire its Common Stock in exchange for previously issued and outstanding options to acquire Senseonics common stock immediately prior to the Closing.

 

·                   In connection with the Closing, the Company’s sole director resigned and seven (7) of Senseonics’ nine (9) directors were appointed as Company directors.  As a result, former Senseonics directors constitute all of the current directors of the Company.

 

·                   In connection with the Closing, a shareholder of the Company sold an aggregate of 119,979,892 shares of the Company’s Common Stock to the Company for an aggregate purchase price of $11,988.  Such repurchased shares were cancelled and returned to the authorized but unissued shares of the Company.

 

Basis of Presentation

 

The unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial statements were prepared in accordance with the regulations of the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) and are intended to show how the Merger might have affected the historical financial statements if the Merger had been completed on January 1, 2014 for the purposes of the statements of operations and September 30, 2015 for the purposes of the balance sheet.  The pro forma adjustments reflect the Merger as a capital transaction, or reverse recapitalization, based upon the accounting rules for the acquisition of a private operating company by a public shell company, and not as a business combination.

 

Note 2 — DIFFERING ACCOUNTING PERIODS

 

The historical financial statements of the Company had been prepared using a June 30 fiscal year-end while the historical financial statements of Senseonics had been prepared using a December 31 year-end.  SEC rules provide that if statements with different year-ends can be combined if such year-ends are within 93 days of each other.

 



 

Since the Company’s and Senseonics’ year-ends are not within 93 days of each other, the Company’s historical financial data have been recast to reflect a December 31 year-end by eliminating activity for the six months ended June 30, 2015 and adding activity for the period from the Company’s date of inception (June 26, 2014) through June 30, 2014.

 

Note 3 — ACCOUNTING FOR THE MERGER

 

We have determined that Senseonics is the accounting acquirer in the Merger and that the Merger should be accounted for as a capital transaction, or reverse recapitalization, and not as a business combination.  Accounting for such capital transaction results in the post-Merger financial statements reflecting the following:

 

·                   Senseonics’ historical assets, liabilities and retained earnings balances at the Merger date, along with the Company’s cash balance at the Merger date, become the assets, liabilities and retained earnings of the combined company;

 

·                   The Company’s legal capital structure (i.e., its outstanding shares of capital stock times par value; in this case only common stock is outstanding) is reflected as the combined company’s common stock outstanding;

 

·                   Additional paid-in-capital is adjusted to make the combined balance sheet balance; and

 

·                   The combined company statements of operations will include Senseonics’ activities and the Company’s activity, if any; historical financial statements will solely reflect Senseonics’ activities, as predecessor entity.

 

Note 4 — PRO FORMA ADJUSTMENTS

 

The following represent the pro forma adjustments made to the historical financial statements:

 

(a)          Represents the conversion of 26,365,518 shares of Senseonics’ outstanding Convertible Preferred Stock into 26,365,518 shares of Senseonics’ Common Stock pursuant to the original terms of the Convertible Preferred Stock.

 

(b)          Represents the retirement of all 20,933 shares of Senseonics’ Common Stock held in treasury.

 

(c)           Represents the issuance of 57,256,849 shares of Company Common Stock in exchange for 100% of Senseonics’ outstanding Common Stock pursuant to the Exchange Ratio.

 

(d)          Represents the adjustment to additional-paid-in-capital to effect the reverse recapitalization.

 

(e)           Represents the Company’s repurchase, and subsequent retirement, of 119,979,892 shares of its Common Stock from a shareholder, in the amount of $11,997.98.

 

(f)            Represents the spin-off of the Company’s pre-Merger operations to a shareholder and officer in exchange for satisfaction of a $9,000 note payable, impacting administrative expenses, interest expense, note payable, and other current labilities.

 

(g)           Represents the adjustments required to conform the Company’s Statement of Operations for the presented periods to Senseonics’ presentation.

 

(h)          Represents the pro forma impact to the balance sheet of accruing approximately $300,000 of transaction expenses incurred subsequent to September 30, 2015 by the Company and Senseonics.